You can take part in this work. Join the working group's discussion list.
Web designers! We have a FAQ, a forum, and a help mailing list for you!
© Copyright 2004-2009 Apple Computer, Inc., Mozilla Foundation, and Opera Software ASA.
You are granted a license to use, reproduce and create derivative works of this document.
This specification evolves HTML and its related APIs to ease the authoring of Web-based applications. Additions include context menus, a direct-mode graphics canvas, a full duplex client-server communication channel, more semantics, audio and video, various features for offline Web applications, sandboxed iframes, and scoped styling. Heavy emphasis is placed on keeping the language backwards compatible with existing legacy user agents and on keeping user agents backwards compatible with existing legacy documents.
This is a work in progress! This document is changing on a daily if not hourly basis in response to comments and as a general part of its development process. Comments are very welcome, please send them to whatwg@whatwg.org. Thank you.
The current focus is in responding to the outstanding feedback. (There is a chart showing current progress.)
Implementors should be aware that this specification is not stable. Implementors who are not taking part in the discussions are likely to find the specification changing out from under them in incompatible ways. Vendors interested in implementing this specification before it eventually reaches the call for implementations should join the WHATWG mailing list and take part in the discussions.
This specification is also being produced by the W3C HTML WG. The two specifications are identical from the table of contents onwards.
This specification is intended to replace (be the new version of) what was previously the HTML4, XHTML 1.x, and DOM2 HTML specifications.
Different parts of this specification are at different levels of maturity.
Some of the more major known issues are marked like this. There are many other issues that have been raised as well; the issues given in this document are not the only known issues! Also, firing of events needs to be unified (right now some bubble, some don't, they all use different text to fire events, etc).
a
elementq
elementcite
elementem
elementstrong
elementsmall
elementmark
elementdfn
elementabbr
elementtime
elementprogress
elementmeter
elementcode
elementvar
elementsamp
elementkbd
elementsub
and sup
elementsspan
elementi
elementb
elementbdo
elementruby
elementrt
elementrp
elementfigure
elementimg
element
iframe
elementembed
elementobject
elementparam
elementvideo
element
audio
element
source
elementcanvas
element
canvas
elementsmap
elementarea
elementtable
elementcaption
elementcolgroup
elementcol
elementtbody
elementthead
elementtfoot
elementtr
elementtd
elementth
elementtd
and th
elementsform
elementfieldset
elementlabel
elementinput
element
type
attribute
input
element attributes
autocomplete
attributelist
attributereadonly
attributesize
attributerequired
attributemultiple
attributemaxlength
attributepattern
attributemin
and max
attributesstep
attributeplaceholder
attributeinput
element APIsbutton
elementselect
elementdatalist
elementoptgroup
elementoption
elementtextarea
elementkeygen
elementoutput
elementdetails
elementdatagrid
element
command
elementbb
element
menu
element
a
element to define a commandbutton
element to define a commandinput
element to define a commandoption
element to define a commandcommand
element to define
a commandbb
element to define a commandaccesskey
attribute to define a commandWindowProxy
objectWindow
object
alternate
"archives
"author
"bookmark
"external
"feed
"help
"icon
"license
"nofollow
"noreferrer
"pingback
"prefetch
"search
"stylesheet
"sidebar
"tag
"hidden
attributeaccesskey
attributecontenteditable
attribute
bb
elementbutton
elementdatagrid
elementdetails
elementinput
element as a text entry widgetinput
element as domain-specific widgetsinput
element as a range controlinput
element as a color wellinput
element as a check box and radio button widgetsinput
element as a file upload controlinput
element as a buttonmarquee
elementmeter
elementprogress
elementselect
elementtextarea
elementkeygen
elementtime
elementThis section is non-normative.
The World Wide Web's markup language has always been HTML. HTML was primarily designed as a language for semantically describing scientific documents, although its general design and adaptations over the years has enabled it to be used to describe a number of other types of documents.
The main area that has not been adequately addressed by HTML is a vague subject referred to as Web Applications. This specification attempts to rectify this, while at the same time updating the HTML specifications to address issues raised in the past few years.
This section is non-normative.
This specification is intended for authors of documents and scripts that use the features defined in this specification, and implementors of tools that are intended to conform to this specification, and individuals wishing to establish the correctness of documents or implementations with respect to the requirements of this specification.
This document is probably not suited to readers who do not already have at least a passing familiarity with Web technologies, as in places it sacrifices clarity for precision, and brevity for completeness. More approachable tutorials and authoring guides can provide a gentler introduction to the topic.
In particular, readers should be familiar with the basics of DOM Core and DOM Events before reading this specification. An understanding of WebIDL, HTTP, XML, Unicode, character encodings, JavaScript, and CSS will be helpful in places but is not essential.
This section is non-normative.
This specification is limited to providing a semantic-level markup language and associated semantic-level scripting APIs for authoring accessible pages on the Web ranging from static documents to dynamic applications.
The scope of this specification does not include providing mechanisms for media-specific customization of presentation (although default rendering rules for Web browsers are included at the end of this specification, and several mechanisms for hooking into CSS are provided as part of the language).
The scope of this specification does not include documenting
every HTML or DOM feature supported by Web browsers. Browsers
support many features that are considered to be very bad for
accessibility or that are otherwise inappropriate. For example, the
blink
element is clearly presentational and authors
wishing to cause text to blink should instead use CSS.
The scope of this specification is not to describe an entire operating system. In particular, hardware configuration software, image manipulation tools, and applications that users would be expected to use with high-end workstations on a daily basis are out of scope. In terms of applications, this specification is targeted specifically at applications that would be expected to be used by users on an occasional basis, or regularly but from disparate locations, with low CPU requirements. For instance online purchasing systems, searching systems, games (especially multiplayer online games), public telephone books or address books, communications software (e-mail clients, instant messaging clients, discussion software), document editing software, etc.
This section is non-normative.
Work on HTML5 originally started in late 2003, as a proof of concept to show that it was possible to extend HTML4's forms to provide many of the features that XForms 1.0 introduced, without requiring browsers to implement rendering engines that were incompatible with existing HTML Web pages. At this early stage, while the draft was already publicly available, and input was already being solicited from all sources, the specification was only under Opera Software's copyright.
In early 2004, some of the principles that underlie this effort, as well as an early draft proposal covering just forms-related features, were presented to the W3C jointly by Mozilla and Opera at a workshop discussing the future of Web Applications on the Web. The proposal was rejected on the grounds that the proposal conflicted with the previously chosen direction for the Web's evolution.
Shortly thereafter, Apple, Mozilla, and Opera jointly announced their intent to continue working on the effort. A public mailing list was created, and the drafts were moved to the WHATWG site. The copyright was subsequently amended to be jointly owned by all three vendors, and to allow reuse of the specifications.
In 2006, the W3C expressed interest in the specification, and created a working group chartered to work with the WHATWG on the development of the HTML5 specifications. The working group opened in 2007. Apple, Mozilla, and Opera allowed the W3C to publish the specifications under the W3C copyright, while keeping versions with the less restrictive license on the WHATWG site.
Since then, both groups have been working together.
This section is non-normative.
It must be admitted that many aspects of HTML appear at first glance to be nonsensical and inconsistent.
HTML, its supporting DOM APIs, as well as many of its supporting technologies, have been developed over a period of several decades by a wide array of people with different priorities who, in many cases, did not know of each other's existence.
Features have thus arisen from many sources, and have not always been designed in especially consistent ways. Furthermore, because of the unique characteristics of the Web, implementation bugs have often become de-facto, and now de-jure, standards, as content is often unintentionally written in ways that rely on them before they can be fixed.
Despite all this, efforts have been made to adhere to certain design goals. These are described in the next few subsections.
This section is non-normative.
To avoid exposing Web authors to the complexities of multithreading, the HTML and DOM APIs are designed such that no script can ever detect the simultaneous execution of other scripts. Even with workers, the intent is that the behavior of implementations can be thought of as completely serialising the execution of all scripts in all browsing contexts.
The navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method, in this model, is equivalent to allowing other scripts to
run while the calling script is blocked.
This section is non-normative.
HTML5 interacts with and relies on a wide variety of other specifications. In certain circumstances, unfortunately, the desire to be compatible with legacy content has led to HTML5 violating the requirements of these other specifications. Whenever this has occured, the transgressions have been noted as "willful violations".
This section is non-normative.
This specification represents a new version of HTML4, along with a new version of the associated DOM2 HTML API. Migration from HTML4 to the format and APIs described in this specification should in most cases be straightforward, as care has been taken to ensure that backwards-compatibility is retained. [HTML4] [DOM2HTML]
This section is non-normative.
This specification is intended to replace XHTML 1.0 as the normative definition of the XML serialization of the HTML vocabulary. [XHTML10]
While this specification updates the semantics and requirements of the vocabulary defined by XHTML Modularization 1.1 and used by XHTML 1.1, it does not attempt to provide a replacement for the modularization scheme defined and used by those (and other) specifications, and therefore cannot be considered a complete replacement for them. [XHTMLMOD] [XHTML11]
Thus, authors and implementors who do not need such a modularization scheme can consider this specification a replacement for XHTML 1.x, but those who do need such a mechanism are encouraged to continue using the XHTML 1.1 line of specifications.
This section is non-normative.
XHTML2 defines a new vocabulary with features for hyperlinks, multimedia content, annotating document edits, rich metadata, declarative interactive forms, and describing the semantics of human literary works such as poems and scientific papers. [XHTML2]
XForms similarly defines a new vocabulary with features for complex data entry, such as tax forms or insurance forms.
However, XHTML2 and XForms lack features to express the semantics of many of the non-document types of content often seen on the Web. For instance, they are not well-suited for marking up forum sites, auction sites, search engines, online shops, mapping applications, e-mail applications, word processors, real-time strategy games, and the like.
This specification aims to extend HTML so that it is also suitable in these contexts.
XHTML2, XForms, and this specification all use different namespaces and therefore can all be implemented in the same XML processor.
This section is non-normative.
This specification defines an abstract language for describing documents and applications, and some APIs for interacting with in-memory representations of resources that use this language.
The in-memory representation is known as "DOM5 HTML", or "the DOM" for short.
There are various concrete syntaxes that can be used to transmit resources that use this abstract language, two of which are defined in this specification.
The first such concrete syntax is "HTML5". This is the format
recommended for most authors. It is compatible with all legacy Web
browsers. If a document is transmitted with the MIME type text/html
, then it will be processed as an "HTML5"
document by Web browsers.
The second concrete syntax uses XML, and is known as
"XHTML5". When a document is transmitted with an XML MIME type, such
as application/xhtml+xml
, then it is processed
by an XML processor by Web browsers, and treated as an "XHTML5"
document. Authors are reminded that the processing for XML and HTML
differs; in particular, even minor syntax errors will prevent an XML
document from being rendered fully, whereas they would be ignored in
the "HTML5" syntax.
The "DOM5 HTML", "HTML5", and "XHTML5" representations cannot all
represent the same content. For example, namespaces cannot be
represented using "HTML5", but they are supported in "DOM5 HTML" and
"XHTML5". Similarly, documents that use the noscript
feature can be represented using "HTML5", but cannot be represented
with "XHTML5" and "DOM5 HTML". Comments that contain the string
"-->
" can be represented in "DOM5 HTML" but
not in "HTML5" and "XHTML5". And so forth.
This section is non-normative.
This specification is divided into the following major sections:
There are also a couple of appendices, defining rendering rules for Web browsers and listing areas that are out of scope for this specification.
This specification should be read like all other specifications. First, it should be read cover-to-cover, multiple times. Then, it should be read backwards at least once. Then it should be read by picking random sections from the contents list and following all the cross-references.
This is a definition, requirement, or explanation.
This is a note.
This is an example.
This is an open issue.
This is a warning.
interface Example { // this is an IDL definition };
method
( [ optionalArgument ] )This is a note to authors describing the usage of an interface.
/* this is a CSS fragment */
The defining instance of a term is marked up like this. Uses of that term are marked up like this or like this.
The defining instance of an element, attribute, or API is marked
up like this
. References to
that element, attribute, or API are marked up like this
.
Other code fragments are marked up like
this
.
Variables are marked up like this.
This is an implementation requirement.
This specification refers to both HTML and XML attributes and DOM attributes, often in the same context. When it is not clear which is being referred to, they are referred to as content attributes for HTML and XML attributes, and DOM attributes for those from the DOM. Similarly, the term "properties" is used for both JavaScript object properties and CSS properties. When these are ambiguous they are qualified as object properties and CSS properties respectively.
The term HTML documents is sometimes used in contrast with XML documents to specifically mean documents that were parsed using an HTML parser (as opposed to using an XML parser or created purely through the DOM).
Generally, when the specification states that a feature applies to HTML or XHTML, it also includes the other. When a feature specifically only applies to one of the two languages, it is called out by explicitly stating that it does not apply to the other format, as in "for HTML, ... (this does not apply to XHTML)".
This specification uses the term document to refer to any use of HTML, ranging from short static documents to long essays or reports with rich multimedia, as well as to fully-fledged interactive applications.
For simplicity, terms such as shown, displayed, and visible might sometimes be used when referring to the way a document is rendered to the user. These terms are not meant to imply a visual medium; they must be considered to apply to other media in equivalent ways.
When an algorithm B says to return to another algorithm A, it implies that A called B. Upon returning to A, the implementation must continue from where it left off in calling B.
To ease migration from HTML to XHTML, UAs
conforming to this specification will place elements in HTML in the
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml
namespace, at least for
the purposes of the DOM and CSS. The term "elements in the HTML
namespace", or "HTML elements" for short, when used
in this specification, thus refers to both HTML and XHTML
elements.
Unless otherwise stated, all elements defined or mentioned in
this specification are in the
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml
namespace, and all
attributes defined or mentioned in this specification have no
namespace (they are in the per-element partition).
When an XML name, such as an attribute or element name, is
referred to in the form prefix:localName
, as in xml:id
or
svg:rect
, it refers to a name with the local name localName and the namespace given by the prefix, as
defined by the following table:
xml
http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace
html
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml
svg
http://www.w3.org/2000/svg
Attribute names are said to be XML-compatible if they
match the Name
production defined in XML, they contain no
U+003A COLON (:) characters, and their first three characters are
not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string
"xml
". [XML]
The term root element, when not explicitly qualified as referring to the document's root element, means the furthest ancestor element node of whatever node is being discussed, or the node itself if it has no ancestors. When the node is a part of the document, then that is indeed the document's root element; however, if the node is not currently part of the document tree, the root element will be an orphaned node.
A node's home subtree is the subtree rooted at that node's root element.
The Document
of a Node
(such as an
element) is the Document
that the Node
's
ownerDocument
DOM attribute returns.
An element is said to have been inserted into a document when its root
element changes and is now the document's root
element. If a Node
is in a Document
then that Document
is always the Node
's
Document
, and the Node
's ownerDocument
DOM attribute thus always returns that
Document
.
The term tree order means a pre-order, depth-first
traversal of DOM nodes involved (through the parentNode
/childNodes
relationship).
When it is stated that some element or attribute is ignored, or treated as some other value, or handled as if it was something else, this refers only to the processing of the node after it is in the DOM. A user agent must not mutate the DOM in such situations.
The term text node refers to any Text
node, including CDATASection
nodes; specifically, any
Node
with node type TEXT_NODE
(3)
or CDATA_SECTION_NODE
(4). [DOM3CORE]
The construction "a Foo
object", where
Foo
is actually an interface, is sometimes used instead
of the more accurate "an object implementing the interface
Foo
".
A DOM attribute is said to be getting when its value is being retrieved (e.g. by author script), and is said to be setting when a new value is assigned to it.
If a DOM object is said to be live, then that means that any attributes returning that object must always return the same object (not a new object each time), and the attributes and methods on that object must operate on the actual underlying data, not a snapshot of the data.
The terms fire and dispatch are used interchangeably in the context of events, as in the DOM Events specifications. [DOM3EVENTS]
The term plugin is used to mean any content handler, typically a third-party content handler, for Web content types that are not supported by the user agent natively, or for content types that do not expose a DOM, that supports rendering the content as part of the user agent's interface.
One example of a plugin would be a PDF viewer that is instantiated in a browsing context when the user navigates to a PDF file. This would count as a plugin regardless of whether the party that implemented the PDF viewer component was the same as that which implemented the user agent itself. However, a PDF viewer application that launches separate from the user agent (as opposed to using the same interface) is not a plugin by this definition.
This specification does not define a mechanism for interacting with plugins, as it is expected to be user-agent- and platform-specific. Some UAs might opt to support a plugin mechanism such as the Netscape Plugin API; others might use remote content converters or have built-in support for certain types. [NPAPI]
Browsers should take extreme care when interacting with external content intended for plugins. When third-party software is run with the same privileges as the user agent itself, vulnerabilities in the third-party software become as dangerous as those in the user agent.
An ASCII-compatible character encoding is one that is a superset of US-ASCII (specifically, ANSI_X3.4-1968) for bytes in the set 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x20 - 0x22, 0x26, 0x27, 0x2C - 0x3F, 0x41 - 0x5A, and 0x61 - 0x7A.
The specification uses the term supported when referring to whether a user agent has an implementation capable of decoding the semantics of an external resource. A format or type is said to be supported if the implementation can process an external resource of that format or type without critical aspects of the resource being ignored. Whether a specific resource is supported can depend on what features of the resource's format are in use.
For example, a PNG image would be considered to be in a supported format if its pixel data could be decoded and rendered, even if, unbeknownst to the implementation, the image actually also contained animation data.
A MPEG4 video file would not be considered to be in a supported format if the compression format used was not supported, even if the implementation could determine the dimensions of the movie from the file's metadata.
All diagrams, examples, and notes in this specification are non-normative, as are all sections explicitly marked non-normative. Everything else in this specification is normative.
The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in the normative parts of this document are to be interpreted as described in RFC2119. For readability, these words do not appear in all uppercase letters in this specification. [RFC2119]
Requirements phrased in the imperative as part of algorithms (such as "strip any leading space characters" or "return false and abort these steps") are to be interpreted with the meaning of the key word ("must", "should", "may", etc) used in introducing the algorithm.
This specification describes the conformance criteria for user agents (relevant to implementors) and documents (relevant to authors and authoring tool implementors).
There is no implied relationship between document conformance requirements and implementation conformance requirements. User agents are not free to handle non-conformant documents as they please; the processing model described in this specification applies to implementations regardless of the conformity of the input documents.
User agents fall into several (overlapping) categories with different conformance requirements.
Web browsers that support XHTML must process elements and attributes from the HTML namespace found in XML documents as described in this specification, so that users can interact with them, unless the semantics of those elements have been overridden by other specifications.
A conforming XHTML processor would, upon
finding an XHTML script
element in an XML document,
execute the script contained in that element. However, if the
element is found within a transformation expressed in XSLT
(assuming the user agent also supports XSLT), then the processor
would instead treat the script
element as an opaque
element that forms part of the transform.
Web browsers that support HTML must
process documents labeled as text/html
as described
in this specification, so that users can interact with them.
User agents that support scripting must also be conforming implementations of the IDL fragments in this specification, as described in the WebIDL specification. [WebIDL]
User agents that process HTML and XHTML documents purely to render non-interactive versions of them must comply to the same conformance criteria as Web browsers, except that they are exempt from requirements regarding user interaction.
Typical examples of non-interactive presentation user agents are printers (static UAs) and overhead displays (dynamic UAs). It is expected that most static non-interactive presentation user agents will also opt to lack scripting support.
A non-interactive but dynamic presentation UA would still execute scripts, allowing forms to be dynamically submitted, and so forth. However, since the concept of "focus" is irrelevant when the user cannot interact with the document, the UA would not need to support any of the focus-related DOM APIs.
Implementations that do not support scripting (or which have their scripting features disabled entirely) are exempt from supporting the events and DOM interfaces mentioned in this specification. For the parts of this specification that are defined in terms of an events model or in terms of the DOM, such user agents must still act as if events and the DOM were supported.
Scripting can form an integral part of an application. Web browsers that do not support scripting, or that have scripting disabled, might be unable to fully convey the author's intent.
Conformance checkers must verify that a document conforms to
the applicable conformance criteria described in this
specification. Automated conformance checkers are exempt from
detecting errors that require interpretation of the author's
intent (for example, while a document is non-conforming if the
content of a blockquote
element is not a quote,
conformance checkers running without the input of human judgement
do not have to check that blockquote
elements only
contain quoted material).
Conformance checkers must check that the input document conforms when parsed without a browsing context (meaning that no scripts are run, and that the parser's scripting flag is disabled), and should also check that the input document conforms when parsed with a browsing context in which scripts execute, and that the scripts never cause non-conforming states to occur other than transiently during script execution itself. (This is only a "SHOULD" and not a "MUST" requirement because it has been proven to be impossible. [HALTINGPROBLEM])
The term "HTML5 validator" can be used to refer to a conformance checker that itself conforms to the applicable requirements of this specification.
XML DTDs cannot express all the conformance requirements of this specification. Therefore, a validating XML processor and a DTD cannot constitute a conformance checker. Also, since neither of the two authoring formats defined in this specification are applications of SGML, a validating SGML system cannot constitute a conformance checker either.
To put it another way, there are three types of conformance criteria:
A conformance checker must check for the first two. A simple DTD-based validator only checks for the first class of errors and is therefore not a conforming conformance checker according to this specification.
Applications and tools that process HTML and XHTML documents for reasons other than to either render the documents or check them for conformance should act in accordance to the semantics of the documents that they process.
A tool that generates document outlines but increases the nesting level for each paragraph and does not increase the nesting level for each section would not be conforming.
Authoring tools and markup generators must generate conforming documents. Conformance criteria that apply to authors also apply to authoring tools, where appropriate.
Authoring tools are exempt from the strict requirements of using elements only for their specified purpose, but only to the extent that authoring tools are not yet able to determine author intent.
For example, it is not conforming to use an
address
element for arbitrary contact information;
that element can only be used for marking up contact information
for the author of the document or section. However, since an
authoring tool is likely unable to determine the difference, an
authoring tool is exempt from that requirement.
In terms of conformance checking, an editor is therefore required to output documents that conform to the same extent that a conformance checker will verify.
When an authoring tool is used to edit a non-conforming document, it may preserve the conformance errors in sections of the document that were not edited during the editing session (i.e. an editing tool is allowed to round-trip erroneous content). However, an authoring tool must not claim that the output is conformant if errors have been so preserved.
Authoring tools are expected to come in two broad varieties: tools that work from structure or semantic data, and tools that work on a What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get media-specific editing basis (WYSIWYG).
The former is the preferred mechanism for tools that author HTML, since the structure in the source information can be used to make informed choices regarding which HTML elements and attributes are most appropriate.
However, WYSIWYG tools are legitimate. WYSIWYG tools should use
elements they know are appropriate, and should not use elements
that they do not know to be appropriate. This might in certain
extreme cases mean limiting the use of flow elements to just a few
elements, like div
, b
, i
,
and span
and making liberal use of the style
attribute.
All authoring tools, whether WYSIWYG or not, should make a best effort attempt at enabling users to create well-structured, semantically rich, media-independent content.
Some conformance requirements are phrased as requirements on elements, attributes, methods or objects. Such requirements fall into two categories: those describing content model restrictions, and those describing implementation behavior. Those in the former category are requirements on documents and authoring tools. Those in the second category are requirements on user agents.
Conformance requirements phrased as algorithms or specific steps may be implemented in any manner, so long as the end result is equivalent. (In particular, the algorithms defined in this specification are intended to be easy to follow, and not intended to be performant.)
User agents may impose implementation-specific limits on otherwise unconstrained inputs, e.g. to prevent denial of service attacks, to guard against running out of memory, or to work around platform-specific limitations.
For compatibility with existing content and prior specifications, this specification describes two authoring formats: one based on XML (referred to as XHTML5), and one using a custom format inspired by SGML (referred to as HTML5). Implementations may support only one of these two formats, although supporting both is encouraged.
The language in this specification assumes that the user agent expands all entity references, and therefore does not include entity reference nodes in the DOM. If user agents do include entity reference nodes in the DOM, then user agents must handle them as if they were fully expanded when implementing this specification. For example, if a requirement talks about an element's child text nodes, then any text nodes that are children of an entity reference that is a child of that element would be used as well. Entity references to unknown entities must be treated as if they contained just an empty text node for the purposes of the algorithms defined in this specification.
This specification relies on several other underlying specifications.
Implementations that support XHTML5 must support some version of XML, as well as its corresponding namespaces specification, because XHTML5 uses an XML serialization with namespaces. [XML] [XMLNAMES]
The Document Object Model (DOM) is a representation — a model — of a document and its content. The DOM is not just an API; the conformance criteria of HTML implementations are defined, in this specification, in terms of operations on the DOM. [DOM3CORE]
Implementations must support some version of DOM Core and DOM Events, because this specification is defined in terms of the DOM, and some of the features are defined as extensions to the DOM Core interfaces. [DOM3CORE] [DOM3EVENTS]
The IDL fragments in this specification must be interpreted as required for conforming IDL fragments, as described in the Web IDL specification. [WebIDL]
Some parts of the language described by this specification only support JavaScript as the underlying scripting language. [ECMA262]
The term "JavaScript" is used to refer to ECMA262,
rather than the official term ECMAScript, since the term
JavaScript is more widely known. Similarly, the MIME type used to
refer to JavaScript in this specification is text/javascript
, since that is the most commonly
used type, despite it being an
officially obsoleted type according to RFC 4329. [RFC4329]
Implementations must support some version of the Media Queries language. [MQ]
This specification does not require support of any particular network transport protocols, style sheet language, scripting language, or any of the DOM and WebAPI specifications beyond those described above. However, the language described by this specification is biased towards CSS as the styling language, JavaScript as the scripting language, and HTTP as the network protocol, and several features assume that those languages and protocols are in use.
This specification might have certain additional requirements on character encodings, image formats, audio formats, and video formats in the respective sections.
this section will be removed at some point
Some elements are defined in terms of their DOM
textContent
attribute. This is an attribute
defined on the Node
interface in DOM3 Core. [DOM3CORE]
The rules for handling alternative style sheets are defined in the CSS object model specification. [CSSOM]
This section will eventually be removed in favor of WebIDL.
A lot of arrays/lists/collections in this spec assume zero-based indexes but use the term "indexth" liberally. We should define those to be zero-based and be clearer about this.
Unless otherwise specified, if a DOM attribute that is a floating
point number type (float
) is assigned an
Infinity or Not-a-Number value, a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception must be
raised.
Unless otherwise specified, if a method with an argument that is a
floating point number type (float
) is passed
an Infinity or Not-a-Number value, a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception must be
raised.
Unless otherwise specified, if a method is passed fewer
arguments than is defined for that method in its IDL definition,
a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception must be
raised.
Unless otherwise specified, if a method is passed more arguments than is defined for that method in its IDL definition, the excess arguments must be ignored.
Vendor-specific proprietary extensions to this specification are strongly discouraged. Documents must not use such extensions, as doing so reduces interoperability and fragments the user base, allowing only users of specific user agents to access the content in question.
If markup extensions are needed, they should be done using XML, with elements or attributes from custom namespaces. If DOM extensions are needed, the members should be prefixed by vendor-specific strings to prevent clashes with future versions of this specification. Extensions must be defined so that the use of extensions does not contradict nor cause the non-conformance of functionality defined in the specification.
For example, while strongly discouraged to do so, an
implementation "Foo Browser" could add a new DOM attribute "fooTypeTime
" to a control's DOM interface that
returned the time it took the user to select the current value of a
control (say). On the other hand, defining a new control that
appears in a form's elements
array would be in violation of the above requirement, as it would
violate the definition of elements
given in this
specification.
User agents must treat elements and attributes that they do not understand as semantically neutral; leaving them in the DOM (for DOM processors), and styling them according to CSS (for CSS processors), but not inferring any meaning from them.
This specification defines several comparison operators for strings.
Comparing two strings in a case-sensitive manner means comparing them exactly, code point for code point.
Comparing two strings in an ASCII case-insensitive manner means comparing them exactly, code point for code point, except that the characters in the range U+0041 .. U+005A (i.e. LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) and the corresponding characters in the range U+0061 .. U+007A (i.e. LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z) are considered to also match.
Comparing two strings in a compatibility caseless manner means using the Unicode compatibility caseless match operation to compare the two strings. [UNICODECASE]
Converting a string to uppercase means replacing all characters in the range U+0061 .. U+007A (i.e. LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z) with the corresponding characters in the range U+0041 .. U+005A (i.e. LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z).
Converting a string to lowercase means replacing all characters in the range U+0041 .. U+005A (i.e. LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) with the corresponding characters in the range U+0061 .. U+007A (i.e. LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z).
A string pattern is a prefix match for a string s when pattern is not longer than s and truncating s to pattern's length leaves the two strings as matches of each other.
There are various places in HTML that accept particular data types, such as dates or numbers. This section describes what the conformance criteria for content in those formats is, and how to parse them.
Need to go through the whole spec and make sure all the attribute values are clearly defined either in terms of microsyntaxes or in terms of other specs, or as "Text" or some such.
The space characters, for the purposes of this specification, are U+0020 SPACE, U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR).
The White_Space characters are those that have the Unicode property "White_Space". [UNICODE]
The alphanumeric ASCII characters are those in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE, U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z.
Some of the micro-parsers described below follow the pattern of having an input variable that holds the string being parsed, and having a position variable pointing at the next character to parse in input.
For parsers based on this pattern, a step that requires the user agent to collect a sequence of characters means that the following algorithm must be run, with characters being the set of characters that can be collected:
Let input and position be the same variables as those of the same name in the algorithm that invoked these steps.
Let result be the empty string.
While position doesn't point past the end of input and the character at position is one of the characters, append that character to the end of result and advance position to the next character in input.
Return result.
The step skip whitespace means that the user agent must collect a sequence of characters that are space characters. The step skip White_Space characters means that the user agent must collect a sequence of characters that are White_Space characters. In both cases, the collected characters are not used. [UNICODE]
When a user agent is to strip line breaks from a string, the user agent must remove any U+000A LINE FEED (LF) and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters from that string.
The code-point length of a string is the number of Unicode code points in that string.
A number of attributes in HTML5 are boolean attributes. The presence of a boolean attribute on an element represents the true value, and the absence of the attribute represents the false value.
If the attribute is present, its value must either be the empty string or a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the attribute's canonical name, with no leading or trailing whitespace.
The values "true" and "false" are not allowed on boolean attributes. To represent a false value, the attribute has to be omitted altogether.
Some attributes are defined as taking one of a finite set of keywords. Such attributes are called enumerated attributes. The keywords are each defined to map to a particular state (several keywords might map to the same state, in which case some of the keywords are synonyms of each other; additionally, some of the keywords can be said to be non-conforming, and are only in the specification for historical reasons). In addition, two default states can be given. The first is the invalid value default, the second is the missing value default.
If an enumerated attribute is specified, the attribute's value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the given keywords that are not said to be non-conforming, with no leading or trailing whitespace.
When the attribute is specified, if its value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the given keywords then that keyword's state is the state that the attribute represents. If the attribute value matches none of the given keywords, but the attribute has an invalid value default, then the attribute represents that state. Otherwise, if the attribute value matches none of the keywords but there is a missing value default state defined, then that is the state represented by the attribute. Otherwise, there is no default, and invalid values must be ignored.
When the attribute is not specified, if there is a missing value default state defined, then that is the state represented by the (missing) attribute. Otherwise, the absence of the attribute means that there is no state represented.
The empty string can be one of the keywords in some
cases. For example the contenteditable
attribute has
two states: true, matching the true
keyword and the empty string, false, matching false
and all other keywords (it's the invalid
value default). It could further be thought of as having a
third state inherit, which would be the default when the
attribute is not specified at all (the missing value
default), but for various reasons that isn't the way this
specification actually defines it.
A string is a valid non-negative integer if it consists of one or more characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9).
A valid non-negative integer represents the number that is represented in base ten by that string of digits.
The rules for parsing non-negative integers are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will either return zero, a positive integer, or an error. Leading spaces are ignored. Trailing spaces and any trailing garbage characters are ignored.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let value have the value 0.
If position is past the end of input, return an error.
If the next character is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+), advance position to the next character.
If position is past the end of input, return an error.
If the next character is not one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return an error.
Loop: If the next character is one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9):
Return value.
A string is a valid integer if it consists of one or more characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), optionally prefixed with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character.
A valid integer without a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") prefix represents the number that is represented in base ten by that string of digits. A valid integer with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") prefix represents the number represented in base ten by the string of digits that follows the U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, subtracted from zero.
The rules for parsing integers are similar to the rules for non-negative integers, and are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will either return an integer or an error. Leading spaces are ignored. Trailing spaces and trailing garbage characters are ignored.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let value have the value 0.
Let sign have the value "positive".
If position is past the end of input, return an error.
If the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character:
If the next character is not one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return an error.
If the next character is one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9):
If sign is "positive", return value, otherwise return 0-value.
A string is a valid floating point number if it consists of:
A valid floating point number represents the number obtained by multiplying the significand by ten raised to the power of the exponent, where the significand is the first number, interpreted as base ten (including the decimal point and the number after the decimal point, if any, and interpreting the significand as a negative number if the whole string starts with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character and the number is not zero), and where the exponent is the number after the E, if any (interpreted as a negative number if there is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character between the E and the number and the number is not zero, or else ignoring a U+002B PLUS SIGN ("+") character between the E and the number if there is one). If there is no E, then the exponent is treated as zero.
The values ±Infinity and NaN are not valid floating point numbers.
The best representation of the floating point number n is the string obtained from applying the JavaScript operator ToString to n.
The rules for parsing floating point number values are as given in the following algorithm. As with the previous algorithms, when this one is invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns something. This algorithm will either return a number or an error. Leading spaces are ignored. Trailing spaces and garbage characters are ignored.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let value have the value 1.
Let divisor have the value 1.
Let exponent have the value 1.
If position is past the end of input, return an error.
If the character indicated by position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character:
If the character indicated by position is not one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return an error.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Multiply value by that integer.
If the character indicated by position is a U+002E FULL STOP ("."), run these substeps:
Advance position to the next character.
If position is past the end of input, or if the character indicated by position is not one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return value.
Fraction loop: Multiply divisor by ten.
Advance position to the next character.
If position is past the end of input, then return value.
If the character indicated by position is one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), return to the step labeled fraction loop in these substeps.
If the character indicated by position is a U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E character or a U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E character, run these substeps:
Advance position to the next character.
If position is past the end of input, then return value.
If the character indicated by position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character:
If position is past the end of input, then return value.
Otherwise, if the character indicated by position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN ("+") character:
If position is past the end of input, then return value.
If the character indicated by position is not one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return value.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Multiply exponent by that integer.
Multiply value by ten raised to the exponentth power.
Return value.
The algorithms described in this section are used by
the progress
and meter
elements.
A valid denominator punctuation character is one of the characters from the table below. There is a value associated with each denominator punctuation character, as shown in the table below.
Denominator Punctuation Character | Value | |
---|---|---|
U+0025 PERCENT SIGN | % | 100 |
U+066A ARABIC PERCENT SIGN | ٪ | 100 |
U+FE6A SMALL PERCENT SIGN | ﹪ | 100 |
U+FF05 FULLWIDTH PERCENT SIGN | % | 100 |
U+2030 PER MILLE SIGN | ‰ | 1000 |
U+2031 PER TEN THOUSAND SIGN | ‱ | 10000 |
The steps for finding one or two numbers of a ratio in a string are as follows:
The algorithm to find a number is as follows. It is given a string and a starting position, and returns either nothing, a number, or an error condition.
The rules for parsing dimension values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will either return a number greater than or equal to 1.0, or an error; if a number is returned, then it is further categorized as either a percentage or a length.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
If position is past the end of input, return an error.
If the next character is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+), advance position to the next character.
Collect a sequence of characters that are U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) characters, and discard them.
If position is past the end of input, return an error.
If the next character is not one of U+0031 DIGIT ONE (1) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return an error.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let value be that number.
If position is past the end of input, return value as an integer.
If the next character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.):
Advance position to the next character.
If the next character is not one of U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then return value as an integer.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). Let length be the number of characters collected. Let fraction be the result of interpreting the collected characters as a base-ten integer, and then dividing that number by 10length.
Increment value by fraction.
If position is past the end of input, return value as a length.
If the next character is a U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%), return value as a percentage.
Return value as a length.
A valid list of integers is a number of valid integers separated by U+002C COMMA characters, with no other characters (e.g. no space characters). In addition, there might be restrictions on the number of integers that can be given, or on the range of values allowed.
The rules for parsing a list of integers are as follows:
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let numbers be an initially empty list of integers. This list will be the result of this algorithm.
If there is a character in the string input at position position, and it is either a U+0020 SPACE, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON character, then advance position to the next character in input, or to beyond the end of the string if there are no more characters.
If position points to beyond the end of input, return numbers and abort.
If the character in the string input at position position is a U+0020 SPACE, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON character, then return to step 4.
Let negated be false.
Let value be 0.
Let started be false. This variable is set to true when the parser sees a number or a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-") character.
Let got number be false. This variable is set to true when the parser sees a number.
Let finished be false. This variable is set to true to switch parser into a mode where it ignores characters until the next separator.
Let bogus be false.
Parser: If the character in the string input at position position is:
Follow these substeps:
Follow these substeps:
Follow these substeps:
1,2,x,4
".Follow these substeps:
Follow these substeps:
Advance position to the next character in input, or to beyond the end of the string if there are no more characters.
If position points to a character (and not to beyond the end of input), jump to the big Parser step above.
If negated is true, then negate value.
If got number is true, then append value to the numbers list.
Return the numbers list and abort.
The rules for parsing a list of dimensions are as follows. These rules return a list of zero or more pairs consisting of a number and a unit, the unit being one of percentage, relative, and absolute.
Let raw input be the string being parsed.
If the last character in raw input is a U+002C COMMA character (","), then remove that character from raw input.
Split the string raw input on commas. Let raw tokens be the resulting list of tokens.
Let result be an empty list of number/unit pairs.
For each token in raw tokens, run the following substeps:
Let input be the token.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let value be the number 0.
Let unit be absolute.
If position is past the end of input, set unit to relative and jump to the last substep.
If the character at position is a character in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), interpret the resulting sequence as an integer in base ten, and increment value by that integer.
If the character at position is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), run these substeps:
Collect a sequence of characters consisting of space characters and characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). Let s be the resulting sequence.
Remove all space characters in s.
If s is not the empty string, run these subsubsteps:
Let length be the number of characters in s (after the spaces were removed).
Let fraction be the result of interpreting s as a base-ten integer, and then dividing that number by 10length.
Increment value by fraction.
If the character at position is a U+0025 PERCENT SIGN (%) character, then set unit to percentage.
Otherwise, if the character at position is a U+002A ASTERISK character (*), then set unit to relative.
Add an entry to result consisting of the number given by value and the unit given by unit.
Return the list result.
In the algorithms below, the number of days in month month of year year is: 31 if month is 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, or 12; 30 if month is 4, 6, 9, or 11; 29 if month is 2 and year is a number divisible by 400, or if year is a number divisible by 4 but not by 100; and 28 otherwise. This takes into account leap years in the Gregorian calendar. [GREGORIAN]
The digits in the date and time syntaxes defined in this section must be characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to U+0039 DIGIT NINE, used to express numbers in base ten.
A month consists of a specific proleptic Gregorian date with no time-zone information and no date information beyond a year and a month. [GREGORIAN]
A string is a valid month string representing a year year and month month if it consists of the following components in the given order:
The rules to parse a month string are as follows. This will either return a year and month, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Parse a month component to obtain year and month. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
Return year and month.
The rules to parse a month component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will either return a year and a month, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not at least four characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the year.
If year is not a number greater than zero, then fail.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the month.
If month is not a number in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12, then fail.
Return year and month.
A date consists of a specific proleptic Gregorian date with no time-zone information, consisting of a year, a month, and a day. [GREGORIAN]
A string is a valid date string representing a year year, month month, and day day if it consists of the following components in the given order:
The rules to parse a date string are as follows. This will either return a date, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
Let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day.
Return date.
The rules to parse a date component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will either return a year, a month, and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Parse a month component to obtain year and month. If this returns nothing, then fail.
Let maxday be the number of days in month month of year year.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the day.
If day is not a number in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ maxday, then fail.
Return year, month, and day.
A time consists of a specific time with no time-zone information, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second.
A string is a valid time string representing an hour hour, a minute minute, and a second second if it consists of the following components in the given order:
The second component cannot be 60 or 61; leap seconds cannot be represented.
The rules to parse a time string are as follows. This will either return a time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
Let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second.
Return time.
The rules to parse a time component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will either return an hour, a minute, and a second, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the hour.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+003A COLON character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the minute.
Let second be a string with the value "0".
If position is not beyond the end of input and the character at position is a U+003A COLON, then run these substeps:
Advance position to the next character in input.
If position is beyond the end of input, or at the last character in input, or if the next two characters in input starting at position are not two characters both in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then fail.
Collect a sequence of characters that are either characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9) or U+002E FULL STOP characters. If the collected sequence has more than one U+002E FULL STOP characters, or if the last character in the sequence is a U+002E FULL STOP character, then fail. Otherwise, let the collected string be second instead of its previous value.
Interpret second as a base-ten number (possibly with a fractional part). Let second be that number instead of the string version.
If second is not a number in the range 0 ≤ second < 60, then fail.
Return hour, minute, and second.
A local date and time consists of a specific proleptic Gregorian date, consisting of a year, a month, and a day, and a time, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second, but expressed without a time zone. [GREGORIAN]
A string is a valid local date and time string representing a date and time if it consists of the following components in the given order:
The rules to parse a local date and time string are as follows. This will either return a date and time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
Let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day.
Let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second.
Return date and time.
A global date and time consists of a specific proleptic Gregorian date, consisting of a year, a month, and a day, and a time, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second, expressed with a time zone, consisting of a number of hours and minutes. [GREGORIAN]
A string is a valid global date and time string representing a date, time, and a time-zone offset if it consists of the following components in the given order:
This format allows for time zone offsets from -23:59 to +23:59. In practice, however, the range of actual time zones is -12:00 to +14:00, and the minutes component of actual time zones is always either 00, 30, or 45.
The following are some examples of dates written as valid global date and time strings.
0037-12-13T00:00Z
"1979-10-14T12:00:00.001-04:00
"8592-01-01T02:09+02:09
"Several things are notable about these dates:
The rules to parse a global date and time string are as follows. This will either return a time in UTC, with associated time-zone information for round tripping or display purposes, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is beyond the end of input, then fail.
Parse a time-zone component to obtain timezonehours and timezoneminutes. If this returns nothing, then fail.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
Let time be the moment in time at year year, month month, day day, hours hour, minute minute, second second, subtracting timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes. That moment in time is a moment in the UTC time zone.
Let timezone be timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes from UTC.
Return time and timezone.
The rules to parse a time-zone component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will either return time-zone hours and time-zone minutes, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
If the character at position is a U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, then:
Let timezonehours be 0.
Let timezoneminutes be 0.
Advance position to the next character in input.
Otherwise, if the character at position is either a U+002B PLUS SIGN ("+") or a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-"), then:
If the character at position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN ("+"), let sign be "positive". Otherwise, it's a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("-"); let sign be "negative".
Advance position to the next character in input.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezonehours.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+003A COLON character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezoneminutes.
Return timezonehours and timezoneminutes.
A week consists of a week-year number and a week number representing a seven day period. Each week-year in this calendaring system has either 52 weeks or 53 weeks, as defined below. A week is a seven-day period. The week starting on the Gregorian date Monday December 29th 1969 (1969-12-29) is defined as week number 1 in week-year 1970. Consecutive weeks are numbered sequentially. The week before the number 1 week in a week-year is the last week in the previous week-year, and vice versa. [GREGORIAN]
A week-year with a number year that corresponds to a year year in the proleptic Gregorian calendar that has a Thursday as its first day (January 1st), and a week-year year where year is a number divisible by 400, or a number divisible by 4 but not by 100, has 53 weeks. All other week-years have 52 weeks.
The week number of the last day of a week-year with 53 weeks is 53; the week number of the last day of a week-year with 52 weeks is 52.
The week-year number of a particular day can be different than the number of the year that contains that day in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. The first week in a week-year year is the week that contains the first Thursday of the Gregorian year year.
A string is a valid week string representing a week-year year and week week if it consists of the following components in the given order:
The rules to parse a week string are as follows. This will either return a week-year number and week number, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not at least four characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the year.
If year is not a number greater than zero, then fail.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the week.
Let maxweek be the week number of the last day of year year.
If week is not a number in the range 1 ≤ week ≤ maxweek, then fail.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
Return the week-year number year and the week number week.
A date or time string consists of either a date, a time, or a global date and time.
A string is a valid date or time string if it is also one of the following:
A string is a valid date or time string in content if it consists of zero or more White_Space characters, followed by a valid date or time string, followed by zero or more further White_Space characters.
The rules to parse a date or time string are as follows. The algorithm is invoked with a flag indicating if the in attribute variant or the in content variant is to be used. The algorithm will either return a date, a time, a global date and time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
For the in content variant: skip White_Space characters.
Set start position to the same position as position.
Set the date present and time present flags to true.
Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this fails, then set the date present flag to false.
If date present is true, and position is not beyond the end of input, and the character at position is a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character, then advance position to the next character in input.
Otherwise, if date present is true, and either position is beyond the end of input or the character at position is not a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character, then set time present to false.
Otherwise, if date present is false, set position back to the same position as start position.
If the time present flag is true, then parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then set the time present flag to false.
If both the date present and time present flags are false, then fail.
If the time present flag is true, but position is beyond the end of input, then fail.
If the date present and time present flags are both true, parse a time-zone component to obtain timezonehours and timezoneminutes. If this returns nothing, then fail.
For the in content variant: skip White_Space characters.
If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.
If the date present flag is true and the time present flag is false, then let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day, and return date.
Otherwise, if the time present flag is true and the date present flag is false, then let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second, and return time.
Otherwise, let time be the moment in time at year year, month month, day day, hours hour, minute minute, second second, subtracting timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes, that moment in time being a moment in the UTC time zone; let timezone be timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes from UTC; and return time and timezone.
A simple color consists of three 8-bit numbers in the range 0..255, representing the red, green, and blue components of the color respectively, in the sRGB color space. [SRGB]
A string is a valid simple color if it is exactly seven characters long, and the first character is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) character, and the remaining six characters are all in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F, U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F, with the first two digits representing the red component, the middle two digits representing the green component, and the last two digits representing the blue component, in hexadecimal.
A string is a valid lowercase simple color if it is a valid simple color and doesn't use any characters in the range U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F.
The rules for parsing simple color values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will either return a simple color or an error.
Let input be the string being parsed.
If input is not exactly seven characters long, then return an error.
If the first character in input is not a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) character, then return an error.
If the last six characters of input are not all in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F, U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F, then return an error.
Let result be a simple color.
Interpret the second and third characters as a hexadecimal number and let the result be the red component of result.
Interpret the fourth and fifth characters as a hexadecimal number and let the result be the green component of result.
Interpret the sixth and seventh characters as a hexadecimal number and let the result be the blue component of result.
Return result.
The rules for serializing simple color values given a simple color are as given in the following algorithm:
Let result be a string consisting of a single U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) character.
Convert the red, green, and blue components in turn to two-digit hexadecimal numbers using the digits U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9) and U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F, zero-padding if necessary, and append these numbers to result, in the order red, green, blue.
Return result, which will be a valid lowercase simple color.
Some obsolete legacy attributes parse colors in a more complicated manner, using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, which are given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will either return a simple color or an error.
Let input be the string being parsed.
If input is the empty string, then return an error.
If input is an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "transparent
", then return an error.
If input is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the keywords listed in the SVG color keywords or CSS2 System Colors sections of the CSS3 Color specification, then return the simple color corresponding to that keyword. [CSS3COLOR]
If input is four characters long, and the first character in input is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) character, and the last three characters of input are all in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F, and U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F, then run these substeps:
Let result be a simple color.
Interpret the second character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the red component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17.
Interpret the third character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the green component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17.
Interpret the fourth character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the blue component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17.
Return result.
Replace any characters in input that
have a Unicode code point greater than U+FFFF (i.e. any characters
that are not in the basic multilingual plane) with the
two-character string "00
".
If input is longer than 128 characters, truncate input, leaving only the first 128 characters.
If the first character in input is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), remove it.
Replace any character in input that is not in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F, and U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F with the character U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0).
While input's length is zero or not a multiple of three, append a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character to input.
Split input into three strings of equal length, to obtain three components. Let length be the length of those components (one third the length of input).
If length is greater than 8, then remove the leading length-8 characters in each component, and let length be 8.
While length is greater than two and the first character in each component is a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character, remove that character and reduce length by one.
If length is still greater than two, truncate each component, leaving only the first two characters in each.
Let result be a simple color.
Interpret the first component as a hexadecimal number; let the red component of result be the resulting number.
Interpret the second component as a hexadecimal number; let the green component of result be the resulting number.
Interpret the third component as a hexadecimal number; let the blue component of result be the resulting number.
Return result.
The 2D graphics context has a separate color syntax that also handles opacity.
A set of space-separated tokens is a set of zero or more words separated by one or more space characters, where words consist of any string of one or more characters, none of which are space characters.
A string containing a set of space-separated tokens may have leading or trailing space characters.
An unordered set of unique space-separated tokens is a set of space-separated tokens where none of the words are duplicated.
An ordered set of unique space-separated tokens is a set of space-separated tokens where none of the words are duplicated but where the order of the tokens is meaningful.
Sets of space-separated tokens sometimes have a defined set of allowed values. When a set of allowed values is defined, the tokens must all be from that list of allowed values; other values are non-conforming. If no such set of allowed values is provided, then all values are conforming.
When a user agent has to split a string on spaces, it must use the following algorithm:
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let tokens be a list of tokens, initially empty.
While position is not past the end of input:
Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters.
Add the string collected in the previous step to tokens.
Return tokens.
When a user agent has to remove a token from a string, it must use the following algorithm:
Let input be the string being modified.
Let token be the token being removed. It will not contain any space characters.
Let output be the output string, initially empty.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
If position is beyond the end of input, set the string being modified to output, and abort these steps.
If the character at position is a space character:
Append the character at position to the end of output.
Increment position so it points at the next character in input.
Return to step 5 in the overall set of steps.
Otherwise, the character at position is the first character of a token. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters, and let that be s.
If s is exactly equal to token, then:
Skip whitespace (in input).
Remove any space characters currently at the end of output.
If position is not past the end of input, and output is not the empty string, append a single U+0020 SPACE character at the end of output.
Otherwise, append s to the end of output.
Return to step 6 in the overall set of steps.
This causes any occurrences of the token to be removed from the string, and any spaces that were surrounding the token to be collapsed to a single space, except at the start and end of the string, where such spaces are removed.
A set of comma-separated tokens is a set of zero or
more tokens each separated from the next by a single U+002C COMMA
character (,
), where tokens consist of any
string of zero or more characters, neither beginning nor ending with
space characters, nor
containing any U+002C COMMA characters (,
),
and optionally surrounded by space
characters.
For instance, the string " a ,b,,d d
" consists of four
tokens: "a", "b", the empty string, and "d d". Leading and
trailing whitespace around each token doesn't count as part of the
token, and the empty string can be a token.
Sets of comma-separated tokens sometimes have further restrictions on what consists a valid token. When such restrictions are defined, the tokens must all fit within those restrictions; other values are non-conforming. If no such restrictions are specified, then all values are conforming.
When a user agent has to split a string on commas, it must use the following algorithm:
Let input be the string being parsed.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let tokens be a list of tokens, initially empty.
Token: If position is past the end of input, jump to the last step.
Collect a sequence of characters that are not
U+002C COMMA characters (,
). Let s be the resulting sequence (which might be the
empty string).
Remove any leading or trailing sequence of space characters from s.
Add s to tokens.
If position is not past the end of input, then the character at position is a U+002C COMMA character (,
); advance position past that
character.
Jump back to the step labeled token.
Return tokens.
A valid reversed DNS identifier is a string that consists of a series of IDNA labels in reverse order (i.e. starting with the top-level domain), the prefix of which, when reversed and converted to ASCII, corresponds to a registered domain.
For instance, the string "com.example.xn--74h
" is a valid reversed DNS
identifier because the string "example.com
" is a registered domain.
To check if a string is a valid reversed DNS identifier, conformance checkers must run the following algorithm:
Apply the IDNA ToASCII algorithm to the string, with both the AllowUnassigned and UseSTD3ASCIIRules flags set, but between steps 2 and 3 of the general ToASCII/ToUnicode algorithm (i.e. after splitting the domain name into individual labels), reverse the order of the labels.
If ToASCII fails to convert one of the components of the string, e.g. because it is too long or because it contains invalid characters, then the string is not valid; abort these steps. [RFC3490]
Check that the end of the resulting string matches a suffix in the Public Suffix List, and that there is at least one domain label before the matching substring. If it does not, or if there is not, then the string is not valid; abort these steps. [PSL]
Check that the domain name up to the label before the prefix that was matched in the previous string is a registered domain name.
A valid hash-name reference to an element of type type is a string consisting of a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN
(#
) character followed by a string which
exactly matches the value of the name
attribute of an element in the document with type type.
The rules for parsing a hash-name reference to an element of type type are as follows:
If the string being parsed does not contain a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character, or if the first such character in the string is the last character in the string, then return null and abort these steps.
Let s be the string from the character immediately after the first U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character in the string being parsed up to the end of that string.
Return the first element of type type
that has an id
attribute whose value
is a case-sensitive match for s or
a name
attribute whose value is a
compatibility caseless match for s.
This specification defines the term URL, and defines various algorithms for dealing with URLs, because for historical reasons the rules defined by the URI and IRI specifications are not a complete description of what HTML user agents need to implement to be compatible with Web content.
A URL is a string used to identify a resource.
A URL is a valid URL if at least one of the following conditions holds:
The URL is a valid IRI reference and it has no query component. [RFC3987]
The URL is a valid IRI reference and its query component contains no unescaped non-ASCII characters. [RFC3987]
The URL is a valid IRI reference and the character encoding of
the URL's Document
is UTF-8 or UTF-16. [RFC3987]
A URL has an associated URL character encoding, determined as follows:
Document
, and the URL character
encoding is the document's character encoding.The term "URL" in this specification is used in a manner distinct from the precise technical meaning it is given in RFC 3986. Readers familiar with that RFC will find it easier to read this specification if they pretend the term "URL" as used herein is really called something else altogether. This is a willful violation of RFC 3986. [RFC3986]
To parse a URL url into its component parts, the user agent must use the following steps:
Strip leading and trailing space characters from url.
Parse url in the manner defined by RFC 3986, with the following exceptions:
If url doesn't match the <URI-reference> production, even after the above changes are made to the ABNF definitions, then parsing the URL fails with an error. [RFC3986]
Otherwise, parsing url was successful; the components of the URL are substrings of url defined as follows:
The substring matched by the <scheme> production, if any.
The substring matched by the <host> production, if any.
The substring matched by the <port> production, if any.
If there is a <scheme> component and a <port> component and the port given by the <port> component is different than the default port defined for the protocol given by the <scheme> component, then <hostport> is the substring that starts with the substring matched by the <host> production and ends with the substring matched by the <port> production, and includes the colon in between the two. Otherwise, it is the same as the <host> component.
The substring matched by one of the following productions, if one of them was matched:
The substring matched by the <query> production, if any.
The substring matched by the <fragment> production, if any.
The substring that follows the substring matched by the <authority> production, or the whole string if the <authority> production wasn't matched.
These parsing rules are a willful violation of RFC 3986 and RFC 3987 (which do not define error handling), motivated by a desire to handle legacy content. [RFC3986] [RFC3987]
To resolve a URL to an absolute URL relative to either another absolute URL or an element, the user agent must use the following steps. Resolving a URL can result in an error, in which case the URL is not resolvable.
Let url be the URL being resolved.
Let encoding be the URL character encoding.
If encoding is a UTF-16 encoding, then change the value of encoding to UTF-8.
If the algorithm was invoked with an absolute URL to use as the base URL, let base be that absolute URL.
Otherwise, let base be the base URI of
the element, as defined by the XML Base specification, with
the base URI of the document entity being defined as the
document base URL of the Document
that
owns the element. [XMLBASE]
For the purposes of the XML Base specification, user agents
must act as if all Document
objects represented XML
documents.
It is possible for xml:base
attributes to be present
even in HTML fragments, as such attributes can be added
dynamically using script. (Such scripts would not be conforming,
however, as xml:base
attributes
are not allowed in HTML documents.)
The document base URL of a Document
is
the absolute URL obtained by running these
substeps:
Let fallback base url be the document's address.
If fallback base url is
about:blank
, and the Document
's
browsing context has a creator browsing
context, then let fallback base url
be the document base URL of the creator
Document
instead.
If there is no base
element that is both a
child of the head
element and has an
href
attribute, then the
document base URL is fallback base
url.
Otherwise, let url be the value of the
href
attribute of the first
such element.
Resolve url relative to fallback base
url (thus, the base
href
attribute isn't affected by
xml:base
attributes).
The document base URL is the result of the previous step if it was successful; otherwise it is fallback base url.
Parse url into its component parts.
If parsing url resulted in a <host> component, then replace the matching substring of url with the string that results from expanding any sequences of percent-encoded octets in that component that are valid UTF-8 sequences into Unicode characters as defined by UTF-8.
If any percent-encoded octets in that component are not valid UTF-8 sequences, then return an error and abort these steps.
Apply the IDNA ToASCII algorithm to the matching substring, with both the AllowUnassigned and UseSTD3ASCIIRules flags set. Replace the matching substring with the result of the ToASCII algorithm.
If ToASCII fails to convert one of the components of the string, e.g. because it is too long or because it contains invalid characters, then return an error and abort these steps. [RFC3490]
If parsing url resulted in a <path> component, then replace the matching substring of url with the string that results from applying the following steps to each character other than U+0025 PERCENT SIGN (%) that doesn't match the original <path> production defined in RFC 3986:
For instance if url was "//example.com/a^b☺c%FFd%z/?e
", then the
<path> component's substring
would be "/a^b☺c%FFd%z/
" and the two
characters that would have to be escaped would be "^
" and "☺
". The
result after this step was applied would therefore be that url now had the value "//example.com/a%5Eb%E2%98%BAc%FFd%z/?e
".
If parsing url resulted in a <query> component, then replace the matching substring of url with the string that results from applying the following steps to each character other than U+0025 PERCENT SIGN (%) that doesn't match the original <query> production defined in RFC 3986:
Apply the algorithm described in RFC 3986 section 5.2 Relative Resolution, using url as the potentially relative URI reference (R), and base as the base URI (Base). [RFC3986]
Apply any relevant conformance criteria of RFC 3986 and RFC 3987, returning an error and aborting these steps if appropriate. [RFC3986] [RFC3987]
For instance, if an absolute URI that would be
returned by the above algorithm violates the restrictions specific
to its scheme, e.g. a data:
URI using the
"//
" server-based naming authority syntax,
then user agents are to treat this as an error instead.
Let result be the target URI (T) returned by the Relative Resolution algorithm.
If result uses a scheme with a server-based naming authority, replace all U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS (\) characters in result with U+002F SOLIDUS (/) characters.
Return result.
A URL is an absolute URL if resolving it results in the same URL without an error.
When an xml:base
attribute
changes, the attribute's element, and all descendant elements, are
affected by a base URL change.
When a document's document base URL changes, all elements in that document are affected by a base URL change.
When an element is moved from one document to another, if the two documents have different base URLs, then that element and all its descendants are affected by a base URL change.
When an element is affected by a base URL change, it must act as described in the following list:
If the absolute URL identified by the hyperlink is
being shown to the user, or if any data derived from that URL is
affecting the display, then the href
attribute should be re-resolved relative to the element
and the UI updated appropriately.
For example, the CSS :link
/:visited
pseudo-classes might have
been affected.
If the hyperlink has a ping
attribute and its absolute URL(s) are being shown to the
user, then the ping
attribute's tokens should be re-resolved relative to the element and the UI updated
appropriately.
q
, blockquote
,
section
, article
, ins
, or
del
element with a cite
attributeIf the absolute URL identified by the cite
attribute is being shown to the user, or if
any data derived from that URL is affecting the display, then the
URL should be re-resolved relative to the element and the UI updated
appropriately.
The element is not directly affected.
Changing the base URL doesn't affect the image
displayed by img
elements, although subsequent
accesses of the src
DOM attribute
from script will return a new absolute URL that might
no longer correspond to the image being shown.
An interface that has a complement of URL decomposition attributes will have seven attributes with the following definitions:
attribute DOMString protocol; attribute DOMString host; attribute DOMString hostname; attribute DOMString port; attribute DOMString pathname; attribute DOMString search; attribute DOMString hash;
protocol
[ = value ]Returns the current scheme of the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's scheme.
host
[ = value ]Returns the current host and port (if it's not the default port) in the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's host and port.
The host and the port are separated by a colon. The port part, if omitted, will be assumed to be the current scheme's default port.
hostname
[ = value ]Returns the current host in the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's host.
port
[ = value ]Returns the current port in the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's port.
pathname
[ = value ]Returns the current path in the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's path.
search
[ = value ]Returns the current query component in the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's query component.
hash
[ = value ]Returns the current fragment identifier in the underlying URL.
Can be set, to change the underlying URL's fragment identifier.
The attributes defined to be URL decomposition attributes must act as described for the attributes with the same corresponding names in this section.
In addition, an interface with a complement of URL decomposition attributes will define an input, which is a URL that the attributes act on, and a common setter action, which is a set of steps invoked when any of the attributes' setters are invoked.
The seven URL decomposition attributes have similar requirements.
On getting, if the input is an absolute URL that fulfills the condition given in the "getter condition" column corresponding to the attribute in the table below, the user agent must return the part of the input URL given in the "component" column, with any prefixes specified in the "prefix" column appropriately added to the start of the string and any suffixes specified in the "suffix" column appropriately added to the end of the string. Otherwise, the attribute must return the empty string.
On setting, the new value must first be mutated as described by the "setter preprocessor" column, then mutated by %-escaping any characters in the new value that are not valid in the relevant component as given by the "component" column. Then, if the input is an absolute URL and the resulting new value fulfills the condition given in the "setter condition" column, the user agent must make a new string output by replacing the component of the URL given by the "component" column in the input URL with the new value; otherwise, the user agent must let output be equal to the input. Finally, the user agent must invoke the common setter action with the value of output.
When replacing a component in the URL, if the component is part of an optional group in the URL syntax consisting of a character followed by the component, the component (including its prefix character) must be included even if the new value is the empty string.
The previous paragraph applies in particular to the
":
" before a <port> component, the "?
" before a <query> component, and the "#
" before a <fragment> component.
For the purposes of the above definitions, URLs must be parsed using the URL parsing rules defined in this specification.
Attribute | Component | Getter Condition | Prefix | Suffix | Setter Preprocessor | Setter Condition |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
protocol
| <scheme> | — | — | U+003A COLON (": ")
| Remove all trailing U+003A COLON (": ") characters
| The new value is not the empty string |
host
| <hostport> | input is hierarchical and uses a server-based naming authority | — | — | — | The new value is not the empty string and input is hierarchical and uses a server-based naming authority |
hostname
| <host> | input is hierarchical and uses a server-based naming authority | — | — | Remove all leading U+002F SOLIDUS ("/ ") characters
| The new value is not the empty string and input is hierarchical and uses a server-based naming authority |
port
| <port> | input is hierarchical, uses a server-based naming authority, and contained a <port> component (possibly an empty one) | — | — | Remove any characters in the new value that are not in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE. If the resulting string is empty, set it to a single U+0030 DIGIT ZERO character ('0'). | input is hierarchical and uses a server-based naming authority |
pathname
| <path> | input is hierarchical | — | — | If it has no leading U+002F SOLIDUS ("/ ") character, prepend a U+002F SOLIDUS ("/ ") character to the new value
| — |
search
| <query> | input is hierarchical, and contained a <query> component (possibly an empty one) | U+003F QUESTION MARK ("? ")
| — | Remove one leading U+003F QUESTION MARK ("? ") character, if any
| — |
hash
| <fragment> | input contained a <fragment> component (possibly an empty one) | U+0023 NUMBER SIGN ("# ")
| — | Remove one leading U+0023 NUMBER SIGN ("# ") character, if any
| — |
The table below demonstrates how the getter condition for search
results in different results
depending on the exact original syntax of the URL:
Input URL | search value
| Explanation |
---|---|---|
http://example.com/
| empty string | No <query> component in input URL. |
http://example.com/?
| ?
| There is a <query> component, but it is empty. The question mark in the resulting value is the prefix. |
http://example.com/?test
| ?test
| The <query> component has the value "test ".
|
http://example.com/?test#
| ?test
| The (empty) <fragment> component is not part of the <query> component. |
When a user agent is to fetch a resource, the following steps must be run:
If the resource is identified by the URL
about:blank
, then return the empty string
and abort these steps.
Perform the remaining steps asynchronously.
If the resource is identified by an absolute URL, and the resource is to be obtained using a idempotent action (such as an HTTP GET or equivalent), and it is already being downloaded for other reasons (e.g. another invocation of this algorithm), and the user agent is configured such that it is to reuse the data from the existing download instead of initiating a new one, then use the results of the existing download instead of starting a new one.
Otherwise, at a time convenient to the user and the user agent,
download (or otherwise obtain) the resource, applying the
semantics of the relevant specifications (e.g. performing an HTTP
GET or POST operation, or reading the file from disk, following
redirects, dereferencing javascript:
URLs, etc).
If there are cookies to be set, then the user agent must run the following substeps:
Wait until ownership of the storage mutex can be taken by this instance of the fetching algorithm.
Take ownership of the storage mutex.
Update the cookies. [COOKIES]
Release the storage mutex so that it is once again free.
When the resource is available, or if there is an error of some description, queue a task that uses the resource as appropriate. If the resource can be processed incrementally, as, for instance, with a progressively interlaced JPEG or an HTML file, additional tasks may be queued to process the data as it is downloaded. The task source for these tasks is the networking task source.
The application cache processing model introduces some changes to the networking model to handle the returning of cached resources.
The navigation processing model handles redirects itself, overriding the redirection handling that would be done by the fetching algorithm.
Whether the type sniffing rules apply to the fetched resource depends on the algorithm that invokes the rules — they are not always applicable.
User agents can implement a variety of transfer protocols, but this specification mostly defines behavior in terms of HTTP. [HTTP]
The HTTP GET method is equivalent to the default retrieval action of the protocol. For example, RETR in FTP. Such actions are idempotent and safe, in HTTP terms.
The HTTP response codes are equivalent to statuses in other protocols that have the same basic meanings. For example, a "file not found" error is equivalent to a 404 code, a server error is equivalent to a 5xx code, and so on.
The HTTP headers are equivalent to fields in other protocols that have the same basic meaning. For example, the HTTP authentication headers are equivalent to the authentication aspects of the FTP protocol.
If there are any specific questions with what should be considered equivalent to what, let me know, and I'll make it more explicit for those cases.
Anything in this specification that refers to HTTP also applies
to HTTP-over-TLS, as represented by URLs
representing the https
scheme.
User agents should report certificate errors to the user and must either refuse to download resources sent with erroneous certificates or must act as if such resources were in fact served with no encryption.
Not doing so can result in users not noticing man-in-the-middle attacks.
If a user connects to a server with a self-signed certificate, the user agent could allow the connection but just act as if there had been no encryption. If the user agent instead allowed the user to override the problem and then displayed the page as if it was fully and safely encrypted, the user could be easily tricked into accepting man-in-the-middle connections.
If a user connects to a server with full encryption, but the page then refers to an external resource that has an expired certificate, then the user agent will act as if the resource was unavailable, possibly also reporting the problem to the user. If the user agent instead allowed the resource to be used, then an attacker could just look for "secure" sites that used resources from a different host and only apply man-in-the-middle attacks to that host, for example taking over scripts in the page.
It is imperative that the rules in this section be followed exactly. When a user agent uses different heuristics for content type detection than the server expects, security problems can occur. For example, if a server believes that the client will treat a contributed file as an image (and thus treat it as benign), but a Web browser believes the content to be HTML (and thus execute any scripts contained therein), the end user can be exposed to malicious content, making the user vulnerable to cookie theft attacks and other cross-site scripting attacks.
What explicit Content-Type metadata is associated with the resource (the resource's type information) depends on the protocol that was used to fetch the resource.
For HTTP resources, only the first Content-Type HTTP header, if any, contributes any type information; the explicit type of the resource is then the value of that header, interpreted as described by the HTTP specifications. If the Content-Type HTTP header is present but the value of the first such header cannot be interpreted as described by the HTTP specifications (e.g. because its value doesn't contain a U+002F SOLIDUS ('/') character), then the resource has no type information (even if there are multiple Content-Type HTTP headers and one of the other ones is syntactically correct). [HTTP]
For resources fetched from the file system, user agents should use platform-specific conventions, e.g. operating system extension/type mappings.
Extensions must not be used for determining resource types for resources fetched over HTTP.
For resources fetched over most other protocols, e.g. FTP, there is no type information.
The algorithm for extracting an encoding from a Content-Type, given a string s, is as follows. It either returns an encoding or nothing.
Find the first seven characters in s that are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "charset". If no such match is found, return nothing.
Skip any U+0009, U+000A, U+000C, U+000D, or U+0020 characters that immediately follow the word 'charset' (there might not be any).
If the next character is not a U+003D EQUALS SIGN ('='), return nothing.
Skip any U+0009, U+000A, U+000C, U+000D, or U+0020 characters that immediately follow the equals sign (there might not be any).
Process the next character as follows:
Return the string between this character and the next earliest occurrence of this character.
Return nothing.
Return the string from this character to the first U+0009, U+000A, U+000C, U+000D, U+0020, or U+003B character or the end of s, whichever comes first.
The above algorithm is a willful violation of the HTTP specification, which requires that the Content-Type headers be honored, despite implementation experience showing that this is not pratical in many cases. [HTTP]
The sniffed type of a resource must be found as follows:
If the user agent is configured to strictly obey Content-Type headers for this resource, then jump to the last step in this set of steps.
If the resource was fetched over an HTTP protocol and there is an HTTP Content-Type header and the value of the first such header has bytes that exactly match one of the following lines:
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Textual representation |
---|---|
74 65 78 74 2f 70 6c 61 69 6e | text/plain
|
74 65 78 74 2f 70 6c 61 69 6e 3b 20 63 68 61 72 73 65 74 3d 49 53 4f 2d 38 38 35 39 2d 31 | text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1
|
74 65 78 74 2f 70 6c 61 69 6e 3b 20 63 68 61 72 73 65 74 3d 69 73 6f 2d 38 38 35 39 2d 31 | text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
|
74 65 78 74 2f 70 6c 61 69 6e 3b 20 63 68 61 72 73 65 74 3d 55 54 46 2d 38 | text/plain; charset=UTF-8
|
...then jump to the text or binary section below.
Let official type be the type given by the Content-Type metadata for the resource, ignoring parameters. If there is no such type, jump to the unknown type step below. Comparisons with this type, as defined by MIME specifications, are done in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. [RFC2046]
If official type is "unknown/unknown" or "application/unknown", jump to the unknown type step below.
If official type ends in "+xml", or if it is either "text/xml" or "application/xml", then the sniffed type of the resource is official type; return that and abort these steps.
If official type is an image type supported by the user agent (e.g. "image/png", "image/gif", "image/jpeg", etc), then jump to the images section below, passing it the official type.
If official type is "text/html", then jump to the feed or HTML section below.
The sniffed type of the resource is official type.
The user agent may wait for 512 or more bytes of the resource to be available.
Let n be the smaller of either 512 or the number of bytes already available.
If n is 4 or more, and the first bytes of the resource match one of the following byte sets:
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Description |
---|---|
FE FF | UTF-16BE BOM |
FF FE | UTF-16LE BOM |
EF BB BF | UTF-8 BOM |
...then the sniffed type of the resource is "text/plain". Abort these steps.
If none of the first n bytes of the resource are binary data bytes then the sniffed type of the resource is "text/plain". Abort these steps.
If the first bytes of the resource match one of the byte sequences in the "pattern" column of the table in the unknown type section below, ignoring any rows whose cell in the "security" column says "scriptable" (or "n/a"), then the sniffed type of the resource is the type given in the corresponding cell in the "sniffed type" column on that row; abort these steps.
It is critical that this step not ever return a scriptable type (e.g. text/html), as otherwise that would allow a privilege escalation attack.
Otherwise, the sniffed type of the resource is "application/octet-stream".
Bytes covered by the following ranges are binary data bytes:
The user agent may wait for 512 or more bytes of the resource to be available.
Let stream length be the smaller of either 512 or the number of bytes already available.
For each row in the table below:
Let indexpattern be an index into the mask and pattern byte strings of the row.
Let indexstream be an index into the byte stream being examined.
Loop: If indexstream points beyond the end of the byte stream, then this row doesn't match, skip this row.
Examine the indexstreamth byte of the byte stream as follows:
If the "and" operator, applied to the indexstreamth byte of the stream and the indexpatternth byte of the mask, yield a value different that the indexpatternth byte of the pattern, then skip this row.
Otherwise, increment indexpattern to the next byte in the mask and pattern and indexstream to the next byte in the byte stream.
"WS" means "whitespace", and allows insignificant whitespace to be skipped when sniffing for a type signature.
If the indexstreamth byte of the stream is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), or 0x20 (ASCII space), then increment only the indexstream to the next byte in the byte stream.
Otherwise, increment only the indexpattern to the next byte in the mask and pattern.
If indexpattern does not point beyond the end of the mask and pattern byte strings, then jump back to the loop step in this algorithm.
Otherwise, the sniffed type of the resource is the type given in the cell of the third column in that row; abort these steps.
If none of the first n bytes of the resource are binary data bytes then the sniffed type of the resource is "text/plain". Abort these steps.
Otherwise, the sniffed type of the resource is "application/octet-stream".
The table used by the above algorithm is:
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Sniffed type | Security | Comment | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Mask | Pattern | |||
FF FF DF DF DF DF DF DF DF FF DF DF DF DF | 3C 21 44 4F 43 54 59 50 45 20 48 54 4D 4C | text/html | Scriptable | The string "<!DOCTYPE HTML " in US-ASCII or compatible encodings, case-insensitively.
|
FF FF DF DF DF DF | WS 3C 48 54 4D 4C | text/html | Scriptable | The string "<HTML " in US-ASCII or compatible encodings, case-insensitively, possibly with leading spaces.
|
FF FF DF DF DF DF | WS 3C 48 45 41 44 | text/html | Scriptable | The string "<HEAD " in US-ASCII or compatible encodings, case-insensitively, possibly with leading spaces.
|
FF FF DF DF DF DF DF DF | WS 3C 53 43 52 49 50 54 | text/html | Scriptable | The string "<SCRIPT " in US-ASCII or compatible encodings, case-insensitively, possibly with leading spaces.
|
FF FF FF FF FF | 25 50 44 46 2D | application/pdf | Scriptable | The string "%PDF- ", the PDF signature.
|
FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF | 25 21 50 53 2D 41 64 6F 62 65 2D | application/postscript | Safe | The string "%!PS-Adobe- ", the PostScript signature.
|
FF FF 00 00 | FE FF 00 00 | text/plain | n/a | UTF-16BE BOM |
FF FF 00 00 | FF FF 00 00 | text/plain | n/a | UTF-16LE BOM |
FF FF FF 00 | EF BB BF 00 | text/plain | n/a | UTF-8 BOM |
FF FF FF FF FF FF | 47 49 46 38 37 61 | image/gif | Safe | The string "GIF87a ", a GIF signature.
|
FF FF FF FF FF FF | 47 49 46 38 39 61 | image/gif | Safe | The string "GIF89a ", a GIF signature.
|
FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF | 89 50 4E 47 0D 0A 1A 0A | image/png | Safe | The PNG signature. |
FF FF FF | FF D8 FF | image/jpeg | Safe | A JPEG SOI marker followed by the first byte of another marker. |
FF FF | 42 4D | image/bmp | Safe | The string "BM ", a BMP signature.
|
FF FF FF FF | 00 00 01 00 | image/vnd.microsoft.icon | Safe | A 0 word following by a 1 word, a Windows Icon file format signature. |
I'd like to add types like MPEG, AVI, Flash, Java, etc, to the above table.
User agents may support further types if desired, by implicitly adding to the above table. However, user agents should not use any other patterns for types already mentioned in the table above, as this could then be used for privilege escalation (where, e.g., a server uses the above table to determine that content is not HTML and thus safe from XSS attacks, but then a user agent detects it as HTML anyway and allows script to execute).
The column marked "security" is used by the algorithm in the
"text or binary" section, to avoid sniffing text/plain
content as a type that can be used for a
privilege escalation attack.
If the resource's official type is "image/svg+xml", then the sniffed type of the resource is its official type (an XML type).
Otherwise, if the first bytes of the resource match one of the byte sequences in the first column of the following table, then the sniffed type of the resource is the type given in the corresponding cell in the second column on the same row:
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Sniffed type | Comment |
---|---|---|
47 49 46 38 37 61 | image/gif | The string "GIF87a ", a GIF signature.
|
47 49 46 38 39 61 | image/gif | The string "GIF89a ", a GIF signature.
|
89 50 4E 47 0D 0A 1A 0A | image/png | The PNG signature. |
FF D8 FF | image/jpeg | A JPEG SOI marker followed by the first byte of another marker. |
42 4D | image/bmp | The string "BM ", a BMP signature.
|
00 00 01 00 | image/vnd.microsoft.icon | A 0 word following by a 1 word, a Windows Icon file format signature. |
Otherwise, the sniffed type of the resource is the same as its official type.
The user agent may wait for 512 or more bytes of the resource to be available.
Let s be the stream of bytes, and let s[i] represent the byte in s with position i, treating s as zero-indexed (so the first byte is at i=0).
If at any point this algorithm requires the user agent to determine the value of a byte in s which is not yet available, or which is past the first 512 bytes of the resource, or which is beyond the end of the resource, the user agent must stop this algorithm, and assume that the sniffed type of the resource is "text/html".
User agents are allowed, by the first step of this algorithm, to wait until the first 512 bytes of the resource are available.
Initialize pos to 0.
If s[0] is 0xEF, s[1] is 0xBB, and s[2] is 0xBF, then set pos to 3. (This skips over a leading UTF-8 BOM, if any.)
Loop start: Examine s[pos].
<
")If the bytes with positions pos to
pos+2 in s are
exactly equal to 0x21, 0x2D, 0x2D respectively (ASCII for "!--
"), then:
-->
"), then increase pos
by 3 and jump back to the previous step (the step labeled
loop start) in the overall algorithm in this section.If s[pos] is 0x21 (ASCII "!
"):
If s[pos] is 0x3F (ASCII "?
"):
Otherwise, if the bytes in s starting at pos match any of the sequences of bytes in the first column of the following table, then the user agent must follow the steps given in the corresponding cell in the second column of the same row.
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Requirement | Comment |
---|---|---|
72 73 73 | The sniffed type of the resource is "application/rss+xml"; abort these steps | The three ASCII characters "rss "
|
66 65 65 64 | The sniffed type of the resource is "application/atom+xml"; abort these steps | The four ASCII characters "feed "
|
72 64 66 3A 52 44 46 | Continue to the next step in this algorithm | The ASCII characters "rdf:RDF "
|
If none of the byte sequences above match the bytes in s starting at pos, then the sniffed type of the resource is "text/html". Abort these steps.
If, before the next ">", you find two xmlns* attributes with http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns# and http://purl.org/rss/1.0/ as the namespaces, then the sniffed type of the resource is "application/rss+xml", abort these steps. (maybe we only need to check for http://purl.org/rss/1.0/ actually)
Otherwise, the sniffed type of the resource is "text/html".
For efficiency reasons, implementations may wish to implement this algorithm and the algorithm for detecting the character encoding of HTML documents in parallel.
User agents must at a minimum support the UTF-8 and Windows-1252 encodings, but may support more.
It is not unusual for Web browsers to support dozens if not upwards of a hundred distinct character encodings.
User agents must support the preferred MIME name of every character encoding they support that has a preferred MIME name, and should support all the IANA-registered aliases. [IANACHARSET]
When comparing a string specifying a character encoding with the name or alias of a character encoding to determine if they are equal, user agents must use the Charset Alias Matching rules defined in Unicode Technical Standard #22. [UTS22]
For instance, "GB_2312-80" and "g.b.2312(80)" are considered equivalent names.
When a user agent would otherwise use an encoding given in the first column of the following table to either convert content to Unicode characters or convert Unicode characters to bytes, it must instead use the encoding given in the cell in the second column of the same row. When a byte or sequence of bytes is treated differently due to this encoding aliasing, it is said to have been misinterpreted for compatibility.
Input encoding | Replacement encoding | References |
---|---|---|
EUC-KR | Windows-949 | [EUCKR] [WIN949] |
GB2312 | GBK | [GB2312] [GBK] |
GB_2312-80 | GBK | [RFC1345] [GBK] |
ISO-8859-1 | Windows-1252 | [RFC1345] [WIN1252] |
ISO-8859-9 | Windows-1254 | [RFC1345] [WIN1254] |
ISO-8859-11 | Windows-874 | [ISO885911] [WIN874] |
KS_C_5601-1987 | Windows-949 | [RFC1345] [WIN949] |
TIS-620 | Windows-874 | [TIS620] [WIN874] |
US-ASCII | Windows-1252 | [RFC1345] [WIN1252] |
x-x-big5 | Big5 | [BIG5] |
The requirement to treat certain encodings as other encodings according to the table above is a willful violation of the W3C Character Model specification, motivated by a desire for compatibility with legacy content. [CHARMOD]
User agents must not support the CESU-8, UTF-7, BOCU-1 and SCSU encodings. [CESU8] [UTF7] [BOCU1] [SCSU]
Support for encodings based on EBCDIC is not recommended. This encoding is rarely used for publicly-facing Web content.
Support for UTF-32 is not recommended. This encoding is rarely used, and frequently implemented incorrectly.
This specification does not make any attempt to support EBCDIC-based encodings and UTF-32 in its algorithms; support and use of these encodings can thus lead to unexpected behavior in implementations of this specification.
Some DOM attributes are defined to reflect a particular content attribute. This means that on getting, the DOM attribute returns the current value of the content attribute, and on setting, the DOM attribute changes the value of the content attribute to the given value.
A list of reflecting DOM attributes and their corresponding content attributes is given in the index.
In general, on getting, if the content attribute is not present, the DOM attribute must act as if the content attribute's value is the empty string; and on setting, if the content attribute is not present, it must first be added.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a DOMString
attribute whose content attribute is defined to contain a
URL, then on getting, the DOM attribute must resolve the value of the content
attribute relative to the element and return the resulting
absolute URL if that was successful, or the empty
string otherwise; and on setting, must set the content attribute to
the specified literal value. If the content attribute is absent, the
DOM attribute must return the default value, if the content
attribute has one, or else the empty string.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a DOMString
attribute whose content attribute is defined to contain one or more
URLs, then on getting, the DOM attribute
must split the content
attribute on spaces and return the concatenation of resolving each token URL to an
absolute URL relative to the element, with a single
U+0020 SPACE character between each URL, ignoring any tokens that
did not resolve successfully. If the content attribute is absent,
the DOM attribute must return the default value, if the content
attribute has one, or else the empty string. On setting, the DOM
attribute must set the content attribute to the specified literal
value.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a DOMString
whose
content attribute is an enumerated attribute, and the
DOM attribute is limited to only known values, then, on
getting, the DOM attribute must return the conforming value
associated with the state the attribute is in (in its canonical
case), or the empty string if the attribute is in a state that has
no associated keyword value; and on setting, if the new value is an
ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the keywords
given for that attribute, then the content attribute must be set to
the conforming value associated with the state that the attribute
would be in if set to the given new value, otherwise, if the new
value is the empty string, then the content attribute must be
removed, otherwise, the setter must raise a SYNTAX_ERR
exception.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a DOMString
but
doesn't fall into any of the above categories, then the getting and
setting must be done in a transparent, case-preserving manner.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a boolean attribute, then on getting the DOM attribute must return true if the attribute is set, and false if it is absent. On setting, the content attribute must be removed if the DOM attribute is set to false, and must be set to have the same value as its name if the DOM attribute is set to true. (This corresponds to the rules for boolean content attributes.)
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a signed integer type
(long
) then, on getting, the content attribute must be
parsed according to the rules for parsing signed integers, and if that is
successful, and the value is in the range of the DOM attribute's
type, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand,
it fails or returns an out of range value, or if the attribute is
absent, then the default value must be returned instead, or 0 if
there is no default value. On setting, the given value must be
converted to the shortest possible string representing the number as
a valid integer in base ten and then that string must
be used as the new content attribute value.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is an unsigned integer
type (unsigned long
) then, on getting, the content
attribute must be parsed according to the rules for parsing
non-negative integers, and if that is successful, and the
value is in the range of the DOM attribute's type, the resulting
value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns
an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, the default
value must be returned instead, or 0 if there is no default
value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the shortest
possible string representing the number as a valid
non-negative integer in base ten and then that string must be
used as the new content attribute value.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is an unsigned integer type
(unsigned long
) that is limited to only positive
non-zero numbers, then the behavior is similar to the previous
case, but zero is not allowed. On getting, the content attribute
must first be parsed according to the rules for parsing
non-negative integers, and if that is successful, and the
value is in the range of the DOM attribute's type, the resulting
value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns
an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, the default
value must be returned instead, or 1 if there is no default
value. On setting, if the value is zero, the user agent must fire an
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception. Otherwise, the given value
must be converted to the shortest possible string representing the
number as a valid non-negative integer in base ten and
then that string must be used as the new content attribute
value.
If a reflecting DOM attribute is a floating point number type
(float
) and it doesn't fall into one of the earlier
categories, then, on getting, the content attribute must be parsed
according to the rules for parsing floating point number
values, and if that is successful, and the value is in the
range of the DOM attribute's type, the resulting value must be
returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns an out of range
value, or if the attribute is absent, the default value must be
returned instead, or 0.0 if there is no default value. On setting,
the given value must be converted to the best representation
of the floating point number and then that string must be
used as the new content attribute value.
The values ±Infinity and NaN throw an exception on setting, as defined by WebIDL. [WEBIDL]
If a reflecting DOM attribute is of the type
DOMTokenList
or DOMSettableTokenList
, then
on getting it must return a DOMTokenList
or
DOMSettableTokenList
object (as appropriate) whose
underlying string is the element's corresponding content
attribute. When the object mutates its underlying string, the
content attribute must itself be immediately mutated. When the
attribute is absent, then the string represented by the object is
the empty string; when the object mutates this empty string, the
user agent must first add the corresponding content attribute, and
then mutate that attribute instead. The same
DOMTokenList
object must be returned every time for
each attribute.
If a reflecting DOM attribute has the type
HTMLElement
, or an interface that descends from
HTMLElement
, then, on getting, it must run the
following algorithm (stopping at the first point where a value is
returned):
document.getElementById()
method would find if it
was passed as its argument the current value of the corresponding
content attribute.On setting, if the given element has an id
attribute, then the content attribute must
be set to the value of that id
attribute. Otherwise, the DOM attribute must be set to the empty
string.
The HTMLCollection
,
HTMLFormControlsCollection
,
HTMLOptionsCollection
, and
HTMLPropertyCollection
interfaces represent various
lists of DOM nodes. Collectively, objects implementing these
interfaces are called collections.
When a collection is created, a filter and a root are associated with the collection.
For example, when the HTMLCollection
object for the document.images
attribute is
created, it is associated with a filter that selects only
img
elements, and rooted at the root of the
document.
The collection then represents a live view of the subtree rooted at the collection's root, containing only nodes that match the given filter. The view is linear. In the absence of specific requirements to the contrary, the nodes within the collection must be sorted in tree order.
The rows
list is
not in tree order.
An attribute that returns a collection must return the same object every time it is retrieved.
The HTMLCollection
interface represents a generic
collection of elements.
[Callable=namedItem] interface HTMLCollection { readonly attribute unsigned long length; [IndexGetter] Element item(in unsigned long index); [NameGetter] Element namedItem(in DOMString name); HTMLCollection tags(in DOMString tagName); };
length
Returns the number of elements in the collection.
item
(index)Returns the item with index index from the collection. The items are sorted in tree order.
Returns null if index is out of range.
namedItem
(name)Returns the first item with ID or name name from the collection.
Returns null if no element with that ID or name could be found.
Only a
, applet
, area
,
embed
, form
, frame
,
frameset
, iframe
, img
, and
object
elements can have a name for the purpose of
this method; their name is given by the value of their name
attribute.
tags
(tagName)Returns a collection that is a filtered view of the current collection, containing only elements with the given tag name.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range zero to one less than the number of nodes represented by the collection. If there are no such elements, then there are no supported indexed properties.
The length
attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the
collection.
The item(index)
method must return the indexth node in the collection. If there is no indexth node in the collection, then the method must
return null.
The names of the supported named properties consist
of the values of the name
attributes of each
a
, applet
, area
,
embed
, form
, frame
,
frameset
, iframe
, img
, and
object
element represented by the
collection with a name
attribute, plus
the list of IDs that the elements represented by the
collection have.
The namedItem(key)
method must return the first node
in the collection that matches the following requirements:
a
, applet
,
area
, embed
, form
,
frame
, frameset
, iframe
,
img
, or object
element with a name
attribute equal to key,
or,If no such elements are found, then the method must return null.
The tags(tagName)
method must return an
HTMLCollection
rooted at the same node as the
HTMLCollection
object on which the method was invoked,
whose filter matches only HTML elements whose local
name is the tagName argument. In HTML
documents, the argument must first be converted to
lowercase.
The HTMLFormControlsCollection
interface represents
a collection of listed elements in form
and fieldset
elements.
[Callable=namedItem]
interface HTMLFormControlsCollection {
readonly attribute unsigned long length;
[IndexGetter] HTMLElement item(in unsigned long index);
[NameGetter] Object namedItem(in DOMString name);
};
interface RadioNodeList : NodeList {
attribute DOMString value;
};
length
Returns the number of elements in the collection.
item
(index)Returns the item with index index from the collection. The items are sorted in tree order.
Returns null if index is out of range.
namedItem
(name)namedItem
(name)Returns the item with ID or name
name from the collection.
If there are multiple matching items, then a RadioNodeList
object containing all those elements is returned.
Returns null if no element with that ID or name
could be found.
Returns the value of the first checked radio button represented by the object.
Can be set, to check the first radio button with the given value represented by the object.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range zero to one less than the number of nodes represented by the collection. If there are no such elements, then there are no supported indexed properties.
The length
attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the
collection.
The item(index)
method must return the indexth node in the collection. If there is no indexth node in the collection, then the method must
return null.
The names of the supported named properties consist
of the values of all the id
and name
attributes of all the elements
represented by the collection.
The namedItem(name)
method must act according to the
following algorithm:
id
attribute or a name
attribute equal to name, then return that node and stop the
algorithm.id
attribute or a name
attribute equal to name, then return null and stop the algorithm.RadioNodeList
object
representing a live view of the
HTMLFormControlsCollection
object, further filtered so
that the only nodes in the RadioNodeList
object are
those that have either an id
attribute
or a name
attribute equal to name. The nodes in the RadioNodeList
object must be sorted in tree order.RadioNodeList
object.A members of the RadioNodeList
interface inherited
from the NodeList
interface must behave as they would
on a NodeList
object.
The value
DOM attribute on the RadioNodeList
object, on getting,
must return the value returned by running the following steps:
Let element be the first element in
tree order represented by the
RadioNodeList
object that is an input
element whose type
attribute
is in the Radio Button
state and whose checkedness
is true. Otherwise, let it be null.
If element is null, or if it is an
element with no value
attribute, return the empty string.
Otherwise, return the value of element's
value
attribute.
On setting, the value
DOM attribute must run
the following steps:
Let element be the first element in
tree order represented by the
RadioNodeList
object that is an input
element whose type
attribute
is in the Radio Button
state and whose value
content
attribute is present and equal to the new value, if any. Otherwise,
let it be null.
If element is not null, then set its checkedness to true.
The HTMLOptionsCollection
interface represents a
list of option
elements. It is always rooted on a
select
element and has attributes and methods that
manipulate that element's descendants.
[Callable=namedItem] interface HTMLOptionsCollection { attribute unsigned long length; [IndexGetter] HTMLOptionElement item(in unsigned long index); [NameGetter] Object namedItem(in DOMString name); void add(in HTMLElement element, [Optional] in HTMLElement before); void add(in HTMLElement element, in long before); void remove(in long index); };
length
[ = value ]Returns the number of elements in the collection.
When set to a smaller number, truncates the number of option
elements in the corresponding container.
When set to a greater number, adds new blank option
elements to that container.
item
(index)Returns the item with index index from the collection. The items are sorted in tree order.
Returns null if index is out of range.
namedItem
(name)Returns the item with ID or name
name from the collection.
If there are multiple matching items, then a NodeList
object containing all those elements is returned.
Returns null if no element with that ID could be found.
add
(element [, before ] )Inserts element before the node given by before.
The before argument can be a number, in which case element is inserted before the item with that number, or an element from the collection, in which case element is inserted before that element.
If before is omitted, null, or a number out of range, then element will be added at the end of the list.
This method will throw a HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception if element is an ancestor of the
element into which it is to be inserted. If element is not an option
or
optgroup
element, then the method does nothing.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range zero to one less than the number of nodes represented by the collection. If there are no such elements, then there are no supported indexed properties.
On getting, the length
attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the
collection.
On setting, the behavior depends on whether the new value is
equal to, greater than, or less than the number of nodes
represented by the collection at that time. If the
number is the same, then setting the attribute must do nothing. If
the new value is greater, then n new
option
elements with no attributes and no child nodes
must be appended to the select
element on which the
HTMLOptionsCollection
is rooted, where n is the difference between the two numbers (new
value minus old value). If the new value is lower, then the last
n nodes in the collection must be removed from
their parent nodes, where n is the difference
between the two numbers (old value minus new value).
Setting length
never removes
or adds any optgroup
elements, and never adds new
children to existing optgroup
elements (though it can
remove children from them).
The item(index)
method must return the indexth node in the collection. If there is no indexth node in the collection, then the method must
return null.
The names of the supported named properties consist
of the values of all the id
and name
attributes of all the elements
represented by the collection.
The namedItem(name)
method must act according to the
following algorithm:
id
attribute or a name
attribute equal to name, then return that node and stop the
algorithm.id
attribute or a name
attribute equal to name, then return null and stop the algorithm.NodeList
object representing a
live view of the HTMLOptionsCollection
object, further
filtered so that the only nodes in the NodeList
object
are those that have either an id
attribute or a name
attribute
equal to name. The nodes in the
NodeList
object must be sorted in tree
order.NodeList
object.The add(element, before)
method must act according to the following algorithm:
If element is not an option
or optgroup
element, then return and abort these
steps.
If element is an ancestor of the
select
element element on which the
HTMLOptionsCollection
is rooted, then throw a
HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception.
If before is an element, but that
element isn't a descendant of the select
element
element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection
is rooted,
then throw a NOT_FOUND_ERR
exception.
If element and before are the same element, then return and abort these steps.
If before is a node, then let reference be that node. Otherwise, if before is an integer, and there is a beforeth node in the collection, let reference be that node. Otherwise, let reference be null.
If reference is not null, let parent be the parent node of reference. Otherwise, let parent
be the select
element element on which the
HTMLOptionsCollection
is rooted.
Act as if the DOM Core insertBefore()
method was invoked
on the parent node, with element as the first argument and reference as the second argument.
The remove(index)
method must act according to
the following algorithm:
If the number of nodes represented by the collection is zero, abort these steps.
If index is not a number greater than or equal to 0 and less than the number of nodes represented by the collection, let element be the first element in the collection. Otherwise, let element be the indexth element in the collection.
Remove element from its parent node.
The HTMLPropertyCollection
interface represents a
collection of elements that add
name-value pairs to a particular item in the microdata
model.
[Callable=namedItem] interface HTMLPropertyCollection { readonly attribute unsigned long length; [IndexGetter] HTMLElement item(in unsigned long index); readonly attribute DOMStringList names; [NameGetter] PropertyNodeList namedItem(in DOMString name); }; typedef sequence<any> PropertyValueArray; interface PropertyNodeList : NodeList { attribute PropertyValueArray content; };
length
Returns the number of elements in the collection.
names
Returns a DOMStringList
with the property names of the elements in the collection.
item
(index)Returns the element with index index from the collection. The items are sorted in tree order.
Returns null if index is out of range.
namedItem
(name)namedItem
(name)Returns a PropertyNodeList
object containing any elements that add a property named name.
Returns an array of the various values that the relevant elements have.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range zero to one less than the number of nodes represented by the collection. If there are no such elements, then there are no supported indexed properties.
The length
attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the
collection.
The item(index)
method must return the indexth node in the collection. If there is no indexth node in the collection, then the method must
return null.
The names of the supported named properties consist of the property names of all the elements represented by the collection.
The names
attribute must return a live DOMStringList
object
giving the property names of all the elements
represented by the collection, listed in tree
order, but with duplicates removed, leaving only the first
occurrence of each name. The same object must be returned each
time.
The namedItem(name)
method must return a
PropertyNodeList
object representing a live view of the
HTMLPropertyCollection
object, further filtered so that
the only nodes in the RadioNodeList
object are those
that have a property name equal
to name. The nodes in the
PropertyNodeList
object must be sorted in tree
order, and the same object must be returned each time a
particular name is queried.
A members of the PropertyNodeList
interface
inherited from the NodeList
interface must behave as
they would on a NodeList
object.
The content
DOM
attribute on the PropertyNodeList
object, on getting,
must return a newly constructed DOMStringArray
whose
values are the values obtained from the content
DOM property of each of the
elements represented by the object, in tree order.
The DOMTokenList
interface represents an interface
to an underlying string that consists of an unordered set of
unique space-separated tokens.
[Stringifies] interface DOMTokenList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; [IndexGetter] DOMString item(in unsigned long index); boolean has(in DOMString token); void add(in DOMString token); void remove(in DOMString token); boolean toggle(in DOMString token); };
length
Returns the number of tokens in the string.
item
(index)Returns the token with index index. The tokens are sorted alphabetically.
Returns null if index is out of range.
has
(token)Returns true if the token is present; false otherwise.
Throws an INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception if token contains any spaces.
add
(token)Adds token, unless it is already present.
Throws an INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception if token contains any spaces.
remove
(token)Removes token if it is present.
Throws an INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception if token contains any spaces.
toggle
(token)Adds token if it is not present, or removes it if it is.
Throws an INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception if token contains any spaces.
The length
attribute must return the number of unique tokens that
result from splitting the
underlying string on spaces. This is the length.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range zero to length-1, unless the length is zero, in which case there are no supported indexed properties.
The item(index)
method must split the underlying string on spaces, sort
the resulting list of tokens by Unicode code point,
remove exact duplicates, and then return the indexth item in this list. If index is equal to or greater than the number of
tokens, then the method must return null.
The has(token)
method must run the following
algorithm:
INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception and stop the
algorithm.The add(token)
method must run the following
algorithm:
INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception and stop the
algorithm.DOMTokenList
object's underlying string
then stop the algorithm.DOMTokenList
object's underlying
string is not the empty string and the last character of that
string is not a space character, then append a U+0020
SPACE character to the end of that string.DOMTokenList
object's underlying string.The remove(token)
method must run the following
algorithm:
INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception and stop the
algorithm.The toggle(token)
method must run the following
algorithm:
INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception and stop the
algorithm.DOMTokenList
object's underlying string
then remove the given
token from the underlying string, and
stop the algorithm, returning false.DOMTokenList
object's underlying
string is not the empty string and the last character of that
string is not a space character, then append a U+0020
SPACE character to the end of that string.DOMTokenList
object's underlying string.Objects implementing the DOMTokenList
interface must
stringify to the object's
underlying string representation.
The DOMSettableTokenList
interface is the same as the
DOMTokenList
interface, except that it allows the
underlying string to be directly changed.
[Stringifies] interface DOMSettableTokenList : DOMTokenList { attribute DOMString value; };
value
Returns the underlying string.
Can be set, to change the underlying string.
An object implementing the DOMSettableTokenList
interface must act as defined for the DOMTokenList
interface, except for the value
attribute defined
here.
The value
attribute must return the underlying string on getting, and must
replace the underlying string with the new value on setting.
When a user agent is required to obtain a structured clone of an object, it must run the following algorithm, which either returns a separate object, or throws an exception.
Let input be the object being cloned.
Let memory be a list of objects, initially empty. (This is used to catch cycles.)
Let output be the object resulting from calling the internal structured cloning algorithm with input and memory.
Return output.
The internal structured cloning algorithm is always called with two arguments, input and memory, and its behavior depends on the type of input, as follows:
Return the undefined value.
Return the null value.
Return the false value.
Return the true value.
Return a newly constructed Number object with the same value as input.
Return a newly constructed String object with the same value as input.
Date
objectReturn a newly constructed Date
object with the same value as input.
RegExp
objectReturn a newly constructed RegExp
object with the same pattern and flags as input.
The value of the lastIndex
property is not copied.
ImageData
objectReturn a newly constructed ImageData
object
with the same width
and
height
as input, and with a newly constructed
CanvasPixelArray
for its data
attribute, with the same
length
and pixel
values as the input's.
Return the null value.
If input is in memory, then throw a
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception and abort the overall
structured clone algorithm.
Otherwise, let new memory be a list consisting of the items in memory with the addition of input.
Create a new object, output, of the same type as input: either an Array or an Object.
For each enumerable property in input, add a corresponding property to output having the same name, and having a value created from invoking the internal structured cloning algorithm recursively with the value of the property as the "input" argument and new memory as the "memory" argument. The order of the properties in the input and output objects must be the same.
This does not walk the prototype chain.
Return output.
Error
)Return the null value.
The DOMStringMap
interface represents a set of
name-value pairs. It exposes these using the scripting language's
native mechanisms for property access.
When a DOMStringMap
object is instantiated, it is
associated with three algorithms, one for getting the list of
name-value pairs, one for setting names to certain values, and one
for deleting names.
[NameCreator, NameDeleter, NameGetter, NameSetter] interface DOMStringMap {};
The names of the supported named properties on a
DOMStringMap
object at any instant are the names of
each pair returned from the algorithm for getting the list of
name-value pairs at that instant.
When a DOMStringMap
object is indexed to retrieve a
named property name, the value returned must be
the value component of the name-value pair whose name component is
name in the list returned by the algorithm for
getting the list of name-value pairs.
When a DOMStringMap
object is indexed to create or
modify a named property name with value value, the algorithm for setting names to certain
values must be run, passing name as the name and
the result of converting value to a
DOMString
as the value.
When a DOMStringMap
object is indexed to delete a
named property named name, the algorithm for
deleting names must be run, passing name as the
name.
The DOMStringMap
interface definition
here is only intended for JavaScript environments. Other language
bindings will need to define how DOMStringMap
is to be
implemented for those languages.
The dataset
attribute on
elements exposes the data-*
attributes on the element.
Given the following fragment and elements with similar constructions:
<img class="tower" id="tower5" data-x="12" data-y="5" data-ai="robotarget" data-hp="46" data-ability="flames" src="towers/rocket.png alt="Rocket Tower">
...one could imagine a function splashDamage()
that takes some arguments, the first
of which is the element to process:
function splashDamage(node, x, y, damage) { if (node.classList.has('tower') && // checking the 'class' attribute node.dataset.x == x && // reading the 'data-x' attribute node.dataset.y == y) { // reading the 'data-y' attribute var hp = parseInt(node.dataset.hp); // reading the 'data-hp' attribute hp = hp - damage; if (hp < 0) { hp = 0; node.dataset.ai = 'dead'; // setting the 'data-ai' attribute delete node.dataset.ability; // removing the 'data-ability' attribute } node.dataset.hp = hp; // setting the 'data-hp' attribute } }
DOM3 Core defines mechanisms for checking for interface support, and for obtaining implementations of interfaces, using feature strings. [DOM3CORE]
A DOM application can use the hasFeature(feature,
version)
method of the
DOMImplementation
interface with parameter values
"HTML
" and "5.0
" (respectively)
to determine whether or not this module is supported by the
implementation. In addition to the feature string "HTML
", the feature string "XHTML
" (with version string "5.0
") can
be used to check if the implementation supports XHTML. User agents should respond with a true value when the
hasFeature
method is queried with these values.
Authors are cautioned, however, that UAs returning true might not be
perfectly compliant, and that UAs returning false might well have
support for features in this specification; in general, therefore,
use of this method is discouraged.
The values "HTML
" and "XHTML
" (both with version "5.0
") should
also be supported in the context of the getFeature()
and isSupported()
methods, as defined by DOM3 Core.
The interfaces defined in this specification are not
always supersets of the interfaces defined in DOM2 HTML; some
features that were formerly deprecated, poorly supported, rarely
used or considered unnecessary have been removed. Therefore it is
not guaranteed that an implementation that supports "HTML
" "5.0
" also supports "HTML
" "2.0
".
The following DOMException
codes are defined in DOM
Core. [DOMCORE]
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
DOMSTRING_SIZE_ERR
HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
WRONG_DOCUMENT_ERR
INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
NO_DATA_ALLOWED_ERR
NO_MODIFICATION_ALLOWED_ERR
NOT_FOUND_ERR
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
INUSE_ATTRIBUTE_ERR
INVALID_STATE_ERR
SYNTAX_ERR
INVALID_MODIFICATION_ERR
NAMESPACE_ERR
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
VALIDATION_ERR
TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
SECURITY_ERR
NETWORK_ERR
ABORT_ERR
URL_MISMATCH_ERR
QUOTA_EXCEEDED_ERR
DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
PARSE_ERR
SERIALISE_ERR
There is an implied strong reference from any DOM attribute that returns a pre-existing object to that object.
For example, the document.location
attribute means
that there is a strong reference from a Document
object to its Location
object. Similarly, there is
always a strong reference from a Document
to any
descendant nodes, and from any node to its owner
Document
.
This section is non-normative.
An introduction to marking up a document.
Every XML and HTML document in an HTML UA is represented by a
Document
object. [DOM3CORE]
The document's address is an absolute URL
that is set when the Document
is created. The
document's current address is an absolute URL
that can change during the lifetime of the Document
,
for example when the user navigates to
a fragment identifier on the
page. The document's current address
must be set to the document's address when the
Document
is created.
For purposes of generating the address of the resource from
which Request-URIs are obtained as required by HTTP for the
Referer
(sic) header, the user
agent must use the document's current address. [HTTP]
When a Document
is created by a script using the createDocument()
API, the document's
address is the same as the document's address of
the active document of the script's browsing
context.
Document
objects are assumed to be XML
documents unless they are flagged as being HTML
documents when they are created. Whether a document is an
HTML document or an XML document affects the behavior of
certain APIs, as well as a few CSS rendering rules. [CSS21]
A Document
object created by the createDocument()
API on the
DOMImplementation
object is initially an XML document, but can be made into an
HTML document by calling document.open()
on it.
All Document
objects (in user agents implementing
this specification) must also implement
the HTMLDocument
interface, available using
binding-specific methods. (This is the case whether or not the
document in question is an HTML
document or indeed whether it contains any HTML
elements at all.) Document
objects must also implement the document-level interface
of any other namespaces found in the document that the UA
supports.
For example, if an HTML implementation also
supports SVG, then the Document
object implements both
HTMLDocument
and SVGDocument
.
Because the HTMLDocument
interface is
now obtained using binding-specific casting methods instead of
simply being the primary interface of the document object, it is no
longer defined as inheriting from Document
.
[NameGetter=OverrideBuiltins, ImplementedOn=Document] interface HTMLDocument { // resource metadata management [PutForwards=href] readonly attribute Location location; readonly attribute DOMString URL; attribute DOMString domain; readonly attribute DOMString referrer; attribute DOMString cookie; readonly attribute DOMString lastModified; readonly attribute DOMString compatMode; attribute DOMString charset; readonly attribute DOMString characterSet; readonly attribute DOMString defaultCharset; readonly attribute DOMString readyState; // DOM tree accessors attribute DOMString title; attribute DOMString dir; attribute HTMLElement body; readonly attribute HTMLCollection images; readonly attribute HTMLCollection embeds; readonly attribute HTMLCollection plugins; readonly attribute HTMLCollection links; readonly attribute HTMLCollection forms; readonly attribute HTMLCollection anchors; readonly attribute HTMLCollection scripts; readonly attribute HTMLCollection items; NodeList getElementsByName(in DOMString elementName); NodeList getElementsByClassName(in DOMString classNames); // dynamic markup insertion attribute DOMString innerHTML; HTMLDocument open([Optional] in DOMString type, [Optional] in DOMString replace); WindowProxy open(in DOMString url, in DOMString name, in DOMString features, [Optional] in boolean replace); void close(); void write([Variadic] in DOMString text); void writeln([Variadic] in DOMString text); // user interaction Selection getSelection(); readonly attribute Element activeElement; boolean hasFocus(); attribute DOMString designMode; boolean execCommand(in DOMString commandId); boolean execCommand(in DOMString commandId, in boolean showUI); boolean execCommand(in DOMString commandId, in boolean showUI, in DOMString value); boolean queryCommandEnabled(in DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandIndeterm(in DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandState(in DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandSupported(in DOMString commandId); DOMString queryCommandValue(in DOMString commandId); readonly attribute HTMLCollection commands; // event handler DOM attributes attribute Function onabort; attribute Function onblur; attribute Function oncanplay; attribute Function oncanplaythrough; attribute Function onchange; attribute Function onclick; attribute Function oncontextmenu; attribute Function ondataunavailable; attribute Function ondblclick; attribute Function ondrag; attribute Function ondragend; attribute Function ondragenter; attribute Function ondragleave; attribute Function ondragover; attribute Function ondragstart; attribute Function ondrop; attribute Function ondurationchange; attribute Function onemptied; attribute Function onended; attribute Function onerror; attribute Function onfocus; attribute Function onformchange; attribute Function onforminput; attribute Function oninput; attribute Function oninvalid; attribute Function onkeydown; attribute Function onkeypress; attribute Function onkeyup; attribute Function onload; attribute Function onloadeddata; attribute Function onloadedmetadata; attribute Function onloadstart; attribute Function onmousedown; attribute Function onmousemove; attribute Function onmouseout; attribute Function onmouseover; attribute Function onmouseup; attribute Function onmousewheel; attribute Function onpause; attribute Function onplay; attribute Function onplaying; attribute Function onprogress; attribute Function onratechange; attribute Function onreadystatechange; attribute Function onscroll; attribute Function onseeked; attribute Function onseeking; attribute Function onselect; attribute Function onshow; attribute Function onstalled; attribute Function onsubmit; attribute Function onsuspend; attribute Function ontimeupdate; attribute Function onvolumechange; attribute Function onwaiting; };
Since the HTMLDocument
interface holds methods and
attributes related to a number of disparate features, the members of
this interface are described in various different sections.
User agents must raise a
SECURITY_ERR
exception whenever any of the members of
an HTMLDocument
object are accessed by scripts whose
effective script origin is not the same as the Document
's effective
script origin.
URL
Returns the document's address.
referrer
Returns the
address of the Document
from which the user
navigated to this one, unless it was blocked or there was no such
document, in which case it returns the empty string.
The noreferrer
link
type can be used to block the referrer.
The URL
attribute must return the document's address.
The referrer
attribute
must return either the current address of the active document
of the source browsing context at the time the
navigation was started (that is, the page which navigated the browsing context
to the current document), or the empty string if there is no such
originating page, or if the UA has been configured not to report
referrers in this case, or if the navigation was initiated for a
hyperlink with a noreferrer
keyword.
In the case of HTTP, the referrer
DOM attribute will
match the Referer
(sic) header
that was sent when fetching the current
page.
Typically user agents are configured to not report
referrers in the case where the referrer uses an encrypted protocol
and the current page does not (e.g. when navigating from an https:
page to an http:
page).
cookie
[ = value ]Returns the HTTP cookies that apply to the
Document
. If there are no cookies or cookies can't be
applied to this resource, the empty string will be returned.
Can be set, to add a new cookie to the element's set of HTTP cookies.
If the Document
has no browsing
context an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception will be
thrown. If the contents are sandboxed into a unique origin, a
SECURITY_ERR
exception will be thrown.
The cookie
attribute represents the cookies of the resource.
On getting, if the document is not associated
with a browsing context then the user agent must raise
an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception. Otherwise, if the
sandboxed origin browsing context flag was set on the
browsing context of the Document
when the
Document
was created, the user agent must raise a
SECURITY_ERR
exception. Otherwise, if the
document's address does not use a server-based naming
authority, it must return the empty string. Otherwise, it must first
obtain the storage mutex and then return the same
string as the value of the Cookie
HTTP header
it would include if fetching the resource
indicated by the document's address over HTTP, as per
RFC 2109 section 4.3.4 or later specifications, excluding HTTP-only
cookies. [RFC2109] [RFC2965]
On setting, if the document is not associated with a
browsing context then the user agent must raise an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception. Otherwise, if the
sandboxed origin browsing context flag was set on the
browsing context of the Document
when the
Document
was created, the user agent must raise a
SECURITY_ERR
exception. Otherwise, if the
document's address does not use a server-based naming
authority, it must do nothing. Otherwise, the user agent must
obtain the storage mutex and then act as it would when
processing cookies if it had just attempted to fetch
the document's address over HTTP, and had received a
response with a Set-Cookie
header whose value was the
specified value, as per RFC 2109 sections 4.3.1, 4.3.2, and 4.3.3 or
later specifications, but without overwriting the values of
HTTP-only cookies. [RFC2109] [RFC2965]
This specification does not define what makes an
HTTP-only cookie, and at the time of publication the editor is not
aware of any reference for HTTP-only cookies. They are a feature
supported by some Web browsers wherein an "httponly
" parameter added to the cookie string
causes the cookie to be hidden from script.
Since the cookie
attribute is accessible
across frames, the path restrictions on cookies are only a tool to
help manage which cookies are sent to which parts of the site, and
are not in any way a security feature.
lastModified
Returns the date of the last modification to the document, as
reported by the server, in the form "MM/DD/YYYY hh:mm:ss
".
If the last modification date is not known, the current time is returned instead.
The lastModified
attribute, on getting, must return the date and time of the
Document
's source file's last modification, in the
user's local time zone, in the following format:
All the numeric components above, other than the year, must be given as two digits in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to U+0039 DIGIT NINE representing the number in base ten, zero-padded if necessary. The year must be given as four or more digits in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to U+0039 DIGIT NINE representing the number in base ten, zero-padded if necessary.
The Document
's source file's last modification date
and time must be derived from relevant features of the networking
protocols used, e.g. from the value of the HTTP Last-Modified
header of the document, or from
metadata in the file system for local files. If the last
modification date and time are not known, the attribute must return
the current date and time in the above format.
compatMode
In a conforming document, returns the string "CSS1Compat
". (In quirks mode
documents, returns the string "BackCompat
",
but a conforming document can never trigger quirks
mode.)
A Document
is always set to one of three modes:
no quirks mode, the default; quirks mode, used
typically for legacy documents; and limited quirks mode,
also known as "almost standards" mode. The mode is only ever changed
from the default by the HTML parser, based on the
presence, absence, or value of the DOCTYPE string.
The compatMode
DOM
attribute must return the literal string "CSS1Compat
" unless the document has been set to
quirks mode by the HTML parser, in which
case it must instead return the literal string "BackCompat
".
charset
[ = value ]Returns the document's character encoding.
Can be set, to dynamically change the document's character encoding.
New values that are not IANA-registered aliases are ignored.
characterSet
Returns the document's character encoding.
defaultCharset
Returns what might be the user agent's default character encoding.
Documents have an associated character encoding. When a Document
object is created, the document's character encoding
must be initialized to UTF-16. Various algorithms during page
loading affect this value, as does the charset
setter. [IANACHARSET]
The charset
DOM attribute must, on getting, return the preferred MIME name of
the document's character encoding. On setting, if the
new value is an IANA-registered alias for a character encoding, the
document's character encoding must be set to that
character encoding. (Otherwise, nothing happens.)
The characterSet
DOM attribute must, on getting, return the preferred MIME name of
the document's character encoding.
The defaultCharset
DOM attribute must, on getting, return the preferred MIME name of a
character encoding, possibly the user's default encoding, or an
encoding associated with the user's current geographical location,
or any arbitrary encoding name.
readyState
Returns "loading" while the Document
is loading, and "complete" once it has loaded.
The readystatechange
event fires on the Document
object when this value changes.
Each document has a current document readiness. When a
Document
object is created, it must have its
current document readiness set to the string "loading"
if the document is associated with an HTML parser or an
XML parser, or to the string "complete"
otherwise. Various algorithms during page loading affect this
value. When the value is set, the user agent must fire a
simple event called readystatechange
at the
Document
object.
The readyState
DOM
attribute must, on getting, return the current document
readiness.
The html
element of a document is the
document's root element, if there is one and it's an
html
element, or null otherwise.
The head
element of a document is the
first head
element that is a child of the
html
element, if there is one, or null
otherwise.
title
[ = value ]Returns the document's title, as given by the
title
element.
Can be set, to update the document's title. If there is no
head
element,
the new value is ignored.
In SVG documents, the SVGDocument
interface's
title
attribute takes
precedence.
The title
element of a document is the
first title
element in the document (in tree order), if
there is one, or null otherwise.
The title
attribute must,
on getting, run the following algorithm:
If the root element is an svg
element in the "http://www.w3.org/2000/svg
"
namespace, and the user agent supports SVG, then the getter must
return the value that would have been returned by the DOM attribute
of the same name on the SVGDocument
interface. [SVG]
Otherwise, it must return a concatenation of the data of all
the child text nodes of the
title
element, in tree order, or the empty
string if the title
element is
null.
On setting, the following algorithm must be run. Mutation events must be fired as appropriate.
If the root element is an svg
element in the "http://www.w3.org/2000/svg
"
namespace, and the user agent supports SVG, then the setter must
defer to the setter for the DOM attribute of the same name on the
SVGDocument
interface (if it is readonly, then this
will raise an exception). Stop the algorithm here. [SVG]
title
element is null and
the head
element is null, then the
attribute must do nothing. Stop the algorithm here.title
element is null, then a
new title
element must be created and appended to
the head
element.title
element (if
any) must all be removed.Text
node whose data is the new value
being assigned must be appended to the title
element.The title
attribute on
the HTMLDocument
interface should shadow the attribute
of the same name on the SVGDocument
interface when the
user agent supports both HTML and SVG. [SVG]
body
[ = value ]Returns the body element.
Can be set, to replace the body element.
If the new value is not a body
or frameset
element, this will throw a HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception.
The body element of a document is the first child of
the html
element that is either a
body
element or a frameset
element. If
there is no such element, it is null. If the body
element is null, then when the specification requires that events be
fired at "the body element", they must instead be fired at the
Document
object.
The body
attribute, on getting, must return the body element of
the document (either a body
element, a
frameset
element, or null). On setting, the following
algorithm must be run:
body
or
frameset
element, then raise a
HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.replaceChild()
method had been
called with the new value and the
incumbent body element as its two arguments respectively,
then abort these steps.images
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the img
elements in the Document
.
embeds
plugins
Return an HTMLCollection
of the embed
elements in the Document
.
links
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the a
and area
elements in the Document
that have href
attributes.
forms
Return an HTMLCollection
of the form
elements in the Document
.
scripts
Return an HTMLCollection
of the script
elements in the Document
.
The images
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only
img
elements.
The embeds
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only
embed
elements.
The plugins
attribute must return the same object as that returned by the embeds
attribute.
The links
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only a
elements with href
attributes and area
elements with href
attributes.
The forms
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only
form
elements.
The anchors
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only a
elements with name
attributes.
The scripts
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only
script
elements.
getElementsByName
(name)Returns a NodeList
of a
,
applet
, button
, form
,
frame
, frameset
, iframe
,
img
, input
, map
,
meta
, object
, select
, and textarea
elements in the
Document
that have a name
attribute with the value name.
getElementsByClassName(classes)
getElementsByClassName(classes)
Returns a NodeList
of the elements in the object
on which the method was invoked (a Document
or an
Element
) that have all the classes given by classes.
The classes argument is interpreted as a space-separated list of classes.
The getElementsByName(name)
method takes a string name, and must return a live NodeList
containing all the a
, applet
,
button
, form
, frame
,
frameset
, iframe
, img
,
input
, map
, meta
,
object
,
select
, and textarea
elements in that
document that have a name
attribute whose
value is equal to the name argument (in a
case-sensitive manner), in tree order.
The getElementsByClassName(classNames)
method takes a string that
contains an unordered set of unique space-separated
tokens representing classes. When called, the method must
return a live NodeList
object containing all the
elements in the document, in tree order, that have all
the classes specified in that argument, having obtained the classes
by splitting a string on
spaces. If there are no tokens specified in the argument,
then the method must return an empty NodeList
. If the
document is in quirks mode, then the comparisons for
the classes must be done in an ASCII case-insensitive
manner, otherwise, the comparisons must be done in a
case-sensitive manner.
The getElementsByClassName(classNames)
method on the
HTMLElement
interface must return a live
NodeList
with the nodes that the
HTMLDocument
getElementsByClassName()
method would return when passed the same argument(s), excluding any
elements that are not descendants of the HTMLElement
object on which the method was invoked.
HTML, SVG, and MathML elements define which classes they are in
by having an attribute in the per-element partition with the name
class
containing a space-separated list of
classes to which the element belongs. Other specifications may also
allow elements in their namespaces to be labeled as being in
specific classes.
Given the following XHTML fragment:
<div id="example"> <p id="p1" class="aaa bbb"/> <p id="p2" class="aaa ccc"/> <p id="p3" class="bbb ccc"/> </div>
A call to
document.getElementById('example').getElementsByClassName('aaa')
would return a NodeList
with the two paragraphs
p1
and p2
in it.
A call to getElementsByClassName('ccc bbb')
would only return one node, however, namely p3
. A call
to
document.getElementById('example').getElementsByClassName('bbb ccc ')
would return the same thing.
A call to getElementsByClassName('aaa,bbb')
would
return no nodes; none of the elements above are in the "aaa,bbb"
class.
The HTMLDocument
interface supports named properties. The names
of the supported named properties at any moment consist of
the values of the name
content
attributes of all the applet
, embed
,
form
, iframe
, img
, and
fallback-free object
elements in the
Document
that have name
content attributes, and the values of the id
content attributes of all the
applet
and fallback-free
object
elements in the Document
that have
id
content attributes, and the values
of the id
content attributes of all the
img
elements in the Document
that have
both name
content attributes and
id
content attributes.
When the
HTMLDocument
object is indexed for property
retrieval using a name name, then the user
agent must return the value obtained using the following steps:
Let elements be the list of named elements with
the name name in the Document
.
There will be at least one such element, by definition.
If elements has only one element, and that
element is an iframe
element, then return the
WindowProxy
object of the nested browsing
context represented by that iframe
element,
and abort these steps.
Otherwise, if elements has only one element, return that element and abort these steps.
Otherwise return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only named elements with
the name name.
Named elements with the name name, for the purposes of the above algorithm, are those that are either:
applet
, embed
, form
,
iframe
, img
, or
fallback-free object
elements that have a
name
content attribute whose value
is name, orapplet
or fallback-free
object
elements that have an id
content attribute whose value is name, orimg
elements that have an id
content attribute whose value is name, and that have a name
content attribute present also.An object
element is said to be
fallback-free if it has no element descendants other than
param
elements, and no text node
descendants that are not inter-element whitespace.
The dir
attribute on the HTMLDocument
interface is defined
along with the dir
content
attribute.
Elements, attributes, and attribute values in HTML are defined
(by this specification) to have certain meanings (semantics). For
example, the ol
element represents an ordered list, and
the lang
attribute represents the
language of the content.
Authors must not use elements, attributes, and attribute values for purposes other than their appropriate intended semantic purpose.
For example, the following document is non-conforming, despite being syntactically correct:
<!DOCTYPE html> <html lang="en-GB"> <head> <title> Demonstration </title> </head> <body> <table> <tr> <td> My favourite animal is the cat. </td> </tr> <tr> <td> —<a href="http://example.org/~ernest/"><cite>Ernest</cite></a>, in an essay from 1992 </td> </tr> </table> </body> </html>
...because the data placed in the cells is clearly not tabular
data (and the cite
element mis-used). A corrected
version of this document might be:
<!DOCTYPE html> <html lang="en-GB"> <head> <title> Demonstration </title> </head> <body> <blockquote> <p> My favourite animal is the cat. </p> </blockquote> <p> —<a href="http://example.org/~ernest/">Ernest</a>, in an essay from 1992 </p> </body> </html>
This next document fragment, intended to represent the heading of a corporate site, is similarly non-conforming because the second line is not intended to be a heading of a subsection, but merely a subheading or subtitle (a subordinate heading for the same section).
<body> <h1>ABC Company</h1> <h2>Leading the way in widget design since 1432</h2> ...
The hgroup
element should be used in these kinds of
situations:
<body> <hgroup> <h1>ABC Company</h1> <h2>Leading the way in widget design since 1432</h2> </hgroup> ...
Through scripting and using other mechanisms, the values of attributes, text, and indeed the entire structure of the document may change dynamically while a user agent is processing it. The semantics of a document at an instant in time are those represented by the state of the document at that instant in time, and the semantics of a document can therefore change over time. User agents must update their presentation of the document as this occurs.
HTML has a progress
element that
describes a progress bar. If its "value" attribute is dynamically
updated by a script, the UA would update the rendering to show the
progress changing.
The nodes representing HTML elements in the DOM must implement, and expose to scripts, the interfaces listed for them in the relevant sections of this specification. This includes HTML elements in XML documents, even when those documents are in another context (e.g. inside an XSLT transform).
Elements in the DOM represent things; that is, they have intrinsic meaning, also known as semantics.
For example, an ol
element
represents an ordered list.
The basic interface, from which all the HTML
elements' interfaces inherit, and which
must be used by elements that have no additional
requirements, is the HTMLElement
interface.
interface HTMLElement : Element { // DOM tree accessors NodeList getElementsByClassName(in DOMString classNames); // dynamic markup insertion attribute DOMString innerHTML; attribute DOMString outerHTML; void insertAdjacentHTML(in DOMString position, in DOMString text); // metadata attributes attribute DOMString id; attribute DOMString title; attribute DOMString lang; attribute DOMString dir; attribute DOMString className; readonly attribute DOMTokenList classList; readonly attribute DOMStringMap dataset; // microdata [PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMSettableTokenList item; [PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMSettableTokenList itemprop; readonly attribute HTMLPropertyCollection properties; attribute DOMString content; attribute HTMLElement subject; // user interaction attribute boolean hidden; void click(); void scrollIntoView(); void scrollIntoView(in boolean top); attribute long tabIndex; void focus(); void blur(); attribute DOMString accessKey; readonly attribute DOMString accessKeyLabel; attribute boolean draggable; attribute DOMString contentEditable; readonly attribute boolean isContentEditable; attribute HTMLMenuElement contextMenu; attribute boolean spellcheck; // command API readonly attribute DOMString commandType; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString icon; readonly attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute boolean checked; // styling readonly attribute CSSStyleDeclaration style; // event handler DOM attributes attribute Function onabort; attribute Function onblur; attribute Function oncanplay; attribute Function oncanplaythrough; attribute Function onchange; attribute Function onclick; attribute Function oncontextmenu; attribute Function ondataunavailable; attribute Function ondblclick; attribute Function ondrag; attribute Function ondragend; attribute Function ondragenter; attribute Function ondragleave; attribute Function ondragover; attribute Function ondragstart; attribute Function ondrop; attribute Function ondurationchange; attribute Function onemptied; attribute Function onended; attribute Function onerror; attribute Function onfocus; attribute Function onformchange; attribute Function onforminput; attribute Function oninput; attribute Function oninvalid; attribute Function onkeydown; attribute Function onkeypress; attribute Function onkeyup; attribute Function onload; attribute Function onloadeddata; attribute Function onloadedmetadata; attribute Function onloadstart; attribute Function onmousedown; attribute Function onmousemove; attribute Function onmouseout; attribute Function onmouseover; attribute Function onmouseup; attribute Function onmousewheel; attribute Function onpause; attribute Function onplay; attribute Function onplaying; attribute Function onprogress; attribute Function onratechange; attribute Function onreadystatechange; attribute Function onscroll; attribute Function onseeked; attribute Function onseeking; attribute Function onselect; attribute Function onshow; attribute Function onstalled; attribute Function onsubmit; attribute Function onsuspend; attribute Function ontimeupdate; attribute Function onvolumechange; attribute Function onwaiting; };
The HTMLElement
interface holds methods and
attributes related to a number of disparate features, and the
members of this interface are therefore described in various
different sections of this specification.
The following attributes are common to and may be specified on all HTML elements (even those not defined in this specification):
accesskey
class
contenteditable
contextmenu
dir
draggable
id
item
hidden
lang
itemprop
spellcheck
style
subject
tabindex
title
In addition, unless otherwise specified, the following event handler content attributes may be specified on any HTML element:
onabort
onblur
*oncanplay
oncanplaythrough
onchange
onclick
oncontextmenu
ondataunavailable
ondblclick
ondrag
ondragend
ondragenter
ondragleave
ondragover
ondragstart
ondrop
ondurationchange
onemptied
onended
onerror
*onfocus
*onformchange
onforminput
oninput
oninvalid
onkeydown
onkeypress
onkeyup
onload
*onloadeddata
onloadedmetadata
onloadstart
onmousedown
onmousemove
onmouseout
onmouseover
onmouseup
onmousewheel
onpause
onplay
onplaying
onprogress
onratechange
onreadystatechange
onscroll
onseeked
onseeking
onselect
onshow
onstalled
onsubmit
onsuspend
ontimeupdate
onvolumechange
onwaiting
The attributes marked with an asterisk cannot be
specified on body
elements as those elements expose
event handler attributes of the Window
object with the same
names.
Also, custom data
attributes (e.g. data-foldername
or
data-msgid
) can be specified on any HTML element, to store custom data
specific to the page.
In HTML documents, elements in the HTML
namespace may have an xmlns
attribute
specified, if, and only if, it has the exact value
"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml
". This does not apply to
XML documents.
In HTML, the xmlns
attribute
has absolutely no effect. It is basically a talisman. It is allowed
merely to make migration to and from XHTML mildly easier. When
parsed by an HTML parser, the attribute ends up in no
namespace, not the "http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/
"
namespace like namespace declaration attributes in XML do.
In XML, an xmlns
attribute is
part of the namespace declaration mechanism, and an element cannot
actually have an xmlns
attribute in no
namespace specified.
id
attributeThe id
attribute
represents its element's unique identifier. The value
must be unique in the element's home subtree and must
contain at least one character. The value must not contain any space characters.
If the value is not the empty string, user agents must associate
the element with the given value (exactly, including any space
characters) for the purposes of ID matching within the element's
home subtree (e.g. for selectors in CSS or for the
getElementById()
method in the DOM).
Identifiers are opaque strings. Particular meanings should not be
derived from the value of the id
attribute.
This specification doesn't preclude an element having multiple
IDs, if other mechanisms (e.g. DOM Core methods) can set an
element's ID in a way that doesn't conflict with the id
attribute.
title
attributeThe title
attribute
represents advisory information for the element, such
as would be appropriate for a tooltip. On a link, this could be the
title or a description of the target resource; on an image, it could
be the image credit or a description of the image; on a paragraph,
it could be a footnote or commentary on the text; on a citation, it
could be further information about the source; and so forth. The
value is text.
If this attribute is omitted from an element, then it implies
that the title
attribute of the
nearest ancestor HTML element
with a title
attribute set is also
relevant to this element. Setting the attribute overrides this,
explicitly stating that the advisory information of any ancestors is
not relevant to this element. Setting the attribute to the empty
string indicates that the element has no advisory information.
If the title
attribute's value
contains U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, the content is split into
multiple lines. Each U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character represents a
line break.
Caution is advised with respect to the use of newlines in title
attributes.
For instance, the following snippet actually defines an abbreviation's expansion with a line break in it:
<p>My logs show that there was some interest in <abbr title="Hypertext Transport Protocol">HTTP</abbr> today.</p>
Some elements, such as link
, abbr
, and
input
, define additional semantics for the title
attribute beyond the semantics
described above.
lang
and xml:lang
attributesThe lang
attribute specifies the
primary language for the element's contents and for any
of the element's attributes that contain text. Its value must be a
valid RFC 3066 language code, or the empty string. [RFC3066]
The xml:lang
attribute (that
is, the lang
attribute with the xml
prefix in the http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace
namespace) is
defined in XML. [XML]
If these attributes are omitted from an element, then the language of this element is the same as the language of its parent element, if any. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown.
The lang
attribute may be used on
any HTML element.
The xml:lang
attribute may be
used on HTML elements in XML documents, as
well as elements in other namespaces if the relevant specifications
allow it (in particular, MathML and SVG allow xml:lang
attributes to be specified on
their elements). If both the lang
attribute and the xml:lang
attribute are specified on the same element, they must have exactly
the same value when compared in an ASCII
case-insensitive manner.
Authors must not use the xml:lang
attribute (that is, the lang
attribute with the xml
prefix in the http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace
namespace) in
HTML documents. To ease migration to and from XHTML,
authors may specify an attribute in no namespace with no prefix and
with the localname xml:lang
on HTML
elements in HTML documents, but such attributes
must only be specified if a lang
attribute is also specified, and both attributes must have the same
value when compared in an ASCII case-insensitive
manner.
To determine the language of a node, user agents must look at the
nearest ancestor element (including the element itself if the node
is an element) that has an xml:lang
attribute set or is an HTML element and has a lang
attribute set. That attribute
specifies the language of the node.
If both the xml:lang
attribute
and the lang
attribute are set on an
element, user agents must use the xml:lang
attribute, and the lang
attribute must be ignored for the purposes of determining the
element's language.
If no explicit language is given for the root element, but there is a document-wide default language set, then that is the language of the node.
If there is no document-wide default language, then language information from a higher-level protocol (such as HTTP), if any, must be used as the final fallback language. In the absence of any language information, the default value is unknown (the empty string).
If the resulting value is not a recognized language code, then it must be treated as an unknown language (as if the value was the empty string).
User agents may use the element's language to determine proper processing or rendering (e.g. in the selection of appropriate fonts or pronunciations, or for dictionary selection).
The lang
DOM attribute
must reflect the lang
content attribute.
xml:base
attribute (XML only)The xml:base
attribute is
defined in XML Base. [XMLBASE]
The xml:base
attribute may be
used on elements of XML documents. Authors must not
use the xml:base
attribute in
HTML documents.
dir
attributeThe dir
attribute specifies the
element's text directionality. The attribute is an enumerated
attribute with the keyword ltr
mapping
to the state ltr, and the keyword rtl
mapping to the state rtl. The attribute has no
defaults.
The processing of this attribute is primarily performed by the presentation layer. For example, the rendering section in this specification defines a mapping from this attribute to the CSS 'direction' and 'unicode-bidi' properties, and CSS defines rendering in terms of those properties.
The directionality of an element, which is used in
particular by the canvas
element's text rendering API,
is either 'ltr' or 'rtl'. If the user agent supports CSS and the
'direction' property on this element has a computed value of either
'ltr' or 'rtl', then that is the directionality of the
element. Otherwise, if the element is being rendered, then the
directionality of the element is the directionality used by
the presentation layer, potentially determined from the value of the
dir
attribute on the
element. Otherwise, if the element's dir
attribute has the state ltr, the
element's directionality is 'ltr' (left-to-right); if the attribute
has the state rtl, the element's directionality is 'rtl'
(right-to-left); and otherwise, the element's directionality is the
same as its parent element, or 'ltr' if there is no parent
element.
dir
[ = value ]Returns the html
element's dir
attribute's value, if any.
Can be set, to either "ltr
" or "rtl
", to replace the html
element's dir
attribute's value.
If there is no html
element, returns the empty string and ignores new values.
The dir
DOM attribute on
an element must reflect the dir
content attribute of that element,
limited to only known values.
The dir
DOM
attribute on HTMLDocument
objects must
reflect the dir
content
attribute of the html
element, if any,
limited to only known values. If there is no such
element, then the attribute must return the empty string and do
nothing on setting.
Authors are strongly encouraged to use the dir
attribute to indicate text direction
rather than using CSS, since that way their documents will continue
to render correctly even in the absence of CSS (e.g. as interpreted
by search engines).
class
attributeEvery HTML element may have a
class
attribute specified.
The attribute, if specified, must have a value that is an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens representing the various classes that the element belongs to.
The classes that an HTML
element has assigned to it consists of all the classes
returned when the value of the class
attribute is split on
spaces.
Assigning classes to an element affects class
matching in selectors in CSS, the getElementsByClassName()
method in the DOM, and other such features.
Authors may use any value in the class
attribute, but are encouraged to use
the values that describe the nature of the content, rather than
values that describe the desired presentation of the
content.
style
attributeAll elements may have the style
content attribute set. If specified, the attribute must contain only
a list of zero or more semicolon-separated (;) CSS declarations. [CSS21]
In user agents that support CSS, the attribute's value must be parsed when the attribute is added or has its value changed, with its value treated as the body (the part inside the curly brackets) of a declaration block in a rule whose selector matches just the element on which the attribute is set. All URLs in the value must be resolved relative to the element when the attribute is parsed. For the purposes of the CSS cascade, the attribute must be considered to be a 'style' attribute at the author level.
Documents that use style
attributes on any of their elements must still be comprehensible and
usable if those attributes were removed.
In particular, using the style
attribute to hide and show content,
or to convey meaning that is otherwise not included in the document,
is non-conforming. (To hide and show content, use the hidden
attribute.)
style
Returns a CSSStyleDeclaration
object for the element's style
attribute.
The style
DOM attribute
must return a CSSStyleDeclaration
whose value
represents the declarations specified in the attribute, if
present. Mutating the CSSStyleDeclaration
object must
create a style
attribute on the
element (if there isn't one already) and then change its value to be
a value representing the serialized form of the
CSSStyleDeclaration
object. [CSSOM]
In the following example, the words that refer to colors are
marked up using the span
element and the style
attribute to make those words show
up in the relevant colors in visual media.
<p>My sweat suit is <span style="color: green; background: transparent">green</span> and my eyes are <span style="color: blue; background: transparent">blue</span>.</p>
A custom data attribute is an attribute whose name
starts with the string "data-
", has at least one
character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, has no
namespace, and contains no characters in the range U+0041 .. U+005A
(LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z).
All attributes in HTML documents get lowercased automatically, so the restriction on uppercase letters doesn't affect such documents.
Custom data attributes are intended to store custom data private to the page or application, for which there are no more appropriate attributes or elements.
These attributes are not intended for use by software that is independent of the site that uses the attributes.
For instance, a site about music could annotate list items representing tracks in an album with custom data attributes containing the length of each track. This information could then be used by the site itself to allow the user to sort the list by track length, or to filter the list for tracks of certain lengths.
<ol> <li data-length="2m11s">Beyond The Sea</li> ... </ol>
It would be inappropriate, however, for the user to use generic software not associated with that music site to search for tracks of a certain length by looking at this data.
This is because these attributes are intended for use by the site's own scripts, and are not a generic extension mechanism for publicly-usable metadata.
Every HTML element may have any number of custom data attributes specified, with any value.
dataset
Returns a DOMStringMap
object for the element's data-*
attributes.
The dataset
DOM
attribute provides convenient accessors for all the data-*
attributes on an element. On
getting, the dataset
DOM attribute
must return a DOMStringMap
object, associated with the
following algorithms, which expose these attributes on their
element:
data-
", add a
name-value pair to list whose name is the
attribute's name with the first five character removed and whose
value is the attribute's value.data-
and the name passed to the
algorithm.setAttribute()
would have raised an
exception when setting an attribute with the name name, then this must raise the same
exception.data-
and the name passed to the
algorithm.If a Web page wanted an element to represent a space ship,
e.g. as part of a game, it would have to use the class
attribute along with data-*
attributes:
<div class="spaceship" data-id="92432" data-weapons="laser 2" data-shields="50%" data-x="30" data-y="10" data-z="90"> <button class="fire" onclick="spaceships[this.parentNode.dataset.id].fire()"> Fire </button> </div>
Authors should carefully design such extensions so that when the attributes are ignored and any associated CSS dropped, the page is still usable.
User agents must not derive any implementation behavior from these attributes or values. Specifications intended for user agents must not define these attributes to have any meaningful values.
All the elements in this specification have a defined content model, which describes what nodes are allowed inside the elements, and thus what the structure of an HTML document or fragment must look like.
As noted in the conformance and terminology
sections, for the purposes of determining if an element matches its
content model or not, CDATASection
nodes in the DOM are treated as
equivalent to Text
nodes, and entity reference nodes are treated as if
they were expanded in place.
The space characters are always allowed between elements. User agents represent these characters between elements in the source markup as text nodes in the DOM. Empty text nodes and text nodes consisting of just sequences of those characters are considered inter-element whitespace.
Inter-element whitespace, comment nodes, and processing instruction nodes must be ignored when establishing whether an element matches its content model or not, and must be ignored when following algorithms that define document and element semantics.
An element A is said to be preceded or followed by a second element B if A and B have the same parent node and there are no other element nodes or text nodes (other than inter-element whitespace) between them.
Authors must not use elements in the HTML namespace anywhere except where they are explicitly allowed, as defined for each element, or as explicitly required by other specifications. For XML compound documents, these contexts could be inside elements from other namespaces, if those elements are defined as providing the relevant contexts.
The Atom specification defines the Atom content
element, when its type
attribute has the value xhtml
, as requiring that it contains a single HTML
div
element. Thus, a div
element is
allowed in that context, even though this is not explicitly
normatively stated by this specification. [ATOM]
In addition, elements in the HTML namespace may be orphan nodes (i.e. without a parent node).
For example, creating a td
element and storing it
in a global variable in a script is conforming, even though
td
elements are otherwise only supposed to be used
inside tr
elements.
var data = { name: "Banana", cell: document.createElement('td'), };
Each element in HTML falls into zero or more categories that group elements with similar characteristics together. The following broad categories are used in this specification:
These categories are related as follows:
In addition, certain elements are categorized as form-associated elements and further subcategorized to define their role in various form-related processing models.
Some elements have unique requirements and do not fit into any particular category.
Metadata content is content that sets up the presentation or behavior of the rest of the content, or that sets up the relationship of the document with other documents, or that conveys other "out of band" information.
Elements from other namespaces whose semantics are primarily metadata-related (e.g. RDF) are also metadata content.
Thus, in the XML serialization, one can use RDF, like this:
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:r="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"> <head> <title>Hedral's Home Page</title> <r:RDF> <Person xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/10/swap/pim/contact#" r:about="http://hedral.example.com/#"> <fullName>Cat Hedral</fullName> <mailbox r:resource="mailto:hedral@damowmow.com"/> <personalTitle>Sir</personalTitle> </Person> </r:RDF> </head> <body> <h1>My home page</h1> <p>I like playing with string, I guess. Sister says squirrels are fun too so sometimes I follow her to play with them.</p> </body> </html>
This isn't possible in the HTML serialization, however.
Most elements that are used in the body of documents and applications are categorized as flow content.
As a general rule, elements whose content model allows any
flow content should have either at least one descendant
text node that is not inter-element
whitespace, or at least one descendant element node that is
embedded content. For the purposes of this requirement,
del
elements and their descendants must not be counted
as contributing to the ancestors of the del
element.
This requirement is not a hard requirement, however, as there are many cases where an element can be empty legitimately, for example when it is used as a placeholder which will later be filled in by a script, or when the element is part of a template and would on most pages be filled in but on some pages is not relevant.
Sectioning content is content that defines the scope of headings, footers, and contact information.
Each sectioning content element potentially has a heading and an outline. See the section on headings and sections for further details.
There are also certain elements that are sectioning roots. These are distinct from sectioning content, but they can also have an outline.
Heading content defines the header of a section (whether explicitly marked up using sectioning content elements, or implied by the heading content itself).
Phrasing content is the text of the document, as well as elements that mark up that text at the intra-paragraph level. Runs of phrasing content form paragraphs.
As a general rule, elements whose content model allows any
phrasing content should have either at least one
descendant text node that is not inter-element
whitespace, or at least one descendant element node that is
embedded content. For the purposes of this requirement,
nodes that are descendants of del
elements must not be
counted as contributing to the ancestors of the del
element.
Most elements that are categorized as phrasing content can only contain elements that are themselves categorized as phrasing content, not any flow content.
Text nodes that are not inter-element whitespace are phrasing content.
Embedded content is content that imports another resource into the document, or content from another vocabulary that is inserted into the document.
Elements that are from namespaces other than the HTML namespace and that convey content but not metadata, are embedded content for the purposes of the content models defined in this specification. (For example, MathML, or SVG.)
Some embedded content elements can have fallback content: content that is to be used when the external resource cannot be used (e.g. because it is of an unsupported format). The element definitions state what the fallback is, if any.
Interactive content is content that is specifically intended for user interaction.
Certain elements in HTML have an activation
behavior, which means that the user can activate them. This
triggers a sequence of events dependent on the activation mechanism,
and normally culminating in a click
event followed by a DOMActivate
event, as described below.
The user agent should allow the user to manually trigger elements that have an activation behavior, for instance using keyboard or voice input, or through mouse clicks. When the user triggers an element with a defined activation behavior in a manner other than clicking it, the default action of the interaction event must be to run synthetic click activation steps on the element.
When a user agent is to run synthetic click activation
steps on an element, the user agent must run pre-click
activation steps on the element, then fire a click
event at the element. The
default action of this click event
must be to run post-click activation steps on the
element. If the event is canceled, the user agent must run
canceled activation steps on the element instead.
Given an element target, the nearest activatable element is the element returned by the following algorithm:
If target has a defined activation behavior, then return target and abort these steps.
If target has a parent element, then set target to that parent element and return to the first step.
Otherwise, there is no nearest activatable element.
When a pointing device is clicked, the user agent must run these steps:
Let e be the nearest activatable element of the element designated by the user, if any.
If there is an element e, run pre-click activation steps on it.
Dispatching the required click
event.
Another specification presumably requires the firing of the click event?
If there is an element e, then the default action of the click event must be to run post-click activation steps on element e.
If there is an element e but the event is canceled, the user agent must run canceled activation steps on element e.
The above doesn't happen for arbitrary synthetic
events dispatched by author script. However, the click()
method can be used to make it
happen programmatically.
When a user agent is to run post-click activation
steps on an element, the user agent must fire a simple
event called DOMActivate
that is cancelable at
that element. The default action of this event must be to run
final activation steps on that element. If the event is
canceled, the user agent must run canceled activation
steps on the element instead.
When a user agent is to run pre-click activation steps on an element, it must run the pre-click activation steps defined for that element, if any.
When a user agent is to run canceled activation steps on an element, it must run the canceled activation steps defined for that element, if any.
When a user agent is to run final activation steps on
an element, it must run the activation behavior defined
for that element. Activation behaviors can refer to the click
and DOMActivate
events that were fired
by the steps above leading up to this point.
Some elements are described as transparent; they have "transparent" in the description of their content model.
When a content model includes a part that is "transparent", those parts must not contain content that would not be conformant if all transparent elements in the tree were replaced, in their parent element, by the children in the "transparent" part of their content model, retaining order.
When a transparent element has no parent, then the part of its content model that is "transparent" must instead be treated as accepting any flow content.
A paragraph is typically a block of text with one or more sentences that discuss a particular topic, as in typography, but can also be used for more general thematic grouping. For instance, an address is also a paragraph, as is a part of a form, a byline, or a stanza in a poem.
Paragraphs in flow content are defined relative to
what the document looks like without the a
,
ins
, del
, and map
elements
complicating matters, since those elements, with their hybrid
content models, can straddle paragraph boundaries.
Generally, having elements straddle paragraph boundaries is best avoided. Maintaining such markup can be difficult.
Let view be a view of the DOM that replaces
all a
, ins
, del
, and
map
elements in the document with their contents. Then,
in view, for each run of sibling phrasing
content nodes uninterrupted by other types of content, in an
element that accepts content other than phrasing
content, let first be the first node of
the run, and let last be the last node of the
run. For each such run that consists of at least one node that is
neither embedded content nor inter-element
whitespace, a paragraph exists in the original DOM from
immediately before first to immediately after
last. (Paragraphs can thus span across
a
, ins
, del
, and
map
elements.)
Conformance checkers may warn authors of cases where they have
paragraphs that overlap each other (this can happen with
object
, video
, audio
, and
canvas
elements).
A paragraph is also formed explicitly by
p
elements.
The p
element can be used to wrap
individual paragraphs when there would otherwise not be any content
other than phrasing content to separate the paragraphs from each
other.
In the following example, there are two paragraphs in a section. There is also a heading, which contains phrasing content that is not a paragraph. Note how the comments and inter-element whitespace do not form paragraphs.
<section> <h1>Example of paragraphs</h1> This is the <em>first</em> paragraph in this example. <p>This is the second.</p> <!-- This is not a paragraph. --> </section>
The following example takes that markup and puts
ins
and del
elements around some of the
markup to show that the text was changed (though in this case, the
changes admittedly don't make much sense). Notice how this example
has exactly the same paragraphs as the previous one, despite the
ins
and del
elements.
<section> <ins><h1>Example of paragraphs</h1> This is the <em>first</em> paragraph in</ins> this example<del>. <p>This is the second.</p></del> <!-- This is not a paragraph. --> </section>
In the following example, the link spans half of the first paragraph, all of the heading separating the two paragraphs, and half of the second paragraph.
<aside> Welcome! <a href="about.html"> This is home of... <h1>The Falcons!</h1> The Lockheed Martin multirole jet fighter aircraft! </a> This page discusses the F-16 Fighting Falcon's innermost secrets. </aside>
Here is another way of marking this up, this time showing the paragraphs explicitly, and splitting the one link element into three:
<aside> <p>Welcome! <a href="about.html">This is home of...</a></p> <h1><a href="about.html">The Falcons!</a></h1> <p><a href="about.html">The Lockheed Martin multirole jet fighter aircraft!</a> This page discusses the F-16 Fighting Falcon's innermost secrets.</p> </aside>
It is possible for paragraphs to overlap when using certain elements that define fallback content. For example, in the following section:
<section> <h1>My Cats</h1> You can play with my cat simulator. <object data="cats.sim"> To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links: <ul> <li><a href="cats.sim">Download simulator file</a> <li><a href="http://sims.example.com/watch?v=LYds5xY4INU">Use online simulator</a> </ul> Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser. </object> I'm quite proud of it. </section>
There are five paragraphs:
object
element.The first paragraph is overlapped by the other four. A user agent that supports the "cats.sim" resource will only show the first one, but a user agent that shows the fallback will confusingly show the first sentence of the first paragraph as if it was in the same paragraph as the second one, and will show the last paragraph as if it was at the start of the second sentence of the first paragraph.
To avoid this confusion, explicit p
elements can be
used.
For HTML documents, and for HTML elements in HTML documents, certain APIs defined in DOM3 Core become case-insensitive or case-changing, as sometimes defined in DOM3 Core, and as summarized or required below. [DOM3CORE].
This does not apply to XML documents or to elements that are not in the HTML namespace despite being in HTML documents.
Element.tagName
and Node.nodeName
These attributes must return element names converted to uppercase, regardless of the case with which they were created.
Document.createElement()
The canonical form of HTML markup is all-lowercase; thus, this method will lowercase the argument before creating the requisite element. Also, the element created must be in the HTML namespace.
This doesn't apply to Document.createElementNS()
. Thus, it is possible,
by passing this last method a tag name in the wrong case, to
create an element that claims to have the tag name of an element
defined in this specification, but doesn't support its interfaces,
because it really has another tag name not accessible from the DOM
APIs.
Element.setAttribute()
Element.setAttributeNode()
Attribute names are converted to lowercase.
Specifically: when an attribute is set on an HTML element using Element.setAttribute()
, the name argument must be
converted to lowercase before the element is
affected; and when an Attr
node is set on an HTML element using Element.setAttributeNode()
, it must have its name
converted to lowercase before the element is
affected.
This doesn't apply to Document.setAttributeNS()
and Document.setAttributeNodeNS()
.
Element.getAttribute()
Element.getAttributeNode()
Attribute names are converted to lowercase.
Specifically: When the Element.getAttribute()
method or the Element.getAttributeNode()
method is invoked on
an HTML element, the name
argument must be converted to lowercase before the
element's attributes are examined.
This doesn't apply to Document.getAttributeNS()
and Document.getAttributeNodeNS()
.
Document.getElementsByTagName()
Element.getElementsByTagName()
HTML elements match by lower-casing the argument before comparison, elements from other namespaces are treated as in XML (case-sensitively).
Specifically, these methods (but not their namespaced counterparts) must compare the given argument in a case-sensitive manner, but when looking at HTML elements, the argument must first be converted to lowercase.
Thus, in an HTML document with nodes in multiple namespaces, these methods will effectively be both case-sensitive and case-insensitive at the same time.
APIs for dynamically inserting markup into the document interact with the parser, and thus their behavior, varies depending on whether they are used with HTML documents (and the HTML parser) or XHTML in XML documents (and the XML parser).
The open()
method comes in several variants with different numbers of
arguments.
open
( [ type [, replace ] ] )Causes the Document
to be replaced in-place, as if
it was a new Document
object, but reusing the
previous object, which is then returned.
If the type argument is omitted or has the
value "text/html
", then the resulting
Document
has an HTML parser associated with it, which
can be given data to parse using document.write()
. Otherwise, all
content passed to document.write()
will be parsed
as plain text.
If the replace argument is absent or false,
a new entry is added to the session history to represent this
entry, and the previous entries for this Document
are
all collapsed into one entry with a new Document
object.
The method has no effect if the Document
is still
being parsed.
open
( url, name, features [, replace ] )Works like the window.open()
method.
close
()Closes the input stream that was opened by the document.open()
method.
When called with two or fewer arguments, the method must act as follows:
Let type be the value of the first
argument, if there is one, or "text/html
"
otherwise.
Let replace be true if there is a second argument and it is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the value "replace", and false otherwise.
If the document has an active parser that isn't a script-created parser, and the
insertion point associated with that parser's
input stream is not undefined (that is, it
does point to somewhere in the input stream), then the
method does nothing. Abort these steps and return the
Document
object on which the method was invoked.
This basically causes document.open()
to be ignored
when it's called in an inline script found during the parsing of
data sent over the network, while still letting it have an effect
when called asynchronously or on a document that is itself being
spoon-fed using these APIs.
Unload the
Document
object, with the recycle
parameter set to true. If the user refused to allow the
document to be unloaded, then these steps must be
aborted.
If the document has an active parser, then stop that parser, and throw away any pending content in the input stream. what about if it doesn't, because it's either like a text/plain, or Atom, or PDF, or XHTML, or image document, or something?
Unregister all event listeners registered on the
Document
node and its descendants.
Remove all child nodes of the document, without firing any mutation events.
Replace the Document
's singleton objects with
new instances of those objects. (This includes in particular the
Window
, Location
, History
,
ApplicationCache
, UndoManager
,
Navigator
, and Selection
objects, the
various BarProp
objects, the two Storage
objects, and the various HTMLCollection
objects. It
also includes all the WebIDL prototypes in the JavaScript binding,
including the Document
object's prototype.)
Change the document's character encoding to UTF-16.
Change the document's address to the first script's browsing context's active document's address.
Create a new HTML parser and associate it with
the document. This is a script-created parser (meaning
that it can be closed by the document.open()
and document.close()
methods, and
that the tokenizer will wait for an explicit call to document.close()
before emitting
an end-of-file token). The encoding confidence is
irrelevant.
If the type string contains a U+003B SEMICOLON (;) character, remove the first such character and all characters from it up to the end of the string.
Strip all leading and trailing space characters from type.
If type is not now an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string
"text/html
", then act as if the tokenizer had emitted
a start tag token with the tag name "pre", then set the HTML
parser's tokenization stage's content
model flag to PLAINTEXT.
If replace is false, then:
Document
's History
objectDocument
Document
object, as well as the state of
the document at the start of these steps. (This allows the user
to step backwards in the session history to see the page before
it was blown away by the document.open()
call.)Finally, set the insertion point to point at just before the end of the input stream (which at this point will be empty).
Return the Document
on which the method was
invoked.
When called with three or more arguments, the open()
method on the
HTMLDocument
object must call the open()
method on the Window
object of the HTMLDocument
object, with the same
arguments as the original call to the open()
method, and return whatever
that method returned. If the HTMLDocument
object has no
Window
object, then the method must raise an
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.
The close()
method must do nothing if there is no script-created
parser associated with the document. If there is such a
parser, then, when the method is called, the user agent must insert
an explicit "EOF" character at the end of the parser's
input stream.
document.write()
write
(text...)Adds the given string(s) to the Document
's input
stream. If necessary, calls the open()
method implicitly
first.
This method throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception
when invoked on XML documents.
The document.write(...)
method must act as follows:
If the method was invoked on an XML
document, throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception and abort these steps.
If the insertion point is undefined, the open()
method must be called
(with no arguments) on the document
object. If the user refused to allow the document to be
unloaded, then these steps must be aborted. Otherwise, the
insertion point will point at just before the end of
the (empty) input stream.
The string consisting of the concatenation of all the arguments to the method must be inserted into the input stream just before the insertion point.
If there is a pending external script, then the method must now return without further processing of the input stream.
Otherwise, the tokenizer must process the characters that were
inserted, one at a time, processing resulting tokens as they are
emitted, and stopping when the tokenizer reaches the insertion
point or when the processing of the tokenizer is aborted by the
tree construction stage (this can happen if a script
end tag token is emitted by the tokenizer).
If the document.write()
method was
called from script executing inline (i.e. executing because the
parser parsed a set of script
tags), then this is a
reentrant invocation of the
parser.
Finally, the method must return.
document.writeln()
writeln
(text...)Adds the given string(s) to the Document
's input
stream, followed by a newline character. If necessary, calls the
open()
method implicitly
first.
This method throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception
when invoked on XML documents.
The document.writeln(...)
method, when invoked, must act as if the document.write()
method had been
invoked with the same argument(s), plus an extra argument consisting
of a string containing a single line feed character (U+000A).
innerHTML
The innerHTML
DOM
attribute represents the markup of the node's contents.
innerHTML
[ = value ]Returns a fragment of HTML or XML that represents the
Document
.
Can be set, to replace the Document
's contents
with the result of parsing the given string.
In the case of XML documents, will throw a
SYNTAX_ERR
if the Document
cannot be
serialized to XML, or if the given string is not well-formed.
innerHTML
[ = value ]Returns a fragment of HTML or XML that represents the element's contents.
Can be set, to replace the contents of the element with nodes parsed from the given string.
In the case of XML documents, will throw a
SYNTAX_ERR
if the element cannot be serialized to
XML, or if the given string is not well-formed.
On getting, if the node's document is an HTML document, then the attribute must return the result of running the HTML fragment serialization algorithm on the node; otherwise, the node's document is an XML document, and the attribute must return the result of running the XML fragment serialization algorithm on the node instead (this might raise an exception instead of returning a string).
On setting, the following steps must be run:
If the node's document is an HTML document: Invoke the HTML fragment parsing algorithm.
If the node's document is an XML document: Invoke the XML fragment parsing algorithm.
In either case, the algorithm must be invoked with the string
being assigned into the innerHTML
attribute as the input. If the node is an Element
node, then, in addition, that element must be passed as the context element.
If this raises an exception, then abort these steps.
Otherwise, let new children be the nodes returned.
If the attribute is being set on a Document
node,
and that document has an active HTML parser or
XML parser, then stop that parser.
what about if it doesn't, because it's either like a text/plain, or Atom, or PDF, or XHTML, or image document, or something?
Remove the child nodes of the node whose innerHTML
attribute is being set,
firing appropriate mutation events.
If the attribute is being set on a Document
node, let target document be that
Document
node. Otherwise, the attribute is being
set on an Element
node; let target
document be the ownerDocument
of
that Element
.
Set the ownerDocument
of all the nodes in
new children to the target
document.
Append all the new children nodes to the
node whose innerHTML
attribute
is being set, preserving their order, and firing mutation events
as appropriate.
outerHTML
The outerHTML
DOM
attribute represents the markup of the element and its contents.
outerHTML
[ = value ]Returns a fragment of HTML or XML that represents the element and its contents.
Can be set, to replace the element with nodes parsed from the given string.
In the case of XML documents, will throw a
SYNTAX_ERR
if the element cannot be serialized to
XML, or if the given string is not well-formed.
On getting, if the node's document is an HTML document, then the attribute must return the result of running the HTML fragment serialization algorithm on a fictional node whose only child is the node on which the attribute was invoked; otherwise, the node's document is an XML document, and the attribute must return the result of running the XML fragment serialization algorithm on that fictional node instead (this might raise an exception instead of returning a string).
On setting, the following steps must be run:
Let target be the element whose outerHTML
attribute is being
set.
If target has no parent node, then abort these steps. There would be no way to obtain a reference to the nodes created even if the remaining steps were run.
If target's parent node is a
Document
object, throw a
NO_MODIFICATION_ALLOWED_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
Let parent be target's
parent node, unless that is a DocumentFragment
node,
in which case let parent be an arbitrary
body
element.
If target's document is an HTML document: Invoke the HTML fragment parsing algorithm.
If target's document is an XML document: Invoke the XML fragment parsing algorithm.
In either case, the algorithm must be invoked with the string
being assigned into the outerHTML
attribute as the input, and parent as the context element.
If this raises an exception, then abort these steps.
Otherwise, let new children be targets returned.
Set the ownerDocument
of all the nodes in
new children to target's
document.
Remove target from its parent node, firing mutation events as appropriate, and then insert in its place all the new children nodes, preserving their order, and again firing mutation events as appropriate.
insertAdjacentHTML()
insertAdjacentHTML
(position, text)Parsed the given string text as HTML or XML and inserts the resulting nodes into the tree in the position given by the position argument, as follows:
Throws a SYNTAX_ERR
exception the arguments have
invalid values (e.g., in the case of XML documents,
if the given string is not well-formed).
Throws a NO_MODIFICATION_ALLOWED_ERR
exception if
the given position isn't possible (e.g. inserting elements after
the root element of a Document
).
The insertAdjacentHTML(position, text)
method, when invoked, must run the following algorithm:
Let position and text be the method's first and second arguments, respectively.
Let target be the element on which the method was invoked.
Use the first matching item from this list:
If target has no parent node, then abort these steps.
If target's parent node is a
Document
object, then throw a
NO_MODIFICATION_ALLOWED_ERR
exception and abort
these steps.
Otherwise, let context be the parent node of target.
Let context be the same as target.
Throw a SYNTAX_ERR
exception.
If target's document is an HTML document: Invoke the HTML fragment parsing algorithm.
If target's document is an XML document: Invoke the XML fragment parsing algorithm.
In either case, the algorithm must be invoked with text as the input, and the element selected in by the previous step as the context element.
If this raises an exception, then abort these steps.
Otherwise, let new children be targets returned.
Set the ownerDocument
of all the nodes in
new children to target's
document.
Use the first matching item from this list:
Insert all the new children nodes immediately before target.
Insert all the new children nodes before the first child of target, if there is one. If there is no such child, append them all to target.
Append all the new children nodes to target.
Insert all the new children nodes immediately after target.
The new children nodes must be inserted in a manner that preserves their order and fires mutation events as appropriate.
html
elementhead
element followed by a body
element.manifest
HTMLElement
.The html
element represents the root of
an HTML document.
The manifest
attribute gives the address of the document's application
cache manifest, if there is
one. If the attribute is present, the attribute's value must be a
valid URL.
The manifest
attribute
only has an effect during
the early stages of document load. Changing the attribute
dynamically thus has no effect (and thus, no DOM API is provided for
this attribute).
For the purposes of application cache selection,
later base
elements cannot affect the resolving of relative URLs in manifest
attributes, as the
attributes are processed before those elements are seen.
head
elementhtml
element.title
element.HTMLElement
.The head
element represents a
collection of metadata for the Document
.
title
elementhead
element containing no other title
elements.HTMLElement
.The title
element represents the
document's title or name. Authors should use titles that identify
their documents even when they are used out of context, for example
in a user's history or bookmarks, or in search results. The
document's title is often different from its first heading, since the
first heading does not have to stand alone when taken out of
context.
There must be no more than one title
element per
document.
The title
element must not contain any
elements.
Here are some examples of appropriate titles, contrasted with the top-level headings that might be used on those same pages.
<title>Introduction to The Mating Rituals of Bees</title> ... <h1>Introduction</h1> <p>This companion guide to the highly successful <cite>Introduction to Medieval Bee-Keeping</cite> book is...
The next page might be a part of the same site. Note how the title describes the subject matter unambiguously, while the first heading assumes the reader knows what the context is and therefore won't wonder if the dances are Salsa or Waltz:
<title>Dances used during bee mating rituals</title> ... <h1>The Dances</h1>
The string to use as the document's title is given by the document.title
DOM
attribute. User agents should use the document's
title when referring to the document in their user
interface.
base
elementhead
element containing no other base
elements.href
target
interface HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString href; attribute DOMString target; };
The base
element allows authors to specify the
document base URL for the purposes of resolving relative URLs, and the name
of the default browsing context for the purposes of
following hyperlinks. The element does not represent any content beyond this
information.
There must be no more than one base
element per
document.
A base
element must have either an href
attribute, a target
attribute, or both.
The href
content
attribute, if specified, must contain a valid URL.
A base
element, if it has an href
attribute, must come before any
other elements in the tree that have attributes defined as taking
URLs, except the html
element
(its manifest
attribute
isn't affected by base
elements).
The target
attribute, if specified, must contain a valid browsing context
name or keyword, which specifies which browsing
context is to be used as the default when hyperlinks and forms in the Document
cause navigation.
A base
element, if it has a target
attribute, must come before
any elements in the tree that represent hyperlinks.
If there are multiple base
elements
with target
attributes, all but
the first are ignored.
The href
and target
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name.
link
elementitemprop
attribute is present: flow content.noscript
element that is a child of a head
element.itemprop
attribute is present: where flow content is expected.href
rel
media
hreflang
type
sizes
title
attribute has special semantics on this element.interface HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; attribute DOMString href; attribute DOMString rel; readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString media; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString sizes; };
The LinkStyle
interface must also be implemented
by this element, the styling processing model defines
how. [CSSOM]
The link
element allows authors to link their
document to other resources.
The destination of the link(s) is given by the href
attribute, which must
be present and must contain a valid URL. If the href
attribute is absent, then the
element does not define a link.
The types of link indicated (the relationships) are given by the
value of the rel
attribute, which must be present, and must have a value that is a
set of space-separated tokens. The allowed values and their meanings are defined
in a later section. If the rel
attribute is absent, or if the values used are not allowed according
to the definitions in this specification, then the element does not
define a link.
Two categories of links can be created using the
link
element. Links
to external resources are links to resources that are to be
used to augment the current document, and hyperlink links are links to
other documents. The link types
section defines whether a particular link type is an external
resource or a hyperlink. One element can create multiple links (of
which some might be external resource links and some might be
hyperlinks); exactly which and how many links are created depends on
the keywords given in the rel
attribute. User agents must process the links on a per-link basis,
not a per-element basis.
Each link is handled separately. For instance, if
there are two link
elements with rel="stylesheet"
, they each count as a separate
external resource, and each is affected by its own attributes
independently.
The exact behavior for links to external resources depends on the
exact relationship, as defined for the relevant link type. Some of
the attributes control whether or not the external resource is to be
applied (as defined below). For external
resources that are represented in the DOM (for example, style
sheets), the DOM representation must be made available even if the
resource is not applied. To obtain the resource, the user agent must
resolve the URL
given by the href
attribute,
relative to the element, and then fetch the resulting
absolute URL. User agents may opt to only
fetch such resources when they are needed, instead of
pro-actively fetching all the external
resources that are not applied.
The semantics of the protocol used (e.g. HTTP) must be followed when fetching external resources. (For example, redirects must be followed and 404 responses must cause the external resource to not be applied.)
Fetching external resources must delay the load event of the element's document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.
The task that is queued by the networking task
source once the resource has been fetched must, if the loads were successful,
queue a task to fire a simple event called
load
at the link
element; otherwise, if the resource or one of its subresources
failed to completely load for any reason (e.g. DNS error, HTTP 404
response, a connection being prematurely closed, unsupported
Content-Type), it must instead queue a task to
fire a simple event called error
at the link
element. Non-network errors in processing the resource or its
subresources (e.g. CSS parse errors, PNG decoding errors) are not
failures for the purposes of this paragraph.
The task source for these tasks is the DOM manipulation task source.
Interactive user agents should provide users with a means to
follow the hyperlinks
created using the link
element, somewhere within their
user interface. The exact interface is not defined by this
specification, but it should include the following information
(obtained from the element's attributes, again as defined below), in
some form or another (possibly simplified), for each hyperlink
created with each link
element in the document:
rel
attribute)title
attribute).href
attribute).hreflang
attribute).media
attribute).User agents may also include other information, such as the type
of the resource (as given by the type
attribute).
Hyperlinks created with the link
element and its rel
attribute
apply to the whole page. This contrasts with the rel
attribute of a
and area
elements, which indicates the type of a link
whose context is given by the link's location within the
document.
The media
attribute says which media the resource applies to. The value must
be a valid media query. [MQ]
If the link is a hyperlink
then the media
attribute is
purely advisory, and describes for which media the document in
question was designed.
However, if the link is an external resource link,
then the media
attribute is
prescriptive. The user agent must apply the external resource to
views while their state match the listed
media and the other relevant conditions apply, and must not apply
them otherwise.
The external resource might have further
restrictions defined within that limit its applicability. For
example, a CSS style sheet might have some @media
blocks. This specification does not override
such further restrictions or requirements.
The default, if the media
attribute is omitted, is
all
, meaning that by default links apply to all
media.
The hreflang
attribute on the link
element has the same semantics as
the hreflang
attribute on hyperlink elements.
The type
attribute
gives the MIME type of the linked resource. It is purely advisory.
The value must be a valid MIME type, optionally with parameters. [RFC2046]
For external resource
links, the type
attribute
is used as a hint to user agents so that they can avoid fetching
resources they do not support. If the attribute
is present, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of
the given type. If the attribute is omitted, but the external
resource link type has a default type defined, then the user agent
must assume that the resource is of that type. If the UA does not
support the given MIME type for the given link relationship, then
the UA should not fetch the resource; if the UA does support the
given MIME type for the given link relationship, then the UA should
fetch the resource. If the attribute is omitted, and
the external resource link type does not have a default type
defined, but the user agent would fetch the resource if the type was
known and supported, then the user agent should fetch
the resource under the assumption that it will be
supported.
User agents must not consider the type
attribute authoritative —
upon fetching the resource, user agents must not use the type
attribute to determine its actual
type. Only the actual type (as defined in the next paragraph) is
used to determine whether to apply the resource, not the
aforementioned assumed type.
If the external resource link type defines rules for processing the resource's Content-Type metadata, then those rules apply. Otherwise, if the resource is expected to be an image, user agents may apply the image sniffing rules, with the official type being the type determined from the resource's Content-Type metadata, and use the resulting sniffed type of the resource as if it was the actual type. Otherwise, if neither of these conditions apply or if the user agent opts not to apply the image sniffing rules, then the user agent must use the resource's Content-Type metadata to determine the type of the resource. If there is no type metadata, but the external resource link type has a default type defined, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of that type.
The stylesheet
link type defines
rules for processing the resource's Content-Type metadata.
Once the user agent has established the type of the resource, the user agent must apply the resource if it is of a supported type and the other relevant conditions apply, and must ignore the resource otherwise.
If a document contains style sheet links labeled as follows:
<link rel="stylesheet" href="A" type="text/plain"> <link rel="stylesheet" href="B" type="text/css"> <link rel="stylesheet" href="C">
...then a compliant UA that supported only CSS style sheets
would fetch the B and C files, and skip the A file (since
text/plain
is not the MIME type for CSS style
sheets).
For files B and C, it would then check the actual types returned
by the server. For those that are sent as text/css
, it
would apply the styles, but for those labeled as
text/plain
, or any other type, it would not.
If one the two files was returned without a
Content-Type metadata, or with a syntactically
incorrect type like Content-Type: "null"
, then the default type
for stylesheet
links would kick
in. Since that default type is text/css
, the
style sheet would nonetheless be applied.
The title
attribute gives the title of the link. With one exception, it is
purely advisory. The value is text. The exception is for style sheet
links, where the title
attribute defines alternative style sheet sets.
The title
attribute on link
elements differs from the global
title
attribute of most other
elements in that a link without a title does not inherit the title
of the parent element: it merely has no title.
The sizes
attribute is used
with the icon
link type. The attribute
must not be specified on link
elements that do not have
a rel
attribute that specifies
the icon
keyword.
Some versions of HTTP defined a Link:
header, to be processed like a series of link
elements.
If supported, for the purposes of ordering links defined by HTTP
headers must be assumed to come before any links in the document, in
the order that they were given in the HTTP entity header. (URIs in
these headers are to be processed and resolved according to the
rules given in HTTP; the rules of this specification don't
apply.) [HTTP] [RFC2068]
The DOM attributes href
, rel
, media
, hreflang
, and type
, and sizes
each must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
The DOM attribute relList
must reflect the rel
content attribute.
The DOM attribute disabled
only applies
to style sheet links. When the link
element defines a
style sheet link, then the disabled
attribute behaves as
defined for the alternative
style sheets DOM. For all other link
elements it
always return false and does nothing on setting.
meta
elementitemprop
attribute is present: flow content.charset
attribute is present, or if the element is in the Encoding declaration state: in a head
element.http-equiv
attribute is present, and the element is not in the Encoding declaration state: in a head
element.http-equiv
attribute is present, and the element is not in the Encoding declaration state: in a noscript
element that is a child of a head
element.name
attribute is present: where metadata content is expected.itemprop
attribute is present: where flow content is expected.name
http-equiv
content
charset
interface HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString httpEquiv; };
The meta
element represents various
kinds of metadata that cannot be expressed using the
title
, base
, link
,
style
, and script
elements.
The meta
element can represent document-level
metadata with the name
attribute, pragma directives with the http-equiv
attribute, and the
file's character encoding declaration when an HTML
document is serialized to string form (e.g. for transmission over
the network or for disk storage) with the charset
attribute.
Exactly one of the name
,
http-equiv
, charset
, and itemprop
attributes must be
specified.
If either name
, http-equiv
, or itemprop
is specified, then the content
attribute must also be
specified. Otherwise, it must be omitted.
The charset
attribute specifies the character encoding used by the
document. This is a character encoding declaration. If
the attribute is present in an XML
document, its value must be an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "UTF-8
" (and the document is therefore required to
use UTF-8 as its encoding).
The charset
attribute on the meta
element has no effect in XML
documents, and is only allowed in order to facilitate migration to
and from XHTML.
There must not be more than one meta
element with a
charset
attribute per
document.
The content
attribute gives the value of the document metadata or pragma
directive when the element is used for those purposes. The allowed
values depend on the exact context, as described in subsequent
sections of this specification.
If a meta
element has a name
attribute, it sets
document metadata. Document metadata is expressed in terms of
name/value pairs, the name
attribute on the meta
element giving the name, and the
content
attribute on the same
element giving the value. The name specifies what aspect of metadata
is being set; valid names and the meaning of their values are
described in the following sections. If a meta
element
has no content
attribute,
then the value part of the metadata name/value pair is the empty
string.
The name
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name. The DOM attribute httpEquiv
must
reflect the content attribute http-equiv
.
This specification defines a few names for the name
attribute of the
meta
element.
The value must be a short free-form string that giving the
name of the Web application that the page represents. If the page
is not a Web application, the application-name
metadata name
must not be used. User agents may use the
application name in UI in preference to the page's
title
, since the title might include status messages
and the like relevant to the status of the page at a particular
moment in time instead of just being the name of the
application.
The value must be a free-form string that describes the page. The value must be appropriate for use in a directory of pages, e.g. in a search engine.
The value must be a free-form string that identifies the software used to generate the document. This value must not be used on hand-authored pages.
Extensions to the predefined set of metadata names may be registered in the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page.
Anyone is free to edit the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page at any time to add a type. These new names must be specified with the following information:
The actual name being defined. The name should not be confusingly similar to any other defined name (e.g. differing only in case).
A short description of what the metadata name's meaning is, including the format the value is required to be in.
A list of other names that have exactly the same processing requirements. Authors should not use the names defined to be synonyms, they are only intended to allow user agents to support legacy content.
One of the following:
If a metadata name is added with the "proposal" status and found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value.
Conformance checkers must use the information given on the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page to establish if a value not explicitly defined in this specification is allowed or not. When an author uses a new type not defined by either this specification or the Wiki page, conformance checkers should offer to add the value to the Wiki, with the details described above, with the "proposal" status.
This specification does not define how new values will get approved. It is expected that the Wiki will have a community that addresses this.
Metadata names whose values are to be URLs must not be proposed or accepted. Links must
be represented using the link
element, not the
meta
element.
When the http-equiv
attribute
is specified on a meta
element, the element is a pragma
directive.
The http-equiv
attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following
table lists the keywords defined for this attribute. The states
given in the first cell of the rows with keywords give the states to
which those keywords map. Some of the keywords
are non-conforming, as noted in the last column.
State | Keywords | Notes |
---|---|---|
Content Language | content-language
| Non-conforming |
Encoding declaration | content-type
| |
Default style | default-style
| |
Refresh | refresh
|
When a meta
element is inserted into the document, if its
http-equiv
attribute is
present and represents one of the above states, then the user agent
must run the algorithm appropriate for that state, as described in
the following list:
This non-conforming pragma sets the document-wide default language. Until the pragma is successfully processed, there is no document-wide default language.
If another meta
element in the Content Language
state has already been successfully processed (i.e. when
it was inserted the user agent processed it and reached the last
step of this list of steps), then abort these steps.
If the meta
element has no content
attribute, or if that
attribute's value is the empty string, then abort these
steps.
Let input be the value of the
element's content
attribute.
Let position point at the first character of input.
Collect a sequence of characters that are neither space characters nor a U+002C COMMA character (",").
Let the document-wide default language be the string that resulted from the previous step.
For meta
elements in the Content Language
state, the content
attribute must have a value consisting of a valid RFC 3066
language code. [RFC3066]
This pragma is not exactly equivalent to the HTTP
Content-Language
header, for instance it only
supports one language. [HTTP]
The Encoding
declaration state is just an alternative form of setting
the charset
attribute: it is a
character encoding declaration. This state's user agent requirements are all handled
by the parsing section of the specification.
For meta
elements in the Encoding declaration
state, the content
attribute must have a value that is an ASCII
case-insensitive match for a string that consists of: the
literal string "text/html;
", optionally
followed by any number of space
characters, followed by the literal string "charset=
", followed by the character encoding name
of the character encoding declaration.
If the document contains a meta
element in the
Encoding
declaration state, then the document must not contain a
meta
element with the charset
attribute present.
The Encoding declaration state may be used in HTML documents only, elements in that state must not be used in XML documents.
This pragma sets the name of the default alternative style sheet set.
This pragma acts as timed redirect.
If another meta
element in the Refresh state has
already been successfully processed (i.e. when it was inserted
the user agent processed it and reached the last step of this
list of steps), then abort these steps.
If the meta
element has no content
attribute, or if that
attribute's value is the empty string, then abort these
steps.
Let input be the value of the
element's content
attribute.
Let position point at the first character of input.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to U+0039 DIGIT NINE, and parse the resulting string using the rules for parsing non-negative integers. If the sequence of characters collected is the empty string, then no number will have been parsed; abort these steps. Otherwise, let time be the parsed number.
Collect a
sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to
U+0039 DIGIT NINE and U+002E FULL STOP (".
"). Ignore any collected characters.
Let url be the address of the current page.
If the character in input pointed to
by position is a U+003B SEMICOLON (";
"), then advance position to
the next character. Otherwise, jump to the last step.
If the character in input pointed to by position is one of U+0055 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U or U+0075 LATIN SMALL LETTER U, then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the last step.
If the character in input pointed to by position is one of U+0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R or U+0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R, then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the last step.
If the character in input pointed to by position is one of U+004C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L or U+006C LATIN SMALL LETTER L, then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the last step.
If the character in input pointed to
by position is a U+003D EQUALS SIGN ("=
"), then advance position to
the next character. Otherwise, jump to the last step.
If the character in input pointed to by position is either a U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') or U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character ("), then let quote be that character, and advance position to the next character. Otherwise, let quote be the empty string.
Let url be equal to the substring of input from the character at position to the end of the string.
If quote is not the empty string, and there is a character in url equal to quote, then truncate url at that character, so that it and all subsequent characters are removed.
Strip any trailing space characters from the end of url.
Strip any U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters from url.
Resolve the url value to an absolute URL,
relative to the meta
element. If this fails, abort
these steps.
Perform one or more of the following steps:
Set a timer so that in time seconds, adjusted to take into account user or user agent preferences, if the user has not canceled the redirect, the user agent navigates the document's browsing context to url, with replacement enabled, and with the document's browsing context as the source browsing context.
Provide the user with an interface that, when selected, navigates a browsing context to url, with the document's browsing context as the source browsing context.
Do nothing.
In addition, the user agent may, as with anything, inform the user of any and all aspects of its operation, including the state of any timers, the destinations of any timed redirects, and so forth.
For meta
elements in the Refresh state, the
content
attribute must have
a value consisting either of:
;
), followed by one or
more space characters,
followed by either a U+0055 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U or a U+0075
LATIN SMALL LETTER U, a U+0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R or a U+0072
LATIN SMALL LETTER R, a U+004C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L or a U+006C
LATIN SMALL LETTER L, a U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=
), and then a valid URL.In the former case, the integer represents a number of seconds before the page is to be reloaded; in the latter case the integer represents a number of seconds before the page is to be replaced by the page at the given URL.
There must not be more than one meta
element with
any particular state in the document at a time.
Extensions to the predefined set of pragma directives may, under certain conditions, be registered in the WHATWG Wiki PragmaExtensions page.
Such extensions must use a name that is identical to a previously-registered HTTP header defined in an RFC, and must have behavior identical to that described for the HTTP header. Pragma directions corresponding to headers describing metadata, or not requiring specific user agent processing, must not be registered; instead, use metadata names. Pragma directions corresponding to headers that affect the HTTP processing model (e.g. caching) must not be registered, as they would result in HTTP-level behavior being different for user agents that implement HTML than for user agents that do not.
Anyone is free to edit the WHATWG Wiki PragmaExtensions page at any time to add a pragma directive satisfying these conditions. Such registrations must specify the following information:
The actual name being defined.
A short description of the purpose of the pragma directive.
Conformance checkers must use the information given on the WHATWG Wiki PragmaExtensions page to establish if a value not explicitly defined in this specification is allowed or not.
A character encoding declaration is a mechanism by which the character encoding used to store or transmit a document is specified.
The following restrictions apply to character encoding declarations:
If an HTML document does not
start with a BOM, and if its encoding is not explicitly given by
Content-Type metadata, then the
character encoding used must be an ASCII-compatible character
encoding, and, in addition, if that encoding isn't US-ASCII
itself, then the encoding must be specified using a
meta
element with a charset
attribute or a
meta
element in the Encoding declaration
state.
If an HTML document contains
a meta
element with a charset
attribute or a
meta
element in the Encoding declaration
state, then the character encoding used must be an
ASCII-compatible character encoding.
Authors should not use JIS_X0212-1990, x-JIS0208, and encodings based on EBCDIC. Authors should not use UTF-32. Authors must not use the CESU-8, UTF-7, BOCU-1 and SCSU encodings. [CESU8] [UTF7] [BOCU1] [SCSU]
Authors are encouraged to use UTF-8. Conformance checkers may advise against authors using legacy encodings.
In XHTML, the XML declaration should be used for inline character encoding information, if necessary.
style
elementscoped
attribute is present: flow content.scoped
attribute is absent: where metadata content is expected.scoped
attribute is absent: in a noscript
element that is a child of a head
element.scoped
attribute is present: where flow content is expected, but before any other flow content other than other style
elements and inter-element whitespace.type
attribute.media
type
scoped
title
attribute has special semantics on this element.interface HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; attribute DOMString media; attribute DOMString type; attribute boolean scoped; };
The LinkStyle
interface must also be implemented
by this element, the styling processing model defines
how. [CSSOM]
The style
element allows authors to embed style
information in their documents. The style
element is
one of several inputs to the styling processing
model. The element does not represent content for the user.
If the type
attribute is given, it must contain a valid MIME type, optionally
with parameters, that designates a styling language. [RFC2046] If the attribute is absent, the
type defaults to text/css
. [RFC2138]
When examining types to determine if they support the language, user agents must not ignore unknown MIME parameters — types with unknown parameters must be assumed to be unsupported.
The media
attribute says which media the styles apply to. The value must be a
valid media query. [MQ]
User agents must apply the styles to views while their state match the listed media,
and must not apply them otherwise.
The styles might be further limited in scope,
e.g. in CSS with the use of @media
blocks. This specification does not override such further
restrictions or requirements.
The default, if the media
attribute is omitted, is
all
, meaning that by default styles apply to all
media.
The scoped
attribute is a boolean attribute. If set, it indicates
that the styles are intended just for the subtree rooted at the
style
element's parent element, as opposed to the whole
Document
.
If the scoped
attribute is
present, then the user agent must apply the specified style
information only to the style
element's parent element
(if any), and that element's child nodes. Otherwise, the specified
styles must, if applied, be applied to the entire document.
The title
attribute on
style
elements defines alternative style sheet
sets. If the style
element has no title
attribute, then it has no
title; the title
attribute of
ancestors does not apply to the style
element.
The title
attribute on style
elements, like the title
attribute on link
elements, differs from the global title
attribute in that a
style
block without a title does not inherit the title
of the parent element: it merely has no title.
All descendant elements must be processed, according to their
semantics, before the style
element itself is
evaluated. For styling languages that consist of pure text, user
agents must evaluate style
elements by passing the
concatenation of the contents of all the text nodes that are direct children of the
style
element (not any other nodes such as comments or
elements), in tree order, to the style system. For
XML-based styling languages, user agents must pass all the child
nodes of the style
element to the style system.
All URLs found by the styling language's processor must be resolved, relative to the element (or as defined by the styling language), when the processor is invoked.
Once the element has been evaluated, if it had no subresources or
once all the subresources it uses have been fetched, the user agent must queue a
task to fire a simple event called load
at the style
element. If
the resource has a subresource that fails to completely load for any
reason (e.g. DNS error, HTTP 404 response, the connection being
prematurely closed, unsupported Content-Type), the user agent must
instead queue a task to fire a simple
event called error
at the
style
element. Non-network errors in the processing of
the element's contents or its subresources (e.g. CSS parse errors)
are not failures for the purposes of this paragraph. The
style
element must delay the load event of
the element's document until one of these tasks has been queued.
The task source for these tasks is the DOM manipulation task source.
This specification does not specify a style system, but CSS is expected to be supported by most Web browsers. [CSS21]
The media
, type
and scoped
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name.
The DOM disabled
attribute
behaves as defined for the
alternative style sheets DOM.
The link
and style
elements can provide
styling information for the user agent to use when rendering the
document. The DOM Styling specification specifies what styling
information is to be used by the user agent and how it is to be
used. [CSSOM]
The style
and link
elements implement
the LinkStyle
interface. [CSSOM]
For style
elements, if the user agent does not
support the specified styling language, then the sheet
attribute of the element's
LinkStyle
interface must return null. Similarly,
link
elements that do not represent external resource links that contribute to
the styling processing model (i.e. that do not have a stylesheet
keyword in their rel
attribute), and link
elements whose specified resource has not yet been fetched, or is
not in a supported styling language, must have their
LinkStyle
interface's sheet
attribute return null.
Otherwise, the LinkStyle
interface's sheet
attribute must return a
StyleSheet
object with the attributes implemented as
follows: [CSSOM]
type
DOM attribute)The content type must be the same as the style's specified
type. For style
elements, this is the same as the
type
content attribute's
value, or text/css
if that is omitted. For
link
elements, this is the Content-Type metadata of the specified
resource.
href
DOM attribute)For link
elements, the location must be the
result of resolving the
URL given by the element's href
content attribute, relative to
the element, or the empty string if that fails. For
style
elements, there is no location.
media
DOM attribute)The media must be the same as the value of the element's
media
content attribute.
title
DOM attribute)The title must be the same as the value of the element's
title
content attribute. If the
attribute is absent, then the style sheet does not have a
title. The title is used for defining alternative style sheet
sets.
The disabled
DOM
attribute on link
and style
elements must
return false and do nothing on setting, if the sheet
attribute of their
LinkStyle
interface is null. Otherwise, it must return
the value of the StyleSheet
interface's disabled
attribute on
getting, and forward the new value to that same attribute on
setting.
Scripts allow authors to add interactivity to their documents.
Authors are encouraged to use declarative alternatives to scripting where possible, as declarative mechanisms are often more maintainable, and many users disable scripting.
For example, instead of using script to show or hide a section
to show more details, the details
element could be
used.
Authors are also encouraged to make their applications degrade gracefully in the absence of scripting support.
For example, if an author provides a link in a table header to dynamically resort the table, the link could also be made to function without scripts by requesting the sorted table from the server.
script
elementsrc
attribute, depends on the value of the type
attribute.src
attribute, the element must be either empty or contain only
script documentation.src
async
defer
type
charset
interface HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute boolean async; attribute boolean defer; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString charset; attribute DOMString text; };
The script
element allows authors to include dynamic
script and data blocks in their documents. The element does not
represent content for the user.
When used to include dynamic scripts, the scripts may either be
embedded inline or may be imported from an external file using the
src
attribute. If the language
is not that described by "text/javascript
",
then the type
attribute must
be present. If the type
attribute is present, its value must be the type of the script's
language.
When used to include data blocks, the data must be embedded
inline, the format of the data must be given using the type
attribute, and the src
attribute must not be
specified.
The type
attribute gives the language of the script or format of the data. If
the attribute is present, its value must be a valid MIME type,
optionally with parameters. The charset
parameter must not be specified. (The default, which is used if the
attribute is absent, is "text/javascript
".) [RFC2046]
The src
attribute, if specified, gives the address of the external script
resource to use. The value of the attribute must be a valid
URL identifying a script resource of the type given by the
type
attribute, if the
attribute is present, or of the type "text/javascript
", if the attribute is absent.
The charset
attribute gives the character encoding of the external script
resource. The attribute must not be specified if the src
attribute is not present. If the
attribute is set, its value must be a valid character encoding name,
must be the preferred name for that encoding, and must match the
encoding given in the charset
parameter of the
Content-Type metadata of the
external file, if any. [IANACHARSET]
The async
and
defer
attributes
are boolean attributes that
indicate how the script should be executed.
There are three possible modes that can be selected using these
attributes. If the async
attribute is present, then the script will be executed
asynchronously, as soon as it is available. If the async
attribute is not present but
the defer
attribute is
present, then the script is executed when the page has finished
parsing. If neither attribute is present, then the script is
fetched and executed immediately, before the user agent continues
parsing the page. The exact processing details for these attributes
is described below.
The defer
attribute may be
specified even if the async
attribute is specified, to cause legacy Web browsers that only
support defer
(and not async
) to fall back to the defer
behavior instead of the
synchronous blocking behavior that is the default.
Changing the src
, type
, charset
, async
, and defer
attributes dynamically has no
direct effect; these attribute are only used at specific times
described below (namely, when the element is inserted into the document).
script
elements have four associated pieces of
metadata. The first is a flag indicating whether or not the script
block has been "already executed". Initially,
script
elements must have this flag unset (script
blocks, when created, are not "already executed"). When a
script
element is cloned, the "already executed" flag,
if set, must be propagated to the clone when it is created. The
second is a flag indicating whether the element was
"parser-inserted". This flag is set by the HTML
parser and is used to handle document.write()
calls. The third
and fourth pieces of metadata are the script block's
type and the script block's character
encoding. They are determined when the script is run,
based on the attributes on the element at that time.
When a script
element that is neither marked as
having "already executed" nor marked as being
"parser-inserted" experiences one of the events listed
in the following list, the user agent must run the script
element:
script
element gets inserted into a document.script
element's child nodes are changed.script
element has a src
attribute set where previously
the element had no such attribute.Running a script: When a
script
element is to be run, the user agent must act as
follows:
If either:
script
element has a type
attribute and its value is
the empty string, orscript
element has no type
attribute but it has a language
attribute and
that attribute's value is the empty string, orscript
element has neither a type
attribute nor a language
attribute, then...let the script block's type for this
script
element be "text/javascript
".
Otherwise, if the script
element has a type
attribute, let the
script block's type for this script
element be
the value of that attribute.
Otherwise, the element has a non-empty language
attribute; let
the script block's type for this script
element be the concatenation of the string "text/
" followed by the value of the language
attribute.
The language
attribute is never
conforming, and is always ignored if there is a type
attribute present.
If the script
element has a charset
attribute, then let
the script block's character encoding for this
script
element be the encoding given by the charset
attribute.
Otherwise, let the script block's character encoding
for this script
element be the same as the encoding of the document
itself.
If scripting is
disabled for the script
element, or if the
user agent does not support the scripting language
given by the script block's type for this
script
element, then the user agent must abort these
steps at this point. The script is not executed.
If the element has no src
attribute, and its child nodes consist only of comment nodes and
empty text nodes, then the user
agent must abort these steps at this point. The script is not
executed.
The user agent must set the element's "already executed" flag.
If the element has a src
attribute, then the value of that attribute must be resolved relative to the element, and
if that is successful, the specified resource must then be fetched.
For historical reasons, if the URL is a javascript:
URL, then the user agent must not, despite the requirements
in the definition of the fetching
algorithm, actually execute the given script; instead the user
agent must act as if it had received an empty HTTP 400
response.
Once the resource's Content Type metadata is available, if it ever is, apply the algorithm for extracting an encoding from a Content-Type to it. If this returns an encoding, and the user agent supports that encoding, then let the script block's character encoding be that encoding.
Once the fetching process has completed, and the script has completed loading, the user agent will have to complete the steps described below. (If the parser is still active at that time, those steps defer to the parser to handle the execution of pending scripts.)
For performance reasons, user agents may start fetching the
script as soon as the attribute is set, instead, in the hope that
the element will be inserted into the document. Either way, once
the element is inserted into the document, the load must have
started. If the UA performs such prefetching, but the element is
never inserted in the document, or the src
attribute is dynamically
changed, then the
user agent will not execute the script, and the fetching process
will have been effectively wasted.
Then, the first of the following options that describes the situation must be followed:
defer
attribute, and the
element does not have an async
attributeThis isn't compatible with IE for inline deferred scripts, but then what IE does is pretty hard to pin down exactly. Do we want to keep this like it is? Be more compatible?
async
attribute and a src
attributeasync
attribute but no src
attribute, and the list
of scripts that will execute asynchronously is not
emptysrc
attribute and has been flagged as
"parser-inserted"src
attributeFetching an external script must delay the load event of the element's document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.
When a script completes loading: If the
script
element was added to one of the lists mentioned
above and the document is still being parsed, then the parser
handles it. Otherwise, the UA must run the following steps as the
task that the networking
task source places on the task queue:
script
element was added to the list
of scripts that will execute when the document has finished
parsing:If the script
element is not the first element
in the list, then do nothing yet. Stop going through these
steps.
Otherwise, execute the script block (the first element in the list).
Remove the script
element from the list
(i.e. shift out the first entry in the list).
If there are any more entries in the list, and if the script associated with the element that is now the first in the list is already loaded, then jump back to step 2 to execute it.
script
element was added to the list
of scripts that will execute asynchronously:If the script is not the first element in the list, then do nothing yet. Stop going through these steps.
Execute the script block (the first element in the list).
Remove the script
element from the list
(i.e. shift out the first entry in the list).
If there are any more scripts in the list, and the element
now at the head of the list had no src
attribute when it was added
to the list, or had one, but its associated script has finished
loading, then jump back to step 2 to execute the script
associated with this element.
script
element was added to the list
of scripts that will execute as soon as possible:Remove the script
element from the list.
Executing a script block: When the steps above require that the script block be executed, the user agent must act as follows:
Executing the script block must just consist of firing a simple event called
error
at the element.
Initialize the script block's source as follows:
The contents of that file, interpreted as string of Unicode characters, are the script source.
For each of the rows in the following table, starting with the first one and going down, if the file has as many or more bytes available than the number of bytes in the first column, and the first bytes of the file match the bytes given in the first column, then set the script block's character encoding to the encoding given in the cell in the second column of that row, irrespective of any previous value:
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Encoding |
---|---|
FE FF | UTF-16BE |
FF FE | UTF-16LE |
EF BB BF | UTF-8 |
This step looks for Unicode Byte Order Marks (BOMs).
The file must then be converted to Unicode using the character encoding given by the script block's character encoding.
The value of the DOM text
attribute at the time the
"running a script" algorithm was first invoked is
the script source.
The child nodes of the script
element at the
time the "running a script" algorithm was first
invoked are the script source.
Create a
script from the script
element node, using
the the script block's source and the the script
block's type.
This is where the script is compiled and actually executed.
Fire a simple event called load
at the script
element.
The DOM attributes src
, type
, charset
, async
, and defer
, each must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
text
[ = value ]Returns the contents of the element, ignoring child nodes that aren't text nodes.
Can be set, to replace the element's children with the given value.
The DOM attribute text
must return a
concatenation of the contents of all the text nodes that are direct children of the
script
element (ignoring any other nodes such as
comments or elements), in tree order. On setting, it must act the
same way as the textContent
DOM attribute.
In this example, two script
elements are used. One
embeds an external script, and the other includes some data.
<script src="game-engine.js"></script> <script type="text/x-game-map"> ........U.........e o............A....e .....A.....AAA....e .A..AAA...AAAAA...e </script>
The data in this case might be used by the script to generate the map of a video game. The data doesn't have to be used that way, though; maybe the map data is actually embedded in other parts of the page's markup, and the data block here is just used by the site's search engine to help users who are looking for particular features in their game maps.
When inserted using the document.write()
method,
script
elements execute (typically synchronously), but
when inserted using innerHTML
and outerHTML
attributes, they do not
execute at all.
A user agent is said to support the scripting language if the script block's type matches the MIME type of a scripting language that the user agent implements.
The following lists some MIME types and the languages to which they refer:
application/ecmascript
application/javascript
application/x-ecmascript
application/x-javascript
text/ecmascript
text/javascript
text/javascript1.0
text/javascript1.1
text/javascript1.2
text/javascript1.3
text/javascript1.4
text/javascript1.5
text/jscript
text/livescript
text/x-ecmascript
text/x-javascript
text/javascript;e4x=1
User agents may support other MIME types and other languages.
When examining types to determine if they support the language, user agents must not ignore unknown MIME parameters — types with unknown parameters must be assumed to be unsupported.
If a script
element's src
attribute is specified, then the
contents of the script
element, if any, must be such
that the value of the DOM text
attribute, which is derived from the element's contents, matches the
documentation
production in the following
ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. [ABNF]
documentation = *( *( space / tab / comment ) [ line-comment ] newline ) comment = slash star *( not-star / star not-slash ) 1*star slash line-comment = slash slash *not-newline ; characters tab = %x0009 ; U+0009 TAB newline = %x000A ; U+000A LINE FEED space = %x0020 ; U+0020 SPACE star = %x002A ; U+002A ASTERISK slash = %x002F ; U+002F SOLIDUS not-newline = %x0000-0009 / %x000B-%10FFFF ; a Unicode character other than U+000A LINE FEED not-star = %x0000-0029 / %x002B-%10FFFF ; a Unicode character other than U+002A ASTERISK not-slash = %x0000-002E / %x0030-%10FFFF ; a Unicode character other than U+002F SOLIDUS
This allows authors to include documentation, such as license
information or API information, inside their documents while still
referring to external script files. The syntax is constrained so
that authors don't accidentally include what looks like valid
script while also providing a src
attribute.
<script src="cool-effects.js"> // create new instances using: // var e = new Effect(); // start the effect using .play, stop using .stop: // e.play(); // e.stop(); </script>
noscript
elementhead
element of an HTML document, if there are no ancestor noscript
elements.noscript
elements.head
element: in any order, zero or more link
elements, zero or more style
elements, and zero or more meta
elements.head
element: transparent, but there must be no noscript
element descendants.HTMLElement
.The noscript
element represents nothing
if scripting is enabled, and
represents its children if scripting is disabled. It is used
to present different markup to user agents that support scripting
and those that don't support scripting, by affecting how the
document is parsed.
When used in HTML documents, the allowed content model is as follows:
head
element, if scripting is disabled for the
noscript
elementThe noscript
element must contain only
link
, style
, and meta
elements.
head
element, if scripting is enabled for the
noscript
elementThe noscript
element must contain only text,
except that invoking the HTML fragment parsing
algorithm with the noscript
element as the context element and the text contents as the input must result in a list of nodes that consists
only of link
, style
, and
meta
elements, and no parse
errors.
head
elements, if scripting is disabled for the
noscript
elementThe noscript
element's content model is
transparent, with the additional restriction that a
noscript
element must not have a noscript
element as an ancestor (that is, noscript
can't be
nested).
head
elements, if scripting is enabled for the
noscript
elementThe noscript
element must contain only text,
except that the text must be such that running the following
algorithm results in a conforming document with no
noscript
elements and no script
elements, and such that no step in the algorithm causes an
HTML parser to flag a parse error:
script
element from the
document.noscript
element in the
document. For every noscript
element in that list,
perform the following steps:
noscript
element.noscript
element, and call these
elements the before children.noscript
element, and
call these elements the after children.noscript
element.innerHTML
attribute of the parent element to the value
of s. (This, as a side-effect, causes the
noscript
element to be removed from the
document.)All these contortions are required because, for
historical reasons, the noscript
element is handled
differently by the HTML parser based on whether scripting was enabled or not when the
parser was invoked. The element is not allowed in XML, because in
XML the parser is not affected by such state, and thus the element
would not have the desired effect.
The noscript
element must not be used in XML
documents.
The noscript
element is only
effective in the HTML serialization,
it has no effect in the XML serialization.
The noscript
element has no other requirements. In
particular, children of the noscript
element are not
exempt from form submission, scripting, and so forth,
even when scripting is enabled
for the element.
Some elements, for example
address
elements, are scoped to their nearest ancestor
sectioning content. For such elements x, the elements that apply to a sectioning
content element e are all the x elements whose nearest sectioning
content ancestor is e.
body
elementhtml
element.onafterprint
onbeforeprint
onbeforeunload
onblur
onerror
onfocus
onhashchange
onload
onmessage
onoffline
ononline
onpopstate
onredo
onresize
onstorage
onundo
onunload
interface HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement { attribute Function onafterprint; attribute Function onbeforeprint; attribute Function onbeforeunload; attribute Function onblur; attribute Function onerror; attribute Function onfocus; attribute Function onhashchange; attribute Function onload; attribute Function onmessage; attribute Function onoffline; attribute Function ononline; attribute Function onpopstate; attribute Function onredo; attribute Function onresize; attribute Function onstorage; attribute Function onundo; attribute Function onunload; };
The body
element represents the main
content of the document.
In conforming documents, there is only one body
element. The document.body
DOM attribute provides scripts with easy access to a document's
body
element.
Some DOM operations (for example, parts of the
drag and drop model) are defined in terms of "the
body element". This refers to a particular element in the
DOM, as per the definition of the term, and not any arbitrary
body
element.
The body
element exposes as event handler
content attributes a number of the event handler
attributes of the Window
object. It also mirrors
their event handler DOM attributes.
The onblur
, onerror
, onfocus
, and onload
event handler
attributes of the Window
object, exposed on the
body
element, shadow the generic event handler
attributes with the same names normally supported by
HTML elements.
Thus, for example, a bubbling error
event fired on a child of the
body element of a Document
would first trigger
the onerror
event handler
content attributes of that element, then that of the root
html
element, and only then would it trigger
the onerror
event handler content
attribute on the body
element. This is because
the event would bubble from the target, to the body
, to
the html
, to the Document
, to the
Window
, and the event handler attribute on the body
is watching the Window
not the body
. A
regular event listener attached to the body
using addEventListener()
, however, would fire when the
event bubbled through the body
and not when it reaches
the Window
object.
section
elementformatBlock
candidate.cite
interface HTMLSectionElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; };
The section
element represents a
generic document or application section. A section, in this context,
is a thematic grouping of content, typically with a heading, possibly
with a footer.
Examples of sections would be chapters, the various tabbed pages in a tabbed dialog box, or the numbered sections of a thesis. A Web site's home page could be split into sections for an introduction, news items, contact information.
The cite
attribute may be used if the content of the section was taken from
another page (e.g. syndicating content from multiple sources on one
page). The attribute, if present, must contain a valid
URL referencing the original source. To
obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute
must be resolved relative to the
element. User agents should allow users to follow such citation
links.
In the following example, we see an article (part of a larger Web page) about apples, containing two short sections.
<article> <hgroup> <h1>Apples</h1> <h2>Tasty, delicious fruit!</h2> </hgroup> <p>The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree.</p> <section> <h1>Red Delicious</h1> <p>These bright red apples are the most common found in many supermarkets.</p> </section> <section> <h1>Granny Smith</h1> <p>These juicy, green apples and make a great filling for apple pies.</p> </section> </article>
Notice how the use of section
means that the author
can use h1
elements throughout, without having to
worry about whether a particular section is at the top level, the
second level, the third level, and so on.
nav
elementformatBlock
candidate.HTMLElement
.The nav
element represents a section of
a page that links to other pages or to parts within the page: a
section with navigation links. Not all groups of links on a page
need to be in a nav
element — only sections that
consist of primary navigation blocks are appropriate for the
nav
element. In particular, it is common for footers to
have a list of links to various key parts of a site, but the
footer
element is more appropriate in such cases.
In the following example, the page has several places where links are present, but only one of those places is considered a navigation section.
<body> <header> <h1>Wake up sheeple!</h1> <p><a href="news.html">News</a> - <a href="blog.html">Blog</a> - <a href="forums.html">Forums</a></p> <p>Last Modified: <time>2009-04-01</time></p> <nav> <h1>Navigation</h1> <ul> <li><a href="articles.html">Index of all articles</a></li> <li><a href="today.html">Things sheeple need to wake up for today</a></li> <li><a href="successes.html">Sheeple we have managed to wake</a></li> </ul> </nav> </header> <article> <p>...page content would be here...</p> </article> <footer> <p>Copyright © 2006 The Example Company</p> <p><a href="about.html">About</a> - <a href="policy.html">Privacy Policy</a> - <a href="contact.html">Contact Us</a></p> </footer> </body>
article
elementformatBlock
candidate.cite
pubdate
interface HTMLArticleElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; attribute DOMString pubDate; };
The article
element represents a
section of a page that consists of a composition that forms an
independent part of a document, page, or site. This could be a forum
post, a magazine or newspaper article, a Web log entry, a
user-submitted comment, or any other independent item of
content.
An article
element is "independent" in
that its contents could stand alone, for example in syndication.
However, the element is still associated with its ancestors; for
instance, contact information that applies to a parent body
element still covers the article
as well.
When article
elements are nested, the inner
article
elements represent articles that are in
principle related to the contents of the outer article. For
instance, a Web log entry on a site that accepts user-submitted
comments could represent the comments as article
elements nested within the article
element for the Web
log entry.
Author information associated with an article
element (q.v. the address
element) does not apply to
nested article
elements.
The cite
attribute may be used if the content of the article was taken from
another page (e.g. syndicating content from multiple sources on one
page). The attribute, if present, must contain a valid
URL referencing the original source. To
obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute
must be resolved relative to the
element. User agents should allow users to follow such citation
links.
The pubdate
attribute may be used to specify the time and date that the article
was first published. If present, the pubdate
attribute must be a
valid global date and time string value.
The cite
DOM
attribute must reflect the element's cite
content attribute. The pubDate
DOM attribute
must reflect the element's pubdate
content attribute.
aside
elementformatBlock
candidate.HTMLElement
.The aside
element represents a section
of a page that consists of content that is tangentially related to
the content around the aside
element, and which could
be considered separate from that content. Such sections are often
represented as sidebars in printed typography.
The following example shows how an aside is used to mark up background material on Switzerland in a much longer news story on Europe.
<aside> <h1>Switzerland</h1> <p>Switzerland, a land-locked country in the middle of geographic Europe, has not joined the geopolitical European Union, though it is a signatory to a number of European treaties.</p> </aside>
The following example shows how an aside is used to mark up a pull quote in a longer article.
... <p>He later joined a large company, continuing on the same work. <q>I love my job. People ask me what I do for fun when I'm not at work. But I'm paid to do my hobby, so I never know what to answer. Some people wonder what they would do if they didn't have to work... but I know what I would do, because I was unemployed for a year, and I filled that time doing exactly what I do now.</q></p> <aside> <q> People ask me what I do for fun when I'm not at work. But I'm paid to do my hobby, so I never know what to answer. </q> </aside> <p>Of course his work — or should that be hobby? — isn't his only passion. He also enjoys other pleasures.</p> ...
h1
, h2
,
h3
, h4
,
h5
, and h6
elementsformatBlock
candidate.HTMLElement
.These elements represent headings for their sections.
The semantics and meaning of these elements are defined in the section on headings and sections.
These elements have a rank given by the number in
their name. The h1
element is said to have the highest
rank, the h6
element has the lowest rank, and two
elements with the same name have equal rank.
hgroup
elementformatBlock
candidate.h1
, h2
, h3
, h4
, h5
, and/or h6
elements.HTMLElement
.The hgroup
element represents the
heading of a section. The element is used to group a set of
h1
–h6
elements when the heading has
multiple levels, such as subheadings, alternative titles, or
taglines.
For the purposes of document summaries, outlines, and the like,
the text of hgroup
elements is defined to be the text
of the highest ranked
h1
–h6
element descendant of the
hgroup
element, if there are any such elements, and the
first such element if there are multiple elements with that
rank. If there are no such elements, then the text of
the hgroup
element is the empty string.
Other elements of heading content in the
hgroup
element indicate subheadings or subtitles.
The rank of an hgroup
element is the
same as for an h1
element (the highest rank).
The section on headings and sections
defines how hgroup
elements are assigned to individual
sections.
Here are some examples of valid headings. In each case, the emphasized text represents the text that would be used as the heading in an application extracting heading data and ignoring subheadings.
<hgroup> <h1>The reality dysfunction</h1> <h2>Space is not the only void</h2> </hgroup>
<hgroup> <h1>Dr. Strangelove</h1> <h2>Or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb</h2> </hgroup>
header
elementformatBlock
candidate.header
or
footer
element descendants.HTMLElement
.The header
element represents a group
of introductory or navigational aids. A header
element
typically contains the section's heading (an
h1
–h6
element or an
hgroup
element), but can also contain other content,
such as a table of contents, a search form, or any relevant
logos.
Here are some sample headers. This first one is for a game:
<header> <p>Welcome to...</p> <h1>Voidwars!</h1> </header>
The following snippet shows how the element can be used to mark up a specification's header:
<header> <hgroup> <h1>Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 1.2</h1> <h2>W3C Working Draft 27 October 2004</h2> </hgroup> <dl> <dt>This version:</dt> <dd><a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20041027/">http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20041027/</a></dd> <dt>Previous version:</dt> <dd><a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20040510/">http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20040510/</a></dd> <dt>Latest version of SVG 1.2:</dt> <dd><a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG12/">http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG12/</a></dd> <dt>Latest SVG Recommendation:</dt> <dd><a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/">http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/</a></dd> <dt>Editor:</dt> <dd>Dean Jackson, W3C, <a href="mailto:dean@w3.org">dean@w3.org</a></dd> <dt>Authors:</dt> <dd>See <a href="#authors">Author List</a></dd> </dl> <p class="copyright"><a href="http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/ipr-notic ... </header>
The header
element is not
sectioning content; it doesn't introduce a new
section.
In this example, the page has a page heading given by the
h1
element, and two subsections whose headings are
given by h2
elements. The content after the
header
element is still part of the last subsection
started in the header
element, because the
header
element doesn't take part in the
outline algorithm.
<body> <header> <h1>Little Green Guys With Guns</h1> <nav> <ul> <li><a href="/games">Games</a> | <li><a href="/forum">Forum</a> | <li><a href="/download">Download</a> </ul> </nav> <h2>Important News</h2> <!-- this starts a second subsection --> <!-- this is part of the subsection entitled "Important News" --> <p>To play today's games you will need to update your client.</p> <h2>Games</h2> <!-- this starts a third subsection --> </header> <p>You have three active games:</p> <!-- this is still part of the subsection entitled "Games" --> ...
footer
elementformatBlock
candidate.header
or footer
element descendants.HTMLElement
.The footer
element represents a footer
for the section it applies to. A
footer typically contains information about its section such as who
wrote it, links to related documents, copyright data, and the
like.
Contact information for the section to which the
footer
element applies
should be marked up using the address
element.
Footers don't necessarily have to appear at the end of a section, though they usually do.
The footer
element is inappropriate for containing
entire sections. For appendices, indexes, long colophons, verbose
license agreements, and other such content which needs sectioning
with headings and so forth, regular section
elements
should be used, not a footer
.
Here is a page with two footers, one at the top and one at the bottom, with the same content:
<body> <footer><a href="../">Back to index...</a></footer> <hgroup> <h1>Lorem ipsum</h1> <h2>The ipsum of all lorems</h2> </hgroup> <p>A dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.</p> <footer><a href="../">Back to index...</a></footer> </body>
address
elementformatBlock
candidate.header
, footer
, or
address
element descendants.HTMLElement
.The address
element represents the
contact information for the section it applies to. If it applies to the
body element, then it instead applies to the document as a
whole.
For example, a page at the W3C Web site related to HTML might include the following contact information:
<ADDRESS> <A href="../People/Raggett/">Dave Raggett</A>, <A href="../People/Arnaud/">Arnaud Le Hors</A>, contact persons for the <A href="Activity">W3C HTML Activity</A> </ADDRESS>
The address
element must not be used to represent
arbitrary addresses (e.g. postal addresses), unless those addresses
are contact information for the section. (The p
element
is the appropriate element for marking up such addresses.)
The address
element must not contain information
other than contact information.
For example, the following is non-conforming use of the
address
element:
<ADDRESS>Last Modified: 1999/12/24 23:37:50</ADDRESS>
Typically, the address
element would be included
with other information in a footer
element.
To determine the contact information for a sectioning
content element (such as a document's body
element, which would give the contact information for the page), UAs
must collect all the address
elements that apply to that sectioning
content element and its ancestor sectioning
content elements. The contact information is the collection
of all the information given by those elements.
Contact information for one sectioning
content element, e.g. an aside
element, does
not apply to its ancestor elements, e.g. the page's
body
.
The h1
–h6
elements and the
hgroup
element are headings.
The first element of heading content in an element of sectioning content represents the heading for that section. Subsequent headings of equal or higher rank start new (implied) sections, headings of lower rank start implied subsections that are part of the previous one. In both cases, the element represents the heading of the implied section.
Sectioning content elements are always considered subsections of their nearest ancestor element of sectioning content, regardless of what implied sections other headings may have created.
Certain elements are said to be sectioning roots, including blockquote
and
td
elements. These elements can have their own
outlines, but the sections and headings inside these elements do not
contribute to the outlines of their ancestors.
For the following fragment:
<body> <h1>Foo</h1> <h2>Bar</h2> <blockquote> <h3>Bla</h3> </blockquote> <p>Baz</p> <h2>Quux</h2> <section> <h3>Thud</h3> </section> <p>Grunt</p> </body>
...the structure would be:
body
section, containing the "Grunt" paragraph)
section
section)
Notice how the section
ends the earlier implicit
section so that a later paragraph ("Grunt") is back at the top
level.
Sections may contain headings of any rank, but
authors are strongly encouraged to either use only h1
elements, or to use elements of the appropriate rank
for the section's nesting level.
Authors are also encouraged to explicitly wrap sections in elements of sectioning content, instead of relying on the implicit sections generated by having multiple headings in one element of sectioning content.
For example, the following is correct:
<body> <h4>Apples</h4> <p>Apples are fruit.</p> <section> <h2>Taste</h2> <p>They taste lovely.</p> <h6>Sweet</h6> <p>Red apples are sweeter than green ones.</p> <h1>Color</h1> <p>Apples come in various colors.</p> </section> </body>
However, the same document would be more clearly expressed as:
<body> <h1>Apples</h1> <p>Apples are fruit.</p> <section> <h2>Taste</h2> <p>They taste lovely.</p> <section> <h3>Sweet</h3> <p>Red apples are sweeter than green ones.</p> </section> </section> <section> <h2>Color</h2> <p>Apples come in various colors.</p> </section> </body>
Both of the documents above are semantically identical and would produce the same outline in compliant user agents.
This section defines an algorithm for creating an outline for a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element. It is defined in terms of a walk over the nodes of a DOM tree, in tree order, with each node being visited when it is entered and when it is exited during the walk.
The outline for a sectioning content
element or a sectioning root element consists of a list
of one or more potentially nested sections. A section is a container that
corresponds to some nodes in the original DOM tree. Each section can
have one heading associated with it, and can contain any number of
further nested sections. The algorithm for the
outline also associates each node in the DOM tree with a particular
section and potentially a heading. (The sections in the
outline aren't section
elements, though some may
correspond to such elements — they are merely conceptual
sections.)
The following markup fragment:
<body> <h1>A</h1> <p>B</p> <h2>C</h2> <p>D</p> <h2>E</h2> <p>F</p> </body>
...results in the following outline being created for the
body
node (and thus the entire document):
Section created for body
node.
Associated with heading "A".
Also associated with paragraph "B".
Nested sections:
The algorithm that must be followed during a walk of a DOM subtree rooted at a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element to determine that element's outline is as follows:
Let current outlinee be null. (It holds the element whose outline is being created.)
Let current section be null. (It holds a pointer to a section, so that elements in the DOM can all be associated with a section.)
Create a stack to hold elements, which is used to handle nesting. Initialize this stack to empty.
As you walk over the DOM in tree order, trigger the first relevant step below for each element as you enter and exit it.
The element being exited is a heading content element.
Pop that element from the stack.
Do nothing.
If current outlinee is not null, push current outlinee onto the stack.
Let current outlinee be the element that is being entered.
Let current section be a newly created section for the current outlinee element.
Let there be a new outline for the new current outlinee, initialized with just the new current section as the only section in the outline.
Pop the top element from the stack, and let the current outlinee be that element.
Let current section be the last section in the outline of the current outlinee element.
Append the outline of the sectioning content element being exited to the current section. (This does not change which section is the last section in the outline.)
Run these steps:
Pop the top element from the stack, and let the current outlinee be that element.
Let current section be the last section in the outline of the current outlinee element.
Finding the deepest child: If current section has no child sections, stop these steps.
Let current section be the last child section of the current current section.
Go back to the substep labeled finding the deepest child.
The current outlinee is the element being exited.
Let current section be the first section in the outline of the current outlinee element.
Skip to the next step in the overall set of steps. (The walk is over.)
Do nothing.
If the current section has no heading, let the element being entered be the heading for the current section.
Otherwise, if the element being entered has a rank equal to or greater than the heading of the last section of the outline of the current outlinee, then create a new section and append it to the outline of the current outlinee element, so that this new section is the new last section of that outline. Let current section be that new section. Let the element being entered be the new heading for the current section.
Otherwise, run these substeps:
Let candidate section be current section.
If the element being entered has a rank lower than the rank of the heading of the candidate section, then create a new section, and append it to candidate section. (This does not change which section is the last section in the outline.) Let current section be this new section. Let the element being entered be the new heading for the current section. Abort these substeps.
Let new candidate section be the section that contains candidate section in the outline of current outlinee.
Let candidate section be new candidate section.
Return to step 2.
Push the element being entered onto the stack. (This causes the algorithm to skip any descendants of the element.)
Recall that h1
has the
highest rank, and h6
has the lowest
rank.
Do nothing.
In addition, whenever you exit a node, after doing the steps above, if current section is not null, associate the node with the section current section.
If the current outlinee is null, then there was no sectioning content element or sectioning root element in the DOM. There is no outline. Abort these steps.
Associate any nodes that were not associated with a section in the steps above with current outlinee as their section.
Associate all nodes with the heading of the section with which they are associated, if any.
If current outlinee is the body element, then the outline created for that element is the outline of the entire document.
The tree of sections created by the algorithm above, or a proper subset thereof, must be used when generating document outlines, for example when generating tables of contents.
When creating an interactive table of contents, entries should jump the user to the relevant sectioning content element, if the section was created for a real element in the original document, or to the relevant heading content element, if the section in the tree was generated for a heading in the above process.
Selecting the first section of the document therefore
always takes the user to the top of the document, regardless of
where the first heading in the body
is to be found.
The following JavaScript function shows how the tree walk could be implemented. The root argument is the root of the tree to walk, and the enter and exit arguments are callbacks that are called with the nodes as they are entered and exited. [ECMA262]
function (root, enter, exit) { var node = root; start: while (node) { enter(node); if (node.firstChild) { node = node.firstChild; continue start; } while (node) { exit(node); if (node.nextSibling) { node = node.nextSibling; continue start; } if (node == root) node = null; else node = node.parentNode; } } }
Given the outline of a document, but ignoring any
sections created for nav
and aside
elements, and any of their descendants, if the only root of the tree
is the body element's section, and it has only a single
subsection which is created by an article
element, then
the heading of the body element should be assumed to be
a site-wide heading, and the heading of the article
element should be assumed to be the page's heading.
If a page starts with a heading that is common to the whole site,
the document must be authored such that, in the document's
outline, ignoring any sections created for
nav
and aside
elements and any of their
descendants, the tree has only one root section, the body
element's section, its heading is the site-wide heading,
the body element has just one subsection, that
subsection is created by an article
element, and that
article
's heading is the page heading.
If a page does not contain a site-wide heading, then the page
must be authored such that, in the document's outline,
ignoring any sections created for nav
and
aside
elements and any of their descendants, either
the body element has no subsections, or it has more
than one subsection, or it has a single subsection but that
subsection is not created by an article
element, or
there is more than one section
at the root of the outline.
Conceptually, a site is thus a document with many articles — when those articles are split into many pages, the heading of the original single page becomes the heading of the site, repeated on every page.
p
elementformatBlock
candidate.HTMLElement
.The p
element represents a
paragraph.
The following examples are conforming HTML fragments:
<p>The little kitten gently seated himself on a piece of carpet. Later in his life, this would be referred to as the time the cat sat on the mat.</p>
<fieldset> <legend>Personal information</legend> <p> <label>Name: <input name="n"></label> <label><input name="anon" type="checkbox"> Hide from other users</label> </p> <p><label>Address: <textarea name="a"></textarea></label></p> </fieldset>
<p>There was once an example from Femley,<br> Whose markup was of dubious quality.<br> The validator complained,<br> So the author was pained,<br> To move the error from the markup to the rhyming.</p>
The p
element should not be used when a more
specific element is more appropriate.
The following example is technically correct:
<section> <!-- ... --> <p>Last modified: 2001-04-23</p> <p>Author: fred@example.com</p> </section>
However, it would be better marked-up as:
<section> <!-- ... --> <footer>Last modified: 2001-04-23</footer> <address>Author: fred@example.com</address> </section>
Or:
<section> <!-- ... --> <footer> <p>Last modified: 2001-04-23</p> <address>Author: fred@example.com</address> </footer> </section>
hr
elementHTMLElement
.The hr
element represents a
paragraph-level thematic break, e.g. a scene change in
a story, or a transition to another topic within a section of a
reference book.
br
elementHTMLElement
.The br
element represents a line
break.
br
elements must be empty. Any content inside
br
elements must not be considered part of the
surrounding text.
br
elements must be used only for line breaks that
are actually part of the content, as in poems or addresses.
The following example is correct usage of the br
element:
<p>P. Sherman<br> 42 Wallaby Way<br> Sydney</p>
br
elements must not be used for separating thematic
groups in a paragraph.
The following examples are non-conforming, as they abuse the
br
element:
<p><a ...>34 comments.</a><br> <a ...>Add a comment.<a></p>
<p>Name: <input name="name"><br> Address: <input name="address"></p>
Here are alternatives to the above, which are correct:
<p><a ...>34 comments.</a></p> <p><a ...>Add a comment.<a></p>
<p>Name: <input name="name"></p> <p>Address: <input name="address"></p>
If a paragraph consists of nothing but a single
br
element, it represents a placeholder blank line
(e.g. as in a template). Such blank lines must not be used for
presentation purposes.
pre
elementformatBlock
candidate.HTMLElement
.The pre
element represents a block of
preformatted text, in which structure is represented by typographic
conventions rather than by elements.
In the HTML
serialization, a leading newline character
immediately following the pre
element start tag is
stripped.
Some examples of cases where the pre
element could
be used:
To represent a block of computer code, the pre
element can be used with a code
element; to represent a
block of computer output the pre
element can be used
with a samp
element. Similarly, the kbd
element can be used within a pre
element to indicate
text that the user is to enter.
In the following snippet, a sample of computer code is presented.
<p>This is the <code>Panel</code> constructor:</p> <pre><code>function Panel(element, canClose, closeHandler) { this.element = element; this.canClose = canClose; this.closeHandler = function () { if (closeHandler) closeHandler() }; }</code></pre>
In the following snippet, samp
and kbd
elements are mixed in the contents of a pre
element to
show a session of Zork I.
<pre><samp>You are in an open field west of a big white house with a boarded front door. There is a small mailbox here. ></samp> <kbd>open mailbox</kbd> <samp>Opening the mailbox reveals: A leaflet. ></samp></pre>
The following shows a contemporary poem that uses the
pre
element to preserve its unusual formatting, which
forms an intrinsic part of the poem itself.
<pre> maxling it is with a heart heavy that i admit loss of a feline so loved a friend lost to the unknown (night) ~cdr 11dec07</pre>
dialog
elementdt
element followed by
one dd
element.HTMLElement
.The dialog
element represents a
conversation, meeting minutes, a chat transcript, a dialog in a
screenplay, an instant message log, or some other construct in which
different players take turns in discourse.
Each part of the conversation must have an explicit talker (or
speaker) given by a dt
element, and a discourse (or
quote) given by a dd
element.
This example demonstrates this using an extract from Abbot and Costello's famous sketch, Who's on first:
<dialog> <dt> Costello <dd> Look, you gotta first baseman? <dt> Abbott <dd> Certainly. <dt> Costello <dd> Who's playing first? <dt> Abbott <dd> That's right. <dt> Costello <dd> When you pay off the first baseman every month, who gets the money? <dt> Abbott <dd> Every dollar of it. </dialog>
Text in a dt
element in a
dialog
element is implicitly the source of the text
given in the following dd
element, and the contents of
the dd
element are implicitly a quote from that
speaker. There is thus no need to include cite
,
q
, or blockquote
elements in this
markup. Indeed, a q
element inside a dd
element in a conversation would actually imply the people talking
were themselves quoting another work. See the cite
,
q
, and blockquote
elements for other ways
to cite or quote.
blockquote
elementformatBlock
candidate.cite
interface HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; };
The HTMLQuoteElement
interface is
also used by the q
element.
The blockquote
element represents a
section that is quoted from another source.
Content inside a blockquote
must be quoted from
another source, whose address, if it has one, should be cited in the
cite
attribute.
If the cite
attribute
is present, it must be a valid URL. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of
the attribute must be resolved
relative to the element. User agents should allow users to follow
such citation links.
The cite
DOM
attribute must reflect the element's cite
content attribute.
The best way to represent a conversation is not with
the cite
and blockquote
elements, but with
the dialog
element.
This next example shows the use of cite
alongside
blockquote
:
<p>His next piece was the aptly named <cite>Sonnet 130</cite>:</p> <blockquote cite="http://quotes.example.org/s/sonnet130.html"> <p>My mistress' eyes are nothing like the sun,<br> Coral is far more red, than her lips red,<br> ...
ol
elementli
elements.reversed
start
interface HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean reversed; attribute long start; };
The ol
element represents a list of
items, where the items have been intentionally ordered, such that
changing the order would change the meaning of the document.
The items of the list are the li
element child nodes
of the ol
element, in tree order.
The reversed
attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it
indicates that the list is a descending list (..., 3, 2, 1). If the
attribute is omitted, the list is an ascending list (1, 2, 3,
...).
The start
attribute, if present, must be a valid integer giving
the ordinal value of the first list item.
If the start
attribute is
present, user agents must parse it as an integer, in order to determine the
attribute's value. The default value, used if the attribute is
missing or if the value cannot be converted to a number according to
the referenced algorithm, is 1 if the element has no reversed
attribute, and is the
number of child li
elements otherwise.
The first item in the list has the ordinal value given by the
ol
element's start
attribute, unless that li
element has a value
attribute with a value that can
be successfully parsed, in which case it has the ordinal value given
by that value
attribute.
Each subsequent item in the list has the ordinal value given by
its value
attribute, if it has
one, or, if it doesn't, the ordinal value of the previous item, plus
one if the reversed
is absent,
or minus one if it is present.
The reversed
DOM
attribute must reflect the value of the reversed
content attribute.
The start
DOM
attribute must reflect the value of the start
content attribute.
The following markup shows a list where the order matters, and
where the ol
element is therefore appropriate. Compare
this list to the equivalent list in the ul
section to
see an example of the same items using the ul
element.
<p>I have lived in the following countries (given in the order of when I first lived there):</p> <ol> <li>Switzerland <li>United Kingdom <li>United States <li>Norway </ol>
Note how changing the order of the list changes the meaning of the document. In the following example, changing the relative order of the first two items has changed the birthplace of the author:
<p>I have lived in the following countries (given in the order of when I first lived there):</p> <ol> <li>United Kingdom <li>Switzerland <li>United States <li>Norway </ol>
ul
elementli
elements.HTMLElement
.The ul
element represents a list of
items, where the order of the items is not important — that
is, where changing the order would not materially change the meaning
of the document.
The items of the list are the li
element child nodes
of the ul
element.
The following markup shows a list where the order does not
matter, and where the ul
element is therefore
appropriate. Compare this list to the equivalent list in the
ol
section to see an example of the same items using
the ol
element.
<p>I have lived in the following countries:</p> <ul> <li>Norway <li>Switzerland <li>United Kingdom <li>United States </ul>
Note that changing the order of the list does not change the meaning of the document. The items in the snippet above are given in alphabetical order, but in the snippet below they are given in order of the size of their current account balance in 2007, without changing the meaning of the document whatsoever:
<p>I have lived in the following countries:</p> <ul> <li>Switzerland <li>Norway <li>United Kingdom <li>United States </ul>
li
elementol
elements.ul
elements.menu
elements.ol
element: value
interface HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement { attribute long value; };
The li
element represents a list
item. If its parent element is an ol
, ul
,
or menu
element, then the element is an item of the
parent element's list, as defined for those elements. Otherwise, the
list item has no defined list-related relationship to any other
li
element.
The value
attribute, if present, must be a valid integer giving
the ordinal value of the list item.
If the value
attribute is
present, user agents must parse it as an integer, in order to determine the
attribute's value. If the attribute's value cannot be converted to a
number, the attribute must be treated as if it was absent. The
attribute has no default value.
The value
attribute is
processed relative to the element's parent ol
element
(q.v.), if there is one. If there is not, the attribute has no
effect.
The value
DOM
attribute must reflect the value of the value
content attribute.
The following example, the top ten movies are listed (in reverse
order). Note the way the list is given a title by using a
figure
element and its legend
.
<figure> <legend>The top 10 movies of all time</legend> <ol> <li value="10"><cite>Josie and the Pussycats</cite>, 2001</li> <li value="9"><cite lang="sh">Црна мачка, бели мачор</cite>, 1998</li> <li value="8"><cite>A Bug's Life</cite>, 1998</li> <li value="7"><cite>Toy Story</cite>, 1995</li> <li value="6"><cite>Monsters, Inc</cite>, 2001</li> <li value="5"><cite>Cars</cite>, 2006</li> <li value="4"><cite>Toy Story 2</cite>, 1999</li> <li value="3"><cite>Finding Nemo</cite>, 2003</li> <li value="2"><cite>The Incredibles</cite>, 2004</li> <li value="1"><cite>Ratatouille</cite>, 2007</li> </ol> </figure>
The markup could also be written as follows, using the reversed
attribute on the
ol
element:
<figure> <legend>The top 10 movies of all time</legend> <ol reversed> <li><cite>Josie and the Pussycats</cite>, 2001</li> <li><cite lang="sh">Црна мачка, бели мачор</cite>, 1998</li> <li><cite>A Bug's Life</cite>, 1998</li> <li><cite>Toy Story</cite>, 1995</li> <li><cite>Monsters, Inc</cite>, 2001</li> <li><cite>Cars</cite>, 2006</li> <li><cite>Toy Story 2</cite>, 1999</li> <li><cite>Finding Nemo</cite>, 2003</li> <li><cite>The Incredibles</cite>, 2004</li> <li><cite>Ratatouille</cite>, 2007</li> </ol> </figure>
If the li
element is the child of a
menu
element and itself has a child that defines a
command, then the
li
element will match the :enabled
and :disabled
pseudo-classes in the
same way as the first such child element does.
dl
elementdt
elements followed by one or more dd
elements.HTMLElement
.The dl
element represents an
association list consisting of zero or more name-value groups (a
description list). Each group must consist of one or more names
(dt
elements) followed by one or more values
(dd
elements).
Name-value groups may be terms and definitions, metadata topics and values, or any other groups of name-value data.
The values within a group are alternatives; multiple paragraphs
forming part of the same value must all be given within the same
dd
element.
The order of the list of groups, and of the names and values within each group, may be significant.
If a dl
element is empty, it contains no groups.
If a dl
element contains non-whitespace text nodes, or elements other than dt
and
dd
, then those elements or text
nodes do not form part of any groups in that
dl
.
If a dl
element contains only dt
elements, then it consists of one group with names but no
values.
If a dl
element contains only dd
elements, then it consists of one group with values but no
names.
If a dl
element starts with one or more
dd
elements, then the first group has no associated
name.
If a dl
element ends with one or more
dt
elements, then the last group has no associated
value.
When a dl
element doesn't match its
content model, it is often due to accidentally using dd
elements in the place of dt
elements and vice
versa. Conformance checkers can spot such mistakes and might be able
to advise authors how to correctly use the markup.
In the following example, one entry ("Authors") is linked to two values ("John" and "Luke").
<dl> <dt> Authors <dd> John <dd> Luke <dt> Editor <dd> Frank </dl>
In the following example, one definition is linked to two terms.
<dl> <dt lang="en-US"> <dfn>color</dfn> </dt> <dt lang="en-GB"> <dfn>colour</dfn> </dt> <dd> A sensation which (in humans) derives from the ability of the fine structure of the eye to distinguish three differently filtered analyses of a view. </dd> </dl>
The following example illustrates the use of the dl
element to mark up metadata of sorts. At the end of the example,
one group has two metadata labels ("Authors" and "Editors") and two
values ("Robert Rothman" and "Daniel Jackson").
<dl> <dt> Last modified time </dt> <dd> 2004-12-23T23:33Z </dd> <dt> Recommended update interval </dt> <dd> 60s </dd> <dt> Authors </dt> <dt> Editors </dt> <dd> Robert Rothman </dd> <dd> Daniel Jackson </dd> </dl>
The following example shows the dl
element used to
give a set of instructions. The order of the instructions here is
important (in the other examples, the order of the blocks was not
important).
<p>Determine the victory points as follows (use the first matching case):</p> <dl> <dt> If you have exactly five gold coins </dt> <dd> You get five victory points </dd> <dt> If you have one or more gold coins, and you have one or more silver coins </dt> <dd> You get two victory points </dd> <dt> If you have one or more silver coins </dt> <dd> You get one victory point </dd> <dt> Otherwise </dt> <dd> You get no victory points </dd> </dl>
The following snippet shows a dl
element being used
as a glossary. Note the use of dfn
to indicate the
word being defined.
<dl> <dt><dfn>Apartment</dfn>, n.</dt> <dd>An execution context grouping one or more threads with one or more COM objects.</dd> <dt><dfn>Flat</dfn>, n.</dt> <dd>A deflated tire.</dd> <dt><dfn>Home</dfn>, n.</dt> <dd>The user's login directory.</dd> </dl>
The dl
element is inappropriate for
marking up dialogue. For an example of how to mark up dialogue, see
the dialog
element.
dt
elementdd
or dt
elements inside dl
elements.dd
element inside a dialog
element.HTMLElement
.The dt
element represents the term, or
name, part of a term-description group in a description list
(dl
element), and the talker, or speaker, part of a
talker-discourse pair in a conversation (dialog
element).
The dt
element itself, when used in a
dl
element, does not indicate that its contents are a
term being defined, but this can be indicated using the
dfn
element.
If the dt
element is the child of a
dialog
element, and it further contains a
time
element, then that time
element
represents a timestamp for when the associated discourse
(dd
element) was said, and is not part of the name of
the talker.
The following extract shows how an IM conversation log could be marked up.
<dialog> <dt> <time>14:22</time> egof <dd> I'm not that nerdy, I've only seen 30% of the star trek episodes <dt> <time>14:23</time> kaj <dd> if you know what percentage of the star trek episodes you have seen, you are inarguably nerdy <dt> <time>14:23</time> egof <dd> it's unarguably <dt> <time>14:24</time> kaj <dd> you are not helping your case </dialog>
dd
elementdt
or dd
elements inside dl
elements.dt
element inside a dialog
element.HTMLElement
.The dd
element represents the
description, definition, or value, part of a term-description group
in a description list (dl
element), and the discourse,
or quote, part in a conversation (dialog
element).
A dl
can be used to define a vocabulary list, like
in a dictionary. In the following example, each entry, given by a
dt
with a dfn
, has several
dd
s, showing the various parts of the definition.
<dl> <dt><dfn>happiness</dfn></dt> <dd class="pronunciation">/'hæ p. nes/</dd> <dd class="part-of-speech"><i><abbr>n.</abbr></i></dd> <dd>The state of being happy.</dd> <dd>Good fortune; success. <q>Oh <b>happiness</b>! It worked!</q></dd> <dt><dfn>rejoice</dfn></dt> <dd class="pronunciation">/ri jois'/</dd> <dd><i class="part-of-speech"><abbr>v.intr.</abbr></i> To be delighted oneself.</dd> <dd><i class="part-of-speech"><abbr>v.tr.</abbr></i> To cause one to be delighted.</dd> </dl>
This specification does not define any markup
specifically for marking up lists of keywords that apply to a group
of pages (also known as tag clouds). In general, authors are
encouraged to either mark up such lists using ul
elements with explicit inline counts that are then hidden and turned
into a presentational effect using a style sheet, or to use SVG.
Here, three tags are included in a short tag cloud:
<style> @media screen, print, handheld, tv { /* should be ignored by non-visual browsers */ .tag-cloud > li > span { display: none; } .tag-cloud > li { display: inline; } .tag-cloud-1 { font-size: 0.7em; } .tag-cloud-2 { font-size: 0.9em; } .tag-cloud-3 { font-size: 1.1em; } .tag-cloud-4 { font-size: 1.3em; } .tag-cloud-5 { font-size: 1.5em; } } </style> ... <ul class="tag-cloud"> <li class="tag-cloud-4"><a title="28 instances" href="/t/apple">apple</a> <span>(popular)</span> <li class="tag-cloud-2"><a title="6 instances" href="/t/kiwi">kiwi</a> <span>(rare)</span> <li class="tag-cloud-5"><a title="41 instances" href="/t/pear">pear</a> <span>(very popular)</span> </ul>
The actual frequency of each tag is given using the title
attribute. A CSS style sheet is
provided to convert the markup into a cloud of differently-sized
words, but for user agents that do not support CSS or are not
visual, the markup contains annotations like "(popular)" or
"(rare)" to categorize the various tags by frequency, thus enabling
all users to benefit from the information.
The ul
element is used (rather than
ol
) because the order is not particular important:
while the list is in fact ordered alphabetically, it would convey
the same information if ordered by, say, the length of the tag.
The tag
rel
-keyword is not used
on these a
elements because they do not represent tags
that apply to the page itself; they are just part of an index
listing the tags themselves.
a
elementhref
target
ping
rel
media
hreflang
type
[Stringifies=href] interface HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString href; attribute DOMString target; attribute DOMString ping; attribute DOMString rel; readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString media; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; // URL decomposition attributes attribute DOMString protocol; attribute DOMString host; attribute DOMString hostname; attribute DOMString port; attribute DOMString pathname; attribute DOMString search; attribute DOMString hash; };
If the a
element has an href
attribute, then it
represents a hyperlink (a hypertext
anchor).
If the a
element has no href
attribute, then the element
represents a placeholder for where a link might
otherwise have been placed, if it had been relevant.
The target
, ping
, rel
, media
, hreflang
, and type
attributes must be omitted
if the href
attribute is
not present.
If a site uses a consistent navigation tool bar on every page,
then the link that would normally link to the page itself could be
marked up using an a
element:
<nav> <ul> <li> <a href="/">Home</a> </li> <li> <a href="/news">News</a> </li> <li> <a>Examples</a> </li> <li> <a href="/legal">Legal</a> </li> </ul> </nav>
Interactive user agents should allow users to follow hyperlinks created using
the a
element. The href
, target
and ping
attributes decide how the
link is followed. The rel
,
media
, hreflang
, and type
attributes may be used to
indicate to the user the likely nature of the target resource before
the user follows the link.
The activation behavior of a
elements
that represent hyperlinks is to run
the following steps:
If the DOMActivate
event in question is not trusted (i.e. a click()
method call was the reason for the
event being dispatched), and the a
element's target
attribute is ... then raise an
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
If the target of the click
event is an img
element with an ismap
attribute specified, then
server-side image map processing must be performed, as follows:
DOMActivate
event was dispatched as the result of a real
pointing-device-triggered click
event on the img
element, then let x be the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge
of the image's left border, if it has one, or the left edge of
the image otherwise, to the location of the click, and let y be the distance in CSS pixels from the top edge
of the image's top border, if it has one, or the top edge of the
image otherwise, to the location of the click. Otherwise, let
x and y be zero.Finally, the user agent must follow the hyperlink defined by the
a
element. If the steps above defined a hyperlink
suffix, then take that into account when following the
hyperlink.
The DOM attributes href
, ping
, target
, rel
, media
, hreflang
, and type
, must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
The DOM attribute relList
must
reflect the rel
content attribute.
The a
element also suports the complement of
URL decomposition attributes, protocol
, host
, port
, hostname
, pathname
, search
, and hash
. These must follow the
rules given for URL decomposition attributes, with the input being the result of resolving the element's href
attribute relative to the element,
if there is such an attribute and resolving it is successful, or the
empty string otherwise; and the common setter action being the
same as setting the element's href
attribute to the new output value.
The a
element may be wrapped around entire
paragraphs, lists, tables, and so forth, even entire sections, so
long as there is no interactive content within (e.g. buttons or
other links). This example shows how this can be used to make an
entire advertising block into a link:
<aside class="advertising"> <h1>Advertising</h1> <a href="http://ad.example.com/?adid=1929&pubid=1422"> <section> <h1>Mellblomatic 9000!</h1> <p>Turn all your widgets into mellbloms!</p> <p>Only $9.99 plus shipping and handling.</p> </section> </a> <a href="http://ad.example.com/?adid=375&pubid=1422"> <section> <h1>The Mellblom Browser</h1> <p>Web browsing at the speed of light.</p> <p>No other browser goes faster!</p> </section> </a> </aside>
q
elementcite
q
element uses the HTMLQuoteElement
interface.
The q
element represents some phrasing content quoted from another
source.
Quotation punctuation (such as quotation marks) must not appear
immediately before, after, or inside q
elements; they
will be inserted into the rendering by the user agent.
Content inside a q
element must be quoted from
another source, whose address, if it has one, should be cited in the
cite
attribute. The
source may be fictional, as when quoting characters in a novel or
screenplay.
If the cite
attribute is
present, it must be a valid URL. To obtain the
corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be
resolved relative to the
element. User agents should allow users to follow such citation
links.
The q
element must not be used in place of quotation
marks that do not represent quotes; for example, it is inappropriate
to use the q
element for marking up sarcastic
statements.
The use of q
elements to mark up quotations is
entirely optional; using explicit quotation punctuation without
q
elements is just as correct.
Here is a simple example of the use of the q
element:
<p>The man said <q>Things that are impossible just take longer</q>. I disagreed with him.</p>
Here is an example with both an explicit citation link in the
q
element, and an explicit citation outside:
<p>The W3C page <cite>About W3C</cite> says the W3C's mission is <q cite="http://www.w3.org/Consortium/">To lead the World Wide Web to its full potential by developing protocols and guidelines that ensure long-term growth for the Web</q>. I disagree with this mission.</p>
In the following example, the quotation itself contains a quotation:
<p>In <cite>Example One</cite>, he writes <q>The man said <q>Things that are impossible just take longer</q>. I disagreed with him</q>. Well, I disagree even more!</p>
In the following example, quotation marks are used instead of
the q
element:
<p>His best argument was ❝I disagree❞, which I thought was laughable.</p>
In the following example, there is no quote — the
quotation marks are used to name a word. Use of the q
element in this case would be inappropriate.
<p>The word "ineffable" could have been used to describe the disaster resulting from the campaign's mismanagement.</p>
cite
elementHTMLElement
.The cite
element represents the title
of a work (e.g.
a book,
a paper,
an essay,
a poem,
a score,
a song,
a script,
a film,
a TV show,
a game,
a sculpture,
a painting,
a theatre production,
a play,
an opera,
a musical,
an exhibition,
etc). This can be a work that is being quoted or
referenced in detail (i.e. a citation), or it can just be a work
that is mentioned in passing.
A person's name is not the title of a work — even if people
call that person a piece of work — and the element must
therefore not be used to mark up people's names. (In some cases, the
b
element might be appropriate for names; e.g. in a
gossip article where the names of famous people are keywords
rendered with a different style to draw attention to them. In other
cases, if an element is really needed, the
span
element can be used.)
A ship is similarly not a work, and the element must not be used
to mark up ship names (the i
element can be used for
that purpose).
This next example shows a typical use of the cite
element:
<p>My favorite book is <cite>The Reality Dysfunction</cite> by Peter F. Hamilton. My favorite comic is <cite>Pearls Before Swine</cite> by Stephan Pastis. My favorite track is <cite>Jive Samba</cite> by the Cannonball Adderley Sextet.</p>
This is correct usage:
<p>According to the Wikipedia article <cite>HTML</cite>, as it stood in mid-February 2008, leaving attribute values unquoted is unsafe. This is obviously an over-simplification.</p>
The following, however, is incorrect usage, as the
cite
element here is containing far more than the
title of the work:
<!-- do not copy this example, it is an example of bad usage! --> <p>According to <cite>the Wikipedia article on HTML</cite>, as it stood in mid-February 2008, leaving attribute values unquoted is unsafe. This is obviously an over-simplification.</p>
The cite
element is obviously a key part of any
citation in a bibliography, but it is only used to mark the
title:
<p><cite>Universal Declaration of Human Rights</cite>, United Nations, December 1948. Adopted by General Assembly resolution 217 A (III).</p>
A citation is not a quote (for
which the q
element is appropriate).
This is incorrect usage, because cite
is not for
quotes:
<p><cite>This is wrong!</cite>, said Ian.</p>
This is also incorrect usage, because a person is not a work:
<p><q>This is still wrong!</q>, said <cite>Ian</cite>.</p>
The correct usage does not use a cite
element:
<p><q>This is correct</q>, said Ian.</p>
As mentioned above, the b
element might be relevant
for marking names as being keywords in certain kinds of
documents:
<p>And then <b>Ian</b> said <q>this might be right, in a gossip column, maybe!</q>.</p>
em
elementHTMLElement
.The em
element represents stress
emphasis of its contents.
The level of emphasis that a particular piece of content has is
given by its number of ancestor em
elements.
The placement of emphasis changes the meaning of the sentence. The element thus forms an integral part of the content. The precise way in which emphasis is used in this way depends on the language.
These examples show how changing the emphasis changes the meaning. First, a general statement of fact, with no emphasis:
<p>Cats are cute animals.</p>
By emphasizing the first word, the statement implies that the kind of animal under discussion is in question (maybe someone is asserting that dogs are cute):
<p><em>Cats</em> are cute animals.</p>
Moving the emphasis to the verb, one highlights that the truth of the entire sentence is in question (maybe someone is saying cats are not cute):
<p>Cats <em>are</em> cute animals.</p>
By moving it to the adjective, the exact nature of the cats is reasserted (maybe someone suggested cats were mean animals):
<p>Cats are <em>cute</em> animals.</p>
Similarly, if someone asserted that cats were vegetables, someone correcting this might emphasize the last word:
<p>Cats are cute <em>animals</em>.</p>
By emphasizing the entire sentence, it becomes clear that the speaker is fighting hard to get the point across. This kind of emphasis also typically affects the punctuation, hence the exclamation mark here.
<p><em>Cats are cute animals!</em></p>
Anger mixed with emphasizing the cuteness could lead to markup such as:
<p><em>Cats are <em>cute</em> animals!</em></p>
strong
elementHTMLElement
.The strong
element represents strong
importance for its contents.
The relative level of importance of a piece of content is given
by its number of ancestor strong
elements; each
strong
element increases the importance of its
contents.
Changing the importance of a piece of text with the
strong
element does not change the meaning of the
sentence.
Here is an example of a warning notice in a game, with the various parts marked up according to how important they are:
<p><strong>Warning.</strong> This dungeon is dangerous. <strong>Avoid the ducks.</strong> Take any gold you find. <strong><strong>Do not take any of the diamonds</strong>, they are explosive and <strong>will destroy anything within ten meters.</strong></strong> You have been warned.</p>
small
elementHTMLElement
.The small
element represents small
print or other side comments.
Small print is typically legalese describing disclaimers, caveats, legal restrictions, or copyrights. Small print is also sometimes used for attribution.
The small
element does not
"de-emphasize" or lower the importance of text emphasized by the
em
element or marked as important with the
strong
element.
In this example the footer contains contact information and a copyright.
<footer> <address> For more details, contact <a href="mailto:js@example.com">John Smith</a>. </address> <p><small>© copyright 2038 Example Corp.</small></p> </footer>
In this second example, the small
element is used
for a side comment in an article.
<p>Example Corp today announced record profits for the second quarter <small>(Full Disclosure: Foo News is a subsidiary of Example Corp)</small>, leading to speculation about a third quarter merger with Demo Group.</p>
This is distinct from a sidebar, which might be multiple paragraphs long and is removed from the main flow of text. In the following example, we see a sidebar from the same article. This sidebar also has small print, indicating the source of the information in the sidebar.
<aside> <h1>Example Corp</h1> <p>This company mostly creates small software and Web sites.</p> <p>The Example Corp company mission is "To provide entertainment and news on a sample basis".</p> <p><small>Information obtained from <a href="http://example.com/about.html">example.com</a> home page.</small></p> </aside>
In this last example, the small
element is marked
as being important small print.
<p><strong><small>Continued use of this service will result in a kiss.</small></strong></p>
mark
elementHTMLElement
.The mark
element represents a run of
text in one document marked or highlighted for reference purposes,
due to its relevance in another context. When used in a quotation or
other block of text referred to from the prose, it indicates a
highlight that was not originally present but which has been added
to bring the reader's attention to a part of the text that might not
have been considered important by the original author when the block
was originally written, but which is now under previously unexpected
scrutiny. When used in the main prose of a document, it indicates a
part of the document that has been highlighted due to its likely
relevance to the user's current activity.
This example shows how the mark
element can be used
to bring attention to a particular part of a quotation:
<p lang="en-US">Consider the following quote:</p> <blockquote lang="en-GB"> <p>Look around and you will find, no-one's really <mark>colour</mark> blind.</p> </blockquote> <p lang="en-US">As we can tell from the <em>spelling</em> of the word, the person writing this quote is clearly not American.</p>
Another example of the mark
element is highlighting
parts of a document that are matching some search string. If
someone looked at a document, and the server knew that the user was
searching for the word "kitten", then the server might return the
document with one paragraph modified as follows:
<p>I also have some <mark>kitten</mark>s who are visiting me these days. They're really cute. I think they like my garden! Maybe I should adopt a <mark>kitten</mark>.</p>
In the following snippet, a paragraph of text refers to a specific part of a code fragment.
<p>The highlighted part below is where the error lies:</p> <pre><code>var i: Integer; begin i := <mark>1.1</mark>; end.</code></pre>
This is another example showing the use of mark
to
highlight a part of quoted text that was originally not
emphasized. In this example, common typographic conventions have
led the author to explicitly style mark
elements in
quotes to render in italics.
<article> <style> blockquote mark, q mark { font: inherit; font-style: italic; text-decoration: none; background: transparent; color: inherit; } .bubble em { font: inherit; font-size: larger; text-decoration: underline; } </style> <h1>She knew</h1> <p>Did you notice the subtle joke in the joke on panel 4?</p> <blockquote> <p class="bubble">I didn't <em>want</em> to believe. <mark>Of course on some level I realized it was a known-plaintext attack.</mark> But I couldn't admit it until I saw for myself.</p> </blockquote> <p>(Emphasis mine.) I thought that was great. It's so pedantic, yet it explains everything neatly.</p> </article>
Note, incidentally, the distinction between the em
element in this example, which is part of the original text being
quoted, and the mark
element, which is highlighting a
part for comment.
The following example shows the difference between denoting the
importance of a span of text (strong
) as
opposed to denoting the relevance of a span of text
(mark
). It is an extract from a textbook, where the
extract has had the parts relevant to the exam highlighted. The
safety warnings, important though they may be, are apparently not
relevant to the exam.
<h3>Wormhole Physics Introduction</h3> <p><mark>A wormhole in normal conditions can be held open for a maximum of just under 39 minutes.</mark> Conditions that can increase the time include a powerful energy source coupled to one or both of the gates connecting the wormhole, and a large gravity well (such as a black hole).</p> <p><mark>Momentum is preserved across the wormhole. Electromagnetic radiation can travel in both directions through a wormhole, but matter cannot.</mark></p> <p>When a wormhole is created, a vortex normally forms. <strong>Warning: The vortex caused by the wormhole opening will annihilate anything in its path.</strong> Vortexes can be avoided when using sufficiently advanced dialing technology.</p> <p><mark>An obstruction in a gate will prevent it from accepting a wormhole connection.</mark></p>
dfn
elementdfn
elements.title
attribute has special semantics on this element.HTMLElement
.The dfn
element represents the defining
instance of a term. The paragraph,
description list group, or section that is the nearest
ancestor of the dfn
element must also contain the
definition(s) for the term given
by the dfn
element.
Defining term: If the dfn
element has a
title
attribute, then
the exact value of that attribute is the term being defined.
Otherwise, if it contains exactly one element child node and no
child text nodes, and that child
element is an abbr
element with a title
attribute, then the exact value
of that attribute is the term being defined. Otherwise, it
is the exact textContent
of the dfn
element that gives the term being defined.
If the title
attribute of the
dfn
element is present, then it must contain only the
term being defined.
The title
attribute
of ancestor elements does not affect dfn
elements.
An a
element that links to a dfn
element represents an instance of the term defined by the
dfn
element.
In the following fragment, the term "GDO" is first defined in the first paragraph, then used in the second.
<p>The <dfn><abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr></dfn> is a device that allows off-world teams to open the iris.</p> <!-- ... later in the document: --> <p>Teal'c activated his <abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr> and so Hammond ordered the iris to be opened.</p>
With the addition of an a
element, the reference
can be made explicit:
<p>The <dfn id=gdo><abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr></dfn> is a device that allows off-world teams to open the iris.</p> <!-- ... later in the document: --> <p>Teal'c activated his <a href=#gdo><abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr></a> and so Hammond ordered the iris to be opened.</p>
abbr
elementtitle
attribute has special semantics on this element.HTMLElement
.The abbr
element represents an
abbreviation or acronym, optionally with its expansion. The title
attribute may be
used to provide an expansion of the abbreviation. The attribute, if
specified, must contain an expansion of the abbreviation, and
nothing else.
The paragraph below contains an abbreviation marked up with the
abbr
element. This paragraph defines the term "Web Hypertext Application Technology
Working Group".
<p>The <dfn id=whatwg><abbr title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr></dfn> is a loose unofficial collaboration of Web browser manufacturers and interested parties who wish to develop new technologies designed to allow authors to write and deploy Applications over the World Wide Web.</p>
An alternative way to write this would be:
<p>The <dfn id=whatwg>Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group</dfn> (<abbr title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr>) is a loose unofficial collaboration of Web browser manufacturers and interested parties who wish to develop new technologies designed to allow authors to write and deploy Applications over the World Wide Web.</p>
This paragraph has two abbreviations. Notice how only one is
defined; the other, with no expansion associated with it, does not
use the abbr
element.
<p>The <abbr title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr> started working on HTML5 in 2004.</p>
This paragraph links an abbreviation to its definition.
<p>The <a href="#whatwg"><abbr title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr></a> community does not have much representation from Asia.</p>
This paragraph marks up an abbreviation without giving an expansion, possibly as a hook to apply styles for abbreviations (e.g. smallcaps).
<p>Philip` and Dashiva both denied that they were going to get the issue counts from past revisions of the specification to backfill the <abbr>WHATWG</abbr> issue graph.</p>
If an abbreviation is pluralized, the expansion's grammatical number (plural vs singular) must match the grammatical number of the contents of the element.
Here the plural is outside the element, so the expansion is in the singular:
<p>Two <abbr title="Working Group">WG</abbr>s worked on this specification: the <abbr>WHATWG</abbr> and the <abbr>HTMLWG</abbr>.</p>
Here the plural is inside the element, so the expansion is in the plural:
<p>Two <abbr title="Working Groups">WGs</abbr> worked on this specification: the <abbr>WHATWG</abbr> and the <abbr>HTMLWG</abbr>.</p>
Abbreviations do not have to be marked up using this element. It is expected to be useful in the following cases:
abbr
element with a title
attribute is an alternative to
including the expansion inline (e.g. in parentheses).abbr
element with a title
attribute or include the expansion
inline in the text the first time the abbreviation is used.abbr
element
can be used without a title
attribute.Providing an expansion in a title
attribute once will not necessarily
cause other abbr
elements in the same document with the
same contents but without a title
attribute to behave as if they had the same expansion. Every
abbr
element is independent.
time
elementdatetime
interface HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString dateTime; readonly attribute Date date; readonly attribute Date time; readonly attribute Date timezone; };
The time
element represents a precise
date and/or a time in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. [GREGORIAN]
This element is intended as a way to encode modern dates and times in a machine-readable way so that user agents can offer to add them to the user's calendar. For example, adding birthday reminders or scheduling events.
The time
element is not intended for encoding times
for which a precise date or time cannot be established. For
example, it would be inappropriate for encoding times like "one
millisecond after the big bang", "the early part of the Jurassic
period", or "a winter around 250 BCE".
For dates before the introduction of the Gregorian calendar,
authors are encouraged to not use the time
element, or
else to be very careful about converting dates and times from the
period to the Gregorian calendar. This is complicated by the way
the Gregorian calendar was phased in at different times in
different countries, ranging from part way through the 16th century
all the way to early in the 20th.
The datetime
attribute, if present, must contain a valid date or time
string that identifies the date or time being specified.
If the datetime
attribute
is not present, then the date or time must be specified in the
content of the element, such that the element's
textContent
is a valid date or time string in
content, and the date, if any, must be expressed using the
Gregorian calendar.
If the datetime
attribute
is present, then the element may be empty, in which case the user
agent should convey the attribute's value to the user when rendering
the element.
The time
element can be used to encode dates, for
example in Microformats. The following shows a hypothetical way of
encoding an event using a variant on hCalendar that uses the
time
element:
<div class="vevent"> <a class="url" href="http://www.web2con.com/">http://www.web2con.com/</a> <span class="summary">Web 2.0 Conference</span>: <time class="dtstart" datetime="2007-10-05">October 5</time> - <time class="dtend" datetime="2007-10-20">19</time>, at the <span class="location">Argent Hotel, San Francisco, CA</span> </div>
The time
element is not necessary for encoding
dates or times. In the following snippet, the time is encoded using
time
, so that it can be restyled (e.g. using XBL2) to
match local conventions, while the year is not marked up at all,
since marking it up would not be particularly useful.
<p>I usually have a snack at <time>16:00</time>.</p> <p>I've liked model trains since at least 1983.</p>
Using a styling technology that supports restyling times, the first paragraph from the above snippet could be rendered as follows:
I usually have a snack at 4pm.
Or it could be rendered as follows:
I usually have a snack at 16h00.
The dateTime
DOM
attribute must reflect the datetime
content attribute.
User agents, to obtain the date, time, and time zone represented by a
time
element, must follow these steps:
datetime
attribute is present, then use the rules to parse a date or
time string with the flag in attribute from the value
of that attribute, and let the result be result.textContent
, and let the result be result.date
Returns a Date
object representing the date
component of the element's value, at midnight in the UTC
time zone.
Returns null if there is no date.
time
Returns a Date
object representing the time
component of the element's value, on 1970-01-01 in the UTC
time zone.
Returns null if there is no time.
timezone
Returns a Date
object representing the time
corresponding to 1970-01-01 00:00 UTC in the time zone given by the
element's value.
Returns null if there is no time zone.
The date
DOM
attribute must return null if the date is unknown, and otherwise must
return the time corresponding to midnight UTC (i.e. the first
second) of the given date.
The time
DOM attribute
must return null if the time is
unknown, and otherwise must return the time corresponding to the
given time of 1970-01-01, with
the time zone UTC.
The timezone
DOM
attribute must return null if the time zone is unknown, and otherwise
must return the time corresponding to 1970-01-01 00:00 UTC in the
given time zone, with the
time zone set to UTC (i.e. the time corresponding to 1970-01-01 at
00:00 UTC plus the offset corresponding to the time zone).
In the following snippet:
<p>Our first date was <time datetime="2006-09-23">a Saturday</time>.</p>
...the time
element's date
attribute would have the value
1,158,969,600,000ms, and the time
and timezone
attributes would
return null.
In the following snippet:
<p>We stopped talking at <time datetime="2006-09-24T05:00-07:00">5am the next morning</time>.</p>
...the time
element's date
attribute would have the value
1,159,056,000,000ms, the time
attribute would have the value 18,000,000ms, and the timezone
attribute would return
−25,200,000ms. To obtain the actual time, the three attributes can
be added together, obtaining 1,159,048,800,000, which is the
specified date and time in UTC.
Finally, in the following snippet:
<p>Many people get up at <time>08:00</time>.</p>
...the time
element's date
attribute would have the value null,
the time
attribute would have the
value 28,800,000ms, and the timezone
attribute would return
null.
progress
elementvalue
max
interface HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement { attribute float value; attribute float max; readonly attribute float position; };
The progress
element represents the
completion progress of a task. The progress is either indeterminate,
indicating that progress is being made but that it is not clear how
much more work remains to be done before the task is complete
(e.g. because the task is waiting for a remote host to respond), or
the progress is a number in the range zero to a maximum, giving the
fraction of work that has so far been completed.
There are two attributes that determine the current task completion represented by the element.
The value
attribute specifies how much of the task has been completed, and the
max
attribute
specifies how much work the task requires in total. The units are
arbitrary and not specified.
Instead of using the attributes, authors are recommended to include the current value and the maximum value inline as text inside the element.
Here is a snippet of a Web application that shows the progress of some automated task:
<section> <h2>Task Progress</h2> <p>Progress: <progress><span id="p">0</span>%</progress></p> <script> var progressBar = document.getElementById('p'); function updateProgress(newValue) { progressBar.textContent = newValue; } </script> </section>
(The updateProgress()
method in this example would
be called by some other code on the page to update the actual
progress bar as the task progressed.)
Author requirements: The max
and value
attributes, when present,
must have values that are valid floating point numbers. The max
attribute, if present, must
have a value greater than zero. The value
attribute, if present, must
have a value equal to or greater than zero, and less than or equal
to the value of the max
attribute, if present, or 1, otherwise.
The progress
element is the wrong
element to use for something that is just a gauge, as opposed to
task progress. For instance, indicating disk space usage using
progress
would be inappropriate. Instead, the
meter
element is available for such use cases.
User agent requirements: User agents must parse
the max
and value
attributes' values
according to the rules for parsing floating point number
values.
If the value
attribute
is omitted, then user agents must also parse the
textContent
of the progress
element in
question using the steps for finding one or two numbers of a
ratio in a string. These steps will return nothing, one
number, one number with a denominator punctuation character, or two
numbers.
Using the results of this processing, user agents must determine whether the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, or whether it is a determinate progress bar, and in the latter case, what its current and maximum values are, all as follows:
max
attribute is
omitted, and the value
is
omitted, and the results of parsing the textContent
was nothing, then the progress bar is an indeterminate progress
bar. Abort these steps.max
attribute is
included, then, if a value could be parsed out of it, then the
maximum value is that value.max
attribute is absent but the value
attribute is present, or,
if the max
attribute is
present but no value could be parsed from it, then the maximum is
1.textContent
contained one number with an associated
denominator punctuation character, then the maximum value is the
value associated with that denominator punctuation
character; otherwise, if the textContent
contained two numbers, the maximum value is the higher of the two
values; otherwise, the maximum value is 1.value
attribute
is present on the element and a value could be parsed out of it,
that value is the current value of the progress bar. Otherwise, if
the attribute is present but no value could be parsed from it, the
current value is zero.value
attribute is absent and the max
attribute is present, then, if
the textContent
was parsed and found to contain just
one number, with no associated denominator punctuation character,
then the current value is that number. Otherwise, if the value
attribute is absent and
the max
attribute is present
then the current value is zero.textContent
of the element.UA requirements for showing the progress bar:
When representing a progress
element to the user, the
UA should indicate whether it is a determinate or indeterminate
progress bar, and in the former case, should indicate the relative
position of the current value relative to the maximum value.
The max
and value
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name. When the relevant content attributes are absent, the DOM
attributes must return zero. The value parsed from the
textContent
never affects the DOM values.
position
For a determinate progress bar (one with known current and maximum values), returns the result of dividing the current value by the maximum value.
For an indeterminate progress bar, returns −1.
If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the
position
DOM
attribute must return −1. Otherwise, it must return the result of
dividing the current value by the maximum value.
meter
elementvalue
min
low
high
max
optimum
interface HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement { attribute float value; attribute float min; attribute float max; attribute float low; attribute float high; attribute float optimum; };
The meter
element represents a scalar
measurement within a known range, or a fractional value; for example
disk usage, the relevance of a query result, or the fraction of a
voting population to have selected a particular candidate.
This is also known as a gauge.
The meter
element should not be used to
indicate progress (as in a progress bar). For that role, HTML
provides a separate progress
element.
The meter
element also does not
represent a scalar value of arbitrary range — for example, it
would be wrong to use this to report a weight, or height, unless
there is a known maximum value.
There are six attributes that determine the semantics of the gauge represented by the element.
The min
attribute
specifies the lower bound of the range, and the max
attribute specifies
the upper bound. The value
attribute
specifies the value to have the gauge indicate as the "measured"
value.
The other three attributes can be used to segment the gauge's
range into "low", "medium", and "high" parts, and to indicate which
part of the gauge is the "optimum" part. The low
attribute specifies
the range that is considered to be the "low" part, and the high
attribute specifies
the range that is considered to be the "high" part. The optimum
attribute
gives the position that is "optimum"; if that is higher than the
"high" value then this indicates that the higher the value, the
better; if it's lower than the "low" mark then it indicates that
lower values are better, and naturally if it is in between then it
indicates that neither high nor low values are good.
Authoring requirements: The recommended way of giving the value is to include it as contents of the element, either as two numbers (the higher number represents the maximum, the other number the current value, and the minimum is assumed to be zero), or as a percentage or similar (using one of the characters such as "%"), or as a fraction. However, it is also possible to use the attributes to specify these values.
One of the following conditions, along with all the requirements that are listed with that condition, must be met:
value
, min
, and max
attributes are all omittedIf specified, the low
,
high
, and optimum
attributes must have
values greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the
bigger of the two numbers in the contents of the element.
If both the low
and high
attributes are specified, then
the low
attribute's value must
be less than or equal to the value of the high
attribute.
value
, min
, and max
attributes are all omittedIf specified, the low
,
high
, and optimum
attributes must have
values greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the
value associated with the denominator punctuation
character.
If both the low
and high
attributes are specified, then
the low
attribute's value must
be less than or equal to the value of the high
attribute.
value
attribute is
omittedvalue
attribute is
specifiedIf the min
attribute
attribute is specified, then the minimum is
that attribute's value; otherwise, it is 0.
If the max
attribute
attribute is specified, then the maximum is
that attribute's value; otherwise, it is 1.
If there is exactly one number in the contents of the element,
then value is that number; otherwise, value is the value of the value
attribute.
The following inequalities must hold, as applicable:
low
≤ maximum (if low
is specified)high
≤ maximum (if high
is specified)optimum
≤ maximum (if optimum
is specified)If both the low
and high
attributes are specified, then
the low
attribute's value must
be less than or equal to the value of the high
attribute.
For the purposes of these requirements, a number is a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), optionally including with a single U+002E FULL STOP character (.), and separated from other numbers by at least one character that isn't any of those; interpreted as a base ten number.
The value
, min
, low
, high
, max
, and optimum
attributes, when present,
must have values that are valid floating point numbers.
If no minimum or maximum is specified, then the range is assumed to be 0..1, and the value thus has to be within that range.
The following examples all represent a measurement of three quarters (of the maximum of whatever is being measured):
<meter>75%</meter> <meter>750‰</meter> <meter>3/4</meter> <meter>6 blocks used (out of 8 total)</meter> <meter>max: 100; current: 75</meter> <meter><object data="graph75.png">0.75</object></meter> <meter min="0" max="100" value="75"></meter>
The following example is incorrect use of the element, because it doesn't give a range (and since the default maximum is 1, both of the gauges would end up looking maxed out):
<p>The grapefruit pie had a radius of <meter>12cm</meter> and a height of <meter>2cm</meter>.</p> <!-- BAD! -->
Instead, one would either not include the meter element, or use the meter element with a defined range to give the dimensions in context compared to other pies:
<p>The grapefruit pie had a radius of 12cm and a height of 2cm.</p> <dl> <dt>Radius: <dd> <meter min=0 max=20 value=12>12cm</meter> <dt>Height: <dd> <meter min=0 max=10 value=2>2cm</meter> </dl>
There is no explicit way to specify units in the
meter
element, but the units may be specified in the
title
attribute in free-form text.
The example above could be extended to mention the units:
<dl> <dt>Radius: <dd> <meter min=0 max=20 value=12 title="centimeters">12cm</meter> <dt>Height: <dd> <meter min=0 max=10 value=2 title="centimeters">2cm</meter> </dl>
User agent requirements: User agents must parse
the min
, max
, value
, low
, high
, and optimum
attributes using the
rules for parsing floating point number values.
If the value
attribute has
been omitted, the user agent must also process the
textContent
of the element according to the steps
for finding one or two numbers of a ratio in a string. These
steps will return nothing, one number, one number with a denominator
punctuation character, or two numbers.
User agents must then use all these numbers to obtain values for six points on the gauge, as follows. (The order in which these are evaluated is important, as some of the values refer to earlier ones.)
If the min
attribute is
specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the minimum
value is that value. Otherwise, the minimum value is zero.
If the max
attribute is
specified and a value could be parsed out of it, the maximum
value is that value.
Otherwise, if the max
attribute is specified but no value could be parsed out of it, or
if it was not specified, but either or both of the min
or value
attributes were
specified, then the maximum value is 1.
Otherwise, none of the max
,
min
, and value
attributes were
specified. If the result of processing the
textContent
of the element was either nothing or just
one number with no denominator punctuation character, then the
maximum value is 1; if the result was one number but it had an
associated denominator punctuation character, then the maximum
value is the value associated with that denominator
punctuation character; and finally, if there were two
numbers parsed out of the textContent
, then the
maximum is the higher of those two numbers.
If the above machinations result in a maximum value less than the minimum value, then the maximum value is actually the same as the minimum value.
If the value
attribute is
specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then that value
is the actual value.
If the value
attribute is
not specified but the max
attribute is specified and the result of processing the
textContent
of the element was one number with no
associated denominator punctuation character, then that number is
the actual value.
If neither of the value
and max
attributes are
specified, then, if the result of processing the
textContent
of the element was one number (with or
without an associated denominator punctuation character), then
that is the actual value, and if the result of processing the
textContent
of the element was two numbers, then the
actual value is the lower of the two numbers found.
Otherwise, if none of the above apply, the actual value is zero.
If the above procedure results in an actual value less than the minimum value, then the actual value is actually the same as the minimum value.
If, on the other hand, the result is an actual value greater than the maximum value, then the actual value is the maximum value.
If the low
attribute is
specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the low
boundary is that value. Otherwise, the low boundary is the same as
the minimum value.
If the low boundary is then less than the minimum value, then the low boundary is actually the same as the minimum value. Similarly, if the low boundary is greater than the maximum value, then it is actually the maximum value instead.
If the high
attribute is
specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the high
boundary is that value. Otherwise, the high boundary is the same
as the maximum value.
If the high boundary is then less than the low boundary, then the high boundary is actually the same as the low boundary. Similarly, if the high boundary is greater than the maximum value, then it is actually the maximum value instead.
If the optimum
attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then
the optimum point is that value. Otherwise, the optimum point is
the midpoint between the minimum value and the maximum value.
If the optimum point is then less than the minimum value, then the optimum point is actually the same as the minimum value. Similarly, if the optimum point is greater than the maximum value, then it is actually the maximum value instead.
All of which will result in the following inequalities all being true:
UA requirements for regions of the gauge: If the optimum point is equal to the low boundary or the high boundary, or anywhere in between them, then the region between the low and high boundaries of the gauge must be treated as the optimum region, and the low and high parts, if any, must be treated as suboptimal. Otherwise, if the optimum point is less than the low boundary, then the region between the minimum value and the low boundary must be treated as the optimum region, the region between the low boundary and the high boundary must be treated as a suboptimal region, and the region between the high boundary and the maximum value must be treated as an even less good region. Finally, if the optimum point is higher than the high boundary, then the situation is reversed; the region between the high boundary and the maximum value must be treated as the optimum region, the region between the high boundary and the low boundary must be treated as a suboptimal region, and the remaining region between the low boundary and the minimum value must be treated as an even less good region.
UA requirements for showing the gauge: When
representing a meter
element to the user, the UA should
indicate the relative position of the actual value to the minimum
and maximum values, and the relationship between the actual value
and the three regions of the gauge.
The following markup:
<h3>Suggested groups</h3> <menu type="toolbar"> <a href="?cmd=hsg" onclick="hideSuggestedGroups()">Hide suggested groups</a> </menu> <ul> <li> <p><a href="/group/comp.infosystems.www.authoring.stylesheets/view">comp.infosystems.www.authoring.stylesheets</a> - <a href="/group/comp.infosystems.www.authoring.stylesheets/subscribe">join</a></p> <p>Group description: <strong>Layout/presentation on the WWW.</strong></p> <p><meter value="0.5">Moderate activity,</meter> Usenet, 618 subscribers</p> </li> <li> <p><a href="/group/netscape.public.mozilla.xpinstall/view">netscape.public.mozilla.xpinstall</a> - <a href="/group/netscape.public.mozilla.xpinstall/subscribe">join</a></p> <p>Group description: <strong>Mozilla XPInstall discussion.</strong></p> <p><meter value="0.25">Low activity,</meter> Usenet, 22 subscribers</p> </li> <li> <p><a href="/group/mozilla.dev.general/view">mozilla.dev.general</a> - <a href="/group/mozilla.dev.general/subscribe">join</a></p> <p><meter value="0.25">Low activity,</meter> Usenet, 66 subscribers</p> </li> </ul>
Might be rendered as follows:
User agents may combine the value of the title
attribute and the other attributes
to provide context-sensitive help or inline text detailing the
actual values.
For example, the following snippet:
<meter min=0 max=60 value=23.2 title=seconds></meter>
...might cause the user agent to display a gauge with a tooltip saying "Value: 23.2 out of 60." on one line and "seconds" on a second line.
The min
, max
, value
, low
, high
, and optimum
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name. When the relevant content attributes are absent, the DOM
attributes must return zero. The value parsed from the
textContent
never affects the DOM values.
code
elementHTMLElement
.The code
element represents a fragment
of computer code. This could be an XML element name, a filename, a
computer program, or any other string that a computer would
recognize.
Although there is no formal way to indicate the language of
computer code being marked up, authors who wish to mark
code
elements with the language used, e.g. so that
syntax highlighting scripts can use the right rules, may do so by
adding a class prefixed with "language-
" to
the element.
The following example shows how the element can be used in a paragraph to mark up element names and computer code, including punctuation.
<p>The <code>code</code> element represents a fragment of computer code.</p> <p>When you call the <code>activate()</code> method on the <code>robotSnowman</code> object, the eyes glow.</p> <p>The example below uses the <code>begin</code> keyword to indicate the start of a statement block. It is paired with an <code>end</code> keyword, which is followed by the <code>.</code> punctuation character (full stop) to indicate the end of the program.</p>
The following example shows how a block of code could be marked
up using the pre
and code
elements.
<pre><code class="language-pascal">var i: Integer; begin i := 1; end.</code></pre>
A class is used in that example to indicate the language used.
See the pre
element for more details.
var
elementHTMLElement
.The var
element represents a
variable. This could be an actual variable in a mathematical
expression or programming context, or it could just be a term used
as a placeholder in prose.
In the paragraph below, the letter "n" is being used as a variable in prose:
<p>If there are <var>n</var> pipes leading to the ice cream factory then I expect at <em>least</em> <var>n</var> flavors of ice cream to be available for purchase!</p>
For mathematics, in particular for anything beyond the simplest
of expressions, MathML is more appropriate. However, the
var
element can still be used to refer to specific
variables that are then mentioned in MathML expressions.
In this example, an equation is shown, with a legend that
references the variables in the equation. The expression itself is
marked up with MathML, but the variables are mentioned in the
figure's legend using var
.
<figure> <math> <mi>a</mi> <mo>=</mo> <msqrt> <msup><mi>b</mi><mn>2</mn></msup> <mi>+</mi> <msup><mi>c</mi><mn>2</mn></msup> </msqrt> </math> <legend> Using Pythagoras' theorem to solve for the hypotenuse <var>a</var> of a triangle with sides <var>b</var> and <var>c</var> </legend> </figure>
samp
elementHTMLElement
.The samp
element represents (sample)
output from a program or computing system.
See the pre
and kbd
elements for more details.
This example shows the samp
element being used
inline:
<p>The computer said <samp>Too much cheese in tray two</samp> but I didn't know what that meant.</p>
This second example shows a block of sample output. Nested
samp
and kbd
elements allow for the
styling of specific elements of the sample output using a
style sheet.
<pre><samp><samp class="prompt">jdoe@mowmow:~$</samp> <kbd>ssh demo.example.com</kbd> Last login: Tue Apr 12 09:10:17 2005 from mowmow.example.com on pts/1 Linux demo 2.6.10-grsec+gg3+e+fhs6b+nfs+gr0501+++p3+c4a+gr2b-reslog-v6.189 #1 SMP Tue Feb 1 11:22:36 PST 2005 i686 unknown <samp class="prompt">jdoe@demo:~$</samp> <samp class="cursor">_</samp></samp></pre>
kbd
elementHTMLElement
.The kbd
element represents user input
(typically keyboard input, although it may also be used to represent
other input, such as voice commands).
When the kbd
element is nested inside a
samp
element, it represents the input as it was echoed
by the system.
When the kbd
element contains a
samp
element, it represents input based on system
output, for example invoking a menu item.
When the kbd
element is nested inside another
kbd
element, it represents an actual key or other
single unit of input as appropriate for the input mechanism.
Here the kbd
element is used to indicate keys to press:
<p>To make George eat an apple, press <kbd><kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd></kbd></p>
In this second example, the user is told to pick a particular
menu item. The outer kbd
element marks up a block of
input, with the inner kbd
elements representing each
individual step of the input, and the samp
elements
inside them indicating that the steps are input based on something
being displayed by the system, in this case menu labels:
<p>To make George eat an apple, select <kbd><kbd><samp>File</samp></kbd>|<kbd><samp>Eat Apple...</samp></kbd></kbd> </p>
sub
and sup
elementsHTMLElement
.The sup
element represents a
superscript and the sub
element represents
a subscript.
These elements must be used only to mark up typographical
conventions with specific meanings, not for typographical
presentation for presentation's sake. For example, it would be
inappropriate for the sub
and sup
elements
to be used in the name of the LaTeX document preparation system. In
general, authors should use these elements only if the
absence of those elements would change the meaning of the
content.
When the sub
element is used inside a
var
element, it represents the subscript that
identifies the variable in a family of variables.
<p>The coordinate of the <var>i</var>th point is (<var>x<sub><var>i</var></sub></var>, <var>y<sub><var>i</var></sub></var>). For example, the 10th point has coordinate (<var>x<sub>10</sub></var>, <var>y<sub>10</sub></var>).</p>
In certain languages, superscripts are part of the typographical conventions for some abbreviations.
<p>The most beautiful women are <span lang="fr"><abbr>M<sup>lle</sup></abbr> Gwendoline</span> and <span lang="fr"><abbr>M<sup>me</sup></abbr> Denise</span>.</p>
Mathematical expressions often use subscripts and superscripts.
Authors are encouraged to use MathML for marking up mathematics, but
authors may opt to use sub
and sup
if
detailed mathematical markup is not desired. [MathML]
<var>E</var>=<var>m</var><var>c</var><sup>2</sup>
f(<var>x</var>, <var>n</var>) = log<sub>4</sub><var>x</var><sup><var>n</var></sup>
span
elementHTMLElement
.The span
element doesn't mean anything on its own,
but can be useful when used together with other attributes,
e.g. class
, lang
, or dir
. It represents its
children.
i
elementHTMLElement
.The i
element represents a span of text
in an alternate voice or mood, or otherwise offset from the normal
prose, such as a taxonomic designation, a technical term, an
idiomatic phrase from another language, a thought, a ship name, or
some other prose whose typical typographic presentation is
italicized.
Terms in languages different from the main text should be
annotated with lang
attributes (xml:lang
in XML).
The examples below show uses of the i
element:
<p>The <i class="taxonomy">Felis silvestris catus</i> is cute.</p> <p>The term <i>prose content</i> is defined above.</p> <p>There is a certain <i lang="fr">je ne sais quoi</i> in the air.</p>
In the following example, a dream sequence is marked up using
i
elements.
<p>Raymond tried to sleep.</p> <p><i>The ship sailed away on Thursday</i>, he dreamt. <i>The ship had many people aboard, including a beautiful princess called Carey. He watched her, day-in, day-out, hoping she would notice him, but she never did.</i></p> <p><i>Finally one night he picked up the courage to speak with her—</i></p> <p>Raymond woke with a start as the fire alarm rang out.</p>
Authors are encouraged to use the class
attribute on the i
element to identify why the element is being used, so that if the
style of a particular use (e.g. dream sequences as opposed to
taxonomic terms) is to be changed at a later date, the author
doesn't have to go through the entire document (or series of related
documents) annotating each use. Similarly, authors are encouraged to
consider whether other elements might be more applicable than the
i
element, for instance the em
element for
marking up stress emphasis, or the dfn
element to mark
up the defining instance of a term.
Style sheets can be used to format i
elements, just like any other element can be restyled. Thus, it is
not the case that content in i
elements will
necessarily be italicized.
b
elementHTMLElement
.The b
element represents a span of text
to be stylistically offset from the normal prose without conveying
any extra importance, such as key words in a document abstract,
product names in a review, or other spans of text whose typical
typographic presentation is boldened.
The following example shows a use of the b
element
to highlight key words without marking them up as important:
<p>The <b>frobonitor</b> and <b>barbinator</b> components are fried.</p>
In the following example, objects in a text adventure are
highlighted as being special by use of the b
element.
<p>You enter a small room. Your <b>sword</b> glows brighter. A <b>rat</b> scurries past the corner wall.</p>
Another case where the b
element is appropriate is
in marking up the lede (or lead) sentence or paragraph. The
following example shows how a BBC
article about kittens adopting a rabbit as their own could be
marked up using HTML5 elements:
<article> <h2>Kittens 'adopted' by pet rabbit</h2> <p><b>Six abandoned kittens have found an unexpected new mother figure — a pet rabbit.</b></p> <p>Veterinary nurse Melanie Humble took the three-week-old kittens to her Aberdeen home.</p> [...]
The b
element should be used as a last resort when
no other element is more appropriate. In particular, headings should
use the h1
to h6
elements, stress emphasis
should use the em
element, importance should be denoted
with the strong
element, and text marked or highlighted
should use the mark
element.
The following would be incorrect usage:
<p><b>WARNING!</b> Do not frob the barbinator!</p>
In the previous example, the correct element to use would have
been strong
, not b
.
Style sheets can be used to format b
elements, just like any other element can be restyled. Thus, it is
not the case that content in b
elements will
necessarily be boldened.
bdo
elementdir
global attribute has special semantics on this element.HTMLElement
.The bdo
element represents explicit
text directionality formatting control for its children. It allows
authors to override the Unicode bidi algorithm by explicitly
specifying a direction override. [BIDI]
Authors must specify the dir
attribute on this element, with the value ltr
to
specify a left-to-right override and with the value rtl
to specify a right-to-left override.
If the element has the dir
attribute set to the exact value ltr
, then for the
purposes of the bidi algorithm, the user agent must act as if there
was a U+202D LEFT-TO-RIGHT OVERRIDE character at the start of the
element, and a U+202C POP DIRECTIONAL FORMATTING at the end of the
element.
If the element has the dir
attribute set to the exact value rtl
, then for the
purposes of the bidi algorithm, the user agent must act as if there
was a U+202E RIGHT-TO-LEFT OVERRIDE character at the start of the
element, and a U+202C POP DIRECTIONAL FORMATTING at the end of the
element.
The requirements on handling the bdo
element for the
bidi algorithm may be implemented indirectly through the style
layer. For example, an HTML+CSS user agent should implement these
requirements by implementing the CSS 'unicode-bidi' property. [CSS21]
ruby
elementrt
element, or an rp
element, an rt
element, and another rp
element.HTMLElement
.The ruby
element allows one or more spans of
phrasing content to be marked with ruby annotations. Ruby
annotations are short runs of text presented alongside base text,
primarily used in East Asian typography as a guide for
pronunciation or to include other annotations. In Japanese, this
form of typography is also known as furigana.
A ruby
element represents the spans of
phrasing content it contains, ignoring all the child rt
and rp
elements and their descendants. Those spans of
phrasing content have associated annotations created using the
rt
element.
In this example, each ideograph in the Japanese text 漢字 is annotated with its kanji reading.
...
<ruby>
漢 <rt> かん </rt>
字 <rt> じ </rt>
</ruby>
...
This might be rendered as:
In this example, each ideograph in the traditional Chinese text 漢字 is annotated with its bopomofo reading.
<ruby>
漢 <rt> ㄏㄢˋ </rt>
字 <rt> ㄗˋ </rt>
</ruby>
This might be rendered as:
In this example, each ideograph in the simplified Chinese text 汉字 is annotated with its pinyin reading.
...
<ruby>
汉 <rt> hàn </rt>
字 <rt> zì </rt>
</ruby>
...
This might be rendered as:
rt
elementruby
element.HTMLElement
.The rt
element marks the ruby text component of a
ruby annotation.
An rt
element that is a child of
a ruby
element represents an
annotation (given by its children) for the zero or more nodes of
phrasing content that immediately precedes it in the
ruby
element, ignoring rp
elements.
rp
elementruby
element, either immediately before or immediately after an rt
element.rp
element is immediately after an rt
element that is immediately preceded by another rp
element: a single character from Unicode character class Pe.HTMLElement
.The rp
element can be used to provide parentheses
around a ruby text component of a ruby annotation, to be shown by
user agents that don't support ruby annotations.
An rp
element that is a child of
a ruby
element represents
nothing and its contents must be
ignored. An rp
element whose
parent element is not a ruby
element
represents its children.
The example above, in which each ideograph in the text 漢字 is annotated with its kanji
reading, could be expanded to use rp
so that in legacy
user agents the readings are in parentheses:
...
<ruby>
漢 <rp>(</rp><rt>かん</rt><rp>)</rp>
字 <rp>(</rp><rt>じ</rt><rp>)</rp>
</ruby>
...
In conforming user agents the rendering would be as above, but in user agents that do not support ruby, the rendering would be:
... 漢 (かん) 字 (じ) ...
We need to summarize the various elements, in particular to distinguish b/i/em/strong/var/q/mark/cite.
HTML does not have a dedicated mechanism for marking up footnotes. Here are the recommended alternatives.
For short inline annotations, the title
attribute should be used.
In this example, two parts of a dialog are annotated.
<dialog> <dt>Customer <dd>Hello! I wish to register a complaint. Hello. Miss? <dt>Shopkeeper <dd><span title="Colloquial pronunciation of 'What do you'" >Watcha</span> mean, miss? <dt>Customer <dd>Uh, I'm sorry, I have a cold. I wish to make a complaint. <dt>Shopkeeper <dd>Sorry, <span title="This is, of course, a lie.">we're closing for lunch</span>. </dialog>
For longer annotations, the a
element should be
used, pointing to an element later in the document. The convention
is that the contents of the link be a number in square brackets.
In this example, a footnote in the dialog links to a paragraph below the dialog. The paragraph then reciprocally links back to the dialog, allowing the user to return to the location of the footnote.
<dialog> <dt>Announcer <dd>Number 16: The <i>hand</i>. <dt>Interviewer <dd>Good evening. I have with me in the studio tonight Mr Norman St John Polevaulter, who for the past few years has been contradicting people. Mr Polevaulter, why <em>do</em> you contradict people? <dt>Norman <dd>I don't. <a href="#fn1" id="r1">[1]</a> <dt>Interviewer <dd>You told me you did! </dialog> <section> <p id="fn1"><a href="#r1">[1]</a> This is, naturally, a lie, but paradoxically if it were true he could not say so without contradicting the interviewer and thus making it false.</p> </section>
For side notes, longer annotations that apply to entire sections
of the text rather than just specific words or sentences, the
aside
element should be used.
In this example, a sidebar is given after a dialog, giving some context to the dialog.
<dialog> <dt>Customer <dd>I will not buy this record, it is scratched. <dt>Shopkeeper <dd>I'm sorry? <dt>Customer <dd>I will not buy this record, it is scratched. <dt>Shopkeeper <dd>No no no, this's'a tobacconist's. </dialog> <aside> <p>In 1970, the British Empire lay in ruins, and foreign nationalists frequented the streets — many of them Hungarians (not the streets — the foreign nationals). Sadly, Alexander Yalt has been publishing incompetently-written phrase books. </aside>
The ins
and del
elements represent
edits to the document.
ins
elementcite
datetime
HTMLModElement
interface.The ins
element represents an addition
to the document.
The following represents the addition of a single paragraph:
<aside> <ins> <p> I like fruit. </p> </ins> </aside>
As does this, because everything in the aside
element here counts as phrasing content and therefore
there is just one paragraph:
<aside> <ins> Apples are <em>tasty</em>. </ins> <ins> So are pears. </ins> </aside>
ins
elements should not cross implied paragraph boundaries.
The following example represents the addition of two paragraphs,
the second of which was inserted in two parts. The first
ins
element in this example thus crosses a paragraph
boundary, which is considered poor form.
<aside> <ins datetime="2005-03-16T00:00Z"> <p> I like fruit. </p> Apples are <em>tasty</em>. </ins> <ins datetime="2007-12-19T00:00Z"> So are pears. </ins> </aside>
Here is a better way of marking this up. It uses more elements, but none of the elements cross implied paragraph boundaries.
<aside> <ins datetime="2005-03-16T00:00Z"> <p> I like fruit. </p> </ins> <ins datetime="2005-03-16T00:00Z"> Apples are <em>tasty</em>. </ins> <ins datetime="2007-12-19T00:00Z"> So are pears. </ins> </aside>
del
elementcite
datetime
HTMLModElement
interface.The del
element represents a removal
from the document.
del
elements should not cross implied paragraph boundaries.
ins
and del
elementsThe cite
attribute
may be used to specify the address of a document that explains the
change. When that document is long, for instance the minutes of a
meeting, authors are encouraged to include a fragment identifier
pointing to the specific part of that document that discusses the
change.
If the cite
attribute is
present, it must be a valid URL that explains the
change. To obtain the corresponding citation
link, the value of the attribute must be resolved relative to the element. User agents should
allow users to follow such citation links.
The datetime
attribute may be used to specify the time and date of the change.
If present, the datetime
attribute must be a valid global date and time string
value.
User agents must parse the datetime
attribute according to the
parse a global date and time string algorithm. If that
doesn't return a time, then the modification has no associated
timestamp (the value is non-conforming; it is not a valid
global date and time string). Otherwise, the modification is
marked as having been made at the given datetime. User agents should
use the associated time-zone information to determine which time zone
to present the given datetime in.
The ins
and del
elements must implement the HTMLModElement
interface:
interface HTMLModElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; attribute DOMString dateTime; };
The cite
DOM
attribute must reflect the element's cite
content attribute. The dateTime
DOM attribute
must reflect the element's datetime
content attribute.
Since the ins
and del
elements do not
affect paragraphing, it is possible,
in some cases where paragraphs are implied (without explicit p
elements), for an ins
or del
element to
span both an entire paragraph or other non-phrasing
content elements and part of another paragraph.
For example:
<section> <ins> <p> This is a paragraph that was inserted. </p> This is another paragraph whose first sentence was inserted at the same time as the paragraph above. </ins> This is a second sentence, which was there all along. </section>
By only wrapping some paragraphs in p
elements, one
can even get the end of one paragraph, a whole second paragraph,
and the start of a third paragraph to be covered by the same
ins
or del
element (though this is very
confusing, and not considered good practice):
<section> This is the first paragraph. <ins>This sentence was inserted. <p>This second paragraph was inserted.</p> This sentence was inserted too.</ins> This is the third paragraph in this example. </section>
However, due to the way implied
paragraphs are defined, it is not possible to mark up the
end of one paragraph and the start of the very next one using the
same ins
or del
element. You instead have
to use one (or two) p
element(s) and two
ins
or del
elements:
For example:
<section> <p>This is the first paragraph. <del>This sentence was deleted.</del></p> <p><del>This sentence was deleted too.</del> That sentence needed a separate <del> element.</p> </section>
Partly because of the confusion described above, authors are
strongly recommended to always mark up all paragraphs with the
p
element, and to not have any ins
or
del
elements that cross across any implied paragraphs.
The content models of the ol
and ul
elements do not allow ins
and del
elements
as children. Lists always represent all their items, including items
that would otherwise have been marked as deleted.
To indicate that an item is inserted or deleted, an
ins
or del
element can be wrapped around
the contents of the li
element. To indicate that an
item has been replaced by another, a single li
element
can have one or more del
elements followed by one or
more ins
elements.
In the following example, a list that started empty had items added and removed from it over time. The bits in the example that have been emphasized show the parts that are the "current" state of the list. The list item numbers don't take into account the edits, though.
<h1>Stop-ship bugs</h1> <ol> <li><ins datetime="2008-02-12T15:20Z">Bug 225: Rain detector doesn't work in snow</ins></li> <li><del datetime="2008-03-01T20:22Z"><ins datetime="2008-02-14T12:02Z">Bug 228: Water buffer overflows in April</ins></del></li> <li><ins datetime="2008-02-16T13:50Z">Bug 230: Water heater doesn't use renewable fuels</ins></li> <li><del datetime="2008-02-20T21:15Z"><ins datetime="2008-02-16T14:25Z">Bug 232: Carbon dioxide emissions detected after startup</ins></del></li> </ol>
In the following example, a list that started with just fruit was replaced by a list with just colors.
<h1>List of <del>fruits</del><ins>colors</ins></h1> <ul> <li><del>Lime</del><ins>Green</ins></li> <li><del>Apple</del></li> <li>Orange</li> <li><del>Pear</del></li> <li><ins>Teal</ins></li> <li><del>Lemon</del><ins>Yellow</ins></li> <li>Olive</li> <li><ins>Purple</ins> </ul>
figure
elementlegend
element followed by flow content.legend
element.HTMLElement
.The figure
element represents some
flow content, optionally with a caption, which can be
moved away from the main flow of the document without affecting the
document's meaning.
The element can thus be used to annotate illustrations, diagrams, photos, code listings, etc, that are referred to from the main content of the document, but that could, without affecting the flow of the document, be moved away from that primary content, e.g. to the side of the page, to dedicated pages, or to an appendix.
The first legend
element child of the element, if
any, represents the caption of the figure
element's
contents. If there is no child legend
element, then
there is no caption.
The remainder of the element's contents, if any, represents the content.
This example shows the figure
element to mark up a
code listing.
<p>In <a href="#l4">listing 4</a> we see the primary core interface API declaration.</p> <figure id="l4"> <legend>Listing 4. The primary core interface API declaration.</legend> <pre><code>interface PrimaryCore { boolean verifyDataLine(); void sendData(in sequence<byte> data); void initSelfDestruct(); }</code></pre> </figure> <p>The API is designed to use UTF-8.</p>
Here we see a figure
element to mark up a
photo.
<figure> <img src="bubbles-work.jpeg" alt="Bubbles, sitting in his office chair, works on his latest project intently."> <legend>Bubbles at work</legend> </figure>
In this example, we see an image that is not a figure, as well as an image and a video that are.
<h2>Malinko's comics</h2> <p>This case centered on some sort of "intellectual property" infringement related to a comic (see Exhibit A). The suit started after a trailer ending with these words:</p> <img src="promblem-packed-action.png" alt="ROUGH COPY! Promblem-Packed Action!"> <p>...was aired. A lawyer, armed with a Bigger Notebook, launched a preemptive strike using snowballs. A complete copy of the trailer is included with Exhibit B.</p> <figure> <img src="ex-a.png" alt="Two squiggles on a dirty piece of paper."> <legend>Exhibit A. The alleged <cite>rough copy</cite> comic.</legend> </figure> <figure> <video src="ex-b.mov"></video> <legend>Exhibit B. The <code>Rough Copy</cite> trailer.</legend> </figure> <p>The case was resolved out of court.</p>
Here, a part of a poem is marked up using
figure
.
<figure> <p>'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves<br> Did gyre and gimble in the wabe;<br> All mimsy were the borogoves,<br> And the mome raths outgrabe.</p> <legend><cite>Jabberwocky</cite> (first verse). Lewis Carroll, 1832-98</legend> </figure>
In this example, which could be part of a much larger work discussing a castle, the figure has three images in it.
<figure> <img src="castle1423.jpeg" title="Etching. Anonymous, ca. 1423." alt="The castle has one tower, and a tall wall around it."> <img src="castle1858.jpeg" title="Oil-based paint on canvas. Maria Towle, 1858." alt="The castle now has two towers and two walls."> <img src="castle1999.jpeg" title="Film photograph. Peter Jankle, 1999." alt="The castle lies in ruins, the original tower all that remains in one piece."> <legend>The castle through the ages: 1423, 1858, and 1999 respectively.</legend> </figure>
img
elementusemap
attribute: Interactive content.alt
src
usemap
ismap
width
height
[NamedConstructor=Image(), NamedConstructor=Image(in unsigned long width), NamedConstructor=Image(in unsigned long width, in unsigned long height)] interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString useMap; attribute boolean isMap; attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; readonly attribute boolean complete; };
An img
element represents an image.
The image given by the src
attribute is the
embedded content, and the value of the alt
attribute is the
img
element's fallback content.
The src
attribute must be
present, and must contain a valid URL referencing a
non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither
paged nor scripted. If the base URI of the element is the
same as the document's address, then the src
attribute's value must not be the
empty string.
Images can thus be static bitmaps (e.g. PNGs, GIFs, JPEGs), single-page vector documents (single-page PDFs, XML files with an SVG root element), animated bitmaps (APNGs, animated GIFs), animated vector graphics (XML files with an SVG root element that use declarative SMIL animation), and so forth. However, this also precludes SVG files with script, multipage PDF files, interactive MNG files, HTML documents, plain text documents, and so forth.
The requirements on the alt
attribute's value are described in the next
section.
There has been some suggestion that the longdesc
attribute from HTML4 should be
included. This has been considered and rejected in the past, but if
new evidence is found showing the attribute to actually help users
rather than harm them, it may be reconsidered.
The img
must not be used as a layout tool. In
particular, img
elements should not be used to display
transparent images, as they rarely convey meaning and rarely
add anything useful to the document.
Unless the user agent cannot support images, or its support for
images has been disabled, or the user agent only fetches elements on
demand, or the element's src
attribute has a value that is an ignored self-reference,
then, when an img
is created with a src
attribute, and whenever the src
attribute is set subsequently, the
user agent must resolve the value
of that attribute, relative to the element, and if that is
successful must then fetch that resource.
The src
attribute's value is an
ignored self-reference if its value is the empty string, and
the base URI of the element is the same as the
document's address.
Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element's document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.
This, unfortunately, can be used to perform a rudimentary port scan of the user's local network (especially in conjunction with scripting, though scripting isn't actually necessary to carry out such an attack). User agents may implement cross-origin access control policies that mitigate this attack.
If the image is in a supported image type and its dimensions are known, then the image is said to be available (this affects exactly what the element represents, as defined below). This can be true even before the image is completely downloaded, if the user agent supports incremental rendering of images; in such cases, each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the presentation of the image appropriately. It can also stop being true, e.g. if the user agent finds, after obtaining the image's dimensions, that the image data is actually fatally corrupted.
If the image was not fetched (e.g. because the UA's image support
is disabled, or because the src
attribute's value is an ignored self-reference), or if the
conditions in the previous paragraph are not met, then the image is
not available.
An image might be available in one view but not
another. For instance, a Document
could be rendered by
a screen reader providing a speech synthesis view of the output of a
Web browser using the screen media. In this case, the image would be
available in the Web browser's screen
view, but not available in the
screen reader's view.
Whether the image is fetched successfully or not (e.g. whether the response code was a 2xx code or equivalent) must be ignored when determining the image's type and whether it is a valid image.
This allows servers to return images with error responses, and have them displayed.
The user agents should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image, with the image's associated Content-Type headers giving the official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image must be the type given by the image's associated Content-Type headers.
User agents must not support non-image resources with the
img
element (e.g. XML files whose root element is an
HTML element). User agents must not run executable code
(e.g. scripts) embedded in the image resource. User agents must only
display the first page of a multipage resource (e.g. a PDF
file). User agents must not allow the resource to act in an
interactive fashion, but should honor any animation in the
resource.
This specification does not specify which image types are to be supported.
The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched, must act as appropriate given the following alternatives:
load
at the img
element (this happens after complete
starts returning
true).error
on the
img
element.The task source for these tasks is the DOM manipulation task source.
What an img
element represents depends on the src
attribute and the alt
attribute.
src
attribute is set
and the alt
attribute is set to
the empty stringThe image is either decorative or supplemental to the rest of the content, redundant with some other information in the document.
If the image is available and the
user agent is configured to display that image, then the element
represents the image specified by the src
attribute.
Otherwise, the element represents nothing, and may be omitted completely from the rendering. User agents may provide the user with a notification that an image is present but has been omitted from the rendering.
src
attribute is set
and the alt
attribute is set to a
value that isn't emptyThe image is a key part of the content; the alt
attribute gives a textual
equivalent or replacement for the image.
If the image is available and the
user agent is configured to display that image, then the element
represents the image specified by the src
attribute.
Otherwise, the element represents the text given
by the alt
attribute. User
agents may provide the user with a notification that an image is
present but has been omitted from the rendering.
src
attribute is set
and the alt
attribute is notThe image might be a key part of the content, and there is no textual equivalent of the image available.
In a conforming document, the absence of the alt
attribute indicates that the image
is a key part of the content but that a textual replacement for
the image was not available when the image was generated.
If the image is available, the
element represents the image specified by the src
attribute.
If the image is not available or if the user agent is not configured to display the image, then the user agent should display some sort of indicator that there is an image that is not being rendered, and may, if requested by the user, or if so configured, or when required to provide contextual information in response to navigation, provide caption information for the image, derived as follows:
If the image has a title
attribute whose value is not the empty string, then the value of
that attribute is the caption information; abort these
steps.
If the image is the child of a figure
element
that has a child legend
element, then the contents
of the first such legend
element are the caption
information; abort these steps.
Run the algorithm to create the outline for the document.
If the img
element did not end up associated
with a heading in the outline, or if there are any other images
that are lacking an alt
attribute and that are associated with the same heading in the
outline as the img
element in question, then there
is no caption information; abort these steps.
The caption information is the heading with which the image is associated according to the outline.
src
attribute is not
set and either the alt
attribute
is set to the empty string or the alt
attribute is not set at allThe element represents nothing.
The element represents the text given by the alt
attribute.
The alt
attribute does not
represent advisory information. User agents must not present the
contents of the alt
attribute in
the same way as content of the title
attribute.
User agents may always provide the user with the option to display any image, or to prevent any image from being displayed. User agents may also apply image analysis heuristics to help the user make sense of the image when the user is unable to make direct use of the image, e.g. due to a visual disability or because they are using a text terminal with no graphics capabilities.
The contents of img
elements, if any, are
ignored for the purposes of rendering.
The usemap
attribute,
if present, can indicate that the image has an associated
image map.
The ismap
attribute, when used on an element that is a descendant of an
a
element with an href
attribute, indicates by its
presence that the element provides access to a server-side image
map. This affects how events are handled on the corresponding
a
element.
The ismap
attribute is a
boolean attribute. The attribute must not be specified
on an element that does not have an ancestor a
element
with an href
attribute.
The img
element supports dimension
attributes.
The DOM attributes alt
, src
, useMap
, and isMap
each must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
width
[ = value ]height
[ = value ]These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the image, or zero if the dimensions are not known.
They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes.
complete
Returns true if the image has been downloaded, decoded, and found to be valid; otherwise, returns false.
Image
( [ width [, height ] ] )Returns a new img
element, with the width
and height
attributes set to the values
passed in the relevant arguments, if applicable.
The DOM attributes width
and height
must return the
rendered width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image
is being rendered, and is being rendered to a visual medium; or else
the intrinsic width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the
image is available but not being
rendered to a visual medium; or else 0, if the image is not available or its dimensions are not
known. [CSS21]
On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content attributes of the same name.
The DOM attribute complete
must return
true if the user agent has fetched the image specified in the src
attribute, and it is in a supported
image type (i.e. it was decoded without fatal errors), even if the
final task queued by the
networking task source for the fetching of the image resource has not yet been
processed. Otherwise, the attribute must return false.
The value of complete
can thus change while a
script is executing.
Three constructors are provided for creating
HTMLImageElement
objects (in addition to the factory
methods from DOM Core such as createElement()
): Image()
, Image(width)
, and Image(width, height)
. When invoked as constructors,
these must return a new HTMLImageElement
object (a new
img
element). If the width argument
is present, the new object's width
content attribute must be set to
width. If the height
argument is also present, the new object's height
content attribute must be set
to height.
A single image can have different appropriate alternative text depending on the context.
In each of the following cases, the same image is used, yet the
alt
text is different each
time. The image is the coat of arms of the Canton Geneva in
Switzerland.
Here it is used as a supplementary icon:
<p>I lived in <img src="carouge.svg" alt=""> Carouge.</p>
Here it is used as an icon representing the town:
<p>Home town: <img src="carouge.svg" alt="Carouge"></p>
Here it is used as part of a text on the town:
<p>Carouge has a coat of arms.</p> <p><img src="carouge.svg" alt="The coat of arms depicts a lion, sitting in front of a tree."></p> <p>It is used as decoration all over the town.</p>
Here it is used as a way to support a similar text where the description is given as well as, instead of as an alternative to, the image:
<p>Carouge has a coat of arms.</p> <p><img src="carouge.svg" alt=""></p> <p>The coat of arms depicts a lion, sitting in front of a tree. It is used as decoration all over the town.</p>
Here it is used as part of a story:
<p>He picked up the folder and a piece of paper fell out.</p> <p><img src="carouge.svg" alt="Shaped like a shield, the paper had a red background, a green tree, and a yellow lion with its tongue hanging out and whose tail was shaped like an S."></p> <p>He stared at the folder. S! The answer he had been looking for all this time was simply the letter S! How had he not seen that before? It all came together now. The phone call where Hector had referred to a lion's tail, the time Marco had stuck his tongue out...</p>
Here it is not known at the time of publication what the image
will be, only that it will be a coat of arms of some kind, and thus
no replacement text can be provided, and instead only a brief
caption for the image is provided, in the title
attribute:
<p>The last user to have uploaded a coat of arms uploaded this one:</p> <p><img src="last-uploaded-coat-of-arms.cgi" title="User-uploaded coat of arms."></p>
Ideally, the author would find a way to provide real replacement text even in this case, e.g. by asking the previous user. Not providing replacement text makes the document more difficult to use for people who are unable to view images, e.g. blind users, or users or very low-bandwidth connections or who pay by the byte, or users who are forced to use a text-only Web browser.
Here are some more examples showing the same picture used in different contexts, with different appropriate alternate texts each time.
<article> <h1>My cats</h1> <h2>Fluffy</h2> <p>Fluffy is my favorite.</p> <img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="She likes playing with a ball of yarn."> <p>She's just too cute.</p> <h2>Miles</h2> <p>My other cat, Miles just eats and sleeps.</p> </article>
<article> <h1>Photography</h1> <h2>Shooting moving targets indoors</h2> <p>The trick here is to know how to anticipate; to know at what speed and what distance the subject will pass by.</p> <img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="A cat flying by, chasing a ball of yarn, can be photographed quite nicely using this technique."> <h2>Nature by night</h2> <p>To achieve this, you'll need either an extremely sensitive film, or immense flash lights.</p> </article>
<article> <h1>About me</h1> <h2>My pets</h2> <p>I've got a cat named Fluffy and a dog named Miles.</p> <img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="Fluffy, my cat, tends to keep itself busy."> <p>My dog Miles and I like go on long walks together.</p> <h2>music</h2> <p>After our walks, having emptied my mind, I like listening to Bach.</p> </article>
<article> <h1>Fluffy and the Yarn</h1> <p>Fluffy was a cat who liked to play with yarn. He also liked to jump.</p> <aside><img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="" title="Fluffy"></aside> <p>He would play in the morning, he would play in the evening.</p> </article>
The requirements for the alt
attribute depend on what the image is intended to represent, as
described in the following sections.
When an a element that is a hyperlink,
or a button
element, has no textual content but
contains one or more images, the alt
attributes must contain text that
together convey the purpose of the link or button.
In this example, a user is asked to pick his preferred color from a list of three. Each color is given by an image, but for users who have configured their user agent not to display images, the color names are used instead:
<h1>Pick your color</h1> <ul> <li><a href="green.html"><img src="green.jpeg" alt="Green"></a></li> <li><a href="blue.html"><img src="blue.jpeg" alt="Blue"></a></li> <li><a href="red.html"><img src="red.jpeg" alt="Red"></a></li> </ul>
In this example, each button has a set of images to indicate the kind of color output desired by the user. The first image is used in each case to give the alternative text.
<button name="rgb"><img src="red" alt="RGB"><img src="green" alt=""><img src="blue" alt=""></button> <button name="cmyk"><img src="cyan" alt="CMYK"><img src="magenta" alt=""><img src="yellow" alt=""><img src="black" alt=""></button>
Since each image represents one part of the text, it could also be written like this:
<button name="rgb"><img src="red" alt="R"><img src="green" alt="G"><img src="blue" alt="B"></button> <button name="cmyk"><img src="cyan" alt="C"><img src="magenta" alt="M"><img src="yellow" alt="Y"><img src="black" alt="K"></button>
However, with other alternative text, this might not work, and putting all the alternative text into one image in each case might make more sense:
<button name="rgb"><img src="red" alt="sRGB profile"><img src="green" alt=""><img src="blue" alt=""></button> <button name="cmyk"><img src="cyan" alt="CMYK profile"><img src="magenta" alt=""><img src="yellow" alt=""><img src="black" alt=""></button>
Sometimes something can be more clearly stated in graphical
form, for example as a flowchart, a diagram, a graph, or a simple
map showing directions. In such cases, an image can be given using
the img
element, but the lesser textual version must
still be given, so that users who are unable to view the image
(e.g. because they have a very slow connection, or because they
are using a text-only browser, or because they are listening to
the page being read out by a hands-free automobile voice Web
browser, or simply because they are blind) are still able to
understand the message being conveyed.
The text must be given in the alt
attribute, and must convey the
same message as the image specified in the src
attribute.
It is important to realize that the alternative text is a replacement for the image, not a description of the image.
In the following example we have a flowchart in image
form, with text in the alt
attribute rephrasing the flowchart in prose form:
<p>In the common case, the data handled by the tokenization stage comes from the network, but it can also come from script.</p> <p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.png" alt="The network passes data to the Tokenizer stage, which passes data to the Tree Construction stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution. Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(), passes data to the Tokenizer."></p>
Here's another example, showing a good solution and a bad solution to the problem of including an image in a description.
First, here's the good solution. This sample shows how the alternative text should just be what you would have put in the prose if the image had never existed.
<!-- This is the correct way to do things. --> <p> You are standing in an open field west of a house. <img src="house.jpeg" alt="The house is white, with a boarded front door."> There is a small mailbox here. </p>
Second, here's the bad solution. In this incorrect way of doing things, the alternative text is simply a description of the image, instead of a textual replacement for the image. It's bad because when the image isn't shown, the text doesn't flow as well as in the first example.
<!-- This is the wrong way to do things. --> <p> You are standing in an open field west of a house. <img src="house.jpeg" alt="A white house, with a boarded front door."> There is a small mailbox here. </p>
Text such as "Photo of white house with boarded door" would be
equally bad alternative text (though it could be suitable for the
title
attribute or in the
legend
element of a figure
with this
image).
A document can contain information in iconic form. The icon is intended to help users of visual browsers to recognize features at a glance.
In some cases, the icon is supplemental to a text label
conveying the same meaning. In those cases, the alt
attribute must be present but must
be empty.
Here the icons are next to text that conveys the same meaning,
so they have an empty alt
attribute:
<nav> <p><a href="/help/"><img src="/icons/help.png" alt=""> Help</a></p> <p><a href="/configure/"><img src="/icons/configuration.png" alt=""> Configuration Tools</a></p> </nav>
In other cases, the icon has no text next to it describing what
it means; the icon is supposed to be self-explanatory. In those
cases, an equivalent textual label must be given in the alt
attribute.
Here, posts on a news site are labeled with an icon indicating their topic.
<body> <article> <header> <h1>Ratatouille wins <i>Best Movie of the Year</i> award</h1> <p><img src="movies.png" alt="Movies"></p> </header> <p>Pixar has won yet another <i>Best Movie of the Year</i> award, making this its 8th win in the last 12 years.</p> </article> <article> <header> <h1>Latest TWiT episode is online</h1> <p><img src="podcasts.png" alt="Podcasts"></p> </header> <p>The latest TWiT episode has been posted, in which we hear several tech news stories as well as learning much more about the iPhone. This week, the panelists compare how reflective their iPhones' Apple logos are.</p> </article> </body>
Many pages include logos, insignia, flags, or emblems, which stand for a particular entity such as a company, organization, project, band, software package, country, or some such.
If the logo is being used to represent the entity, e.g. as a page
heading, the alt
attribute must
contain the name of the entity being represented by the logo. The
alt
attribute must not
contain text like the word "logo", as it is not the fact that it is
a logo that is being conveyed, it's the entity itself.
If the logo is being used next to the name of the entity that
it represents, then the logo is supplemental, and its alt
attribute must instead be
empty.
If the logo is merely used as decorative material (as branding, or, for example, as a side image in an article that mentions the entity to which the logo belongs), then the entry below on purely decorative images applies. If the logo is actually being discussed, then it is being used as a phrase or paragraph (the description of the logo) with an alternative graphical representation (the logo itself), and the first entry above applies.
In the following snippets, all four of the above cases are present. First, we see a logo used to represent a company:
<h1><img src="XYZ.gif" alt="The XYZ company"></h1>
Next, we see a paragraph which uses a logo right next to the company name, and so doesn't have any alternative text:
<article> <h2>News</h2> <p>We have recently been looking at buying the <img src="alpha.gif" alt=""> ΑΒΓ company, a small Greek company specializing in our type of product.</p>
In this third snippet, we have a logo being used in an aside, as part of the larger article discussing the acquisition:
<aside><p><img src="alpha-large.gif" alt=""></p></aside> <p>The ΑΒΓ company has had a good quarter, and our pie chart studies of their accounts suggest a much bigger blue slice than its green and orange slices, which is always a good sign.</p> </article>
Finally, we have an opinion piece talking about a logo, and the logo is therefore described in detail in the alternative text.
<p>Consider for a moment their logo:</p> <p><img src="/images/logo" alt="It consists of a green circle with a green question mark centered inside it."></p> <p>How unoriginal can you get? I mean, oooooh, a question mark, how <em>revolutionary</em>, how utterly <em>ground-breaking</em>, I'm sure everyone will rush to adopt those specifications now! They could at least have tried for some sort of, I don't know, sequence of rounded squares with varying shades of green and bold white outlines, at least that would look good on the cover of a blue book.</p>
This example shows how the alternative text should be written such that if the image isn't available, and the text is used instead, the text flows seamlessly into the surrounding text, as if the image had never been there in the first place.
Sometimes, an image just consists of text, and the purpose of the image is not to highlight the actual typographic effects used to render the text, but just to convey the text itself.
In such cases, the alt
attribute must be present but must consist of the same text as
written in the image itself.
Consider a graphic containing the text "Earth Day", but with the letters all decorated with flowers and plants. If the text is merely being used as a heading, to spice up the page for graphical users, then the correct alternative text is just the same text "Earth Day", and no mention need be made of the decorations:
<h1><img src="earthdayheading.png" alt="Earth Day"></h1>
In many cases, the image is actually just supplementary, and
its presence merely reinforces the surrounding text. In these
cases, the alt
attribute must be
present but its value must be the empty string.
In general, an image falls into this category if removing the image doesn't make the page any less useful, but including the image makes it a lot easier for users of visual browsers to understand the concept.
A flowchart that repeats the previous paragraph in graphical form:
<p>The network passes data to the Tokenizer stage, which passes data to the Tree Construction stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution. Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(), passes data to the Tokenizer.</p> <p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.png" alt=""></p>
In these cases, it would be wrong to include alternative text
that consists of just a caption. If a caption is to be included,
then either the title
attribute can
be used, or the figure
and legend
elements can be used. In the latter case, the image would in fact
be a phrase or paragraph with an alternative graphical
representation, and would thus require alternative text.
<!-- Using the title="" attribute --> <p>The network passes data to the Tokenizer stage, which passes data to the Tree Construction stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution. Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(), passes data to the Tokenizer.</p> <p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.png" alt="" title="Flowchart representation of the parsing model."></p>
<!-- Using <figure> and <legend> --> <p>The network passes data to the Tokenizer stage, which passes data to the Tree Construction stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution. Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(), passes data to the Tokenizer.</p> <figure> <img src="images/parsing-model-overview.png" alt="The Network leads to the Tokenizer, which leads to the Tree Construction. The Tree Construction leads to two items. The first is Script Execution, which leads via document.write() back to the Tokenizer. The second item from which Tree Construction leads is the DOM. The DOM is related to the Script Execution."> <legend>Flowchart representation of the parsing model.</legend> </figure>
<!-- This is WRONG. Do not do this. Instead, do what the above examples do. --> <p>The network passes data to the Tokenizer stage, which passes data to the Tree Construction stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution. Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(), passes data to the Tokenizer.</p> <p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.png" alt="Flowchart representation of the parsing model."></p> <!-- Never put the image's caption in the alt="" attribute! -->
A graph that repeats the previous paragraph in graphical form:
<p>According to a study covering several billion pages, about 62% of documents on the Web in 2007 triggered the Quirks rendering mode of Web browsers, about 30% triggered the Almost Standards mode, and about 9% triggered the Standards mode.</p> <p><img src="rendering-mode-pie-chart.png" alt=""></p>
In general, if an image is decorative but isn't especially page-specific, for example an image that forms part of a site-wide design scheme, the image should be specified in the site's CSS, not in the markup of the document.
However, a decorative image that isn't discussed by the
surrounding text still has some relevance can be included in a page
using the img
element. Such images are decorative, but
still form part of the content. In these cases, the alt
attribute must be present but its
value must be the empty string.
Examples where the image is purely decorative despite being relevant would include things like a photo of the Black Rock City landscape in a blog post about an event at Burning Man, or an image of a painting inspired by a poem, on a page reciting that poem. The following snippet shows an example of the latter case (only the first verse is included in this snippet):
<h1>The Lady of Shalott</h1> <p><img src="shalott.jpeg" alt=""></p> <p>On either side the river lie<br> Long fields of barley and of rye,<br> That clothe the wold and meet the sky;<br> And through the field the road run by<br> To many-tower'd Camelot;<br> And up and down the people go,<br> Gazing where the lilies blow<br> Round an island there below,<br> The island of Shalott.</p>
When a picture has been sliced into smaller image files that are
then displayed together to form the complete picture again, one of
the images must have its alt
attribute set as per the relevant rules that would be appropriate
for the picture as a whole, and then all the remaining images must
have their alt
attribute set to
the empty string.
In the following example, a picture representing a company logo for XYZ Corp has been split into two pieces, the first containing the letters "XYZ" and the second with the word "Corp". The alternative text ("XYZ Corp") is all in the first image.
<h1><img src="logo1.png" alt="XYZ Corp"><img src="logo2.png" alt=""></h1>
In the following example, a rating is shown as three filled stars and two empty stars. While the alternative text could have been "★★★☆☆", the author has instead decided to more helpfully give the rating in the form "3 out of 5". That is the alternative text of the first image, and the rest have blank alternative text.
<p>Rating: <meter max=5 value=3><img src="1" alt="3 out of 5" ><img src="1" alt=""><img src="1" alt=""><img src="0" alt="" ><img src="0" alt=""></meter></p>
Generally, image maps should be used instead of slicing an image for links.
However, if an image is indeed sliced and any of the components
of the sliced picture are the sole contents of links, then one image
per link must have alternative text in its alt
attribute representing the purpose
of the link.
In the following example, a picture representing the flying spaghetti monster emblem, with each of the left noodly appendages and the right noodly appendages in different images, so that the user can pick the left side or the right side in an adventure.
<h1>The Church</h1> <p>You come across a flying spaghetti monster. Which side of His Noodliness do you wish to reach out for?</p> <p><a href="?go=left" ><img src="fsm-left.png" alt="Left side. "></a ><img src="fsm-middle.png" alt="" ><a href="?go=right"><img src="fsm-right.png" alt="Right side."></a></p>
In some cases, the image is a critical part of the content. This could be the case, for instance, on a page that is part of a photo gallery. The image is the whole point of the page containing it.
How to provide alternative text for an image that is a key part of the content depends on the image's provenance.
When it is possible for detailed alternative text to be
provided, for example if the image is part of a series of
screenshots in a magazine review, or part of a comic strip, or is
a photograph in a blog entry about that photograph, text that can
serve as a substitute for the image must be given as the contents
of the alt
attribute.
A screenshot in a gallery of screenshots for a new OS, with some alternative text:
<figure> <img src="KDE%20Light%20desktop.png" alt="The desktop is blue, with icons along the left hand side in two columns, reading System, Home, K-Mail, etc. A window is open showing that menus wrap to a second line if they cannot fit in the window. The window has a list of icons along the top, with an address bar below it, a list of icons for tabs along the left edge, a status bar on the bottom, and two panes in the middle. The desktop has a bar at the bottom of the screen with a few buttons, a pager, a list of open applications, and a clock."> <legend>Screenshot of a KDE desktop.</legend> </figure>
A graph in a financial report:
<img src="sales.gif" title="Sales graph" alt="From 1998 to 2005, sales increased by the following percentages with each year: 624%, 75%, 138%, 40%, 35%, 9%, 21%">
Note that "sales graph" would be inadequate alternative text for a sales graph. Text that would be a good caption is not generally suitable as replacement text.
In certain cases, the nature of the image might be such that providing thorough alternative text is impractical. For example, the image could be indistinct, or could be a complex fractal, or could be a detailed topographical map.
In these cases, the alt
attribute must contain some suitable alternative text, but it may
be somewhat brief.
Sometimes there simply is no text that can do justice to an image. For example, there is little that can be said to usefully describe a Rorschach inkblot test. However, a description, even if brief, is still better than nothing:
<figure> <img src="/commons/a/a7/Rorschach1.jpg" alt="A shape with left-right symmetry with indistinct edges, with a small gap in the center, two larger gaps offset slightly from the center, with two similar gaps under them. The outline is wider in the top half than the bottom half, with the sides extending upwards higher than the center, and the center extending below the sides."> <legend>A black outline of the first of the ten cards in the Rorschach inkblot test.</legend> </figure>
Note that the following would be a very bad use of alternative text:
<!-- This example is wrong. Do not copy it. --> <figure> <img src="/commons/a/a7/Rorschach1.jpg" alt="A black outline of the first of the ten cards in the Rorschach inkblot test."> <legend>A black outline of the first of the ten cards in the Rorschach inkblot test.</legend> </figure>
Including the caption in the alternative text like this isn't useful because it effectively duplicates the caption for users who don't have images, taunting them twice yet not helping them any more than if they had only read or heard the caption once.
Another example of an image that defies full description is a fractal, which, by definition, is infinite in complexity.
The following example shows one possible way of providing alternative text for the full view of an image of the Mandelbrot set.
<img src="ms1.jpeg" alt="The Mandelbrot set appears as a cardioid with its cusp on the real axis in the positive direction, with a smaller bulb aligned along the same center line, touching it in the negative direction, and with these two shapes being surrounded by smaller bulbs of various sizes.">
In some unfortunate cases, there might be no alternative text available at all, either because the image is obtained in some automated fashion without any associated alternative text (e.g. a Webcam), or because the page is being generated by a script using user-provided images where the user did not provide suitable or usable alternative text (e.g. photograph sharing sites), or because the author does not himself know what the images represent (e.g. a blind photographer sharing an image on his blog).
In such cases, the alt
attribute's value may be omitted, but one of the following
conditions must be met as well:
title
attribute is
present and has a non-empty value.img
element is in a figure
element that contains a legend
element that contains
content other than inter-element whitespace.img
element is part of the only
paragraph directly in its section, and is the only
img
element without an alt
attribute in its section, and its
section has an associated
heading.Such cases are to be kept to an absolute
minimum. If there is even the slightest possibility of the author
having the ability to provide real alternative text, then it would
not be acceptable to omit the alt
attribute.
A photo on a photo-sharing site, if the site received the image with no metadata other than the caption:
<figure> <img src="1100670787_6a7c664aef.jpg"> <legend>Bubbles traveled everywhere with us.</legend> </figure>
It could also be marked up like this:
<article> <h1>Bubbles traveled everywhere with us.</h1> <img src="1100670787_6a7c664aef.jpg"> </article>
In either case, though, it would be better if a detailed description of the important parts of the image obtained from the user and included on the page.
A blind user's blog in which a photo taken by the user is shown. Initially, the user might not have any idea what the photo he took shows:
<article> <h1>I took a photo</h1> <p>I went out today and took a photo!</p> <figure> <img src="photo2.jpeg"> <legend>A photograph taken blindly from my front porch.</legend> </figure> </article>
Eventually though, the user might obtain a description of the image from his friends and could then include alternative text:
<article> <h1>I took a photo</h1> <p>I went out today and took a photo!</p> <figure> <img src="photo2.jpeg" alt="The photograph shows my hummingbird feeder hanging from the edge of my roof. It is half full, but there are no birds around. In the background, out-of-focus trees fill the shot. The feeder is made of wood with a metal grate, and it contains peanuts. The edge of the roof is wooden too, and is painted white with light blue streaks."> <legend>A photograph taken blindly from my front porch.</legend> </figure> </article>
Sometimes the entire point of the image is that a textual
description is not available, and the user is to provide the
description. For instance, the point of a CAPTCHA image is to see
if the user can literally read the graphic. Here is one way to
mark up a CAPTCHA (note the title
attribute):
<p><label>What does this image say? <img src="captcha.cgi?id=8934" title="CAPTCHA"> <input type=text name=captcha></label> (If you cannot see the image, you can use an <a href="?audio">audio</a> test instead.)</p>
Another example would be software that displays images and asks for alternative text precisely for the purpose of then writing a page with correct alternative text. Such a page could have a table of images, like this:
<table> <thead> <tr> <th> Image <th> Description <tbody> <tr> <td> <img src="2421.png" title="Image 640 by 100, filename 'banner.gif'"> <td> <input name="alt2421"> <tr> <td> <img src="2422.png" title="Image 200 by 480, filename 'ad3.gif'"> <td> <input name="alt2422"> </table>
Notice that even in this example, as much useful information
as possible is still included in the title
attribute.
Since some users cannot use images at all
(e.g. because they have a very slow connection, or because they
are using a text-only browser, or because they are listening to
the page being read out by a hands-free automobile voice Web
browser, or simply because they are blind), the alt
attribute is only allowed to be
omitted rather than being provided with replacement text when no
alternative text is available and none can be made available, as
in the above examples. Lack of effort from the part of the author
is not an acceptable reason for omitting the alt
attribute.
Generally authors should avoid using img
elements
for purposes other than showing images.
If an img
element is being used for purposes other
than showing an image, e.g. as part of a service to count page
views, then the alt
attribute must
be the empty string.
In such cases, the width
and
height
attributes should both
be set to zero.
This section does not apply to documents that are publicly accessible, or whose target audience is not necessarily personally known to the author, such as documents on a Web site, e-mails sent to public mailing lists, or software documentation.
When an image is included in a private communication (such as an
HTML e-mail) aimed at a specific person who is known to be able to
view images, the alt
attribute may
be omitted. However, even in such cases it is strongly recommended
that alternative text be included (as appropriate according to the
kind of image involved, as described in the above entries), so that
the e-mail is still usable should the user use a mail client that
does not support images, or should the document be forwarded on to
other users whose abilities might not include easily seeing
images.
The most general rule to consider when writing alternative text
is the following: the intent is that replacing every image
with the text of its alt
attribute
not change the meaning of the page.
So, in general, alternative text can be written by considering what one would have written had one not been able to include the image.
A corollary to this is that the alt
attribute's value should never
contain text that could be considered the image's caption,
title, or legend. It is supposed to contain
replacement text that could be used by users instead of the
image; it is not meant to supplement the image. The title
attribute can be used for
supplemental information.
One way to think of alternative text is to think about how you would read the page containing the image to someone over the phone, without mentioning that there is an image present. Whatever you say instead of the image is typically a good start for writing the alternative text.
Markup generators (such as WYSIWYG authoring tools) should, wherever possible, obtain alternative text from their users. However, it is recognized that in many cases, this will not be possible.
For images that are the sole contents of links, markup generators should examine the link target to determine the title of the target, or the URL of the target, and use information obtained in this manner as the alternative text.
As a last resort, implementors should either set the alt
attribute to the empty string, under
the assumption that the image is a purely decorative image that
doesn't add any information but is still specific to the surrounding
content, or omit the alt
attribute
altogether, under the assumption that the image is a key part of the
content.
Markup generators should generally avoid using the image's own file name as the alternative text.
Conformance checkers must report the lack of an alt
attribute as an error unless the
conditions listed above for images whose
contents are not known or they have been configured to assume
that the document is an e-mail or document intended for a specific
person who is known to be able to view images.
iframe
elementsrc
name
sandbox
seamless
width
height
interface HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString sandbox; attribute boolean seamless; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; };
Objects implementing the HTMLIFrameElement
interface must also implement the
EmbeddingElement
interface defined in the Window
Object specification. [WINDOW]
The iframe
element represents a
nested browsing context.
The src
attribute
gives the address of a page that the nested browsing
context is to contain. The attribute, if present, must be a
valid URL. When the browsing context
is created, if the attribute is present, the user agent must resolve the value of that attribute,
relative to the element, and if that is successful, must then
navigate the element's browsing context to the
resulting absolute URL, with replacement
enabled, and with the iframe
element's
document's browsing context as the source
browsing context. If the user navigates away from this page, the
iframe
's corresponding WindowProxy
object
will proxy new Window
objects for new
Document
objects, but the src
attribute will not
change.
Whenever the src
attribute
is set, the user agent must resolve the value of that attribute, relative to the
element, and if that is successful, the nested browsing
context must be navigated to
the resulting absolute URL, with the
iframe
element's document's browsing
context as the source browsing context.
If the src
attribute is not
set when the element is created, or if its value cannot be resolved, the browsing context will
remain at the initial about:blank
page.
The name
attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context
name. The given value is used to name the nested
browsing context. When the browsing
context is created, if the attribute is present, the browsing
context name must be set to the value of this attribute;
otherwise, the browsing context name must be set to the
empty string.
Whenever the name
attribute
is set, the nested browsing context's name must be changed to the new
value. If the attribute is removed, the browsing context
name must be set to the empty string.
When content loads in an iframe
, after any load
events are fired within the content
itself, the user agent must fire a simple event called
load
at the iframe
element. When content fails to load (e.g. due to a network error),
then the user agent must fire a simple event called
error
at the element instead.
When there is an active parser in the iframe
, and
when anything in the iframe
is delaying the load event of the
iframe
's browsing context's active
document, the iframe
must delay the load
event of its document.
If, during the handling of the load
event, the browsing
context in the iframe
is again navigated, that will further delay the
load event.
The sandbox
attribute, when specified, enables a set of extra restrictions on
any content hosted by the iframe
. Its value must be an
unordered set of unique space-separated tokens. The
allowed values are allow-same-origin
,
allow-forms
,
and allow-scripts
. When
the attribute is set, the content is treated as being from a unique
origin, forms and scripts are disabled, links are
prevented from targeting other browsing contexts, and plugins are disabled. The
allow-same-origin
token allows the content to be treated as being from the same origin
instead of forcing it into a unique origin, and the allow-forms
and allow-scripts
tokens re-enable forms and scripts respectively (though scripts are
still prevented from creating popups).
While the sandbox
attribute is specified, the iframe
element's
nested browsing context, and all the browsing contexts
nested within it
(either directly or indirectly through other nested browsing
contexts) must have the following flags set:
This flag prevents content from navigating browsing contexts other than the sandboxed browsing context itself (or browsing contexts further nested inside it).
This flag also prevents content
from creating new auxiliary browsing contexts, e.g. using the
target
attribute or the
window.open()
method.
This flag prevents content from instantiating plugins, whether using the embed
element, the object
element,
the applet
element, or through navigation of a nested
browsing context.
sandbox
attribute's
value, when split on
spaces, is found to have the allow-same-origin
keyword setThis flag forces content into a unique origin for the purposes of the same-origin policy.
This flag also prevents script from
reading the document.cookie
DOM
attribute.
The allow-same-origin
attribute is intended for two cases.
First, it can be used to allow content from the same site to be sandboxed to disable scripting, while still allowing access to the DOM of the sandboxed content.
Second, it can be used to embed content from a third-party site, sandboxed to prevent that site from opening popup windows, etc, without preventing the embedded page from communicating back to its originating site, using the database APIs to store data, etc.
This flag only takes effect when the
nested browsing context of the iframe
is
navigated.
sandbox
attribute's
value, when split on
spaces, is found to have the allow-forms
keyword setThis flag blocks form submission.
sandbox
attribute's
value, when split on
spaces, is found to have the allow-scripts
keyword setThis flag blocks script execution.
If the sandbox
attribute is
dynamically added after the iframe
has loaded a page,
scripts already compiled by that page (whether in
script
elements, or in event handler
attributes, or elsewhere) will continue to run. Only
new scripts will be prevented from executing by this
flag.
These flags must not be set unless the conditions listed above define them as being set.
In this example, some completely-unknown, potentially hostile, user-provided HTML content is embedded in a page. Because it is sandboxed, it is treated by the user agent as being from a unique origin, despite the content being served from the same site. Thus it is affected by all the normal cross-site restrictions. In addition, the embedded page has scripting disabled, plugins disabled, forms disabled, and it cannot navigate any frames or windows other than itself (or any frames or windows it itself embeds).
<p>We're not scared of you! Here is your content, unedited:</p> <iframe sandbox src="getusercontent.cgi?id=12193"></iframe>
Note that cookies are still sent to the server in the getusercontent.cgi
request, though they are not
visible in the document.cookie
DOM
attribute.
In this example, a gadget from another site is embedded. The gadget has scripting and forms enabled, and the origin sandbox restrictions are lifted, allowing the gadget to communicate with its originating server. The sandbox is still useful, however, as it disables plugins and popups, thus reducing the risk of the user being exposed to malware and other annoyances.
<iframe sandbox="allow-same-origin allow-forms allow-scripts" src="http://maps.example.com/embedded.html"></iframe>
The seamless
attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it indicates that
the iframe
element's browsing context is
to be rendered in a manner that makes it appear to be part of the
containing document (seamlessly included in the parent
document). Specifically, when the attribute is
set on an element and while the browsing context's
active document has the same origin as the
iframe
element's document, or the browsing
context's active document's address has the same
origin as the iframe
element's document, the
following requirements apply:
The user agent must set the seamless browsing context flag to true for that browsing context. This will cause links to open in the parent browsing context.
In a CSS-supporting user agent: the user agent must add all
the style sheets that apply to the iframe
element to
the cascade of the active document of the
iframe
element's nested browsing context,
at the appropriate cascade levels, before any style sheets
specified by the document itself.
In a CSS-supporting user agent: the user agent must, for the
purpose of CSS property inheritance only, treat the root element of
the active document of the iframe
element's nested browsing context as being a child of
the iframe
element. (Thus inherited properties on the
root element of the document in the iframe
will
inherit the computed values of those properties on the
iframe
element instead of taking their initial
values.)
In visual media, in a CSS-supporting user agent: the user agent
should set the intrinsic width of the iframe
to the
width that the element would have if it was a non-replaced
block-level element with 'width: auto'.
In visual media, in a CSS-supporting user agent: the user
agent should set the intrinsic height of the iframe
to
the height of the bounding box around the content rendered in the
iframe
at its current width (as given in the previous
bullet point), as it would be if the scrolling position was such
that the top of the viewport for the content rendered in the
iframe
was aligned with the origin of that content's
canvas.
In visual media, in a CSS-supporting user agent: the user agent
must force the height of the initial containing block of the
active document of the nested browsing
context of the iframe
to zero.
This is intended to get around the otherwise circular dependency of percentage dimensions that depend on the height of the containing block, thus affecting the height of the document's bounding box, thus affecting the height of the viewport, thus affecting the size of the initial containing block.
In speech media, the user agent should render the nested browsing context without announcing that it is a separate document.
User agents should, in general, act as if the active
document of the iframe
's nested browsing
context was part of the document that the
iframe
is in.
For example if the user agent supports listing all the links in a document, links in "seamlessly" nested documents would be included in that list without being significantly distinguished from links in the document itself.
If the attribute is not specified, or if the origin conditions listed above are not met, then the user agent should render the nested browsing context in a manner that is clearly distinguishable as a separate browsing context, and the seamless browsing context flag must be set to false for that browsing context.
It is important that user agents recheck the
above conditions whenever the active document of the
nested browsing context of the iframe
changes, such that the seamless browsing context flag
gets unset if the nested browsing context is navigated to another origin.
The attribute can be set or removed dynamically, with the rendering updating in tandem.
In this example, the site's navigation is embedded using a
client-side include using an iframe
. Any links in the
iframe
will, in new user agents, be automatically
opened in the iframe
's parent browsing context; for
legacy user agents, the site could also include a base
element with a target
attribute with the value _parent
. Similarly,
in new user agents the styles of the parent page will be
automatically applied to the contents of the frame, but to support
legacy user agents authors might wish to include the styles
explicitly.
<nav><iframe seamless src="nav.include.html"></iframe></nav>
The iframe
element supports dimension
attributes for cases where the embedded content has specific
dimensions (e.g. ad units have well-defined dimensions).
An iframe
element never has fallback
content, as it will always create a nested browsing
context, regardless of whether the specified initial contents
are successfully used.
Descendants of iframe
elements represent
nothing. (In legacy user agents that do not support
iframe
elements, the contents would be parsed as markup
that could act as fallback content.)
The content model of iframe
elements is text, except
that the text must be such that ... anyone
have any bright ideas?
The HTML parser treats markup inside
iframe
elements as text.
The DOM attributes src
, name
, sandbox
, and seamless
must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
embed
elementsrc
type
width
height
interface HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; };
Depending on the type of content instantiated by the
embed
element, the node may also support other
interfaces.
The embed
element represents an
integration point for an external (typically non-HTML) application
or interactive content.
The src
attribute
gives the address of the resource being embedded. The attribute, if
present, must contain a valid URL.
The type
attribute, if present, gives the MIME type of the plugin to
instantiate. The value must be a valid MIME type, optionally with
parameters. If both the type
attribute and the src
attribute
are present, then the type
attribute must specify the same type as the explicit Content-Type metadata of the
resource given by the src
attribute. [RFC2046]
When the element is created with neither a src
attribute nor a type
attribute, and when attributes
are removed such that neither attribute is present on the element
anymore, and when the element has an ancestor object
element that is not showing its fallback
content, any plugins instantiated for the element must be
removed, and the embed
element represents nothing.
When the sandboxed plugins browsing
context flag is set on the browsing context for
which the embed
element's document is the active
document, then the user agent must render the
embed
element in a manner that conveys that the
plugin was disabled. The user agent may offer the user
the option to override the sandbox and instantiate the
plugin anyway; if the user invokes such an option, the
user agent must act as if the sandboxed plugins browsing
context flag was not set for the purposes of this
element.
Plugins are disabled in sandboxed browsing contexts because they might not honor the restrictions imposed by the sandbox (e.g. they might allow scripting even when scripting in the sandbox is disabled). User agents should convey the danger of overriding the sandbox to the user if an option to do so is provided.
When the element is created with a src
attribute, and whenever the src
attribute is subsequently set, and
whenever the type
attribute is
set or removed while the element has a src
attribute, if the element is not
in a sandboxed browsing context and not a descendant of an
object
element that is not showing its fallback
content, the user agent must resolve the value of the attribute, relative to the
element, and if that is successful, should fetch the
resulting absolute URL. The task that is queued by the networking task source once
the resource has been fetched must find
and instantiate an appropriate plugin based on the
content's type, and hand
that plugin the content of the resource, replacing any
previously instantiated plugin for the element.
Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the element's document.
The type of the content being embedded is defined as follows:
If the element has a type
attribute, and that attribute's
value is a type that a plugin supports, then the value
of the type
attribute is the
content's type.
Otherwise, if the <path> component of the URL of the specified resource matches a pattern that a plugin supports, then the content's type is the type that that plugin can handle.
For example, a plugin might say that it can
handle resources with <path>
components that end with the four character string ".swf
".
It would be better if browsers didn't do extension sniffing like this, and only based their decision on the actual contents of the resource. Couldn't we just apply the sniffed type of a resource steps?
Otherwise, if the specified resource has explicit Content-Type metadata, then that is the content's type.
Otherwise, the content has no type and there can be no appropriate plugin for it.
Whether the resource is fetched successfully or not (e.g. whether the response code was a 2xx code or equivalent) must be ignored when determining the resource's type and when handing the resource to the plugin.
This allows servers to return data for plugins even with error responses (e.g. HTTP 500 Internal Server Error codes can still contain plugin data).
When the element is created with a type
attribute and no src
attribute, and whenever the type
attribute is subsequently set,
so long as no src
attribute is
set, and whenever the src
attribute is removed when the element has a type
attribute, if the element is not
in a sandboxed browsing context, user agents should find and
instantiate an appropriate plugin based on the value of
the type
attribute.
Any (namespace-less) attribute may be specified on the
embed
element, so long as its name is
XML-compatible and contains no characters in the range
U+0041 .. U+005A (LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER
Z).
All attributes in HTML documents get lowercased automatically, so the restriction on uppercase letters doesn't affect such documents.
The user agent should pass the names and values of all the
attributes of the embed
element that have no namespace
to the plugin used, when it is instantiated.
If the plugin instantiated for the
embed
element supports a scriptable interface, the
HTMLEmbedElement
object representing the element should
expose that interface while the element is instantiated.
The embed
element has no fallback
content. If the user agent can't find a suitable plugin, then
the user agent must use a default plugin. (This default could be as
simple as saying "Unsupported Format".)
The embed
element supports dimension
attributes.
The DOM attributes src
and type
each must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
object
elementparam
elements, then, transparent.data
type
name
usemap
form
width
height
interface HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString data; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString useMap; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; };
Objects implementing the HTMLObjectElement
interface must also implement the
EmbeddingElement
interface defined in the Window
Object specification. [WINDOW]
Depending on the type of content instantiated by the
object
element, the node may also support other
interfaces.
The object
element can represent an external
resource, which, depending on the type of the resource, will either
be treated as an image, as a nested browsing context,
or as an external resource to be processed by a
plugin.
The data
attribute, if present, specifies the address of the resource. If
present, the attribute must be a valid URL.
The type
attribute, if present, specifies the type of the resource. If
present, the attribute must be a valid MIME type, optionally with
parameters. [RFC2046]
One or both of the data
and
type
attributes must be
present.
The name
attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context
name. The given value is used to name the nested
browsing context, if applicable.
When the element is created, and subsequently whenever the classid
attribute changes or is
removed, or, if the classid
attribute is not present, whenever the data
attribute changes or is
removed, or, if neither classid
attribute nor the data
attribute are present, whenever
the type
attribute changes or
is removed, the user agent must run the following steps to determine
what the object
element represents:
If the element has an ancestor object
element that
is not showing its fallback content, then
jump to the last step in the overall set of steps (fallback).
If the classid
attribute is present, and has a value that isn't the empty string,
then: if the user agent can find a plugin suitable
according to the value of the classid
attribute, and plugins aren't being sandboxed,
then that plugin should be
used, and the value of the data
attribute, if any, should be
passed to the plugin. If no suitable
plugin can be found, or if the plugin
reports an error, jump to the last step in the overall set of
steps (fallback).
If the data
attribute
is present, then:
If the type
attribute is present and its value is not a type that the user
agent supports, and is not a type that the user agent can find a
plugin for, then the user agent may jump to the last
step in the overall set of steps (fallback) without fetching the
content to examine its real type.
Resolve the
URL specified by the data
attribute, relative to the
element.
If that is successful, fetch the resulting absolute URL.
Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the element's document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined next) has been run.
If the resource is not yet available (e.g. because the resource was not available in the cache, so that loading the resource required making a request over the network), then jump to the last step in the overall set of steps (fallback). The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource is available must restart this algorithm from this step. Resources can load incrementally; user agents may opt to consider a resource "available" whenever enough data has been obtained to begin processing the resource.
If the load failed (e.g. the URL could not be
resolved, there was an HTTP
404 error, there was a DNS error), fire a simple
event called error
at the
element, then jump to the last step in the overall set of steps
(fallback).
Determine the resource type, as follows:
Let the resource type be unknown.
If the resource has associated Content-Type metadata, then let the resource type be the type specified in the resource's Content-Type metadata.
If the resource type is unknown or
"application/octet-stream
" and there is
a type
attribute present
on the object
element, then change the resource type to instead be the type specified
in that type
attribute.
Otherwise, if the resource type is
"application/octet-stream
" but there is
no type
attribute on the
object
element, then change the resource type to be unknown, so that the
sniffing rules in the next step are invoked.
If the resource type is still unknown, then change the resource type to instead be the sniffed type of the resource.
Handle the content as given by the first of the following cases that matches:
The user agent should use that plugin and pass the content of the resource to that plugin. If the plugin reports an error, then jump to the last step in the overall set of steps (fallback).
image/
"The object
element must be associated with a
nested browsing context, if it does not already
have one. The element's nested browsing context
must then be navigated to the
given resource, with replacement enabled, and
with the object
element's document's
browsing context as the source browsing
context. (The data
attribute of the
object
element doesn't get updated if the
browsing context gets further navigated to other
locations.)
The object
element represents the
nested browsing context.
If the name
attribute
is present, the browsing context name must be set
to the value of this attribute; otherwise, the browsing
context name must be set to the empty string.
navigation might end up treating it as something else, because it can do sniffing. how should we handle that? it could also refetch the resource entirely, maybe from another application cache.
image/
", and support for images has not been
disabledApply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image.
The object
element represents the
specified image. The image is not a nested browsing
context.
If the image cannot be rendered, e.g. because it is malformed or in an unsupported format, jump to the last step in the overall set of steps (fallback).
The given resource type is not supported. Jump to the last step in the overall set of steps (fallback).
The element's contents are not part of what the
object
element represents.
Once the resource is completely loaded, fire a
simple event called load
at the element.
If the data
attribute
is absent but the type
attribute is present, plugins
aren't being sandboxed, and the user agent can find a plugin
suitable according to the value of the type
attribute, then that plugin
should be used. If no suitable plugin
can be found, or if the plugin reports an error, jump to the next
step (fallback).
(Fallback.) The object
element
represents the element's children, ignoring any
leading param
element children. This is the element's
fallback content.
When the algorithm above instantiates a
plugin, the user agent should pass the names and values
of all the attributes on the element, and all the names and
values of parameters
given by param
elements that are children of the
object
element, in tree order, to the
plugin used. If the plugin supports a
scriptable interface, the HTMLObjectElement
object
representing the element should expose that interface. The
object
element represents the
plugin. The plugin is not a nested
browsing context.
If the sandboxed plugins browsing
context flag is set on the browsing context for
which the object
element's document is the active
document, then the steps above must always act as if they had
failed to find a plugin, even if one would otherwise have been
used.
Due to the algorithm above, the contents of object
elements act as fallback content, used only when
referenced resources can't be shown (e.g. because it returned a 404
error). This allows multiple object
elements to be
nested inside each other, targeting multiple user agents with
different capabilities, with the user agent picking the first one it
supports.
Whenever the name
attribute
is set, if the object
element has a nested
browsing context, its name must be changed to the new value. If the attribute
is removed, if the object
element has a browsing
context, the browsing context name must be set
to the empty string.
The usemap
attribute,
if present while the object
element represents an
image, can indicate that the object has an associated image
map. The attribute must be ignored if the
object
element doesn't represent an image.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the object
element with its
form owner.
Constraint validation: object
elements are always barred from constraint
validation.
The object
element supports dimension
attributes.
The DOM attributes data
, type
, name
, and useMap
each must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
In the following example, a Java applet is embedded in a page
using the object
element. (Generally speaking, it is
better to avoid using applets like these and instead use native
JavaScript and HTML to provide the functionality, since that way
the application will work on all Web browsers without requiring a
third-party plugin. Many devices, especially embedded devices, do
not support third-party technologies like Java.)
<figure> <object type="application/x-java-applet"> <param name="code" value="MyJavaClass"> <p>You do not have Java available, or it is disabled.</p> </object> <legend>My Java Clock</legend> </figure>
In this example, an HTML page is embedded in another using the
object
element.
<figure> <object data="clock.html"></object> <legend>My HTML Clock</legend> </figure>
param
elementobject
element, before any flow content.name
value
interface HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString value; };
The param
element defines parameters for plugins
invoked by object
elements. It does not represent anything on its own.
The name
attribute gives the name of the parameter.
The value
attribute gives the value of the parameter.
Both attributes must be present. They may have any value.
If both attributes are present, and if the parent element of the
param
is an object
element, then the
element defines a parameter with the given
name/value pair.
The DOM attributes name
and value
must both
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
video
elementcontrols
attribute: Interactive content.src
attribute: transparent.src
attribute: one or more source
elements, then, transparent.src
poster
autobuffer
autoplay
loop
controls
width
height
interface HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement { attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; readonly attribute unsigned long videoWidth; readonly attribute unsigned long videoHeight; attribute DOMString poster; };
A video
element represents a video or movie.
Content may be provided inside the video
element. User agents should not show this content
to the user; it is intended for older Web browsers which do
not support video
, so that legacy video plugins can be
tried, or to show text to the users of these older browser informing
them of how to access the video contents.
In particular, this content is not fallback content intended to address accessibility concerns. To make video content accessible to the blind, deaf, and those with other physical or cognitive disabilities, authors are expected to provide alternative media streams and/or to embed accessibility aids (such as caption or subtitle tracks) into their media streams.
The video
element is a media element
whose media data is ostensibly video data, possibly
with associated audio data.
The src
, autobuffer
, autoplay
, loop
, and controls
attributes are the attributes common to all media
elements.
The poster
attribute gives the address of an image file that the user agent can
show while no video data is available. The attribute, if present,
must contain a valid URL. If the
specified resource is to be used, then, when the element is created
or when the poster
attribute
is set, its value must be resolved relative to the element, and if that is
successful, the resulting absolute URL must be fetched; this must delay the load
event of the element's document. The poster frame
is then the image obtained from that resource, if any.
The image given by the poster
attribute, the poster
frame, is intended to be a representative frame of the video
(typically one of the first non-blank frames) that gives the user an
idea of what the video is like.
The poster
DOM
attribute must reflect the poster
content attribute.
When no video data is available (the element's readyState
attribute is either
HAVE_NOTHING
, or HAVE_METADATA
but no video
data has yet been obtained at all), the video
element
represents either the poster frame, or
nothing.
When a video
element is paused and the current playback position is the first
frame of video, the element represents either the frame
of video corresponding to the current playback position or the poster
frame, at the discretion of the user agent.
Notwithstanding the above, the poster frame should be preferred over nothing, but the poster frame should not be shown again after a frame of video has been shown.
When a video
element is paused at any other position, the
element represents the frame of video corresponding to
the current playback
position, or, if that is not yet available (e.g. because the
video is seeking or buffering), the last frame of the video to have
been rendered.
When a video
element is potentially
playing, it represents the frame of video at the
continuously increasing "current" position. When the current playback
position changes such that the last frame rendered is no
longer the frame corresponding to the current playback
position in the video, the new frame must be
rendered. Similarly, any audio associated with the video must, if
played, be played synchronized with the current playback
position, at the specified volume with the specified mute state.
When a video
element is neither potentially
playing nor paused
(e.g. when seeking or stalled), the element represents
the last frame of the video to have been rendered.
Which frame in a video stream corresponds to a particular playback position is defined by the video stream's format.
In addition to the above, the user agent may provide messages to the user (such as "buffering", "no video loaded", "error", or more detailed information) by overlaying text or icons on the video or other areas of the element's playback area, or in another appropriate manner.
User agents that cannot render the video may instead make the element represent a link to an external video playback utility or to the video data itself.
videoWidth
videoHeight
These attributes return the intrinsic dimensions of the video, or zero if the dimensions are not known.
The intrinsic width and intrinsic height of the media resource are the dimensions of the resource in CSS pixels after taking into account the resource's dimensions, aspect ratio, clean aperture, resolution, and so forth, as defined for the format used by the resource.
The videoWidth
DOM
attribute must return the intrinsic width of the
video in CSS pixels. The videoHeight
DOM
attribute must return the intrinsic height of
the video in CSS pixels. If the element's readyState
attribute is HAVE_NOTHING
, then the
attributes must return 0.
The video
element supports dimension
attributes.
Video content should be rendered inside the element's playback area such that the video content is shown centered in the playback area at the largest possible size that fits completely within it, with the video content's aspect ratio being preserved. Thus, if the aspect ratio of the playback area does not match the aspect ratio of the video, the video will be shown letterboxed or pillarboxed. Areas of the element's playback area that do not contain the video represent nothing.
The intrinsic width of a video
element's playback
area is the intrinsic
width of the video resource, if that is available; otherwise
it is the intrinsic width of the poster frame, if that
is available; otherwise it is 300 CSS pixels.
The intrinsic height of a video
element's playback
area is the intrinsic
height of the video resource, if that is available; otherwise
it is the intrinsic height of the poster frame, if that
is available; otherwise it is 150 CSS pixels.
User agents should provide controls to enable or disable the display of closed captions associated with the video stream, though such features should, again, not interfere with the page's normal rendering.
User agents may allow users to view the video content in manners
more suitable to the user (e.g. full-screen or in an independent
resizable window). As for the other user interface features,
controls to enable this should not interfere with the page's normal
rendering unless the user agent is exposing a user interface. In such an
independent context, however, user agents may make full user
interfaces visible, with, e.g., play, pause, seeking, and volume
controls, even if the controls
attribute is absent.
User agents may allow video playback to affect system features that could interfere with the user's experience; for example, user agents could disable screensavers while video playback is in progress.
User agents should not provide a public API to cause videos to be shown full-screen. A script, combined with a carefully crafted video file, could trick the user into thinking a system-modal dialog had been shown, and prompt the user for a password. There is also the danger of "mere" annoyance, with pages launching full-screen videos when links are clicked or pages navigated. Instead, user-agent specific interface features may be provided to easily allow the user to obtain a full-screen playback mode.
video
elementsUser agents may support any video and audio codecs and container formats.
It would be helpful for interoperability if all browsers could support the same codecs. However, there are no known codecs that satisfy all the current players: we need a codec that is known to not require per-unit or per-distributor licensing, that is compatible with the open source development model, that is of sufficient quality as to be usable, and that is not an additional submarine patent risk for large companies. This is an ongoing issue and this section will be updated once more information is available.
Certain user agents might support no codecs at all, e.g. text browsers running over SSH connections.
audio
elementcontrols
attribute: Interactive content.src
attribute: transparent.src
attribute: one or more source
elements, then, transparent.src
autobuffer
autoplay
loop
controls
[NamedConstructor=Audio(), NamedConstructor=Audio(in DOMString src)] interface HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement { // no members };
An audio
element represents a sound or
audio stream.
Content may be provided inside the audio
element. User agents should not show this content
to the user; it is intended for older Web browsers which do
not support audio
, so that legacy audio plugins can be
tried, or to show text to the users of these older browser informing
them of how to access the audio contents.
In particular, this content is not fallback content intended to address accessibility concerns. To make audio content accessible to the deaf or to those with other physical or cognitive disabilities, authors are expected to provide alternative media streams and/or to embed accessibility aids (such as transcriptions) into their media streams.
The audio
element is a media element
whose media data is ostensibly audio data.
The src
, autobuffer
, autoplay
, loop
, and controls
attributes are the attributes common to all media
elements.
When an audio
element is potentially
playing, it must have its audio data played synchronized with
the current playback position, at the specified volume with the specified mute state.
When an audio
element is not potentially
playing, audio must not play for the element.
Audio
( [ url ] )Returns a new audio
element, with the src
attribute set to the value
passed in the argument, if applicable.
Two constructors are provided for creating
HTMLAudioElement
objects (in addition to the factory
methods from DOM Core such as createElement()
): Audio()
and Audio(src)
. When invoked as constructors,
these must return a new HTMLAudioElement
object (a new
audio
element). If the src argument
is present, the object created must have its src
content attribute set to the
provided value, and the user agent must invoke the object's resource selection
algorithm before returning.
audio
elementsUser agents may support any audio codecs and container formats.
User agents must support the WAVE container format with audio encoded using the PCM format.
source
elementsrc
type
media
interface HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString media; };
The source
element allows authors to specify
multiple media resources for
media elements. It does not represent anything on its own.
The src
attribute
gives the address of the media resource. The value must
be a valid URL. This attribute must be present.
The type
attribute gives the type of the media resource, to help
the user agent determine if it can play this media
resource before fetching it. If specified, its value must be
a MIME type. The codecs
parameter may be
specified and might be necessary to specify exactly how the resource
is encoded. [RFC2046] [RFC4281]
The following list shows some examples of how to use the codecs=
MIME parameter in the type
attribute.
<source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E, mp4a.40.2"">
<source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4; codecs="avc1.58A01E, mp4a.40.2"">
<source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4; codecs="avc1.4D401E, mp4a.40.2"">
<source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4; codecs="avc1.64001E, mp4a.40.2"">
<source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4; codecs="mp4v.20.8, mp4a.40.2"">
<source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4; codecs="mp4v.20.240, mp4a.40.2"">
<source src="video.3gp" type="video/3gpp; codecs="mp4v.20.8, samr"">
<source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg; codecs="theora, vorbis"">
<source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg; codecs="theora, speex"">
<source src="audio.ogg" type="audio/ogg; codecs=vorbis">
<source src="audio.spx" type="audio/ogg; codecs=speex">
<source src="audio.oga" type="audio/ogg; codecs=flac">
<source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg; codecs="dirac, vorbis"">
<source src="video.mkv" type="video/x-matroska; codecs="theora, vorbis"">
The media
attribute gives the intended media type of the media
resource, to help the user agent determine if this
media resource is useful to the user before fetching
it. Its value must be a valid media query. [MQ]
The DOM attributes src
, type
, and media
must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
Media elements implement the following interface:
interface HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement {
// error state
readonly attribute MediaError error;
// network state
attribute DOMString src;
readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc;
const unsigned short NETWORK_EMPTY = 0;
const unsigned short NETWORK_IDLE = 1;
const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADING = 2;
const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADED = 3;
const unsigned short NETWORK_NO_SOURCE = 4;
readonly attribute unsigned short networkState;
attribute boolean autobuffer;
readonly attribute TimeRanges buffered;
void load();
DOMString canPlayType(in DOMString type);
// ready state
const unsigned short HAVE_NOTHING = 0;
const unsigned short HAVE_METADATA = 1;
const unsigned short HAVE_CURRENT_DATA = 2;
const unsigned short HAVE_FUTURE_DATA = 3;
const unsigned short HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA = 4;
readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;
readonly attribute boolean seeking;
// playback state
attribute float currentTime;
readonly attribute float startTime;
readonly attribute float duration;
readonly attribute boolean paused;
attribute float defaultPlaybackRate;
attribute float playbackRate;
readonly attribute TimeRanges played;
readonly attribute TimeRanges seekable;
readonly attribute boolean ended;
attribute boolean autoplay;
attribute boolean loop;
void play();
void pause();
// cue ranges
void addCueRange(in DOMString className, in DOMString id, in float start, in float end, in boolean pauseOnExit, in CueRangeCallback enterCallback, in CueRangeCallback exitCallback);
void removeCueRanges(in DOMString className);
// controls
attribute boolean controls;
attribute float volume;
attribute boolean muted;
};
[Callback=FunctionOnly, NoInterfaceObject]
interface CueRangeCallback {
void handleEvent(in DOMString id);
};
The media element attributes, src
, autobuffer
, autoplay
, loop
, and controls
, apply to all media elements. They are defined in
this section.
Media elements are used to present audio data, or video and audio data, to the user. This is referred to as media data in this section, since this section applies equally to media elements for audio or for video. The term media resource is used to refer to the complete set of media data, e.g. the complete video file, or complete audio file.
Unless otherwise specified, the task source for all the tasks queued in this section and its subsections is the media element event task source.
error
Returns a MediaError
object representing the
current error state of the element.
Returns null if there is no error.
All media elements have an
associated error status, which records the last error the element
encountered since its resource selection
algorithm was last invoked. The error
attribute, on
getting, must return the MediaError
object created for
this last error, or null if there has not been an error.
interface MediaError { const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED = 1; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK = 2; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_DECODE = 3; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 4; readonly attribute unsigned short code; };
error
. code
Returns the current error's error code, from the list below.
The code
attribute of a MediaError
object must return the code
for the error, which must be one of the following:
MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED
(numeric value 1)MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK
(numeric value 2)MEDIA_ERR_DECODE
(numeric value 3)MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED
(numeric value 4)src
attribute was not suitable.The src
content
attribute on media elements gives
the address of the media resource (video, audio) to show. The
attribute, if present, must contain a valid URL.
The src
DOM
attribute on media elements must
reflect the respective content attribute of the same
name.
currentSrc
Returns the address of the current media resource.
Returns the empty string when there is no media resource.
The currentSrc
DOM
attribute is initially the empty string. Its value is changed by the
resource selection
algorithm defined below.
There are two ways to specify a media
resource, the src
attribute, or source
elements. The attribute overrides
the elements.
A media resource can be described in terms of its
type, specifically a MIME type, optionally with a codecs
parameter. [RFC2046] [RFC4281].
Types are usually somewhat incomplete descriptions; for example
"video/mpeg
" doesn't say anything except what
the container type is, and even a type like "video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E,
mp4a.40.2"
" doesn't include information like the actual
bitrate (only the maximum bitrate). Thus, given a type, a user agent
can often only know whether it might be able to play
media of that type (with varying levels of confidence), or whether
it definitely cannot play media of that type.
A type that the user agent knows it cannot render is one that describes a resource that the user agent definitely does not support, for example because it doesn't recognize the container type, or it doesn't support the listed codecs.
canPlayType
(type)Returns "no", "maybe", or "probably" based on how confident the user agent is that it can play media resources of the given type.
The canPlayType(type)
method must return the string
"no
" if type is a
type that the user agent knows it cannot render; it must
return "probably
" if the user agent is
confident that the type represents a media resource
that it can render if used in with this audio
or
video
element; and it must return "maybe
" otherwise. Implementors are encouraged to
return "maybe
" unless the type can be
confidently established as being supported or not. Generally, a user
agent should never return "probably
" if the
type doesn't have a codecs
parameter.
This script tests to see if the user agent supports a
(fictional) new format to dynamically decide whether to use a
video
element or a plugin:
<section id="video"> <p><a href="playing-cats.nfv">Download video</a></p> </section> <script> var videoSection = document.getElementById('video'); var videoElement = document.createElement('video'); var support = videoElement.canPlayType('video/x-new-fictional-format;codecs="kittens,bunnies"'); if (support != "probably" && "New Fictional Video Plug-in" in navigator.plugins) { // not confident of browser support // but we have a plugin // so use plugin instead videoElement = document.createElement("embed"); } else if (support == "no") { // no support from browser and no plugin // do nothing videoElement = null; } if (videoElement) { while (videoSection.hasChildNodes()) videoSection.removeChild(videoSection.firstChild); videoElement.setAttribute("src", "playing-cats.nfv"); videoSection.appendChild(videoElement); } </script>
To express the type of a media resource
to allow the user agent to avoid downloading resources it can't
render, authors can use the source
element's type
attribute.
networkState
Returns the current state of network activity for the element, from the codes in the list below.
As media elements interact
with the network, their current network activity is represented by
the networkState
attribute. On getting, it must return the current network state of
the element, which must be one of the following values:
NETWORK_EMPTY
(numeric value 0)NETWORK_IDLE
(numeric value 1)NETWORK_LOADING
(numeric value 2)NETWORK_LOADED
(numeric value 3)NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
(numeric value 4)The resource selection
algorithm defined below describes exactly when the networkState
attribute changes
value and what events fire to indicate changes in this state.
Some resources, e.g. streaming Web radio, can never
reach the NETWORK_LOADED
state.
load
()Causes the element to reset and start selecting and loading a new media resource from scratch.
All media elements have an autoplaying flag, which must begin in the true state, and a delaying-the-load-event flag, which must begin in the false state. While the delaying-the-load-event flag is true, the element must delay the load event of its document.
When the load()
method on a media element is invoked, the user agent
must run the following steps. Note that this algorithm might get
aborted, e.g. if the load()
method itself is invoked again.
If the load()
method for
this element is already being invoked, then abort these
steps.
Abort any already-running instance of the resource selection algorithm for this element.
If there are any tasks from the media element's media element event task source in one of the task queues, then remove those tasks.
Basically, pending events and callbacks for the media element are discarded when the media element starts loading a new resource.
If the media element's networkState
is set to NETWORK_LOADING
or NETWORK_IDLE
, set the error
attribute to a new
MediaError
object whose code
attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED
,
and fire a progress event called abort
at the media
element.
Set the error
attribute
to null and the autoplaying flag to true.
Set the playbackRate
attribute to the
value of the defaultPlaybackRate
attribute.
If the media element's networkState
is not set to
NETWORK_EMPTY
, then
run these substeps:
If a fetching process is in progress for the media element, the user agent should stop it.
networkState
attribute to
NETWORK_EMPTY.readyState
is
not set to HAVE_NOTHING
, then set it
to that state.paused
attribute
is false, then set to true.seeking
is true,
set it to false.emptied
at the media
element.Invoke the media element's resource selection algorithm.
Playback of any previously playing media resource for this element stops.
The resource selection algorithm for a media element is as follows. This algorithm is always invoked synchronously, but one of the first steps in the algorithm is to return and continue running the remaining steps asynchronously, meaning that it runs in the background with scripts and other tasks running in parallel.
If the media element has neither a src
attribute nor any
source
element children, run these substeps:
Set the networkState
to NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
.
Run the remainder of the resource selection algorithm steps asynchronously, allowing the task that invoked this algorithm to continue.
While the media element has neither a src
attribute nor any
source
element children, wait. (This step might wait
forever.)
Before the task that set
the src
attribute or inserted
the source
element has a chance to complete, set the
media element's delaying-the-load-event
flag to true (this delays the load event), and set its networkState
to NETWORK_LOADING
.
If a src
attribute was
set before a source
element was inserted, let src equal the first value that was assigned to the
src
attribute after this
algorithm was invoked.
Otherwise, run these substeps:
Set the media element's
delaying-the-load-event flag to true (this delays the load event), and
set its networkState
to NETWORK_LOADING
.
If the media element has a src
attribute, let src equal the value of that attribute.
Run the remainder of the resource selection algorithm steps asynchronously, allowing the task that invoked this algorithm to continue.
By this point, the algorithm is running asynchronously.
Queue a task to fire a progress
event called loadstart
at the media element.
If src was given a value in the earlier steps, then run these substeps:
Let absolute URL be the absolute
URL that would have resulted from resolving the URL given by src relative to the media element
when the src
attribute was
set to src.
If absolute URL was successfully obtained, then run the resource fetch algorithm with absolute URL. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed.
Reaching this step indicates that either the URL failed to
resolve, or the media resource failed to load. Set the error
attribute to a new
MediaError
object whose code
attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED
.
Set the element's networkState
attribute to
the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
value.
Queue a task to fire a progress
event called error
at the
media element.
Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.
Abort these steps. Until the load()
method is invoked, the
element won't attempt to load another resource.
Otherwise, the source
elements will be used; run
these substeps:
Let pointer be a position defined by two adjacent nodes in the media element's child list, treating the start of the list (before the first child in the list, if any) and end of the list (after the last child in the list, if any) as nodes in their own right. One node is the node before pointer, and the other node is the node after pointer. Initially, let pointer be the position between the start of the list and the next node (either the first child node of the media element, if there are any, or the end of the list, if it is empty).
As elements are inserted and removed into the media element, pointer must be updated as follows:
Other changes don't affect pointer.
Search loop: Queue a task to run the following steps (so that no other tasks are running that could make the DOM change while these steps are running):
Let candidate be null.
If the node after pointer is the end of the list, then abort the task.
If the node after pointer is a
source
element, let candidate
be that element.
Advance pointer so that the node before pointer is now the node that was after pointer, and the node after pointer is the node after the node that used to be after pointer.
If candidate is null, restart these substeps from the first substep. Otherwise, abort the task.
Resolve the
URL given by the candidate
element's src
attribute
relative to candidate.
Wait for the task to run. When the task ends, if candidate is null, then jump to the step below labeled waiting. Otherwise, continue with the next step.
If any of the following conditions are true, then queue
a task to fire a simple event called error
at the candidate element and then jump back to the step
labelled search loop:
src
attribute.src
attribute
relative to candidate failed.type
attribute whose value,
when parsed as a MIME type (including any codecs described by
the codec
parameter), represents a
type that the user agent knows it cannot render.media
attribute whose value,
when processed according to the rules for media
queries, does not match the current environment. [MQ]Set the networkState
to NETWORK_LOADING
again,
in case it was set to NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
above.
Run the resource fetch
algorithm with the absolute URL that resulted
from resolving the
URL given by the candidate
element's src
attribute
relative to candidate. If that algorithm
returns without aborting this one, then the load
failed.
Queue a task to fire a simple
event called error
at the
candidate element.
Return to the step labeled search loop.
Waiting: Set the element's networkState
attribute to
the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
value
Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.
Wait until the node after pointer is a node other than the end of the list. (This step might wait forever.)
Before the task that
inserted the source
element has a chance to
complete, set the element's delaying-the-load-event
flag back to true. This delays the load event again, in case it hasn't been
fired yet.
Jump back to the step labeled search loop.
The resource fetch algorithm for a media element and a given absolute URL is as follows:
Let the current media resource be the resource given by the absolute URL passed to this algorithm. This is now the element's media resource.
Set the currentSrc
attribute to the
absolute URL of the current media
resource.
Begin to fetch the current media resource.
Every 350ms (±200ms) or for every byte received,
whichever is least frequent, queue a task
to fire a progress event called progress
at the element.
If at any point the user agent has received no data for more
than about three seconds, then queue a task to
fire a progress event called stalled
at the element.
User agents may allow users to selectively block or slow media data downloads. When a media element's download has been blocked altogether, the user agent must act as if it was stalled (as opposed to acting as if the connection was closed). The rate of the download may also be throttled automatically by the user agent, e.g. to balance the download with other connections sharing the same bandwidth.
User agents may decide to not download more content at any
time, e.g. after buffering five minutes of a one hour media
resource, while waiting for the user to decide whether to play
the resource or not, or while waiting for user input in an
interactive resource. When a media element's
download has been suspended, the user agent must set the networkState
to NETWORK_IDLE
and
queue a task to fire a progress event
called suspend
at the
element. If and when downloading of the resource resumes, the
user agent must set the networkState
to NETWORK_LOADING
.
The autobuffer
attribute provides a hint that the author expects that downloading
the entire resource optimistically will be worth it, even in the
absence of the autoplay
attribute. In the absence of either attribute, the user agent is
likely to find that waiting until the user starts playback before
downloading any further content leads to a more efficient use of
the network resources.
When a user agent decides to completely stall a download, e.g. if it is waiting until the user starts playback before downloading any further content, the element's delaying-the-load-event flag must be set to false. This stops delaying the load event.
The user agent may use whatever means necessary to fetch the resource (within the constraints put forward by this and other specifications); for example, reconnecting to the server in the face of network errors, using HTTP partial range requests, or switching to a streaming protocol. The user agent must consider a resource erroneous only if it has given up trying to fetch it.
The networking task source tasks to process the data as it is being fetched must, when appropriate, include the relevant substeps from the following list:
DNS errors, HTTP 4xx and 5xx errors (and equivalents in other protocols), and other fatal network errors that occur before the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable, as well as the file using an unsupported container format, or using unsupported codecs for all the data, must cause the user agent to execute the following steps:
The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
Abort this subalgorithm, returning to the resource selection algorithm.
This indicates that the resource is usable. The user agent must follow these substeps:
Set the current playback position to the earliest possible position.
Set the readyState
attribute to
HAVE_METADATA
.
For video
elements, set the videoWidth
and videoHeight
attributes.
Set the duration
attribute to the duration of the resource.
The user agent will queue a task to
fire a simple event called durationchange
at the
element at this point.
Queue a task to
fire a simple event called loadedmetadata
at the
element.
If either the media resource or the address of the current media resource indicate a particular start time, then seek to that time. Ignore any resulting exceptions (if the position is out of range, it is effectively ignored).
For example, a fragment identifier could be used to indicate a start position.
Once the readyState
attribute
reaches HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
,
after the loadeddata
event has been
fired, set the element's delaying-the-load-event
flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.
A user agent that is attempting to reduce
network usage while still fetching the metadata for each
media resource would also stop buffering at this
point, causing the networkState
attribute
to switch to the NETWORK_IDLE
value, if
the media element did not have an autobuffer
or autoplay
attribute.
The user agent is required to determine the duration of the media resource and go through this step before playing.
Fatal network errors that occur after the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable must cause the user agent to execute the following steps:
The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
Set the error
attribute to a new MediaError
object whose code
attribute is set to
MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK
.
Queue a task to fire a progress
event called error
at
the media element.
Set the element's networkState
attribute to
the NETWORK_EMPTY
value and queue a task to fire a simple
event called emptied
at the element.
Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.
Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
Fatal errors in decoding the media data that occur after the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable must cause the user agent to execute the following steps:
The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
Set the error
attribute to a new MediaError
object whose code
attribute is set to
MEDIA_ERR_DECODE
.
Queue a task to fire a progress
event called error
at
the media element.
Set the element's networkState
attribute to
the NETWORK_EMPTY
value and queue a task to fire a simple
event called emptied
at the element.
Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.
Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
The fetching process is aborted by the user, e.g. because the
user navigated the browsing context to another page, the user
agent must execute the following steps. These steps are not
followed if the load()
method itself is invoked while these steps are running, as the
steps above handle that particular kind of abort.
The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
Set the error
attribute to a new MediaError
object whose code
attribute is set to
MEDIA_ERR_ABORT
.
Queue a task to fire a progress
event called abort
at
the media element.
If the media element's readyState
attribute has a
value equal to HAVE_NOTHING
, set the
element's networkState
attribute to
the NETWORK_EMPTY
value and queue a task to fire a simple
event called emptied
at the element. Otherwise, set the element's networkState
attribute to
the NETWORK_IDLE
value.
Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.
Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
The server returning data that is partially usable but cannot be optimally rendered must cause the user agent to execute the following steps.
When the user agent has completely fetched of the entire media resource, it must move on to the next step. This might never happen, e.g. when streaming an infinite resource such as Web radio.
If the fetching process completes without errors, then set
the networkState
attribute to NETWORK_LOADED
, and
queue a task to fire a progress event
called load
at the
element.
Then, abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
If a media element whose networkState
has the value
NETWORK_EMPTY
is inserted into a
document, the user agent must invoke the media
element's resource
selection algorithm.
The autobuffer
attribute is a boolean attribute. Its presence hints to
the user agent that the author believes that the media
element will likely be used, even though the element does not
have an autoplay
attribute. (The attribute has no effect if used in conjunction with
the autoplay
attribute,
though including both is not an error.) This
attribute may be ignored altogether. The attribute must be ignored
if the autoplay
attribute
is present.
The autobuffer
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
buffered
Returns a TimeRanges
object that represents the
ranges of the media resource that the user agent has
buffered.
The buffered
attribute must return a new static normalized
TimeRanges
object that represents the ranges of
the media resource, if any, that the user agent has
buffered, at the time the attribute is evaluated. Users agents must
accurately determine the ranges available, even for media streams
where this can only be determined by tedious inspection.
Typically this will be a single range anchored at the zero point, but if, e.g. the user agent uses HTTP range requests in response to seeking, then there could be multiple ranges.
User agents may discard previously buffered data.
Thus, a time position included within a range of the
objects return by the buffered
attribute at one time can
end up being not included in the range(s) of objects returned by the
same attribute at later times.
duration
Returns the length of the media resource, in seconds.
Returns NaN if the duration isn't available.
Returns Infinity for unbounded streams.
currentTime
[ = value ]Returns the current playback position, in seconds.
Can be set, to seek to the given time.
Will throw an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception if there
is no selected media resource. Will throw an
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception if the given time is not
within the ranges to which the user agent can seek.
startTime
Returns the earliest possible position, in seconds. This is the time for the start of the current clip. It might not be zero if the clip's timeline is not zero-based, or if the resource is a streaming resource (in which case it gives the earliest time that the user agent is able to seek back to).
The duration
attribute must return the length of the media resource,
in seconds. If no media data is available, then the
attributes must return the Not-a-Number (NaN) value. If the
media resource is known to be unbounded (e.g. a
streaming radio), then the attribute must return the positive
Infinity value.
The user agent must determine the duration of the media
resource before playing any part of the media
data and before setting readyState
to a value equal to
or greater than HAVE_METADATA
, even if doing
so requires seeking to multiple parts of the resource.
When the length of the media
resource changes (e.g. from being unknown to known, or from a
previously established length to a new length) the user agent must
queue a task to fire a simple event called
durationchange
at the
media element.
If an "infinite" stream ends for some reason,
then the duration would change from positive Infinity to the time of
the last frame or sample in the stream, and the durationchange
event would be
fired. Similarly, if the user agent initially estimated the
media resource's duration instead of determining it
precisely, and later revises the estimate based on new information,
then the duration would change and the durationchange
event would be
fired.
Media elements have a current playback position, which must initially be zero. The current position is a time.
The currentTime
attribute must, on getting, return the current playback
position, expressed in seconds. On setting, the user agent
must seek to the new value
(which might raise an exception).
If the media resource is a streaming resource, then the user agent might be unable to obtain certain parts of the resource after it has expired from its buffer. Similarly, some media resources might have a timeline that doesn't start at zero. The earliest possible position is the earliest position in the stream or resource that the user agent can ever obtain again.
The startTime
attribute must, on getting, return the earliest possible
position, expressed in seconds.
When the earliest possible position changes, then:
if the current playback position is before the
earliest possible position, the user agent must seek to the earliest possible
position; otherwise, if the user agent has not fired a timeupdate
event at the element in
the past 15 to 250ms, then the user agent must queue a
task to fire a simple event called timeupdate
at the element.
The loop
attribute is a boolean attribute that, if specified,
indicates that the media element is to seek back to the
start of the media resource upon reaching the end.
The loop
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
readyState
Returns a value that expresses the current state of the element with respect to rendering the current playback position, from the codes in the list below.
Media elements have a ready state, which describes to what degree they are ready to be rendered at the current playback position. The possible values are as follows; the ready state of a media element at any particular time is the greatest value describing the state of the element:
HAVE_NOTHING
(numeric value 0)networkState
attribute is NETWORK_EMPTY
are always in
the HAVE_NOTHING
state.HAVE_METADATA
(numeric value 1)video
element, the dimensions of the video are also available. The API
will no longer raise an exception when seeking. No media
data is available for the immediate current playback
position.HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
(numeric value 2)HAVE_METADATA
state, or
there is no more data to obtain in the direction of
playback. For example, in video this corresponds to the user
agent having data from the current frame, but not the next frame;
and to when playback has
ended.HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
(numeric value 3)HAVE_METADATA
state. For example, in video this corresponds to the user agent
having data for at least the current frame and the next frame. The
user agent cannot be in this state if playback has ended, as the current playback
position can never advanced in this case.HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
(numeric value 4)HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
state
are met, and, in addition, the user agent estimates that data is
being fetched at a rate where the current playback
position, if it were to advance at the rate given by the
defaultPlaybackRate
attribute, would not overtake the available data before playback
reaches the end of the media resource.When the ready state of a media element whose networkState
is not NETWORK_EMPTY
changes, the
user agent must follow the steps given below:
HAVE_NOTHING
, and the new
ready state is HAVE_METADATA
A loadedmetadata
DOM event will be fired as part of the load()
algorithm.
HAVE_METADATA
and
the new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
or
greaterIf this is the first time this occurs for
this media element since the load()
algorithm was last invoked,
the user agent must queue a task to fire a
simple event called loadeddata
at the element.
If the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
or
HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
,
then the relevant steps below must then be run also.
HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
or more,
and the new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
or
lessA waiting
DOM
event can be fired,
depending on the current state of playback.
HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
or
less, and the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
The user agent must queue a task to fire a
simple event called canplay
.
If the element is potentially playing, the user
agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called playing
.
HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
or
less, the user agent must queue a task to fire
a simple event called canplay
, and, if the element is also
potentially playing, queue a task to
fire a simple event called playing
.
If the autoplaying flag is true, and the paused
attribute is true, and the
media element has an autoplay
attribute specified,
then the user agent may also set the paused
attribute to false,
queue a task to fire a simple event
called play
, and queue a
task to fire a simple event called playing
.
User agents are not required to autoplay, and it
is suggested that user agents honor user preferences on the
matter. Authors are urged to use the autoplay
attribute rather than
using script to force the video to play, so as to allow the user
to override the behavior if so desired.
In any case, the user agent must finally queue a
task to fire a simple event called canplaythrough
.
It is possible for the ready state of a media
element to jump between these states discontinuously. For example,
the state of a media element can jump straight from HAVE_METADATA
to HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
without
passing through the HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
and
HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
states.
The readyState
DOM
attribute must, on getting, return the value described above that
describes the current ready state of the media
element.
The autoplay
attribute is a boolean attribute. When present, the
user agent (as described in the algorithm
described herein) will automatically begin playback of the
media resource as soon as it can do so without
stopping.
The autoplay
DOM attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
addCueRange
(className, id, start, end, pauseOnExit, enterCallback, exitCallback)Registers a range of time, given in seconds, and a pair of callbacks, the first of which will be invoked when the current playback position enters the range, and the second of which will be invoked when it exits the range. The callbacks are invoked with the given ID as their argument.
In addition, if the pauseOnExit argument is true, then playback will pause when it reaches the end of the range.
removeCueRange
(className)Removes all the ranges that were registered with the given class name.
Media elements have a set of cue ranges. Each cue range is made up of the following information:
The addCueRange(className, id, start, end, pauseOnExit, enterCallback, exitCallback)
method must, when called,
add a cue range to the media element, that
cue range having the class name className, the
identifier id, the start time start (in seconds), the end time end (in seconds), the "pause" boolean with the same
value as pauseOnExit, the "enter" callback enterCallback, the "exit" callback exitCallback, and an "active" boolean that is true if
the current playback position is equal to or greater
than the start time and less than the end time, and false
otherwise.
The removeCueRanges(className)
method must, when called,
remove all the cue ranges of the
media element which have the class name className.
paused
Returns true if playback is paused; false otherwise.
ended
Returns true if playback has reached the end of the media resource.
defaultPlaybackRate
[ = value ]Returns the default rate of playback, for when the user is not fast-forwarding or reversing through the media resource.
Can be set, to change the default rate of playback.
The default rate has no direct effect on playback, but if the user switches to a fast-forward mode, when they return to the normal playback mode, it is expected that the rate of playback will be returned to the default rate of playback.
playbackRate
[ = value ]Returns the current rate playback, where 1.0 is normal speed.
Can be set, to change the rate of playback.
played
Returns a TimeRanges
object that represents the
ranges of the media resource that the user agent has
played.
play
()Sets the paused
attribute
to false, loading the media resource and beginning
playback if necessary. If the playback had ended, will restart it
from the start.
pause
()Sets the paused
attribute
to true, loading the media resource if necessary.
The paused
attribute represents whether the media element is
paused or not. The attribute must initially be true.
A media element is said to be potentially
playing when its paused
attribute is false, the readyState
attribute is either
HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
or
HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
,
the element has not ended playback, playback has not
stopped due to errors, and the element has not
paused for user interaction.
A media element is said to have ended
playback when the element's readyState
attribute is HAVE_METADATA
or greater, and
either the current playback position is the end of the
media resource and the direction of
playback is forwards and the media element does
not have a loop
attribute
specified, or the current playback position is the
earliest possible position and the direction of
playback is backwards.
The ended
attribute must return true if the media element has
ended playback and the direction of
playback is forwards, and false otherwise.
A media element is said to have stopped due to
errors when the element's readyState
attribute is HAVE_METADATA
or greater, and
the user agent encounters a
non-fatal error during the processing of the media
data, and due to that error, is not able to play the content
at the current playback position.
A media element is said to have paused for user
interaction when its paused
attribute is false, the readyState
attribute is either
HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
or
HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
and
the user agent has reached a point in the media
resource where the user has to make a selection for the
resource to continue.
It is possible for a media element to have both ended playback and paused for user interaction at the same time.
When a media element that is potentially
playing stops playing because it has paused for user
interaction, the user agent must queue a task to
fire a simple event called timeupdate
at the element.
When a media element
that is potentially playing stops playing because its
readyState
attribute
changes to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
, without
the element having ended playback, or playback having
stopped due to errors, or playback having paused
for user interaction, or the seeking algorithm being invoked, the
user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called timeupdate
at the element, and queue a task to fire a simple
event called waiting
at
the element.
When the current playback position reaches the end of the media resource when the direction of playback is forwards, then the user agent must follow these steps:
If the media element has a loop
attribute specified, then seek to the earliest possible
position of the media resource and abort these
steps.
Stop playback.
The ended
attribute becomes
true.
The user agent must queue a task to fire
a simple event called timeupdate
at the element.
The user agent must queue a task to fire
a simple event called ended
at the element.
When the current playback position reaches the earliest possible position of the media resource when the direction of playback is backwards, then the user agent must follow these steps:
Stop playback.
The user agent must queue a task to fire
a simple event called timeupdate
at the element.
The defaultPlaybackRate
attribute gives the desired speed at which the media
resource is to play, as a multiple of its intrinsic
speed. The attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last
value it was set to, or 1.0 if it hasn't yet been set; on setting
the attribute must be set to the new value.
The playbackRate
attribute gives the speed at which the media resource
plays, as a multiple of its intrinsic speed. If it is not equal to
the defaultPlaybackRate
,
then the implication is that the user is using a feature such as
fast forward or slow motion playback. The attribute is mutable: on
getting it must return the last value it was set to, or 1.0 if it
hasn't yet been set; on setting the attribute must be set to the new
value, and the playback must change speed (if the element is
potentially playing).
If the playbackRate
is positive or zero, then the direction of playback is
forwards. Otherwise, it is backwards.
The "play" function in a user agent's interface must set the
playbackRate
attribute
to the value of the defaultPlaybackRate
attribute before invoking the play()
method's steps. Features such
as fast-forward or rewind must be implemented by only changing the
playbackRate
attribute.
When the defaultPlaybackRate
or
playbackRate
attributes
change value (either by being set by script or by being changed
directly by the user agent, e.g. in response to user control) the
user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called ratechange
at the media element.
The played
attribute must return a new static normalized
TimeRanges
object that represents the ranges of
the media resource, if any, that the user agent has so
far rendered, at the time the attribute is evaluated.
When the play()
method on a media element is invoked, the user agent
must run the following steps.
If the media element's networkState
attribute has
the value NETWORK_EMPTY
, then the user
agent must invoke the media element's resource selection
algorithm.
If the playback has ended, then the user agent must seek to the earliest possible position of the media resource.
This will cause the user
agent to queue a task to fire a simple
event called timeupdate
at the media
element.
If the media element's paused
attribute is true, it must
be set to false.
If this changed the value of paused
, the user agent must run
the following substeps:
Queue a task to fire a simple event
called play
at the element.
If the media element's readyState
attribute has the
value HAVE_NOTHING
,
HAVE_METADATA
, or
HAVE_CURRENT_DATA
,
queue a task to fire a simple event
called waiting
at the
element.
Otherwise, the media element's readyState
attribute has the
value HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
or
HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
;
queue a task to fire a simple event
called playing
at the
element.
The media element's autoplaying flag must be set to false.
The method must then return.
When the pause()
method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps:
If the media element's networkState
attribute has
the value NETWORK_EMPTY
, then the user
agent must invoke the media element's resource selection
algorithm.
If the media element's paused
attribute is false, it must
be set to true.
The media element's autoplaying flag must be set to false.
If the second step above changed the value of paused
, then the user agent must
queue a task to fire a simple event
called timeupdate
at the
element, and queue a task to fire a simple
event called pause
at the
element.
When a media element is
potentially playing and its Document
is an
active document, its current playback
position must increase monotonically at playbackRate
units of media
time per unit time of wall clock time.
This specification doesn't define how the user agent achieves the appropriate playback rate — depending on the protocol and media available, it is plausible that the user agent could negotiate with the server to have the server provide the media data at the appropriate rate, so that (except for the period between when the rate is changed and when the server updates the stream's playback rate) the client doesn't actually have to drop or interpolate any frames.
When the playbackRate
is negative (playback is backwards), any corresponding audio must be
muted. When the playbackRate
is so low or so
high that the user agent cannot play audio usefully, the
corresponding audio must also be muted. If the playbackRate
is not 1.0, the
user agent may apply pitch adjustments to the audio as necessary to
render it faithfully.
The playbackRate
can
be 0.0, in which case the current playback position
doesn't move, despite playback not being paused (paused
doesn't become true, and the
pause
event doesn't fire).
Media elements that are
potentially playing while not in a
Document
must not play any
video, but should play any audio component. Media elements must not
stop playing just because all references to them have been removed;
only once a media element to which no references exist has reached a
point where no further audio remains to be played for that element
(e.g. because the element is paused, or because the end of the clip
has been reached, or because its playbackRate
is 0.0) may the
element be garbage collected.
When the current playback position of a media element changes (e.g. due to playback or seeking), the user agent must run the following steps. If the current playback position changes while the steps are running, then the user agent must wait for the steps to complete, and then must immediately rerun the steps. (These steps are thus run as often as possible or needed — if one iteration takes a long time, this can cause certain ranges to be skipped over as the user agent rushes ahead to "catch up".)
Let current ranges be an ordered list of cue ranges, initialized to contain all the cue ranges of the media element whose start times are less than or equal to the current playback position and whose end times are greater than the current playback position, in the order they were added to the element.
Let other ranges be an ordered list of cue ranges, initialized to contain all the cue ranges of the media element that are not present in current ranges, in the order they were added to the element.
If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase
of the current playback position during normal playback, and if the
user agent has not fired a timeupdate
event at the element in
the past 15 to 250ms, then the user agent must queue a
task to fire a simple event called timeupdate
at the element. (In the
other cases, such as explicit seeks, relevant events get fired as
part of the overall process of changing the current playback
position.)
The event thus is not to be fired faster than about 66Hz or slower than 4Hz. User agents are encouraged to vary the frequency of the event based on the system load and the average cost of processing the event each time, so that the UI updates are not any more frequent than the user agent can comfortably handle while decoding the video.
If none of the cue ranges in current ranges have their "active" boolean set to "false" (inactive) and none of the cue ranges in other ranges have their "active" boolean set to "true" (active), then abort these steps.
If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase
of the current playback position during normal playback, and there
are cue ranges in other ranges that have both their "active" boolean
and their "pause" boolean set to "true", then immediately act as if
the element's pause()
method
had been invoked. (In the other cases, such as explicit
seeks, playback is not paused by exiting a cue range, even if that
cue range has its "pause" boolean set to "true".)
For each non-null "exit" callback of the cue ranges in other ranges that have their "active" boolean set to "true" (active), in list order, queue a task that invokes the callback, passing the cue range's identifier as the callback's only argument.
For each non-null "enter" callback of the cue ranges in current ranges that have their "active" boolean set to "false" (inactive), in list order, queue a task that invokes the callback, passing the cue range's identifier as the callback's only argument.
Set the "active" boolean of all the cue ranges in the current ranges list to "true" (active), and the "active" boolean of all the cue ranges in the other ranges list to "false" (inactive).
When a media element is removed from a
Document
, if the
media element's networkState
attribute has a
value other than NETWORK_EMPTY
then the user
agent must act as if the pause()
method had been invoked.
If the media element's
Document
stops being a fully active
document, then the playback will stop
until the document is active again.
seeking
Returns true if the user agent is currently seeking.
seekable
Returns a TimeRanges
object that represents the
ranges of the media resource to which it is possible
for the user agent to seek.
The seeking
attribute must initially have the value false.
When the user agent is required to seek to a particular new playback position in the media resource, it means that the user agent must run the following steps:
If the media element's readyState
is HAVE_NOTHING
, then the user
agent must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception (if
the seek was in response to a DOM method call or setting of a DOM
attribute), and abort these steps.
If the new playback position is later than the end of the media resource, then let it be the end of the media resource instead.
If the new playback position is less than the earliest possible position, let it be that position instead.
If the (possibly now changed) new playback
position is not in one of the ranges given in the seekable
attribute, then the user
agent must raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception (if the
seek was in response to a DOM method call or setting of a DOM
attribute), and abort these steps.
The current playback position must be set to the given new playback position.
The seeking
DOM
attribute must be set to true.
The user agent must queue a
task to fire a simple event called timeupdate
at the element.
If the media element was potentially
playing immediately before it started seeking, but seeking
caused its readyState
attribute to change to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
, the
user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called waiting
at
the element.
If, when it reaches this step, the user agent has still not
established whether or not the media data for the new playback position is available, and, if it is,
decoded enough data to play back that position, the user agent must
queue a task to fire a simple event
called seeking
at the
element.
If the seek was in response to a DOM method call or setting of a DOM attribute, then continue the script. The remainder of these steps must be run asynchronously.
The user agent must wait until it has established whether or not the media data for the new playback position is available, and, if it is, until it has decoded enough data to play back that position.
The seeking
DOM
attribute must be set to false.
The user agent must queue a task to fire
a simple event called seeked
at the element.
The seekable
attribute must return a new static normalized
TimeRanges
object that represents the ranges of
the media resource, if any, that the user agent is able
to seek to, at the time the attribute is evaluated.
If the user agent can seek to anywhere in the
media resource, e.g. because it a simple movie file and
the user agent and the server support HTTP Range requests, then the
attribute would return an object with one range, whose start is the
time of the first frame (typically zero), and whose end is the same
as the time of the first frame plus the duration
attribute's value (which
would equal the time of the last frame).
The range might be continuously changing, e.g. if the user agent is buffering a sliding window on an infinite stream. This is the behavior seen with DVRs viewing live TV, for instance.
Media resources might be internally scripted or interactive. Thus, a media element could play in a non-linear fashion. If this happens, the user agent must act as if the algorithm for seeking was used whenever the current playback position changes in a discontinuous fashion (so that the relevant events fire).
The controls
attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it
indicates that the author has not provided a scripted controller and
would like the user agent to provide its own set of controls.
If the attribute is present, or if scripting is disabled for the media element, then the user agent should expose a user interface to the user. This user interface should include features to begin playback, pause playback, seek to an arbitrary position in the content (if the content supports arbitrary seeking), change the volume, and show the media content in manners more suitable to the user (e.g. full-screen video or in an independent resizable window). Other controls may also be made available.
If the attribute is absent, then the user agent should avoid making a user interface available that could conflict with an author-provided user interface. User agents may make the following features available, however, even when the attribute is absent:
User agents may provide controls to affect playback of the media resource (e.g. play, pause, seeking, and volume controls), but such features should not interfere with the page's normal rendering. For example, such features could be exposed in the media element's context menu.
Where possible (specifically, for starting, stopping, pausing, and unpausing playback, for muting or changing the volume of the audio, and for seeking), user interface features exposed by the user agent must be implemented in terms of the DOM API described above, so that, e.g., all the same events fire.
The controls
DOM attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
volume
[ = value ]Returns the current playback volume, as a number in the range 0.0 to 1.0, where 0.0 is the quietest and 1.0 the loudest.
Can be set, to change the volume.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
if the new value is not
in the range 0.0 .. 1.0.
muted
[ = value ]Returns true if audio is muted, overriding the volume
attribute, and false if the
volume
attribute is being
honored.
Can be set, to change whether the audio is muted or not.
The volume
attribute must return the playback volume of any audio portions of
the media element, in the range 0.0 (silent) to 1.0
(loudest). Initially, the volume must be 1.0, but user agents may
remember the last set value across sessions, on a per-site basis or
otherwise, so the volume may start at other values. On setting, if
the new value is in the range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive, the attribute
must be set to the new value and the playback volume must be
correspondingly adjusted as soon as possible after setting the
attribute, with 0.0 being silent, and 1.0 being the loudest setting,
values in between increasing in loudness. The range need not be
linear. The loudest setting may be lower than the system's loudest
possible setting; for example the user could have set a maximum
volume. If the new value is outside the range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive,
then, on setting, an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception must be
raised instead.
The muted
attribute must return true if the audio channels are muted and false
otherwise. Initially, the audio channels should not be muted
(false), but user agents may remember the last set value across
sessions, on a per-site basis or otherwise, so the muted state may
start as muted (true). On setting, the attribute must be set to the
new value; if the new value is true, audio playback for this
media resource must then be muted, and if false, audio
playback must then be enabled.
Whenever either the muted
or
volume
attributes are changed,
the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called volumechange
at the media
element.
Objects implementing the TimeRanges
interface
represent a list of ranges (periods) of time.
interface TimeRanges { readonly attribute unsigned long length; float start(in unsigned long index); float end(in unsigned long index); };
length
Returns the number of ranges in the object.
start
(index)Returns the time for the start of the range with the given index.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
if the index is out of range.
end
(index)Returns the time for the end of the range with the given index.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
if the index is out of range.
The length
DOM attribute must return the number of ranges represented by the object.
The start(index)
method must return the position
of the start of the indexth range represented by
the object, in seconds measured from the start of the timeline that
the object covers.
The end(index)
method must return the position
of the end of the indexth range represented by
the object, in seconds measured from the start of the timeline that
the object covers.
These methods must raise INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exceptions
if called with an index argument greater than or
equal to the number of ranges represented by the object.
When a TimeRanges
object is said to be a
normalized TimeRanges
object, the ranges it
represents must obey the following criteria:
In other words, the ranges in such an object are ordered, don't overlap, aren't empty, and don't touch (adjacent ranges are folded into one bigger range).
The timelines used by the objects returned by the buffered
, seekable
and played
DOM attributes of media elements must be the same as that
element's media resource's timeline.
The following events fire on media elements as part of the processing model described above:
Event name | Interface | Dispatched when... | Preconditions |
---|---|---|---|
loadstart
| ProgressEvent [PROGRESS]
| The user agent begins looking for media data, as part of the resource selection algorithm. | networkState equals NETWORK_LOADING
|
progress
| ProgressEvent [PROGRESS]
| The user agent is fetching media data. | networkState equals NETWORK_LOADING
|
suspend
| ProgressEvent [PROGRESS]
| The user agent is intentionally not currently fetching media data, but does not have the entire media resource downloaded. | networkState equals NETWORK_IDLE
|
load
| ProgressEvent [PROGRESS]
| The user agent finishes fetching the entire media resource. | networkState equals NETWORK_LOADED
|
abort
| ProgressEvent [PROGRESS]
| The user agent stops fetching the media data before it is completely downloaded. | error is an object with the code MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED .
networkState equals either NETWORK_EMPTY or NETWORK_LOADED , depending on when the download was aborted.
|
error
| ProgressEvent [PROGRESS]
| An error occurs while fetching the media data. | error is an object with the code MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK or higher.
networkState equals either NETWORK_EMPTY or NETWORK_LOADED , depending on when the download was aborted.
|
emptied
| Event
| A media element whose networkState was previously not in the NETWORK_EMPTY state has just switched to that state (either because of a fatal error during load that's about to be reported, or because the load() method was invoked while the resource selection algorithm was already running, in which case it is fired synchronously during the load() method call).
| networkState is NETWORK_EMPTY ; all the DOM attributes are in their initial states.
|
stalled
| ProgressEvent
| The user agent is trying to fetch media data, but data is unexpectedly not forthcoming. | networkState is NETWORK_LOADING .
|
play
| Event
| Playback has begun. Fired after the play() method has returned.
| paused is newly false.
|
pause
| Event
| Playback has been paused. Fired after the pause method has returned.
| paused is newly true.
|
loadedmetadata
| Event
| The user agent has just determined the duration and dimensions of the media resource. | readyState is newly equal to HAVE_METADATA or greater for the first time.
|
loadeddata
| Event
| The user agent can render the media data at the current playback position for the first time. | readyState newly increased to HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater for the first time.
|
waiting
| Event
| Playback has stopped because the next frame is not available, but the user agent expects that frame to become available in due course. | readyState is newly equal to or less than HAVE_CURRENT_DATA , and paused is false. Either seeking is true, or the current playback position is not contained in any of the ranges in buffered . It is possible for playback to stop for two other reasons without paused being false, but those two reasons do not fire this event: maybe playback ended, or playback stopped due to errors.
|
playing
| Event
| Playback has started. | readyState is newly equal to or greater than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA , paused is false, seeking is false, or the current playback position is contained in one of the ranges in buffered .
|
canplay
| Event
| The user agent can resume playback of the media data, but estimates that if playback were to be started now, the media resource could not be rendered at the current playback rate up to its end without having to stop for further buffering of content. | readyState newly increased to HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or greater.
|
canplaythrough
| Event
| The user agent estimates that if playback were to be started now, the media resource could be rendered at the current playback rate all the way to its end without having to stop for further buffering. | readyState is newly equal to HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA .
|
seeking
| Event
| The seeking DOM attribute changed to true and the seek operation is taking long enough that the user agent has time to fire the event.
| |
seeked
| Event
| The seeking DOM attribute changed to false.
| |
timeupdate
| Event
| The current playback position changed as part of normal playback or in an especially interesting way, for example discontinuously. | |
ended
| Event
| Playback has stopped because the end of the media resource was reached. | currentTime equals the end of the media resource; ended is true.
|
ratechange
| Event
| Either the defaultPlaybackRate or the playbackRate attribute has just been updated.
| |
durationchange
| Event
| The duration attribute has just been updated.
| |
volumechange
| Event
| Either the volume attribute or the muted attribute has changed. Fired after the relevant attribute's setter has returned.
|
The main security and privacy implications of the
video
and audio
elements come from the
ability to embed media cross-origin. There are two directions that
threats can flow: from hostile content to a victim page, and from a
hostile page to victim content.
If a victim page embeds hostile content, the threat is that the
content might contain scripted code that attempts to interact with
the Document
that embeds the content. To avoid this,
user agents must ensure that there is no access from the content to
the embedding page. In the case of media content that uses DOM
concepts, the embedded content must be treated as if it was in its
own unrelated top-level browsing context.
For instance, if an SVG animation was embedded in
a video
element, the user agent would not give it
access to the DOM of the outer page. From the perspective of scripts
in the SVG resource, the SVG file would appear to be in a lone
top-level browsing context with no parent.
If a hostile page embeds victim content, the threat is that the
embedding page could obtain information from the content that it
would not otherwise have access to. The API does expose some
information: the existence of the media, its type, its duration, its
size, and the performance characteristics of its host. Such
information is already potentially problematic, but in practice the
same information can more or less be obtained using the
img
element, and so it has been deemed acceptable.
However, significantly more sensitive information could be obtained if the user agent further exposes metadata within the content such as subtitles or chapter titles. This version of the API does not expose such information. Future extensions to this API will likely reuse a mechanism such as CORS to check that the embedded content's site has opted in to exposing such information. [CORS]
An attacker could trick a user running within a corporate network into visiting a site that attempts to load a video from a previously leaked location on the corporation's intranet. If such a video included confidential plans for a new product, then being able to read the subtitles would present a confidentiality breach.
canvas
elementwidth
height
interface HTMLCanvasElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; DOMString toDataURL([Optional] in DOMString type, [Variadic] in any args); Object getContext(in DOMString contextId); };
The canvas
element represents a
resolution-dependent bitmap canvas, which can be used for rendering
graphs, game graphics, or other visual images on the fly.
Authors should not use the canvas
element in a
document when a more suitable element is available. For example, it
is inappropriate to use a canvas
element to render a
page heading: if the desired presentation of the heading is
graphically intense, it should be marked up using appropriate
elements (typically h1
) and then styled using CSS and
supporting technologies such as XBL.
When authors use the canvas
element, they must also
provide content that, when presented to the user, conveys
essentially the same function or purpose as the bitmap canvas. This
content may be placed as content of the canvas
element. The contents of the canvas
element, if any,
are the element's fallback content.
In interactive visual media, if scripting is enabled for the
canvas
element, the canvas
element
represents an embedded element with a dynamically created image.
In non-interactive, static, visual media, if the
canvas
element has been previously painted on (e.g. if
the page was viewed in an interactive visual medium and is now being
printed, or if some script that ran during the page layout process
painted on the element), then the canvas
element
represents embedded content with the current image and
size. Otherwise, the element represents its fallback
content instead.
In non-visual media, and in visual media if scripting is disabled for the
canvas
element, the canvas
element
represents its fallback content instead.
The canvas
element has two attributes to control the
size of the coordinate space: width
and height
. These
attributes, when specified, must have values that are valid non-negative
integers. The rules for parsing
non-negative integers must be used to obtain their numeric
values. If an attribute is missing, or if parsing its value returns
an error, then the default value must be used instead. The
width
attribute defaults to
300, and the height
attribute defaults to 150.
The intrinsic dimensions of the canvas
element equal
the size of the coordinate space, with the numbers interpreted in
CSS pixels. However, the element can be sized arbitrarily by a
style sheet. During rendering, the image is scaled to fit this layout
size.
The size of the coordinate space does not necessarily represent the size of the actual bitmap that the user agent will use internally or during rendering. On high-definition displays, for instance, the user agent may internally use a bitmap with two device pixels per unit in the coordinate space, so that the rendering remains at high quality throughout.
Whenever the width
and
height
attributes are set
(whether to a new value or to the previous value), the bitmap and
any associated contexts must be cleared back to their initial state
and reinitialized with the newly specified coordinate space
dimensions.
The width
and
height
DOM
attributes must reflect the respective content
attributes of the same name.
Only one square appears to be drawn in the following example:
// canvas is a reference to a <canvas> element var context = canvas.getContext('2d'); context.fillRect(0,0,50,50); canvas.setAttribute('width', '300'); // clears the canvas context.fillRect(0,100,50,50); canvas.width = canvas.width; // clears the canvas context.fillRect(100,0,50,50); // only this square remains
When the canvas is initialized it must be set to fully transparent black.
To draw on the canvas, authors must first obtain a reference to a
context using the getContext(contextId)
method of the
canvas
element.
getContext
(contextId)Returns an object that exposes an API for drawing on the canvas.
Returns null if the given context ID is not supported.
This specification only defines one context, with the name "2d
". If getContext()
is called with
that exact string for its contextId argument,
then the UA must return a reference to an object implementing
CanvasRenderingContext2D
. Other specifications may
define their own contexts, which would return different
objects.
Vendors may also define experimental contexts using the syntax
vendorname-context
, for example, moz-3d
.
When the UA is passed an empty string or a string specifying a context that it does not support, then it must return null. String comparisons must be case-sensitive.
A future version of this specification will probably
define a 3d
context (probably based on the OpenGL ES
API).
toDataURL
( [ type, ... ])Returns a data:
URL for the image in the
canvas.
The first argument, if provided, controls the type of the image
to be returned (e.g. PNG or JPEG). The default is image/png
; that type is also used if the given
type isn't supported. The other arguments are specific to the
type, and control the way that the image is generated, as given in
the table below.
The toDataURL()
method
must, when called with no arguments, return a data:
URL containing a representation of the image
as a PNG file. [PNG].
If the canvas has no pixels (i.e. either its horizontal dimension
or its vertical dimension is zero) then the method must return the
string "data:,
". (This is the shortest data:
URL; it represents the empty string in a text/plain
resource.)
When the toDataURL(type)
method, when called with one
or more arguments, must return a data:
URL containing a representation of the image
in the format given by type. The possible values
are MIME types with no parameters, for example
image/png
, image/jpeg
, or even maybe
image/svg+xml
if the implementation actually keeps
enough information to reliably render an SVG image from the
canvas.
For image types that do not support an alpha channel, the image
must be composited onto a solid black background using the
source-over operator, and the resulting image must be the one used
to create the data:
URL.
Only support for image/png
is required. User agents
may support other types. If the user agent does not support the
requested type, it must return the image using the PNG format.
User agents must convert the
provided type to lower case before establishing if they
support that type and before creating the data:
URL.
When trying to use types other than
image/png
, authors can check if the image was really
returned in the requested format by checking to see if the returned
string starts with one the exact strings "data:image/png,
" or "data:image/png;
". If it does, the image is PNG, and
thus the requested type was not supported. (The one exception to
this is if the canvas has either no height or no width, in which
case the result might simply be "data:,
".)
If the method is invoked with the first argument giving a type corresponding to one of the types given in the first column of the following table, and the user agent supports that type, then the subsequent arguments, if any, must be treated as described in the second cell of that row.
Type | Other arguments |
---|---|
image/jpeg | The second argument, if it is a number between 0.0 and 1.0, must be treated as the desired quality level. If it is not a number or is outside that range, the user agent must use its default value, as if the argument had been omitted. |
Other arguments must be ignored and must not cause the user agent
to raise an exception. A future version of this specification will
probably define other parameters to be passed to toDataURL()
to allow authors to
more carefully control compression settings, image metadata,
etc.
When the getContext()
method of a canvas
element is invoked with 2d
as the argument, a
CanvasRenderingContext2D
object is returned.
There is only one CanvasRenderingContext2D
object
per canvas, so calling the getContext()
method with the
2d
argument a second time
must return the same object.
The 2D context represents a flat Cartesian surface whose origin (0,0) is at the top left corner, with the coordinate space having x values increasing when going right, and y values increasing when going down.
interface CanvasRenderingContext2D { // back-reference to the canvas readonly attribute HTMLCanvasElement canvas; // state void save(); // push state on state stack void restore(); // pop state stack and restore state // transformations (default transform is the identity matrix) void scale(in float x, in float y); void rotate(in float angle); void translate(in float x, in float y); void transform(in float m11, in float m12, in float m21, in float m22, in float dx, in float dy); void setTransform(in float m11, in float m12, in float m21, in float m22, in float dx, in float dy); // compositing attribute float globalAlpha; // (default 1.0) attribute DOMString globalCompositeOperation; // (default source-over) // colors and styles attribute any strokeStyle; // (default black) attribute any fillStyle; // (default black) CanvasGradient createLinearGradient(in float x0, in float y0, in float x1, in float y1); CanvasGradient createRadialGradient(in float x0, in float y0, in float r0, in float x1, in float y1, in float r1); CanvasPattern createPattern(in HTMLImageElement image, in DOMString repetition); CanvasPattern createPattern(in HTMLCanvasElement image, in DOMString repetition); CanvasPattern createPattern(in HTMLVideoElement image, in DOMString repetition); // line caps/joins attribute float lineWidth; // (default 1) attribute DOMString lineCap; // "butt", "round", "square" (default "butt") attribute DOMString lineJoin; // "round", "bevel", "miter" (default "miter") attribute float miterLimit; // (default 10) // shadows attribute float shadowOffsetX; // (default 0) attribute float shadowOffsetY; // (default 0) attribute float shadowBlur; // (default 0) attribute DOMString shadowColor; // (default transparent black) // rects void clearRect(in float x, in float y, in float w, in float h); void fillRect(in float x, in float y, in float w, in float h); void strokeRect(in float x, in float y, in float w, in float h); // path API void beginPath(); void closePath(); void moveTo(in float x, in float y); void lineTo(in float x, in float y); void quadraticCurveTo(in float cpx, in float cpy, in float x, in float y); void bezierCurveTo(in float cp1x, in float cp1y, in float cp2x, in float cp2y, in float x, in float y); void arcTo(in float x1, in float y1, in float x2, in float y2, in float radius); void rect(in float x, in float y, in float w, in float h); void arc(in float x, in float y, in float radius, in float startAngle, in float endAngle, in boolean anticlockwise); void fill(); void stroke(); void clip(); boolean isPointInPath(in float x, in float y); // text attribute DOMString font; // (default 10px sans-serif) attribute DOMString textAlign; // "start", "end", "left", "right", "center" (default: "start") attribute DOMString textBaseline; // "top", "hanging", "middle", "alphabetic", "ideographic", "bottom" (default: "alphabetic") void fillText(in DOMString text, in float x, in float y, [Optional] in float maxWidth); void strokeText(in DOMString text, in float x, in float y, [Optional] in float maxWidth); TextMetrics measureText(in DOMString text); // drawing images void drawImage(in HTMLImageElement image, in float dx, in float dy, [Optional] in float dw, in float dh); void drawImage(in HTMLImageElement image, in float sx, in float sy, in float sw, in float sh, in float dx, in float dy, in float dw, in float dh); void drawImage(in HTMLCanvasElement image, in float dx, in float dy, [Optional] in float dw, in float dh); void drawImage(in HTMLCanvasElement image, in float sx, in float sy, in float sw, in float sh, in float dx, in float dy, in float dw, in float dh); void drawImage(in HTMLVideoElement image, in float dx, in float dy, [Optional] in float dw, in float dh); void drawImage(in HTMLVideoElement image, in float sx, in float sy, in float sw, in float sh, in float dx, in float dy, in float dw, in float dh); // pixel manipulation ImageData createImageData(in float sw, in float sh); ImageData createImageData(in ImageData imagedata); ImageData getImageData(in float sx, in float sy, in float sw, in float sh); void putImageData(in ImageData imagedata, in float dx, in float dy, [Optional] in float dirtyX, in float dirtyY, in float dirtyWidth, in float dirtyHeight); }; interface CanvasGradient { // opaque object void addColorStop(in float offset, in DOMString color); }; interface CanvasPattern { // opaque object }; interface TextMetrics { readonly attribute float width; }; interface ImageData { readonly attribute unsigned long width; readonly attribute unsigned long height; readonly attribute CanvasPixelArray data; }; [IndexGetter, IndexSetter] interface CanvasPixelArray { readonly attribute unsigned long length; };
canvas
Returns the canvas
element.
The canvas
attribute must return the canvas
element that the
context paints on.
Unless otherwise stated, for the 2D context interface, any method call with a numeric argument whose value is infinite or a NaN value must be ignored.
Whenever the CSS value currentColor
is used
as a color in this API, the "computed value of the 'color' property"
for the purposes of determining the computed value of the currentColor
keyword is the computed value of the
'color' property on the element in question at the time that the
color is specified (e.g. when the appropriate attribute is set, or
when the method is called; not when the color is rendered or
otherwise used). If the computed value of the 'color' property is
undefined for a particular case (e.g. because the element is not in
a document), then the "computed value of the 'color' property" for
the purposes of determining the computed value of the currentColor
keyword is fully opaque black. [CSS3COLOR]
Each context maintains a stack of drawing states. Drawing states consist of:
strokeStyle
, fillStyle
, globalAlpha
, lineWidth
, lineCap
, lineJoin
, miterLimit
, shadowOffsetX
, shadowOffsetY
, shadowBlur
, shadowColor
, globalCompositeOperation
, font
, textAlign
, textBaseline
.The current path and the current bitmap are not part
of the drawing state. The current path is persistent, and can only
be reset using the beginPath()
method. The
current bitmap is a property of
the canvas, not the context.
save
()Pushes the current state onto the stack.
restore
()Pops the top state on the stack, restoring the context to that state.
The save()
method must push a copy of the current drawing state onto the
drawing state stack.
The restore()
method
must pop the top entry in the drawing state stack, and reset the
drawing state it describes. If there is no saved state, the method
must do nothing.
The transformation matrix is applied to coordinates when creating shapes and paths.
When the context is created, the transformation matrix must initially be the identity transform. It may then be adjusted using the transformation methods.
The transformations must be performed in reverse order. For instance, if a scale transformation that doubles the width is applied, followed by a rotation transformation that rotates drawing operations by a quarter turn, and a rectangle twice as wide as it is tall is then drawn on the canvas, the actual result will be a square.
scale
(x, y)Changes the transformation matrix to apply a scaling transformation with the given characteristics.
rotate
(angle)Changes the transformation matrix to apply a rotation transformation with the given characteristics.
translate
(x, y)Changes the transformation matrix to apply a translation transformation with the given characteristics.
transform
(m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy)Changes the transformation matrix to apply the matrix given by the arguments as described below.
setTransform
(m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy)Changes the transformation matrix to the matrix given by the arguments as described below.
The scale(x, y)
method must
add the scaling transformation described by the arguments to the
transformation matrix. The x argument represents
the scale factor in the horizontal direction and the y argument represents the scale factor in the
vertical direction. The factors are multiples.
The rotate(angle)
method must add the rotation
transformation described by the argument to the transformation
matrix. The angle argument represents a
clockwise rotation angle expressed in radians.
The translate(x, y)
method must
add the translation transformation described by the arguments to the
transformation matrix. The x argument represents
the translation distance in the horizontal direction and the y argument represents the translation distance in the
vertical direction. The arguments are in coordinate space units.
The transform(m11, m12, m21, m22, dx,
dy)
method must multiply the
current transformation matrix with the matrix described by:
m11 | m21 | dx |
m12 | m22 | dy |
0 | 0 | 1 |
The setTransform(m11, m12, m21, m22, dx,
dy)
method must reset the current
transform to the identity matrix, and then invoke the transform(m11, m12, m21, m22, dx,
dy)
method with the same arguments.
globalAlpha
[ = value ]Returns the current alpha value applied to rendering operations.
Can be set, to change the alpha value. Values outside of the range 0.0 .. 1.0 are ignored.
globalCompositeOperation
[ = value ]Returns the current composition operation, from the list below.
Can be set, to change the composition operation. Unknown values are ignored.
All drawing operations are affected by the global compositing
attributes, globalAlpha
and globalCompositeOperation
.
The globalAlpha
attribute gives an alpha value that is applied to shapes and images
before they are composited onto the canvas. The value must be in the
range from 0.0 (fully transparent) to 1.0 (no additional
transparency). If an attempt is made to set the attribute to a value
outside this range, the attribute must retain its previous
value. When the context is created, the globalAlpha
attribute must
initially have the value 1.0.
The globalCompositeOperation
attribute sets how shapes and images are drawn onto the existing
bitmap, once they have had globalAlpha
and the
current transformation matrix applied. It must be set to a value
from the following list. In the descriptions below, the source
image, A, is the shape or image being rendered,
and the destination image, B, is the current
state of the bitmap.
source-atop
source-in
source-out
source-over
(default)destination-atop
source-atop
but using the
destination image instead of the source image and vice versa.destination-in
source-in
but using the destination
image instead of the source image and vice versa.destination-out
source-out
but using the destination
image instead of the source image and vice versa.destination-over
source-over
but using the
destination image instead of the source image and vice versa.lighter
copy
xor
vendorName-operationName
These values are all case-sensitive — they must be used exactly as shown. User agents must not recognize values that are not a case-sensitive match for one of the values given above.
The operators in the above list must be treated as described by the Porter-Duff operator given at the start of their description (e.g. A over B). [PORTERDUFF]
On setting, if the user agent does not recognize the specified
value, it must be ignored, leaving the value of globalCompositeOperation
unaffected.
When the context is created, the globalCompositeOperation
attribute must initially have the value
source-over
.
strokeStyle
[ = value ]Returns the current style used for stroking shapes.
Can be set, to change the stroke style.
The style can be either a string containing a CSS color, or a
CanvasGradient
or CanvasPattern
object. Invalid values are ignored.
fillStyle
[ = value ]Returns the current style used for filling shapes.
Can be set, to change the fill style.
The style can be either a string containing a CSS color, or a
CanvasGradient
or CanvasPattern
object. Invalid values are ignored.
The strokeStyle
attribute represents the color or style to use for the lines around
shapes, and the fillStyle
attribute represents the color or style to use inside the
shapes.
Both attributes can be either strings,
CanvasGradient
s, or CanvasPattern
s. On
setting, strings must be parsed as CSS <color> values and the
color assigned, and CanvasGradient
and
CanvasPattern
objects must be assigned themselves. [CSS3COLOR] If the value is a string but
is not a valid color, or is neither a string, a
CanvasGradient
, nor a CanvasPattern
, then
it must be ignored, and the attribute must retain its previous
value.
On getting, if the value is a color, then the serialization of the color
must be returned. Otherwise, if it is not a color but a
CanvasGradient
or CanvasPattern
, then the
respective object must be returned. (Such objects are opaque and
therefore only useful for assigning to other attributes or for
comparison to other gradients or patterns.)
The serialization of a color for a color value is a
string, computed as follows: if it has alpha equal to 1.0, then the
string is a lowercase six-digit hex value, prefixed with a "#"
character (U+0023 NUMBER SIGN), with the first two digits
representing the red component, the next two digits representing the
green component, and the last two digits representing the blue
component, the digits being in the range 0-9 a-f (U+0030 to U+0039
and U+0061 to U+0066). Otherwise, the color value has alpha less
than 1.0, and the string is the color value in the CSS rgba()
functional-notation format: the literal
string rgba
(U+0072 U+0067 U+0062 U+0061)
followed by a U+0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS, a base-ten integer in the
range 0-255 representing the red component (using digits 0-9, U+0030
to U+0039, in the shortest form possible), a literal U+002C COMMA
and U+0020 SPACE, an integer for the green component, a comma and a
space, an integer for the blue component, another comma and space, a
U+0030 DIGIT ZERO, a U+002E FULL STOP (representing the decimal
point), one or more digits in the range 0-9 (U+0030 to U+0039)
representing the fractional part of the alpha value, and finally a
U+0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS.
When the context is created, the strokeStyle
and fillStyle
attributes must
initially have the string value #000000
.
There are two types of gradients, linear gradients and radial
gradients, both represented by objects implementing the opaque
CanvasGradient
interface.
Once a gradient has been created (see below), stops are placed along it to define how the colors are distributed along the gradient. The color of the gradient at each stop is the color specified for that stop. Between each such stop, the colors and the alpha component must be linearly interpolated over the RGBA space without premultiplying the alpha value to find the color to use at that offset. Before the first stop, the color must be the color of the first stop. After the last stop, the color must be the color of the last stop. When there are no stops, the gradient is transparent black.
addColorStop
(offset, color)Adds a color stop with the given color to the gradient at the given offset. 0.0 is the offset at one end of the gradient, 1.0 is the offset at the other end.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception if the offset
it out of range. Throws a SYNTAX_ERR
exception if the
color cannot be parsed.
createLinearGradient
(x0, y0, x1, y1)Returns a CanvasGradient
object that represents a
linear gradient that paints along the line given by the
coordinates represented by the arguments.
If any of the arguments are not finite numbers, throws a
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception.
createRadialGradient
(x0, y0, r0, x1, y1, r1)Returns a CanvasGradient
object that represents a
radial gradient that paints along the cone given by the circles
represented by the arguments.
If any of the arguments are not finite numbers, throws a
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception. If either of the radii
are negative throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
The addColorStop(offset, color)
method on the CanvasGradient
interface adds a new stop
to a gradient. If the offset is less than 0,
greater than 1, infinite, or NaN, then an
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception must be raised. If the color cannot be parsed as a CSS color, then a
SYNTAX_ERR
exception must be raised. Otherwise, the
gradient must have a new stop placed, at offset offset relative to the whole gradient, and with the
color obtained by parsing color as a CSS
<color> value. If multiple stops are added at the same offset
on a gradient, they must be placed in the order added, with the
first one closest to the start of the gradient, and each subsequent
one infinitesimally further along towards the end point (in effect
causing all but the first and last stop added at each point to be
ignored).
The createLinearGradient(x0, y0, x1,
y1)
method takes four arguments
that represent the start point (x0, y0) and end point (x1, y1) of the gradient. If any of the arguments to createLinearGradient()
are infinite or NaN, the method must raise a
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception. Otherwise, the method must
return a linear CanvasGradient
initialized with the
specified line.
Linear gradients must be rendered such that all points on a line perpendicular to the line that crosses the start and end points have the color at the point where those two lines cross (with the colors coming from the interpolation and extrapolation described above). The points in the linear gradient must be transformed as described by the current transformation matrix when rendering.
If x0 = x1 and y0 = y1, then the linear gradient must paint nothing.
The createRadialGradient(x0, y0, r0,
x1, y1, r1)
method takes six arguments, the
first three representing the start circle with origin (x0, y0) and radius r0, and the last three representing the end circle
with origin (x1, y1) and
radius r1. The values are in coordinate space
units. If any of the arguments are infinite or NaN, a
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception must be raised. If either
of r0 or r1 are negative, an
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception must be raised. Otherwise,
the method must return a radial CanvasGradient
initialized with the two specified circles.
Radial gradients must be rendered by following these steps:
If x0 = x1 and y0 = y1 and r0 = r1, then the radial gradient must paint nothing. Abort these steps.
Let x(ω) = (x1-x0)ω + x0
Let y(ω) = (y1-y0)ω + y0
Let r(ω) = (r1-r0)ω + r0
Let the color at ω be the color at that position on the gradient (with the colors coming from the interpolation and extrapolation described above).
For all values of ω where r(ω) > 0, starting with the value of ω nearest to positive infinity and ending with the value of ω nearest to negative infinity, draw the circumference of the circle with radius r(ω) at position (x(ω), y(ω)), with the color at ω, but only painting on the parts of the canvas that have not yet been painted on by earlier circles in this step for this rendering of the gradient.
This effectively creates a cone, touched by the two circles defined in the creation of the gradient, with the part of the cone before the start circle (0.0) using the color of the first offset, the part of the cone after the end circle (1.0) using the color of the last offset, and areas outside the cone untouched by the gradient (transparent black).
Gradients must be painted only where the relevant stroking or filling effects requires that they be drawn.
The points in the radial gradient must be transformed as described by the current transformation matrix when rendering.
Patterns are represented by objects implementing the opaque
CanvasPattern
interface.
createPattern
(image, repetition)Returns a CanvasPattern
object that uses the given image
and repeats in the direction(s) given by the repetition argument.
The allowed values for repeat
are repeat
(both directions), repeat-x
(horizontal only), repeat-y
(vertical only), and no-repeat
(neither). If the repetition argument is empty or null, the value
repeat
is used.
If the first argument isn't an img
,
canvas
, or video
element, throws a
TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
exception. If the image is not
fully decoded yet, or has no image data, throws an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception. If the second argument
isn't one of the allowed values, throws a SYNTAX_ERR
exception.
To create objects of this type, the createPattern(image, repetition)
method is used. The first argument gives the image to use as the
pattern (either an HTMLImageElement
or an
HTMLCanvasElement
). Modifying this image after calling
the createPattern()
method
must not affect the pattern. The second argument must be a string
with one of the following values: repeat
,
repeat-x
, repeat-y
,
no-repeat
. If the empty string or null is
specified, repeat
must be assumed. If an
unrecognized value is given, then the user agent must raise a
SYNTAX_ERR
exception. User agents must recognize the
four values described above exactly (e.g. they must not do case
folding). The method must return a CanvasPattern
object
suitably initialized.
The image argument must be an instance of
HTMLImageElement
, HTMLCanvasElement
, or
HTMLVideoElement
. If the image is
of the wrong type or null, the implementation must raise a
TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
exception.
If the image argument is an
HTMLImageElement
object whose complete
attribute is false, then
the implementation must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
If the image argument is an
HTMLVideoElement
object whose readyState
attribute is either
HAVE_NOTHING
or HAVE_METADATA
, then the
implementation must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
If the image argument is an
HTMLCanvasElement
object with either a horizontal
dimension or a vertical dimension equal to zero, then the
implementation must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
Patterns must be painted so that the top left of the first image
is anchored at the origin of the coordinate space, and images are
then repeated horizontally to the left and right (if the
repeat-x
string was specified) or vertically up and
down (if the repeat-y
string was specified) or in all
four directions all over the canvas (if the repeat
string was specified). The images are not scaled by this process;
one CSS pixel of the image must be painted on one coordinate space
unit. Of course, patterns must actually be painted only where the
stroking or filling effect requires that they be drawn, and are
affected by the current transformation matrix.
When the createPattern()
method
is passed, as its image argument, an animated
image, the poster frame of the animation, or the first frame of the
animation if there is no poster frame, must be used.
When the image argument is an
HTMLVideoElement
, then the frame at the current
playback position must be used as the source image.
lineWidth
[ = value ]Returns the current line width.
Can be set, to change the line width. Values that are not finite values greater than zero are ignored.
lineCap
[ = value ]Returns the current line cap style.
Can be set, to change the line cap style.
The possible line cap styles are butt
,
round
, and square
. Other values are
ignored.
lineJoin
[ = value ]Returns the current line join style.
Can be set, to change the line join style.
The possible line join styles are bevel
,
round
, and miter
. Other values are
ignored.
miterLimit
[ = value ]Returns the current miter limit ratio.
Can be set, to change the miter limit ratio. Values that are not finite values greater than zero are ignored.
The lineWidth
attribute gives the width of lines, in coordinate space units. On
setting, zero, negative, infinite, and NaN values must be ignored,
leaving the value unchanged.
When the context is created, the lineWidth
attribute must
initially have the value 1.0
.
The lineCap
attribute
defines the type of endings that UAs will place on the end of
lines. The three valid values are butt
,
round
, and square
. The butt
value means that the end of each line has a flat edge perpendicular
to the direction of the line (and that no additional line cap is
added). The round
value means that a semi-circle with
the diameter equal to the width of the line must then be added on to
the end of the line. The square
value means that a
rectangle with the length of the line width and the width of half
the line width, placed flat against the edge perpendicular to the
direction of the line, must be added at the end of each line. On
setting, any other value than the literal strings butt
,
round
, and square
must be ignored, leaving
the value unchanged.
When the context is created, the lineCap
attribute must
initially have the value butt
.
The lineJoin
attribute defines the type of corners that UAs will place where two
lines meet. The three valid values are bevel
,
round
, and miter
.
On setting, any other value than the literal strings
bevel
, round
, and miter
must
be ignored, leaving the value unchanged.
When the context is created, the lineJoin
attribute must
initially have the value miter
.
A join exists at any point in a subpath shared by two consecutive lines. When a subpath is closed, then a join also exists at its first point (equivalent to its last point) connecting the first and last lines in the subpath.
In addition to the point where the join occurs, two additional points are relevant to each join, one for each line: the two corners found half the line width away from the join point, one perpendicular to each line, each on the side furthest from the other line.
A filled triangle connecting these two opposite corners with a
straight line, with the third point of the triangle being the join
point, must be rendered at all joins. The lineJoin
attribute controls
whether anything else is rendered. The three aforementioned values
have the following meanings:
The bevel
value means that this is all that is
rendered at joins.
The round
value means that a filled arc connecting
the two aforementioned corners of the join, abutting (and not
overlapping) the aforementioned triangle, with the diameter equal to
the line width and the origin at the point of the join, must be
rendered at joins.
The miter
value means that a second filled triangle
must (if it can given the miter length) be rendered at the join,
with one line being the line between the two aforementioned corners,
abutting the first triangle, and the other two being continuations of
the outside edges of the two joining lines, as long as required to
intersect without going over the miter length.
The miter length is the distance from the point where the join occurs to the intersection of the line edges on the outside of the join. The miter limit ratio is the maximum allowed ratio of the miter length to half the line width. If the miter length would cause the miter limit ratio to be exceeded, this second triangle must not be rendered.
The miter limit ratio can be explicitly set using the miterLimit
attribute. On setting, zero, negative, infinite, and NaN values must
be ignored, leaving the value unchanged.
When the context is created, the miterLimit
attribute must
initially have the value 10.0
.
All drawing operations are affected by the four global shadow attributes.
shadowColor
[ = value ]Returns the current shadow color.
Can be set, to change the shadow color. Values that cannot be parsed as CSS colors are ignored.
shadowOffsetX
[ = value ]shadowOffsetY
[ = value ]Returns the current shadow offset.
Can be set, to change the shadow offset. Values that are not finite numbers are ignored.
shadowBlur
[ = value ]Returns the current level of blur applied to shadows.
Can be set, to change the blur level. Values that are not finite numbers greater than or equal to zero are ignored.
The shadowColor
attribute sets the color of the shadow.
When the context is created, the shadowColor
attribute
initially must be fully-transparent black.
On getting, the serialization of the color must be returned.
On setting, the new value must be parsed as a CSS <color> value and the color assigned. If the value is not a valid color, then it must be ignored, and the attribute must retain its previous value. [CSS3COLOR]
The shadowOffsetX
and shadowOffsetY
attributes specify the distance that the shadow will be offset in
the positive horizontal and positive vertical distance
respectively. Their values are in coordinate space units. They are
not affected by the current transformation matrix.
When the context is created, the shadow offset attributes must
initially have the value 0
.
On getting, they must return their current value. On setting, the attribute being set must be set to the new value, except if the value is infinite or NaN, in which case the new value must be ignored.
The shadowBlur
attribute specifies the size of the blurring effect. (The units do
not map to coordinate space units, and are not affected by the
current transformation matrix.)
When the context is created, the shadowBlur
attribute must
initially have the value 0
.
On getting, the attribute must return its current value. On setting the attribute must be set to the new value, except if the value is negative, infinite or NaN, in which case the new value must be ignored.
Shadows are only drawn
if either the opacity component of the alpha component of the
color of shadowColor
is non-zero, or the shadowBlur
is non-zero, or
the shadowOffsetX
is non-zero, or the shadowOffsetY
is
non-zero.
When shadows are drawn, they must be rendered as follows:
Let A be the source image for which a shadow is being created.
Let B be an infinite transparent black bitmap, with a coordinate space and an origin identical to A.
Copy the alpha channel of A to B, offset by shadowOffsetX
in the
positive x direction, and shadowOffsetY
in the
positive y direction.
If shadowBlur
is greater than
0:
If shadowBlur
is less than
8, let σ be half the value of shadowBlur
; otherwise,
let σ be the square root of multiplying
the value of shadowBlur
by
2.
Perform a 2D Gaussian Blur on B, using σ as the standard deviation.
User agents may limit values of σ to an implementation-specific maximum value to avoid exceeding hardware limitations during the Gaussian blur operation.
Set the red, green, and blue components of every pixel in
B to the red, green, and blue components
(respectively) of the color of shadowColor
.
Multiply the alpha component of every pixel in B by the alpha component of the color of shadowColor
.
The shadow is in the bitmap B, and is rendered as part of the drawing model described below.
There are three methods that immediately draw rectangles to the bitmap. They each take four arguments; the first two give the x and y coordinates of the top left of the rectangle, and the second two give the width w and height h of the rectangle, respectively.
The current transformation matrix must be applied to the following four coordinates, which form the path that must then be closed to get the specified rectangle: (x, y), (x+w, y), (x+w, y+h), (x, y+h).
Shapes are painted without affecting the current path, and are
subject to the clipping region,
and, with the exception of clearRect()
, also shadow effects, global alpha, and global composition
operators.
clearRect
(x, y, w, h)Clears all pixels on the canvas in the given rectangle to transparent black.
fillRect
(x, y, w, h)Paints the given rectangle onto the canvas, using the current fill style.
strokeRect
(x, y, w, h)Paints the box that outlines the given rectangle onto the canvas, using the current stroke style.
The clearRect(x, y, w, h)
method must clear the pixels in the
specified rectangle that also intersect the current clipping region
to a fully transparent black, erasing any previous image. If either
height or width are zero, this method has no effect.
The fillRect(x, y, w, h)
method must paint the specified
rectangular area using the fillStyle
. If either height
or width are zero, this method has no effect.
The strokeRect(x, y, w, h)
method must stroke the specified
rectangle's path using the strokeStyle
, lineWidth
, lineJoin
, and (if
appropriate) miterLimit
attributes. If
both height and width are zero, this method has no effect, since
there is no path to stroke (it's a point). If only one of the two is
zero, then the method will draw a line instead (the path for the
outline is just a straight line along the non-zero dimension).
The context always has a current path. There is only one current path, it is not part of the drawing state.
A path has a list of zero or more subpaths. Each subpath consists of a list of one or more points, connected by straight or curved lines, and a flag indicating whether the subpath is closed or not. A closed subpath is one where the last point of the subpath is connected to the first point of the subpath by a straight line. Subpaths with fewer than two points are ignored when painting the path.
beginPath
()Resets the current path.
moveTo
(x, y)Creates a new subpath with the given point.
closePath
()Marks the current subpath as closed, and starts a new subpath with a point the same as the start and end of the newly closed subpath.
lineTo
(x, y)Adds the given point to the current subpath, connected to the previous one by a straight line.
quadraticCurveTo
(cpx, cpy, x, y)Adds the given point to the current path, connected to the previous one by a quadratic Bézier curve with the given control point.
bezierCurveTo
(cpx, cpy, x, y)Adds the given point to the current path, connected to the previous one by a cubic Bézier curve with the given control points.
arcTo
(x1, y1, x2, y2, radius)Adds a point to the current path, connected to the previous one by a straight line, then adds a second point to the current path, connected to the previous one by an arc whose properties are described by the arguments.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception if the given
radius is negative.
arc
(x, y, radius, startAngle, endAngle, anticlockwise)Adds points to the subpath such that the arc described by the circumference of the circle described by the arguments, starting at the given start angle and ending at the given end angle, going in the given direction, is added to the path, connected to the previous point by a straight line.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception if the given
radius is negative.
rect
(x, y, w, h)Adds a new closed subpath to the path, representing the given rectangle.
fill
()Fills the subpaths with the current fill style.
stroke
()Strokes the subpaths with the current stroke style.
clip
()Further constrains the clipping region to the given path.
isPointInPath
(x, y)Returns true if the given point is in the current path.
Initially, the context's path must have zero subpaths.
The points and lines added to the path by these methods must be transformed according to the current transformation matrix as they are added.
The beginPath()
method must empty the list of subpaths so that the context once
again has zero subpaths.
The moveTo(x, y)
method must
create a new subpath with the specified point as its first (and
only) point.
The closePath()
method must do nothing if the context has no subpaths. Otherwise, it
must mark the last subpath as closed, create a new subpath whose
first point is the same as the previous subpath's first point, and
finally add this new subpath to the path. (If the last subpath had
more than one point in its list of points, then this is equivalent
to adding a straight line connecting the last point back to the
first point, thus "closing" the shape, and then repeating the last
moveTo()
call.)
New points and the lines connecting them are added to subpaths using the methods described below. In all cases, the methods only modify the last subpath in the context's paths.
The lineTo(x, y)
method must do
nothing if the context has no subpaths. Otherwise, it must connect
the last point in the subpath to the given point (x, y) using a straight line, and
must then add the given point (x, y) to the subpath.
The quadraticCurveTo(cpx, cpy, x,
y)
method must do nothing if the
context has no subpaths. Otherwise it must connect the last point in
the subpath to the given point (x, y) using a quadratic Bézier curve with control
point (cpx, cpy), and must
then add the given point (x, y) to the subpath. [BEZIER]
The bezierCurveTo(cp1x, cp1y, cp2x, cp2y, x, y)
method must do
nothing if the context has no subpaths. Otherwise, it must connect
the last point in the subpath to the given point (x, y) using a cubic Bézier
curve with control points (cp1x, cp1y) and (cp2x, cp2y). Then, it must add the point (x, y) to the subpath. [BEZIER]
The arcTo(x1, y1, x2,
y2, radius)
method must do nothing if the context has no subpaths. If the
context does have a subpath, then the behavior depends on
the arguments and the last point in the subpath.
Negative values for radius must cause the
implementation to raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
Let the point (x0, y0) be the last point in the subpath.
If the point (x0, y0) is equal to the point (x1, y1), or if the point (x1, y1) is equal to the point (x2, y2), or if the radius radius is zero, then the method must add the point (x1, y1) to the subpath, and connect that point to the previous point (x0, y0) by a straight line.
Otherwise, if the points (x0, y0), (x1, y1), and (x2, y2) all lie on a single straight line, then the method must add the point (x1, y1) to the subpath, and connect that point to the previous point (x0, y0) by a straight line.
Otherwise, let The Arc be the shortest arc given by circumference of the circle that has radius radius, and that has one point tangent to the half-infinite line that crosses the point (x0, y0) and ends at the point (x1, y1), and that has a different point tangent to the half-infinite line that ends at the point (x1, y1) and crosses the point (x2, y2). The points at which this circle touches these two lines are called the start and end tangent points respectively.
The method must connect the point (x0, y0) to the start tangent point by a straight line, adding the start tangent point to the subpath, and then must connect the start tangent point to the end tangent point by The Arc, adding the end tangent point to the subpath.
The arc(x, y, radius,
startAngle, endAngle, anticlockwise)
method draws an arc. If
the context has any subpaths, then the method must add a straight
line from the last point in the subpath to the start point of the
arc. In any case, it must draw the arc between the start point of
the arc and the end point of the arc, and add the start and end
points of the arc to the subpath. The arc and its start and end
points are defined as follows:
Consider a circle that has its origin at (x, y) and that has radius radius. The points at startAngle and endAngle along this circle's circumference, measured in radians clockwise from the positive x-axis, are the start and end points respectively.
If the anticlockwise argument is false and endAngle-startAngle is equal to or greater than 2π, or, if the anticlockwise argument is true and startAngle-endAngle is equal to or greater than 2π, then the arc is the whole circumference of this circle.
Otherwise, the arc is the path along the circumference of this circle from the start point to the end point, going anti-clockwise if the anticlockwise argument is true, and clockwise otherwise. Since the points are on the circle, as opposed to being simply angles from zero, the arc can never cover an angle greater than 2π radians. If the two points are the same, or if the radius is zero, then the arc is defined as being of zero length in both directions.
Negative values for radius must cause the
implementation to raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
The rect(x, y, w, h)
method must create a new subpath
containing just the four points (x, y), (x+w,
y), (x+w, y+h),
(x, y+h), with those four points connected by straight
lines, and must then mark the subpath as closed. It must then create
a new subpath with the point (x, y) as the only point in the subpath.
The fill()
method must fill all the subpaths of the current path, using
fillStyle
, and using
the non-zero winding number rule. Open subpaths must be implicitly
closed when being filled (without affecting the actual
subpaths).
Thus, if two overlapping but otherwise independent subpaths have opposite windings, they cancel out and result in no fill. If they have the same winding, that area just gets painted once.
The stroke()
method
must calculate the strokes of all the subpaths of the current path,
using the lineWidth
,
lineCap
, lineJoin
, and (if
appropriate) miterLimit
attributes, and
then fill the combined stroke area using the strokeStyle
attribute.
Since the subpaths are all stroked as one, overlapping parts of the paths in one stroke operation are treated as if their union was what was painted.
Paths, when filled or stroked, must be painted without affecting the current path, and must be subject to shadow effects, global alpha, the clipping region, and global composition operators. (Transformations affect the path when the path is created, not when it is painted, though the stroke style is still affected by the transformation during painting.)
Zero-length line segments must be pruned before stroking a path. Empty subpaths must be ignored.
The clip()
method must create a new clipping region by calculating
the intersection of the current clipping region and the area
described by the current path, using the non-zero winding number
rule. Open subpaths must be implicitly closed when computing the
clipping region, without affecting the actual subpaths. The new
clipping region replaces the current clipping region.
When the context is initialized, the clipping region must be set to the rectangle with the top left corner at (0,0) and the width and height of the coordinate space.
The isPointInPath(x, y)
method must
return true if the point given by the x and y coordinates passed to the method, when treated as
coordinates in the canvas coordinate space unaffected by the current
transformation, is inside the current path as determined by the
non-zero winding number rule; and must return false
otherwise. Points on the path itself are considered to be inside the
path. If either of the arguments is infinite or NaN, then the method
must return false.
font
[ = value ]Returns the current font settings.
Can be set, to change the font. The syntax is the same as for the CSS 'font' property; values that cannot be parsed as CSS font values are ignored.
Relative keywords and lengths are computed relative to the default font, 10px sans-serif.
textAlign
[ = value ]Returns the current text alignment settings.
Can be set, to change the alignment. The possible values are
start
, end
, left
, right
, and center
. The default is start
. Other values are ignored.
textBaseline
[ = value ]Returns the current baseline alignment settings.
Can be set, to change the baseline alignment. The possible
values and their meanings are given below. The default is alphabetic
. Other values are ignored.
fillText
(text, x, y [, maxWidth ] )strokeText
(text, x, y [, maxWidth ] )Fills or strokes (respectively) the given text at the given position. If a maximum width is provided, the text will be scaled to fit that width if necessary.
measureText
(text)Returns a TextMetrics
object with the metrics of the given text in the current font.
width
Returns the advance width of the text that was passed to the
measureText()
method.
The font
DOM
attribute, on setting, must be parsed the same way as the 'font'
property of CSS (but without supporting property-independent
stylesheet syntax like 'inherit'), and the resulting font must be
assigned to the context, with the 'line-height' component forced to
'normal'. If the new value is syntactically incorrect, then it must
be ignored, without assigning a new font value. [CSS]
Font names must be interpreted in the context of the
canvas
element's stylesheets; any fonts embedded using
@font-face
must therefore be available. [CSSWEBFONTS]
Only vector fonts should be used by the user agent; if a user agent were to use bitmap fonts then transformations would likely make the font look very ugly.
On getting, the font
attribute must return the serialized form of the current font of the
context. [CSSOM]
When the context is created, the font of the context must be set
to 10px sans-serif. When the 'font-size' component is set to lengths
using percentages, 'em' or 'ex' units, or the 'larger' or 'smaller'
keywords, these must be interpreted relative to the computed value
of the 'font-size' property of the corresponding canvas
element at the time that the attribute is set. When the
'font-weight' component is set to the relative values 'bolder' and
'lighter', these must be interpreted relative to the computed value
of the 'font-weight' property of the corresponding
canvas
element at the time that the attribute is
set. If the computed values are undefined for a particular case
(e.g. because the canvas
element is not in a document),
then the relative keywords must be interpreted relative to the
normal-weight 10px sans-serif default.
The textAlign
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return the current value. On setting, if
the value is one of start
, end
, left
, right
, or center
, then the
value must be changed to the new value. Otherwise, the new value
must be ignored. When the context is created, the textAlign
attribute must
initially have the value start
.
The textBaseline
DOM attribute, on getting, must return the current value. On
setting, if the value is one of top
, hanging
, middle
, alphabetic
,
ideographic
,
or bottom
,
then the value must be changed to the new value. Otherwise, the new
value must be ignored. When the context is created, the textBaseline
attribute
must initially have the value alphabetic
.
The textBaseline
attribute's allowed keywords correspond to alignment points in the
font:
The keywords map to these alignment points as follows:
top
hanging
middle
alphabetic
ideographic
bottom
The fillText()
and
strokeText()
methods take three or four arguments, text, x, y, and optionally maxWidth, and render the given text at the given (x, y) coordinates ensuring that the text isn't wider
than maxWidth if specified, using the current
font
, textAlign
, and textBaseline
values. Specifically, when the methods are called, the user agent
must run the following steps:
Let font be the current font of the
context, as given by the font
attribute.
Replace all the space characters in text with U+0020 SPACE characters.
Form a hypothetical infinitely wide CSS line box containing
a single inline box containing the text text,
with all the properties at their initial values except the 'font'
property of the inline box set to font and the
'direction' property of the inline box set to the
directionality of the canvas
element. [CSS]
If the maxWidth argument was specified and the hypothetical width of the inline box in the hypothetical line box is greater than maxWidth CSS pixels, then change font to have a more condensed font (if one is available or if a reasonably readable one can be synthesized by applying a horizontal scale factor to the font) or a smaller font, and return to the previous step.
Let the anchor point be a point on the
inline box, determined by the textAlign
and textBaseline
values, as
follows:
Horizontal position:
textAlign
is left
textAlign
is start
and the directionality of the
canvas
element is 'ltr'textAlign
is end
and the directionality of the
canvas
element is 'rtl'textAlign
is right
textAlign
is end
and the directionality of the
canvas
element is 'ltr'textAlign
is start
and the directionality of the
canvas
element is 'rtl'textAlign
is center
Vertical position:
textBaseline
is top
textBaseline
is hanging
textBaseline
is middle
textBaseline
is alphabetic
textBaseline
is ideographic
textBaseline
is bottom
Paint the hypothetical inline box as the shape given by the text's glyphs, as transformed by the current transformation matrix, and anchored and sized so that before applying the current transformation matrix, the anchor point is at (x, y) and each CSS pixel is mapped to one coordinate space unit.
For fillText()
fillStyle
must be
applied to the glyphs and strokeStyle
must be
ignored. For strokeText()
the reverse
holds and strokeStyle
must be
applied to the glyph outlines and fillStyle
must be
ignored.
Text is painted without affecting the current path, and is subject to shadow effects, global alpha, the clipping region, and global composition operators.
The measureText()
method takes one argument, text. When the method
is invoked, the user agent must replace all the space characters in text with
U+0020 SPACE characters, and then must form a hypothetical
infinitely wide CSS line box containing a single inline box
containing the text text, with all the
properties at their initial values except the 'font' property of the
inline element set to the current font of the context, as given by
the font
attribute, and
must then return a new TextMetrics
object with its
width
attribute set to
the width of that inline box, in CSS pixels. [CSS]
The TextMetrics
interface is used for the objects
returned from measureText()
. It has one
attribute, width
, which is set
by the measureText()
method.
Glyphs rendered using fillText()
and strokeText()
can spill out
of the box given by the font size (the em square size) and the width
returned by measureText()
(the text
width). This version of the specification does not provide a way to
obtain the bounding box dimensions of the text. If the text is to be
rendered and removed, care needs to be taken to replace the entire
area of the canvas that the clipping region covers, not just the box
given by the em square height and measured text width.
A future version of the 2D context API may provide a way to render fragments of documents, rendered using CSS, straight to the canvas. This would be provided in preference to a dedicated way of doing multiline layout.
To draw images onto the canvas, the drawImage
method
can be used.
This method can be invoked with three different sets of arguments:
drawImage(image, dx, dy)
drawImage(image, dx, dy, dw, dh)
drawImage(image, sx, sy, sw, sh, dx, dy, dw, dh)
Each of those three can take either an
HTMLImageElement
, an HTMLCanvasElement
, or
an HTMLVideoElement
for the image
argument.
drawImage
(image, dx, dy)drawImage
(image, dx, dy, dw, dh)drawImage
(image, sx, sy, sw, sh, dx, dy, dw, dh)Draws the given image onto the canvas. The arguments are interpreted as per the diagram below.
If the first argument isn't an img
,
canvas
, or video
element, throws a
TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
exception. If the image is not
fully decoded yet, or has no image data, throws an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception. If the second argument
isn't one of the allowed values, throws a SYNTAX_ERR
exception.
If not specified, the dw and dh arguments must default to the values of sw and sh, interpreted such that one CSS pixel in the image is treated as one unit in the canvas coordinate space. If the sx, sy, sw, and sh arguments are omitted, they must default to 0, 0, the image's intrinsic width in image pixels, and the image's intrinsic height in image pixels, respectively.
The image argument must be an instance of
HTMLImageElement
, HTMLCanvasElement
, or
HTMLVideoElement
. If the image is
of the wrong type or null, the implementation must raise a
TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
exception.
If the image argument is an
HTMLImageElement
object whose complete
attribute is false, then
the implementation must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
If the image argument is an
HTMLVideoElement
object whose readyState
attribute is either
HAVE_NOTHING
or HAVE_METADATA
, then the
implementation must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
If the image argument is an
HTMLCanvasElement
object with either a horizontal
dimension or a vertical dimension equal to zero, then the
implementation must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
The source rectangle is the rectangle whose corners are the four points (sx, sy), (sx+sw, sy), (sx+sw, sy+sh), (sx, sy+sh).
If the source rectangle is not entirely within the source image,
or if one of the sw or sh
arguments is zero, the implementation must raise an
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
The destination rectangle is the rectangle whose corners are the four points (dx, dy), (dx+dw, dy), (dx+dw, dy+dh), (dx, dy+dh).
When drawImage()
is
invoked, the region of the image specified by the source rectangle
must be painted on the region of the canvas specified by the
destination rectangle, after applying the current transformation
matrix to the points of the destination rectangle.
When a canvas is drawn onto itself, the drawing model requires the source to be copied before the image is drawn back onto the canvas, so it is possible to copy parts of a canvas onto overlapping parts of itself.
When the drawImage()
method is
passed, as its image argument, an
HTMLImageElement
representing an animated image, the
poster frame of the animation, or the first frame of the animation
if there is no poster frame, must be used.
When the image argument is an
HTMLVideoElement
, then the frame at the current
playback position must be used as the source image.
Images are painted without affecting the current path, and are subject to shadow effects, global alpha, the clipping region, and global composition operators.
createImageData
(sw, sh)Returns an ImageData
object with the given
dimensions in CSS pixels (which might map to a different number of
actual device pixels exposed by the object itself). All the pixels
in the returned object are transparent black.
createImageData
(imagedata)Returns an ImageData
object with the same
dimensions as the argument. All the pixels in the returned object
are transparent black.
Throws a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception if the
argument is null.
getImageData
(sx, sy, sw, sh)Returns an ImageData
object containing the image
data for the given rectangle of the canvas.
Throws a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception if any of the
arguments are not finite. Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception if the either of the width or height arguments are
zero.
width
height
Returns the actual dimensions of the data in the ImageData
object, in device pixels.
data
Returns the one-dimensional array containing the data.
putImageData
(imagedata, dx, dy [, dirtyX, dirtyY, dirtyWidth, dirtyHeight ])Paints the data from the given ImageData
object
onto the canvas. If a dirty rectangle is provided, only the pixels
from that rectangle are painted.
If the first argument isn't an ImageData
object,
throws a TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
exception. Throws a
NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception if any of the other
arguments are not finite.
The createImageData()
method is used to instantiate new blank ImageData
objects. When the method is invoked with two arguments sw and sh, it must return an
ImageData
object representing a rectangle with a width
in CSS pixels equal to the absolute magnitude of sw and a height in CSS pixels equal to the absolute
magnitude of sh. When invoked with a single imagedata argument, it must return an
ImageData
object representing a rectangle with the same
dimensions as the ImageData
object passed as the
argument. The ImageData
object return must be filled
with transparent black.
The getImageData(sx, sy, sw,
sh)
method must return an
ImageData
object representing the underlying pixel data
for the area of the canvas denoted by the rectangle whose corners are
the four points (sx, sy),
(sx+sw, sy), (sx+sw, sy+sh), (sx, sy+sh), in canvas
coordinate space units. Pixels outside the canvas must be returned
as transparent black. Pixels must be returned as non-premultiplied
alpha values.
If any of the arguments to createImageData()
or
getImageData()
are
infinite or NaN, or if the createImageData()
method is invoked with only one argument but that argument is null,
the method must instead raise a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception. If either the sw or sh arguments are zero, the method must instead raise
an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
ImageData
objects must be initialized so that their
width
attribute
is set to w, the number of physical device
pixels per row in the image data, their height
attribute is
set to h, the number of rows in the image data,
and their data
attribute is initialized to a CanvasPixelArray
object
holding the image data. At least one pixel's worth of image data
must be returned.
The CanvasPixelArray
object provides ordered,
indexed access to the color components of each pixel of the image
data. The data must be represented in left-to-right order, row by
row top to bottom, starting with the top left, with each pixel's
red, green, blue, and alpha components being given in that order for
each pixel. Each component of each device pixel represented in this
array must be in the range 0..255, representing the 8 bit value for
that component. The components must be assigned consecutive indices
starting with 0 for the top left pixel's red component.
The CanvasPixelArray
object thus represents h×w×4 integers. The
length
attribute of a CanvasPixelArray
object must return this
number.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range 0 .. h×w×4-1.
When a CanvasPixelArray
object is indexed to retrieve an indexed
property index, the value returned must be
the value of the indexth component in the
array.
When a CanvasPixelArray
object is indexed to modify an indexed
property index with value value, the value of the indexth
component in the array must be set to value. JS
undefined
values must be converted to zero. Other
values must first be converted to numbers using JavaScript's
ToNumber algorithm, and if the result is a NaN value, then the value
must be converted to zero. If the result is less than 0, it must be
clamped to zero. If the result is more than 255, it must be clamped
to 255. If the number is not an integer, it should be rounded to the
nearest integer using the IEEE 754r
convertToIntegerTiesToEven rounding mode. [ECMA262] [IEEE754R]
The width and height (w and h) might be different from the sw and sh arguments to the above methods, e.g. if the canvas is backed by a high-resolution bitmap, or if the sw and sh arguments are negative.
The putImageData(imagedata, dx, dy, dirtyX, dirtyY, dirtyWidth, dirtyHeight)
method writes data from
ImageData
structures back to the canvas.
If any of the arguments to the method are infinite or NaN, the
method must raise a NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR
exception.
If the first argument to the method is null or not an
ImageData
object then the putImageData()
method
must raise a TYPE_MISMATCH_ERR
exception.
When the last four arguments are omitted, they must be assumed to
have the values 0, 0, the width
member of the imagedata structure, and the height
member of the imagedata structure, respectively.
When invoked with arguments that do not, per the last few
paragraphs, cause an exception to be raised, the putImageData()
method
must act as follows:
Let dxdevice be the x-coordinate of the device pixel in the underlying pixel data of the canvas corresponding to the dx coordinate in the canvas coordinate space.
Let dydevice be the y-coordinate of the device pixel in the underlying pixel data of the canvas corresponding to the dy coordinate in the canvas coordinate space.
If dirtyWidth is negative, let dirtyX be dirtyX+dirtyWidth, and let dirtyWidth be equal to the absolute magnitude of dirtyWidth.
If dirtyHeight is negative, let dirtyY be dirtyY+dirtyHeight, and let dirtyHeight be equal to the absolute magnitude of dirtyHeight.
If dirtyX is negative, let dirtyWidth be dirtyWidth+dirtyX, and let dirtyX be zero.
If dirtyY is negative, let dirtyHeight be dirtyHeight+dirtyY, and let dirtyY be zero.
If dirtyX+dirtyWidth is greater than the width
attribute of the imagedata argument, let dirtyWidth be the value of that width
attribute, minus the
value of dirtyX.
If dirtyY+dirtyHeight is greater than the height
attribute of the imagedata argument, let dirtyHeight be the value of that height
attribute, minus the
value of dirtyY.
If, after those changes, either dirtyWidth or dirtyHeight is negative or zero, stop these steps without affecting the canvas.
Otherwise, for all integer values of x and y where dirtyX ≤ x < dirtyX+dirtyWidth and dirtyY ≤ y < dirtyY+dirtyHeight, copy the four channels of the pixel with coordinate (x, y) in the imagedata data structure to the pixel with coordinate (dxdevice+x, dydevice+y) in the underlying pixel data of the canvas.
The handling of pixel rounding when the specified coordinates do not exactly map to the device coordinate space is not defined by this specification, except that the following must result in no visible changes to the rendering:
context.putImageData(context.getImageData(x, y, w, h), x, y);
...for any value of x, y, w, and h, and the following two calls:
context.createImageData(w, h); context.getImageData(0, 0, w, h);
...must return ImageData
objects with the same
dimensions, for any value of w and h. In other words, while user agents may round the
arguments of these methods so that they map to device pixel
boundaries, any rounding performed must be performed consistently
for all of the createImageData()
, getImageData()
and putImageData()
operations.
The current path, transformation matrix,
shadow attributes, global alpha, the clipping region, and global composition
operator must not affect the getImageData()
and putImageData()
methods.
The data returned by getImageData()
is at the
resolution of the canvas backing store, which is likely to not be
one device pixel to each CSS pixel if the display used is a high
resolution display.
In the following example, the script generates an
ImageData
object so that it can draw onto it.
// canvas is a reference to a <canvas> element var context = canvas.getContext('2d'); // create a blank slate var data = context.createImageData(canvas.width, canvas.height); // create some plasma FillPlasma(data, 'green'); // green plasma // add a cloud to the plasma AddCloud(data, data.width/2, data.height/2); // put a cloud in the middle // paint the plasma+cloud on the canvas context.putImageData(data, 0, 0); // support methods function FillPlasma(data, color) { ... } function AddCloud(data, x, y) { ... }
Here is an example of using getImageData()
and putImageData()
to
implement an edge detection filter.
<!DOCTYPE HTML> <html> <head> <title>Edge detection demo</title> <script> var image = new Image(); function init() { image.onload = demo; image.src = "image.jpeg"; } function demo() { var canvas = document.getElementsByTagName('canvas')[0]; var context = canvas.getContext('2d'); // draw the image onto the canvas context.drawImage(image, 0, 0); // get the image data to manipulate var input = context.getImageData(0, 0, canvas.width, canvas.height); // get an empty slate to put the data into var output = context.createImageData(canvas.width, canvas.height); // alias some variables for convenience // notice that we are using input.width and input.height here // as they might not be the same as canvas.width and canvas.height // (in particular, they might be different on high-res displays) var w = input.width, h = input.height; var inputData = input.data; var outputData = output.data; // edge detection for (var y = 1; y < h-1; y += 1) { for (var x = 1; x < w-1; x += 1) { for (var c = 0; c < 3; c += 1) { var i = (y*w + x)*4 + c; outputData[i] = 127 + -inputData[i - w*4 - 4] - inputData[i - w*4] - inputData[i - w*4 + 4] + -inputData[i - 4] + 8*inputData[i] - inputData[i + 4] + -inputData[i + w*4 - 4] - inputData[i + w*4] - inputData[i + w*4 + 4]; } outputData[(y*w + x)*4 + 3] = 255; // alpha } } // put the image data back after manipulation context.putImageData(output, 0, 0); } </script> </head> <body onload="init()"> <canvas></canvas> </body> </html>
When a shape or image is painted, user agents must follow these steps, in the order given (or act as if they do):
Render the shape or image, creating image A, as described in the previous sections. For shapes, the current fill, stroke, and line styles must be honored, and the stroke must itself also be subjected to the current transformation matrix.
When shadows are drawn, render the shadow from image A, using the current shadow styles, creating image B.
When shadows are drawn, multiply the alpha
component of every pixel in B by globalAlpha
.
When shadows are drawn, composite B within the clipping region over the current canvas bitmap using the current composition operator.
Multiply the alpha component of every pixel in A by globalAlpha
.
Composite A within the clipping region over the current canvas bitmap using the current composition operator.
The canvas
APIs must perform color correction at
only two points: when rendering images with their own gamma
correction and color space information onto the canvas, to convert
the image to the color space used by the canvas (e.g. using the
drawImage()
method
with an HTMLImageElement
object), and when rendering
the actual canvas bitmap to the output device.
Thus, in the 2D context, colors used to draw shapes
onto the canvas will exactly match colors obtained through the getImageData()
method.
The toDataURL()
method
must not include color space information in the resource
returned. Where the output format allows it, the color of pixels in
resources created by toDataURL()
must match those
returned by the getImageData()
method.
In user agents that support CSS, the color space used by a
canvas
element must match the color space used for
processing any colors for that element in CSS.
The gamma correction and color space information of images must
be handled in such a way that an image rendered directly using an
img
element would use the same colors as one painted on
a canvas
element that is then itself
rendered. Furthermore, the rendering of images that have no color
correction information (such as those returned by the toDataURL()
method) must be
rendered with no color correction.
Thus, in the 2D context, calling the drawImage()
method to render
the output of the toDataURL()
method to the
canvas, given the appropriate dimensions, has no visible effect.
canvas
elementsInformation leakage can occur if scripts from one origin can access information (e.g. read pixels) from images from another origin (one that isn't the same).
To mitigate this, canvas
elements are defined to
have a flag indicating whether they are origin-clean. All
canvas
elements must start with their
origin-clean set to true. The flag must be set to false if
any of the following actions occur:
The element's 2D context's drawImage()
method is
called with an HTMLImageElement
whose
origin is not the same as that of the Document
object
that owns the canvas
element.
The element's 2D context's drawImage()
method is
called with an HTMLCanvasElement
whose
origin-clean flag is false.
The element's 2D context's fillStyle
attribute is set
to a CanvasPattern
object that was created from an
HTMLImageElement
whose origin was not the
same as that of the
Document
object that owns the canvas
element when the pattern was created.
The element's 2D context's fillStyle
attribute is set
to a CanvasPattern
object that was created from an
HTMLCanvasElement
whose origin-clean flag was
false when the pattern was created.
The element's 2D context's strokeStyle
attribute is
set to a CanvasPattern
object that was created from an
HTMLImageElement
whose origin was not the
same as that of the
Document
object that owns the canvas
element when the pattern was created.
The element's 2D context's strokeStyle
attribute is
set to a CanvasPattern
object that was created from an
HTMLCanvasElement
whose origin-clean flag was
false when the pattern was created.
Whenever the toDataURL()
method of a
canvas
element whose origin-clean flag is set to
false is called, the method must raise a SECURITY_ERR
exception.
Whenever the getImageData()
method of
the 2D context of a canvas
element whose
origin-clean flag is set to false is called with otherwise
correct arguments, the method must raise a SECURITY_ERR
exception.
Even resetting the canvas state by changing its
width
or height
attributes doesn't reset
the origin-clean flag.
map
elementname
interface HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute HTMLCollection areas; readonly attribute HTMLCollection images; };
The map
element, in conjunction with any
area
element descendants, defines an image
map. The element represents its children.
The name
attribute
gives the map a name so that it can be referenced. The attribute
must be present and must have a non-empty value with no space characters. If the id
attribute is also specified, both
attributes must have the same value.
areas
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the area
elements in the map
.
images
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the img
and object
elements that use the map
.
The areas
attribute
must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
map
element, whose filter matches only
area
elements.
The images
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only
img
and object
elements that are
associated with this map
element according to the
image map processing model.
The DOM attribute name
must
reflect the content attribute of the same name.
area
elementmap
element ancestor.alt
coords
shape
href
target
ping
rel
media
hreflang
type
[Stringifies=href] interface HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString coords; attribute DOMString shape; attribute DOMString href; attribute DOMString target; attribute DOMString ping; attribute DOMString rel; readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString media; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; // URL decomposition attributes attribute DOMString protocol; attribute DOMString host; attribute DOMString hostname; attribute DOMString port; attribute DOMString pathname; attribute DOMString search; attribute DOMString hash; };
The area
element represents either a
hyperlink with some text and a corresponding area on an image
map, or a dead area on an image map.
If the area
element has an href
attribute, then the
area
element represents a hyperlink. In
this case, the alt
attribute must be present. It specifies the text of the
hyperlink. Its value must be text that, when presented with the
texts specified for the other hyperlinks of the image
map, and with the alternative text of the image, but without
the image itself, provides the user with the same kind of choice as
the hyperlink would when used without its text but with its shape
applied to the image. The alt
attribute may be left blank if there is another area
element in the same image map that points to the same
resource and has a non-blank alt
attribute.
If the area
element has no href
attribute, then the area
represented by the element cannot be selected, and the alt
attribute must be omitted.
In both cases, the shape
and
coords
attributes specify the
area.
The shape
attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following
table lists the keywords defined for this attribute. The states
given in the first cell of the rows with keywords give the states to
which those keywords map. Some of the keywords
are non-conforming, as noted in the last column.
State | Keywords | Notes |
---|---|---|
Circle state | circle
| |
circ
| Non-conforming | |
Default state | default
| |
Polygon state | poly
| |
polygon
| Non-conforming | |
Rectangle state | rect
| |
rectangle
| Non-conforming |
The attribute may be omitted. The missing value default is the rectangle state.
The coords
attribute must, if specified, contain a valid list of
integers. This attribute gives the coordinates for the shape
described by the shape
attribute. The processing for this attribute is
described as part of the image map processing
model.
In the circle state,
area
elements must have a coords
attribute present, with three
integers, the last of which must be non-negative. The first integer
must be the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge of the image
to the center of the circle, the second integer must be the distance
in CSS pixels from the top edge of the image to the center of the
circle, and the third integer must be the radius of the circle,
again in CSS pixels.
In the default state
state, area
elements must not have a coords
attribute. (The area is the
whole image.)
In the polygon state,
area
elements must have a coords
attribute with at least six
integers, and the number of integers must be even. Each pair of
integers must represent a coordinate given as the distances from the
left and the top of the image in CSS pixels respectively, and all
the coordinates together must represent the points of the polygon,
in order.
In the rectangle state,
area
elements must have a coords
attribute with exactly four
integers, the first of which must be less than the third, and the
second of which must be less than the fourth. The four points must
represent, respectively, the distance from the left edge of the
image to the left side of the rectangle, the distance from the
top edge to the top side, the distance from the left edge to the
right side, and the distance from the top edge to the bottom side,
all in CSS pixels.
When user agents allow users to follow hyperlinks created using the
area
element, as described in the next section, the
href
,
target
and ping
attributes decide how the
link is followed. The rel
,
media
, hreflang
, and type
attributes may be used to
indicate to the user the likely nature of the target resource before
the user follows the link.
The target
, ping
, rel
, media
, hreflang
, and type
attributes must be omitted
if the href
attribute is
not present.
The activation behavior of area
elements is to run the following steps:
DOMActivate
event
in question is not trusted (i.e. a click()
method call was the reason for the
event being dispatched), and the area
element's target
attribute is ... then raise an
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.area
element, if any.The DOM attributes alt
, coords
, href
, target
, ping
, rel
, media
, hreflang
, and type
, each must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
The DOM attribute shape
must
reflect the shape
content attribute, limited to only known values.
The DOM attribute relList
must
reflect the rel
content attribute.
The area
element also suports the complement of
URL decomposition attributes, protocol
, host
, port
, hostname
, pathname
, search
, and hash
. These must follow the
rules given for URL decomposition attributes, with the input being the result of resolving the element's href
attribute relative to the
element, if there is such an attribute and resolving it is
successful, or the empty string otherwise; and the common setter action being the
same as setting the element's href
attribute to the new output
value.
An image map allows geometric areas on an image to be associated with hyperlinks.
An image, in the form of an img
element or an
object
element representing an image, may be associated
with an image map (in the form of a map
element) by
specifying a usemap
attribute on
the img
or object
element. The usemap
attribute, if specified,
must be a valid hash-name reference to a
map
element.
Consider an image that looks as follows:
If we wanted just the colored areas to be clickable, we could do it as follows:
<p> Please select a shape: <img src="shapes.png" usemap="#shapes" alt="Four shapes are available: a red hollow box, a green circle, a blue triangle, and a yellow four-pointed star."> <map name="shapes"> <area shape=rect coords="50,50,100,100"> <!-- the hole in the red box --> <area shape=rect coords="25,25,125,125" href="red.html" alt="Red box."> <area shape=circle coords="200,75,50" href="green.html" alt="Green circle."> <area shape=poly coords="325,25,262,125,388,125" href="blue.html" alt="Blue triangle."> <area shape=poly coords="450,25,435,60,400,75,435,90,450,125,465,90,500,75,465,60" href="yellow.html" alt="Yellow star."> </map> </p>
If an img
element or an object
element
representing an image has a usemap
attribute specified,
user agents must process it as follows:
First, rules for parsing a hash-name reference
to a map
element must be followed. This will return
either an element (the map) or null.
If that returned null, then abort these steps. The image is not associated with an image map after all.
Otherwise, the user agent must collect all the
area
elements that are descendants of the map. Let those be the areas.
Having obtained the list of area
elements that form
the image map (the areas), interactive user
agents must process the list in one of two ways.
If the user agent intends to show the text that the
img
element represents, then it must use the following
steps.
In user agents that do not support images, or that
have images disabled, object
elements cannot represent
images, and thus this section never applies (the fallback
content is shown instead). The following steps therefore only
apply to img
elements.
Remove all the area
elements in areas that have no href
attribute.
Remove all the area
elements in areas that have no alt
attribute, or whose alt
attribute's value is the empty
string, if there is another area
element in
areas with the same value in the href
attribute and with a
non-empty alt
attribute.
Each remaining area
element in areas represents a hyperlink. Those
hyperlinks should all be made available to the user in a manner
associated with the text of the img
.
In this context, user agents may represent area
and
img
elements with no specified alt
attributes, or whose alt
attributes are the empty string or some other non-visible text, in
a user-agent-defined fashion intended to indicate the lack of
suitable author-provided text.
If the user agent intends to show the image and allow interaction
with the image to select hyperlinks, then the image must be
associated with a set of layered shapes, taken from the
area
elements in areas, in reverse
tree order (so the last specified area
element in the
map is the bottom-most shape, and the first
element in the map, in tree order, is the
top-most shape).
Each area
element in areas must
be processed as follows to obtain a shape to layer onto the
image:
Find the state that the element's shape
attribute represents.
Use the rules for parsing a list of integers to
parse the element's coords
attribute, if it is present, and let the result be the coords list. If the attribute is absent, let the
coords list be the empty list.
If the number of items in the coords
list is less than the minimum number given for the
area
element's current state, as per the following
table, then the shape is empty; abort these steps.
State | Minimum number of items |
---|---|
Circle state | 3 |
Default state | 0 |
Polygon state | 6 |
Rectangle state | 4 |
Check for excess items in the coords
list as per the entry in the following list corresponding to the
shape
attribute's state:
If the shape
attribute
represents the rectangle
state, and the first number in the list is numerically less
than the third number in the list, then swap those two numbers
around.
If the shape
attribute
represents the rectangle
state, and the second number in the list is numerically less
than the fourth number in the list, then swap those two numbers
around.
If the shape
attribute
represents the circle
state, and the third number in the list is less than or
equal to zero, then the shape is empty; abort these steps.
Now, the shape represented by the element is the one
described for the entry in the list below corresponding to the
state of the shape
attribute:
Let x be the first number in coords, y be the second number, and r be the third number.
The shape is a circle whose center is x CSS pixels from the left edge of the image and x CSS pixels from the top edge of the image, and whose radius is r pixels.
The shape is a rectangle that exactly covers the entire image.
Let xi be the (2i)th entry in coords, and yi be the (2i+1)th entry in coords (the first entry in coords being the one with index 0).
Let the coordinates be (xi, yi), interpreted in CSS pixels measured from the top left of the image, for all integer values of i from 0 to (N/2)-1, where N is the number of items in coords.
The shape is a polygon whose vertices are given by the coordinates, and whose interior is established using the even-odd rule. [GRAPHICS]
Let x1 be the first number in coords, y1 be the second number, x2 be the third number, and y2 be the fourth number.
The shape is a rectangle whose top-left corner is given by the coordinate (x1, y1) and whose bottom right corner is given by the coordinate (x2, y2), those coordinates being interpreted as CSS pixels from the top left corner of the image.
For historical reasons, the coordinates must be interpreted
relative to the displayed image, even if it stretched
using CSS or the image element's width
and
height
attributes.
Mouse clicks on an image associated with a set of layered shapes
per the above algorithm must be dispatched to the top-most shape
covering the point that the pointing device indicated (if any), and
then, must be dispatched again (with a new Event
object) to the image element itself. User agents may also allow
individual area
elements representing hyperlinks to be selected and activated
(e.g. using a keyboard); events from this are not also propagated to
the image.
Because a map
element (and its
area
elements) can be associated with multiple
img
and object
elements, it is possible
for an area
element to correspond to multiple focusable
areas of the document.
Image maps are live; if the DOM is mutated, then the user agent must act as if it had rerun the algorithms for image maps.
The math
element from the MathML
namespace falls into the embedded content
category for the purposes of the content models in this
specification.
User agents must handle text other than inter-element
whitespace found in MathML elements whose content models do
not allow raw text by pretending for the purposes of MathML content
models, layout, and rendering that that text is actually wrapped in
an mtext
element in the MathML
namespace. (Such text is not, however, conforming.)
User agents must act as if any MathML element whose contents does
not match the element's content model was replaced, for the purposes
of MathML layout and rendering, by an merror
element in the MathML namespace containing some
appropriate error message.
To enable authors to use MathML tools that only accept MathML in its XML form, interactive HTML user agents are encouraged to provide a way to export any MathML fragment as a namespace-well-formed XML fragment.
The svg
element from the SVG namespace
falls into the embedded content category for the
purposes of the content models in this specification.
To enable authors to use SVG tools that only accept SVG in its XML form, interactive HTML user agents are encouraged to provide a way to export any SVG fragment as a namespace-well-formed XML fragment.
When the SVG foreignObject
element contains elements
from the HTML namespace, such elements must all be
flow content. [SVG]
The content model for title
elements in the
SVG namespace inside HTML documents is
phrasing content. (This further constrains the
requirements given in the SVG specification.)
Author requirements: The width
and height
attributes on
img
, iframe
, embed
,
object
, video
, and, when their type
attribute is in the Image Button state,
input
elements may be specified to give the dimensions
of the visual content of the element (the width and height
respectively, relative to the nominal direction of the output
medium), in CSS pixels. The attributes, if specified, must have
values that are valid
non-negative integers.
The specified dimensions given may differ from the dimensions specified in the resource itself, since the resource may have a resolution that differs from the CSS pixel resolution. (On screens, CSS pixels have a resolution of 96ppi, but in general the CSS pixel resolution depends on the reading distance.) If both attributes are specified, then one of the following statements must be true:
The target ratio is the ratio of the
intrinsic width to the intrinsic height in the resource. The specified width and specified
height are the values of the width
and height
attributes respectively.
The two attributes must be omitted if the resource in question does not have both an intrinsic width and an intrinsic height.
If the two attributes are both zero, it indicates that the element is not intended for the user (e.g. it might be a part of a service to count page views).
The dimension attributes are not intended to be used to stretch the image.
User agent requirements: User agents are expected to use these attributes as hints for the rendering.
The width
and height
DOM attributes on
the iframe
, embed
, object
,
and video
elements must reflect the
respective content attributes of the same name.
This section is non-normative.
...examples, how to write tables accessibly, a brief mention of the table model, etc...
table
elementcaption
element,
followed by either zero or more colgroup
elements,
followed optionally by a thead
element, followed
optionally by a tfoot
element, followed by either zero
or more tbody
elements or one or more
tr
elements, followed optionally by a
tfoot
element (but there can only be one
tfoot
element child in total).interface HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement { attribute HTMLTableCaptionElement caption; HTMLElement createCaption(); void deleteCaption(); attribute HTMLTableSectionElement tHead; HTMLElement createTHead(); void deleteTHead(); attribute HTMLTableSectionElement tFoot; HTMLElement createTFoot(); void deleteTFoot(); readonly attribute HTMLCollection tBodies; HTMLElement createTBody(); readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows; HTMLElement insertRow([Optional] in long index); void deleteRow(in long index); };
The table
element represents data with
more than one dimension, in the form of a table.
The table
element takes part in the table
model.
Tables must not be used as layout aids. Historically, some Web authors have misused tables in HTML as a way to control their page layout. This usage is non-conforming, because tools attempting to extract tabular data from such documents would obtain very confusing results. In particular, users of accessibility tools like screen readers are likely to find it very difficult to navigate pages with tables used for layout.
There are a variety of alternatives to using HTML tables for layout, primarily using CSS positioning and CSS tables.
User agents that do table analysis on arbitrary content are encouraged to find heuristics to determine which tables actually contain data and which are merely being used for layout. This specification does not define a precise heuristic.
Tables have rows and columns given by their descendants. A table must not have an empty row or column, as described in the description of the table model.
If a table
element has a summary
attribute, the user agent
may report the contents of that attribute to the user.
Authors are encouraged to use the
caption
element instead of the summary
attribute.
caption
[ = value ]Returns the table's caption
element.
Can be set, to replace the caption
element. If the
new value is not a caption
element, throws a
HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception.
createCaption
()Ensures the table has a caption
element, and returns it.
deleteCaption
()Ensures the table does not have a caption
element.
tHead
[ = value ]Returns the table's thead
element.
Can be set, to replace the thead
element. If the
new value is not a thead
element, throws a
HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception.
createTHead
()Ensures the table has a thead
element, and returns it.
deleteTHead
()Ensures the table does not have a thead
element.
tFoot
[ = value ]Returns the table's tfoot
element.
Can be set, to replace the tfoot
element. If the
new value is not a tfoot
element, throws a
HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception.
createTFoot
()Ensures the table has a tfoot
element, and returns it.
deleteTFoot
()Ensures the table does not have a tfoot
element.
tBodies
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the tbody
elements of the table.
createTBody
()Creates a tbody
element, inserts it into the table, and returns it.
rows
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the tr
elements of the table.
insertRow
(index)Creates a tr
element, along with a tbody
if required, inserts them into the table at the position given by the argument, and returns the tr
.
The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index −1 is equivalent to inserting at the end of the table.
If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the number of rows, throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
deleteRow
(index)Removes the tr
element with the given position in the table.
The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index −1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table.
If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the index of the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
The caption
DOM
attribute must return, on getting, the first caption
element child of the table
element, if any, or null
otherwise. On setting, if the new value is a caption
element, the first caption
element child of the
table
element, if any, must be removed, and the new
value must be inserted as the first node of the table
element. If the new value is not a caption
element,
then a HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
DOM exception must be
raised instead.
The createCaption()
method must return the first caption
element child of
the table
element, if any; otherwise a new
caption
element must be created, inserted as the first
node of the table
element, and then returned.
The deleteCaption()
method must remove the first caption
element child of
the table
element, if any.
The tHead
DOM
attribute must return, on getting, the first thead
element child of the table
element, if any, or null
otherwise. On setting, if the new value is a thead
element, the first thead
element child of the
table
element, if any, must be removed, and the new
value must be inserted immediately before the first element in the
table
element that is neither a caption
element nor a colgroup
element, if any, or at the end
of the table otherwise. If the new value is not a thead
element, then a HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
DOM exception
must be raised instead.
The createTHead()
method must return the first thead
element child of the
table
element, if any; otherwise a new
thead
element must be created and inserted immediately
before the first element in the table
element that is
neither a caption
element nor a colgroup
element, if any, or at the end of the table otherwise, and then that
new element must be returned.
The deleteTHead()
method must remove the first thead
element child of the
table
element, if any.
The tFoot
DOM
attribute must return, on getting, the first tfoot
element child of the table
element, if any, or null
otherwise. On setting, if the new value is a tfoot
element, the first tfoot
element child of the
table
element, if any, must be removed, and the new
value must be inserted immediately before the first element in the
table
element that is neither a caption
element, a colgroup
element, nor a thead
element, if any, or at the end of the table if there are no such
elements. If the new value is not a tfoot
element, then
a HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
DOM exception must be raised
instead.
The createTFoot()
method must return the first tfoot
element child of the
table
element, if any; otherwise a new
tfoot
element must be created and inserted immediately
before the first element in the table
element that is
neither a caption
element, a colgroup
element, nor a thead
element, if any, or at the end of
the table if there are no such elements, and then that new element
must be returned.
The deleteTFoot()
method must remove the first tfoot
element child of the
table
element, if any.
The tBodies
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
table
node, whose filter matches only
tbody
elements that are children of the
table
element.
The createTBody()
method must create a new tbody
element, insert it
immediately after the last tbody
element in the
table
element, if any, or at the end of the
table
element if the table
element has no
tbody
element children, and then must return the new
tbody
element.
The rows
attribute
must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
table
node, whose filter matches only tr
elements that are either children of the table
element,
or children of thead
, tbody
, or
tfoot
elements that are themselves children of the
table
element. The elements in the collection must be
ordered such that those elements whose parent is a
thead
are included first, in tree order, followed by
those elements whose parent is either a table
or
tbody
element, again in tree order, followed finally by
those elements whose parent is a tfoot
element, still
in tree order.
The behavior of the insertRow(index)
method depends on the state of
the table. When it is called, the method must act as required by the
first item in the following list of conditions that describes the
state of the table and the index argument:
rows
collection:INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.rows
collection has
zero elements in it, and the table
has no
tbody
elements in it:tbody
element, then
create a tr
element, then append the tr
element to the tbody
element, then append the
tbody
element to the table
element, and
finally return the tr
element.rows
collection has
zero elements in it:tr
element, append it to
the last tbody
element in the table, and return the
tr
element.rows
collection:tr
element, and append it
to the parent of the last tr
element in the rows
collection. Then, the newly
created tr
element must be returned.tr
element, insert it
immediately before the indexth tr
element in the rows
collection,
in the same parent, and finally must return the newly created
tr
element.When the deleteRow(index)
method is called, the user agent
must run the following steps:
If index is equal to −1, then
index must be set to the number if items in the
rows
collection, minus
one.
Now, if index is less than zero, or
greater than or equal to the number of elements in the rows
collection, the method must
instead raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception, and these
steps must be aborted.
Otherwise, the method must remove the indexth element in the rows
collection from its parent.
caption
elementtable
element.interface HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement {};
The caption
element represents the title of the
table
that is its parent, if it has a parent and that
is a table
element.
The caption
element takes part in the table
model.
The caption
element should be included for any table
where the reader might have difficulty understanding the content or
where the table's structure would not be obvious to the user of a
screen reader. The element's contents should describe what the
purpose of the table is, along with any information that could be
useful for understanding and using the table.
When a table
element is in a figure
element alone but for the figure
's legend
,
the caption
element should be omitted in favor of the
legend
.
Consider, for instance, the following table:
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |
2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 |
6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 |
In the abstract, this table is not clear. However, with a caption giving the table's number (for reference in the main prose) and explaining its use, it makes more sense:
<caption> <strong>Table 1.</strong> This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die, the first column the value of the second die. The total is given in the cell that corresponds to the values of the two dice. </caption>
This provides the user with more context:
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |
2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 |
6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 |
colgroup
elementtable
element, after any
caption
elements and before any thead
,
tbody
, tfoot
, and tr
elements.col
elements.span
interface HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long span; };
The colgroup
element represents a group of one or more columns in the table
that
is its parent, if it has a parent and that is a table
element.
If the colgroup
element contains no col
elements, then the element may have a span
content attribute
specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative
integer greater than zero.
The colgroup
element and its span
attribute take part in the
table model.
The span
DOM
attribute must reflect the respective content attribute
of the same name. The value must be limited to only positive
non-zero numbers.
col
elementcolgroup
element that doesn't have
a span
attribute.span
HTMLTableColElement
, same as for
colgroup
elements. This interface defines one member,
span
.
If a col
element has a parent and that is a
colgroup
element that itself has a parent that is a
table
element, then the col
element
represents one or more columns in the column group represented by that
colgroup
.
The element may have a span
content attribute
specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative
integer greater than zero.
The col
element and its span
attribute take part in the
table model.
The span
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name. The value must be limited to only positive non-zero
numbers.
tbody
elementtable
element, after any
caption
, colgroup
, and
thead
elements, but only if there are no
tr
elements that are children of the
table
element.tr
elementsinterface HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows; HTMLElement insertRow([Optional] in long index); void deleteRow(in long index); };
The HTMLTableSectionElement
interface is also
used for thead
and tfoot
elements.
The tbody
element represents a block of rows that consist of a body of data for
the parent table
element, if the tbody
element has a parent and it is a table
.
The tbody
element takes part in the table
model.
rows
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the tr
elements of the table section.
insertRow
( [ index ] )Creates a tr
element, inserts it into the table section at the position given by the argument, and returns the tr
.
The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The index −1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the table section.
If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the number of rows, throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
deleteRow
(index)Removes the tr
element with the given position in the table section.
The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The index −1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table section.
If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the index of the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
The rows
attribute
must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the element,
whose filter matches only tr
elements that are children
of the element.
The insertRow(index)
method must, when invoked on an
element table section, act as follows:
If index is less than −1 or greater than the
number of elements in the rows
collection, the method must raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
If index is missing, equal to −1, or
equal to the number of items in the rows
collection, the method must
create a tr
element, append it to the element table section, and return the newly created
tr
element.
Otherwise, the method must create a tr
element,
insert it as a child of the table section
element, immediately before the indexth
tr
element in the rows
collection, and finally must
return the newly created tr
element.
The deleteRow(index)
method must remove the indexth element in the rows
collection from its parent. If
index is less than zero or greater than or equal
to the number of elements in the rows
collection, the method must
instead raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
thead
elementtable
element, after any
caption
, and colgroup
elements and before any tbody
, tfoot
, and
tr
elements, but only if there are no other
thead
elements that are children of the
table
element.tr
elementsHTMLTableSectionElement
, as defined for
tbody
elements.The thead
element represents the block of rows that consist of the column labels
(headers) for the parent table
element, if the
thead
element has a parent and it is a
table
.
The thead
element takes part in the table
model.
tfoot
elementtable
element, after any
caption
, colgroup
, and thead
elements and before any tbody
and tr
elements, but only if there are no other tfoot
elements that are children of the table
element.table
element, after any
caption
, colgroup
, thead
,
tbody
, and tr
elements, but only if there
are no other tfoot
elements that are children of the
table
element.tr
elementsHTMLTableSectionElement
, as defined for
tbody
elements.The tfoot
element represents the block of rows that consist of the column summaries
(footers) for the parent table
element, if the
tfoot
element has a parent and it is a
table
.
The tfoot
element takes part in the table
model.
tr
elementthead
element.tbody
element.tfoot
element.table
element, after any
caption
, colgroup
, and thead
elements, but only if there are no tbody
elements that
are children of the table
element.td
or th
elementsinterface HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute long rowIndex; readonly attribute long sectionRowIndex; readonly attribute HTMLCollection cells; HTMLElement insertCell([Optional] in long index); void deleteCell(in long index); };
The tr
element represents a row of cells in a table.
The tr
element takes part in the table
model.
rowIndex
Returns the position of the row in the table's rows
list.
Returns −1 if the element isn't in a table.
sectionRowIndex
Returns the position of the row in the table section's rows
list.
Returns −1 if the element isn't in a table section.
cells
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the td
and th
elements of the row.
insertCell
( [ index ] )Creates a td
element, inserts it into the table
row at the position given by the argument, and returns the
td
.
The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index −1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the row.
If the given position is less than −1 or greater than
the number of cells, throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
deleteCell
(index)Removes the td
or th
element with the
given position in the row.
The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index −1 is equivalent to deleting the last cell of the row.
If the given position is less than −1 or greater than
the index of the last cell, or if there are no cells, throws an
INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
The rowIndex
attribute must, if the element has a parent table
element, or a parent tbody
, thead
, or
tfoot
element and a grandparent
table
element, return the index of the tr
element in that table
element's rows
collection. If there is no such
table
element, then the attribute must return
−1.
The sectionRowIndex
attribute must, if the element has a parent table
,
tbody
, thead
, or tfoot
element, return the index of the tr
element in the
parent element's rows
collection (for tables,
that's the rows
collection; for
table sections, that's the rows
collection). If there is no such parent element, then the attribute
must return −1.
The cells
attribute
must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
tr
element, whose filter matches only td
and th
elements that are children of the
tr
element.
The insertCell(index)
method must act as follows:
If index is less than −1 or greater than the
number of elements in the cells
collection, the method must raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
If index is missing, equal to −1, or
equal to the number of items in cells
collection, the method must create
a td
element, append it to the tr
element,
and return the newly created td
element.
Otherwise, the method must create a td
element,
insert it as a child of the tr
element, immediately
before the indexth td
or
th
element in the cells
collection, and finally must
return the newly created td
element.
The deleteCell(index)
method must remove the indexth element in the cells
collection from its parent. If
index is less than zero or greater than or equal
to the number of elements in the cells
collection, the method must
instead raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception.
td
elementtr
element.colspan
rowspan
headers
interface HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {};
The td
element represents a data cell in a table.
The td
element and its colspan
, rowspan
, and headers
attributes take part in the
table model.
th
elementtr
element.colspan
rowspan
headers
scope
interface HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement { attribute DOMString scope; };
The th
element represents a header cell in a table.
The th
element may have a scope
content attribute
specified. The scope
attribute is
an enumerated attribute with five states, four of which
have explicit keywords:
row
keyword, which maps to the row statecol
keyword, which maps to the column staterowgroup
keyword,
which maps to the row group stateth
element's
scope
attribute must not be in
the row group state if
the element is not anchored in a row group.colgroup
keyword,
which maps to the column group stateth
element's scope
attribute must
not be in the column
group state if the element is not anchored in a column group.The scope
attribute's
missing value default is the auto state.
The th
element and its colspan
, rowspan
, headers
, and scope
attributes take part in the
table model.
The scope
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
td
and th
elementsThe td
and th
elements may have a colspan
content
attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative
integer greater than zero.
The td
and th
elements may also have a
rowspan
content
attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative
integer.
These attributes give the number of columns and rows respectively that the cell is to span. These attributes must not be used to overlap cells, as described in the description of the table model.
The td
and th
element may have a headers
content
attribute specified. The headers
attribute, if specified,
must contain a string consisting of an unordered set of unique
space-separated tokens, each of which must have the value of
an ID of a th
element taking part in the same table as the td
or
th
element (as defined by the
table model).
A th
element with ID id is said
to be directly targeted by all td
and
th
elements in the same table that have headers
attributes whose values
include as one of their tokens the ID id. A
th
element A is said to be
targeted by a th
or td
element
B if either A is directly
targeted by B or if there exists an element
C that is itself targeted by the element
B and A is directly
targeted by C.
A th
element must not be targeted by
itself.
The colspan
, rowspan
, and headers
attributes take part in the
table model.
The td
and th
elements implement
interfaces that inherit from the HTMLTableCellElement
interface:
interface HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement { attribute long colSpan; attribute long rowSpan; attribute DOMString headers; readonly attribute long cellIndex; };
cellIndex
Returns the position of the cell in the row's cells
list.
Returns 0 if the element isn't in a row.
The colSpan
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name. The value must be limited to only positive non-zero
numbers.
The rowSpan
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name. Its default value, which must be used if parsing the
attribute as a non-negative integer returns an error, is also
1.
The headers
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
The cellIndex
DOM attribute must, if the element has a parent tr
element, return the index of the cell's element in the parent
element's cells
collection. If
there is no such parent element, then the attribute must return
0.
The various table elements and their content attributes together define the table model.
A table consists of cells
aligned on a two-dimensional grid of slots with coordinates (x, y). The grid is finite, and is
either empty or has one or more slots. If the grid has one or more
slots, then the x coordinates are always in the
range 0 ≤ x < xwidth, and the y
coordinates are always in the range 0 ≤ y < yheight. If one or both of xwidth and yheight are zero, then the table is empty (has
no slots). Tables correspond to table
elements.
A cell is a set of slots anchored
at a slot (cellx, celly), and with a particular
width and height such that
the cell covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where cellx ≤ x < cellx+width and
celly ≤ y < celly+height. Cells can
either be data cells or header cells. Data cells
correspond to td
elements, and header cells correspond
to th
elements. Cells of both types can have zero or
more associated header cells.
It is possible, in certain error cases, for two cells to occupy the same slot.
A row is a complete set of slots
from x=0 to x=xwidth-1, for a particular value of y. Rows correspond to tr
elements.
A column is a complete set of
slots from y=0 to y=yheight-1, for a particular value of x. Columns can correspond to col
elements, but in the absence of col
elements are
implied.
A row group is a set of
rows anchored at a slot (0, groupy) with a particular height such that the row group covers all the slots
with coordinates (x, y)
where 0 ≤ x < xwidth and groupy ≤ y < groupy+height. Row groups
correspond to tbody
, thead
, and
tfoot
elements. Not every row is necessarily in a row
group.
A column group is a set
of columns anchored at a slot
(groupx, 0) with a
particular width such that the column group
covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where groupx ≤ x < groupx+width and
0 ≤ y < yheight. Column groups
correspond to colgroup
elements. Not every column is
necessarily in a column group.
Row groups cannot overlap each other. Similarly, column groups cannot overlap each other.
A cell cannot cover slots that are from two or more row groups. It is, however, possible for a cell to be in multiple column groups. All the slots that form part of one cell are part of zero or one row groups and zero or more column groups.
In addition to cells, columns, rows, row
groups, and column
groups, tables can have a
caption
element associated with them. This gives the
table a heading, or legend.
A table model error is an error with the data
represented by table
elements and their
descendants. Documents must not have table model errors.
To determine which elements correspond to which slots in a table associated with a
table
element, to determine the dimensions of the table
(xwidth and yheight), and to determine if
there are any table model
errors, user agents must use the following algorithm:
Let xwidth be zero.
Let yheight be zero.
Let pending tfoot
elements be
a list of tfoot
elements, initially empty.
Let the table be the table represented by the
table
element. The xwidth and yheight variables give the
table's dimensions. The table is
initially empty.
If the table
element has no children elements,
then return the table (which will be empty),
and abort these steps.
Associate the first caption
element child of the
table
element with the table. If
there are no such children, then it has no associated
caption
element.
Let the current element be the first
element child of the table
element.
If a step in this algorithm ever requires the current element to be advanced to the next child of the
table
when there is no such next child, then
the user agent must jump to the step labeled end, near the
end of this algorithm.
While the current element is not one of the
following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the
table
:
If the current element is a
colgroup
, follow these substeps:
Column groups: Process the current element according to the appropriate case below:
col
element childrenFollow these steps:
Let xstart have the value of xwidth.
Let the current column be the first
col
element child of the colgroup
element.
Columns: If the current column
col
element has a span
attribute, then parse its
value using the rules for parsing non-negative
integers.
If the result of parsing the value is not an error or zero, then let span be that value.
Otherwise, if the col
element has no span
attribute, or if trying to
parse the attribute's value resulted in an error, then let
span be 1.
Increase xwidth by span.
Let the last span columns in the
table correspond to the current
column col
element.
If current column is not the last
col
element child of the colgroup
element, then let the current column be
the next col
element child of the
colgroup
element, and return to the step
labeled columns.
Let all the last columns in the
table from x=xstart to x=xwidth-1 form a
new column group,
anchored at the slot (xstart, 0), with width xwidth-xstart,
corresponding to the colgroup
element.
col
element childrenIf the colgroup
element has a span
attribute, then parse
its value using the rules for parsing non-negative
integers.
If the result of parsing the value is not an error or zero, then let span be that value.
Otherwise, if the colgroup
element has no
span
attribute, or if
trying to parse the attribute's value resulted in an error,
then let span be 1.
Increase xwidth by span.
Let the last span columns in the
table form a new column group, anchored
at the slot (xwidth-span,
0), with width span, corresponding to
the colgroup
element.
While the current element is not one of
the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the
table
:
If the current element is a
colgroup
element, jump to the step labeled
column groups above.
Let ycurrent be zero.
Let the list of downward-growing cells be an empty list.
Rows: While the current element is
not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the
table
:
If the current element is a
tr
, then run the algorithm for processing
rows, advance
the current element to the next child of the
table
, and return to the step labeled
rows.
Run the algorithm for ending a row group.
If the current element is a
tfoot
, then add that element to the list of pending tfoot
elements, advance the current element to the next child of the
table
, and return to the step labeled
rows.
The current element is either a
thead
or a tbody
.
Run the algorithm for processing row groups.
Return to the step labeled rows.
End: For each tfoot
element in the list of
pending tfoot
elements, in tree
order, run the algorithm for processing row
groups.
If there exists a row or column in the table the table containing only slots that do not have a cell anchored to them, then this is a table model error.
Return the table.
The algorithm for processing row groups, which is
invoked by the set of steps above for processing
thead
, tbody
, and tfoot
elements, is:
Let ystart have the value of yheight.
For each tr
element that is a child of the element
being processed, in tree order, run the algorithm for
processing rows.
If yheight > ystart, then let all the last rows in the table from y=ystart to y=yheight-1 form a new row group, anchored at the slot with coordinate (0, ystart), with height yheight-ystart, corresponding to the element being processed.
Run the algorithm for ending a row group.
The algorithm for ending a row group, which is invoked by the set of steps above when starting and ending a block of rows, is:
While ycurrent is less than yheight, follow these steps:
Increase ycurrent by 1.
Empty the list of downward-growing cells.
The algorithm for processing rows, which is invoked by
the set of steps above for processing tr
elements,
is:
If yheight is equal to ycurrent, then increase yheight by 1. (ycurrent is never greater than yheight.)
Let xcurrent be 0.
If the tr
element being processed has no
td
or th
element children, then increase
ycurrent by 1, abort this
set of steps, and return to the algorithm above.
Let current cell be the first
td
or th
element in the tr
element being processed.
Cells: While xcurrent is less than xwidth and the slot with coordinate (xcurrent, ycurrent) already has a cell assigned to it, increase xcurrent by 1.
If xcurrent is equal to xwidth, increase xwidth by 1. (xcurrent is never greater than xwidth.)
If the current cell has a colspan
attribute, then parse that
attribute's value, and let colspan be
the result.
If parsing that value failed, or returned zero, or if the attribute is absent, then let colspan be 1, instead.
If the current cell has a rowspan
attribute, then parse that attribute's
value, and let rowspan be the
result.
If parsing that value failed or if the attribute is absent, then let rowspan be 1, instead.
If rowspan is zero, then let cell grows downward be true, and set rowspan to 1. Otherwise, let cell grows downward be false.
If xwidth < xcurrent+colspan, then let xwidth be xcurrent+colspan.
If yheight < ycurrent+rowspan, then let yheight be ycurrent+rowspan.
Let the slots with coordinates (x, y) such that xcurrent ≤ x < xcurrent+colspan and ycurrent ≤ y < ycurrent+rowspan be covered by a new cell c, anchored at (xcurrent, ycurrent), which has width colspan and height rowspan, corresponding to the current cell element.
If the current cell element is a
th
element, let this new cell c
be a header cell; otherwise, let it be a data cell.
To establish which header cells apply to the current cell element, use the algorithm for assigning header cells described in the next section.
If any of the slots involved already had a cell covering them, then this is a table model error. Those slots now have two cells overlapping.
If cell grows downward is true, then add the tuple {c, xcurrent, colspan} to the list of downward-growing cells.
Increase xcurrent by colspan.
If current cell is the last td
or th
element in the tr
element being
processed, then increase ycurrent by 1, abort this set of steps, and
return to the algorithm above.
Let current cell be the next
td
or th
element in the tr
element being processed.
Return to the step labelled cells.
When the algorithms above require the user agent to run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells, the user agent must, for each {cell, cellx, width} tuple in the list of downward-growing cells, if any, extend the cell cell so that it also covers the slots with coordinates (x, ycurrent), where cellx ≤ x < cellx+width.
Each cell can be assigned zero or more header cells. The algorithm for assigning header cells to a cell principal cell is as follows.
Let header list be an empty list of cells.
Let (principalx, principaly) be the coordinate of the slot to which the principal cell is anchored.
headers
attribute specifiedTake the value of the principal cell's
headers
attribute and
split it on
spaces, letting id list be the list
of tokens obtained.
For each token in the id list, if the
first element in the Document
with an ID equal to
the token is a cell in the same table, and that cell is not the
principal cell, then add that cell to header list.
headers
attribute specifiedLet principalwidth be the width of the principal cell.
Let principalheight be the height of the principal cell.
For each value of y from principaly to principaly+principalheight-1, run the internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, with the principal cell, the header list, the initial coordinate (principalx,y), and the increments Δx=−1 and Δy=0.
For each value of x from principalx to principalx+principalwidth-1, run the internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, with the principal cell, the header list, the initial coordinate (x,principaly), and the increments Δx=0 and Δy=−1.
If the principal cell is anchored in a row group, then add all header cells that are row group headers and are anchored in the same row group with an x-coordinate less than or equal to principalx+principalwidth-1 and a y-coordinate less than or equal to principaly+principalheight-1 to header list.
If the principal cell is anchored in a column group, then add all header cells that are column group headers and are anchored in the same column group with an x-coordinate less than or equal to principalx+principalwidth-1 and a y-coordinate less than or equal to principaly+principalheight-1 to header list.
Remove all the empty cells from the header list.
Remove any duplicates from the header list.
Assign the headers in the header list to the principal cell.
The internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, given a principal cell, a header list, an initial coordinate (initialx, initialy), and Δx and Δy increments, is as follows:
Let x equal initialx.
Let y equal initialy.
Let opaque headers be an empty list of cells.
Let in header block be true, and let headers from current header block be a list of cells containing just the principal cell.
Let in header block be false and let headers from current header block be an empty list of cells.
Loop: Increment x by Δx; increment y by Δy.
For each invocation of this algorithm, one of Δx and Δy will be −1, and the other will be 0.
If either x or y is less than 0, then abort this internal algorithm.
If there is no cell covering slot (x, y), or if there is more than one cell covering slot (x, y), return to the substep marked loop.
Let current cell be the cell covering slot (x, y).
Set in header block to true.
Add current cell to headers from current header block.
Let blocked be false.
If there are any cells in the opaque headers list anchored with the same x-coordinate as the current cell, and with the same width as current cell, then let blocked be true.
If the current cell is not a column header, then let blocked be true.
If there is are any cells in the opaque headers list anchored with the same y-coordinate as the current cell, and with the same height as current cell, then let blocked be true.
If the current cell is not a row header, then let blocked be true.
If blocked is false, then add the current cell to the headers list.
Set in header block to false. Add all the cells in headers from current header block to the opaque headers list, and empty the headers from current header block list.
Return to the step marked loop.
A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width width and height height is said to be a column header if any of the following conditions are true:
scope
attribute
is in the column state, orscope
attribute
is in the auto state, and
there are no data cells in any of the cells covering slots with
y-coordinates y
.. y+height-1.A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width width and height height is said to be a row header if any of the following conditions are true:
scope
attribute
is in the row state, orscope
attribute
is in the auto state, the
cell is not a column header, and there are no data
cells in any of the cells covering slots with x-coordinates x .. x+width-1.A header cell is said to be a column group header if
its scope
attribute is in the
column group state.
A header cell is said to be a row group header if
its scope
attribute is in the
row group state.
A cell is said to be an empty cell if it contains no elements and its text content, if any, consists only of White_Space characters.
Forms allow unscripted client-server interaction: given a form, a user can provide data, submit it to the server, and have the server act on it accordingly (e.g. returning the results of a search or calculation). The elements used in forms can also be used for user interaction with no associated submission mechanism, in conjunction with scripts.
Mostly for historical reasons, elements in this section fall into several overlapping (but subtly different) categories in addition to the usual ones like flow content, phrasing content, and interactive content.
A number of the elements are form-associated elements, which means they can have a
form owner and, to expose this, have a form
content attribute with a matching
form
DOM attribute.
The form-associated elements fall into several subcategories:
form
element is submitted.form
element is reset.form.elements
and fieldset.elements
APIs.label
elements.In addition, some submittable elements can be, depending on their attributes, buttons. The prose below defines when an element is a button. Some buttons are specifically submit buttons.
The object
element is also a
form-associated element and can, with the use of a
suitable plugin, partake in form
submission.
form
elementform
element descendants.accept-charset
action
autocomplete
enctype
method
name
novalidate
target
[Callable=namedItem] interface HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString acceptCharset; attribute DOMString action; attribute boolean autocomplete; attribute DOMString enctype; attribute DOMString method; attribute DOMString name; attribute boolean novalidate; attribute DOMString target; readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements; readonly attribute long length; [IndexGetter] any item(in unsigned long index); [NameGetter=OverrideBuiltins] any namedItem(in DOMString name); void submit(); void reset(); boolean checkValidity(); void dispatchFormInput(); void dispatchFormChange(); };
The form
element represents a
collection of form-associated
elements, some of which can represent editable values that
can be submitted to a server for processing.
The accept-charset
attribute gives the character encodings that are to be used for the
submission. If specified, the value must be an ordered set of
unique space-separated tokens, and each token must be the
preferred name of an ASCII-compatible character
encoding. [IANACHARSET]
The name
attribute
represents the form
's name within the forms
collection. The value must
not be the empty string, and the value must be unique amongst the
form
elements in the forms
collection that it is in, if
any.
The autocomplete
attribute is an enumerated attribute. The attribute has
two states. The on
keyword maps to the on state, and the
off
keyword maps to
the off
state. The attribute may also be omitted. The missing value
default is the on state. The off state indicates
that by default, input
elements in the form will have
their resulting autocompletion state set to off; the on state indicates
that by default, input
elements in the form will have
their resulting autocompletion state set to on.
The action
, enctype
, method
, novalidate
, and target
attributes are attributes
for form submission.
elements
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the form controls in
the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).
length
Returns the number of form controls in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).
item
(index)Returns the indexth element in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).
namedItem
(name)Returns the form control in the form with the given ID or name
(excluding image buttons for
historical reasons).
Once an element has been referenced using a particular name,
that name will continue being available as a way to reference that
element in this method, even if the element's actual ID or name
changes, for as long as the
element remains in the Document
.
If there are multiple matching items, then a
NodeList
object containing all those elements is
returned.
Returns null if no element with that ID or name
could be found.
submit
()Submits the form.
reset
()Resets the form.
checkValidity
()Returns true if the form's controls are all valid; otherwise, returns false.
dispatchFormInput
()Dispatches a forminput
event at all the form controls.
dispatchFormChange
()Dispatches a formchange
event at all the form controls.
The autocomplete
and
name
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name.
The acceptCharset
DOM
attribute must reflect the accept-charset
content
attribute.
The elements
DOM attribute must return an HTMLFormControlsCollection
rooted at the Document
node, whose filter matches listed elements whose form
owner is the form
element, with the exception of
input
elements whose type
attribute is in the Image Button state, which must,
for historical reasons, be excluded from this particular
collection.
The length
DOM
attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the elements
collection.
The
indices of the supported indexed properties at any
instant are the indices supported by the object returned by the
elements
attribute at that
instant.
The item(index)
method must return the value
returned by the method of the same name on the elements
collection, when invoked
with the same argument.
Each form
element has a mapping of names to elements
called the past names map. It is used to persist names of
controls even when they change names.
The names of the supported named properties are the
union of the names currently supported by the object returned by the
elements
attribute, and the
names currently in the past names map.
The namedItem(name)
method, when called, must run the
following steps:
If name is one of the names of the
supported named properties of the object returned by the
elements
attribute, then
run these substeps:
Let candidate be the object returned
by the namedItem()
method on the object returned by the elements
attribute when passed
the name argument.
If candidate is an element, then add a
mapping from name to candidate in the form
element's
past names map, replacing the previous entry with
the same name, if any.
Return candidate and abort these steps.
Otherwise, name is the name of one of
the entries in the form
element's past names
map: return the object associated with name in that map.
If an element listed in the form
element's past
names map is removed from the Document
, then its
entries must be removed from the map.
The submit()
method, when invoked, must submit the form
element from the form
element itself.
The reset()
method, when invoked, must reset the form
element.
If the checkValidity()
method is invoked, the user agent must statically validate the
constraints of the form
element, and return true
if the constraint validation return a positive result, and
false if it returned a negative result.
If the dispatchFormInput()
method is invoked, the user agent must broadcast forminput
events from the
form
element.
If the dispatchFormChange()
method is invoked, the user agent must broadcast formchange
events from the
form
element.
fieldset
elementlegend
element followed by flow content.disabled
form
name
interface HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString type; readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error); };
The fieldset
element represents a set of form
controls grouped under a common name.
The name of the group is given by the first legend
element that is a child of the fieldset
element. The
remainder of the descendants form the group.
The disabled
attribute, when specified, causes all the form control descendants
of the fieldset
element to be disabled.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the fieldset
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name.
type
Returns the string "fieldset".
elements
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the form controls in
the element.
The disabled
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
The type
DOM
attribute must return the string "fieldset
".
The elements
DOM
attribute must return an HTMLFormControlsCollection
rooted at the fieldset
element, whose filter matches
listed elements.
The willValidate
,
validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and
setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API.
Constraint validation: fieldset
elements are always barred from constraint
validation.
label
elementlabel
elements.form
for
interface HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form; attribute DOMString htmlFor; readonly attribute HTMLElement control; };
The label
represents a caption in a
user interface. The caption can be associated with a specific form
control, known as the label
element's labeled control, either using for
attribute, or by putting the form
control inside the label
element itself.
Unless otherwise specified by the following rules, a
label
element has no labeled control.
The for
attribute
may be specified to indicate a form control with which the caption
is to be associated. If the attribute is specified, the attribute's
value must be the ID of a labelable
form-associated element in the same Document
as
the label
element. If the attribute
is specified and there is an element in the Document
whose ID is equal to the value of the for
attribute, and the first such
element is a labelable form-associated
element, then that element is the label
element's labeled control.
If the for
attribute is not
specified, but the label
element has a labelable
form-associated element descendant, then the first such
descendant in tree order is the label
element's labeled control.
The label
element's exact default presentation and
behavior, in particular what its activation behavior
might be, if anything, should match the platform's label
behavior.
For example, on platforms where clicking a checkbox label checks
the checkbox, clicking the label
in the following
snippet could trigger the user agent to run synthetic click
activation steps on the input
element, as if
the element itself had been triggered by the user:
<label><input type=checkbox name=lost> Lost</label>
On other platforms, the behavior might be just to focus the control, or do nothing.
control
Returns the form control that is associated with this element.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the label
element with its
form owner.
The htmlFor
DOM
attribute must reflect the for
content attribute.
The control
DOM
attribute must return the label
element's labeled
control, if any, or null if there isn't one.
labels
Returns a NodeList
of all the label
elements that the form control is associated with.
Labelable form-associated
elements have a NodeList
object associated with
them that represents the list of label
elements, in
tree order, whose labeled control is the
element in question. The labels
DOM attribute of
labelable form-associated
elements, on getting, must return that NodeList
object.
input
elementtype
attribute is not in the Hidden state: Interactive content.accept
alt
autocomplete
autofocus
checked
disabled
form
formaction
formenctype
formmethod
formnovalidate
formtarget
height
list
max
maxlength
min
multiple
name
pattern
placeholder
readonly
required
size
src
step
type
value
width
interface HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString accept; attribute DOMString alt; attribute boolean autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean defaultChecked; attribute boolean checked; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form; attribute DOMString formAction; attribute DOMString formEnctype; attribute DOMString formMethod; attribute boolean formNoValidate; attribute DOMString formTarget; attribute DOMString height; attribute boolean indeterminate; readonly attribute HTMLElement list; attribute DOMString max; attribute long maxLength; attribute DOMString min; attribute boolean multiple; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString pattern; attribute DOMString placeholder; attribute boolean readOnly; attribute boolean required; attribute unsigned long size; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString step; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; attribute DOMString value; attribute Date valueAsDate; attribute float valueAsNumber; readonly attribute HTMLOptionElement selectedOption; attribute DOMString width; void stepUp(in long n); void stepDown(in long n); readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error); readonly attribute NodeList labels; void select(); attribute unsigned long selectionStart; attribute unsigned long selectionEnd; void setSelectionRange(in unsigned long start, in unsigned long end); };
The input
element represents a typed data field,
usually with a form control to allow the user to edit the data.
The type
attribute controls the data type (and associated control) of the
element. It is an enumerated attribute. The following
table lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the
keywords in the left column map to the states in the cell in the
second column on the same row as the keyword.
Keyword | State | Data type | Control type |
---|---|---|---|
hidden
| Hidden | An arbitrary string | n/a |
text
| Text | Text with no line breaks | Text field |
search
| Search | Text with no line breaks | Search field |
tel
| Telephone | Text with no line breaks | A text field |
url
| URL | An absolute IRI | A text field |
email
| An e-mail address or list of e-mail addresses | A text field | |
password
| Password | Text with no line breaks (sensitive information) | Text field that obscures data entry |
datetime
| Date and Time | A date and time (year, month, day, hour, minute, second, fraction of a second) with the time zone set to UTC | A date and time control |
date
| Date | A date (year, month, day) with no time zone | A date control |
month
| Month | A date consisting of a year and a month with no time zone | A month control |
week
| Week | A date consisting of a week-year number and a week number with no time zone | A week control |
time
| Time | A time (hour, minute, seconds, fractional seconds) with no time zone | A time control |
datetime-local
| Local Date and Time | A date and time (year, month, day, hour, minute, second, fraction of a second) with no time zone | A date and time control |
number
| Number | A numerical value | A text field or spinner control |
range
| Range | A numerical value, with the extra semantic that the exact value is not important | A slider control or similar |
color
| Color | An sRGB color with 8-bit red, green, and blue components | A color well |
checkbox
| Checkbox | A set of zero or more values from a predefined list | A checkbox |
radio
| Radio Button | An enumerated value | A radio button |
file
| File Upload | Zero or more files each with a MIME type and optionally a file name | A label and a button |
submit
| Submit Button | An enumerated value, with the extra semantic that it must be the last value selected and initiates form submission | A button |
image
| Image Button | A coordinate, relative to a particular image's size, with the extra semantic that it must be the last value selected and initiates form submission | Either a clickable image, or a button |
reset
| Reset Button | n/a | A button |
button
| Button | n/a | A button |
The missing value default is the Text state.
Which of the accept
, alt
, autocomplete
, checked
, formaction
, formenctype
, formmethod
, formnovalidate
, formtarget
, height
, list
, max
, maxlength
, min
, multiple
, pattern
, readonly
, required
, size
, src
, step
, and width
attributes apply to an
input
element depends on the state of its type
attribute. Similarly, the checked
, valueAsDate
, valueAsNumber
, list
, and selectedOption
DOM
attributes, and the stepUp()
and stepDown()
methods, are
specific to certain states. The following table is non-normative and summarises which content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to each state:
Hidden | Text, Search, URL, Telephone | Password | Date and Time, Date, Month, Week, Time | Local Date and Time, Number | Range | Color | Checkbox, Radio Button | File Upload | Submit Button | Image Button | Reset Button, Button | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
accept
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · | · | · |
alt
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · |
autocomplete
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · |
checked
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · | · | · | · |
formaction
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | · |
formenctype
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | · |
formmethod
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | · |
formnovalidate
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | · |
formtarget
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | · |
height
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · |
list
| · | Yes | Yes | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · |
max
| · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · |
maxlength
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
min
| · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · |
multiple
| · | · | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · | · | · |
pattern
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
placeholder
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
readonly
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
required
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | Yes | Yes | · | · | · |
size
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
src
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · |
step
| · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · |
width
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · |
checked
| · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | Yes | · | · | · | · |
value
| value | value | value | value | value | value | value | value | default/on | filename | default | default | default |
valueAsDate
| · | · | · | · | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
valueAsNumber
| · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · |
list
| · | Yes | Yes | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · |
selectedOption
| · | Yes | Yes | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · |
select()
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
selectionStart
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
selectionEnd
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
setSelectionRange()
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · | · |
stepDown()
| · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · |
stepUp()
| · | · | · | · | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · | · | · |
input event
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · | · |
change event
| · | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | · | · | · |
When an input
element's type
attribute changes state, and
when the element is first created, the element's rendering and
behavior must change to the new state's accordingly and the
value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined for the
type
attribute's new state,
must be invoked.
Each input
element has a value, which is exposed by the value
DOM attribute. Some states
define an algorithm
to convert a string to a number, an algorithm to convert a
number to a string, an algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object, and an algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, which are used by
max
,
min
,
step
,
valueAsDate
,
valueAsNumber
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
.
Each input
element has a boolean dirty value flag. When
it is true, the element is said to have a dirty value. The
dirty value flag
must be initially set to false when the element is created, and must
be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way
that changes the value.
The value
content attribute gives the default value of the input
element. When the value
content attribute is added,
set, or removed, if the control does not have a dirty value, the user agent
must set the value of the
element to the value of the value
content attribute, if there is
one, or the empty string otherwise, and then run the current
value sanitization algorithm, if one is
defined.
Each input
element has a checkedness, which is exposed by
the checked
DOM
attribute.
Each input
element has a boolean dirty checkedness
flag. When it is true, the element is said to have a dirty
checkedness. The dirty checkedness
flag must be initially set to false when the element is
created, and must be set to true whenever the user interacts with
the control in a way that changes the checkedness.
The checked
content attribute gives the default checkedness of the
input
element. When the checked
content attribute is
added, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the user
agent must set the checkedness of the element to
true; when the checked
content attribute is removed, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the user
agent must set the checkedness of the element to
false.
The reset
algorithm for input
elements is to set the dirty value flag and
dirty checkedness
flag back to false, set the value of the element to the value of
the value
content attribute,
if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, set the checkedness of the element to true
if the element has a checked
content attribute and false if it does not, and then invoke the
value sanitization algorithm, if the type
attribute's current state
defines one.
Each input
element has a boolean mutability flag. When it is
true, the element is said to be mutable, and when it is
false the element is immutable. Unless
otherwise specified, an input
element is always mutable. Unless otherwise
specified, the user agent should not allow the user to modify the
element's value or checkedness.
When an input
element is disabled, it is immutable.
When an input
element does not have a
Document
node as one of its ancestors (i.e. when it is
not in the document), it is immutable.
The readonly
attribute can also in
some cases (e.g. for the Date state, but not the Checkbox state) make an
input
element immutable.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the input
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name. The disabled
attribute is used to make
the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being
submitted. The autofocus
attribute controls focus.
The indeterminate
DOM
attribute must initially be set to false. On getting, it must return
the last value it was set to. On setting, it must be set to the new
value. It has no effect except for changing the appearance of checkbox controls.
The accept
, alt
, autocomplete
, max
, min
, multiple
, pattern
, placeholder
, required
, size
, src
, step
, and type
DOM attributes must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name. The maxLength
DOM
attribute must reflect the maxlength
content attribute. The
readOnly
DOM
attribute must reflect the readonly
content attribute. The
defaultChecked
DOM attribute must reflect the checked
content attribute. The
defaultValue
DOM attribute must reflect the value
content attribute.
The willValidate
, validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The
labels
attribute provides a list
of the element's label
s. The select()
, selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
and setSelectionRange()
methods and attributes expose the element's text selection.
type
attributeThe input
element represents a value
that is not intended to be examined or manipulated by the user.
Constraint validation: If an input
element's type
attribute is in
the Hidden state, it is
barred from constraint validation.
If the name
attribute is
present and has a value that is a case-sensitive match
for the string "_charset_
", then the element's
value
attribute must be
omitted.
The
value
DOM attribute applies to this element and is
in mode value.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
autocomplete
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
,
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Text state or the Search state, the rules in
this section apply.
The input
element represents a one line
plain text edit control for the element's value.
If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element's value.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF)
or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
maxlength
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
, and
size
content attributes;
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
value
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
max
,
min
,
multiple
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for editing a telephone number given in the element's value.
If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents may change the punctuation of values that the user enters. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element's value.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF)
or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
maxlength
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
, and
size
content attributes;
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
value
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
max
,
min
,
multiple
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for editing a single absolute URL given in the
element's value.
If the is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the URL represented by its value. User agents may allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid absolute URL, but may also or instead automatically escape characters entered by the user so that the value is always a valid absolute URL (even if that isn't the actual value seen and edited by the user in the interface). User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid absolute URL.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value.
Constraint validation: While the value of the element is not a valid absolute URL, the element is suffering from a type mismatch.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
maxlength
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
, and
size
content attributes;
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
value
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
max
,
min
,
multiple
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for editing a list of e-mail addresses given in the element's value.
If the element is mutable,
the user agent should allow the user to change the e-mail addresses
represented by its value. If
the multiple
attribute is
specified, then the user agent should allow the user to select or
provide multiple addresses; otherwise, the user agent should act in
a manner consistent with expecting the user to provide a single
e-mail address. User agents may allow the user to set the value to a string that is not an
valid e-mail address list. User agents should allow the
user to set the value to the
empty string. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE
FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value. User agents may transform the
value for display and editing
(e.g. converting punycode in the value to IDN in the display and vice
versa).
If the multiple
attribute is specified on the element, then the value
attribute, if specified, must
have a value that is a valid e-mail address list;
otherwise, the value
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a single
valid e-mail address.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value.
Constraint validation: If the multiple
attribute is specified
on the element, then, while the value of the element is not a
valid e-mail address list, the element is
suffering from a type mismatch; otherwise, while the
value of the element is not a
single valid e-mail address, the element is
suffering from a type mismatch.
A valid e-mail address list is a set of comma-separated tokens, where each token is itself a valid e-mail address. To obtain the list of tokens from a valid e-mail address list, the user agent must split the string on commas.
A valid e-mail address is a string that matches the
production dot-atom-text "@" dot-atom-text
where
dot-atom-text
is defined in RFC 5322 section
3.2.3. [RFC5322]
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
, and
size
content attributes;
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
value
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
max
,
min
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
element represents a one line
plain text edit control for the element's value. The user agent should obscure
the value so that people other than the user cannot see it.
If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF)
or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
maxlength
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
, and
size
content attributes;
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
value
DOM attributes;
select()
, and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
multiple
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Date and Time state, the
rules in this section apply.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
specific global date and
time. User agents may display the date and
time in whatever time zone is appropriate for the user.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the global date and time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a global date and time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid global date and time string expressed in UTC, though user agents may allow the user to set and view the time in another time zone and silently translate the time to and from the UTC time zone in the value. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a global date and time, then the value must be set to a valid global date and time string expressed in UTC representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid global date and
time string.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is a valid global date and time string, then adjust the time so that the value represents the same point in time but expressed in the UTC time zone, otherwise, set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid global date and
time string. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
global date and time string.
The step
attribute is
expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000
(which converts the seconds to milliseconds, as used in the other
algorithms). The default step is 60
seconds.
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest global date and time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a
string to a number, given a string input,
is as follows: If parsing a global date and time from input results in an error, then return an error;
otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight
UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
"1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z
") to the parsed global date and time, ignoring leap
seconds.
The algorithm to convert a
number to a string, given a number input,
is as follows: Return a valid global date and time
string expressed in UTC that represents the global date and time that is input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning
of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z
").
The algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a global date and time
from input results in an error, then return an
error; otherwise, return a Date
object representing the
parsed global date and time,
expressed in UTC.
The algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, given a
Date
object input, is as
follows: Return a valid global date and time
string expressed in UTC that represents the global date and time that is
represented by input.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsDate
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
, and
selectionEnd
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
specific date.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the date represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid date string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a date, then the value must be set to a valid date string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid date
string.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid date string, then set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid date
string. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
date string.
The step
attribute is
expressed in days. The step scale factor is
86,400,000 (which converts the days to milliseconds, as used in the
other algorithms). The default step is 1 day.
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest date for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a
string to a number, given a string input,
is as follows: If parsing
a date from input results in an error,
then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds
elapsed from midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time
represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z
") to midnight UTC on the
morning of the parsed date,
ignoring leap seconds.
The algorithm to convert a
number to a string, given a number input,
is as follows: Return a valid date string that
represents the date that, in UTC,
is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC
on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
"1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z
").
The algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date from input
results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a
Date
object representing midnight UTC on the morning of
the parsed date.
The algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, given a
Date
object input, is as
follows: Return a valid date string that
represents the date current at the
time represented by input in the UTC
time zone.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsDate
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
, and
selectionEnd
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
specific month.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the month represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a month from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid month string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a month, then the value must be set to a valid month string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid month
string.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid month string, then set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid month
string. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
month string.
The step
attribute is
expressed in months. The step scale factor is 1
(there is no conversion needed as the algorithms use months).
The default step is
1 month.
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest month for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a month time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of months between January 1970 and the parsed month.
The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid month string that represents the month that has input months between it and January 1970.
The algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then return an error;
otherwise, return a Date
object representing midnight
UTC on the morning of the first day of the parsed month.
The algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, given a
Date
object input, is as
follows: Return a valid month string that
represents the month current at
the time represented by input in the UTC
time zone.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsDate
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
, and
selectionEnd
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
specific week.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the week represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a week from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid week string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a week, then the value must be set to a valid week string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid week
string.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid week string, then set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid week
string. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
week string.
The step
attribute is
expressed in weeks. The step scale factor is
604,800,000 (which converts the weeks to milliseconds, as used in
the other algorithms). The default step is 1
week.
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest week for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a
string to a number, given a string input,
is as follows: If parsing
a week string from input results in an
error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of
milliseconds elapsed from midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01
(the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z
") to midnight UTC on the
morning of the Monday of the parsed week, ignoring leap seconds.
The algorithm to convert a
number to a string, given a number input,
is as follows: Return a valid week string that
represents the week that, in UTC,
is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC
on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
"1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z
").
The algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a week from input
results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a
Date
object representing midnight UTC on the morning of
the Monday of the parsed week.
The algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, given a
Date
object input, is as
follows: Return a valid week string that
represents the week current at the
time represented by input in the UTC
time zone.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsDate
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
, and
selectionEnd
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
specific time.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid time string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a time, then the value must be set to a valid time string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid time
string.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid time string, then set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid time
string. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
time string.
The step
attribute is
expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000
(which converts the seconds to milliseconds, as used in the other
algorithms). The default step is 60
seconds.
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight to the parsed time on a day with no time changes.
The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid time string that represents the time that is input milliseconds after midnight on a day with no time changes.
The algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a time from input
results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a
Date
object representing the parsed time in UTC on 1970-01-01.
The algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, given a
Date
object input, is as
follows: Return a valid time string that
represents the UTC time component
that is represented by input.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsDate
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
, and
selectionEnd
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Local Date and Time
state, the rules in this section apply.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
local date and time,
with no time zone information.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the date and time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date and time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid local date and time string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a local date and time, then the value must be set to a valid local date and time string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid local date and
time string.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid local date and time string, then set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid local date and
time string. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
local date and time string.
The step
attribute is
expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000
(which converts the seconds to milliseconds, as used in the other
algorithms). The default step is 60
seconds.
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest local date and time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a
string to a number, given a string input,
is as follows: If parsing a date and time from input results in an error, then return an error;
otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight
on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
"1970-01-01T00:00:00.0
") to the parsed local date and time, ignoring
leap seconds.
The algorithm to convert a
number to a string, given a number input,
is as follows: Return a valid local date and time
string that represents the date and time that is input milliseconds after midnight on the morning of
1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0
").
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
valueAsDate
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
number.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing floating point number values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid floating point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a number, then the value must be set to the best representation of the floating point number representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid floating point
number.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid floating point number, then set it to the empty string instead.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid floating point
number. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
floating point number.
The step scale factor is
1. The default
step is 1 (allowing only integers, unless the min
attribute has a non-integer
value).
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest number for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating point number values to input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the resulting number.
The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid floating point number that represents input.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
,
readonly
,
required
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
valueAsDate
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a control
for setting the element's value to a string representing a
number, but with the caveat that the exact value is not important,
letting UAs provide a simpler interface than they do for the Number state.
In this state, the range and step constraints are enforced even during user input, and there is no way to set the value to the empty string.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing floating point number values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid floating point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a number, then the value must be set to a best representation of the floating point number representing the user's selection. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid floating point
number.
The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid floating point number, then set it to a valid floating point number that represents the default value.
The min
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid floating point
number. The default
minimum is 0. The max
attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
floating point number. The default maximum is 100.
The default value is the minimum plus half the difference between the minimum and the maximum, unless the maximum is less than the minimum, in which case the default value is the minimum.
When the element is suffering from an underflow, the user agent must set the element's value to a valid floating point number that represents the minimum.
When the element is suffering from an overflow, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, the user agent must set the element's value to a valid floating point number that represents the maximum.
The step scale factor is
1. The default
step is 1 (allowing only integers, unless the min
attribute has a non-integer
value).
When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent must round the element's value to the nearest number for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch, and which is greater than or equal to the minimum, and, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, which is less than or equal to the maximum.
The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating point number values to input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the resulting number.
The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid floating point number that represents input.
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
,
list
,
max
,
min
, and
step
content attributes;
list
,
value
,
valueAsNumber
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes;
stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
,
size
,
src
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
, and
valueAsDate
DOM attributes;
select()
and
setSelectionRange()
methods.
The input
element represents a color
well control, for setting the element's value to a string representing a
simple color.
In this state, there is always a color picked, and there is no way to set the value to the empty string.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the color represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing simple color values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid lowercase simple color. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a color, then the value must be set to the result of using the rules for serializing simple color values to the user's selection. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
The value
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid simple
color.
The value sanitization algorithm is as
follows: If the value
of the element is a valid simple color, then set it to
the value of the element
converted to lowercase; otherwise, set it to the string
"#000000
".
The following common input
element content
attributes, DOM attributes, and methods apply to the element:
autocomplete
and
list
content attributes;
list
,
value
, and
selectedOption
DOM attributes.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode value.
The input
and change
events apply.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
maxlength
,
max
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
,
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
element represents a
two-state control that represents the element's checkedness state. If the
element's checkedness state
is true, the control represents a positive selection, and if it is
false, a negative selection. If the element's indeterminate
DOM attribute
is set to true, then the control's selection should be obscured as
if the control was in a third, indeterminate, state.
The control is never a true tri-state control, even
if the element's indeterminate
DOM attribute
is set to true. The indeterminate
DOM attribute
only gives the appearance of a third state.
If the element is mutable,
then: The pre-click activation steps consist of setting
the element's checkedness to
its opposite value (i.e. true if it is false, false if it is true),
and of setting the element's indeterminate
DOM attribute
to false. The canceled activation steps consist of
setting the checkedness and
the element's indeterminate
DOM attribute
back to the values they had before the pre-click activation
steps were run. The activation behavior is to
fire a simple event called change
at the element, then broadcast formchange
events at the
element's form owner.
Constraint validation: If the element is required and its checkedness is false, then the element is suffering from being missing.
indeterminate
[ = value ]When set, overrides the rendering of checkbox controls so that the current value is not visible.
The following common input
element content
attributes and DOM attributes apply to the element:
checked
, and
required
content attributes;
checked
and
value
DOM attributes.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode default/on.
The change
event applies.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
autocomplete
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
event does not
apply.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Radio Button state, the rules
in this section apply.
The input
element represents a control
that, when used in conjunction with other input
elements, forms a radio button group in which only one
control can have its checkedness state set to true. If
the element's checkedness
state is true, the control represents the selected control in the
group, and if it is false, it indicates a control in the group that
is not selected.
The radio button group that contains an
input
element a also contains all
the other input
elements b that
fulfill all of the following conditions:
input
element b's type
attribute is in the Radio Button state.name
attribute, and the value of a's name
attribute is a
compatibility caseless match for the value of b's name
attribute.A document must not contain an input
element whose
radio button group contains only that element.
When any of the following events occur, if the element's checkedness state is true after the event, the checkedness state of all the other elements in the same radio button group must be set to false:
name
attribute is added, removed, or changes value.If the element is mutable,
then: The pre-click activation steps consist of setting
the element's checkedness to
true. The canceled activation steps consist of setting
the element's checkedness to
false. The activation behavior is to fire a
simple event called change
at the element, then broadcast formchange
events at the
element's form owner.
Constraint validation: If the element is required and all of the
input
elements in the radio button group have a
checkedness that is
false, then the element is suffering from being
missing.
If none of the radio buttons in a radio button group are checked when they are inserted into the document, then they will all be initially unchecked in the interface, until such time as one of them is checked (either by the user or by script).
The following common input
element content
attributes and DOM attributes apply to the element:
checked
and
required
content attributes;
checked
and
value
DOM attributes.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode default/on.
The change
event applies.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
autocomplete
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
event does not
apply.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the File Upload state, the rules in this
section apply.
The input
element represents a list of
selected files,
each file consisting of a file name, a file type, and a file body
(the contents of the file).
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the files on the list, e.g. adding or removing files. Files can be from the filesystem or created on the fly, e.g. a picture taken from a camera connected to the user's device.
Constraint validation: If the element is required and the list of selected files is empty, then the element is suffering from being missing.
Unless the multiple
attribute is set, there must be no more than one file in the list of
selected
files.
The accept
attribute may be specified to provide user agents with a hint of
what file types the server will be able to accept.
If specified, the attribute must consist of a set of comma-separated tokens, each of which must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following:
audio/*
video/*
image/*
The tokens must not be ASCII case-insensitive matches for any of the other tokens (i.e. duplicates are not allowed). To obtain the list of tokens from the attribute, the user agent must split the attribute value on commas.
User agents should prevent the user from selecting files that are not accepted by one (or more) of these tokens.
The following common input
element content
attributes apply to the element:
accept
,
multiple
, and
required
.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode filename.
The change
event applies.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
alt
,
autocomplete
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The element's value
attribute must be omitted.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
event does not
apply.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Submit Button state, the rules
in this section apply.
The input
element represents a button
that, when activated, submits the form. If the
element has a value
attribute,
the button's label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise,
it must be an implementation-defined string that means "Submit" or
some such. The element is a button, specifically a submit button.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to activate the element.
The element's activation behavior, if the element
has a form owner, is to submit the form
owner from the input
element; otherwise, it is
to do nothing.
The formaction
, formenctype
, formmethod
, formnovalidate
, and formtarget
attributes are attributes
for form submission.
The following common input
element content
attributes and DOM attributes apply to the element:
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
, and
formtarget
content attributes;
value
DOM attribute.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode default.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
autocomplete
,
checked
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Image Button state, the rules
in this section apply.
The input
element represents either an
image from which a user can select a coordinate and submit the form,
or alternatively a button from which the user can submit the
form. The element is a button,
specifically a submit
button.
The image is given by the src
attribute. The src
attribute must be present, and
must contain a valid URL referencing a non-interactive,
optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor
scripted.
When any of the following events occur, unless the user agent
cannot support images, or its support for images has been disabled,
or the user agent only fetches elements on demand, the user agent
must resolve the value of the
src
attribute, relative to the
element, and if that is successful, must fetch the
resulting absolute URL:
input
element's type
attribute is first set to the
Image Button state
(possibly when the element is first created), and the src
attribute is present.input
element's type
attribute is changed back to
the Image Button state,
and the src
attribute is
present, and its value has changed since the last time the type
attribute was in the Image Button state.input
element's type
attribute is in the Image Button state, and the
src
attribute is set or
changed.Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element's document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.
If the image was successfully obtained, with no network errors, and the image's type is a supported image type, and the image is a valid image of that type, then the image is said to be available. If this is true before the image is completely downloaded, each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the presentation of the image appropriately.
The user agents should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image, with the image's associated Content-Type headers giving the official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image must be the type given by the image's associated Content-Type headers.
User agents must not support non-image resources with the
input
element. User agents must not run executable code
embedded in the image resource. User agents must only display the
first page of a multipage resource. User agents must not allow the
resource to act in an interactive fashion, but should honor any
animation in the resource.
The task that is queued by the networking task
source once the resource has been fetched, must, if the download was successful
and the image is available,
queue a task to fire a simple event called
load
at the input
element; and otherwise, if the fetching process fails without a
response from the remote server, or completes but the image is not a
valid or supported image, queue a task to fire a
simple event called error
on
the input
element.
The alt
attribute
provides the textual label for the alternative button for users and
user agents who cannot use the image. The alt
attribute must also be present,
and must contain a non-empty string.
The input
element supports dimension
attributes.
If the src
attribute is set,
and the image is available and
the user agent is configured to display that image, then: The
element represents a control for selecting a coordinate from
the image specified by the src
attribute; if the element is mutable, the user agent should
allow the user to select this coordinate. The
activation behavior in this case consists of taking the
user's selected coordinate, and
then, if the element has a form owner, submitting the input
element's form owner from the input
element. If the user activates the control without explicitly
selecting a coordinate, then the coordinate (0,0) must be
assumed.
Otherwise, the element represents a submit button
whose label is given by the value of the alt
attribute; if the element is mutable, the user agent should
allow the user to activate the button. The activation
behavior in this case consists of setting the selected
coordinate to (0,0), and then, if the element has a
form owner, submitting the input
element's form owner from the input
element.
The selected coordinate must consist of an x-component and a y-component. The x-component must be greater than or equal to zero, and less than or equal to the rendered width, in CSS pixels, of the image, plus the widths of the left and right borders rendered around the image, if any. The y-component must be greater than or equal to zero, and less than or equal to the rendered height, in CSS pixels, of the image, plus the widths of the top and bottom bordered rendered around the image, if any. The coordinates must be relative to the image's borders, where there are any, and the edge of the image otherwise.
The formaction
, formenctype
, formmethod
, formnovalidate
, and formtarget
attributes are attributes
for form submission.
The following common input
element content
attributes and DOM attributes apply to the element:
alt
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
src
, and
width
content attributes;
value
DOM attribute.
The value
DOM attribute is
in mode default.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
autocomplete
,
checked
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
size
, and
step
.
The element's value
attribute must be omitted.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
Many aspects of this state's behavior are similar to
the behavior of the img
element. Readers are encouraged
to read that section, where many of the same requirements are
described in more detail.
When an input
element's type
attribute is in the Reset Button state, the rules
in this section apply.
The input
element represents a button
that, when activated, resets the form. If the
element has a value
attribute,
the button's label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise,
it must be an implementation-defined string that means "Reset" or
some such. The element is a button.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to activate the element.
The element's activation behavior, if the element has a form owner, is to reset the form owner; otherwise, it is to do nothing.
Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation.
The value
DOM attribute
applies to this element and is in mode default.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
autocomplete
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
The input
element represents a button
with no default behavior. If the element has a
value
attribute, the button's
label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be the
empty string. The element is a button.
If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to activate the element. The element's activation behavior is to do nothing.
Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation.
The value
DOM attribute
applies to this element and is in mode default.
The following content attributes must not be specified and do not
apply to the element:
accept
,
alt
,
autocomplete
,
checked
,
formaction
,
formenctype
,
formmethod
,
formnovalidate
,
formtarget
,
height
,
list
,
max
,
maxlength
,
min
,
multiple
,
pattern
,
placeholder
,
readonly
,
required
size
,
src
,
step
, and
width
.
The following DOM attributes and methods do not apply to the
element:
checked
,
list
,
selectedOption
,
selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
valueAsDate
, and
valueAsNumber
DOM attributes;
select()
,
setSelectionRange()
,
stepDown()
, and
stepUp()
methods.
input
element attributesThese attributes only apply to an input
element if
its type
attribute is in a
state whose definition declares that the attribute applies. When an
attribute doesn't apply to an input
element, user
agents must ignore the attribute.
autocomplete
attributeThe autocomplete
attribute is an enumerated attribute. The attribute has
three states. The on
keyword maps to the on state, and the
off
keyword maps to
the off
state. The attribute may also be omitted. The missing value
default is the default
state.
The off state indicates that the control's input data is either particularly sensitive (for example the activation code for a nuclear weapon) or is a value that will never be reused (for example a one-time-key for a bank login) and the user will therefore have to explicitly enter the data each time, instead of being able to rely on the UA to prefill the value for him.
Conversely, the on state indicates that the value is not particularly sensitive and the user can expect to be able to rely on his user agent to remember values he has entered for that control.
The default state
indicates that the user agent is to use the autocomplete
attribute on the
element's form owner instead.
Each input
element has a resulting
autocompletion state, which is either on or off.
When an input
element's autocomplete
attribute is in
the on state,
when an input
element's autocomplete
attribute is in
the default state,
and the element has no form owner, and when an
input
element's autocomplete
attribute is in
the default state,
and the element's form owner's autocomplete
attribute is in
the on state,
the input
element's resulting autocompletion
state is on. Otherwise, the
input
element's resulting autocompletion
state is off.
When an input
element's resulting
autocompletion state is on, the user agent
may store the value entered by the user so that if the user returns
to the page, the UA can prefill the form. Otherwise, the user agent
should not remember the control's value.
The autocompletion mechanism must be implemented by the user agent acting as if the user had modified the element's value, and must be done at a time where the element is mutable (e.g. just after the element has been inserted into the document, or when the user agent stops parsing).
Banks frequently do not want UAs to prefill login information:
<p>Account: <input type="text" name="ac" autocomplete="off"></p> <p>PIN: <input type="text" name="pin" autocomplete="off"></p>
A user agent may allow the user to override the resulting autocompletion state and set it to always on, always allowing values to be remembered and prefilled), or always off, never remembering values. However, the ability to override the resulting autocompletion state to on should not be trivially accessible, as there are significant security implications for the user if all values are always remembered, regardless of the site's preferences.
list
attributeThe list
attribute is used to identify an element that lists predefined
options suggested to the user.
If present, its value must be the ID of a datalist
element in the same document.
The suggestions source
element is the first element in the document in tree
order to have an ID equal to the value of the list
attribute, if that element is a
datalist
element. If there is no list
attribute, or if there is no
element with that ID, or if the first element with that ID is not a
datalist
element, then there is no suggestions source element.
If there is a suggestions source
element, then, when the user agent is allowing the user to
edit the input
element's value, the user agent should offer
the suggestions represented by the suggestions source element to the
user in a manner suitable for the type of control used. The user
agent may use the suggestion's label to identify the suggestion
if appropriate. If the user selects a suggestion, then the
input
element's value must be set to the selected
suggestion's value, as if
the user had written that value himself.
User agents must filter the suggestions to hide suggestions that
the user would not be allowed to enter as the input
element's value, and should
filter the suggestions to hide suggestions that would cause the
element to not satisfy its
constraints.
If the list
attribute does
not apply, there is no suggestions
source element.
readonly
attributeThe readonly
attribute is a boolean attribute that controls whether
or not the use can edit the form control. When
specified, the element is immutable.
Constraint validation: If the readonly
attribute is specified
on an input
element, the element is barred from
constraint validation.
size
attributeThe size
attribute gives the number of characters that, in a visual
rendering, the user agent is to allow the user to see while editing
the element's value.
The size
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid non-negative
integer greater than zero.
If the attribute is present, then its value must be parsed using the rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if the result is a number greater than zero, then the user agent should ensure that at least that many characters are visible.
The size
DOM attribute
limited to only positive non-zero numbers.
required
attributeThe required
attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the
element is required.
Constraint validation: If the element is required, and its value
DOM attribute applies and is in
the mode value, and the
element is mutable, and the
element's value is the empty
string, then the element is suffering from being
missing.
multiple
attributeThe multiple
attribute is a boolean attribute that indicates whether
the user is to be allowed to specify more than one value.
maxlength
attributeThe maxlength
attribute, when it applies, is a form control maxlength
attribute
controlled by the input
element's dirty value
flag.
If the input
element has a maximum allowed
value length, then the code-point length of the
value of the element's value
attribute must be equal to or less than the element's maximum
allowed value length.
pattern
attributeThe pattern
attribute specifies a regular expression against which the control's
value is to be checked.
If specified, the attribute's value must match the JavaScript Pattern production. [ECMA262]
Constraint validation: If the element's value is not the empty string, and
the element's pattern
attribute is specified and the attribute's value, when compiled as a
JavaScript regular expression with the global
,
ignoreCase
, and multiline
flags disabled (see ECMA262
Edition 3, sections 15.10.7.2 through 15.10.7.4), compiles
successfully but the resulting regular expression does not match the
entirety of the element's value, then the element is
suffering from a pattern mismatch. [ECMA262]
This implies that the regular expression language
used for this attribute is the same as that used in JavaScript,
except that the pattern
attribute must match the entire value, not just any subset (somewhat
as if it implied a ^(?:
at the start of the
pattern and a )$
at the end).
When an input
element has a pattern
attribute specified,
authors should include a title
attribute to give a description of the pattern. User agents may use
the contents of this attribute, if it is present, when informing the
user that the pattern is not matched, or at any other suitable time,
such as in a tooltip or read out by assistive technology when the
control gains focus.
For example, the following snippet:
<label> Part number: <input pattern="[0-9][A-Z]{3}" name="part" title="A part number is a digit followed by three uppercase letters."/> </label>
...could cause the UA to display an alert such as:
part number is a digit followed by three uppercase letters. You cannot complete this form until the field is correct.
When a control has a pattern
attribute, the
title
attribute, if used, must describe the pattern.
Additional information could also be included, so long as it assists
the user in filling in the control. Otherwise, assistive technology
would be impaired.
For instance, if the title attribute contained the caption of the control, assistive technology could end up saying something like The text you have entered does not match the required pattern. Birthday, which is not useful.
UAs may still show the title
in non-error situations
(for example, as a tooltip when hovering over the control), so
authors should be careful not to word title
s as if an
error has necessarily occurred.
min
and max
attributesThe min
and max
attributes indicate
the allowed range of values for the element.
Their syntax is defined by the section that defines the type
attribute's current state.
If the element has a min
attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a
string to a number to the value of the min
attribute is a number, then that
number is the element's minimum; otherwise, if the type
attribute's current state
defines a default
minimum, then that is the minimum; otherwise, the element has
no minimum.)
Constraint validation: When the element has a minimum, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is less than the minimum, the element is suffering from an underflow.
The min
attribute also
defines the step
base.
If the element has a max
attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a
string to a number to the value of the max
attribute is a number, then that
number is the element's maximum; otherwise, if the type
attribute's current state
defines a default
maximum, then that is the maximum; otherwise, the element has
no maximum.)
Constraint validation: When the element has a maximum, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is more than the maximum, the element is suffering from an overflow.
The max
attribute's value
(the maximum) must not be
less than the min
attribute's
value (its minimum).
If an element has a maximum that is less than its minimum, then so long as the element has a value, it will either be suffering from an underflow or suffering from an overflow.
step
attributeThe step
attribute indicates the granularity that is expected (and required)
of the value, by limiting the
allowed values. The section that defines the
type
attribute's current state
also defines the default
step and the step scale
factor, which are used in processing the attribute as
described below.
The step
attribute, if
specified, must either have a value that is a valid floating
point number that parses to a number that is greater than
zero, or must have a value that is an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "any
".
The attribute provides the allowed value step for the element, as follows:
any
", then there is no allowed value step.The step base is the
result of applying the algorithm to convert a
string to a number to the value of the min
attribute, unless the element does
not have a min
attribute
specified or the result of applying that algorithm is an error, in
which case the step base
is zero.
Constraint validation: When the element has an allowed value step, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and that number subtracted from the step base is not an integral multiple of the allowed value step, the element is suffering from a step mismatch.
placeholder
attributeThe placeholder
attribute represents a short hint (a word or short phrase)
intended to aid the user with data entry. A hint could be a sample
value or a brief description of the expected format. The attribute,
if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED
(LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
For a longer hint or other advisory text, the title
attribute is more appropriate.
The placeholder
attribute should not be used as an alternative to a
label
.
User agents should present this hint to the user, after having stripped line breaks from it, when the element's value is the empty string and the control is not focused (e.g. by displaying it inside a blank unfocused control).
Here is an example of a mail configuration user interface that
uses the placeholder
attribute:
<fieldset> <legend>Mail Account</legend> <p><label>Name: <input type="text" name="fullname" placeholder="John Ratzenberger"></label></p> <p><label>Address: <input type="email" name="address" placeholder="john@example.net"></label></p> <p><label>Password: <input type="password" name="password"></label></p> <p><label>Description: <input type="text" name="desc" placeholder="My Email Account"></label></p> </fieldset>
input
element APIsvalue
[ = value ]Returns the current value of the form control.
Can be set, to change the value.
Throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception if it is
set when the control is a file upload control.
checked
[ = value ]Returns the current checkedness of the form control.
Can be set, to change the checkedness.
valueAsDate
[ = value ]Returns a Date
object representing the form
control's value, if
applicable; otherwise, returns null.
Can be set, to change the value.
Throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception if the
control isn't date- or time-based.
valueAsNumber
[ = value ]Returns a number representing the form control's value, if applicable; otherwise, returns null.
Can be set, to change the value.
Throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception if the
control is neither date- or time-based nor numeric.
stepUp
()stepDown
()Changes the form control's value by the value given in the
step
attribute.
Throws INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception if the control
is neither date- or time-based nor numeric, if the step
attribute's value is "any
", if the current value could not be parsed, or if
stepping in the given direction would take the value out of
range.
list
Returns the datalist
element indicated by the
list
attribute.
selectedOption
Returns the option
element from the
datalist
element indicated by the list
attribute that matches the
form control's value.
The value
DOM
attribute allows scripts to manipulate the value of an input
element. The attribute is in one of the following modes, which
define its behavior:
type
attribute's current state
defines one.value
attribute, it must return
that attribute's value; otherwise, it must return the empty
string. On setting, it must set the element's value
attribute to the new
value.value
attribute, it must return
that attribute's value; otherwise, it must return the string "on
". On setting, it must set the element's value
attribute to the new
value.C:\fakepath\
" followed by the filename of the first
file in the list of selected files, if
any, or the empty string if the list is empty. On setting, it must
throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.The checked
DOM
attribute allows scripts to manipulate the checkedness of an
input
element. On getting, it must return the current
checkedness of the element;
and on setting, it must set the element's checkedness to the new value and
set the element's dirty checkedness
flag to true.
The valueAsDate
DOM
attribute represents the value of the element, interpreted
as a date.
On getting, if the valueAsDate
attribute does not
apply, as defined for the input
element's type
attribute's current state, then
return null. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object defined for that state;
if the algorithm returned a Date
object, then return
it, otherwise, return null.
On setting, if the valueAsDate
attribute does not
apply, as defined for the input
element's type
attribute's current state, then
throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception; otherwise, if
the new value is null, then set the value of the element to the empty
string; otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string, as defined for that
state, on the new value, and set the value of the element to resulting
string.
The valueAsNumber
DOM
attribute represents the value
of the element, interpreted as a number.
On getting, if the valueAsNumber
attribute does
not apply, as defined for the input
element's type
attribute's current state, then
return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value. Otherwise, if the valueAsDate
attribute applies, run the algorithm to convert a
string to a Date
object defined for that state;
if the algorithm returned a Date
object, then return
the time value of the object (the number of milliseconds from
midnight UTC the morning of 1970-01-01 to the time represented by
the Date
object), otherwise, return a Not-a-Number
(NaN) value. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a
string to a number defined for that state; if the algorithm
returned a number, then return it, otherwise, return a Not-a-Number
(NaN) value.
On setting, if the valueAsNumber
attribute does
not apply, as defined for the input
element's type
attribute's current state, then
throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception. Otherwise, if
the valueAsDate
attribute applies, run the algorithm to convert a
Date
object to a string defined for that state,
passing it a Date
object whose time value is the
new value, and set the value
of the element to resulting string. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a
number to a string, as defined for that state, on the new
value, and set the value of
the element to resulting string.
The stepDown()
and stepUp()
methods, when invoked, must run the following algorithm:
If the stepDown()
and
stepUp()
methods do not
apply, as defined for the input
element's type
attribute's current state, then
throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception, and abort these
steps.
If the element has no allowed value step, then throw an
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception, and abort these
steps.
If applying the algorithm to convert a
string to a number to the string given by the element's
value results in an error,
then throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception, and abort
these steps; otherwise, let value be the result
of that algorithm.
Let delta be the allowed value step.
If the method invoked was the stepDown()
method, negate delta.
Let value be the result of adding delta to value.
If the element has a minimum, and the value is less than that minimum, then throw a
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.
If the element has a maximum, and the value is greater than that maximum, then throw a
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.
Let value as string be the result of
running the algorithm to convert a
number to a string, as defined for the input
element's type
attribute's
current state, on value.
Set the value of the element to value as string.
The list
DOM
attribute must return the current suggestions source element, if
any, or null otherwise.
The selectedOption
DOM attribute must return the first option
element, in
tree order, to be a child of the suggestions source element and
whose value matches the
input
element's value, if any. If there is no suggestions source element, or if
it contains no matching option
element, then the selectedOption
attribute
must return null.
When the input
event applies, any time the user causes the element's value to change, the user agent must
queue a task to fire a simple event called
input
at the input
element, then broadcast forminput
events at the
input
element's form owner. User agents
may wait for a suitable break in the user's interaction before
queuing the task; for example, a user agent could wait for the user
to have not hit a key for 100ms, so as to only fire the event when
the user pauses, instead of continuously for each keystroke.
Examples of a user changing the element's value would include the user typing into a text field, pasting a new value into the field, or undoing an edit in that field. Some user interactions do not cause changes to the value, e.g. hitting the "delete" key in an empty text field, or replacing some text in the field with text from the clipboard that happens to be exactly the same text.
When the change
event applies,
if the element does not have an activation behavior
defined but uses a user interface that involves an explicit commit
action, then any time the user commits a change to the element's
value or list of selected files, the
user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called change
at the
input
element, then broadcast formchange
events at the
input
element's form owner.
An example of a user interface with a commit action would be a File Upload control that consists of a single button that brings up a file selection dialog: when the dialog is closed, if that the file selection changed as a result, then the user has committed a new file selection.
Another example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Date control that allows both text-based user input and user selection from a drop-down calendar: while text input might not have an explicit commit step, selecting a date from the drop down calendar and then dismissing the drop down would be a commit action.
When the user agent changes the element's value on behalf of the user (e.g. as part of a form prefilling feature), the user agent must follow these steps:
input
event
applies, queue a task to fire a simple
event called input
at the
input
element.input
event
applies, broadcast forminput
events at the
input
element's form owner.change
event
applies, queue a task to fire a simple
event called change
at the
input
element.change
event
applies, broadcast formchange
events at the
input
element's form owner.In addition, when the change
event applies, change
events can also be fired as part
of the element's activation behavior and as part of the
unfocusing steps.
The task source for these task is the user interaction task source.
button
elementautofocus
disabled
form
formaction
formenctype
formmethod
formnovalidate
formtarget
name
type
value
interface HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement {
attribute boolean autofocus;
attribute boolean disabled;
readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form;
attribute DOMString formaction;
attribute DOMString formenctype;
attribute DOMString formmethod;
attribute DOMString formnoValidate;
attribute DOMString formtarget;
attribute DOMString name;
attribute DOMString type;
attribute DOMString value;
readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
boolean checkValidity();
void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error);
readonly attribute NodeList labels;
};
The button
element represents a
button. If the element is not disabled, then the user agent
should allow the user to activate the button.
The element is a button.
The type
attribute controls the behavior of the button when it is activated.
It is an enumerated attribute. The following table
lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords
in the left column map to the states in the cell in the second
column on the same row as the keyword.
Keyword | State | Brief description |
---|---|---|
submit
| Submit Button | Submits the form. |
reset
| Reset Button | Resets the form. |
button
| Button | Does nothing. |
The missing value default is the Submit Button state.
If the type
attribute is in
the Submit Button
state, the element is specifically a submit button.
If the element is not disabled, the activation
behavior of the button
element is to run the
steps defined in the following list for the current state of the
element's type
attribute.
If the element has a form owner, the element
must submit the form
owner from the button
element.
If the element has a form owner, the element must reset the form owner.
Do nothing.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the button
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name. The disabled
attribute is used to make
the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being
submitted. The autofocus
attribute controls focus. The formaction
, formenctype
, formmethod
, formnovalidate
, and formtarget
attributes are
attributes for form submission.
The value
attribute gives the element's value for the purposes of form
submission. The value
attribute must not be present unless the form
attribute is present. The
element's value is the value
of the element's value
attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise.
A button (and its value) is only included in the form submission if the button itself was used to initiate the form submission.
The value
and
type
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name.
The willValidate
, validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The
labels
attribute provides a list
of the element's label
s.
select
elementoption
or optgroup
elements.autofocus
disabled
form
multiple
name
size
[Callable=namedItem]
interface HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement {
attribute boolean autofocus;
attribute boolean disabled;
readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form;
attribute boolean multiple;
attribute DOMString name;
attribute boolean size;
readonly attribute DOMString type;
readonly attribute HTMLOptionsCollection options;
attribute unsigned long length;
[IndexGetter] any item(in unsigned long index);
[NameGetter] any namedItem(in DOMString name);
void add(in HTMLElement element, [Optional] in HTMLElement before);
void add(in HTMLElement element, in long before);
void remove(in long index);
readonly attribute HTMLCollection selectedOptions;
attribute long selectedIndex;
attribute DOMString value;
readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
boolean checkValidity();
void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error);
readonly attribute NodeList labels;
};
The select
element represents a control for
selecting amongst a set of options.
The multiple
attribute is a boolean attribute. If the attribute is
present, then the select
element
represents a control for selecting zero or more options
from the list of
options. If the attribute is absent, then the
select
element represents a control for
selecting a single option from the list of options.
The list of options
for a select
element consists of all the
option
element children of the select
element, and all the option
element children of all the
optgroup
element children of the select
element, in tree order.
The size
attribute gives the number of options to show to the user. The size
attribute, if specified, must
have a value that is a valid non-negative integer
greater than zero. If the multiple
attribute is present,
then the size
attribute's
default value is 4. If the multiple
attribute is absent,
then the size
attribute's
default value is 1.
If the multiple
attribute is absent, and the element is not disabled, then the user agent
should allow the user to pick an option
element in its
list of options that
is itself not disabled. Upon this
option
element being picked (either through a click, or
through unfocusing the element after changing its value, or through
a menu command, or through any
other mechanism), and before the relevant user interaction event is
queued (e.g. before the click
event), the user agent must set the selectedness of the
picked option
element to true and then queue a
task to fire a simple event called change
at the select
element, using the user interaction task source as the
task source, then broadcast formchange
events at the
element's form owner.
If the multiple
attribute is absent, whenever an option
element in the
select
element's list of options has its
selectedness set to
true, and whenever an option
element with its selectedness set to true
is added to the select
element's list of options, the user
agent must set the selectedness of all the
other option
element in its list of options to
false.
If the multiple
attribute is absent, whenever there are no option
elements in the select
element's list of options that have
their selectedness
set to true, the user agent must set the selectedness of the first
option
element in the list of options in
tree order that is not disabled, if any, to
true.
If the multiple
attribute is present, and the element is not disabled, then the user agent
should allow the user to toggle the selectedness of the
option
elements in its list of options that are
themselves not disabled
(either through a click, or through a menu command, or any other
mechanism). Upon the selectedness of one or
more option
elements being changed by the user, and
before the relevant user interaction event is queued (e.g. before a
related click event), the user
agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called change
at the
select
element, using the user interaction task
source as the task source, then broadcast formchange
events at the
element's form owner.
The reset
algorithm for select
elements is to go through
all the option
elements in the element's list of options, and set
their selectedness
to true if the option
element has a selected
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the select
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name. The disabled
attribute is used to make
the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being
submitted. The autofocus
attribute controls focus.
type
Returns "select-multiple
" if the element
has a multiple
attribute, and "select-one
"
otherwise.
options
Returns an HTMLOptionsCollection
of the list of options.
length
[ = value ]Returns the number of elements in the list of options.
When set to a smaller number, truncates the number of option
elements in the select
.
When set to a greater number, adds new blank option
elements to the select
.
item
(index)Returns the item with index index from the list of options. The items are sorted in tree order.
Returns null if index is out of range.
namedItem
(name)Returns the item with ID or name
name from the list of options.
If there are multiple matching items, then a NodeList
object containing all those elements is returned.
Returns null if no element with that ID could be found.
add
(element [, before ])Inserts element before the node given by before.
The before argument can be a number, in which case element is inserted before the item with that number, or an element from the list of options, in which case element is inserted before that element.
If before is omitted, null, or a number out of range, then element will be added at the end of the list.
This method will throw a HIERARCHY_REQUEST_ERR
exception if element is an ancestor of the
element into which it is to be inserted. If element is not an option
or
optgroup
element, then the method does nothing.
selectedOptions
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the list of options that are
selected.
selectedIndex
[ = value ]Returns the index of the first selected item, if any, or −1 if there is no selected item.
Can be set, to change the selection.
value
[ = value ]Returns the value of the first selected item, if any, or the empty string if there is no selected item.
Can be set, to change the selection.
The type
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return the string "select-one
" if the multiple
attribute is absent,
and the string "select-multiple
" if the multiple
attribute is
present.
The options
DOM attribute must return an HTMLOptionsCollection
rooted at the select
node, whose filter matches the
elements in the list of
options.
The options
collection is
also mirrored on the HTMLSelectElement
object. The
indices of the supported indexed properties at any
instant are the indices supported by the object returned by the
options
attribute at that
instant. The names of the supported named properties at
any instant are the names supported by the object returned by the
options
attribute at that
instant.
The length
DOM
attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the options
collection. On setting, it
must act like the attribute of the same name on the options
collection.
The item(index)
method must return the value
returned by the method of the same name on the options
collection, when invoked
with the same argument.
The namedItem(name)
method must return the value
returned by the method of the same name on the options
collection, when invoked
with the same argument.
Similarly, the add()
and remove()
methods must
act like their namesake methods on that same options
collection.
The selectedOptions
DOM attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at
the select
node, whose filter matches the elements in
the list of options
that have their selectedness set to
true.
The selectedIndex
DOM attribute, on getting, must return the index of the first
option
element in the list of options in
tree order that has its selectedness set to true,
if any. If there isn't one, then it must return −1.
On setting, the selectedIndex
attribute must
set the selectedness of all the
option
elements in the list of options to false,
and then the option
element in the list of options whose
index is the given new
value, if any, must have its selectedness set to
true.
The value
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return the value of the first
option
element in the list of options in
tree order that has its selectedness set to true,
if any. If there isn't one, then it must return the empty
string.
On setting, the value
attribute must set the selectedness of all the
option
elements in the list of options to false,
and then first the option
element in the list of options, in
tree order, whose value is equal to the given new
value, if any, must have its selectedness set to
true.
The multiple
and size
DOM
attributes must reflect the respective content
attributes of the same name. The size
DOM attribute limited to
only positive non-zero numbers.
The willValidate
, validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The
labels
attribute provides a list
of the element's label
s.
datalist
elementoption
elements.interface HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLCollection options; };
The datalist
element represents a set of
option
elements that represent predefined options for
other controls. The contents of the element represents fallback
content for legacy user agents, intermixed with option
elements that represent the predefined options. In the rendering,
the datalist
element represents
nothing and it, along with its children, should
be hidden.
The datalist
element is hooked up to an
input
element using the list
attribute on the
input
element. The datalist
element can
also be used with a datagrid
element, as the source of
autocompletion hints for editable
cells.
Each option
element that is a descendant of the
datalist
element, that is not disabled, and whose value is a string that isn't the
empty string, represents a suggestion. Each suggestion has a value and a label.
options
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the options
elements of the table.
The options
DOM attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at
the datalist
node, whose filter matches
option
elements.
Constraint validation: If an element has a
datalist
element ancestor, it is barred from
constraint validation.
optgroup
elementselect
element.option
elements.disabled
label
interface HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; attribute DOMString label; };
The optgroup
element represents a group of
option
elements with a common label.
The element's group of option
elements consists of
the option
elements that are children of the
optgroup
element.
When showing option
elements in select
elements, user agents should show the option
elements
of such groups as being related to each other and separate from
other option
elements.
The disabled
attribute
is a boolean attribute and can be used to disable a group of
option
elements together.
The label
attribute must be specified. Its value gives the name of the group,
for the purposes of the user interface. User
agents should use this attribute's value when labelling the group of
option
elements in a select
element.
The disabled
and label
attributes must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
option
elementselect
element.datalist
element.optgroup
element.disabled
label
selected
value
[NamedConstructor=Option(), NamedConstructor=Option(in DOMString text), NamedConstructor=Option(in DOMString text, in DOMString value), NamedConstructor=Option(in DOMString text, in DOMString value, in boolean defaultSelected), NamedConstructor=Option(in DOMString text, in DOMString value, in boolean defaultSelected, in boolean selected)] interface HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form; attribute DOMString label; attribute boolean defaultSelected; attribute boolean selected; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute DOMString text; readonly attribute long index; };
The option
element represents an option
in a select
element or as part of a list of suggestions
in a datalist
element.
The disabled
attribute is a boolean attribute. An
option
element is disabled if its disabled
attribute is present or
if it is a child of an optgroup
element whose disabled
attribute is
present.
An option
element that is disabled must prevent any click
events that are queued on the user interaction task
source from being dispatched on the element.
The label
attribute provides a label for element. The label of an option
element is the value of the label
attribute, if there is one,
or the textContent
of the element, if there isn't.
The value
attribute provides a value for element. The value of an option
element is the value of the value
attribute, if there is one,
or the textContent
of the element, if there isn't.
The selected
attribute represents the default selectedness of the
element.
The selectedness
of an option
element is a boolean state, initially
false. If the element is disabled, then the element's
selectedness is
always false and cannot be set to true. Unless otherwise specified,
when the element is created, its selectedness must be set
to true if the element has a selected
attribute. Whenever an
option
element's selected
attribute is added, its
selectedness must
be set to true.
The Option()
constructor with two or more arguments overrides the initial state
of the selectedness
state to always be false even if the third argument is true
(implying that a selected
attribute is to be set).
An option
element's index is the number of
option
element that are in the same list of options but that
come before it in tree order. If the
option
element is not in a list of options, then the
option
element's index is zero.
selected
Returns true if the element is selected, and false otherwise.
index
Returns the index of the element in its select
element's options
list.
form
Returns the element's form
element, if any, or
null otherwise.
Option
( [ text [, value [, defaultSelected [, selected ] ] ] ] )Returns a new option
element.
The text argument sets the contents of the element.
The value argument sets the value
attribute.
The defaultSelected argument sets the selected
attribute.
The selected argument sets whether or not the element is selected. If it is omitted, even if the defaultSelected argument is true, the element is not selected.
The disabled
,
label
, and value
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name. The defaultSelected
DOM attribute must reflect the selected
content attribute.
The selected
DOM attribute must return true if the element's selectedness is true, and
false otherwise.
The index
DOM
attribute must return the element's index.
The text
DOM
attribute must return the same value as the textContent
DOM attribute on the element.
The form
DOM
attribute's behavior depends on whether the option
element is in a select
element or not. If the
option
has a select
element as its parent,
or has a colgroup
element as its parent and that
colgroup
element has a select
element as
its parent, then the form
DOM
attribute must return the same value as the form
DOM attribute on that
select
element. Otherwise, it must return null.
Several constructors are provided for creating
HTMLOptionElement
objects (in addition to the factory
methods from DOM Core such as createElement()
): Option()
, Option(text)
, Option(text, value)
, Option(text, value, defaultSelected)
, and Option(text, value, defaultSelected, selected)
. When invoked as constructors,
these must return a new HTMLOptionElement
object (a new
option
element). If the text
argument is present, the new object must have as its only child a
Node
with node type TEXT_NODE
(3)
whose data is the value of that argument. If the value argument is present, the new object must have a
value
attribute set with the
value of the argument as its value. If the defaultSelected argument is present and true, the new
object must have a selected
attribute set with no
value. If the selected argument is present and
true, the new object must have its selectedness set to true;
otherwise the fourth argument is absent or false, and the selectedness must be set
to false, even if the defaultSelected argument
is present and true.
textarea
elementautofocus
cols
disabled
form
maxlength
name
placeholder
readonly
required
rows
wrap
interface HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement {
attribute boolean autofocus;
attribute unsigned long cols;
attribute boolean disabled;
readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form;
attribute long maxLength;
attribute DOMString name;
attribute DOMString placeholder;
attribute boolean readOnly;
attribute boolean required;
attribute unsigned long rows;
attribute DOMString wrap;
readonly attribute DOMString type;
attribute DOMString defaultValue;
attribute DOMString value;
readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
boolean checkValidity();
void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error);
readonly attribute NodeList labels;
void select();
attribute unsigned long selectionStart;
attribute unsigned long selectionEnd;
void setSelectionRange(in unsigned long start, in unsigned long end);
};
The textarea
element represents a
multiline plain text edit control for the
element's raw
value. The contents of the control represent the
control's default value.
The readonly
attribute
is a boolean attribute used to control whether the text
can be edited by the user or not.
Constraint validation: If the readonly
attribute is
specified on a textarea
element, the element is
barred from constraint validation.
A textarea
element is mutable if it is neither
disabled nor has a readonly
attribute
specified.
When a textarea
is mutable, its raw value should be
editable by the user. Any time the user causes the element's raw value to change, the
user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
event called input
at the
textarea
element, then broadcast forminput
events at the
textarea
element's form owner. User agents
may wait for a suitable break in the user's interaction before
queuing the task; for example, a user agent could wait for the user
to have not hit a key for 100ms, so as to only fire the event when
the user pauses, instead of continuously for each keystroke.
A textarea
element has a dirty value flag, which must be
initially set to false, and must be set to true whenever the user
interacts with the control in a way that changes the raw value.
When the textarea
element's textContent
DOM attribute changes value, if the element's dirty value flag is false,
then the element's raw
value must be set to the value of the element's
textContent
DOM attribute.
The reset
algorithm for textarea
elements is to set the
element's value to
the value of the element's textContent
DOM
attribute.
The cols
attribute specifies the expected maximum number of characters per
line. If the cols
attribute
is specified, its value must be a valid non-negative
integer greater than zero. If applying the
rules for parsing non-negative integers to the
attribute's value results in a number greater than zero, then the
element's character
width is that value; otherwise, it is 20.
The user agent may use the textarea
element's character width as a hint to
the user as to how many characters the server prefers per line
(e.g. for visual user agents by making the width of the control be
that many characters). In visual renderings, the user agent should
wrap the user's input in the rendering so that each line is no wider
than this number of characters.
The rows
attribute specifies the number of lines to show. If the rows
attribute is specified, its
value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than
zero. If applying the rules for parsing
non-negative integers to the attribute's value results in a
number greater than zero, then the element's character height is that
value; otherwise, it is 2.
Visual user agents should set the height of the control to the number of lines given by character height.
The wrap
attribute is an enumerated attribute with two keywords
and states: the soft
keyword
which maps to the Soft state, and the
hard
keyword
which maps to the Hard state. The
missing value default is the Soft state.
If the element's wrap
attribute is in the Hard state, the cols
attribute must be
specified.
The element's value is defined to be the element's raw value with the following transformation applied:
Replace every occurrence of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character not followed by a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and every occurrence of a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character not proceeded by a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character, by a two-character string consisting of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN - U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pair.
If the element's wrap
attribute is in the Hard state, insert
U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN - U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pairs
into the string using a UA-defined algorithm so that each line so
that each line has no more than character width
characters. The purposes of this requirement, lines are
delimited by the start of the string, the end of the string, and
U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN - U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character
pairs.
The maxlength
attribute is a form control maxlength
attribute controlled by the
textarea
element's dirty value flag.
If the textarea
element has a maximum allowed
value length, then the element's children must be such that
the code-point length of the value of the element's
textContent
DOM attribute is equal to or less than the
element's maximum allowed value length.
The required
attribute
is a boolean attribute. When specified, the user will
be required to enter a value before submitting the form.
Constraint validation: If the element has its
required
attribute
specified, and the element is mutable, and the element's
value is the empty string,
then the element is suffering from being missing.
The placeholder
attribute represents a hint (a word or short phrase) intended to aid
the user with data entry. A hint could be a sample value or a brief
description of the expected format. The attribute, if specified,
must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D
CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
For a longer hint or other advisory text, the title
attribute is more appropriate.
The placeholder
attribute should not be used as an alternative to a
label
.
User agents should present this hint to the user, after having stripped line breaks from it, when the element's value is the empty string and the control is not focused (e.g. by displaying it inside a blank unfocused control).
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the textarea
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name. The disabled
attribute is used to make
the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being
submitted. The autofocus
attribute controls focus.
type
Returns the string "textarea
".
value
Returns the current value of the element.
Can be set, to change the value.
The cols
, placeholder
,
required
, rows
, and wrap
attributes must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name. The cols
and rows
attributes are limited
to only positive non-zero numbers. The maxLength
DOM
attribute must reflect the maxlength
content attribute.
The readOnly
DOM attribute must reflect the readonly
content
attribute.
The type
DOM
attribute must return the value "textarea
".
The defaultValue
DOM attribute must act like the element's textContent
DOM attribute.
The value
attribute must, on getting, return the element's raw value; on setting, it
must set the element's raw
value to the new value.
The willValidate
, validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The
labels
attribute provides a list
of the element's label
s. The select()
, selectionStart
,
selectionEnd
,
and setSelectionRange()
methods and attributes expose the element's text selection.
keygen
elementautofocus
challenge
disabled
form
keytype
name
interface HTMLKeygenElement : HTMLElement {
attribute boolean autofocus;
attribute DOMString challenge;
attribute boolean disabled;
readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form;
attribute DOMString keytype;
attribute DOMString name;
readonly attribute DOMString type;
readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
boolean checkValidity();
void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error);
readonly attribute NodeList labels;
};
The keygen
element represents a key
pair generator control. When the control's form is submitted, the
private key is stored in the local keystore, and the public key is
packaged and sent to the server.
The challenge
attribute
may be specified. Its value will be packaged with the submitted
key.
The keytype
attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following
table lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the
keywords in the left column map to the states listed in the cell in
the second column on the same row as the keyword.
Keyword | State |
---|---|
rsa
| RSA |
The invalid value default state is the unknown state. The missing value default state is the RSA state.
The user agent may expose a user interface for each
keygen
element to allow the user to configure settings
of the element's key pair generator, e.g. the key length.
The reset
algorithm for keygen
elements is to set these
various configuration settings back to their defaults.
The element's value is the string returned from the following algorithm:
Use the appropriate step from the following list:
keytype
attribute is in the RSA stateGenerate an RSA key pair using the settings given by the user, if appropriate.
Select an RSA signature algorithm from those listed in section 7.2.1 ("RSA Signature Algorithm") of RFC2459. [RFC2459]
keytype
attribute is in the unknown stateThe given key type is not supported. Return the empty string and abort this algorithm.
Let private key be the generated private key.
Let public key be the generated public key.
Let signature algorithm be the selected signature algorithm.
If the element has a challenge
attribute, then let
challenge be that attribute's value.
Otherwise, let challenge be the empty
string.
Let algorithm be an ASN.1 AlgorithmIdentifier
structure as defined by
RFC2459, with the algorithm
field giving the
ASN.1 OID used to identify signature
algorithm, using the OIDs defined in section 7.2 ("Signature
Algorithms") of RFC2459, and the parameters
field set up as required by RFC2459 for AlgorithmIdentifier
structures for that
algorithm. [X690] [RFC2459]
Let spki be an ASN.1 SubjectPublicKeyInfo
structure as defined by
RFC2459, with the algorithm
field set to the
algorithm structure from the previous step,
and the subjectPublicKey
field set to the
BIT STRING value resulting from ASN.1 DER encoding the public key. [X690] [RFC2459]
Let publicKeyAndChallenge be an ASN.1
PublicKeyAndChallenge
structure as defined below,
with the spki
field set to the spki structure from the previous step, and the
challenge
field set to the string challenge obtained earlier. [X690]
Let signature be the BIT STRING value resulting from ASN.1 DER encoding the signature generated by applying the signature algorithm to the byte string obtained by ASN.1 DER encoding the publicKeyAndChallenge structure, using private key as the signing key. [X690]
Let signedPublicKeyAndChallenge be an ASN.1
SignedPublicKeyAndChallenge
structure as defined
below, with the publicKeyAndChallenge
field
set to the publicKeyAndChallenge structure,
the signatureAlgorithm
field set to the algorithm structure, and the signature
field set to the BIT STRING signature from the previous step. [X690]
Return the result of base64 encoding the result of ASN.1 DER encoding the signedPublicKeyAndChallenge structure. [RFC3548] [X690]
The data objects used by the above algorithm are defined as follows. These definitions use the same "ASN.1-like" syntax defined by RFC2459. [RFC2459]
PublicKeyAndChallenge ::= SEQUENCE { spki SubjectPublicKeyInfo, challenge IA5STRING } SignedPublicKeyAndChallenge ::= SEQUENCE { publicKeyAndChallenge PublicKeyAndChallenge, signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier, signature BIT STRING }
Constraint validation: The keygen
element is barred from constraint validation.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the keygen
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name. The disabled
attribute is used to make
the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being
submitted. The autofocus
attribute controls focus.
type
Returns the string "keygen
".
The challenge
and keytype
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name.
The type
DOM
attribute must return the value "keygen
".
The willValidate
, validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The
labels
attribute provides a list
of the element's label
s.
This specification does not specify how the private
key generated is to be used. It is expected that after receiving the
SignedPublicKeyAndChallenge
(SPKAC) structure, the
server will generate a client certificate and offer it back to the
user for download; this certificate, once downloaded and stored in
the key store along with the private key, can then be used to
authenticate to services that use SSL and certificate
authentication.
output
elementfor
form
name
interface HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement {
attribute DOMString htmlFor;
readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form;
attribute DOMString name;
readonly attribute DOMString type;
attribute DOMString defaultValue;
attribute DOMString value;
readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
boolean checkValidity();
void setCustomValidity(in DOMString error);
};
The output
element represents the result of a
calculation.
The for
content
attribute allows an explicit relationship to be made between the
result of a calculation and the elements that represent the values
that went into the calculation or that otherwise influenced the
calculation. The for
attribute,
if specified, must contain a string consisting of an unordered
set of unique space-separated tokens, each of which must have
the value of an ID of an element in the same
Document
.
The form
attribute is used to
explicitly associate the output
element with its
form owner. The name
attribute represents the element's name.
The element has a value mode flag which is either value or default. Initially, the value mode flag must be set to default.
When the value mode
flag is in mode default, the contents of the
element represent both the value of the element and its default
value. When the value mode
flag is in mode value, the contents of the
element represent the value of the element only, and the default
value is only accessible using the defaultValue
DOM
attribute.
The element also has a default value. Initially, the default value must be the empty string.
Whenever the element's descendants are changed in any way, if the
value mode flag is in mode
default, the element's
default value must
be set to the value of the element's textContent
DOM
attribute.
The reset
algorithm for output
elements is to set the
element's textContent
DOM attribute to the value of the
element's defaultValue
DOM attribute (thus replacing the element's child nodes), and then
to set the element's value mode
flag to default.
value
[ = value ]Returns the element's current value.
Can be set, to change the value.
defaultValue
[ = value ]Returns the element's current default value.
Can be set, to change the default value.
type
Returns the string "output
".
The value
DOM
attribute must act like the element's textContent
DOM
attribute, except that on setting, in addition, before the child
nodes are changed, the element's value mode flag must be set to value.
The defaultValue
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return the element's default value. On
setting, the attribute must set the element's default value, and, if
the element's value mode
flag is in the mode default, set the element's
textContent
DOM attribute as well.
The type
attribute must return the string "output
".
The htmlFor
DOM attribute must reflect the for
content attribute.
The willValidate
,
validity
, and validationMessage
attributes, and the checkValidity()
and
setCustomValidity()
methods, are part of the constraint validation API.
Constraint validation: output
elements are always barred from constraint
validation.
A form-associated element can have a relationship
with a form
element, which is called the element's
form owner. If a form-associated element is
not associated with a form
element, its form
owner is said to be null.
A form-associated element is, by default, associated
with its nearest ancestor form
element (as described below), but may have a form
attribute specified to
override this.
If a form-associated element has a form
attribute specified, then its
value must be the ID of a form
element in the element's
owner Document
.
When a form-associated element is created, its form owner must be initialized to null (no owner).
When a form-associated element is to be associated with a form, its form owner must be set to that form.
When a form-associated element's ancestor chain
changes, e.g. because it or one of its ancestors was inserted or
removed from a Document
, then the user agent
must reset the form owner of that element.
When a form-associated element's form
attribute is added, removed, or
has its value changed, then the user agent must reset the form
owner of that element.
When a form-associated element has a form
attribute and the ID of any of the
form
elements in the Document
changes,
then the user agent must reset the form owner of that
form-associated element.
When the user agent is to reset the form owner of a form-associated element, it must run the following steps:
If the element's form owner is not null, and
the element's form
content
attribute is not present, and the element's form owner
is one of the ancestors of the element after the change to the
ancestor chain, then do nothing, and abort these steps.
Let the element's form owner be null.
If the element has a form
content attribute, then run these substeps:
If the first element in the Document
to have
an ID that is equal to the element's form
content attribute's value is a
form
element, then associate the
form-associated element with that form
element.
Abort the "reset the form owner" steps.
Otherwise, if the form-associated element in
question has an ancestor form
element, then associate the
form-associated element with the nearest such ancestor
form
element.
Otherwise, the element is left unassociated.
In the following non-conforming snippet:
... <form id="a"> <div id="b"></div> </form> <script> document.getElementById('b').innerHTML = '<table><tr><td><form id="c"><input id="d"></table>' + '<input id="e">'; </script> ...
The form owner of "d" would be the inner nested form "c", while the form owner of "e" would be the outer form "a".
This is because despite the association of "e" with "c" in the
HTML parser, when the innerHTML
algorithm moves the nodes
from the temporary document to the "b" element, the nodes see their
ancestor chain change, and thus all the "magic" associations done
by the parser are reset to normal ancestor associations.
This example is a non-conforming document, though, as it is a
violation of the content models to nest form
elements.
form
Returns the element's form owner.
Returns null if there isn't one.
Form-associated
elements have a form
DOM attribute, which,
on getting, must return the element's form owner, or
null if there isn't one.
Constraint validation: If an element has no form owner, it is barred from constraint validation.
The name
content
attribute gives the name of the form control, as used in form
submission and in the form
element's elements
object. If the attribute
is specified, its value must not be the empty string.
Constraint validation: If an element does not
have a name
attribute specified,
or its name
attribute's value is
the empty string, then it is barred from constraint
validation.
The name
DOM
attribute must reflect the name
content attribute.
The disabled
content attribute is a boolean attribute.
A form control is disabled
if its disabled
attribute is
set, or if it is a descendant of a fieldset
element
whose disabled
attribute
is set.
A form control that is disabled must prevent any click
events that are queued on the user interaction task
source from being dispatched on the element.
Constraint validation: If an element is disabled, it is barred from constraint validation.
The disabled
DOM
attribute must reflect the disabled
content attribute.
Form controls have a value
and a checkedness. (The latter
is only used by input
elements.) These are used to
describe how the user interacts with the control.
The autofocus
content attribute allows the user to indicate that a control is to
be focused as soon as the page is loaded, allowing the user to just
start typing without having to manually focus the main control.
The autofocus
attribute is
a boolean attribute.
There must not be more than one element in the document with the
autofocus
attribute
specified.
Whenever an element with the autofocus
attribute specified is
inserted into a
document, the user agent should queue a task
that checks to see if the element is focusable, and if
so, runs the focusing steps for that element. User
agents may also change the scrolling position of the document, or
perform some other action that brings the element to the user's
attention. The task source for this task is the
DOM manipulation task source.
User agents may ignore this attribute if the user has indicated (for example, by starting to type in a form control) that he does not wish focus to be changed.
Focusing the control does not imply that the user agent must focus the browser window if it has lost focus.
The autofocus
DOM attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
In the following snippet, the text control would be focused when the document was loaded.
<input maxlength="256" name="q" value="" autofocus> <input type="submit" value="Search">
A form control maxlength
attribute, controlled by a dirty value flag declares a limit on the number of
characters a user can input.
If an element has its form
control maxlength
attribute specified,
the attribute's value must be a valid non-negative
integer. If the attribute is specified and applying the
rules for parsing non-negative integers to its value
results in a number, then that number is the element's maximum
allowed value length. If the attribute is omitted or parsing
its value results in an error, then there is no maximum
allowed value length.
Constraint validation: If an element has a maximum allowed value length, and its dirty value flag is false, and the code-point length of the element's value is greater than the element's maximum allowed value length, then the element is suffering from being too long.
User agents may prevent the user from causing the element's value to be set to a value whose code-point length is greater than the element's maximum allowed value length.
Attributes for form submission can be specified both
on form
elements and on submit button (elements that
represent buttons that submit forms, e.g. an input
element whose type
attribute is
in the Submit Button
state).
The attributes for form submission that may be
specified on form
elements are action
, enctype
, method
, novalidate
, and target
.
The corresponding attributes for form submission
that may be specified on submit
button are formaction
, formenctype
, formmethod
, formnovalidate
, and formtarget
. When omitted, they
default to the values given on the corresponding attributes on the
form
element.
The action
and
formaction
content attributes, if specified, must have a value that is a
valid URL.
The action of an element is
the value of the element's formaction
attribute, if the
element is a submit
button and has such an attribute, or the value of its
form owner's action
attribute, if it has one, or else the empty string.
The method
and
formmethod
content attributes are enumerated
attributes with the following keywords and states:
GET
, mapping
to the state GET, indicating
the HTTP GET method.POST
, mapping
to the state POST, indicating
the HTTP POST method.PUT
, mapping
to the state PUT, indicating
the HTTP PUT method.DELETE
, mapping
to the state DELETE, indicating
the HTTP DELETE method.The missing value default for these attributes is the GET state.
The method of an element is
one of those four states. If the element is a submit button and has a formmethod
attribute, then the
element's method is that
attribute's state; otherwise, it is the form owner's
method
attribute's state.
The enctype
and
formenctype
content attributes are enumerated
attributes with the following keywords and states:
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
" keyword and corresponding state.multipart/form-data
" keyword and corresponding state.text/plain
" keyword and corresponding state.The missing value default for these attributes is the
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
state.
The enctype of an element
is one of those three states. If the element is a submit button and has a formenctype
attribute, then the
element's enctype is that
attribute's state; otherwise, it is the form owner's
enctype
attribute's state.
The target
and
formtarget
content attributes, if specified, must have values that are valid browsing
context names or keywords.
The target of an element is
the value of the element's formtarget
attribute, if the
element is a submit
button and has such an attribute; or the value of its
form owner's target
attribute, if it has such an attribute; or, if one of the
child nodes of the head
element is a
base
element with a target
attribute, then the value of
the target
attribute of the
first such base
element; or, if there is no such
element, the empty string.
The novalidate
and formnovalidate
content attributes are boolean
attributes. If present, they indicate that the form is not to
be validated during submission.
The no-validate state of
an element is true if the element is a submit button and the element's
formnovalidate
attribute
is present, or if the element's form owner's novalidate
attribute is present,
and false otherwise.
The action
, method
, enctype
, and target
DOM attributes must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name. The noValidate
DOM
attribute must reflect the novalidate
content attribute. The
formAction
DOM
attribute must reflect the formaction
content attribute. The
formEnctype
DOM
attribute must reflect the formenctype
content attribute.
The formMethod
DOM
attribute must reflect the formmethod
content attribute. The
formNoValidate
DOM attribute must reflect the formnovalidate
content
attribute. The formTarget
DOM
attribute must reflect the formtarget
content attribute.
A listed form-associated
element is a candidate for constraint validation
unless a condition has barred the element from constraint
validation. (For example, an element is barred from
constraint validation if it is an output
or
fieldset
element.)
An element can have a custom validity error message
defined. Initially, an element must have its custom validity
error message set to the empty string. When its value is not
the empty string, the element is suffering from a custom
error. It can be set using the setCustomValidity()
method. The user agent should use the custom validity error
message when alerting the user to the problem with the
control.
An element can be constrained in various ways. The following is the list of validity states that a form control can be in, making the control invalid for the purposes of constraint validation. (The definitions below are non-normative; other parts of this specification define more precisely when each state applies or does not.)
When a control has no value but has a required
attribute (input
required
, textarea
required
).
When a control that allows arbitrary user input has a value that is not in the correct syntax (E-mail, URL).
When a control has a value that doesn't satisfy the
pattern
attribute.
When a control has a value that is too long for the
form control maxlength
attribute (input
maxlength
,
textarea
maxlength
).
When a control has a value that is too low for the min
attribute.
When a control has a value that is too high for the
max
attribute.
When a control has a value that doesn't fit the rules
given by the step
attribute.
When a control's custom validity error
message (as set by the element's setCustomValidity()
method) is not the empty string.
An element can still suffer from these states even when the element is disabled; thus these states can be represented in the DOM even if validating the form during submission wouldn't indicate a problem to the user.
An element satisfies its constraints if it is not suffering from any of the above validity states.
When the user agent is required to statically validate the
constraints of form
element form, it must run the following steps, which return
either a positive result (all the controls in the form are
valid) or a negative result (there are invalid controls)
along with a (possibly empty) list of elements that are invalid and
for which no script has claimed responsibility:
Let controls be a list of all the submittable elements whose form owner is form, in tree order.
Let invalid controls be an initially empty list of elements.
For each element field in controls, in tree order, run the following substeps:
If field is not a candidate for constraint validation, then move on to the next element.
Otherwise, if field satisfies its constraints, then move on to the next element.
Otherwise, add field to invalid controls.
If invalid controls is empty, then return a positive result and abort these steps.
Let unhandled invalid controls be an initially empty list of elements.
For each element field in invalid controls, if any, in tree order, run the following substeps:
Fire a simple event called invalid
that is cancelable at field.
If the event was not canceled, then add field to unhandled invalid controls.
Return a negative result with the list of elements in the unhandled invalid controls list.
If a user agent is to interactively validate the
constraints of form
element form, then the user agent must run the following
steps:
Statically validate the constraints of form, and let unhandled invalid controls be the list of elements returned if the result was negative.
If the result was positive, then return that result and abort these steps.
Report the problems with the constraints of at least one of
the elements given in unhandled invalid
controls to the user. User agents may focus one of those
elements in the process, by running the focusing steps
for that element, and may change the scrolling position of the
document, or perform some other action that brings the element to
the user's attention. User agents may report more than one
constraint violation. User agents may coalesce related constraint
violation reports if appropriate (e.g. if multiple radio buttons in
a group are marked as
required, only one error need be reported). If one of the controls
is not visible to the user (e.g. it has the hidden
attribute set) then user agents
may report a script error.
Return a negative result.
willValidate
Returns true if the element will be validated when the form is submitted; false otherwise.
setCustomValidity
(message)Sets a custom error, so that the element would fail to validate. The given message is the message to be shown to the user when reporting the problem to the user.
If the argument is the empty string, clears the custom error.
validity
. valueMissing
Returns true if the element has no value but is a required field; false otherwise.
validity
. typeMismatch
Returns true if the element's value is not in the correct syntax; false otherwise.
validity
. patternMismatch
Returns true if the element's value doesn't match the provided pattern; false otherwise.
validity
. tooLong
Returns true if the element's value is longer than the provided maximum length; false otherwise.
validity
. rangeUnderflow
Returns true if the element's value is lower than the provided minimum; false otherwise.
validity
. rangeOverflow
Returns true if the element's value is higher than the provided maximum; false otherwise.
validity
. stepMismatch
Returns true if the element's value doesn't fit the rules given by the step
attribute; false otherwise.
validity
. customError
Returns true if the element has a custom error; false otherwise.
validity
. valid
Returns true if the element's value has no validity problems; false otherwise.
checkValidity
()Returns true if the element's value has no validity problems;
false otherwise. Fires an invalid
event at the element in the
latter case.
validationMessage
Returns the error message that would be shown to the user if the element was to be checked for validity.
The willValidate
attribute must return true if an element is a candidate for
constraint validation, and false otherwise (i.e. false if any
conditions are barring it from constraint validation).
The setCustomValidity(message)
, when invoked, must set the
custom validity error message to the value of the given
message argument.
The validity
attribute must return a ValidityState
object that
represents the validity states of the element. This
object is live, and the same object must be returned each time the
element's validity
attribute
is retrieved.
interface ValidityState { readonly attribute boolean valueMissing; readonly attribute boolean typeMismatch; readonly attribute boolean patternMismatch; readonly attribute boolean tooLong; readonly attribute boolean rangeUnderflow; readonly attribute boolean rangeOverflow; readonly attribute boolean stepMismatch; readonly attribute boolean customError; readonly attribute boolean valid; };
A ValidityState
object has the following
attributes. On getting, they must return true if the corresponding
condition given in the following list is true, and false
otherwise.
valueMissing
The control is suffering from being missing.
typeMismatch
The control is suffering from a type mismatch.
patternMismatch
The control is suffering from a pattern mismatch.
tooLong
The control is suffering from being too long.
rangeUnderflow
The control is suffering from an underflow.
rangeOverflow
The control is suffering from an overflow.
stepMismatch
The control is suffering from a step mismatch.
customError
The control is suffering from a custom error.
valid
None of the other conditions are true.
When the checkValidity()
method is invoked, if the element is a candidate for
constraint validation and does not satisfy its constraints, the user
agent must fire a simple event called invalid
that is cancelable (but has no
default action) at the element and return false. Otherwise, it must
only return true without doing anything else.
The validationMessage
attribute must return the empty string if the element is not a
candidate for constraint validation or if it is one but
it satisfies its constraints;
otherwise, it must return a suitably localized message that the user
agent would show the user if this were the only form with a validity
constraint problem. If the element is suffering from a custom
error, then the custom validity error message
should be present in the return value.
Servers should not rely on client-side validation. Client-side validation can be intentionally bypassed by hostile users, and unintentionally bypassed by users of older user agents or automated tools that do not implement these features. The constraint validation features are only intended to improve the user experience, not to provide any kind of security mechanism.
This section is non-normative.
...
User agents may establish a button in each form as being the
form's default button. This should be the first submit button in tree
order whose form owner is that form
element, but user agents may pick another button if another would be
more appropriate for the platform. If the platform supports letting
the user submit a form implicitly (for example, on some platforms
hitting the "enter" key while a text field is focused implicitly
submits the form), then doing so must cause the form's default
button's activation behavior, if any, to be
run.
Consequently, if the default button is disabled, the form is not submitted when such an implicit submission mechanism is used. (A button has no activation behavior when disabled.)
If the form has no submit
button, then the implicit submission mechanism must just
submit the
form
element from the form
element
itself.
When a form form is submitted from an element submitter (typically a button), the user agent must run the following steps:
If form is in
a Document
that has no associated browsing
context or whose browsing context has its
sandboxed forms browsing context flag set, then abort
these steps without doing anything.
If form is already being submitted
(i.e. the form was submitted again while processing
the events fired from the next two steps, probably from a script
redundantly calling the submit()
method on form), then abort these steps. This doesn't affect
the earlier instance of this algorithm.
If the submitter is anything but a
form
element, and the submitter
element's no-validate
state is false, then interactively validate the
constraints of form and examine the
result: if the result is negative (the constraint validation
concluded that there were invalid fields and probably informed the
user of this) then abort these steps.
If the submitter is anything but a
form
element, then fire a simple event
that is cancelable called submit
,
at form. If the event's default action is
prevented (i.e. if the event is canceled) then abort these
steps. Otherwise, continue (effectively the default action is to
perform the submission).
Let controls be a list of all the submittable elements whose form owner is form, in tree order.
Let the form data set be a list of name-value-type tuples, initially empty.
Constructing the form data set. For each element field in controls, in tree order, run the following substeps:
If any of the following conditions are met, then skip these substeps for this element:
datalist
element ancestor.input
element whose type
attribute is in the Checkbox state and
whose checkedness is
false.input
element whose type
attribute is in the Radio Button state and
whose checkedness is
false.input
element whose type
attribute is in the File Upload state but
the control does not have any files selected.object
element that is not using a
plugin.Otherwise, process field as follows:
Let type be the value of the type
DOM attribute of field.
If the field element is an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Image Button state,
then run these further nested substeps:
If the field element has an name
attribute specified and value
is not the empty string, let name be that
value followed by a single U+002E FULL STOP (.)
character. Otherwise, let name be the empty
string.
Let namex be the string consisting of the concatenation of name and a single U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X (x) character.
Let namey be the string consisting of the concatenation of name and a single U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y (y) character.
The field element is submitter, and before this algorithm was invoked the user indicated a coordinate. Let x be the x-component of the coordinate selected by the user, and let y be the y-component of the coordinate selected by the user.
Append an entry in the form data set with the name namex, the value x, and the type type.
Append an entry in the form data set with the name namey and the value y, and the type type.
Skip the remaining substeps for this element: if there are any more elements in controls, return to the top of the constructing the form data set step, otherwise, jump to the next step in the overall form submission algorithm.
If the field element does not have a
name
attribute specified, or
its name
attribute's value is
the empty string, skip these substeps for this element: if there
are any more elements in controls, return to
the top of the constructing
the form data set step, otherwise, jump to the next step in
the overall form submission algorithm.
Let name be the value of the field element's name
attribute.
If the field element is a
select
element, then for each option
element in the select
element whose selectedness is true,
append an entry in the form data set with the
name as the name, the value of the
option
element as the value, and type as the type.
Otherwise, if the field element is an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Checkbox state or the
Radio Button state,
then run these further nested substeps:
If the field element has a value
attribute specified, then
let value be the value of that attribute;
otherwise, let value be the string
"on
".
Append an entry in the form data set with name as the name, value as the value, and type as the type.
Otherwise, if the field element is an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the File Upload state, then for
each file selected in the
input
element, append an entry in the form data set with the name as
the name, the file (consisting of the name, the type, and the
body) as the value, and type as the
type.
Otherwise, if the field element is an
object
element: try to obtain a form submission
value from the plugin,
and if that is successful, append an entry in the form data set with name as the
name, the returned form submission value as the value, and the
string "object
" as the type.
Otherwise, append an entry in the form data set with name as the name, the value of the field element as the value, and type as the type.
Let action be the submitter element's action.
If action is the empty string, let action be the document's address.
This step is a willful violation of RFC 3986, which would require base URL processing here. This violation is motivated by a desire for compatibility with legacy content. [RFC3986]
Resolve the URL action, relative to the submitter element. If this fails, abort these steps. Otherwise, let action be the resulting absolute URL.
Let scheme be the <scheme> of the resulting absolute URL.
Let enctype be the submitter element's enctype.
Let method be the submitter element's method.
Let target be the submitter element's target.
Select the appropriate row in the table below based on the value of scheme as given by the first cell of each row. Then, select the appropriate cell on that row based on the value of method as given in the first cell of each column. Then, jump to the steps named in that cell and defined below the table.
If scheme is not one of those listed in this table, then the behavior is not defined by this specification. User agents should, in the absence of another specification defining this, act in a manner analogous to that defined in this specification for similar schemes.
The behaviors are as follows:
Let query be the result of encoding the
form data set using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded
encoding
algorithm, interpreted as a US-ASCII string.
Let destination be a new URL that is equal to the action except that its <query> component is replaced by query (adding a U+003F QUESTION MARK (?) character if appropriate).
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to destination. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let entity body be the result of encoding the form data set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm.
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Let MIME type be determined as follows:
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
".multipart/form-data
multipart/form-data
".text/plain
text/plain
".Navigate target browsing context to action using the HTTP method given by method and with entity body as the entity body, of type MIME type. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to action using the DELETE method. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to action. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let data be the result of encoding the form data set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm.
If action contains the string "%%%%
" (four U+0025 PERCENT SIGN characters),
then %-escape all bytes in data that, if
interpreted as US-ASCII, do not match the unreserved
production in the URI Generic Syntax,
and then, treating the result as a US-ASCII string, further
%-escape all the U+0025 PERCENT SIGN characters in the resulting
string and replace the first occurrence of "%%%%
" in action with the
resulting double-escaped string. [RFC3986]
Otherwise, if action contains the string
"%%
" (two U+0025 PERCENT SIGN characters
in a row, but not four), then %-escape all characters in data that, if interpreted as US-ASCII, do not
match the unreserved
production in the URI
Generic Syntax, and then, treating the result as a US-ASCII
string, replace the first occurrence of "%%
" in action with the
resulting escaped string. [RFC3986]
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to the potentially modified action. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let data be the result of encoding the form data set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm.
Let MIME type be determined as follows:
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
".multipart/form-data
multipart/form-data
".text/plain
text/plain
".Let destination be the result of concatenating the following:
data:
".;base64,
".Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to destination. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let headers be the resulting encoding the
form data set using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded
encoding
algorithm, interpreted as a US-ASCII string.
Replace occurrences of U+002B PLUS SIGN characters (+) in
headers with the string "%20
".
Let destination consist of all the characters from the first character in action to the character immediately before the first U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?), if any, or the end of the string if there are none.
Append a single U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to destination.
Append headers to destination.
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to destination. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
Let body be the resulting encoding the
form data set using the appropriate
form encoding algorithm and then %-escaping all the bytes
in the resulting byte string that, when interpreted as US-ASCII,
do not match the unreserved
production in
the URI Generic Syntax. [RFC3986]
Let destination have the same value as action.
If destination does not contain a U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?), append a single U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to destination. Otherwise, append a single U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&).
Append the string "body=
" to destination.
Append body, interpreted as a US-ASCII string, to destination.
Let target browsing context be the form submission target browsing context.
Navigate target browsing context to destination. If target browsing context was newly created for this purpose by the steps above, then it must be navigated with replacement enabled.
The form submission target browsing context is obtained, when needed by the behaviors described above, as follows: If the user indicated a specific browsing context to use when submitting the form, then that is the target browsing context. Otherwise, apply the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name using target as the name and the browsing context of form as the context in which the algorithm is executed; the resulting browsing context is the target browsing context.
The appropriate form encoding algorithm is determined as follows:
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
encoding
algorithm.multipart/form-data
multipart/form-data
encoding
algorithm.text/plain
text/plain
encoding
algorithm.The application/x-www-form-urlencoded
encoding
algorithm is as follows:
Let result be the empty string.
If the form
element has an accept-charset
attribute,
then, taking into account the characters found in the form data set's names and values, and the character
encodings supported by the user agent, select a character encoding
from the list given in the form
's accept-charset
attribute
that is an ASCII-compatible character encoding. If
none of the encodings are supported, then let the selected
character encoding be UTF-8.
Otherwise, if the document's character encoding is an ASCII-compatible character encoding, then that is the selected character encoding.
Otherwise, let the selected character encoding be UTF-8.
Let charset be the preferred MIME name of the selected character encoding.
If the entry's name is "_charset_
" and
its type is "hidden
", replace its value with
charset.
If the entry's type is "file
", replace
its value with the file's filename only.
For each entry in the form data set, perform these substeps:
For each character in the entry's name and value that cannot be expressed using the selected character encoding, replace the character by a string consisting of a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&), a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), one or more characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9) representing the Unicode code point of the character in base ten, and finally a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;).
For each character in the entry's name and value, apply the following subsubsteps:
If the character isn't in the range U+0020, U+002A, U+002D, U+002E, U+0030 .. U+0039, U+0041 .. U+005A, U+005F, U+0061 .. U+007A then replace the character with a string formed as follows: Start with the empty string, and then, taking each byte of the character when expressed in the selected character encoding in turn, append to the string a U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%) followed by two characters in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9) and U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z representing the hexadecimal value of the byte (zero-padded if necessary).
If the character is a U+0020 SPACE character, replace it with a single U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+).
If the entry's name is "isindex
",
its type is "text
", and this is the first
entry in the form data set, then append the
value to result and skip the rest of the
substeps for this entry, moving on to the next entry, if any, or
the next step in the overall algorithm otherwise.
If this is not the first entry, append a single U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&) to result.
Append the entry's name to result.
Append a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=) to result.
Append the entry's value to result.
Encode result as US-ASCII and return the resulting byte stream.
The multipart/form-data
encoding
algorithm is to encode the form data set
using the rules described by RFC2388, Returning Values from
Forms: multipart/form-data
, and return
the resulting byte stream. [RFC2388]
Each entry in the form data set is a field, the name of the entry is the field name and the value of the entry is the field value.
The order of parts must be the same as the order of fields in the form data set. Multiple entries with the same name must be treated as distinct fields.
The text/plain
encoding
algorithm is as follows:
Let result be the empty string.
If the form
element has an accept-charset
attribute,
then, taking into account the characters found in the form data set's names and values, and the character
encodings supported by the user agent, select a character encoding
from the list given in the form
's accept-charset
attribute. If none of the encodings are supported, then let the
selected character encoding be UTF-8.
Otherwise, the selected character encoding is the document's character encoding.
Let charset be the preferred MIME name of the selected character encoding.
If the entry's name is "_charset_
" and
its type is "hidden
", replace its value with
charset.
If the entry's type is "file
", replace
its value with the file's filename only.
For each entry in the form data set, perform these substeps:
Append the entry's name to result.
Append a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=) to result.
Append the entry's value to result.
Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character pair to result.
Encode result using the selected character encoding and return the resulting byte stream.
When a form form is reset, the user agent must invoke
the reset algorithm
of each resettable elements
whose form owner is form, and must
then broadcast formchange
events from form.
Each resettable element
defines its own reset
algorithm. Changes made to form controls as part of these
algorithms do not count as changes caused by the user (and thus,
e.g., do not cause input
events to
fire).
When the user agent is to broadcast forminput
events or
broadcast formchange
events from a form
element form, it must run the following steps:
Let controls be a list of all the resettable elements whose form owner is form.
forminput
events, let event name be forminput
. Otherwise the user agent
was to broadcast formchange
events; let event name be formchange
.For each element in controls, in tree order, fire a simple event called event name at the element.
details
elementlegend
element followed by flow content.open
interface HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean open; };
The details
element represents additional
information or controls which the user can obtain on demand.
The details
element is not appropriate
for footnotes. Please see the section on
footnotes for details on how to mark up footnotes.
The first element child of a details
element, if it is a legend
element,
represents the summary of the details.
If the first element is not a legend
element, the
UA should provide its own legend (e.g. "Details").
The open
content attribute is a boolean attribute. If present,
it indicates that the details are to be shown to the user. If the
attribute is absent, the details are not to be shown.
If the attribute is removed, then the details should be hidden. If the attribute is added, the details should be shown.
The user agent should allow the user to request that the details
be shown or hidden. To honor a request for the details to be shown,
the user agent must set the open
attribute on the element to
the value open
. To honor a request for the
details to be hidden, the user agent must remove the open
attribute from the
element.
datagrid
elementtable
, select
, or datalist
element.table
element.select
element.datalist
element.disabled
interface HTMLDataGridElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean multiple; attribute boolean disabled; attribute DataGridListener listener; // columns void addColumn(in Column id, in DOMString label, in DOMString type, [Optional] in HTMLImageElement icon, [Optional] in boolean sortable, [Optional] in boolean visible); attribute DOMString sortColumn; attribute boolean sortAscending; void clearColumns(); // rows void renotify(); void setRowCount(in long childCount, in long rowCount); void setRows(in RowList rows); void insertRows(in RowList rows); void deleteRows(in RowIDList rows); void repaint(in RowID row, in DOMString column); void clearRows(); }; typedef DOMString Column; typedef sequence<Column> ColumnList; typedef sequence<any> Cell; // Column, [Variadic] any (exact types expected depend on the column type) typedef sequence<Cell> CellList; typedef sequence<any> Row; // RowID, long, long, CellList, [Optional] boolean, [Optional] long typedef sequence<Row> RowList; typedef sequence<unsigned long> RowID; typedef sequence<RowID> RowIDList; [Callback=FunctionOnly, NoInterfaceObject] interface RenderingContext2DCallback { DOMString handleEvent(in CanvasRenderingContext2D context, in unsigned long width, in unsigned long height); };
The datagrid
element represents an
interactive representation of tree, list, or tabular data.
The data being presented is provided by script using the methods described in the following sections.
The disabled
attribute
is a boolean attribute used to disable the
control. When the attribute is set, the user
agent must disable the datagrid
, preventing the user
from interacting with it. The datagrid
element should
still continue to update itself when the underlying data changes,
though, as described in the next few sections. However, conformance
requirements stating that datagrid
elements must react
to users in particular ways do not apply when the
datagrid
is disabled.
The disabled
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
This section is non-normative.
In the datagrid
data model, data is structured as a
set of rows representing a tree, each row being split into a number
of columns. The columns are always present in the data model,
although individual columns might be hidden in the presentation.
Each row can have child rows. Child rows may be hidden or shown, by closing or opening (respectively) the parent row.
Rows are referred to by the path along the tree that one would take to reach the row, using zero-based indices. Thus, the first row of a list is row "0", the second row is row "1"; the first child row of the first row is row "0,0", the second child row of the first row is row "0,1"; the fourth child of the seventh child of the third child of the tenth row is "9,2,6,3", etc.
The chains of numbers that give a row's path, or identifier, are represented by arrays of positions, represented in IDL by the RowID interface.
The root of the tree is represented by an empty array.
Each column has a string that is used to identify it in the API, a label that is shown to users interacting with the column, a type, and optionally an icon.
The possible types are as follows:
Keyword | Description |
text
| Simple text. |
editable
| Editable text. |
checkable
| Text with a check box. |
list
| A list of values that the user can switch between. |
progress
| A progress bar. |
meter
| A gauge. |
custom
| A canvas onto which arbitrary content can be drawn. |
Each column can be flagged as sortable, in which case the user will be able to sort the view using that column.
Columns are not necessarily visible. A column can be created invisible by default. The user can select which columns are to be shown.
When no columns have been added to the datagrid
, a
column with no name, whose identifier is the empty string, whose
type is text
, and which is
not sortable, is implied. This column is removed if any explicit
columns are declared.
Each cell uses the type given for its column, so all cells in a column present the same type of information.
datagrid
backed by a static table
element...
datagrid
backed by nested ol
elements...
datagrid
backed by a server...
datagrid
listener
[ = value ]Return the current object that is configured as the
datagrid
listener, if any. Returns null if there is
none.
The listener is an object provided by the script author that
receives notifications when the datagrid
needs row
data to render itself, when the user opens and closes rows with
children, when the user edits a cell, and when the user invokes a
row's context menu. (The DataGridListener
interface
used for this purpose is described in the next section.)
Can be set, to change the current listener.
renotify
()Causes the datagrid
to resend notifications to the
listener (if any) for any rows or cells that the
datagrid
does not yet have information for.
addColumn
(id, label, type [, icon [, sortable [, visible ] ] ] )Adds a column to the datagrid
.
If a column with the given identifier has already been added, it just replaces the information for that column.
The possible types are enumerated in the previous section.
sortColumn
[ = value ]Returns the identifier of the column by which the data is to be sorted.
Can be set, to indicate that the sort order has changed. This
will cause the datagrid
to clear its position
information for rows, so setRows()
will have to be
called again with the new sort order.
The columns are not actually sorted by the
datagrid
; the data has to be sorted by the script
that adds the rows to the datagrid
.
sortAscending
[ = value ]Returns true if the data is to be sorted with smaller values first; otherwise, returns false, indicating that bigger values are to be put first.
Can be set, to indicate that the order is about to change.
clearColumns
()Removes all the columns in the datagrid
,
reinstating the implied column.
setRowCount
(childCount, rowCount)Sets the numbers of rows in the datagrid
,
excluding rows that are descendants of rows that are closed.
Throws a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception if the
arguments contradict each other or previously declared information
(e.g. declaring that the datagrid
has three rows when
the 12th row has been declared).
setRows
(rows)Updates data for rows in the datagrid
, or fills in
data for rows previously implied by a call to setRowCount()
but not
previously declared.
The rows argument is an array of rows, each represented by a further array consisting of:
RowID
object identifying the row.The array giving the data for the cells in the row consists of a further set of arrays, one per cell. The first item of each of these arrays is the column's identifier; the subsequent values vary based on the type of the column, as follows:
text
img
element giving an icon for the cell.
editable
checkable
img
element giving an icon for the cell.
list
select
element giving the list of options.
img
element giving an icon for the cell.
progress
meter
custom
CanvasRenderingContext2D
object, along with the width and height (in CSS pixels) of the cell that the context will draw on.
While the rows in a single call to the setRows()
method can be in any
order, for each row, it is important that all its ancestor rows
and all its open previous siblings are also declared, either in
the same call or in an earlier one.
Throws a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception if the
arguments contradict each other or previously declared information
(e.g. saying that a row's position is 5 when the parent row only
has 3 children, or naming a column that doesn't exist, or
declaring a row without declaring its parent, or changing the
number of children that a row has while that row and its ancestors
are all open).
insertRows
(rows)Inserts the given rows into the datagrid
,
increasing the numbers of rows that the datagrid
assumes are present.
The rows argument is an array of rows in
the same structure as the argument to the setRows()
method described
above, with the same expectations of consistency (a given row's
ancestors and earlier open siblings being listed either earlier or
in the same call as a given row). However, unlike with the setRows()
method, if a row is
inserted along with its child, the child is not included in the
child and row counts of the parent row; every row in the rows argument will increase its parent's counts
automatically.
Throws a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception if the
arguments contradict each other or previously declared
information.
deleteRows
(rows)Removes the given rows from the datagrid
, and
updates the number of rows known to be in the
datagrid
accordingly. The argument is an array of
RowID
objects identifying the rows to remove.
Throws a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception if the argument
includes a row the datagrid
doesn't know about.
repaint
(row, column)If the given column's type is custom
, then causes the
datagrid
to reinvoke the function that obtains the
desired rendering.
clearRows
()Clears the datagrid
of all row data, resetting it
to empty.
The listener
DOM
attribute allows authors to specify an object that will receive all
the notifications from the datagrid
. Initially, its
value must be null. On getting, it must return its value. On
setting, its value must be set to the new value, and then the user
agent must queue a task to call the initialize()
method with the
datagrid
element as its only argument.
The columns are represented by the column list, an ordered list of entries for columns, each of which consists of:
img
element when the
column was declared.datagrid
's rendering.Initially, the column list must have a single
column, the default column, whose identifier is the empty
string, whose label is the empty string, whose type is text
, with no icon, which is not
sortable, and which is visible.
The addColumn(id, label, type, icon, sortable, visible)
method must run the following steps:
If there is already an entry in column list,
other than the default column, whose identifier is
id, throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception and abort these steps.
If type is not a string equal to one of the
allowed datagrid
column types, then
throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
If the icon argument is present and not
null, and the given img
element's complete
attribute is false, then
throw an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
If the icon argument is present and not
null, then copy the image data from that img
element,
and let image be the copy of that image
data. Otherwise, let image be nothing.
Append a new entry to the column list, with id as its identifier, label as its label, type as its type, and image as its icon. Let the column be sortable if the sortable argument is present and true, and make it visible if the visible argument is absent or true.
If the column list contains the default
column, then remove the default column from the
column list, discard any data for cells in that column
in any rows in the datagrid
, set sortColumn
to id, set sortAscending
to true,
and run the datagrid
resort
steps.
The sortColumn
DOM
attribute gives the current column used for sorting. Initially, its
value must be the empty string. On getting, it must return its
current value. On setting, if the new value doesn't match the
identifier of one of the columns in the column list,
then the user agent must throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception. Otherwise, if the new value is not the same as its
current value, then the user agent must set the attribute to the new
value, and then run the datagrid
resort
steps.
The sortAscending
DOM attribute specifies the direction that the tree is sorted in,
ascending (true) or descending (false). Initially, its value must be
true (ascending). On getting, it must return its current value. On
setting, if the new value is not the same as its current value, then
the user agent must set the attribute to the new value, and then run
the datagrid
resort steps.
When a column is marked as being sortable, the user agent should allow the user to select that column to be the column used for sorting, and should allow the user to chose whether the sort order is ascending or descending.
When the user changes the sort order in this manner, the user
agent must update the sortColumn
and sortAscending
attributes
appropriately, and then run the datagrid
resort
steps.
The datagrid
resort steps
are described in the next section.
The clearColumns()
method, if the column list doesn't contain the
default column, must empty the column
list, append the default column to the now empty
column list, discard any data for cells in all rows in
the datagrid
, set sortColumn
to the empty
string, set sortAscending
to true, and
run the datagrid
resort steps. (If the
column list is already just the default
column, then the method does nothing.)
A datagrid
element is intended to show a
representation of a tree, where typically the user only sees a
small part of the tree at a time.
To make this efficient, the datagrid
element
actually shows a small part of a sparse tree, so
that only relevant parts of the data structure need be loaded at any
time. Specifically, the model requires only that all the ancestor
rows of the displayed rows be loaded, as well as any open earlier
siblings (in the displayed sort order) of the displayed rows.
Conceptually, therefore, a datagrid
has a number of
related sparse data structures backing it.
The first is the natural order sparse data tree. This
is the structure in which rows are entered as they are declared, in
their natural order. This can differ from the order actually
displayed to the user. It consists of nested sparse lists of
rows. In the natural order sparse data tree, a row will
always have all its parents already declared. Once a row is added to
this structure, it can only be removed by the deleteRows()
and clearRows()
methods. The order of
nodes in this tree never changes; to move a node in this tree, it
has to be removed and then another row (with the same data)
reinserted elsewhere.
The second structure is the display order sparse data
tree. This is a similar structure that contains a subset of
the rows in the natural order sparse data tree, ordered
in the order given by the sortAscending
and sortColumn
attributes, and
excluding rows with one or more ancestors that are closed. This tree
is cleared whenever the sortAscending
and sortColumn
attributes
change.
The third structure is the display order sparse data list. This structure is a flattened representation of the display order sparse data tree.
At any time, a number of consecutive rows in the display
order sparse data list are physically visible to the
user. The datagrid
fires notifications to a listener (provided by script),
and the listener, or other some script, is expected to feed the
datagrid
with the information needed to render the
control.
A datagrid
has a pending datagrid
rows list, which is a list of rows in the display order
sparse data list for which the datagrid
has sent
notifications requesting information but not yet received
information about.
A datagrid
also has a pending
datagrid
cells list, which is a list of
row/column pairs (cells) for which the datagrid
has
sent notifications requesting information but not yet received
information about.
User agents may discard information about rows that are not displayed and that are not ancestors or open earlier siblings of rows or ancestors of rows that are displayed.
These structures are different views of the collection of rows
that form the datagrid
. Each row has the following
information associated with it:
Either another row, or the datagrid
itself. This
is the parent of the row in the natural order sparse data
tree and the display order sparse data tree
for the datagrid
.
This is the number of rows that precede this row under the same
parent in the natural order sparse data tree. This
number can't be changed relative to other rows in the same parent;
to change the relative natural order of data in the
datagrid
, the original rows have to be removed and
new rows (with the same data but different natural positions)
inserted in their place. (The exact number of a row can change, as
new rows can be inserted above it.)
A row can be identified by a RowID
object. This is
an array of numbers, consisting of the natural order positions of
each ancestor row and the row itself, starting from the furthest
ancestor. Thus, for instance, the fourth child row of the first
child row of the second row in a datagrid
would be
identified by a RowID
object whose value is [1, 0, 3]
. A row's identifier changes if rows are
inserted before it in
the datagrid
.
This is the number of rows that precede this row under the same parent in the display order sparse data tree. This number can be unknown. If the sort order changes, then this information is lost (as the display order sparse data tree is cleared).
The number of rows that have this row as a parent. If this is
zero, the row cannot be opened. If this is −1, then the
child count is unknown but the row can be opened. This value can be
changed by the setRows()
method only if the current value is −1 or if the row or one
of its ancestors is closed. Otherwise, it can only be changed
indirectly using the insertRows()
and deleteRows()
methods.
A boolean indicating whether the row is open (true) or closed (false). Once set, the flag can only be changed by the user or while one of the row's ancestors is itself closed. A row can also be in a third state, "opening", which is treated as closed for all purposes except that the user agent may indicate that the row is in this special state, and except that when the row is updated to have a row count, the row will switch to being open.
The number of rows that have this row as a parent or
ancestor, and that do not have an ancestor that is a descendant of
this row that is itself closed. If this is −1, then the row
count is unknown. This value can be changed by the setRows()
method only if the
row or one of its ancestors is closed (or opening, but not
open). Otherwise, it can only be changed indirectly using the insertRows()
and deleteRows()
methods.
The data that applies to this row. Cell data is discussed in more detail below.
The datagrid
itself also has a child count and a row count, which are analogous to the child counts and
row counts for rows. Initially, these must be zero.
The datagrid
resort steps, which are
invoked when the sort order changes as described in the previous
section, are as follows:
Clear the display order sparse data tree
(i.e. mark the display order position of all the rows in the
datagrid
as unknown).
User agents may cache the position information of rows for
various values of sortColumn
and sortAscending
, instead
of discarding the information altogether. If the user agent caches
this information, and has information that applies to the current
values of sortColumn
and sortAscending
,
then the user agent may repopulate the display order sparse
data tree from this information.
Clear the pending datagrid
rows list
and the pending datagrid
cells list.
Invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
The renotify()
method
must empty the pending datagrid
rows list
and the pending datagrid
cells list, and
invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
The setRowCount(childCount, rowCount)
method must run the following
steps:
Set the datagrid
child count to childCount, the datagrid
row
count to rowCount.
Audit the datagrid
. If this fails,
then revert the changes made in the previous step, throw a
DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception, and abort these
steps.
Invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
The setRows(rows)
method must run the following
steps:
Type-check the rows argument. If this fails, throw a
TypeError
exception, and abort these steps.
For each Row
object in the rows argument, in order, perform the appropriate
steps from the list below.
The changes made to the datagrid
's
data structures in this step get reverted (as required below) if
any consistency errors are detected either in this step or the
next.
datagrid
's
natural order sparse data tree with the same
identifier as given by the Row
object's
RowID
object, and that row and all its ancestors are
openIf one of the following conditions is true, then revert all
the changes done in this step, throw a
DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception, and abort these
steps:
Row
object's second entry is
neither −1 nor equal to the child count of the
preexisting row.Row
object has fewer than four
entries or more than six entries.Row
object has five or more entries, and
its fifth entry is false.Row
object has six entries, and its sixth
entry is not equal to the row count of the preexisting
row.datagrid
's
natural order sparse data tree with the same
identifier as given by the Row
object's
RowID
object, but either that row or one of its
ancestors is closedSet the preexisting row's child count to the value of the
Row
object's second entry.
If the Row
object has five or more entries, and
either its fifth entry is true and the preexisting row is closed
but not opening, or its fifth entry is false and the preexisting
row is open, then: if the preexisting row has no ancestor row
that is closed, then revert all the changes done in this step,
throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception, and abort
these steps; otherwise, if the fifth entry is false, then close
the row; otherwise, open the row.
If the Row
object has six entries, set the
preexisting row's row count to the value of the Row
object's sixth entry.
If the preexisting row is opening, then: increase the
datagrid
row count and the row counts
of any ancestor rows by the number of rows that the preexisting
row now has in its row count, then open the row.
datagrid
's
natural order sparse data tree with the same
identifier as given by the Row
object's
RowID
objectIf the RowID
object has a length greater than 1,
then verify that there is a row identified by the
RowID
consisting of all but the last number in the
Row
object's RowID
. If there is no
such row present in the natural order sparse data
tree, then revert all the changes done in this step,
throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception, and abort
these steps.
Create a row and insert it into the natural order
sparse data tree, such that its parent is the row
identified by the RowID
consisting of all but the
last number in the Row
object's RowID
,
or the datagrid
if the length of the
Row
object's RowID
is 1; with its
natural order position being the last number of the
Row
object's RowID
; with the child
count being the value of the third entry of the Row
object; with the row being marked closed unless the
Row
object has five or more entries and its fifth
entry is true, in which case the row is open; and with its row
count being −1 unless the Row
object has six
entries, in which case the row count is equal to the value of
the Row
object's sixth entry.
Audit the datagrid
. If this fails,
then revert the changes made in the previous step, throw a
DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception, and abort these
steps.
For each Row
object in the rows argument, in order, apply the Row
object.
Invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
The insertRows(rows)
method must run the following
steps:
Type-check the rows argument. If this fails, throw a
TypeError
exception, and abort these steps.
For each Row
object in the rows argument, in order, run the following
steps:
The changes made to the datagrid
's
data structures in this step get reverted (as required below) if
any consistency errors are detected either in this step or the
next.
Let parent be the row identified by the
RowID
consisting of all but the last number in the
Row
object's RowID
, or the
datagrid
itself if the Row
object's
RowID
has length 0.
If there is no such row present in the natural order
sparse data tree, then revert all the changes done in
this algorithm, throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception, and abort these steps.
Increment by one the natural order position of all rows whose
parent is parent and whose natural order
position is equal to or greater than the last number of the
Row
object's RowID
.
If the value of the Row
object's second entry is
not −1, then increment by one the display order position
of all rows whose parent is parent and whose
display order position is equal to or greater than the value of
the Row
object's second entry.
Create a row and insert it into the natural order
sparse data tree, such that its parent is parent; with its natural order position being the
last number of the Row
object's RowID
;
with the child count being the value of the third entry of the
Row
object; with the row being marked closed unless
the Row
object has five or more entries and its
fifth entry is true, in which case the row is open; and with its
row count being −1 unless the Row
object has
six entries, in which case the row count is equal to the value
of the Row
object's sixth entry.
For each Row
object in the rows argument, in order, apply the Row
object.
Invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
When an algorithm requires the user agent to type-check a
RowList
object (an array), each entry in the
object must be checked against the following requirements. If any
are false, then the type-check fails, otherwise it passes.
The entry is a Row
object (an
array).
The first value in the Row
is a
RowID
object (also an array), whose length is at least
1, and whose values are all integers greater than or equal to
zero.
The numbers in the RowID
object do not exactly
match any of the other entries in the RowList
object
(i.e. no two Row
objects have the same
identifier).
The second value in the Row
is an integer that
is either −1, zero, or a positive integer.
The third value in the Row
is an integer that
is either −1, zero, or a positive integer.
The fourth value in the Row
is a
CellList
object (yet another array).
Each entry in the CellList object is a
Cell
object (again, an array).
Each Cell
object in the CellList
object has as its first value a Column
object (a
string), and its value is the identifier of one of the columns in
the column list.
Each Cell
object in the CellList
object has as its second and subsequent entries values that match
the following requirements, as determined by the type of the
column identified by the first entry:
text
The second entry's value is a string, and either there are
only two entries, or there are three, and the third entry is
an img
element.
If there is an img
element specified, its complete
attribute is true.
editable
The second entry's value is a string, and either there are
only two entries, or the third entry is a
datalist
element, and either there are only three
entries, or there are four, and the fourth entry is an
img
element.
If there is an img
element specified, its complete
attribute is true.
checkable
The second entry's value is a string, the third entry is a
boolean, and either there are only three entries, or the
fourth entry is also a boolean, and either there are only four
entries, or there are five, and the fifth entry is an
img
element.
If there is an img
element specified, its complete
attribute is true.
list
The second entry's value is a string, the third entry is a
select
element, and either there are only three
entries, or there are four, and the fourth entry is an
img
element.
If there is an img
element specified, its complete
attribute is true.
progress
There are only two entries, the second entry's value is a number, and the number's value is between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
meter
There are at least two, but possibly up to seven, entries, all entries but the first one are numbers, and the following relationships hold:
custom
There are four entries, the second and third are numbers
that are integers greater than zero, and the fourth is a
Rendering2DContextCallback
object (a
function).
Either there are only four values in the Row
,
or the fifth value in the Row
is a boolean.
Either there are only four or five values in the
Row
, or there are six, and the sixth value in the
Row
an integer that is greater than or equal to
zero.
Where the above requirements say that a value is to be a string, the user agent must apply the ToString() conversion operator to the value, assume that the value was indeed a string, and use the result in the rest of the algorithm as if it had that had been the value passed to the method. [ECMA262]
Where the above requirements say that a value is to be a number, the user agent must first apply the ToNumber() conversion operator to the value, and then verify that the result is neither the not-a-number NaN value nor an infinite value. If this result is indeed acceptable (i.e. finite), the user agent must use the result in the rest of the algorithm as if it had that had been the value passed to the method. [ECMA262]
Where the above requirements say that a value is to be an integer, the user agent must first apply the ToNumber() conversion operator to the value, and then verify that the result is a finite integer. If so, the user agent must use the result in the rest of the algorithm as if it had that had been the value passed to the method. [ECMA262]
Where the above requirements say that a value is to be a boolean, the user agent must apply the ToBoolean() conversion operator to the value, assume that the value was indeed a boolean, and use the result in the rest of the algorithm as if it had that had been the value passed to the method. [ECMA262]
When an algorithm requires the user agent to audit the
datagrid
, the datagrid
must be
checked against the following requirements. If any are false, then
the audit fails, otherwise it passes.
For the purposes of this audit, the datagrid
must be
treated as the parent row of all the rows that are direct children
of the datagrid
in the natural order sparse data
tree and the display order sparse data tree. The
child count of this implied row is the datagrid
child count, and the row count of this implied row is the
datagrid
row count.
When an algorithm requires the user agent to partially sort
a RowList
object (an array), the entries in the
object must be resorted such that Row
objects are
listed after any of their ancestors and after any of their earlier
siblings. In other words, for any two Row
objects a and b in the
RowList
, where a is before b after the sort, the following conditions must
hold:
If their RowID
objects are the same length and
have values that are equal except for the last value, then the last
value of a's RowID
's last value
must be less than b's RowID
's last
value (i.e. earlier siblings must come before their later
siblings).
If their RowID
objects are not the same length,
but the values in the shorter of the two are the same as the first
few values in the longer one, then a's
RowID
must be the shorter one (i.e. ancestors must
come before their descendants).
The deleteRows(rows)
method must run the following
steps:
If any of the entries in rows are not
RowID
objects consisting of one or more entries whose
values are all integers that are greater than or equal to zero,
then throw a TypeError
exception and abort these
steps.
To check if a value is an integer, the user agent must first apply the ToNumber() conversion operator to the value, and then verify that the result is a finite integer. If so, the user agent must use the result in the rest of the algorithm as if it had that had been the value passed to the method. [ECMA262]
If any of the RowID
objects in the rows argument identify a row that isn't present in
the natural order sparse data tree, then throw a
DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
If any row is listed twice in the rows
argument, then throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception
and abort these steps.
Sort the rows argument such that the entries are given in the same order as the rows they identify would be visited in a pre-order, depth first traversal of the natural order sparse data tree.
For each row identified by entries in rows, in reverse order, run the following steps:
Decrement the child count of the row's parent row, if that
child count is greater than zero. If the row has no parent,
decrement the datagrid
child
count.
If the row has a parent row, and its child count is now zero, then close that row.
Let delta be one more than the row's row count if the row is open and its row count is greater than zero; otherwise, let delta be one.
Let ancestor be the row.
Row count loop: Let ancestor be ancestor's parent row, if any, or null if it has none.
If ancestor is null, then decrement the
datagrid
row count by delta. Otherwise, if ancestor
is open, then decrement its row count by delta.
If ancestor is not null, then jump back to the step labeled row count loop above.
Let parent be the row's parent, or the
datagrid
if the row has no parent.
Decrement by one the natural order position of all rows whose parent is parent and whose natural order position is equal to or greater than the row's own natural order position.
If the row is in the display order sparse data tree, then decrement by one the display order position of all rows whose parent is parent and whose display order position is equal to or greater than the row's own display order position.
Clear the row and its descendants from the
Datagrid
.
Invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
The clearRows()
method
must empty the natural order sparse data tree, reset
both the datagrid
child count and the
datagrid
row count to zero, and invoke the
datagrid
update display algorithm.
The repaint(row, column)
method
must cause the user agent to clear its cache for the cell specified
by the identifier row and the column column, if that column's type is custom
. If the given column has
not been declared, or its type is not custom
, then the user agent must
throw a DATAGRID_MODEL_ERR
exception. If the given row
is not known, then the method must do nothing. If the cell is indeed
cleared, the user agent must reinvoke the previously registered
RenderingContext2DCallback
callback when it needs to
repaint that row.
If a row has a child count that isn't zero, then the user agent should offer to the user the option of opening and closing the row.
When a row is opened, if the row's row count is greater than
zero, then the user agent must increase the
datagrid
row count and the row counts of
any ancestor rows by the number of rows that the newly opened row
has in its row count, then must
mark the row as open, then may fill in the display order
sparse data tree with any information that the user agent has
cached about the display order positions of descendants of the newly
opened row, and then must invoke the rowOpened()
method on the
current listener
with as
its first argument a RowID
object identifying the row
that was opened and as its second argument the boolean false, and
then must invoke the datagrid
update display
algorithm.
On the other hand, when a row is opened and the row's row count
is −1, then the user agent must mark the row as opening, and
then must invoke the rowOpened()
method on the
current listener
with as
its first argument a RowID
object identifying the row
that was opened and as its second argument the boolean true.
When a row is closed, the user agent must decrease the
datagrid
row count and the row counts of
any ancestor rows by the number of rows that the newly closed row
has in its row count, and then must invoke the rowOpened()
method on the
current listener
with as
its first and only argument a RowID
object identifying
the row that was opened.
Each row has one cell per column. Each cell has the same type as
its column. The allowed datagrid
column
types, what they represent, and the requirements for when the
user interacts with them, are as follows:
text
The cell represents some text and an optional image.
editable
The cells represents some editable text, an optional
datalist
giving autocompletion hints, and an
optional image.
If there is a datalist
element, the user agent
should offer the suggestions represented by that element to the
user. The user agent may use the suggestion's label to identify the
suggestion. If the user selects a suggestion, then the editable
text must be set to the selected suggestion's value, as if the user had
written that value himself.
When the user edits the value, either directly or using the
datalist
, the user agent must invoke the cellChanged()
method on
the current listener
with as its first argument a RowID
identifying the
cell's row, as its second argument the identifier of the cell's
column, as its third argument the new value, and as its fourth
argument the previous value.
checkable
The cell represents some text, a check box that optionally has its value obscured as indeterminate, and an optional image.
When the user checks or unchecks the check box, the user agent
must change the check box's state appropriately and stop obscuring
the check box as indeterminate (if it is obscuring it), and then
must invoke the cellChanged()
method on
the current listener
with as its first argument a RowID
identifying the
cell's row, as its second argument the identifier of the cell's
column, as its third argument true if the check box is now checked
and false otherwise, and as its fourth argument true if the check
box was previously checked and false otherwise.
list
The cell represents some text giving the current value selected
from a dropdown list of options, a select
element
giving the list of options, and an optional image.
The user agent should allow the user to change the value of the
cell from its current value to one of the values given by
option
elements in the list of options (if
any). The user agent may use the option
elements'
labels to annotate each
option.
When the user selects a new value from the select
element's list of
options, the user agent must invoke the cellChanged()
method on
the current listener
with as its first argument a RowID
identifying the
cell's row, as its second argument the identifier of the cell's
column, as its third argument the new value, and as its fourth
argument the previous value.
progress
The cell represents a (determinate) progress bar whose value is between 0.0, indicating no progress, and 1.0, indicating the task is complete.
meter
The cell represents a gauge, described by one to six numbers.
The gauge's actual value is given by the first number.
If there is a second number, then that number is the maximum value. Otherwise, the maximum value is 1.0.
If there is a third number, then that number is the minimum value. Otherwise, the minimum value is 1.0.
If there is a fourth number, then that number is the low boundary. Otherwise, the low boundary is the minimum value.
If there is a fifth number, then that number is the high boundary. Otherwise, the high boundary is the maximum value.
If there is a sixth number, then the optimal point is the sixth number. Otherwise, the optimum point is the midpoint between the minimum value and the maximum value.
If the optimum point is equal to the low boundary or the high boundary, or anywhere in between them, then the region between the low and high boundaries of the gauge must be treated as the optimum region, and the low and high parts, if any, must be treated as suboptimal. Otherwise, if the optimum point is less than the low boundary, then the region between the minimum value and the low boundary must be treated as the optimum region, the region between the low boundary and the high boundary must be treated as a suboptimal region, and the region between the high boundary and the maximum value must be treated as an even less good region. Finally, if the optimum point is higher than the high boundary, then the situation is reversed; the region between the high boundary and the maximum value must be treated as the optimum region, the region between the high boundary and the low boundary must be treated as a suboptimal region, and the remaining region between the low boundary and the minimum value must be treated as an even less good region.
User agents should indicate the relative position of the actual value to the minimum and maximum values, and the relationship between the actual value and the three regions of the gauge.
custom
The cell represents a dynamically generated graphical image.
The cell will have minimum dimensions (specified in CSS
pixels), and a callback (in the form of a
RenderingContext2DCallback
object) to get a rendering
for the cell.
The user agent should not allow the cell to be rendered with dimensions less than the given minimum width and height.
When the user agent needs to render the cell, the user agent
must queue a task to invoke the
RenderingContext2DCallback callback, passing it a
newly created CanvasRenderingContext2D
object whose
canvas
DOM attribute is
null as the first argument, the actual cell width in CSS pixels as
the second argument, and the actual cell height in CSS pixels as
the third argument.
If the user agent is able to render graphics, then it must
render the graphics commands that the callback executed on the
provided CanvasRenderingContext2D
object onto the
cell once the callback returns. The image must be clipped to the
dimensions of the cell. The coordinate space of the cell must be
aligned with that used by the 2D context such that the top left
corner of the cell is the 0,0 origin, with the coordinate space
increasing its x dimension towards the right
of the cell and its y axis towards the bottom
of the cell, and with the image not scaled (so that one CSS pixel
on the final rendering matches one CSS pixel in the coordinate
space used by the 2D context).
The user agent must then decouple the
CanvasRenderingContext2D
object and any objects that
it created (such as CanvasPattern
objects or
ImageData
objects) from any real drawing surface.
If the user agent is unable to render graphics, then it must render the text string returned by the callback instead.
When an algorithm requires the user agent to apply a
Row
object, the user agent must run the following
steps:
If the value of the Row
object's second entry is
not −1, then run these substeps:
If there is a row with the same parent as the row
specified by the Row
object's RowID
object, whose display order position is currently the same as the
value of the Row
object's second entry, then remove
that row from the display order sparse data
tree.
Set the display order position of the row specified by the
Row
object's RowID
to the value of the
Row
object's second entry, updating its position in
the display order sparse data tree
accordingly.
If the row is in the pending
datagrid
rows list, remove it.
If the fourth entry in the Row
object (a
CellList
object, an array) is not empty, then for
each Cell
object in that array update the cell that
corresponds to the column identified by the value of the first
entry of the Cell
object, by using the appropriate
set of steps given below as determined by the type of the
column. Then, if the cell is in the pending
datagrid
cells list, remove it.
text
Update the cell's text to the value given in the
Cell
object's second entry.
If the Cell
object has three entries, then copy
the image data from the img
element given in the
third entry, and let the cell's image be given by that image
data. Otherwise, update the cell to have no image.
editable
Update the cell's text to the value given in the
Cell
object's second entry.
If the Cell
object has three entries, then let
the datalist
element given in the third entry be
the datalist
element giving autocompletion
hints. Otherwise, update the cell to have no
datalist
element.
If the Cell
object has four entries, then copy
the image data from the img
element given in the
fourth entry, and let the cell's image be given by that image
data. Otherwise, update the cell to have no image.
checkable
Update the cell's text to the value given in the
Cell
object's second entry.
Update the cell's checked state to match the value of the third entry: checked if true, unchecked otherwise.
If the Cell
object has four entries and the
fourth entry is true, then update the cell to be obscured as
indeterminate. Otherwise, the cell's state is not obscured.
If the Cell
object has five entries, then copy
the image data from the img
element given in the
fifth entry, and let the cell's image be given by that image
data. Otherwise, update the cell to have no image.
list
Update the cell's text to the value given in the
Cell
object's second entry, and the
select
element to be the one given in the
Cell
object's third entry
If the Cell
object has four entries, then copy
the image data from the img
element given in the
fourth entry, and let the cell's image be given by that image
data. Otherwise, update the cell to have no image.
progress
Update the cell to be a progress bar whose progress, on the
scale of 0.0 (no progress) to 1.0 (task complete) is given by
the value in the Cell
object's second entry.
meter
Update the cell to be a gauge configured with the numbers
given by the second and subsequent entries of the
Cell
object.
custom
Update the cell's minimum width to be the length in CSS
pixels given by the Cell
object's second entry.
Update the cell's minimum height to be the length in CSS
pixels given by the Cell
object's third entry.
Update the cell's callback to be the
RenderingContext2DCallback
object given by the
Cell
object's fourth entry.
When the user agent is to run the datagrid
update display algorithm, the user agent must invoke the getRows()
and getCells()
methods on the
current listener
such
that all the current visible rows in the display order sparse
data list, and all the cells in the currently visible columns
on all the currently visible rows, have been covered.
A row is considered covered if it is present in the pending
datagrid
rows list, or if the getRows()
method is invoked with
a range that includes the row in question.
A cell is considered covered if it is present in the
pending datagrid
cells list, or if the
getRows()
method is
invoked with a range that includes the row in question and a list of
columns that includes the cell's column, or if the getCells()
method is invoked
with a list of rows and columns that intersects the cell in
question. However, the getCells()
method can only be
used if the row is already present in the display order sparse
data list.
The getRows()
method,
if used, must be invoked with five arguments. The first argument
must be the index in the display order sparse data list
to the first row that the user agent is requesting, known as the
anchor row. The second argument must be the number of
consecutive cells for which the user agent is requesting
information. The third argument must be the RowID
of
the row that is the nearest ancestor in the display order
sparse data tree of the anchor row. If this is the
datagrid
, then the RowID
object must be an
empty array. The fourth argument must be the display order position
of the anchor row in the display order sparse data
tree, assuming that the row identified in the third argument
is indeed the anchor row's parent row. The fifth and final argument
must be an array of the identifiers of the columns for which the
user agent is requesting information, in the order they were added
to the datagrid
.
As the getRows()
method
is invoked, the pending datagrid
rows list
must be updated to include the rows for which information has been
requested, excluding rows for which information is already
available; and the pending datagrid
cells
list must be updated to include the cells for which
information has been requested on those rows.
The getCells()
method,
if used, must be invoked with two arguments. The first argument must
be an array of RowID
objects identifying the rows for
which information is being requested. The second argument must be an
array of the identifiers of the columns for which the user agent is
requesting information, in the order they were added to the
datagrid
.
As the getCells()
method is invoked, the pending datagrid
cells
list must be updated to include the cells for which
information has been requested.
Calls to these methods should be batched so that the rows and
cells to be covered are handled by the fewest number of calls to
these methods as possible. To this end, user agents may invoke the
getRows()
method for a set
of rows that includes some rows that are already in the
display order sparse data list, and similarly may
invoke the getCells()
method with row/column combinations that cover some cells for which
data is already known. Generally, however, user agents should avoid
invoking these methods with arguments that cause information to be
requested when it has already been requested or is already
known.
For example, consider a case represented by the following table, where the cells marked "Yes" indicate that the data has already been obtained, the cells marked "Pending" indicate that the data has been previously requested but not yet obtained, and the cells with just a dash indicate that no information has ever been obtained, or any information that had been obtained has now been discarded.
Row | Column A | Column B | |
---|---|---|---|
Row 1 | - | - | - |
Row 2 | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Row 3 | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Row 4 | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Row 5 | - | - | - |
Row 6 | - | - | - |
Row 7 | Yes | Pending | - |
Row 8 | Yes | Pending | Pending |
Thus, rows 2, 3, 4, 7, and 8 are already covered, as are the cells from those rows except for the cell in column B of row 7.
Now consider what happens if all of these rows become visible at once. The user agent has several choices, including (but not limited to) the following:
getRows()
method for rows 1 through 8 and columns A and B all at once.getRows()
method for row 1, then fire it again for rows 5 through 7.getRows()
method for row 1, then fire it again for rows 5 and 6, and then
fire the getCells()
method for row 7 column B.All three options are allowed, but the latter two are preferable to the former, as they minimise the amount of redundant information requested.
In any case, the data model now looks like this:
Row | Column A | Column B | Column C | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Row 1 | Pending | Pending | Pending | - |
Row 2 | Yes | Yes | Yes | - |
Row 3 | Yes | Yes | Yes | - |
Row 4 | Yes | Yes | Yes | - |
Row 5 | Pending | Pending | Pending | - |
Row 6 | Pending | Pending | Pending | - |
Row 7 | Yes | Pending | Pending | - |
Row 8 | Yes | Pending | Pending | - |
Now consider the case where a third column, column C, is added to the data model. The user agent once again has several choices, including (but not limited to) the following:
getRows()
method for rows 1 through 8 again, this time listing just column
C.getRows()
method for row 1, then fire it again for rows 5 and 6, and then
fire the getCells()
method for the other rows (in all three cases, listing just column
C).The two options here are as bad as each other; the former
involves a lot of overlap, but the latter involves a lot of method
calls. Unfortunately the user agent can't do the obvious thing,
namely just to invoke the getCells()
method for all the
rows listing just column C, because it doesn't have the row
information for all the rows yet (rows 1, 5 and 6 are still
pending).
In any case, the data model now looks like this:
Row | Column A | Column B | Column C | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Row 1 | Pending | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 2 | Yes | Yes | Yes | Pending |
Row 3 | Yes | Yes | Yes | Pending |
Row 4 | Yes | Yes | Yes | Pending |
Row 5 | Pending | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 6 | Pending | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 7 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 8 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
If at this point the user scrolls around anywhere within this
datagrid
, the user agent won't fire the getRos()
and getCells()
methods, because
all of the rows and cells are covered.
Now consider the case where the user agent receives row information, but no cell information, for rows 1, 5, and 6:
Row | Column A | Column B | Column C | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Row 1 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 2 | Yes | Yes | Yes | Pending |
Row 3 | Yes | Yes | Yes | Pending |
Row 4 | Yes | Yes | Yes | Pending |
Row 5 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 6 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 7 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
Row 8 | Yes | Pending | Pending | Pending |
The user agent still won't fire any methods when the user
scrolls, because the data is still covered. But if the script then
calls the renotify()
method, the "Pending" flags would get reset, and the model would
now look like this:
Row | Column A | Column B | Column C | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Row 1 | Yes | - | - | - |
Row 2 | Yes | Yes | Yes | - |
Row 3 | Yes | Yes | Yes | - |
Row 4 | Yes | Yes | Yes | - |
Row 5 | Yes | - | - | - |
Row 6 | Yes | - | - | - |
Row 7 | Yes | - | - | - |
Row 8 | Yes | - | - | - |
Now, assuming that all eight rows and all three columns are still visible, the user agent has the following choices (amongst others):
getCells()
method for rows 1 through 8, listing all three columns.getCells()
method for rows 1 and 5 through 8, listing all three columns, and
then fire the method for rows 2 through 4, listing just column
C.getCells()
method for rows 1 and 5 through 8, listing just columns A abd B,
and then fire the method for rows 1 through 8, listing just column
C.Here the latter two are preferable because they result in less overlap than the first.
The task source for tasks queued on behalf of a
datagrid
is the DOM manipulation task
source.
datagrid
The conformance criteria in this section apply to any
implementation of the DataGridListener
interface,
including (and most commonly) the content author's
implementation(s).
// To be implemented by Web authors as a JS object [NoInterfaceObject] interface DataGridListener { void initialize(in HTMLDataGridElement datagrid); void getRows(in unsigned long rowIndex, in unsigned long rowCount, in RowID parentRow, in unsigned long position, in ColumnList columns); void getCells(in RowIDList rows, in ColumnList columns); void rowOpened(in RowID row, in boolean rowCountNeeded); void rowClosed(in RowID row); void cellChanged(in RowID row, in Column column, in any newValue, in any prevValue); HTMLMenuElement getRowMenu(in RowID row); };
The DataGridDataProvider
interface, once implemented
by an object in a script and hooked up to a datagrid
using the data
DOM
attribute, receives notifications when the datagrid
needs information (such as which rows exist) for display.
The following methods may be usefully implemented:
initialize(datagrid)
Called by the datagrid
element (the one given by
the datagrid argument) when the listener
attribute is
set.
getRows(rowIndex, rowCount, parentRow, position, columns)
Called by the datagrid
element when the user agent
finds itself needing to render rows for which it is lacking
information.
The rowIndex argument gives the flattened
index of the first row for which it needs information, ignoring
the tree structure of the datagrid
model, where zero
is the first row of the entire tree.
The rowCount argument gives the number of rows for which the user agent would like information.
The parentRow argument gives the
RowID
object identifying the nearest ancestor of the
first row that the user agent is aware of. After the sort order
has changed, this will typically be the root of the tree
(identified by a RowID
object consisting of an empty
array).
The columns argument gives the columns for
which the user agent is lacking information, as an array of column
identifiers (as passed to addColumn()
).
getCells(rows, columns)
Called by the datagrid
element when the user agent
finds itself needing to render cells for which it is lacking
information in rows that it does know about.
The rows argument gives an array of
RowID
objects identifying the various rows for which
the user agent is lacking information.
The columns argument gives the columns for
which the user agent is lacking information, as an array of column
identifiers (as passed to addColumn()
).
rowOpened(row, rowCountNeeded)
Called by the datagrid
element when the user has
opened a row.
The row argument gives an
RowID
object identifying the row that was opened.
If the user agent also knows how many children that row has,
then the rowCountNeeded argument will be
false. Otherwise, the argument will be true, and the row will
remain closed until the setRows()
method is called
with an accurate row count.
rowClosed(row)
Called by the datagrid
element when the user has
opened a row.
The row argument gives an
RowID
object identifying the row that was closed.
cellChanged(row, column, newValue, prevValue)
Called by the datagrid
element when the user has
edited a cell or checked a check box in a cell.
The row argument gives an
RowID
object identifying the row of the cell, and the
column argument gives the identifier of the
cell's column.
The newValue argument gives the new value, and the prevValue argument gives the previous value.
getRowMenu(row)
HTMLMenuElement
object that is to
be used as a context menu for row row, or null
if there is no particular context menu. May be omitted if none of
the rows have a special context menu. As this method is called
immediately before showing the menu in question, no precautions
need to be taken if the return value of this method changes.Objects that implement the DataGridListener
interface may omit any or all of the methods. When a method is
omitted, a user agent intending to call that method must instead
skip the method call, and must assume that the method's return value
is null.
command
elementtype
label
icon
disabled
checked
radiogroup
title
attribute has special semantics on this element.interface HTMLCommandElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString label; attribute DOMString icon; attribute boolean disabled; attribute boolean checked; attribute DOMString radiogroup; void click(); // shadowsHTMLElement
.click()
};
The command
element represents a command that the user
can invoke.
The type
attribute indicates the kind of command: either a normal command
with an associated action, or a state or option that can be toggled,
or a selection of one item from a list of items.
The attribute is an enumerated attribute with three
keywords and states. The keyword "command
"
maps to the Command state, the
checkbox
"
maps to the Checkbox, and the
"radio
"
keyword maps to the Radio state. The
missing value default is the Command state.
The element represents a normal command with an associated action.
The element represents a state or option that can be toggled.
The element represents a selection of one item from a list of items.
The label
attribute gives the name of the command, as shown to the user.
The title
attribute gives a hint describing the command, which might be shown
to the user to help him.
The icon
attribute gives a picture that represents the command. If the
attribute is specified, the attribute's value must contain a
valid URL. To obtain the
absolute URL of the icon, the attribute's value must be
resolved relative to the
element.
The disabled
attribute
is a boolean attribute that, if present, indicates that
the command is not available in the current state.
The distinction between disabled
and hidden
is subtle. A command would be
disabled if, in the same context, it could be enabled if only
certain aspects of the situation were changed. A command would be
marked as hidden if, in that situation, the command will never be
enabled. For example, in the context menu for a water faucet, the
command "open" might be disabled if the faucet is already open, but
the command "eat" would be marked hidden since the faucet could
never be eaten.
The checked
attribute is a boolean attribute that, if present,
indicates that the command is selected. The attribute must be
omitted unless the type
attribute is in either the Checkbox state or
the Radio
state.
The radiogroup
attribute gives the name of the group of commands that will be
toggled when the command itself is toggled, for commands whose type
attribute has the value "radio
". The scope of the name is the child list of
the parent element. The attribute must be omitted unless the type
attribute is in the Radio state.
The type
, label
, icon
, disabled
, checked
, and radiogroup
DOM attributes must reflect the respective content
attributes of the same name.
The click()
method's behavior depends on the value of the type
attribute of the element, as
follows:
type
attribute is
in the Checkbox stateIf the element has a checked
attribute, the UA must
remove that attribute. Otherwise, the UA must add a checked
attribute, with the
literal value checked
. The UA must then
fire a click
event at the
element.
type
attribute is
in the Radio stateIf the element has a parent, then the UA must walk the list
of child nodes of that parent element, and for each node that is a
command
element, if that element has a radiogroup
attribute whose
value exactly matches the current element's (treating missing radiogroup
attributes as if
they were the empty string), and has a checked
attribute, must remove
that attribute and fire a click
event at the element.
Then, the element's checked
attribute attribute
must be set to the literal value checked
and
a click
event must be fired at the element.
The UA must fire a click
event at the element.
Firing a synthetic click
event at the element does not cause
any of the actions described above to happen.
command
elements are not rendered
unless they form part of a menu.
bb
elementtype
interface HTMLBrowserButtonElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString type; readonly attribute boolean supported; readonly attribute boolean disabled; };
The bb
element represents a user agent command that
the user can invoke.
The type
attribute
indicates the kind of command. The type
attribute is an enumerated
attribute. The following table lists the keywords and states
for the attribute — the keywords in the left column map to the
states listed in the cell in the second column on the same row as
the keyword.
Keyword | State |
---|---|
makeapp
| make application |
The missing value default state is the null state.
Each state has an action and a relevance, defined in the following sections.
When the attribute is in the null state, the action is to not do anything, and the relevance is unconditionally false.
A bb
element whose type
attribute is in a state whose
relevance is true must be enabled. Conversely, a
bb
element whose type
attribute is in a state whose relevance is false must be
disabled.
If a bb
element is enabled, it will
match the :enabled
pseudo-class; otherwise, it will match the :disabled
pseudo-class.
User agents should allow users to invoke bb
elements
when they are enabled. When a user invokes a bb
element, its type
attribute's
state's action must be invoked.
When the element has no descendant element children and has no
descendant text node children of non-zero length, the
element represents a browser button with a
user-agent-defined icon or text representing the type
attribute's state's action
and relevance (enabled vs disabled). Otherwise, the element
represents its children.
supported
Returns true if the value in the type
attribute is a value that the
user agent supports. Otherwise, returns false.
disabled
Returns false if the user can invoke the element's action (i.e. if the element's relevance is true). Otherwise, returns true.
The type
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
The supported
DOM attribute must return true if the type
attribute is in a state other than
the null state and the user
agent supports that state's action (i.e. when the attribute's
value is one that the user agent recognizes and supports), and false
otherwise.
The disabled
DOM
attribute must return true if the element is disabled, and false
otherwise (i.e. it returns the opposite of the type
attribute's state's
relevance).
Some user agents support making sites accessible as independent applications, as if they were not Web sites at all. The make application state exists to allow Web pages to offer themselves to the user as targets for this mode of operation.
The action of the make application state is to confirm the user's intent to use the current site in a standalone fashion, and, provided the user's intent is confirmed, offer the user a way to make the resource identified by the document's address available in such a fashion.
The confirmation is needed because it is relatively easy to trick users into activating buttons. The confirmation could, e.g. take the form of asking the user where to "save" the application, or non-modal information panel that is clearly from the user agent and gives the user the opportunity to drag an icon to their system's application launcher.
The relevance of the make application state is false if the user agent is already handling the site in such a fashion, or if the user agent doesn't support making the site available in that fashion, and true otherwise.
In the following example, a few links are listed on an application's page, to allow the user perform certain actions, including making the application standalone:
<menu> <li><a href="settings.html" onclick="panels.show('settings')">Settings</a> <li><bb type="makeapp">Download standalone application</bb> <li><a href="help.html" onclick="panels.show('help')">Help</a> <li><a href="logout.html" onclick="panels.show('logout')">Sign out</a> </menu>
With the following stylesheet, it could be make to look like a single line of text with vertical bars separating the options, with the "make app" option disappearing when it's not supported or relevant:
menu li { display: none; } menu li:enabled { display: inline; } menu li:not(:first-child)::before { content: ' | '; }
This could look like this:
The following example shows another way to do the same thing as the previous one, this time not relying on CSS support to hide the "make app" link if it doesn't apply:
<menu> <a href="settings.html" onclick="panels.show('settings')">Settings</a> | <bb type="makeapp" id="makeapp"> </bb> <a href="help.html" onclick="panels.show('help')">Help</a> | <a href="logout.html" onclick="panels.show('logout')">Sign out</a> </menu> <script> var bb = document.getElementById('makeapp'); if (bb.supported && bb.enabled) { bb.parentNode.nextSibling.textContent = ' | '; bb.textContent = 'Download standalone application'; } else { bb.parentNode.removeChild(bb); } </script>
menu
elementtype
attribute is in the tool bar state: Interactive content.li
elements.type
label
interface HTMLMenuElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString label; };
The menu
element represents a list of commands.
The type
attribute
is an enumerated attribute indicating the kind of menu
being declared. The attribute has three states. The context
keyword maps to the
context menu state, in which
the element is declaring a context menu. The toolbar
keyword maps to the
tool bar state, in which the
element is declaring a tool bar. The attribute may also be
omitted. The missing value default is the list state, which indicates that the element is merely
a list of commands that is neither declaring a context menu nor
defining a tool bar.
If a menu
element's type
attribute is in the context menu state, then the
element represents the commands of a context menu, and
the user can only interact with the commands if that context menu is
activated.
If a menu
element's type
attribute is in the tool bar state, then the element
represents a list of active commands that the user can
immediately interact with.
If a menu
element's type
attribute is in the list state, then the element either
represents an unordered list of items (each represented
by an li
element), each of which represents a command
that the user can perform or activate, or, if the element has no
li
element children, flow content
describing available commands.
The label
attribute gives the label of the menu. It is used by user agents to
display nested menus in the UI. For example, a context menu
containing another menu would use the nested menu's label
attribute for the submenu's
menu label.
The type
and label
DOM attributes must
reflect the respective content attributes of the same
name.
This section is non-normative.
...
A menu (or tool bar) consists of a list of zero or more of the following components:
The list corresponding to a particular menu
element
is built by iterating over its child nodes. For each child node in
tree order, the required behavior depends on what the
node is, as follows:
hr
elementoption
element that has a value
attribute set to the empty
string, and has a disabled
attribute, and whose
textContent
consists of a string of one or more
hyphens (U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS)li
elementli
element.menu
element with no label
attributeselect
elementmenu
or select
element, then
append another separator.menu
element with a label
attributeoptgroup
elementlabel
attribute as the label of the menu. The
submenu must be constructed by taking the element and creating a
new menu for it using the complete process described in this
section.We should support label
in the
algorithm above -- just iterate through the contents like with
li
, to support input
elements in
label
elements. Also, optgroup
elements
without labels should be ignored (maybe? or at least should say they
have no label so that they are dropped below), and
select
elements inside label
elements may
need special processing.
Once all the nodes have been processed as described above, the user agent must the post-process the menu as follows:
The contextmenu
attribute gives the element's context
menu. The value must be the ID of a menu
element
in the DOM. If the node that would be obtained by
the invoking the getElementById()
method using the
attribute's value as the only argument is null or not a
menu
element, then the element has no assigned context
menu. Otherwise, the element's assigned context menu is the element
so identified.
When an element's context menu is requested (e.g. by the user
right-clicking the element, or pressing a context menu key), the UA
must fire a simple event called contextmenu
that bubbles and is
cancelable at the element for which the menu was requested.
Typically, therefore, the firing of the contextmenu
event will be the
default action of a mouseup
or keyup
event. The exact sequence of events
is UA-dependent, as it will vary based on platform conventions.
The default action of the contextmenu
event depends on
whether the element has a context menu assigned (using the contextmenu
attribute) or not. If it
does not, the default action must be for the user agent to show its
default context menu, if it has one.
Context menus should inherit (so clicking on a span in a paragraph with a context menu should show the menu).
If the element does have a context menu assigned, then
the user agent must fire a simple event called show
at the menu
element. Actually this should fire an event that
has modifier information (shift/ctrl etc), as well as having a
pointer to the node on which the menu was fired, and with which the
menu was associated (which could be an ancestor of the
former).
The default action of this event is that the user agent
must show a context menu built from the menu
element.
The user agent may also provide access to its default context menu, if any, with the context menu shown. For example, it could merge the menu items from the two menus together, or provide the page's context menu as a submenu of the default menu.
If the user dismisses the menu without making a selection, nothing in particular happens.
If the user selects a menu item that represents a command, then the UA must invoke that command's Action.
Context menus must not, while being shown, reflect changes in the
DOM; they are constructed as the default action of the show
event and must remain like that until
dismissed.
User agents may provide means for bypassing the context menu
processing model, ensuring that the user can always access the UA's
default context menus. For example, the user agent could handle
right-clicks that have the Shift key depressed in such a way that it
does not fire the contextmenu
event and instead always shows the default context menu.
The contextMenu
attribute must reflect the contextmenu
content attribute.
When a menu
element has a type
attribute in the tool bar state, then the user agent
must build the
menu for that menu
element, and use the result in the
rendering.
The user agent must reflect changes made to the
menu
's DOM, by immediately rebuilding the menu.
A command is the abstraction behind menu items, buttons, and links. Once a command is defined, other parts of the interface can refer to the same command, allowing many access points to a single feature to share aspects such as the disabled state.
Commands are defined to have the following facets:
These facets are exposed on elements using the command API:
commandType
Exposes the Type facet of the command.
id
Exposes the ID facet of the command.
label
Exposes the Label facet of the command.
title
Exposes the Hint facet of the command.
icon
Exposes the Icon facet of the command.
accessKeyLabel
Exposes the Access Key facet of the command.
hidden
Exposes the Hidden State facet of the command.
disabled
Exposes the Disabled State facet of the command.
checked
Exposes the Checked State facet of the command.
click
()Triggers the Action of the command.
The commandType
attribute must return a string whose value is either "command
", "radio
", or "checked
", depending on whether the Type of the command defined by the
element is "command", "radio", or "checked" respectively. If the
element does not define a command, it must return null.
The label
attribute must return the command's Label, or null if the element
does not define a command or does not specify a Label. This attribute will be
shadowed by the label
DOM attribute on
option
and command
elements.
The icon
attribute must return the absolute URL of the command's
Icon. If the element does
not specify an icon, or if the element does not define a command,
then the attribute must return null. This attribute will be shadowed
by the icon
DOM attribute on
command
elements.
The disabled
attribute must return true if the command's Disabled State is that
the command is disabled, and false if the command is not
disabled. This attribute is not affected by the command's Hidden State. If the
element does not define a command, the attribute must return
false. This attribute will be shadowed by the disabled
attribute on button
,
input
, option
, and command
elements.
The checked
attribute
must return true if the command's Checked State is that the
command is checked, and false if it is that the command is not
checked. If the element does not define a command, the attribute
must return false. This attribute will be shadowed by the checked
attribute on input
and
command
elements.
The ID facet
is exposed by the the id
DOM attribute,
the Hint facet is exposed by
the title
DOM attribute, the AccessKey facet is exposed by
the accessKeyLabel
DOM
attribute, and the Hidden
State facet is exposed by the hidden
DOM attribute.
commands
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the elements in the
Document
that define commands and have IDs.
The commands
attribute
of the document's HTMLDocument
interface must return an
HTMLCollection
rooted at the Document
node, whose filter matches only elements that define commands and have IDs.
User agents may expose the commands whose Hidden State facet is false (visible), e.g. in the user agent's menu bar. User agents are encouraged to do this especially for commands that have Access Keys, as a way to advertise those keys to the user.
a
element to define a commandAn a
element with an href
attribute defines a command.
The Type of the command is "command".
The ID of the command is
the value of the id
attribute of the
element, if the attribute is present and not empty. Otherwise the
command is an anonymous command.
The Label of the command
is the string given by the element's textContent
DOM
attribute.
The Hint of the command
is the value of the title
attribute
of the element. If the attribute is not present, the Hint is the empty string.
The Icon of the command
is the absolute URL obtained from resolving the value of the src
attribute of the first
img
element descendant of the element, relative to that
element, if there is such an element and resolving its attribute is
successful. Otherwise, there is no Icon for the command.
The AccessKey of the command is the element's assigned access key, if any.
The Hidden State
of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Disabled State facet of the command is always false. (The command is always enabled.)
The Checked State of the command is always false. (The command is never checked.)
The Action of the
command is to fire a click
event at the element.
button
element to define a commandA button
element always defines a command.
The Type, ID, Label, Hint, Icon, Access Key, Hidden State, Checked State, and Action facets of the command are
determined as for a
elements (see the previous section).
The Disabled State of the command mirrors the disabled state of the button.
input
element to define a commandAn input
element whose type
attribute is in one of the Submit Button, Reset Button, Button, Radio Button, or Checkbox states defines a command.
The Type of the command
is "radio" if the type
attribute is in the Radio
Button
state, "checkbox" if the type
attribute is in the Checkbox
state, and
"command" otherwise.
The ID of the command is
the value of the id
attribute of the
element, if the attribute is present and not empty. Otherwise the
command is an anonymous command.
The Label of the command depends on the Type of the command:
If the Type is "command",
then it is the string given by the value
attribute, if any, and a
UA-dependent value that the UA uses to
label the button itself if the attribute is absent.
Otherwise, the Type is
"radio" or "checkbox". If the element is a labeled
control, the textContent
of the first
label
element in tree order whose
labeled control is the element in question is the Label (in DOM terms, this is the
string given by element.labels[0].textContent
). Otherwise,
the value of the value
attribute, if present, is the Label. Otherwise, the Label is the empty string.
The Hint of the command
is the value of the title
attribute
of the input
element. If the attribute is not present, the
Hint is the empty
string.
There is no Icon for the command.
The AccessKey of the command is the element's assigned access key, if any.
The Hidden State
of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Disabled State of the command mirrors the disabled state of the control.
The Checked State of the command is true if the command is of Type "radio" or "checkbox" and the element is checked attribute, and false otherwise.
The Action of the
command is to fire a click
event at the element.
option
element to define a commandAn option
element with an ancestor
select
element and either no value
attribute or a value
attribute that is not the
empty string defines a
command.
The Type of the command
is "radio" if the option
's nearest ancestor
select
element has no multiple
attribute, and
"checkbox" if it does.
The ID of the command is
the value of the id
attribute of the
element, if the attribute is present and not empty. Otherwise the
command is an anonymous command.
The Label of the command
is the value of the option
element's label
attribute, if there is one,
or the value of the option
element's
textContent
DOM attribute if there isn't.
The Hint of the command
is the string given by the element's title
attribute, if any, and the empty
string if the attribute is absent.
There is no Icon for the command.
The AccessKey of the command is the element's assigned access key, if any.
The Hidden State
of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Disabled
State of the command is true (disabled) if the element is
disabled or if its
nearest ancestor select
element is disabled, and false
otherwise.
The Checked State of the command is true (checked) if the element's selectedness is true, and false otherwise.
The Action of the
command depends on its Type. If the command is of Type "radio" then it must pick the option
element. Otherwise, it must toggle the option
element.
command
element to define
a commandA command
element defines a command.
The Type of the command
is "radio" if the command
's type
attribute is
"radio
", "checkbox" if the attribute's value is
"checkbox
", and "command" otherwise.
The ID of the command is
the value of the id
attribute of the
element, if the attribute is present and not empty. Otherwise the
command is an anonymous command.
The Label of the command
is the value of the element's label
attribute, if there is one,
or the empty string if it doesn't.
The Hint of the command
is the string given by the element's title
attribute, if any, and the
empty string if the attribute is absent.
The Icon for the command
is the absolute URL obtained from resolving the value of the element's icon
attribute, relative to the
element, if it has such an attribute and resolving it is
successful. Otherwise, there is no Icon for the command.
The AccessKey of the command is the element's assigned access key, if any.
The Hidden State
of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Disabled
State of the command is true (disabled) if the element has a
disabled
attribute, and
false otherwise.
The Checked State
of the command is true (checked) if the element has a checked
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Action of the
command is to invoke the behavior described in the definition of
the click()
method of the
HTMLCommandElement
interface.
bb
element to define a commandA bb
element always defines a command.
The Type of the command is "command".
The ID of the command is
the value of the id
attribute of the
element, if the attribute is present and not empty. Otherwise the
command is an anonymous command.
The Label of the command
is the string given by the element's textContent
DOM
attribute, if that is not the empty string, or a user-agent-defined
string appropriate for the bb
element's type
attribute's state.
The Hint of the command
is the value of the title
attribute
of the element. If the attribute is not present, the Hint is a user-agent-defined
string appropriate for the bb
element's type
attribute's state.
The Icon of the command
is the absolute URL obtained from resolving the value of the src
attribute of the first
img
element descendant of the element, relative to that
element, if there is such an element and resolving its attribute is
successful. Otherwise, the Icon is a user-agent-defined image
appropriate for the bb
element's type
attribute's state.
The AccessKey of the command is the element's assigned access key, if any.
The Hidden State
facet of the command is true (hidden) if the bb
element's type
attribute's state
is null or if the element has
a hidden
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Disabled
State facet of the command is true if the bb
element's type
attribute's state's
relevance is false, and true otherwise.
The Checked State of the command is always false. (The command is never checked.)
The Action of the
command is to perform the action of the bb
element's type
attribute's
state.
accesskey
attribute to define a commandAn element that is focusable, has an assigned
access key, and is neither an a
element with an
href
attribute, a
button
element, an input
element whose
attribute is in one of the Submit Button, Reset Button, Button, Radio Button, or Checkbox states, an
option
element with an ancestor select
element and either no value
attribute or a value
attribute that is not the empty string, a command
element, nor a bb
element, defines a command.
The Type of the command is "command".
The ID of the command is
the value of the id
attribute of the
element, if the attribute is present and not empty. Otherwise the
command is an anonymous command.
The Label of the command
depends on the element. If the element is a labeled
control, the textContent
of the first
label
element in tree order whose
labeled control is the element in question is the Label (in DOM terms, this is the
string given by element.labels[0].textContent
). Otherwise, the
Label is the
textContent
of the element itself.
The Hint of the command
is the value of the title
attribute
of the element. If the attribute is not present, the Hint is the empty string.
There is no Icon for the command.
The AccessKey of the command is the element's assigned access key.
The Hidden State
of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden
attribute, and false
otherwise.
The Disabled State facet of the command is always false. (The command is always enabled.)
The Checked State of the command is always false. (The command is never checked.)
The Action of the command is to run the focusing steps for the element.
legend
elementfieldset
element.details
element.figure
element, if there are no other legend
element children of that element.interface HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLFormElement form; };
The legend
element represents a title
or explanatory caption for the rest of the contents of the
legend
element's parent element.
form
Returns the element's form
element, if any, or
null otherwise.
The form
DOM
attribute's behavior depends on whether the legend
element is in a fieldset
element or not. If the
legend
has a fieldset
element as its
parent, then the form
DOM
attribute must return the same value as the form
DOM attribute on that
fieldset
element. Otherwise, it must return null.
div
elementformatBlock
candidate.HTMLElement
.The div
element has no special meaning at all. It
represents its children. It can be used with the class
, lang
/xml:lang
, and title
attributes to mark up semantics
common to a group of consecutive elements.
Allowing div
elements to contain
phrasing content makes it easy for authors to abuse
div
, using it with the class=""
attribute
to the point of not having any other elements in the markup. This is
a disaster from an accessibility point of view, and it would be nice
if we could somehow make such pages non-compliant without preventing
people from using div
s as the extension mechanism that
they are, to handle things the spec can't otherwise do (like making
new widgets).
There are a number of dynamic selectors that can be used with HTML. This section defines when these selectors match HTML elements.
:link
:visited
All a
elements that have an href
attribute, all
area
elements that have an href
attribute, and all
link
elements that have an href
attribute, must match one of
:link
and :visited
.
:active
The :active
pseudo-class
must match the following elements between the time the user begins
to activate the element and the time the users stops activating
the element:
a
elements that have an href
attributearea
elements that have an href
attributelink
elements that have an href
attributebb
elements whose type
attribute is in a state whose
relevance is truebutton
elements that are not disabledinput
elements whose type
attribute is in the Submit Button, Image Button, Reset Button, or Button statecommand
elements that do not have a disabled
attributeFor example, if the user is using a keyboard to
push a button
element by pressing the space bar, the
element would match this pseudo-class in between the time that the
element received the keydown
event and the time the element received the keyup
event.
:enabled
The :enabled
pseudo-class
must match the following elements:
a
elements that have an href
attributearea
elements that have an href
attributelink
elements that have an href
attributebb
elements whose type
attribute is in a state whose
relevance is truebutton
elements that are not disabledinput
elements whose type
attribute are not in the
Hidden state and that
are not disabledselect
elements that are not disabledtextarea
elements that are not disabledoption
elements that do not have a disabled
attributecommand
elements that do not have a disabled
attributeli
elements that are children of
menu
elements, and that have a child element that
defines a command, if the
first such element's Disabled State facet
is false (not disabled):disabled
The :disabled
pseudo-class must match the following elements:
bb
elements whose type
attribute is in a state whose
relevance is falsebutton
elements that are disabledinput
elements whose type
attribute are not in the
Hidden state and that
are disabledselect
elements that are disabledtextarea
elements that are disabledoption
elements that have a disabled
attributecommand
elements that have a disabled
attributeli
elements that are children of
menu
elements, and that have a child element that
defines a command, if the
first such element's Disabled State facet
is true (disabled):checked
The :checked
pseudo-class
must match the following elements:
input
elements whose type
attribute is in the Checkbox state and whose
checkedness state is
trueinput
elements whose type
attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose
checkedness state is
truecommand
elements whose type
attribute is in the Checkbox state
and that have a checked
attributecommand
elements whose type
attribute is in the Radio state and that
have a checked
attribute:indeterminate
The :indeterminate
pseudo-class must match input
elements whose type
attribute is in the Checkbox state and whose
indeterminate
DOM
attribute is set to true.
:default
The :default
pseudo-class
must match the following elements:
button
elements that are their form's
default buttoninput
elements whose type
attribute is in the Submit Button or Image Button state, and that
are their form's default button:valid
The :valid
pseudo-class
must match all elements that are candidates for constraint validation
and that satisfy their
constraints.
:invalid
The :invalid
pseudo-class
must match all elements that are candidates for constraint validation
but that do not satisfy their
constraints.
:in-range
The :in-range
pseudo-class must match all elements that are candidates for
constraint validation and that are neither suffering
from an underflow nor suffering from an
overflow.
:out-of-range
The :out-of-range
pseudo-class must match all elements that are candidates for
constraint validation and that are suffering from an
underflow or suffering from an overflow.
:required
The :required
pseudo-class must match the following elements:
:optional
The :optional
pseudo-class must match the following elements:
:read-only
:read-write
The :read-write
pseudo-class must match the following elements:
input
elements to which the readonly
attribute applies,
but that are not immutable
(i.e. that do not have the readonly
attribute specified
and that are not disabled)textarea
elements that do not have a readonly
attribute, and
that are not disabledThe :read-only
pseudo-class must match all other HTML elements.
Another section of this specification defines the
target element used with the :target
pseudo-class.
This specification does not define when an element
matches the :hover
, :focus
, or :lang()
dynamic pseudo-classes, as
those are all defined in sufficient detail in a language-agnostic
fashion in the Selectors specification. [SELECTORS]
This section is non-normative.
Sometimes, it is desirable to annotate content with specific machine-readable labels, e.g. to allow generic scripts to provide services that are customised to the page, or to enable content from a variety of cooperating authors to be processed by a single script in a consistent manner.
For this purpose, authors can use the microdata features described in this section.
At a high level, microdata consists of a group of name-value pairs. The groups are called items, and each name-value pair is a property. Items and properties are represented by regular elements.
To create an item, the item
attribute is used.
To add a property to an item, the itemprop
attribute is used on one of
the item's descendants.
Here there are two items, each of which have the property "name":
<div item> <p>My name is <span itemprop="name">Elizabeth</span>.</p> </div> <div item> <p>My name is <span itemprop="name">Daniel</span>.</p> </div>
Properties generally have values that are strings.
Here the item has three properties:
<div item> <p>My name is <span itemprop="name">Neil</span>.</p> <p>My band is called <span itemprop="band">Four Parts Water</span>.</p> <p>I am <span itemprop="nationality">British</span>.</p> </div>
Properties can also have values that are URLs. This is achieved using the a
element and its href
attribute, the img
element and its src
attribute, or other elements that
link to or embed external resources.
In this example, the item has one property, "image", whose value is a URL:
<div item> <img itemprop="image" src="google-logo.png" alt="Google"> </div>
Properties can also have values that are dates, times, or dates
and times. This is achieved using the time
element and
its datetime
attribute.
In this example, the item has one property, "birthday", whose value is a date:
<div item> I was born on <time itemprop="birthday" datetime="2009-05-10">May 10th 2009</time>. </div>
Properties can also themselves be groups of name-value pairs, by
putting the item
attribute on the
element that declares the property.
Items that are not part of others are called top-level microdata items.
In this example, the outer item represents a person, and the inner one represents a band:
<div item> <p>Name: <span itemprop="name">Amanda</span></p> <p>Band: <span itemprop="band" item> <span itemprop="name">Jazz Band</span> (<span itemprop="size">12</span> players)</span></p> </div>
The outer item here has two properties, "name" and "band". The "name" is "Amanda", and the "band" is an item in its own right, with two properties, "name" and "size". The "name" of the band is "Jazz Band", and the "size" is "12".
The outer item in this example is a top-level microdata item.
Properties don't have to be given as descendants of the element
with the item
attribute. They can be
associated with a specific item
using the subject
attribute, which
takes the ID of the element with the item
attribute.
This example is the same as the previous one, but all the properties are separated from their items:
<div item id="amanda"></div> <p>Name: <span subject="amanda" itemprop="name">Amanda</span></p> <div subject="amanda" itemprop="band" item id="jazzband"></div> <p>Band: <span subject="jazzband" itemprop="name">Jazz Band</span></p> <p>Size: <span subject="jazzband" itemprop="size">12</span> players</p>
This gives the same result as the previous example. The first item has two properties, "name", set to "Amanda", and "band", set to another item. That second item has two further properties, "name", set to "Jazz Band", and "size", set to "12".
An item can have multiple properties with the same name and different values.
This example describes an ice cream, with two flavors:
<div item> <p>Flavors in my favorite ice cream:</p> <ul> <li itemprop="flavor">Lemon sorbet</li> <li itemprop="flavor">Apricot sorbet</li> </ul> </div>
This thus results in an item with two properties, both "flavor", having the values "Lemon sorbet" and "Apricot sorbet".
An element introdicing a property can also introduce multiple properties at once, to avoid duplication when some of the properties have the same value.
Here we see an item with two properties, "favorite-color" and "favorite-fruit", both set to the value "orange":
<div item> <span itemprop="favorite-color favorite-fruit">orange</span> </div>
This section is non-normative.
The examples in the previous section show how information could be marked up on a page that doesn't expect its microdata to be re-used. Microdata is most useful, though, when it is used in contexts where other authors and readers are able to cooperate to make new uses of the markup.
For this purpose, it is necessary to give each item a type, such as "person", or "cat", or "band". Types are identified in three ways:
URLs are self-explanatory. Reversed DNS labels are strings such as "org.example.animals.cat" or "org.example.band".
The type for an item is given
as the value of the item
attribute.
When using custom typed items, the property names are also given in the form of URLs or reversed DNS labels.
Here, the item is "org.example.animals.cat":
<section item="org.example.animal.cat"> <h1 itemprop="org.example.name">Hedral</h1> <p itemprop="org.example.desc">Hedral is a male american domestic shorthair, with a fluffy black fur with white paws and belly.</p> <img itemprop="org.example.img" src="hedral.jpeg" alt="" title="Hedral, age 18 months"> </section>
In this example the "org.example.animals.cat" item has three properties, an "org.example.name" ("Hedral"), an "org.example.desc" ("Hedral is..."), and an "org.example.img" ("hedral.jpeg").
An item can have several types, in the same way that an element can declare several properties at once.
Here, the item is both an "org.example.animals.cat" and a "com.example.feline":
<section item="org.example.animal.cat com.example.feline"> <h1 itemprop="org.example.name com.example.fn">Hedral</h1> <p itemprop="org.example.desc">Hedral is a male american domestic shorthair, with a fluffy <span itemprop="com.example.color">black</span> fur with <span itemprop="com.example.color">white</span> paws and belly.</p> <img itemprop="org.example.img" src="hedral.jpeg" alt="" title="Hedral, age 18 months"> </section>
This example has one item with two types and the following properties:
Property | Value |
org.example.name | Hedral |
com.example.fn | Hedral |
org.example.desc | Hedral is a male american domestic shorthair, with a fluffy black fur with white paws and belly. |
com.example.color | black |
com.example.color | white |
org.example.img | .../hedral.jpeg |
This section is non-normative.
Using microdata means using a vocabulary. For some purposes, an ad-hoc vocabulary is adequate. For others, a vocabulary will need to be designed. Where possible, authors are encouraged to re-use existing vocabularies, as this makes content re-use easier.
When designing new vocabularies, identifiers can be created either using URLs or reversed DNS labels. For URLs conflicts with other vocabularies can be avoided by only using identifiers that correspond to pages that the author has control over. Similarly, for reversed DNS labels conflicts can be avoided by using a domain name that the author has control over, or by using suffixes that correspond to the path components of pages that the author has control over.
For instance, if Jon and Adam both write content at example.com
, at http://example.com/jon/...
and http://example.com/adam/...
respectively, then they
could select identifiers of the form "com.example.jon.name" and
"com.example.adam.name" respectively.
The microdata becomes even more useful when scripts can use it to expose information to the user, for example offering it in a form that can be used by other applications.
The document.items
DOM
attribute provides access to all the top-level microdata
items. This attribute returns an HTMLCollection
,
which can be enumerated.
Each item is represented in the
DOM by the element on which the relevant item
attribute is found. The various types
that the element has can be obtained using the element.item
DOM attribute, which returns a
DOMSettableTokenList
object.
This sample code shows a function that returns all the top-level microdata items of the type that it is passed:
function getItems(type) { var result = []; for (var i = 0; i < document.items.length; i += 1) { if (document.items[i].item.has(type)) result.push(document.items[i]); } return result; }
This function can be used to get all the "com.example.feline" items as follows:
var cats = getItems("com.example.feline");
Once an element representing an item has been obtained, its properties
can be extracted using the properties
DOM attribute. This
attribute returns an HTMLPropertyCollection
, which can
be enumerated to go through each element that adds one or more
properties to the item. It can also be indexed by name, which will
return an object with a list of the elements that add properties
with that name.
Each element that adds a property also has a content
DOM attribute that returns its
value.
This sample uses the function above to get the first item of type "net.example.user" and then pops up an alert using the "net.example.name" property from that item.
var user = getItems('net.example.user')[0]; alert('Hello ' + user.properties['net.example.name'][0].content + '!');
The HTMLPropertyCollection
object, when indexed by
name in this way, actually returns a PropertyNodeList
object with all the matching properties. The
PropertyNodeList
object can be used to obtained all the
values at once using its content
attribute, which
returns an array of all the values.
In an earlier example, a "com.example.feline" item had two "com.example.color" values. This script looks up the first such item and then lists all its values.
var cat = getItems('com.example.feline')[0]; var colors = cat.properties['com.example.color'].content; var result; if (colors.length == 0) { result = 'Color unknown.'; } else if (colors.length == 1) { result = 'Color: ' + colors[0]; } else { result = 'Colors:'; for (var i = 0; i < colors.length; i += 1) result += ' ' + colors[i]; }
It's also possible to get a list of all the property
names using the object's names
DOM
attribute.
This example creates a big list with a nested list for each item on the page, each with of all the property names used in that item.
var outer = document.createElement('ul'); for (var item = 0; item < document.items.length; item += 1) { var itemLi = document.createElement('li'); var inner = document.createElement('ul'); for (var name = 0; name < document.items[item].names.length; name += 1) { var propLi = document.createElement('li'); propLi.appendChild(document.createTextNode(document.items[item].names[name])); inner.appendChild(propLi); } itemLi.appendChild(inner); outer.appendChild(itemLi); } document.body.appendChild(outer);
If faced with the following from an earlier example:
<section item="org.example.animal.cat com.example.feline"> <h1 itemprop="org.example.name com.example.fn">Hedral</h1> <p itemprop="org.example.desc">Hedral is a male american domestic shorthair, with a fluffy <span itemprop="com.example.color">black</span> fur with <span itemprop="com.example.color">white</span> paws and belly.</p> <img itemprop="org.example.img" src="hedral.jpeg" alt="" title="Hedral, age 18 months"> </section>
...it would result in the following output:
(The duplicate occurrence of "com.example.color" is not included in the list.)
The microdata model consists of groups of name-value pairs known as items.
Each group has zero or more types, each name has one or more values, and each value is either a string or another group of name-value pairs.
item
attributeEvery HTML element may have an
item
attribute specified.
An element with the item
attribute
specified creates a new item, a
group of name-value pairs.
The attribute, if specified, must have a value that is an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens representing the types (if any) of the item.
Each token must be either:
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/custom#
" is not a
prefix match, orIf any of the tokens are a predefined type, then there must not be any other tokens that are predefined types.
The item types of an element with an item
attribute are the tokens that the
element's item
attribute is found to
contain when its value is split on spaces.
The subject
attribute may be specified on any HTML
element to associate the element with an element with an
item
attribute. If the subject
attribute is specified, the
attribute's value must be the ID of an element with an item
attribute, in the same
Document
as the element with the subject
attribute.
An element's corresponding item is
determined by its position in the DOM and by any subject
attributes on the element, and
is defined as follows:
subject
attributeIf there is an element in the document with an ID equal to
the value of the subject
attribute, and if the first such element has an item
attribute specified, then that
element is the corresponding
item. Otherwise, there is no corresponding
item.
subject
attribute but does have an ancestor with an item
attribute specifiedThe nearest ancestor element with the item
attribute specified is the element's
corresponding
item.
subject
attribute nor an ancestor with
an item
attribute specifiedThe element has no corresponding item.
The list of elements that create items but do not themselves have a corresponding item forms the list of top-level microdata items.
itemprop
attributeEvery HTML element that has a
corresponding item
may have an itemprop
attribute
specified.
An element with the itemprop
attribute specified adds one or more name-value pairs to its
corresponding item.
The itemprop
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is an unordered set of
unique space-separated tokens representing the names of the
name-value pairs that it adds. The attribute's value must have at
least one token.
Each token must be either:
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/custom#
" is not a
prefix match, oritem
attribute has no
tokens: a string containing neither a U+003A COLON character (:)
nor a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), orThe property names of an element are the tokens that
the element's itemprop
attribute
is found to contain when its value is split on spaces, with the order preserved but with
duplicates removed (leaving only the first occurrence of each
name).
With an item, the properties are unordered with respect to each other, except for properties with the same name, which are ordered in tree order.
In the following example, the "a" property has the values "1" and "2", in that order, but whether the "a" property comes before the "b" property or not is not important:
<div item> <p itemprop="a">1</p> <p itemprop="a">2</p> <p itemprop="b">test</p> </div>
Thus, the following is equivalent:
<div item> <p itemprop="b">test</p> <p itemprop="a">1</p> <p itemprop="a">2</p> </div>
As is the following:
<div item> <p itemprop="a">1</p> <p itemprop="b">test</p> <p itemprop="a">2</p> </div>
The property value of a
name-value pair added by an element with an itemprop
attribute depends on the
element, as follows:
item
attributeThe value is the item created by the element.
meta
elementThe value is the value of the element's content
attribute, if any, or the empty
string if there is no such attribute.
audio
, embed
,
iframe
, img
, source
, or
video
elementThe value is the absolute URL that results from
resolving the value of the
element's src
attribute relative to the
element at the time the attribute is set, or the empty string if
there is no such attribute or if resolving it results in an error.
a
, area
, or
link
elementThe value is the absolute URL that results from
resolving the value of the
element's href
attribute relative to the
element at the time the attribute is set, or the empty string if
there is no such attribute or if resolving it results in an error.
object
elementThe value is the absolute URL that results from
resolving the value of the
element's data
attribute relative to the
element at the time the attribute is set, or the empty string if
there is no such attribute or if resolving it results in an error.
time
element with a datetime
attributeThe value is the value of the element's datetime
attribute.
The value is the element's
textContent
.
The URL property elements are the a
,
area
, audio
, embed
,
iframe
, img
, link
,
object
, source
, and video
elements.
If a property's value is an absolute URL, the property must be specified using an URL property element.
items
Returns an HTMLCollection
of the elements in the Document
that create items and that are not part of other items.
properties
If the element has an item
attribute, returns an HTMLPropertyCollection
object
with all the element's properties. Otherwise, an empty
HTMLPropertyCollection
object.
content
[ = value ]Returns the element's value.
Can be set, to change the element's value.
The document.items
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only elements in
the list of top-level microdata items.
The item
DOM attribute
on elements must reflect the element's item
content attribute.
The itemprop
DOM
attribute on elements must reflect the element's itemprop
content attribute.
The properties
DOM
attribute on elements must return an
HTMLPropertyCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only elements that
have property names and have a corresponding item that is
equal to the element on which the attribute was invoked.
The content
DOM
attribute's behavior depends on the element, as follows:
meta
elementThe attribute must act as it would if it was reflecting the element's content
content
attribute.
audio
, embed
,
iframe
, img
, source
, or
video
elementThe attribute must act as it would if it was reflecting the element's src
content attribute.
a
, area
, or
link
elementThe attribute must act as it would if it was reflecting the element's href
content attribute.
object
elementThe attribute must act as it would if it was reflecting the element's data
content attribute.
time
element with a datetime
attributeThe attribute must act as it would if it was reflecting the element's datetime
content attribute.
The attribute must act the same as the element's
textContent
attribute.
The subject
DOM
attribute on elements must reflect the element's subject
content attribute.
A number of predefined types exist, for describing common structures. Each such type has a set of predefined property names that are used to describe data of that type.
An item with the predefined type vcard
represents a person's or
organization's contact information.
The following are the type's predefined property names. They are based on the vocabulary defined in the vCard specification, where more information on how to interpret the values can be found. [RFC2426]
fn
Gives the formatted text corresponding to the name of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Exactly one property with the name fn
must be present within each item with the type vcard
.
n
Gives the structured name of the person or organization.
The value must be
an item with zero or more of
each of the family-name
, given-name
, additional-name
, honorific-prefix
, and
honorific-suffix
properties.
Unless one of the conditions given below applies, exactly one
property with the name n
must be
present within each item with
the type vcard
.
If one of the following conditions does apply, then the n
may be omitted:
vcard
has both an fn
property and an org
property, and they both have
values that are
strings and those strings are identical when compared in a
case-sensitive manner.The contact information is for an organization.
vcard
has an fn
property whose value consists of a string
with zero space
characters.vcard
has an fn
property whose value consists of a string
with exactly one sequence of space
characters, which occurs neither at the immediate start
nor the immediate end of the string.The value of the
fn
property a name in one of
the following forms:
family-name
(inside n
)Gives the family name of the person, or the full name of the organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name family-name
may be present
within the item that forms the
value of the n
property of an item with the type vcard
.
given-name
(inside n
)Gives the given-name of the person.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name given-name
may be present
within the item that forms the
value of the n
property of an item with the type vcard
.
additional-name
(inside n
)Gives the any additional names of the person.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name additional-name
may be
present within the item that
forms the value of the
n
property of an item with the type vcard
.
honorific-prefix
(inside n
)Gives the honorific prefix of the person.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name honorific-prefix
may be
present within the item that
forms the value of the
n
property of an item with the type vcard
.
honorific-suffix
(inside n
)Gives the honorific suffix of the person.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name honorific-suffix
may be
present within the item that
forms the value of the
n
property of an item with the type vcard
.
nickname
Gives the nickname of the person or organization.
The nickname is the descriptive name given instead
of or in addition to the one belonging to a person, place, or
thing. It can also be used to specify a familiar form of a proper
name specified by the fn
or n
properties.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name nickname
may be present within
each item with the type vcard
.
photo
Gives a photograph of the person or organization.
The value must be an absolute URL.
Any number of properties with the name photo
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
bday
Gives the birth date of the person or organization.
The value must be a valid date string.
A single property with the name bday
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
adr
Gives the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be
an item with zero or more type
, post-office-box
, extended-address
, and
street-address
properties, and optionally a locality
property, optionally
a region
property,
optionally a postal-code
property, and
optionally a country-name
property.
If no type
properties
are present within an item that
forms the value of an
adr
property of an item with the type vcard
, then the address type
strings intl
,
postal
, parcel
, and work
are implied.
Any number of properties with the name adr
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
type
(inside adr
)Gives the type of delivery address.
The value must be text that, when compared in a case-sensitive manner, is equal to one of the address type strings.
Within each item with the
type vcard
, there must be no more
than one adr
property item with a type
property whose value is
pref
.
Any number of properties with the name type
may be present within the
item that forms the value of an adr
property of an item with the type vcard
, but within each such adr
property item there must only be one type
property per distinct
value.
post-office-box
(inside adr
)Gives the post office box component of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name post-office-box
may be
present within the item that
forms the value of an
adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
extended-address
(inside adr
)Gives an additional component of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name extended-address
may
be present within the item that
forms the value of an
adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
street-address
(inside adr
)Gives the street address component of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name street-address
may be
present within the item that
forms the value of an
adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
locality
(inside adr
)Gives the locality component (e.g. city) of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name locality
may be present
within the item that forms the
value of an adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
region
(inside adr
)Gives the region component (e.g. state or province) of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name region
may be present within
the item that forms the value of an adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
postal-code
(inside adr
)Gives the postal code component of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name postal-code
may be present
within the item that forms the
value of an adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
country-name
(inside adr
)Gives the country name component of the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name country-name
may be
present within the item that
forms the value of an
adr
property of an item with the type vcard
.
label
Gives the formatted text corresponding to the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be
either text or an item with zero
or more type
properties
and exactly one value
property.
If no type
properties
are present within an item that
forms the value of a
label
property of an item with the type vcard
, or if the value of such a label
property is text, then the
address type strings intl
, postal
, parcel
, and work
are implied.
Any number of properties with the name label
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
type
(inside label
)Gives the type of delivery address.
The value must be text that, when compared in a case-sensitive manner, is equal to one of the address type strings.
Within each item with the
type vcard
, there must be no more
than one label
property item with a type
property whose value is
pref
.
Any number of properties with the name type
may be present within the
item that forms the value of a label
property of an item with the type vcard
, but within each such label
property item there must only be one type
property per distinct
value.
value
(inside label
)Gives the actual formatted text corresponding to the delivery address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Exactly one property with the name value
must be present within
the item that forms the value of a label
property of an item with the type vcard
.
tel
Gives the telephone number of the person or organization.
The value must be
either text that can be interpreted as a telephone number as
defined in the CCITT specifications E.163 and X.121, or an item with zero or more type
properties and exactly one
value
property. [E.163] [X.121]
If no type
properties
are present within an item that
forms the value of a
tel
property of an item with the type vcard
, or if the value of such a tel
property is text, then the telephone type string voice
is implied.
Any number of properties with the name tel
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
type
(inside tel
)Gives the type of telephone number.
The value must be text that, when compared in a case-sensitive manner, is equal to one of the telephone type strings.
Within each item with the
type vcard
, there must be no more
than one tel
property item with a type
property whose value is
pref
.
Any number of properties with the name type
may be present within the
item that forms the value of a tel
property of an item with the type vcard
, but within each such tel
property item there must only be one type
property per distinct
value.
value
(inside tel
)Gives the actual telephone number of the person or organization.
The value must be text that can be interpreted as a telephone number as defined in the CCITT specifications E.163 and X.121. [E.163] [X.121]
Exactly one property with the name value
must be present within the
item that forms the value of a tel
property of an item with the type vcard
.
email
Gives the e-mail address of the person or organization.
The value must be
either text or an item with zero
or more type
properties
and exactly one value
property.
If no type
properties
are present within an item that
forms the value of an
email
property of an item with the type vcard
, or if the value of such an email
property is text, then the
e-mail type string internet
is
implied.
Any number of properties with the name email
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
type
(inside email
)Gives the type of e-mail address.
The value must be text that, when compared in a case-sensitive manner, is equal to one of the e-mail type strings.
Within each item with the
type vcard
, there must be no more
than one email
property item with a type
property whose value is
pref
.
Any number of properties with the name type
may be present within the
item that forms the value of an email
property of an item with the type vcard
, but within each such email
property item there must only be one type
property per distinct
value.
value
(inside email
)Gives the actual e-mail address of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Exactly one property with the name value
must be present within
the item that forms the value of an email
property of an item with the type vcard
.
mailer
Gives the name of the e-mail software used by the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name mailer
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
tz
Gives the time zone of the person or organization.
The value must be text and must match the following syntax:
Any number of properties with the name tz
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
geo
Gives the geographical position of the person or organization.
The value must be text and must match the following syntax:
The optional components marked with an asterisk (*) should be included, and should have dix digits each.
The value specifies latitude and longitude, in that order (i.e., "LAT LON" ordering), in decimal degress. The longitude represents the location east and west of the prime meridian as a positive or negative real number, respectively. The latitude represents the location north and south of the equator as a positive or negative real number, respectively.
Any number of properties with the name geo
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
title
Gives the job title, functional position or function of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name title
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
role
Gives the role, occupation, or business category of the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name role
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
logo
Gives the logo of the person or organization.
The value must be an absolute URL.
Any number of properties with the name logo
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
agent
Gives the contact information of another person who will act on behalf of the person or organization.
The value must be
either an item with the type
vcard
, or an absolute
URL, or text.
Any number of properties with the name logo
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
org
Gives the name and units of the organization.
The value must be
either text or an item with one
organization-name
property and zero or more organization-unit
properties.
Any number of properties with the name org
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
organization-name
(inside org
)Gives the name of the organization.
The value must be text.
Exactly one property with the name organization-name
must be present within the item
that forms the value
of an org
property of an item with the type vcard
.
organization-unit
(inside org
)Gives the name of the organization unit.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name organization-unit
may be present within the item
that forms the value
of the org
property of an item with the type vcard
.
categories
Gives the name of a category or tag that the person or organization could be classified as.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name categories
may be present
within each item with the type
vcard
.
note
Gives supplemental information or a comment about the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name note
may be present
within each item with the type
vcard
.
rev
Gives the revision date and time of the contact information.
The value must be text that is a valid global date and time string.
The value distinguishes the current revision of the information for other renditions of the information.
Any number of properties with the name rev
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
sort-string
Gives the string to be used for sorting the person or organization.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name sort-string
may be present
within each item with the type
vcard
.
sound
Gives a sound file relating to the person or organization.
The value must be an absolute URL.
Any number of properties with the name sound
may be present within each
item with the type vcard
.
url
Gives a URL relating to the person or organization.
The value must be an absolute URL.
Any number of properties with the name url
may be present within each item with the type vcard
.
class
Gives the access classification of the information regarding the person or organization.
The value must be text with one of the following values:
public
private
confidential
This is merely advisory and cannot be considered a confidentiality measure.
Any number of properties with the name class
may be present
within each item with the type
vcard
.
The address type strings are:
dom
Indicates a domestic delivery address.
intl
Indicates an international delivery address.
postal
Indicates a postal delivery address.
parcel
Indicates a parcel delivery address.
home
Indicates a residential delivery address.
work
Indicates a delivery address for a place of work.
pref
Indicates the preferred delivery address when multiple addresses are specified.
The telephone type strings are:
home
Indicates a residential number.
msg
Indicates a telephone number with voice messaging support.
work
Indicates a telephone number for a place of work.
voice
Indicates a voice telephone number.
fax
Indicates a facsimile telephone number.
cell
Indicates a cellular telephone number.
video
Indicates a video conferencing telephone number.
pager
Indicates a paging device telephone number.
bbs
Indicates a bulletin board system telephone number.
modem
Indicates a MODEM-connected telephone number.
car
Indicates a car-phone telephone number.
isdn
Indicates an ISDN service telephone number.
pcs
Indicates a personal communication services telephone number.
pref
Indicates the preferred telephone number when multiple telephone numbers are specified.
The e-mail type strings are:
internet
Indicates an Internet e-mail address.
x400
Indicates a X.400 addressing type.
pref
Indicates the preferred e-mail address when multiple e-mail addresses are specified.
Here is a long example vcard
for a
fictional character called "Jack Bauer":
<section id="jack" item="vcard"> <h1 itemprop="fn">Jack Bauer</h1> <img itemprop="photo" alt="" src="jack-bauer.jpg"> <p itemprop="org" item> <span itemprop="organization-name">Counter-Terrorist Unit</span> (<span itemprop="organization-unit">Los Angeles Division</span>) </p> <p> <span itempror="adr" item> <span itemprop="street-address">10201 W. Pico Blvd.</span><br> <span itemprop="locality">Los Angeles</span>, <span itemprop="region">CA</span> <span itemprop="postal-code">90064</span><br> <span itemprop="country-name">United States</span><br> </span> <span itemprop="geo">34.052339;-118.410623</span> </p> <h2>Assorted Contact Methods</h2> <ul> <li itemprop="tel" item><span itemprop="value">+1 (310) 597 3781</span> <span itemprop="type">work</span></li> <li><a itemprop="url" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jack_Bauer">I'm on Wikipedia</a> so you can leave a message on my user talk page.</li> <li><a itemprop="url" href="http://www.jackbauerfacts.com/">Jack Bauer Facts</a></li> <li itemprop="email"><a href="mailto:j.bauer@la.ctu.gov.invalid">j.bauer@la.ctu.gov.invalid</a></li> <li itemprop="tel" item><span itemprop="value">+1 (310) 555 3781</span> <span><meta itemprop="type" content="cell">mobile phone</span>></li> </ul> <p itemprop="note">If I'm out in the field, you may be better off contacting <span itemprop="agent" item="vcard"><a itemprop="email" href="mailto:c.obrian@la.ctu.gov.invalid"><span itemprop="fn">Chloe O'Brian</span></a></span> if it's about work, or ask <span itemprop="agent">Tony Almeida</span> if you're interested in the CTU five-a-side football team we're trying to get going.</p> <ins datetime="2008-07-20T21:00:00+0100"> <span itemprop="rev" item> <meta itemprop="type" content="date-time"> <meta itemprop="value" content="2008-07-20T21:00:00+0100"> </span> <p itemprop="tel" item><strong>Update!</strong> My new <span itemprop="type">home</span> phone number is <span itemprop="value">01632 960 123</span>. </ins> </section>
This example shows a site's contact details (using the
address
element) containing an address with two street
components:
<address item=vcard> <strong title="fn">Alfred Person</strong> <br> <span itemprop="adr" item> <span itemprop="street-address">1600 Amphitheatre Parkway</span> <br> <span itemprop="street-address">Building 43, Second Floor</span> <br> <span itemprop="locality">Mountain View</span>, <span itemprop="region">CA</span> <span itemprop="postal-code">94043</span> </span> </address>
An item with the predefined type vevent
represents an event.
The following are the type's predefined property names. They are based on the vocabulary defined in the iCalendar specification, where more information on how to interpret the values can be found. [RFC2445]
Only the parts of the iCalendar vocabulary relating to events are used here; this vocabulary cannot express a complete iCalendar instance.
attach
Gives the address of an associated document for the event.
The value must be an absolute URL.
Any number of properties with the name attach
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
.
categories
Gives the name of a category or tag that the event could be classified as.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name categories
may be present
within each item with the type
vevent
.
class
Gives the access classification of the information regarding the event.
The value must be text with one of the following values:
public
private
confidential
This is merely advisory and cannot be considered a confidentiality measure.
A single property with the name class
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
.
comment
Gives a comment regarding the event.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name comment
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
.
description
Gives a detailed description of the event.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name description
may be present
within each item with the type
vevent
.
geo
Gives the geographical position of the event.
The value must be text and must match the following syntax:
The optional components marked with an asterisk (*) should be included, and should have dix digits each.
The value specifies latitude and longitude, in that order (i.e., "LAT LON" ordering), in decimal degress. The longitude represents the location east and west of the prime meridian as a positive or negative real number, respectively. The latitude represents the location north and south of the equator as a positive or negative real number, respectively.
A single property with the name geo
may be present within each item with the type vevent
.
location
Gives the location of the event.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name location
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
resources
Gives a resource that will be needed for the event.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name resources
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
status
Gives the confirmation status of the event.
The value must be text with one of the following values:
tentative
confirmed
cancelled
A single property with the name status
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
.
summary
Gives a short summary of the event.
The value must be text.
User agents should replace U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters in the value by U+0020 SPACE characters when using the value.
A single property with the name summary
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
dtend
Gives the date and time by which the event ends.
If the property with the name dtend
is present within an item with the type vevent
that has a property with the name
dtstart
whose value is a
valid date string, then the value of the property with
the name dtend
must be text
that is a valid date string also. Otherwise, the
value of the property
must be text that is a valid global date and time
string.
In either case, the value be later in time than
the value of the dtstart
property of the same item.
The time given by the dtend
property is not
inclusive. For day-long events, therefore, the the dtend
property's value will be the day
after the end of the event.
A single property with the name dtend
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
, so long as that vevent
does not have a property with the
name duration
.
dtstart
Gives the date and time at which the event starts.
The value must be text that is either a valid date string or a valid global date and time string.
Exactly one property with the name dtstart
must be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
duration
Gives the date and time at which the event starts.
The value must be text that is a valid vevent duration string.
The duration represented is the sum of all the durations represented by integers in the value.
A single property with the name duration
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
, so long as that vevent
does not have a property with the
name dtend
.
transp
Gives whether the event is to be considered as consuming time on a calendar, for the purpose of free-busy time searches.
The value must be text with one of the following values:
opaque
transparent
A single property with the name transp
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
.
contact
Gives the contact information for the event.
The value must be text.
Any number of properties with the name contact
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
url
Gives a URL for the event.
The value must be an absolute URL.
A single property with the name url
may be present within each
item with the type vevent
.
exdate
Gives a date and time at which the event does not occur despite the recurrence rules.
The value must be text that is either a valid date string or a valid global date and time string.
Any number of properties with the name exdate
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
exrule
Gives a rule for finding dates and times at which the event does not occur despite the recurrence rules.
The value must be text that matches the RECUR value type defined in the iCalendar specification. [RFC2445]
Any number of properties with the name exrule
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
rdate
Gives a date and time at which the event recurs.
The value must be text that is one of the following:
Any number of properties with the name rdate
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
rrule
Gives a rule for finding dates and times at which the event occurs.
The value must be text that matches the RECUR value type defined in the iCalendar specification. [RFC2445]
Any number of properties with the name rrule
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
created
Gives the date and time at which the event information was first created in a calendaring system.
The value must be text that is a valid global date and time string.
A single property with the name created
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
last-modified
Gives the date and time at which the event information was last modified in a calendaring system.
The value must be text that is a valid global date and time string.
A single property with the name last-modified
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
sequence
Gives a revision number for the event information.
The value must be text that is a valid non-negative integer.
A single property with the name sequence
may be present within
each item with the type vevent
.
A string is a valid vevent duration string if it matches the following pattern:
Here is an example of a page that uses the vevent
vocabulary to mark up an event:
<body item="vevent"> ... <h1 itemprop="summary">Bluesday Tuesday: Money Road</h1> ... <time itemprop="dtstart" datetime="2009-05-05T19:00:00Z">May 5th @ 7pm</time> (until <time itemprop="dtend" datetime="2009-05-05T21:00:00Z">9pm</time>) ... <a href="http://livebrum.co.uk/2009/05/05/bluesday-tuesday-money-road" rel="bookmark" itemprop="url">Link to this page</a> ... <p>Location: <span itemprop="location">The RoadHouse</span></p> ... <p><input type=button value="Add to Calendar" onclick="location = getCalendar(this)"></p> ... <meta itemprop="description" content="via livebrum.co.uk"> </body>
The "getCalendar()
" method could look like
this:
function getCalendar(node) { while (node && !node.item.has('vevent')) node = node.parentNode; if (!node) { alert('No event data found.'); return; } var stamp = new Date(); var stampString = '' + stamp.getUTCFullYear() + (stamp.getUTCMonth() + 1) + stamp.getUTCDate() + 'T' + stamp.getUTCHours() + stamp.getUTCMinutes() + stamp.getUTCSeconds() + 'Z'; var calendar = 'BEGIN:VCALENDAR\r\nPRODID:HTML5\r\nVERSION:2.0\r\nBEGIN:VEVENT\r\nDTSTAMP:' + stampString + '\r\n'; for (var propIndex = 0; propIndex < node.properties.length; propIndex += 1) { var prop = node.properties[propIndex]; var value = prop.content; var parameters = ''; if (prop.localName == 'time') { value = value.replace(/[:-]/g, ''); if (prop.date && prop.time) parameters = ';VALUE=DATE'; else parameters = ';VALUE=DATE-TIME'; } else { value = value.replace(/\\/g, '\\n'); value = value.replace(/;/g, '\\;'); value = value.replace(/,/g, \\,'); value = value.replace(/\n/g, '\\n'); } for (var nameIndex = 0; nameIndex < prop.itemprop.length; nameIndex += 1) { var name = prop.itemprop[nameIndex]; if (!name.match(':') && !name.match('.')) calendar += name.toUpperCase() + parameters + ':' + value + '\r\n'; } } calendar += 'END:VEVENT\r\nEND:VCALENDAR\r\n'; return 'data:text/calendar;component=vevent,' + encodeURI(calendar); }
The same page could offer some markup, such as the following, for copy-and-pasting into blogs:
<div item="vevent"> <p>I'm going to <strong itemprop="summary">Bluesday Tuesday: Money Road</strong>, <time itemprop="dtstart" datetime="2009-05-05T19:00:00Z">May 5th at 7pm</time> to <time itemprop="dtend" content="2009-05-05T21:00:00Z">9pm</time>, at <span itemprop="location">The RoadHouse</span>!</p> <p><a href="http://livebrum.co.uk/2009/05/05/bluesday-tuesday-money-road" itemprop="url">See this event on livebrum.co.uk</a>.</p> <meta itemprop="description" content="via livebrum.co.uk"> </div>
An item with the predefined type bibtex
represents a
bibliography entry.
The following are the type's predefined property names. They are based on the vocabulary defined by the BibTeX format, the documentation for which contains more information about conventions used in writing and interpreting values. [BIBTEX]
entrytype
Gives the type of bibliographic entry.
The value must be text with one of the following values:
article
A journal, magazine, or Web site article.
book
A published book or booklet.
booklet
An unpublished (but printed and bound) book or booklet.
inbook
An untitled chapter, section, appendix, or other part of a published book or booklet.
incollection
A titled chapter, section, appendix, or other part of a published book or booklet.
inproceedings
An article from published conference proceedings.
manual
Technical documentation.
mastersthesis
A Master's thesis.
misc
Web sites and other kinds of content.
phdthesis
A PhD thesis.
proceedings
Published conference proceedings.
techreport
A published report from a school or other institution, possibly from a series and numbered.
unpublished
An unpublished document.
Exactly one property with the name entrytype
mush be present
within each item with the type
bibtex
.
bibtex-id
Gives the BibTeX identifier of the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name bibtex-id
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
.
address
Gives the address of the publisher of the work cited by the bibliographic entry. For large publishers, the city is sufficient.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name address
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
.
annote
Gives an annotation for the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name annote
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
.
author
Gives the name of the authors of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name author
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of article
, incollection
,
inproceedings
,
mastersthesis
,
phdthesis
,
techreport
, or
unpublished
,
or when such an item has an
entrytype
property whose
value is one of book
or inbook
and has
no property with the name editor
, at least one property with
the name author
must be
present within the item.
booktitle
Gives the title of the book from which a part is cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name booktitle
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of incollection
or
inproceedings
,
exactly one property with the name booktitle
must be present
within the item.
chapter
Gives the number of the chapter that is cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name chapter
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is inbook
and has
no property with the name pages
, exactly one property with
the name chapter
must be
present within the item.
edition
Gives the edition of the book cited by the bibliographic entry, in long form.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name edition
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
.
editor
Gives the name of the editors of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name editor
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of book
or
inbook
and has no
property with the name author
, at least one property with
the name editor
must be
present within the item.
howpublished
Gives a description of how the work cited by the bibliographic entry was published. Used if the publishing method is nonstandard.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name howpublished
may be present
within each item with the type
bibtex
.
institution
Gives the name of the institution that sponsored the publication of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name institution
may be present
within each item with the type
bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is techreport
, exactly
one property with the name institution
must be present
within the item.
journal
Gives the name of the journal, magazine, or Web site in which the work cited by the bibliographic entry was published.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name journal
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is article
,
exactly one property with the name journal
must be present within
the item.
key
Gives the string to be used for sorting the bibliographic entry in alphabetic lists.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name key
may be present within each item with the type bibtex
.
month
Gives the abbreviation of the name of the month that the work cited by the bibliographic entry was published or, for unpublished works, created.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name month
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
.
note
Gives miscellaneous information about the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name note
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is unpublished
,
exactly one property with the name note
must be present within the
item.
number
When the work cited by the bibliographic entry is a numbered journal, magazine, technical report, or other work in a series, gives the work's number.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name number
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
.
organization
Given the sponsor of the conference of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name organization
may be present
within each item with the type
bibtex
.
pages
When the work cited by the bibliographic entry is a book, given the the total number of pages. Otherwise, gives the page numbers that are being cited, as a comma-separated list of page numbers or ranges of page numbers delimited by pairs of hyphens.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name pages
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is inbook
and has
no property with the name chapter
, exactly one property
with the name pages
must be
present within the item.
publisher
Gives the name of the publisher of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name publisher
may be present within
each item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of book
,
inbook
, or incollection
,
exactly one property with the name publisher
must be present
within the item.
school
Gives the school for which the thesis cited by the bibliographic entry was written.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name school
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of mastersthesis
or
phdthesis
,
exactly one property with the name school
must be present within the
item.
series
Gives the name of the series of books in which the book cited by the bibliographic entry was published.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name series
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
.
title
Gives the title of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name title
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of article
, book
, booklet
, inbook
, incollection
,
inproceedings
,
manual
, mastersthesis
,
phdthesis
,
proceedings
,
techreport
,
or unpublished
,
exactly one property with the name title
must be present within the
item.
type
Gives a description of the type of technical report cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name type
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
.
url
Gives the URL of the work cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name url
may be present within each item with the type bibtex
.
volume
Gives the volume of the journal or multi-volume book that is cited by the bibliographic entry.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name volume
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
.
year
Gives the year that the work cited by the bibliographic entry was published or, for unpublished works, created.
The value must be text.
A single property with the name year
may be present within each
item with the type bibtex
. When such an item has an entrytype
property whose value
is one of article
, book
, inbook
, incollection
,
inproceedings
,
mastersthesis
,
phdthesis
,
proceedings
,
or techreport
, exactly
one property with the name year
must be present within the
item.
The following table summarises the conventions regarding which properties are expected for each type of bibliographic entry. Values marked with an asterisk (*) are required. Values marked with a dagger (†) have special restrictions (e.g. either that value or another value must be present), as defined in the list above.
This example shows how an article's footer can give the citation information for the article:
<article id="friend"> <h1>Friend in the kingdom</h1> <p>I got a friend in the kingdom, ain't that good news?</p> <footer> <p item=bibtex>Cite as: <meta itemprop="entrytype" content="article"> <span itemprop="author">Nerissa Nields and Katryna Nields</span> <span itemprop="title">Friend in the Kingdom</span> <span itemprop="journal">Ain't That Good News</span> <span itemprop="year">2009</span> <span itemprop="month">April</span> <link itemprop="url" href="#friend"> <!-- relative url to this page --> </p> </footer> </article>
The about
property can
be used to name an item for the
purposes of refering to the data defined in that item from RDF.
A single property with the name about
may be present within each item. Its value must be an
absolute URL.
In all these algorithms, unless otherwise stated, operations that iterate over a series of elements (whether items, properties, or otherwise) must do so in tree order.
A generic API upon which the vocaulary-specific conversions
defined below (vCard, iCalendar, BibTeX) can be built will need to
provide the following information when given a Document
(or equivalent):
textContent
of the title
element, if any.time
element, a URL property element, or another element.Given a list of nodes nodes in a
Document
, a user agent must run the following algorithm
to extract the microdata from those
nodes into a JSON form:
Let result be an empty object.
Let items be an empty array.
For each node in nodes, check if the element is a top-level microdata item, and if it is then get the object for that element and add it to items.
Add an entry to result called "items
" whose value is the array items.
Let citations be an empty array.
For each node in nodes that is sectioning content, check
if there are any footer
elements that apply to node and
that contain any elements that are top-level microdata items with the type bibtex
, and if so, then get the
object for each such element and add them to citations.
Add an entry to result called "citations
" whose value is the array citations.
Return the result of serializing result to JSON.
When the user agent is to get the object for an item item, it must run the following substeps:
Let result be an empty object.
Let types be an empty array.
For each item type type of item, append type to types.
Add an entry to result called "type
" whose value is the array types.
Let properties be an empty object.
For each element element that has one or more property names and whose corresponding item is item, run the following substeps:
Let value be the property value of element.
If value is an item, then get the object for value, and then replace value with the object returned from those steps.
For each name name in element's property names, run the following substeps:
If there is no entry named name in properties, then add an entry named name to properties whose value is an empty array.
Append value to the entry named name in properties.
Add an entry to result called "properties
" whose value is the array properties.
Return result.
To convert a Document
to RDF, a user agent must run
the following algorithm:
If the title
element is not null,
then generate the following triple:
http://purl.org/dc/terms/title
textContent
of the title
element, as a plain literal, with the language information set from the language of the title
element, if it is not unknown.
For each a
, area
, and
link
element in the Document
, run these
substeps:
If the element does not have a rel
attribute, then skip this element.
If the element does not have an href
attribute, then skip this element.
If resolving the
element's href
attribute relative to the
element is not successful, then skip this element.
Otherwise, split
the value of the element's rel
attribute on
spaces, obtaining list of tokens.
If list of tokens contains more than
one instance of the token up
, then
remove all such tokens.
Coalesce duplicate tokens in list of tokens.
If list of tokens contains both the
tokens alternate
and stylesheet
, then remove them both
and replace them with the single (uppercase) token ALTERNATE-STYLESHEET
.
For each token token in list of tokens that contains neither a U+003A COLON character (:) nor a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), generate the following triple:
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/vocab#
" and token
href
attribute relative to the element
For each meta
element in the Document
that has a name
attribute and
a content
attribute, if the
value of the name
attribute
contains neither a U+003A COLON character (:) nor a U+002E FULL
STOP character (.), generate the following triple:
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/vocab#
" and value of the element's name
attribute, converted to lowercase
content
attribute, as a plain literal, with the language information set from the language of the element, if it is not unknown.
For each article
, section
,
blockquote
, and q
element in the
Document
that has a cite
attribute that resolves
successfully relative to the element, generate the following
triple:
http://purl.org/dc/terms/source
cite
attribute relative to the element
For each element that is also a top-level microdata item, run the following steps:
Generate the triples for the item. Let item be the subject returned.
Generate the following triple:
http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/vocab#item
If the element is, or is a descendant of, an
address
element that applies to the
body
element, and the item has the type vcard
, generate the following
triple:
http://purl.org/dc/terms/creator
When the user agent is to generate the triples for an item item, it must follow the following steps:
If of the elements whose corresponding item is
item, there are any with a property name equal to the string
"about
", and the first such element
is a URL property
element, and its value is not an item, let subject
be the value of that
property. Otherwise, let subject be a new blank
node.
For each item type type of item, run the following substeps:
If type is not an absolute
URL, then let type be the result of
concatenating the string "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/custom#
" with type.
Generate the following triple:
http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#type
For each element element that has one or more property names and whose corresponding item is item, run the following substeps:
Let value be the property value of element.
If value is an item, then generate the triples for value, and then replace value with the subject returned from those steps.
Otherwise, if element is not one of the URL property elements, let value be a plain literal, with the language information set from the language of the element, if it is not unknown.
For each name name in element's property names, run the following substeps:
If name is equal to the string
"about
", skip this name.
Otherwise, if name is not an
absolute URL, then let name be
the result of concatenating the string "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml/custom#
" with name.
Generate the following triple:
Return subject.
Given a list of nodes nodes in a
Document
, a user agent must run the following algorithm
to extract any vcard
data represented by those nodes
(only the first vCard is returned):
If none of the nodes in nodes are items with the type vcard
, then there is no vCard. Abort the
algorithm, returning nothing.
Let node be the first node in nodes that is an item with the type vcard
.
Let output be an empty string.
Add a vCard line with the type "BEGIN
" and the value "VCARD
"
to output.
Add a vCard line with the type "PROFILE
" and the value "VCARD
"
to output.
Add a vCard line with the type "VERSION
" and the value "3.0
"
to output.
Add a vCard line with the type "SOURCE
" and the result of escaping the vCard
text string that is the the document's current
address as the value to output.
If the title
element is not null,
add a vCard line with the type "NAME
" and with the result of escaping the
vCard text string obtained from the textContent
of the title
element as the value to output.
If there is a property named about
whose corresponding item is
node and the element of the first such property
is a URL property
element and has a value that is not an item, add a vCard line
with the type "UID
" and with the result of
escaping the vCard text string that is that property's
value as the value to
output.
For each element element that has one or more property names and whose corresponding item is node: for each name name in element's property names, run the following substeps:
If name is equal to the string "about
", skip this name.
Let parameters be an empty set of name-value pairs.
Run the appropriate set of substeps from the following list. The steps will set a variable value, which is used in the next step.
n
Let n1 be the value of the first
property named family-name
in subitem, or the empty string if there is no
such property or the property's value is itself an item.
Let n2 be the value of the first
property named given-name
in subitem, or the empty string if there is no
such property or the property's value is itself an item.
Let n3 be the value of the first
property named additional-name
in
subitem, or the empty string if there is
no such property or the property's value is itself an item.
Let n4 be the value of the first
property named honorific-prefix
in subitem, or the empty string if there
is no such property or the property's value is itself an
item.
Let n5 be the value of the first
property named honorific-suffix
in subitem, or the empty string if there
is no such property or the property's value is itself an
item.
Let value be the concatenation of the following, in this order:
adr
Let value be the empty string.
Append to value the result of
collecting vCard subproperties named post-office-box
in subitem.
Append to value the result of
collecting vCard subproperties named extended-address
in subitem.
Append to value the result of
collecting vCard subproperties named street-address
in
subitem.
Append to value the result of
collecting the first vCard subproperty named
locality
in subitem.
Append to value the result of
collecting the first vCard subproperty named
region
in subitem.
Append to value the result of
collecting the first vCard subproperty named
postal-code
in
subitem.
Append to value the result of
collecting the first vCard subproperty named
country-name
in subitem.
If there is a property named type
in subitem, and the first such property has a
value that is not
an item and whose value
consists only of alphanumeric ASCII characters,
then add a parameter named "TYPE
" whose
value is the value of that property
to parameters.
org
Let value be the empty string.
Append to value the result of
collecting the first vCard subproperty named
organization-name
in subitem.
For each property named organization-unit
in subitem, run the following steps:
If the value of the property is an item, then skip this property.
Append a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) to value.
Append the result of escaping the vCard text string given by the value of the property to value.
vcard
and name is agent
Let value be the result of escaping the vCard text string obtained from extracting a vCard from the element that represents subitem.
Add a parameter named "VALUE
"
whose value is "VCARD
" to parameters.
Let value the result of
collecting the first vCard subproperty named
value
in subitem.
If there is a property named type
in subitem, and the
first such property has a value that is not an
item and whose value
consists only of alphanumeric ASCII characters,
then add a parameter named "TYPE
" whose
value is the value of that property
to parameters.
Let value be the property's value.
If element is one of the URL
property elements, add a parameter with the name "VALUE
" and the value "URI
" to parameters.
Otherwise, if element is a
time
element and the value is
a valid date string, add a parameter with the name
"VALUE
" and the value "DATE
" to parameters.
Otherwise, if element is a
time
element and the value is
a valid global date and time string, add a
parameter with the name "VALUE
" and the
value "DATE-TIME
" to parameters.
Prefix every U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) in value with another U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Prefix every U+002C COMMA character (,) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Unless name is geo
, prefix every U+003B SEMICOLON
character (;) in value with a U+005C
REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Replace every U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pair (CRLF) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) followed by a U+006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N.
Replace every remaining U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) or U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) followed by a U+006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N.
Add a vCard line with the type name, the parameters parameters, and the value value to output.
If there is no property named n
whose corresponding
item is node, then run the following
substeps:
If there is no property named fn
whose corresponding item is
node, then skip the remainder of these
substeps.
If the first property named fn
whose corresponding item is
node has a value that is an item, then skip the remainder of
these substeps.
Let fn be the value of the first property
named fn
whose corresponding item is
node.
If there is a property named org
whose corresponding item is
node, and the value of the first such
property is equal to fn (and is not an item), then add a vCard
line with the type "N
" whose value
is four U+003B SEMICOLON characters (";;;;
") to output. Then, skip
the remainder of these substeps.
If the space characters in fn, if any, are not all contiguous, then skip the remainder of these substeps.
Split fn on spaces, and let part one be the first resulting token, and part two be the second, if any, or the empty string if there is no second token. (There cannot be three, given the previous step.)
If the last character of part one is a
U+002C COMMA character (,), then remove that character from part one and add a vCard line with
the type "N
" whose value is the
concatenation of the following strings:
Then, skip the remainder of these substeps.
If part two is two Unicode code-points
long and its second character is a U+002E FULL STOP character
(.), then add a vCard line with the type "N
" whose value is the concatenation of the
following strings:
Then, skip the remainder of these substeps.
If part two is one Unicode code-point
long, then add a vCard line with the type "N
" whose value is the concatenation of the
following strings:
Then, skip the remainder of these substeps.
Add a vCard line with the type "N
" whose value is the concatenation of the
following strings:
Add a vCard line with the type "END
" and the value "VCARD
"
to output.
When the above algorithm says that the user agent is to add a vCard line consisting of a type type, optionally some parameters, and a value value to a string output, it must run the following steps:
Let line be an empty string.
Append type, converted to uppercase, to line.
If there are any parameters, then for each parameter, in the order that they were added, run these substeps:
Append a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) to line.
Append the parameter's name to line.
Append a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=) to line.
Append the parameter's value to line.
Append a U+003A COLON character (:) to line.
Append value to line.
Let maximum length be 75.
If and while line is longer than maximum length Unicode code points long, run the following substeps:
Append the first maximum length Unicode code points of line to output.
Remove the first maximum length Unicode code points from line.
Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN character (CR) to output.
Append a U+000A LINE FEED character (LF) to output.
Append a U+0020 SPACE character to output.
Let maximum length be 74.
Append (what remains of) line to output.
Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN character (CR) to output.
Append a U+000A LINE FEED character (LF) to output.
When the steps above require the user agent to obtain the result of collecting vCard subproperties named subname in subitem, the user agent must run the following steps:
Let value be the empty string.
For each property named subname in the item subitem, run the following substeps:
If the value of the property is itself an item, then skip this property.
If this is not the first property named subname in subitem (ignoring any that were skipped by the previous step), then append a U+002C COMMA character (,) to value.
Append the result of escaping the vCard text string given by the value of the property to value.
Return value.
When the steps above require the user agent to obtain the result of collecting the first vCard subproperty named subname in subitem, the user agent must run the following steps:
If there are no properties named subname in subitem, then abort these substeps, returning the empty string.
If the value of the first property named subname in subitem is an item, then abort these substeps, returning the empty string.
Return the result of escaping the vCard text string given by the value of the first property named subname in subitem.
When the above algorithms say the user agent is to escape the vCard text string value, the user agent must use the following steps:
Prefix every U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) in value with another U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Prefix every U+002C COMMA character (,) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Prefix every U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Replace every U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pair (CRLF) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) followed by a U+006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N.
Replace every remaining U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) or U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) followed by a U+006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N.
Return the mutated value.
This algorithm can generate invalid vCard output, if
the input does not conform to the rules described for the vcard
predefined type and predefined property
names.
Given a list of nodes nodes in a
Document
, a user agent must run the following algorithm
to extract any vevent
data represented by those
nodes:
If none of the nodes in nodes are items with the type vevent
, then there is no vEvent
data. Abort the algorithm, returning nothing.
Let output be an empty string.
Add an iCalendar line with the type "BEGIN
" and the value "VCALENDAR
"
to output.
Add an iCalendar line with the type "PRODID
" and the value equal to a user-agent
specific string representing the user agent to output.
Add an iCalendar line with the type "VERSION
" and the value "2.0
"
to output.
For each node node in nodes that is an item with the type vevent
, run the following steps:
Add an iCalendar line with the type "BEGIN
" and the value "VEVENT
"
to output.
Add an iCalendar line with the type "DTSTAMP
" and a value consisting of an iCalendar
DATE-TIME string representing the current date and time, with the
annotation "VALUE=DATE-TIME
", to output. [RFC2445]
If there is a property named about
whose corresponding item is
node and the element of the first such property
is a URL property
element and has a value that is not an item, add an iCalendar line
with the type "UID
" and that property's
value as the value to
output.
For each element element that has one or more property names and whose corresponding item is node: for each name name in element's property names, run the appropriate set of substeps from the following list:
about
"Skip the property.
time
elementLet value be the result of stripping all U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) and U+003A COLON (:) characters from the property's value.
If the property's value is a valid
date string then add an iCalendar line
with the type name and the value value to output, with the
annotation "VALUE=DATE
".
Otherwise, if the property's value is a valid
global date and time string then add an iCalendar
line with the type name and the
value value to output,
with the annotation "VALUE=DATE-TIME
".
Otherwise skip the property.
Add an iCalendar line with the type name and the value value to output.
Add an iCalendar line with the type "END
" and the value "VEVENT
"
to output.
Add an iCalendar line with the type "END
" and the value "VCALENDAR
" to output.
When the above algorithm says that the user agent is to add an iCalendar line consisting of a type type, a value value, and optinally an annotation, to a string output, it must run the following steps:
Let line be an empty string.
Append type, converted to uppercase, to line.
If there is an annotation:
Append a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) to line.
Append the annotation to line.
Append a U+003A COLON character (:) to line.
Prefix every U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) in value with another U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Prefix every U+002C COMMA character (,) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Prefix every U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\).
Replace every U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pair (CRLF) in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) followed by a U+006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N.
Replace every remaining U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) or U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character in value with a U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) followed by a U+006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N.
Append value to line.
Let maximum length be 75.
If and while line is longer than maximum length Unicode code points long, run the following substeps:
Append the first maximum length Unicode code points of line to output.
Remove the first maximum length Unicode code points from line.
Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN character (CR) to output.
Append a U+000A LINE FEED character (LF) to output.
Append a U+0020 SPACE character to output.
Let maximum length be 74.
Append (what remains of) line to output.
Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN character (CR) to output.
Append a U+000A LINE FEED character (LF) to output.
This algorithm can generate invalid iCalendar
output, if the input does not conform to the rules described for the
vevent
predefined type
and predefined property
names.
Given a node node in a Document
,
a user agent must run the following algorithm to extract any bibtex
data represented by that node into a
form that vaguely resembles the format used by BibTeX
processors:
If node is not an element that is an item with the type bibtex
, then run these substeps:
If node has no parent, then there is no event to output. Abort the algorithm, returning nothing.
Let node be node's parent.
Restart the entire algorithm with the new value of node.
Let output be an empty string.
Append a U+0040 COMMERCIAL AT character (@) to output.
Append the value
of the first property named entrytype
whose corresponding item is
node if that value is not itself an item.
Append a U+007B LEFT CURLY BRACKET character ({) to output.
Append the value
of the first property named bibtex-id
whose corresponding item is
node if that value is not itself an item.
Append a U+002C COMMA character (,) and a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character to output.
For each element element that has one or more property names and whose corresponding item is node: for each name name in element's property names, run the appropriate set of substeps from the following list:
If name is equal to the string "about
", "entrytype
", or "bibtex-id
", skip this
name.
If name contains either a U+003A COLON character (:) or a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), skip this name.
If the value of the property is itself an item, then skip this property.
Append two U+0020 SPACE characters to output.
Append name to output.
Append a U+0020 SPACE character, a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=), and another U+0020 SPACE character to output.
Let value be the value of the property.
Replace all occurrences of the U+0022 QUOTATION MARK
character (") in value with the
three-character sequence "{"}
" (U+007B LEFT
CURLY BRACKET, U+0022 QUOTATION MARK, U+007D RIGHT CURLY
BRACKET).
Append a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") to output.
Append value to output.
Append a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") to output.
Append a U+002C COMMA character (,) and a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character to output.
Append aU+007D RIGHT CURLY BRACKET character (}) to output.
Given a Document
source, a user
agent must run the following algorithm to extract an Atom feed:
If the Document
source does
not contain any article
elements, then return nothing
and abort these steps. This algorithm can only be used with
documents that contain distinct articles.
Let R be an empty XML Document
object whose address is user-agent
defined.
Append a feed
element in the
Atom namespace to R.
For each element candidate that is, or is a
descendant of, an address
element that applies to the body
element, and that is an item that has the type vcard
, if there is a property property named fn
whose corresponding
item is candidate, and the value of property is not an item, then append an author
element in the Atom namespace
to the root element of R whose contents is a
text node with its data set to the value of property.
If there is a link
element whose rel
attribute's value includes the
keyword icon
, and that element also
has an href
attribute, then
append an icon
element in the Atom
namespace to the root element of R
whose contents is a text node with its data set to the
absolute URL resulting from resolving the value of the href
attribute relative to the
link
element.
Append an id
element in the Atom
namespace to the root element of R
whose contents is a text node with its data set to the
document's current address.
Optionally: Let x be a link
element in the Atom
namespace. Add a rel
attribute whose
value is the string "self
" to x. Append a text node with its data set to the
(user-agent defined) address of R to x. Append x to the root element
of R.
This step would be skipped when the document R has no convenient address. The presence of the rel="self"
link is a "should"-level requirement in
the Atom specification.
Let x be a link
element in the Atom namespace. Add a rel
attribute whose value is the string "alternate
" to x. If the
document being converted is an HTML
document, add a type
attribute whose
value is the string "text/html
" to x. Otherwise, the document being converted is an
XML document; add a type
attribute whose value is the string "application/xhtml+xml
" to x. Append a text node with its data set to
the document's current address to x. Append x to the root element
of R.
Let subheading text be the empty string.
Let heading be the first element of heading content whose nearest ancestor of sectioning content is the the body element, if any, or null if there is none.
Take the appropriate action from the following list, as determined by the type of the heading element:
Let heading text be the
textContent
of the title
element, if there is one, or the empty string
otherwise.
hgroup
elementIf heading contains no child
h1
–h6
elements, let heading text be the empty string.
Otherwise, let headings list be a list of
all the h1
–h6
element children
of heading, sorted first by descending
rank and then in tree order (so
h1
s first, then h2
s, etc, with each
group in the order they appear in the document). Then, let heading text be the textContent
of
the first entry in headings list, and if
there are multiple entries, let subheading
text be the textContent
of the second entry
in headings list.
h1
–h6
elementLet heading text be the
textContent
of heading.
Append a title
element in the Atom
namespace to the root element of R
whose contents is a text node with its data set to heading text.
If subheading text is not the empty string,
append a subtitle
element in the Atom
namespace to the root element of R
whose contents is a text node with its data set to subheading text.
Let global update date have no value.
For each article
element article that does not have an ancestor
article
element, run the following steps:
Let E be an entry
element in the Atom namespace,
and append E to the root element of R.
Let heading be the first element of heading content whose nearest ancestor of sectioning content is article, if any, or null if there is none.
Take the appropriate action from the following list, as determined by the type of the heading element:
Let heading text be the empty string.
hgroup
elementIf heading contains no child
h1
–h6
elements, let heading text be the empty string.
Otherwise, let headings list be a list
of all the h1
–h6
element
children of heading, sorted first by
descending rank and then in tree
order (so h1
s first, then
h2
s, etc, with each group in the order they
appear in the document). Then, let heading
text be the textContent
of the first entry
in headings list.
h1
–h6
elementLet heading text be the
textContent
of heading.
Append a title
element in the
Atom namespace to E whose
contents is a text node with its data set to heading text.
For each element candidate that is, or is
a descendant of, an address
element that applies to article, and that is an item that has the type vcard
, if there is a property property named fn
whose corresponding item is
candidate, and the value of property is not an item, then append an author
element in the Atom
namespace to E whose contents is a
text node with its data set to the value of property.
Clone article and its descendants into an
environment that has scripting
disabled, has no plugins, and
fails any attempt to fetch any
resources. Let cloned article be the
resulting clone article
element.
Remove from the subtree rooted at cloned
article any article
elements other than the
cloned article itself, any
header
, footer
, or nav
elements whose nearest ancestor of sectioning
content is the cloned article, and
the first element of heading content whose nearest
ancestor of sectioning content is the cloned article, if any.
If cloned article contains any
ins
or del
elements with datetime
attributes whose
values parse
as global date and time strings without errors, then let
update date be the value of the datetime
attribute that parses
to the newest global date and
time.
Otherwise, let update date have no value.
This value is used below; it is calculated here because in certain cases the next step mutates the cloned article.
If the document being converted is an HTML document, then: Let x
be a content
element in the Atom
namespace. Add a type
attribute
whose value is the string "html
" to x. Append a text node with its data set to the
result of running the HTML fragment serialization
algorithm on cloned article to x. Append x to E.
Otherwise, the document being converted is an XML document: Let x be a content
element in
the Atom namespace. Add a type
attribute whose value is the string "xml
" to x. Append a
div
element to x. Move all the
child nodes of the cloned article node to
that div
element, preserving their relative
order. Append x to E.
Establish the value of id and has-alternate from the first of the following to apply:
cite
attributecite
relative to the article element. Let has-alternate be true.a
or area
element with an href
attribute and a rel
attribute whose value includes
the bookmark
keywordhref
attribute of the first such a
ot area
element, relative to the element. Let has-alternate be true.id
attributeid
attribute. Let has-alternate be false.Append an id
element in the Atom
namespace to E whose contents is a
text node with its data set to id.
If has-alternate is true: Let x be a link
element in the
Atom namespace. Add a rel
attribute whose value is the string "alternate
" to x. Append a
text node with its data set to id to x. Append x to E.
If article has a pubdate
attribute, and parsing that
attribute's value as a global date and time string does
not result in an error, then let publication
date be the value of that attribute.
Otherwise, let publication date have no value.
If update date has no value but publication date does, then let update date have the value of publication date.
Otherwise, if publication date has no value but update date does, then let publication date have the value of update date.
If update date has a value, and global update date has no value or is less recent than update date, then let global update date have the value of update date.
If publication date and update date both still have no value, then let them both value a value that is a valid global date and time string representing the global date and time of the moment that this algorithm was invoked.
Append an published
element in the
Atom namespace to E whose
contents is a text node with its data set to publication date.
Append an updated
element in the
Atom namespace to E whose
contents is a text node with its data set to update date.
If global update date has no value, then
let it have a value that is a valid global date and time
string representing the global date and time of the date
and time of the Document
's source file's last
modification, if it is known, or else of the moment that this
algorithm was invoked.
Insert an updated
element in the
Atom namespace into the root element of R before the first entry
in
the Atom namespace whose contents is a text node with
its data set to global update date.
Return the Atom document R.
The Atom namespace is: http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom
This section describes features that apply most directly to Web browsers. Having said that, unless specified elsewhere, the requirements defined in this section do apply to all user agents, whether they are Web browsers or not.
A browsing context is an environment in which
Document
objects are presented to the user.
A tab or window in a Web browser typically contains
a browsing context, as does an iframe
or frame
s in a
frameset
.
Each browsing context has a corresponding
WindowProxy
object.
The collection of Document
s is the browsing
context's session history. At any time, one
Document
in each browsing context is
designated the active document.
Each Document
has a collection of one or more views.
A view is a user agent interface tied to a particular
media used for the presentation of a particular
Document
object in some media. A view may be
interactive. Each view is represented by an
AbstractView
object. [DOM2VIEWS]
The main view through which a user primarily
interacts with a user agent is the default view. The
AbstractView
object that represents this view must also implement the Window
interface,
and is referred to as the Document
's
Window
object. WindowProxy
objects forward
everything to the active document's default
view's Window
object.
The defaultView
attribute on the
Document
object's DocumentView
interface
must return the browsing context's
WindowProxy
object, not the actual
AbstractView
object of the default
view. [DOM3VIEWS]
The document
attribute of an
AbstractView
object representing a view
gives the view's corresponding Document
object. [DOM2VIEWS]
Events that use the UIEvent
interface are related to
a specific view (the view in which the event happened);
when that view is the default view, the
event object's view
attribute's must return
the WindowProxy
object of the browsing
context of that view, not the actual
AbstractView
object of the default
view. [DOM3EVENTS]
A typical Web browser has one obvious
view per Document
: the browser's window
(screen media). This is typically the default view. If
a page is printed, however, a second view becomes evident, that of
the print media. The two views always share the same underlying
Document
object, but they have a different presentation
of that object. A speech browser might have a different
default view, using the speech media.
A Document
does not necessarily have a
browsing context associated with it. In particular,
data mining tools are likely to never instantiate browsing
contexts.
A browsing context can have a creator browsing context, the browsing context that was responsible for its creation. Unless otherwise specified, a browsing context has no creator browsing context.
If a browsing context A has a
creator browsing context, then the
Document
that was the active document of
that creator browsing context at the time A was created is the creator
Document
.
When a browsing context is first created, it must be
created with a single Document
in its session history,
whose address is
about:blank
, which is marked as being an HTML document, and whose character encoding is
UTF-8. The Document
must have a single child
html
node, which itself has a single child
body
node. If the browsing context is
created specifically to be immediately navigated, then that initial
navigation will have replacement enabled.
The origin of the
about:blank
Document
is set when the
Document
is created. If the new browsing
context has a creator browsing context, then the
origin of the about:blank
Document
is the origin of the
creator Document
. Otherwise, the
origin of the about:blank
Document
is a globally unique identifier assigned when
the new browsing context is created.
Certain elements (for example, iframe
elements) can
instantiate further browsing
contexts. These are called nested browsing contexts. If a browsing context P has an element E in one of its
Document
s D that nests another
browsing context C inside it, then P is said to be the parent browsing
context of C, C is
said to be a child browsing context of P, C is said to be nested through D, and E is said to be the
browsing context container of C.
A browsing context A is said to be an ancestor of a browsing context B if there exists a browsing context A' that is a child browsing context of A and that is itself an ancestor of B, or if there is a browsing context P that is a child browsing context of A and that is the parent browsing context of B.
The browsing context with no parent browsing context is the top-level browsing context of all the browsing contexts nested within it (either directly or indirectly through other nested browsing contexts).
The transitive closure of parent browsing contexts for a nested browsing context gives the list of ancestor browsing contexts.
A Document
is said to be fully active
when it is the active document of its browsing
context, and either its browsing context is a top-level
browsing context, or the Document
through which that
browsing context is nested is itself fully active.
Because they are nested through an element, child browsing contexts are always tied to
a specific Document
in their parent browsing
context. User agents must not allow the user to interact with
child browsing contexts
of elements that are in Document
s that are not
themselves fully active.
A nested browsing context can have a seamless
browsing context flag set, if it is embedded through an
iframe
element with a seamless
attribute.
top
Returns the WindowProxy
for the top-level browsing context.
parent
Returns the WindowProxy
for the parent browsing context.
frameElement
Returns the Element
for the browsing context container.
Returns null if there isn't one.
Throws a SECURITY_ERR
exception in cross-origin situations.
The top
DOM attribute on
the Window
object of a Document
in a
browsing context b must return the
WindowProxy
object of its top-level browsing
context (which would be its own WindowProxy
object if it was a top-level browsing context
itself).
The parent
DOM
attribute on the Window
object of a
Document
in a browsing context b must return the WindowProxy
object of
the parent browsing context, if there is one (i.e. if
b is a child browsing context), or
the WindowProxy
object of the browsing
context b itself, otherwise (i.e. if it
is a top-level browsing context).
The frameElement
DOM attribute on the Window
object of a
Document
d, on getting, must run
the following algorithm:
If d is not a Document
in a
child browsing context, return null and abort these
steps.
If the parent browsing context's active
document does not have the same effective
script origin as the script that is accessing the frameElement
attribute, then throw
a SECURITY_ERR
exception.
Otherwise, return the browsing context container for b.
It is possible to create new browsing contexts that are related to a top level browsing context without being nested through an element. Such browsing contexts are called auxiliary browsing contexts. Auxiliary browsing contexts are always top-level browsing contexts.
An auxiliary browsing context has an opener browsing context, which is the browsing context from which the auxiliary browsing context was created, and it has a furthest ancestor browsing context, which is the top-level browsing context of the opener browsing context when the auxiliary browsing context was created.
The opener
DOM
attribute on the Window
object must return the
WindowProxy
object of the browsing context
from which the current browsing context was created
(its opener browsing context), if there is one and it
is still available.
User agents may support secondary browsing contexts, which are browsing contexts that form part of the user agent's interface, apart from the main content area.
A browsing context A is allowed to navigate a second browsing context B if one of the following conditions is true:
Each browsing context is defined as having a list of zero or more directly reachable browsing contexts. These are:
The transitive closure of all the browsing contexts that are directly reachable browsing contexts forms a unit of related browsing contexts.
Each unit of related browsing contexts is then
further divided into the smallest number of groups such that every
member of each group has an effective script origin
that, through appropriate manipulation of the document.domain
attribute, could
be made to be the same as other members of the group, but could not
be made the same as members of any other group. Each such group is a
unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts.
Each unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts can have a first script which is used to obtain, amongst other things, the script's base URL to resolve relative URLs used in scripts running in that unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts. Initially, there is no first script.
Browsing contexts can have a browsing context name. By default, a browsing context has no name (its name is not set).
A valid browsing context name is any string with at least one character that does not start with a U+005F LOW LINE character. (Names starting with an underscore are reserved for special keywords.)
A valid browsing context name or keyword is any string
that is either a valid browsing context name or that is
an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of: _blank
, _self
, _parent
, or _top
.
The rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name are as follows. The rules assume that they are being applied in the context of a browsing context.
If the given browsing context name is the empty string or
_self
, then the chosen browsing context must
be the current one.
If the given browsing context name is _parent
, then the chosen browsing context must be
the parent browsing context of the current
one, unless there isn't one, in which case the chosen browsing
context must be the current browsing context.
If the given browsing context name is _top
, then the chosen browsing context must be the
most top-level browsing context of the current
one.
If the given browsing context name is not _blank
and there exists a browsing context whose
name is the same as the
given browsing context name, and the current browsing context is
allowed to navigate that browsing context, and the
user agent determines that the two browsing contexts are related
enough that it is ok if they reach each other, then that browsing
context must be the chosen one. If there are multiple matching
browsing contexts, the user agent should select one in some
arbitrary consistent manner, such as the most recently opened,
most recently focused, or more closely related.
Otherwise, a new browsing context is being requested, and what happens depends on the user agent's configuration and/or abilities:
noreferrer
keyword_blank
, then the new top-level browsing context's
name must be the given browsing context name (otherwise, it has
no name). The chosen browsing context must be this new browsing
context. If it is immediately navigated, then the navigation will be
done with replacement enabled.noreferrer
keyword doesn't
apply_blank
, then the new auxiliary browsing context's
name must be the given browsing context name (otherwise, it has
no name). The chosen browsing context must be this new browsing
context. If it is immediately navigated, then the navigation will be
done with replacement enabled.User agent implementors are encouraged to provide a way for users to configure the user agent to always reuse the current browsing context.
WindowProxy
objectAs mentioned earlier, each browsing context has a
WindowProxy
object. This object is unusual
in that it must proxy all operations to the Window
object of the browsing context's active
document. It is thus indistinguishable from that
Window
object in every way, except that it is not equal
to it.
Window
object[IndexGetter, NameGetter=OverrideBuiltins] interface Window { // the current browsing context readonly attribute WindowProxy window; readonly attribute WindowProxy self; attribute DOMString name; [PutForwards=href] readonly attribute Location location; readonly attribute History history; readonly attribute UndoManager undoManager; Selection getSelection(); [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp locationbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp menubar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp personalbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp scrollbars; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp statusbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp toolbar; void close(); void focus(); void blur(); // other browsing contexts readonly attribute WindowProxy frames; readonly attribute unsigned long length; readonly attribute WindowProxy top; [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy opener; readonly attribute WindowProxy parent; readonly attribute Element frameElement; WindowProxy open([Optional] in DOMString url, [Optional] in DOMString target, [Optional] in DOMString features, [Optional] in DOMString replace); // the user agent readonly attribute Navigator navigator; readonly attribute Storage localStorage; readonly attribute Storage sessionStorage; Database openDatabase(in DOMString name, in DOMString version, in DOMString displayName, in unsigned long estimatedSize); readonly attribute ApplicationCache applicationCache; // user prompts void alert(in DOMString message); boolean confirm(in DOMString message); DOMString prompt(in DOMString message, [Optional] in DOMString default); void print(); any showModalDialog(in DOMString url, [Optional] in any argument); // cross-document messaging void postMessage(in any message, in DOMString targetOrigin); void postMessage(in any message, in MessagePortArray ports, in DOMString targetOrigin); // event handler DOM attributes attribute Function onabort; attribute Function onafterprint; attribute Function onbeforeprint; attribute Function onbeforeunload; attribute Function onblur; attribute Function oncanplay; attribute Function oncanplaythrough; attribute Function onchange; attribute Function onclick; attribute Function oncontextmenu; attribute Function ondataunavailable; attribute Function ondblclick; attribute Function ondrag; attribute Function ondragend; attribute Function ondragenter; attribute Function ondragleave; attribute Function ondragover; attribute Function ondragstart; attribute Function ondrop; attribute Function ondurationchange; attribute Function onemptied; attribute Function onended; attribute Function onerror; attribute Function onfocus; attribute Function onformchange; attribute Function onforminput; attribute Function onhashchange; attribute Function oninput; attribute Function oninvalid; attribute Function onkeydown; attribute Function onkeypress; attribute Function onkeyup; attribute Function onload; attribute Function onloadeddata; attribute Function onloadedmetadata; attribute Function onloadstart; attribute Function onmessage; attribute Function onmousedown; attribute Function onmousemove; attribute Function onmouseout; attribute Function onmouseover; attribute Function onmouseup; attribute Function onmousewheel; attribute Function onoffline; attribute Function ononline; attribute Function onpause; attribute Function onplay; attribute Function onplaying; attribute Function onpopstate; attribute Function onprogress; attribute Function onratechange; attribute Function onreadystatechange; attribute Function onredo; attribute Function onresize; attribute Function onscroll; attribute Function onseeked; attribute Function onseeking; attribute Function onselect; attribute Function onshow; attribute Function onstalled; attribute Function onstorage; attribute Function onsubmit; attribute Function onsuspend; attribute Function ontimeupdate; attribute Function onundo; attribute Function onunload; attribute Function onvolumechange; attribute Function onwaiting; };
window
frames
self
These attributes all return window.
The Window
object must also implement the
EventTarget
interface.
The window
, frames
, and self
DOM attributes must all
return the Window
object's browsing
context's WindowProxy
object.
User agents must raise a SECURITY_ERR
exception
whenever any of the members of a Window
object are
accessed by scripts whose effective script origin is
not the same as the Window
object's
Document
's effective script origin, with
the following exceptions:
location
object
postMessage()
method with two arguments
postMessage()
method with three arguments
frames
attribute
User agents must not allow scripts to override the location
object's setter.
open
( [ url [, target [, features [, replace ] ] ] ] )Opens a window to show url (defaults to
about:blank
), and returns it. The target argument gives the name of the new
window. If a window exists with that name already, it is
reused. The replace attribute, if true, means
that whatever page is currently open in that window will be
removed from the window's session history. The features argument is ignored.
name
[ = value ]Returns the name of the window.
Can be set, to change the name.
close
()Closes the window.
The open()
method on
Window
objects provides a mechanism for navigating an existing browsing
context or opening and navigating an auxiliary browsing
context.
The method has four arguments, though they are all optional.
The first argument, url, must be a
valid URL for a page to load in the browsing
context. If no arguments are provided, or if the first argument is
the empty string, then the url argument defaults
to "about:blank
". The argument must be resolved to an absolute
URL (or an error), relative to the first
script's base URL,
when the method is invoked.
The second argument, target, specifies the
name of the browsing
context that is to be navigated. It must be a valid browsing
context name or keyword. If fewer than two arguments are
provided, then the name argument defaults to the
value "_blank
".
The third argument, features, has no effect and is supported for historical reasons only.
The fourth argument, replace, specifies whether or not the new page will replace the page currently loaded in the browsing context, when target identifies an existing browsing context (as opposed to leaving the current page in the browsing context's session history). When three or fewer arguments are provided, replace defaults to false.
When the method is invoked, the user agent must first select a browsing context to navigate by applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name using the target argument as the name and the browsing context of the script as the context in which the algorithm is executed, unless the user has indicated a preference, in which case the browsing context to navigate may instead be the one indicated by the user.
For example, suppose there is a user agent that
supports control-clicking a link to open it in a new tab. If a user
clicks in that user agent on an element whose onclick
handler uses the window.open()
API to open a page in an
iframe, but, while doing so, holds the control key down, the user
agent could override the selection of the target browsing context to
instead target a new tab.
Then, the user agent must navigate the selected browsing context to the absolute URL (or error) obtained from resolving url earlier. If the replace is true, then replacement must be enabled; otherwise, it must not be enabled unless the browsing context was just created as part of the the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name. The navigation must be done with the browsing context of the script that invoked the method as the source browsing context.
The method must return the WindowProxy
object of the
browsing context that was navigated, or null if no
browsing context was navigated.
The name
attribute of
the Window
object must, on getting, return the current
name of the browsing context, and, on setting, set the
name of the browsing context to the new value.
The name gets reset when the browsing context is navigated to another domain.
The close()
method on Window
objects should, if the corresponding
browsing context A is an
auxiliary browsing context that was created by a script
(as opposed to by an action of the user), and if the browsing context of the
script that invokes the method
is allowed to navigate the browsing
context A, close the browsing
context A (and may discard it too).
length
Returns the number of child browsing contexts.
Returns the indicated child browsing context.
The length
DOM
attribute on the Window
interface must return the
number of child browsing
contexts of the Document
.
The indices of the supported indexed properties on
the Window
object at any instant are the numbers in the
range 0 .. n-1, where n is the number of child browsing contexts of the
Document
. If n is zero then there
are no supported indexed properties.
When a Window
object is indexed to retrieve an indexed
property index, the value returned must be
the indexth child browsing context
of the Document
, sorted in the tree order
of the elements nesting those browsing contexts.
These properties are the dynamic nested browsing context properties.
Window
objectReturns the indicated child browsing context.
The Window
interface supports named properties. The names of the
supported named properties at any moment consist of:
name
content attribute
for all a
, applet
, area
,
embed
, frame
, frameset
,
form
, iframe
, img
, and
object
elements in the active document
that have a name
content attribute, and,id
content
attribute of any HTML element in
the active document with an id
content attribute.When the Window
object is indexed for property retrieval using a name name, then the user agent must return the value
obtained using the following steps:
Let elements be the list of named elements with the name name in the active document.
There will be at least one such element, by definition.
If elements contains an iframe
element, then return the WindowProxy
object of the
nested browsing context represented by the first such
iframe
element in tree order, and abort
these steps.
Otherwise, if elements has only one element, return that element and abort these steps.
Otherwise return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only named elements with
the name name.
Named elements with the name name, for the purposes of the above algorithm, are those that are either:
A browsing context has a strong reference to each of
its Document
s and its WindowProxy
object,
and the user agent itself has a strong reference to its top-level browsing
contexts.
A Document
has a strong reference to each of its
views and their AbstractView
objects.
When a browsing context is to discard a
Document
, that means that it is to lose the
strong reference from the Document
's browsing
context to the Document
, and that any tasks associated with the
Document
in any task source must be
removed without being run.
The browsing context's default
view's Window
object has a strong reference of its own to its
Document
object.
Whenever a Document
object is discarded, it is also removed from
the list of the worker's Document
s of each
worker whose list contains that Document
.
When a browsing context is
discarded, the strong reference from the user agent itself to
the browsing context must be severed, and all the
Document
objects for all the entries in the
browsing context's session history must be discarded as well.
User agents may discard top-level browsing contexts at any time (typically,
in response to user requests, e.g. when a user closes a window
containing one or more top-level browsing contexts). Other browsing contexts must be discarded
once their WindowProxy
object is eligible for garbage
collection.
To allow Web pages to integrate with Web browsers, certain Web browser interface elements are exposed in a limited way to scripts in Web pages.
Each interface element is represented by a BarProp
object:
interface BarProp { attribute boolean visible; };
locationbar
. visible
Returns true if the location bar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
menubar
. visible
Returns true if the menu bar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
personalbar
. visible
Returns true if the personal bar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
scrollbars
. visible
Returns true if the scroll bars are visible; otherwise, returns false.
statusbar
. visible
Returns true if the status bar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
toolbar
. visible
Returns true if the tool bar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
The visible attribute, on getting, must return either true or a value determined by the user agent to most accurately represent the visibility state of the user interface element that the object represents, as described below. On setting, the new value must be discarded.
The following BarProp
objects exist for each
Document
object in a browsing
context. Some of the user interface elements represented by
these objects might have no equivalent in some user agents; for
those user agents, unless otherwise specified, the object must act
as if it was present and visible (i.e. its visible
attribute must return
true).
BarProp
objectBarProp
objectBarProp
objectBarProp
objectBarProp
objectvisible
attribute may return
false).BarProp
objectvisible
attribute may return
false).The locationbar
attribute must return the location bar BarProp
object.
The menubar
attribute must return the menu bar BarProp
object.
The personalbar
attribute must return the personal bar BarProp
object.
The scrollbars
attribute must return the scrollbar BarProp
object.
The statusbar
attribute
must return the status bar BarProp
object.
The toolbar
attribute must return the tool bar BarProp
object.
The origin of a resource and the effective script origin of a resource are both either opaque identifiers or tuples consisting of a scheme component, a host component, a port component, and optionally extra data.
The extra data could include the certificate of the site when using encrypted connections, to ensure that if the site's secure certificate changes, the origin is considered to change as well.
These characteristics are defined as follows:
The origin and effective script origin of the URL is whatever is returned by the following algorithm:
Let url be the URL for which the origin is being determined.
Parse url.
If url does not use a server-based naming authority, or if parsing url failed, or if url is not an absolute URL, then return a new globally unique identifier.
Let scheme be the <scheme> component of url, converted to lowercase.
If the UA doesn't support the protocol given by scheme, then return a new globally unique identifier.
If scheme is "file
", then the user agent may return a
UA-specific value.
Let host be the <host> component of url.
Apply the IDNA ToASCII algorithm to host, with both the AllowUnassigned and UseSTD3ASCIIRules flags set. Let host be the result of the ToASCII algorithm.
If ToASCII fails to convert one of the components of the string, e.g. because it is too long or because it contains invalid characters, then return a new globally unique identifier. [RFC3490]
Let host be the result of converting host to lowercase.
If there is no <port> component, then let port be the default port for the protocol given by scheme. Otherwise, let port be the <port> component of url.
Return the tuple (scheme, host, port).
In addition, if the URL is in fact associated with
a Document
object that was created by parsing the
resource obtained from fetching URL, and this was
done over a secure connection, then the server's secure
certificate may be added to the origin as additional data.
The origin and effective script origin of a script are determined from another resource, called the owner:
script
elementDocument
to which the
script
element belongs.Document
to which the
attribute node belongs.javascript:
URL that was returned as the
location of an HTTP redirect (or equivalent in
other protocols)javascript:
URL.javascript:
URL in an attributeDocument
of the element on
which the attribute is found.javascript:
URL in a style sheetjavascript:
URL to which a browsing
context is being navigated,
the URL having been provided by the user (e.g. by using a
bookmarklet)Document
of the browsing
context's active document.javascript:
URL to which a browsing
context is being navigated,
the URL having been declared in markupDocument
of the element
(e.g. an a
or area
element) that
declared the URL.javascript:
URL to which a browsing
context is being navigated,
the URL having been provided by scriptThe origin of the script is then equal to the origin of the owner, and the effective script origin of the script is equal to the effective script origin of the owner.
Document
objects and imagesDocument
is in a
browsing context whose sandboxed origin
browsing context flag was set when the
Document
was createdDocument
is created.Document
or image was returned by the
XMLHttpRequest
APIDocument
object of the Window
object from which the
XMLHttpRequest
constructor was invoked. (That is,
they track the Document
to which the
XMLHttpRequest
object's Document
pointer pointed when it was created.) [XHR]Document
or image was generated from a
javascript:
URLjavascript:
URL.Document
or image was served over the
network and has an address that uses a URL scheme with a
server-based naming authorityDocument
or the URL of the image, as
appropriate.Document
or image was generated from a
data:
URL that was returned as the location
of an HTTP redirect (or equivalent in
other protocols)data:
URL.Document
or image was generated from a
data:
URL found in another
Document
or in a scriptDocument
or script in which the data:
URL was found.Document
has the address
"about:blank
"Document
is the origin it was
assigned when its browsing context was created.Document
or image was obtained in some
other manner (e.g. a data:
URL typed in by
the user, a Document
created using the createDocument()
API, a data:
URL returned as the location of an HTTP
redirect, etc)Document
or image is created.When a Document
is created, unless stated
otherwise above, its effective script origin is
initialized to the origin of the
Document
. However, the document.domain
attribute can
be used to change it.
The Unicode serialization of an origin is the string obtained by applying the following algorithm to the given origin:
If the origin in question is not a
scheme/host/port tuple, then return the literal string "null
" and abort these steps.
Otherwise, let result be the scheme part of the origin tuple.
Append the string "://
" to result.
Apply the IDNA ToUnicode algorithm to each component of the host part of the origin tuple, and append the results — each component, in the same order, separated by U+002E FULL STOP characters (".") — to result.
If the port part of the origin tuple gives a port that is different from the default port for the protocol given by the scheme part of the origin tuple, then append a U+003A COLON character (":") and the given port, in base ten, to result.
Return result.
The ASCII serialization of an origin is the string obtained by applying the following algorithm to the given origin:
If the origin in question is not a
scheme/host/port tuple, then return the literal string "null
" and abort these steps.
Otherwise, let result be the scheme part of the origin tuple.
Append the string "://
" to result.
Apply the IDNA ToASCII algorithm the host part of the origin tuple, with both the AllowUnassigned and UseSTD3ASCIIRules flags set, and append the results result.
If ToASCII fails to convert one of the components of the string, e.g. because it is too long or because it contains invalid characters, then return the empty string and abort these steps. [RFC3490]
If the port part of the origin tuple gives a port that is different from the default port for the protocol given by the scheme part of the origin tuple, then append a U+003A COLON character (":") and the given port, in base ten, to result.
Return result.
Two origins are said to be the same origin if the following algorithm returns true:
Let A be the first origin being compared, and B be the second origin being compared.
If A and B are both opaque identifiers, and their value is equal, then return true.
Otherwise, if either A or B or both are opaque identifiers, return false.
If A and B have scheme components that are not identical, return false.
If A and B have host components that are not identical, return false.
If A and B have port components that are not identical, return false.
If either A or B have additional data, but that data is not identical for both, return false.
Return true.
domain
[ = domain ]Returns the current domain used for security checks.
Can be set to a value that removes subdomains, to allow pages on other subdomains of the same domain (if they do the same thing) to access each other.
The domain
attribute on Document
objects must be initialized to
the document's domain, if it has one, and the empty
string otherwise. If the value is an IPv6 address, then the square
brackets from the host portion of the <host> component must be omitted from
the attribute's value.
On getting, the attribute must return its current
value, unless the document was created by
XMLHttpRequest
, in which case it must throw an
INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.
On setting, the user agent must run the following algorithm:
If the document was created by XMLHttpRequest
,
throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
If the new value is an IP address, let new value be the new value. Otherwise, apply the IDNA ToASCII algorithm to the new value, with both the AllowUnassigned and UseSTD3ASCIIRules flags set, and let new value be the result of the ToASCII algorithm.
If ToASCII fails to convert one of the components of the
string, e.g. because it is too long or because it contains invalid
characters, then throw a SECURITY_ERR
exception and abort
these steps. [RFC3490]
If new value is not exactly equal to the
current value of the document.domain
attribute, then
run these substeps:
If the current value is an IP address, throw a
SECURITY_ERR
exception and abort these steps.
If new value, prefixed by a U+002E FULL
STOP ("."), does not exactly match the end of the current value,
throw a SECURITY_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
If new value matches a suffix in the
Public Suffix List, or, if new value,
prefixed by a U+002E FULL STOP ("."), matches the end of a
suffix in the Public Suffix List, then throw a
SECURITY_ERR
exception and abort these steps. [PSL]
Suffixes must be compared after applying the IDNA ToASCII algorithm to them, with both the AllowUnassigned and UseSTD3ASCIIRules flags set, in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. [RFC3490]
Set the attribute's value to new value.
Set the host part of the effective script origin
tuple of the Document
to new
value.
Set the port part of the effective script origin
tuple of the Document
to "manual override" (a value
that, for the purposes of comparing
origins, is identical to "manual override" but not
identical to any other value).
The domain of a
Document
is the host part of the document's
origin, if that is a scheme/host/port tuple. If it
isn't, then the document does not have a domain.
The domain
attribute is used to enable pages on different hosts of a domain to
access each others' DOMs.
Various mechanisms can cause author-provided executable code to run in the context of a document. These mechanisms include, but are probably not limited to:
script
elements.javascript:
URLs (e.g. the src
attribute of img
elements, or an @import
rule in a CSS
style
element block).addEventListener()
, by explicit event handler
content attributes, by event handler DOM
attributes, or otherwise.Scripting is enabled in a browsing context when all of the following conditions are true:
Scripting is disabled in a browsing context when any of the above conditions are false (i.e. when scripting is not enabled).
Scripting is enabled for a
node if the Document
object of the node (the
node itself, if it is itself a Document
object) has an
associated browsing context, and scripting is enabled in that
browsing context.
Scripting is disabled for a node if there is no such browsing context, or if scripting is disabled in that browsing context.
A script has:
The characteristics of the script execution environment depend on the language, and are not defined by this specification.
In JavaScript, the script execution environment consists of the interpreter, the stack of execution contexts, the global code and function code and the Function objects resulting, and so forth.
Each code entry-point represents a block of executable code that the script exposes to other scripts and to the user agent.
Each Function object in a JavaScript script execution environment has a corresponding code entry-point, for instance.
The main program code of the script, if any, is the initial code entry-point. Typically, the code corresponding to this entry-point is executed immediately after the script is parsed.
In JavaScript, this corresponds to the execution context of the global code.
An object that provides the APIs that the code can use.
This is typically a Window
object. In JavaScript, this corresponds to the global
object.
When a script's global object is an empty object, it can't do anything that interacts with the environment.
If the script's global object is a
Window
object, then in JavaScript, the this
keyword in the global scope must return the
Window
object's WindowProxy
object.
This is a willful violation of the
JavaScript specification current at the time of writing
(ECMAScript edition 3). The JavaScript specification requires that
the this
keyword in the global scope return
the global object, but this is not compatible with the security
design prevalent in implementations as specified herein. [ECMA262]
A browsing context that is assigned responsibility for actions taken by the script.
When a script creates and navigates a new top-level browsing
context, the opener
attribute of the new browsing context's
Window
object will be set to the script's
browsing context's WindowProxy
object.
A character encoding, set when the script is created, used to encode URLs. If the character encoding is set from another source, e.g. a document's character encoding, then the script's URL character encoding must follow the source, so that if the source's changes, so does the script's.
A URL, set when the script is created, used to resolve relative URLs. If the base URL is set from another source, e.g. a document base URL, then the script's base URL must follow the source, so that if the source's changes, so does the script's.
When a user agent is to jump to a code entry-point for a script, for example to invoke an event listener defined in that script, the user agent must run the following steps:
If the script's global object is a
Window
object whose Document
object is
not fully active, then abort these steps without doing
anything. The callback is not fired.
Set the first script to be the script being invoked.
Make the script execution environment for the script execute the code for the given code entry-point.
Set the first script back to whatever it was when this algorithm started.
This algorithm is not invoked by one script calling another.
When the specification says that a script is to be created, given some script source, its scripting language, a global object, a browsing context, a character encoding, and a base URL, the user agent must run the following steps:
If scripting is disabled for browsing context passed to this algorithm, then abort these steps, as if the script did nothing but return void.
Set up a script execution environment as appropriate for the scripting language.
Parse/compile/initialize the source of the script using the script execution environment, as appropriate for the scripting language, and thus obtain the list of code entry-points for the script. If the semantics of the scripting language and the given source code are such that there is executable code to be immediately run, then the initial code entry-point is the entry-point for that code.
Set up the script's global object, the script's browsing context, the script's URL character encoding, and the script's base URL from the settings passed to this algorithm.
Jump to the script's initial code entry-point.
When the user agent is to create an impotent script, given some script source, its scripting language, and a browsing context, the user agent must create a script, using the given script source and scripting language, using a new empty object as the global object, and using the given browsing context as the browsing context. The character encoding and base URL for the resulting script are not important as no APIs are exposed to the script.
When the specification says that a script is to be created from a node node, given some script source and its scripting language, the user agent must create a script, using the given script source and scripting language, and using the script settings determined from the node node.
The script settings determined from the node node are computed as follows:
Let document be the
Document
of node (or node itself if it is a
Document
).
The browsing context is the browsing context of document.
The global object is the Window
object of
document.
The character encoding is the character encoding of document. (This is a reference, not a copy.)
The base URL is the base URL of document. (This is a reference, not a copy.)
User agents may impose resource limitations on scripts, for
example CPU quotas, memory limits, total execution time limits, or
bandwidth limitations. When a script exceeds a limit, the user agent
may either throw a QUOTA_EXCEEDED_ERR
exception, abort
the script without an exception, prompt the user, or throttle script
execution.
For example, the following script never terminates. A user agent could, after waiting for a few seconds, prompt the user to either terminate the script or let it continue.
<script> while (true) { /* loop */ } </script>
User agents are encouraged to allow users to disable scripting
whenever the user is prompted either by a script (e.g. using the
window.alert()
API) or because of a
script's actions (e.g. because it has exceeded a time limit).
If scripting is disabled while a script is executing, the script should be terminated immediately.
To coordinate events, user interaction, scripts, rendering, networking, and so forth, user agents must use event loops as described in this section.
There must be at least one event loop per user agent, and at most one event loop per unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts.
An event loop always has at least one browsing context. If an event loop's browsing contexts all go away, then the event loop goes away as well. A browsing context always has an event loop coordinating its activities.
Other specifications can define new kinds of event loops that aren't associated with browsing contexts.
An event loop has one or more task queues. A task queue is an ordered list of tasks, which can be:
Asynchronously dispatching an Event
object at a
particular EventTarget
object is a task.
Not all events are dispatched using the task queue, many are dispatched synchronously during other tasks.
The HTML parser tokenizing a single byte, and then processing any resulting tokens, is a task.
Calling a callback asynchronously is a task.
When an algorithm fetches a resource, if the fetching occurs asynchronously then the processing of the resource once some or all of the resource is available is a task.
Some elements have tasks that trigger in response to DOM manipulation, e.g. when that element is inserted into the document.
Each task is associated with a
Document
; if the task was queued in the context of an
element, then it is the element's Document
; if the task
was queued in the context of a browsing context, then
it is the browsing context's active
document at the time the task was queued; if the task was
queued by or for a script then
the document is the script's browsing context's
active document at the time the task was queued.
When a user agent is to queue a task, it must add the given task to one of the task queues of the relevant event loop. All the tasks from one particular task source (e.g. the callbacks generated by timers, the events dispatched for mouse movements, the tasks queued for the parser) must always be added to the same task queue, but tasks from different task sources may be placed in different task queues.
For example, a user agent could have one task queue for mouse and key events (the user interaction task source), and another for everything else. The user agent could then give keyboard and mouse events preference over other tasks three quarters of the time, keeping the interface responsive but not starving other task queues, and never processing events from any one task source out of order.
A user agent is required to have one storage mutex. This mutex is used to control access to shared state like cookies. At any one point, the storage mutex is either free, or owned by a particular event loop or instance of the fetching algorithm.
Whenever a script calls into a plugin, and whenever a plugin calls into a script, the user agent must release the storage mutex.
An event loop must continually run through the following steps for as long as it exists:
Run the oldest task on one
of the event loop's task
queues, ignoring tasks whose associated
Document
s are not fully active. The user
agent may pick any task queue.
If the storage mutex is now owned by the event loop, release it so that it is once again free.
Remove that task from its task queue.
If necessary, update the rendering or user interface of any
Document
or browsing context to reflect
the current state.
Return to the first step of the event loop.
Some of the algorithms in this specification, for historical reasons, require the user agent to pause while running a task until some condition has been met. While a user agent has a paused task, the corresponding event loop must not run further tasks, and any script in the currently running task must block. User agents should remain responsive to user input while paused, however, albeit in a reduced capacity since the event loop will not be doing anything.
When a user agent is to obtain the storage mutex as part of running a task, it must run through the following steps:
If the storage mutex is already owned by this task's event loop, then abort these steps.
Otherwise, pause until the storage mutex can be taken by the event loop.
Take ownership of the storage mutex.
The following task sources are used by a number of mostly unrelated features in this and other specifications.
This task source is used for features that react to DOM manipulations, such as things that happen asynchronously when an element is inserted into the document.
This task source is used for features that react to user interaction, for example keyboard or mouse input.
Asynchronous events sent in response to user input (e.g. click events) must be dispatched using tasks queued with the user interaction task source. [DOMEVENTS]
This task source is used for features that trigger in response to network activity.
javascript:
protocolWhen a URL using the javascript:
protocol is dereferenced, the user agent must run
the following steps:
Let the script source be the string obtained using the
content retrieval operation defined for javascript:
URLs. [JSURL]
Use the appropriate step from the following list:
javascript:
URL, and the active document of that browsing
context has the same origin as the script given by
that URLLet address be the address of the active document of the browsing context being navigated.
If address is about:blank
,
and the browsing context being navigated has a
creator browsing context, then let address be the address of the creator
Document
instead.
Create a
script from the Document
node of the
active document, using the aforementioned script
source, and assuming the scripting language is JavaScript.
Let result be the return value of the initial code entry-point of this script. If an exception was raised, let result be void instead. (The result will be void also if scripting is disabled.)
When it comes time to set the document's address in the navigation algorithm, use address as the override URL.
Document
object of the element,
attribute, or style sheet from which the javascript:
URL was reached has an associated browsing
contextCreate an impotent script using the
aforementioned script source, with the scripting language set to
JavaScript, and with the Document
's object's
browsing context as the browsing context.
Let result be the return value of the initial code entry-point of this script. If an exception was raised, let result be void instead. (The result will be void also if scripting is disabled.)
Let result be void.
If the result of executing the script is void (there is no return value), then the URL must be treated in a manner equivalent to an HTTP resource with an HTTP 204 No Content response.
Otherwise, the URL must be treated in a manner equivalent to an
HTTP resource with a 200 OK response whose Content-Type metadata is text/html
and whose response body is the return
value converted to a string value.
Certain contexts, in particular img
elements, ignore the Content-Type
metadata.
So for example a javascript:
URL for a
src
attribute of an
img
element would be evaluated in the context of an
empty object as soon as the attribute is set; it would then be
sniffed to determine the image type and decoded as an image.
A javascript:
URL in an href
attribute of an a
element would only be evaluated when the link was followed.
The src
attribute of an
iframe
element would be evaluated in the context of
the iframe
's own browsing context; once
evaluated, its return value (if it was not void) would replace that
browsing context's document, thus changing the
variables visible in that browsing context.
Many objects can have event handler attributes specified. These act as bubbling event listeners for the element on which they are specified.
An event handler
attribute, unless otherwise specified, can either have the
value null or be set to a Function
object. Initially, an event handler attribute must be set to
null.
Event handler attributes are exposed in one or two ways.
The first way, common to all event handler attributes, is as an event handler DOM attribute.
The second way is as an event handler content attribute. Event handlers on
HTML elements and some of the event handlers on
Window
objects are exposed in this way.
Event handler DOM attributes, on setting, must set the corresponding event handler attribute to their new value, and on getting, must return whatever the current value of the corresponding event handler attribute is (possibly null).
If an event handler DOM attribute exposes an event handler attribute of an object that doesn't exist, it must always return null on getting and must do nothing on setting.
This can happen in particular for event handler DOM attribute on
body
elements that do not have corresponding
Window
objects.
Certain event handler DOM attributes have additional
requirements, in particular the onmessage
attribute of
MessagePort
objects.
Event handler content attributes, when specified, must
contain valid JavaScript code matching the FunctionBody
production. [ECMA262]
When an event handler content attribute is set, if the element is
owned by a Document
that is in a browsing
context, and scripting is
enabled for that browsing context, the user
agent must run the following steps to create a script after setting the content
attribute to its new value:
Set up a script execution environment for JavaScript.
Using this script execution environment, interpret the attribute's new value as the body of an anonymous function, with the function's arguments set as follows:
onerror
attribute of the
Window
objectevent
, source
, and fileno
.event
.Link the new function's scope chain from the activation object
of the handler, to the element's object, to the element's
form owner, if it has one, to the element's
Document
object, to the Window
object of
that Document
. Set the function's this
parameter to the Element
object representing the
element. Let this function be the only entry in the script's
list of code entry-points.
See ECMA262 Edition 3, sections 10.1.6 and 10.2.3, for more details on activation objects. [ECMA262]
If the previous steps failed to compile the script, then set the corresponding event handler attribute to null and abort these steps.
Set up the script's global object, the script's browsing context, the script's URL character encoding, and the script's base URL from the script settings determined from the node on which the attribute is being set.
Set the corresponding event handler attribute to the aforementioned function.
When an event handler content attribute is set on an
element owned by a Document
that is not in a
browsing context, the corresponding event handler
attribute is not changed.
Removing an event handler content attribute does not reset the corresponding event handler attribute.
How do we allow non-JS event handlers?
All event handler attributes on an element, whether
set to null or to a Function
object, must be registered
as event listeners on the element, as if the addEventListenerNS()
method on the Element
object's EventTarget
interface had been invoked when the event handler attribute's
element or object was created, with the event type (type argument) equal to the type
corresponding to the event handler attribute (the event handler
event type), the namespace (namespaceURI argument) set to
null, the listener set to be a target and bubbling phase listener
(useCapture argument set to
false), the event group set to the default group (evtGroup argument set to null), and
the event listener itself (listener argument) set to do
nothing while the event handler attribute's value is not a
Function
object, and set to invoke the call()
callback of the
Function
object associated with the event handler
attribute otherwise.
The listener argument is emphatically not the event handler attribute itself.
The interfaces implemented by the event object do not affect whether an event handler attribute is used or not.
When an event handler attribute's
Function
object is invoked, its call()
callback must be invoked
with one argument, set to the Event
object of the event
in question.
The handler's return value must then be processed as follows:
mouseover
If the return value is a boolean with the value true, then the event must be canceled.
BeforeUnloadEvent
objectIf the return value is a string, and the event object's
returnValue
attribute's value is the empty string, then set the returnValue
attribute's value to the return value.
If the return value is a boolean with the value false, then the event must be canceled.
The Function
interface represents a function in the
scripting language being used. It is represented in IDL as
follows:
[Callback=FunctionOnly, NoInterfaceObject] interface Function { any call([Variadic] in any arguments); };
The call(...)
method is the object's callback.
In JavaScript, any Function
object implements this interface.
Document
objects, and Window
objectsThe following are the event handler attributes (and
their corresponding event
handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML
elements, as both content attributes and DOM attributes, and
on Document
and Window
objects, as DOM
attributes.
event handler attribute | Event handler event type |
---|---|
onabort | abort
|
oncanplay | canplay
|
oncanplaythrough | canplaythrough
|
onchange | change
|
onclick | click
|
oncontextmenu | contextmenu
|
ondataunavailable | dataunavailable
|
ondblclick | dblclick
|
ondrag | drag
|
ondragend | dragend
|
ondragenter | dragenter
|
ondragleave | dragleave
|
ondragover | dragover
|
ondragstart | dragstart
|
ondrop | drop
|
ondurationchange | durationchange
|
onemptied | emptied
|
onended | ended
|
onformchange | formchange
|
onforminput | forminput
|
oninput | input
|
oninvalid | invalid
|
onkeydown | keydown
|
onkeypress | keypress
|
onkeyup | keyup
|
onloadeddata | loadeddata
|
onloadedmetadata | loadedmetadata
|
onloadstart | loadstart
|
onmousedown | mousedown
|
onmousemove | mousemove
|
onmouseout | mouseout
|
onmouseover | mouseover
|
onmouseup | mouseup
|
onmousewheel | mousewheel
|
onpause | pause
|
onplay | play
|
onplaying | playing
|
onprogress | progress
|
onratechange | ratechange
|
onreadystatechange | readystatechange
|
onscroll | scroll
|
onseeked | seeked
|
onseeking | seeking
|
onselect | select
|
onshow | show
|
onstalled | stalled
|
onsubmit | submit
|
onsuspend | suspend
|
ontimeupdate | timeupdate
|
onvolumechange | volumechange
|
onwaiting | waiting
|
The following are the event handler attributes (and
their corresponding event
handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML
elements other than body
, as both content
attributes and DOM attributes, and on Document
objects,
as DOM attributes:
event handler attribute | Event handler event type |
---|---|
onblur | blur
|
onerror | error
|
onfocus | focus
|
onload | load
|
The following are the event handler attributes (and
their corresponding event
handler event types) that must be supported by
Window
objects, as DOM attributes on the
Window
object, and with corresponding content
attributes and DOM attributes exposed on the body
element:
event handler attribute | Event handler event type |
---|---|
onafterprint | afterprint
|
onbeforeprint | beforeprint
|
onbeforeunload | beforeunload
|
onblur | blur
|
onerror | error
|
onfocus | focus
|
onhashchange | hashchange
|
onload | load
|
onmessage | message
|
onoffline | offline
|
ononline | online
|
onpopstate | popstate
|
onredo | redo
|
onresize | resize
|
onstorage | storage
|
onundo | undo
|
onunload | unload
|
The onerror
handler is also used for reporting script errors.
maybe this should be moved higher up (terminology? conformance? DOM?) Also, the whole terminology thing should be changed so that we don't define any specific events here, we only define 'simple event', 'progress event', 'mouse event', 'key event', and the like, and have the actual dispatch use those generic terms when firing events.
Certain operations and methods are defined as firing events on
elements. For example, the click()
method on the HTMLElement
interface is defined as
firing a click
event on the
element. [DOM3EVENTS]
Firing a click
event means that a click
event with no
namespace, which bubbles and is cancelable, and which uses the
MouseEvent
interface, must be dispatched at the given
target. The event object must have its screenX
, screenY
, clientX
, clientY
, and button
attributes set to 0, its ctrlKey
, shiftKey
, altKey
, and metaKey
attributes
set according to the current state of the key input device, if any
(false for any keys that are not available), its detail
attribute set to 1, and its relatedTarget
attribute set to null. The getModifierState()
method on the object must return
values appropriately describing the state of the key input device at
the time the event is created.
Firing a simple event called
e means that an event with the name e, with no namespace, which does not bubble (unless
otherwise stated) and is not cancelable (unless otherwise stated),
and which uses the Event
interface, must be dispatched
at the given target.
Firing a progress event called e means something that hasn't yet been defined, in the [PROGRESS] spec.
The default action of these event is to do nothing unless otherwise stated.
If you dispatch a custom "click" event at an element that would normally have default actions, should they get triggered? If so, we need to go through the entire spec and make sure that any default actions are defined in terms of any event of the right type on that element, not those that are dispatched in expected ways.
Window
objectWhen an event is dispatched at a DOM node in a
Document
in a browsing context, if the
event is not a load
event, the user
agent must also dispatch the event to the Window
, as
follows:
This section only applies to user agents that support scripting in general and JavaScript in particular.
Whenever a runtime script error occurs in one of the scripts
associated with a Document
, the user agent must
report the error using the onerror
event handler attribute of the
script's global object. If the error is still not handled after this, then
the error should be reported to the user.
When the user agent is required to report an error error using the event handler attribute onerror, it must run these steps, after which the error is either handled or not handled:
Function
The function must be invoked with three arguments. The three
arguments passed to the function are all DOMString
s;
the first must give the message that the UA is considering
reporting, the second must give the absolute URL of
the resource in which the error occurred, and the third must give
the line number in that resource on which the error occurred.
If the function returns false, then the error is handled. Otherwise, the error is not handled.
Any exceptions thrown or errors caused by this function must be reported to the user immediately after the error that the function was called for, without using the report an error algorithm again.
The error is not handled.
The setTimeout()
and setInterval()
methods allow authors to schedule timer-based callbacks.
[HereBeDragons, NoInterfaceObject] interface WindowTimers { long setTimeout(in any handler, [Optional] in any timeout, [Variadic] in any args); void clearTimeout(in long handle); long setInterval(in any handler, [Optional] in any timeout, [Variadic] in any args); void clearInterval(in long handle); };
setTimeout
( handler [, timeout [, arguments ] ] )Schedules a timeout to run handler after timeout milliseconds. Any arguments are passed straight through to the handler.
setTimeout
( code [, timeout ] )Schedules a timeout to compile and run code after timeout milliseconds.
setInterval
( handler [, timeout [, arguments ] ] )Schedules a timeout to run handler every timeout milliseconds. Any arguments are passed straight through to the handler.
setInterval
( code [, timeout ] )Schedules a timeout to compile and run code every timeout milliseconds.
This API does not guarantee that timers will fire exactly on schedule. Delays due to CPU load, other tasks, etc, are to be expected.
The WindowTimers
interface must be implemented by
objects implementing the Window
object. (It is also
implemented by objects implementing the WorkerUtils
interface as part of Web Workers.)
Each object that implements the WindowTimers
interface has a list of active timeouts and a list
of active intervals. Each entry in these lists is identified
by a number, which must be unique within its list for the lifetime
of the object that implements the WindowTimers
interface.
The setTimeout()
method must run the following steps:
Get the timed task, and let task be the result.
Get the timeout, and let timeout be the result.
If the currently running task is a task that was created by
either the setTimeout()
method, and
timeout is less than 4, then increase timeout to 4.
Add an entry to the list of active timeouts, identified by a user-agent defined integer that is greater than zero.
Return the number identifying the newly added entry in the list of active timeouts, and then continue running this algorithm asynchronously.
If context is a Window
object,
wait until the Document
associated with context has been fully active for a
further timeout milliseconds (not necessarily
consecutively).
Otherwise, if context is a
WorkerUtils
object, wait until timeout milliseconds have passed with the worker
not suspended (not necessarily consecutively).
Otherwise, act as described in the specification that defines
that the WindowTimers
interface is implemented by
some other object.
Wait until any invocations of this algorithm started before this one whose timeout is equal to or less than this one's have completed.
If the entry in the list of active timeouts that was added in the earlier step has been cleared, then abort this algorithm.
The clearTimeout()
method must clear the entry identified as handle
from the list of active timeouts of the
WindowTimers
object on which the method was invoked,
where handle is the argument passed to the
method.
The setInterval()
method must run the following steps:
Get the timed task, and let task be the result.
Get the timeout, and let timeout be the result.
If timeout is less than 10, then increase timeout to 10.
Add an entry to the list of active intervals, identified by a user-agent defined integer that is greater than zero.
Return the number identifying the newly added entry in the list of active intervals, and then continue running this algorithm asynchronously.
Wait: If context is a
Window
object, wait until the Document
associated with context has been fully
active for a further interval
milliseconds (not necessarily consecutively).
Otherwise, if context is a
WorkerUtils
object, wait until interval milliseconds have passed with the worker
not suspended (not necessarily consecutively).
Otherwise, act as described in the specification that defines
that the WindowTimers
interface is implemented by
some other object.
If the entry in the list of active intervals that was added in the earlier step has been cleared, then abort this algorithm.
Return to the step labeled wait.
The clearInterval()
method must clear the entry identified as handle
from the list of active intervals of the
WindowTimers
object on which the method was invoked,
where handle is the argument passed to the
method.
When the above methods are to get the timed task, they must run the following steps:
If the first argument to the method is an object that has an internal [[Call]] method, then return a task that calls that [[Call]] method with as its arguments the third and subsequent arguments to the method (if any), and aborth these steps.
Otherwise, continue with the remaining steps.
Apply the ToString() conversion operator to the first argument to the method, and let script source be the result.
Let script language be JavaScript.
Let context be the object on which the
method is implemented (a Window
or
WorkerUtils
object).
If context is a Window
object,
let global object be context, let browsing context
be the browsing context with which global object is associated, let character encoding be the character encoding of the
Document
associated with global
object (this is a reference, not a
copy), and let base URL be the base URL of the
Document
associated with global
object (this is a reference, not a
copy).
Otherwise, if context is a
WorkerUtils
object, let global
object, browsing context, character encoding, and base
URL be the script's global object,
script's browsing context, script's URL
character encoding, and script's base URL
(respectively) of the script
that the run a worker algorithm created when it
created context.
Otherwise, act as described in the specification that defines
that the WindowTimers
interface is implemented by
some other object.
Return a task that creates a script using script source as the script source, scripting language as the scripting language, global object as the global object, browsing context as the browsing context, character encoding as the character encoding, and base URL as the base URL.
When the above methods are to get the timeout, they must run the following steps:
Let timeout be the second argument to the method, or zero if the argument was omitted.
Apply the ToString() conversion operator to timeout, and let timeout be the result.
Apply the ToNumber() conversion operator to timeout, and let timeout be the result.
If timeout is not a number (NaN), not finite (Infinity), or negative, let timeout be zero.
Round timeout down to the nearest integer, and let timeout be the result.
Return timeout.
The task source for these tasks is the timer task source.
alert
(message)Displays a modal alert with the given message, and waits for the user to dismiss it.
A call to the navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method is implied when this method is invoked.
confirm
(message)Displays a modal OK/Cancel prompt with the given message, waits for the user to dismiss it, and returns true if the user clicks OK and false if the user clicks Cancel.
A call to the navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method is implied when this method is invoked.
prompt
(message [, default] )Displays a modal text field prompt with the given message, waits for the user to dismiss it, and returns the value that the user entered. If the user cancels the prompt, then returns null instead. If the second argument is present, then the given value is used as a default.
A call to the navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method is implied when this method is invoked.
The alert(message)
method, when invoked, must
release the storage mutex and show the given message to the user. The user agent may make the
method wait for the user to acknowledge the message before
returning; if so, the user agent must pause while the
method is waiting.
The confirm(message)
method, when invoked, must
release the storage mutex and show the given message to the user, and ask the user to respond with
a positive or negative response. The user agent must then
pause as the method waits for the user's response. If
the user responds positively, the method must return true, and if
the user responds negatively, the method must return false.
The prompt(message, default)
method, when invoked, must release the storage mutex,
show the given message to the user, and ask the
user to either respond with a string value or abort. The user agent
must then pause as the method waits for the user's
response. The second argument is optional. If the second argument
(default) is present, then the response must be
defaulted to the value given by default. If the
user aborts, then the method must return null; otherwise, the method
must return the string that the user responded with.
print
()Prompts the user to print the page.
A call to the navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method is implied when this method is invoked.
The print()
method,
when invoked, must run the printing steps.
User agents should also run the printing steps whenever the user asks for the opportunity to obtain a physical form (e.g. printed copy), or the representation of a physical form (e.g. PDF copy), of a document.
The printing steps are as follows:
The user agent may display a message to the user and/or may abort these steps.
For instance, a kiosk browser could silently
ignore any invocations of the print()
method.
For instance, a browser on a mobile device could detect that there are no printers in the vicinity and display a message saying so before continuing to offer a "save to PDF" option.
The user agent must fire a simple event called
beforeprint
at the
Window
object of the Document
that is
being printed, as well as any nested browsing contexts in it.
The beforeprint
event can be used
to annotate the printed copy, for instance adding the time at
which the document was printed.
The user agent must release the storage mutex.
The user agent should offer the user the opportunity to obtain a physical form (or the representation of a physical form) of the document. The user agent may wait for the user to either accept or decline before returning; if so, the user agent must pause while the method is waiting. Even if the user agent doesn't wait at this point, the user agent must use the state of the relevant documents as they are at this point in the algorithm if and when it eventually creates the alternate form.
The user agent must fire a simple event called
afterprint
at the
Window
object of the Document
that is
being printed, as well as any nested browsing contexts in it.
The afterprint
event can be used
to revert annotations added in the earlier event, as well as
showing post-printing UI. For instance, if a page is walking the
user through the steps of applying for a home loan, the script
could automatically advance to the next step after having printed
a form or other.
showModalDialog
(url [, argument] )Prompts the user with the given page, waits for that page to close, and returns the return value.
A call to the navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method is implied when this method is invoked.
The showModalDialog(url, argument)
method, when invoked, must
cause the user agent to run the following steps:
Resolve url relative to the first script's base URL.
If this fails, then throw a SYNTAX_ERR
exception
and abort these steps.
Release the storage mutex.
If the user agent is configured such that this invocation of
showModalDialog()
is
somehow disabled, then the method returns the empty string; abort
these steps.
User agents are expected to disable this method in certain cases to avoid user annoyance (e.g. as part of their popup blocker feature). For instance, a user agent could require that a site be white-listed before enabling this method, or the user agent could be configured to only allow one modal dialog at a time.
Let the list of background browsing contexts be a list of all the browsing contexts that:
Window
object on which the showModalDialog()
method was
called, and thatshowModalDialog()
method at
the time the method was called,...as well as any browsing contexts that are nested inside any of the browsing contexts matching those conditions.
Disable the user interface for all the browsing contexts in the list of background browsing contexts. This should prevent the user from navigating those browsing contexts, causing events to be sent to those browsing context, or editing any content in those browsing contexts. However, it does not prevent those browsing contexts from receiving events from sources other than the user, from running scripts, from running animations, and so forth.
Create a new auxiliary browsing context, with the
opener browsing context being the browsing context of
the Window
object on which the showModalDialog()
method was
called. The new auxiliary browsing context has no name.
This browsing context's
Document
s' Window
objects all implement
the WindowModal
interface.
Let the dialog arguments of the new browsing context be set to the value of argument, or the 'undefined' value if the argument was omitted.
Let the dialog arguments' origin be the
origin of the script that called the showModalDialog()
method.
Navigate the new browsing context to the absolute URL that resulted from resolving url earlier, with replacement enabled, and with the browsing context of the script that invoked the method as the source browsing context.
Wait for the browsing context to be closed. (The user agent must allow the user to indicate that the browsing context is to be closed.)
Reenable the user interface for all the browsing contexts in the list of background browsing contexts.
Return the auxiliary browsing context's return value.
The Window
objects of Document
s hosted
by browsing contexts created
by the above algorithm must all implement the
WindowModal
interface:
Really I want the Window object to just gain these attributes, as if they were on the Window prototype. That's the XXX below.
[NoInterfaceObject, ImplementedOn=Window, XXX] interface WindowModal { readonly attribute any dialogArguments; attribute DOMString returnValue; };
dialogArguments
Returns the argument argument that was
passed to the showModalDialog()
method.
returnValue
[ = value ]Returns the current return value for the window.
Can be set, to change the value that will be returned by the
showModalDialog()
method.
Such browsing contexts have associated dialog
arguments, which are stored along with the dialog
arguments' origin. These values are set by the showModalDialog()
method in the
algorithm above, when the browsing context is created, based on the
arguments provided to the method.
The dialogArguments
DOM attribute, on getting, must check whether its browsing context's
active document's origin is the same as the dialog arguments'
origin. If it is, then the browsing context's dialog
arguments must be returned unchanged. Otherwise, if the
dialog arguments are an object, then the empty string
must be returned, and if the dialog arguments are not
an object, then the stringification of the dialog
arguments must be returned.
These browsing contexts also have an associated return value. The return value of a browsing context must be initialized to the empty string when the browsing context is created.
The returnValue
DOM attribute, on getting, must return the return value
of its browsing context, and on setting, must set the return
value to the given new value.
The window.close()
method can be used to
close the browsing context.
The navigator
attribute of the Window
interface must return an
instance of the Navigator
interface, which represents
the identity and state of the user agent (the client), and allows
Web pages to register themselves as potential protocol and content
handlers:
interface Navigator { // objects implementing this interface also implement the interfaces given below }; [NoInterfaceObject, ImplementedOn=Navigator] interface NavigatorID { readonly attribute DOMString appName; readonly attribute DOMString appVersion; readonly attribute DOMString platform; readonly attribute DOMString userAgent; }; [NoInterfaceObject, ImplementedOn=Navigator] interface NavigatorOnLine { readonly attribute boolean onLine; }; [NoInterfaceObject, ImplementedOn=Navigator] interface NavigatorAbilities { // content handler registration void registerProtocolHandler(in DOMString protocol, in DOMString url, in DOMString title); void registerContentHandler(in DOMString mimeType, in DOMString url, in DOMString title); void getStorageUpdates(); };
Objects implementing the Navigator
interface must
also implement the NavigatorID,
NavigatorOnLine, and
NavigatorAbilities interfaces. (These interfaces are
defined separately so that other specifications can re-use parts of
the Navigator
interface.)
In certain cases, despite the best efforts of the entire industry, Web browsers have bugs and limitations that Web authors are forced to work around.
This section defines a collection of attributes that can be used to determine, from script, the kind of user agent in use, in order to work around these issues.
Client detection should always be limited to detecting known current versions; future versions and unknown versions should always be assumed to be fully compliant.
navigator
. appName
Returns the name of the browser.
navigator
. appVersion
Returns the version of the browser.
navigator
. platform
Returns the name of the platform.
navigator
. userAgent
Returns the complete User-Agent header.
appName
Must return either the string "Netscape
" or the full name of the browser, e.g. "Mellblom Browsernator
".
appVersion
Must return either the string "4.0
" or a string representing the version of the browser in detail, e.g. "1.0 (VMS; en-US) Mellblomenator/9000
".
platform
Must return either the empty string or a string representing the platform on which the browser is executing, e.g. "MacIntel
", "Win32
", "FreeBSD i386
", "WebTV OS
".
userAgent
Must return the string used for the value of the "User-Agent
" header in HTTP requests, or the empty string if no such header is ever sent.
The registerProtocolHandler()
method allows Web sites to register themselves as possible handlers
for particular protocols. For example, an online fax service could
register itself as a handler of the fax:
protocol ([RFC2806]), so that if the user clicks on
such a link, he is given the opportunity to use that Web
site. Analogously, the registerContentHandler()
method allows Web sites to register themselves as possible handlers
for content in a particular MIME type. For example, the same online
fax service could register itself as a handler for
image/g3fax
files ([RFC1494]), so that if the user has no
native application capable of handling G3 Facsimile byte streams,
his Web browser can instead suggest he use that site to view the
image.
navigator
. registerProtocolHandler
(protocol, url, title)navigator
. registerContentHandler
(mimeType, url, title)Registers a handler for the given protocol or content type, at the given URL, with the given title.
The string "%s
" in the URL is used as a
placeholder for where to put the URL of the content to be
handled.
Throws a SECURITY_ERR
exception if the user agent
blocks the registration (this might happen if trying to register
as a handler for "http", for instance).
Throws a SYNTAX_ERR
if the "%s
" string is missing in the URL.
User agents may, within the constraints described in this section, do whatever they like when the methods are called. A UA could, for instance, prompt the user and offer the user the opportunity to add the site to a shortlist of handlers, or make the handlers his default, or cancel the request. UAs could provide such a UI through modal UI or through a non-modal transient notification interface. UAs could also simply silently collect the information, providing it only when relevant to the user.
User agents should keep track of which sites have registered handlers (even if the user has declined such registrations) so that the user is not repeatedly prompted with the same request.
The arguments to the methods have the following meanings and corresponding implementation requirements:
registerProtocolHandler()
only)A scheme, such as ftp
or fax
. The
scheme must be compared in an ASCII case-insensitive
manner by user agents for the purposes of comparing with the
scheme part of URLs that they consider against the list of
registered handlers.
The protocol value, if it contains a colon
(as in "ftp:
"), will never match anything, since
schemes don't contain colons.
This feature is not intended to be used with non-standard protocols.
registerContentHandler()
only)A MIME type, such as model/vrml
or
text/richtext
. The MIME type must be compared in an
ASCII case-insensitive manner by user agents for the
purposes of comparing with MIME types of documents that they
consider against the list of registered handlers.
User agents must compare the given values only to the MIME type/subtype parts of content types, not to the complete type including parameters. Thus, if mimeType values passed to this method include characters such as commas or whitespace, or include MIME parameters, then the handler being registered will never be used.
The type is compared to the MIME type used by the user agent after the sniffing algorithms have been applied.
The URL of the page that will handle the requests.
When the user agent uses this URL, it must replace the first
occurrence of the exact literal string "%s
"
with an escaped version of the absolute URL of the
content in question (as defined below), then resolve the resulting URL, relative to the base URL of the first
script at the time the registerContentHandler()
or registerProtocolHandler()
methods were invoked, and then navigate an
appropriate browsing context to the resulting URL
using the GET method (or
equivalent for non-HTTP URLs).
To get the escaped version of the absolute URL of the content in question, the user agent must replace every character in that absolute URL that doesn't match the <query> production defined in RFC 3986 by the percent-encoded form of that character. [RFC3986]
If the user had visited a site at http://example.com/
that made the following
call:
navigator.registerContentHandler('application/x-soup', 'soup?url=%s', 'SoupWeb™')
...and then, much later, while visiting http://www.example.net/
, clicked on a link such
as:
<a href="chickenkïwi.soup">Download our Chicken Kïwi soup!</a>
...then, assuming this chickenkïwi.soup
file
was served with the MIME type application/x-soup
,
the UA might navigate to the following URL:
http://example.com/soup?url=http://www.example.net/chickenk%C3%AFwi.soup
This site could then fetch the chickenkïwi.soup
file and do whatever it is that it does with soup (synthesize it
and ship it to the user, or whatever).
A descriptive title of the handler, which the UA might use to remind the user what the site in question is.
User agents should raise SECURITY_ERR
exceptions if
the methods are called with protocol or mimeType values that the UA deems to be
"privileged". For example, a site attempting to register a handler
for http
URLs or text/html
content in a
Web browser would likely cause an exception to be raised.
User agents must raise a SYNTAX_ERR
exception if the
url argument passed to one of these methods does
not contain the exact literal string "%s
", or if resolving the url
argument with the first occurrence of the string "%s
" removed, relative to the first
script's base URL, is
not successful.
User agents must not raise any other exceptions (other than binding-specific exceptions, such as for an incorrect number of arguments in an JavaScript implementation).
This section does not define how the pages registered by these methods are used, beyond the requirements on how to process the url value (see above). To some extent, the processing model for navigating across documents defines some cases where these methods are relevant, but in general UAs may use this information wherever they would otherwise consider handing content to native plugins or helper applications.
UAs must not use registered content handlers to handle content that was returned as part of a non-GET transaction (or rather, as part of any non-idempotent transaction), as the remote site would not be able to fetch the same data.
These mechanisms can introduce a number of concerns, in particular privacy concerns.
Hijacking all Web usage. User agents should not
allow protocols that are key to its normal operation, such as
http
or https
, to be rerouted through
third-party sites. This would allow a user's activities to be
trivially tracked, and would allow user information, even in secure
connections, to be collected.
Hijacking defaults. It is strongly recommended that user agents do not automatically change any defaults, as this could lead the user to send data to remote hosts that the user is not expecting. New handlers registering themselves should never automatically cause those sites to be used.
Registration spamming. User agents should
consider the possibility that a site will attempt to register a
large number of handlers, possibly from multiple domains (e.g. by
redirecting through a series of pages each on a different domain,
and each registering a handler for video/mpeg
—
analogous practices abusing other Web browser features have been
used by pornography Web sites for many years). User agents should
gracefully handle such hostile attempts, protecting the user.
Misleading titles. User agents should not rely
wholly on the title argument to the methods when
presenting the registered handlers to the user, since sites could
easily lie. For example, a site hostile.example.net
could claim that it was registering the "Cuddly Bear Happy Content
Handler". User agents should therefore use the handler's domain in
any UI along with any title.
Hostile handler metadata. User agents should protect against typical attacks against strings embedded in their interface, for example ensuring that markup or escape characters in such strings are not executed, that null bytes are properly handled, that over-long strings do not cause crashes or buffer overruns, and so forth.
Leaking Intranet URLs. The mechanism described in this section can result in secret Intranet URLs being leaked, in the following manner:
No actual confidential file data is leaked in this manner, but
the URLs themselves could contain confidential information. For
example, the URL could be
http://www.corp.example.com/upcoming-aquisitions/the-sample-company.egf
,
which might tell the third party that Example Corporation is
intending to merge with The Sample Company. Implementors might wish
to consider allowing administrators to disable this feature for
certain subdomains, content types, or protocols.
Leaking secure URLs. User agents should not send
HTTPS URLs to third-party sites registered as content handlers, in
the same way that user agents do not send Referer
(sic) HTTP headers from secure
sites to third-party sites.
Leaking credentials. User agents must never send username or password information in the URLs that are escaped and included sent to the handler sites. User agents may even avoid attempting to pass to Web-based handlers the URLs of resources that are known to require authentication to access, as such sites would be unable to access the resources in question without prompting the user for credentials themselves (a practice that would require the user to know whether to trust the third-party handler, a decision many users are unable to make or even understand).
This section is non-normative.
A simple implementation of this feature for a desktop Web browser might work as follows.
The registerProtocolHandler()
method could display a modal dialog box:
||[ Content Handler Registration ]|||||||||||||||||||||||||||| | | | This Web page: | | | | Kittens at work | | http://kittens.example.org/ | | | | ...would like permission to handle files of type: | | | | application/x-meowmeow | | | | using the following Web-based application: | | | | Kittens-at-work displayer | | http://kittens.example.org/?show=%s | | | | Do you trust the administrators of the "kittens.example. | | org" domain? | | | | ( Trust kittens.example.org ) (( Cancel )) | |____________________________________________________________|
...where "Kittens at work" is the title of the page that invoked
the method, "http://kittens.example.org/" is the URL of that page,
"application/x-meowmeow" is the string that was passed to the registerContentHandler()
method as its first argument (mimeType),
"http://kittens.example.org/?show=%s" was the second argument (url), and "Kittens-at-work displayer" was the third
argument (title).
If the user clicks the Cancel button, then nothing further happens. If the user clicks the "Trust" button, then the handler is remembered.
When the user then attempts to fetch a URL that uses the "application/x-meowmeow" MIME type, then it might display a dialog as follows:
||[ Unknown File Type ]||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| | | | You have attempted to access: | | | | data:application/x-meowmeow;base64,S2l0dGVucyBhcmUgd | | GhlIGN1dGVzdCE%3D | | | | How would you like FerretBrowser to handle this resource? | | | | (o) Contact the FerretBrowser plugin registry to see if | | there is an official way to handle this resource. | | | | ( ) Pass this URL to a local application: | | [ /no application selected/ ] ( Choose ) | | | | ( ) Pass this URL to the "Kittens-at-work displayer" | | application at "kittens.example.org". | | | | [ ] Always do this for resources using the "application/ | | x-meowmeow" protocol in future. | | | | ( Ok ) (( Cancel )) | |____________________________________________________________|
...where the third option is the one that was primed by the site registering itself earlier.
If the user does select that option, then the browser, in accordance with the requirements described in the previous two sections, will redirect the user to "http://kittens.example.org/?show=data%3Aapplication/x-meowmeow;base64,S2l0dGVucyBhcmUgdGhlIGN1dGVzdCE%253D".
The registerProtocolHandler()
method would work equivalently, but for schemes instead of unknown
content types.
navigator
. getStorageUpdates
()If a script uses the document.cookie
API, or the
localStorage
API, the
browser will block other scripts from accessing cookies or storage
until the first script finishes.
Calling the navigator.getStorageUpdates()
method tells the user agent to unblock any other scripts that may
be blocked, even though the script hasn't returned.
Values of cookies and items in the Storage
objects
of localStorage
attributes
can change after calling this method, whence its name.
The getStorageUpdates()
method, when invoked, must, if the storage mutex is
owned by the event loop of the task that resulted in the method being
called, release the storage mutex so that it is once
again free. Otherwise, it must do nothing.
This section is non-normative.
...
An application cache is a set of cached resources consisting of:
One or more resources (including their out-of-band metadata, such as HTTP headers, if any), identified by URLs, each falling into one (or more) of the following categories:
manifest
attribute.
html
element's manifest
attribute. The
manifest is fetched and processed during the application
cache update process. All the master entries have
the same origin as the manifest.
manifest
attribute but that it doesn't point at this cache's manifest.
A URL in the list can be flagged with multiple different types, and thus an entry can end up being categorized as multiple entries. For example, an entry can be a manifest entry and an explicit entry at the same time, if the manifest is listed within the manifest.
Each application cache has a completeness flag, which is either complete or incomplete.
An application cache group is a group of application caches, identified by the absolute URL of a resource manifest which is used to populate the caches in the group.
An application cache is newer than another if it was created after the other (in other words, application caches in an application cache group have a chronological order).
Only the newest application cache in an application cache group can have its completeness flag set to incomplete, the others are always all complete.
Each application cache group has an update status, which is one of the following: idle, checking, downloading.
A relevant application cache is an application cache that is the newest in its group to be complete.
Each application cache group has a list of pending master
entries. Each entry in this list consists of a resource and a
corresponding Document
object. It is used during the
update process to ensure that new master entries are cached.
An application cache group can be marked as obsolete, meaning that it must be ignored when looking at what application cache groups exist.
A cache host is a Document
or a
SharedWorkerGlobalScope
object. A cache
host can be associated with an application
cache.
A Document
initially is not associated with an
application cache, but can become associated with one
early during the page load process, when steps in the parser and in the navigation sections cause cache selection to occur.
A SharedWorkerGlobalScope
can be associated with
an application cache when it is created.
Each cache host has an associated
ApplicationCache
object.
Multiple application caches in different application cache groups can contain the same resource, e.g. if the manifests all reference that resource. If the user agent is to select an application cache from a list of relevant application caches that contain a resource, that the user agent must use the application cache that the user most likely wants to see the resource from, taking into account the following:
This section is non-normative.
This example manifest requires two images and a style sheet to be cached and whitelists a CGI script.
CACHE MANIFEST # the above line is required # this is a comment # there can be as many of these anywhere in the file # they are all ignored # comments can have spaces before them # but must be alone on the line # blank lines are ignored too # these are files that need to be cached they can either be listed # first, or a "CACHE:" header could be put before them, as is done # lower down. images/sound-icon.png images/background.png # note that each file has to be put on its own line # here is a file for the online whitelist -- it isn't cached, and # references to this file will bypass the cache, always hitting the # network (or trying to, if the user is offline). NETWORK: comm.cgi # here is another set of files to cache, this time just the CSS file. CACHE: style/default.css
Manifests must be served using the text/cache-manifest
MIME type. All resources served
using the text/cache-manifest
MIME type must
follow the syntax of application cache manifests, as described in
this section.
An application cache manifest is a text file, whose text is encoded using UTF-8. Data in application cache manifests is line-based. Newlines must be represented by U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters, or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) pairs.
This is a willful
double violation of RFC2046, which requires all text/*
types to support an open-ended set of
character encodings and only allows CRLF line breaks. These
requirements, however, are outdated; UTF-8 is now widely used, such
that supporting other encodings is no longer necessary, and use of
CR, LF, and CRLF line breaks is commonly supported and indeed
sometimes CRLF is not supported by text editors. [RFC2046]
The first line of an application cache manifest must consist of the string "CACHE", a single U+0020 SPACE character, the string "MANIFEST", and either a U+0020 SPACE character, a U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) character, a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, or a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character. The first line may optionally be preceded by a U+FEFF BYTE ORDER MARK (BOM) character. If any other text is found on the first line, it is ignored.
Subsequent lines, if any, must all be one of the following:
Blank lines must consist of zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters only.
Comment lines must consist of zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters, followed by a single U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) character, followed by zero or more characters other than U+000A LINE FEED (LF) and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
Comments must be on a line on their own. If they were to be included on a line with a URL, the "#" would be mistaken for part of a fragment identifier.
Section headers change the current section. There are three possible section headers:
CACHE:
FALLBACK:
NETWORK:
Section header lines must consist of zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters, followed by one of the names above (including the U+003A COLON (:) character) followed by zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters.
Ironically, by default, the current section is the explicit section.
The format that data lines must take depends on the current section.
When the current section is the explicit section or the online whitelist section, data lines must consist of zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters, a valid URL identifying a resource other than the manifest itself, and then zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters.
When the current section is the fallback section, data lines must consist of zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters, a valid URL identifying a resource other than the manifest itself, one or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters, another valid URL identifying a resource other than the manifest itself, and then zero or more U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters.
The URLs in data lines can't be empty strings, since those would be relative URLs to the manifest itself. Such lines would be confused with blank or invalid lines, anyway.
Manifests may contain sections more than once. Sections may be empty.
URLs that are to be fallback pages associated with fallback namespaces, and those namespaces themselves, must be given in fallback sections, with the namespace being the first URL of the data line, and the corresponding fallback page being the second URL. All the other pages to be cached must be listed in explicit sections.
Fallback namespaces and fallback entries must have the same origin as the manifest itself.
A fallback namespace must not be listed more than once.
URLs that the user agent is to put into the online whitelist must all be specified in online whitelist sections. (This is needed for any URL that the page is intending to use to communicate back to the server.)
Relative URLs must be given relative to the manifest's own URL.
URLs in manifests must not have fragment identifiers (i.e. the U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character isn't allowed in URLs in manifests).
When a user agent is to parse a manifest, it means that the user agent must run the following steps:
The user agent must decode the byte stream corresponding with the manifest to be parsed, treating it as UTF-8. Bytes or sequences of bytes that are not valid UTF-8 sequences must be interpreted as a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER.
Let base URL be the absolute URL representing the manifest.
Let explicit URLs be an initially empty list of explicit entries.
Let fallback URLs be an initially empty mapping of fallback namespaces to fallback entries.
Let online whitelist URLs be an initially empty list of URLs for a online whitelist.
Let input be the decoded text of the manifest's byte stream.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the first character.
If position is pointing at a U+FEFF BYTE ORDER MARK (BOM) character, then advance position to the next character.
If the characters starting from position are "CACHE", followed by a U+0020 SPACE character, followed by "MANIFEST", then advance position to the next character after those. Otherwise, this isn't a cache manifest; abort this algorithm with a failure while checking for the magic signature.
If the character at position is neither a U+0020 SPACE character, a U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) character, U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, nor a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character, then this isn't a cache manifest; abort this algorithm with a failure while checking for the magic signature.
This is a cache manifest. The algorithm cannot fail beyond this point (though bogus lines can get ignored).
Collect a sequence of characters that are not U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters, and ignore those characters. (Extra text on the first line, after the signature, is ignored.)
Let mode be "explicit".
Start of line: If position is past the end of input, then jump to the last step. Otherwise, collect a sequence of characters that are U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), U+0020 SPACE, or U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters.
Now, collect a sequence of characters that are not U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters, and let the result be line.
Drop any trailing U+0020 SPACE and U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters at the end of line.
If line is the empty string, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If the first character in line is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) character, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If line equals "CACHE:" (the word "CACHE" followed by a U+003A COLON (:) character), then set mode to "explicit" and jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If line equals "FALLBACK:" (the word "FALLBACK" followed by a U+003A COLON (:) character), then set mode to "fallback" and jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If line equals "NETWORK:" (the word "NETWORK" followed by a U+003A COLON (:) character), then set mode to "online whitelist" and jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If line ends with a U+003A COLON (:) character, then set mode to "unknown" and jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
This is either a data line or it is syntactically incorrect.
Let position be a pointer into line, initially pointing at the start of the string.
Let tokens be a list of strings, initially empty.
While position doesn't point past the end of line:
Let current token be an empty string.
While position doesn't point past the end of line and the character at position is neither a U+0020 SPACE nor a U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) character, add the character at position to current token and advance position to the next character in input.
Add current token to the tokens list.
While position doesn't point past the end of line and the character at position is either a U+0020 SPACE or a U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) character, advance position to the next character in input.
Process tokens as follows:
Resolve the first item in tokens, relative to base URL; ignore the rest.
If this fails, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If the resulting absolute URL has a different <scheme> component than the manifest's URL (compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner), then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
Drop the <fragment> component of the resulting absolute URL, if it has one.
Add the resulting absolute URL to the explicit URLs.
Let part one be the first token in tokens, and let part two be the second token in tokens.
Resolve part one and part two, relative to base URL.
If either fails, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If the absolute URL corresponding to either part one or part two does not have the same origin as the manifest's URL, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
Drop any the <fragment> components of the resulting absolute URLs.
If the absolute URL corresponding to part one is already in the fallback URLs mapping as a fallback namespace, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
Otherwise, add the absolute URL corresponding to part one to the fallback URLs mapping as a fallback namespace, mapped to the absolute URL corresponding to part two as the fallback entry.
Resolve the first item in tokens, relative to base URL; ignore the rest.
If this fails, then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
If the resulting absolute URL has a different <scheme> component than the manifest's URL (compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner), then jump back to the step labeled "start of line".
Drop the <fragment> component of the resulting absolute URL, if it has one.
Add the resulting absolute URL to the online whitelist URLs.
Do nothing. The line is ignored.
Jump back to the step labeled "start of line". (That step jumps to the next, and last, step when the end of the file is reached.)
Return the explicit URLs list, the fallback URLs mapping, and the online whitelist URLs.
If a resource is listed in the explicit section and matches an entry in the online whitelist, or if a resource matches both an entry in the fallback section and the online whitelist, the resource will taken from the cache, and the online whitelist entry will be ignored.
When the user agent is required (by other parts of this specification) to start the application cache update process for an absolute URL purported to identify a manifest, or for an application cache group, potentially given a particular cache host, and potentially given a new master resource, the user agent must run the following steps:
Atomically, so as to avoid race conditions, perform the following substeps:
Pick the appropriate substeps:
Let manifest URL be that absolute URL.
If there is no application cache group identified by manifest URL, then create a new application cache group identified by manifest URL. Initially, it has no application caches. One will be created later in this algorithm.
Let manifest URL be the absolute URL of the manifest used to identify the application cache group to be updated.
Let cache group be the application cache group identified by manifest URL.
If these steps were invoked with a new master resource, then add
the resource, along with the resource's Document
, to
cache group's list of pending master
entries.
If these steps were invoked with a cache
host, and the status of cache group is checking or
downloading, then queue a task to fire
a simple event called checking
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of that cache
host. The default action of this event should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user
that the user agent is checking to see if it can download the
application.
If these steps were invoked with a cache
host, and the status of cache group is downloading, then also
queue a task to fire a simple event
called downloading
that is
cancelable at the ApplicationCache
singleton of that
cache host. The default action of this event should
be the display of some sort of user interface indicating to the
user the application is being downloaded.
If the status of the cache group is either checking or downloading, then abort this instance of the update process, as an update is already in progress for them.
Set the status of cache group to checking.
For each cache host associated with an
application cache in cache
group, queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called checking
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user
that the user agent is checking for the availability of
updates.
The remainder of the steps run asynchronously.
If cache group already has an application cache in it, then this is an upgrade attempt. Otherwise, this is a cache attempt.
If this is a cache
attempt, then this algorithm was invoked with a cache
host; queue a task to fire a simple
event called checking
that is cancelable at the ApplicationCache
singleton
of that cache host. The default action of this event
should be the display of some sort of user interface indicating to
the user that the user agent is checking for the availability of
updates.
Fetching the manifest: Fetch the resource from manifest URL, and let manifest be that resource.
If the resource is labeled with the MIME type text/cache-manifest
, parse manifest according to the rules for parsing manifests, obtaining a list of
explicit entries,
fallback entries
and the fallback
namespaces that map to them, and entries for the online
whitelist.
If fetching the manifest fails due to a 404 or 410 response or equivalent, then run these substeps:
Mark cache group as obsolete. This cache group no longer exists for any purpose other
than the processing of Document
objects already
associated with an application cache in the cache group.
For each cache host associated with an
application cache in cache
group, queue a task to fire a simple
event called obsolete
that is cancelable at the ApplicationCache
singleton
of the cache host. The default action of these
events should be the display of some sort of user interface
indicating to the user that the application is no longer
available for offline use.
For each entry in cache group's list of pending master
entries, queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called error
(not obsolete
!) at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host the Document
for this entry, if there
still is one. The default action of this event should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user
that the user agent failed to save the application for offline
use.
If cache group has an application cache whose completeness flag is incomplete, then discard that application cache.
If appropriate, remove any user interface indicating that an update for this cache is in progress.
Let the status of cache group be idle.
Abort the update process.
Otherwise, if fetching the manifest fails in some other
way (e.g. the server returns another 4xx or 5xx response or equivalent, or
there is a DNS error, or the connection times out, or the user
cancels the download, or the parser for manifests fails when
checking the magic signature), or if the server returned a
redirect, or if the resource is labeled with a MIME type other
than text/cache-manifest
, then run the
cache failure steps.
If this is an upgrade attempt and the newly downloaded manifest is byte-for-byte identical to the manifest found in the newest application cache in cache group, or the server reported it as "304 Not Modified" or equivalent, then run these substeps:
Let cache be the newest application cache in cache group.
For each entry in cache group's list of pending master entries, wait for the resource for this entry to have either completely downloaded or failed.
If the download failed (e.g. the connection times out, or the
user cancels the download), then queue a task to
fire a simple event that is cancelable called error
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host the Document
for this entry, if there
still is one. The default action of this event should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user
that the user agent failed to save the application for offline
use.
Otherwise, associate the Document
for this entry
with cache; store the resource for this
entry in cache, if it isn't already there,
and categorize its entry as a master entry.
HTTP caching rules, such as Cache-Control: no-store
, are ignored for the
purposes of the application cache update
process.
For each cache host associated with an
application cache in cache
group, queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called noupdate
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user
that the application is up to date.
Empty cache group's list of pending master entries.
If appropriate, remove any user interface indicating that an update for this cache is in progress.
Let the status of cache group be idle.
Abort the update process.
Let new cache be a newly created application cache in cache group. Set its completeness flag to incomplete.
For each entry in cache group's list of pending master
entries, associate the Document
for this entry
with new cache.
Set the status of cache group to downloading.
For each cache host associated with an
application cache in cache group,
queue a task to fire a simple event that
is cancelable called downloading
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user that
a new version is being downloaded.
Let file list be an empty list of URLs with flags.
Add all the URLs in the list of explicit entries obtained by parsing manifest to file list, each flagged with "explicit entry".
Add all the URLs in the list of fallback entries obtained by parsing manifest to file list, each flagged with "fallback entry".
If this is an upgrade attempt, then add all the URLs of master entries in the newest application cache in cache group whose completeness flag is complete to file list, each flagged with "master entry".
If any URL is in file list more than once, then merge the entries into one entry for that URL, that entry having all the flags that the original entries had.
For each URL in file list, run the following steps. These steps may be run in parallel for two or more of the URLs at a time.
If the resource URL being processed was flagged as neither an "explicit entry" nor or a "fallback entry", then the user agent may skip this URL.
This is intended to allow user agents to expire resources not listed in the manifest (other than those in the manifest itself) from the cache. Generally, implementors are urged to use an approach that expires lesser-used resources first.
For each cache host associated with an
application cache in cache
group, queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called progress
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user
that a file is being downloaded in preparation for updating the
application.
Fetch the resource. If this is an upgrade attempt, then use the newest application cache in cache group as an HTTP cache, and honor HTTP caching semantics (such as expiration, ETags, and so forth) with respect to that cache. User agents may also have other caches in place that are also honored.
If the resource in question is already being downloaded for other reasons then the existing download process can be used for the purposes of this step, as defined by the fetching algorithm.
An example of a resource that might already
be being downloaded is a large image on a Web page that is being
seen for the first time. The image would get downloaded to
satisfy the img
element on the page, as well as
being listed in the cache manifest. According to the rules for
fetching that image only need be
downloaded once, and it can be used both for the cache and for
the rendered Web page.
If the previous step fails (e.g. the server returns a 4xx or 5xx response or equivalent, or there is a DNS error, or the connection times out, or the user cancels the download), or if the server returned a redirect, then run the first appropriate step from the following list:
Run the cache failure steps.
Redirects are fatal because they are either indicative of a network problem (e.g. a captive portal); or would allow resources to be added to the cache under URLs that differ from any URL that the networking model will allow access to, leaving orphan entries; or would allow resources to be stored under URLs different than their true URLs. All of these situations are bad.
Skip this resource. It is dropped from the cache.
Copy the resource and its metadata from the newest application cache in cache group whose completeness flag is complete, and act as if that was the fetched resource, ignoring the resource obtained from the network.
User agents may warn the user of these errors as an aid to development.
These rules make errors for resources listed in the manifest fatal, while making it possible for other resources to be removed from caches when they are removed from the server, without errors, and making non-manifest resources survive server-side errors.
Otherwise, the fetching succeeded. Store the resource in the new cache.
If the URL being processed was flagged as an "explicit entry" in file list, then categorize the entry as an explicit entry.
If the URL being processed was flagged as a "fallback entry" in file list, then categorize the entry as a fallback entry.
If the URL being processed was flagged as an "master entry" in file list, then categorize the entry as a master entry.
As an optimization, if the resource is an HTML or XML file
whose root element is an html
element with a manifest
attribute whose value
doesn't match the manifest URL of the application cache being
processed, then the user agent should mark the entry as being
foreign.
Store the list of fallback namespaces, and the URLs of the fallback entries that they map to, in new cache.
Store the URLs that form the new online whitelist in new cache.
For each entry in cache group's list of pending master entries, wait for the resource for this entry to have either completely downloaded or failed.
If the download failed (e.g. the connection times out, or the user cancels the download), then run these substeps:
Unassociate the Document
for this entry from
new cache.
Queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called error
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the
Document
for this entry, if there still is one. The
default action of this event should be the display of some sort
of user interface indicating to the user that the user agent
failed to save the application for offline use.
If this is a cache attempt and this entry is the last entry in cache group's list of pending master entries, then run these further substeps:
Discard cache group and its only application cache, new cache.
If appropriate, remove any user interface indicating that an update for this cache is in progress.
Abort the update process.
Otherwise, remove this entry from cache group's list of pending master entries.
Otherwise, store the resource for this entry in new cache, if it isn't already there, and categorize its entry as a master entry.
Fetch the resource from manifest URL again, and let second manifest be that resource.
If the previous step failed for any reason, or if the fetching attempt involved a redirect, or if second manifest and manifest are not byte-for-byte identical, then schedule a rerun of the entire algorithm with the same parameters after a short delay, and run the cache failure steps.
Otherwise, store manifest in new cache, if it's not there already, and categorize its entry as the manifest.
Set the completeness flag of new cache to complete.
If this is a cache
attempt, then for each cache host associated
with an application cache in cache
group, queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called cached
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user that
the application has been cached and that they can now use it
offline.
Otherwise, it is an upgrade attempt. For each
cache host associated with an application
cache in cache group, queue a
task to fire a simple event that is cancelable
called updateready
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user that
a new version is available and that they can activate it by
reloading the page.
If appropriate, remove any user interface indicating that an update for this cache is in progress.
Set the update status of cache group to idle.
The cache failure steps are as follows:
For each entry in cache group's list of pending master entries, run the following further substeps. These steps may be run in parallel for two or more entries at a time.
Wait for the resource for this entry to have either completely downloaded or failed.
Unassociate the Document
for this entry from
its application cache, if it has one.
Queue a task to fire a simple
event that is cancelable called error
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the
Document
for this entry, if there still is one. The
default action of these events should be the display of some sort
of user interface indicating to the user that the user agent
failed to save the application for offline use.
For each cache host still associated with an
application cache in cache group,
queue a task to fire a simple event that
is cancelable called error
at the
ApplicationCache
singleton of the cache
host. The default action of these events should be the
display of some sort of user interface indicating to the user that
the user agent failed to save the application for offline
use.
Empty cache group's list of pending master entries.
If cache group has an application cache whose completeness flag is incomplete, then discard that application cache.
If appropriate, remove any user interface indicating that an update for this cache is in progress.
Let the status of cache group be idle.
If this was a cache attempt, discard cache group altogether.
Abort the update process.
Attempts to fetch resources as part of the application cache update process may be done with cache-defeating semantics, to avoid problems with stale or inconsistent intermediary caches.
User agents may invoke the application cache update process, in the background, for any application cache, at any time (with no cache host). This allows user agents to keep caches primed and to update caches even before the user visits a site.
A URL matches a fallback namespace if there exists a relevant application cache whose manifest's URL has the same origin as the URL in question, and that has a fallback namespace that is a prefix match for the URL being examined. If multiple fallback namespaces match the same URL, the longest one is the one that matches. A URL looking for an fallback namespace can match more than one application cache at a time, but only matches one namespace in each cache.
If a manifest http://example.com/app1/manifest
declares that
http://example.com/resources/images
is a
fallback namespace, and the user navigates to HTTP://EXAMPLE.COM:80/resources/images/cat.png
,
then the user agent will decide that the application cache
identified by http://example.com/app1/manifest
contains a
namespace with a match for that URL.
When the application cache
selection algorithm algorithm is invoked with a
Document
document and optionally a
manifest URL manifest URL, the user
agent must run the first applicable set of steps from the following
list:
Mark the entry for the resource from which document was taken in the application cache from which it was loaded as foreign.
Restart the current navigation from the top of the navigation algorithm, undoing any changes that were made as part of the initial load (changes can be avoided by ensuring that the step to update the session history with the new page is only ever completed after this application cache selection algorithm is run, though this is not required).
The navigation will not result in the same resource being loaded, because "foreign" entries are never picked during navigation.
User agents may notify the user of the inconsistency between the cache manifest and the document's own metadata, to aid in application development.
Associate document with the application cache from which it was loaded. Invoke the application cache update process for that cache and with the browsing context being navigated.
Invoke the application cache update process for manifest URL, with the browsing context being navigated, and with document and the resource from which document was loaded as the new master resource.
The Document
is not associated with any
application cache.
If there was a manifest URL, the user agent may report to the user that it was ignored, to aid in application development.
When a cache host is associated with an application cache whose completeness flag is complete, any and all loads for resources related to that cache host other than those for child browsing contexts must go through the following steps instead of immediately invoking the mechanisms appropriate to that resource's scheme:
If the resource is not to be fetched using the HTTP GET
mechanism or
equivalent, or if it has a javascript:
URL, then
fetch the resource normally and abort these
steps.
If the resource's URL is a master entry, the manifest, an explicit entry, or a fallback entry in the application cache, then get the resource from the cache (instead of fetching it), and abort these steps.
If the resource's URL has the same origin as the manifest's URL, and there is a fallback namespace in the application cache that is a prefix match for the resource's URL, then:
Fetch the resource normally. If this results in a redirect to a resource with another origin (indicative of a captive portal), or a 4xx or 5xx status code or equivalent, or if there were network errors (but not if the user canceled the download), then instead get, from the cache, the resource of the fallback entry corresponding to the matched namespace. Abort these steps.
If there is an entry in the application cache's online whitelist that has the same origin as the resource's URL and that is a prefix match for the resource's URL, then fetch the resource normally and abort these steps.
Fail the resource load.
The above algorithm ensures that resources that are not present in the manifest will always fail to load (at least, after the application cache has been primed the first time), making the testing of offline applications simpler.
interface ApplicationCache { // update status const unsigned short UNCACHED = 0; const unsigned short IDLE = 1; const unsigned short CHECKING = 2; const unsigned short DOWNLOADING = 3; const unsigned short UPDATEREADY = 4; const unsigned short OBSOLETE = 5; readonly attribute unsigned short status; // updates void update(); void swapCache(); // events attribute Function onchecking; attribute Function onerror; attribute Function onnoupdate; attribute Function ondownloading; attribute Function onprogress; attribute Function onupdateready; attribute Function oncached; attribute Function onobsolete; };
applicationCache
(In a window.) Returns the ApplicationCache
object that applies to the active document of that Window
.
applicationCache
(In a shared worker.) Returns the ApplicationCache
object that applies to the current shared worker.
status
Returns the current status of the application cache, as given by the constants defined below.
update
()Invokes the application cache update process.
Throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception if there is no application cache to update.
swapCache
()Switches to the most recent application cache, if there is a newer one. If there isn't, throws an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception.
Objects implementing the ApplicationCache
interface
must also implement the EventTarget
interface.
There is a one-to-one mapping from cache
hosts to ApplicationCache
objects. The applicationCache
attribute on Window
objects must return the
ApplicationCache
object associated with the
Window
object's active document. The applicationCache
attribute on SharedWorkerGlobalScope
objects must
return the ApplicationCache
object associated with the
worker.
The status
attribute, on getting, must return the current state of the
application cache that the
ApplicationCache
object's cache host is
associated with, if any. This must be the appropriate value from the
following list:
UNCACHED
(numeric value 0)The ApplicationCache
object's cache
host is not associated with an application
cache at this time.
IDLE
(numeric value 1)The ApplicationCache
object's cache
host is associated with an application cache
whose application cache group's update status is
idle, and that application cache is the newest cache in its
application cache group, and the application
cache group is not marked as obsolete.
CHECKING
(numeric value 2)The ApplicationCache
object's cache
host is associated with an application cache
whose application cache group's update status is
checking.
DOWNLOADING
(numeric value 3)The ApplicationCache
object's cache
host is associated with an application cache
whose application cache group's update status is
downloading.
UPDATEREADY
(numeric value 4)The ApplicationCache
object's cache
host is associated with an application cache
whose application cache group's update status is
idle, and whose application cache group is not
marked as obsolete,
but that application cache is not the newest cache in its
group.
OBSOLETE
(numeric value 5)The ApplicationCache
object's cache
host is associated with an application cache
whose application cache group is marked as obsolete.
If the update()
method is
invoked, the user agent must invoke the application cache
update process, in the background, for the application
cache with which the ApplicationCache
object's
cache host is associated, but without giving that
cache host to the algorithm. If there is no such
application cache, or if it is marked as obsolete, then the method
must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception instead.
If the swapCache()
method
is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps:
Check that ApplicationCache
object's
cache host is associated with an application
cache. If it is not, then raise an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
Let cache be the application
cache with which the ApplicationCache
object's
cache host is associated. (By definition, this is the
same as the one that was found in the previous step.)
If cache's application cache
group is marked as obsolete, then unassociate
the ApplicationCache
object's cache host
from cache and abort these steps. (Resources
will now load from the network instead of the cache.)
Check that there is an application cache in the same
application cache group as cache
whose completeness
flag is complete and that is newer than cache. If there is not, then raise an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception and abort these
steps.
Let new cache be the newest application cache in the same application cache group as cache whose completeness flag is complete.
Unassociate the ApplicationCache
object's
cache host from cache and instead
associate it with new cache.
The following are the event handler attributes (and
their corresponding event
handler event types) that must be supported, as DOM
attributes, by all objects implementing the
ApplicationCache
interface:
event handler attribute | Event handler event type |
---|---|
onchecking | checking
|
onerror | error
|
onnoupdate | noupdate
|
ondownloading | downloading
|
onprogress | progress
|
onupdateready | updateready
|
oncached | cached
|
onobsolete | obsolete
|
navigator
. onLine
Returns false if the user agent is definitely offline (disconnected from the network). Returns true if the user agent might be online.
The navigator.onLine
attribute must return false if the user agent will not contact the
network when the user follows links or when a script requests a
remote page (or knows that such an attempt would fail), and must
return true otherwise.
When the value that would be returned by the navigator.onLine
attribute of
the Window
changes from true to false, the user agent
must fire a simple event called offline
at the
Window
object.
On the other hand, when the value that would be returned by the
navigator.onLine
attribute
of the Window
changes from false to true, the user
agent must fire a simple event called online
at the
Window
object.
This attribute is inherently unreliable. A computer can be connected to a network without having Internet access.
The sequence of Document
s in a browsing
context is its session history.
History
objects provide a representation of the
pages in the session history of browsing contexts. Each browsing
context, including nested browsing context, has
a distinct session history.
Each Document
object in a browsing
context's session history is associated with a
unique instance of the History
object, although they
all must model the same underlying session history.
The history
attribute
of the Window
interface must return the object
implementing the History
interface for that
Window
object's Document
.
History
objects represent their browsing
context's session history as a flat list of session history entries. Each
session history entry consists of either a
URL or a state object, or both, and may in addition have a title, a
Document
object, form data, a scroll position, and
other information associated with it.
This does not imply that the user interface need be linear. See the notes below.
URLs without associated state objects are added to the session history as the user (or script) navigates from page to page.
A state object is an object representing a user interface state.
Pages can add state objects between their entry in the session history and the next ("forward") entry. These are then returned to the script when the user (or script) goes back in the history, thus enabling authors to use the "navigation" metaphor even in one-page applications.
At any point, one of the entries in the session history is the
current entry. This is the entry representing the
active document of the browsing
context. The current entry is usually an entry
for the location of the
Document
. However, it can also be one of the entries
for state objects added to the
history by that document.
Entries that consist of state
objects share the same Document
as the entry for
the page that was active when they were added.
Contiguous entries that differ just by fragment identifier also
share the same Document
.
All entries that share the same
Document
(and that are therefore merely different
states of one particular document) are contiguous by definition.
User agents may discard
the Document
objects of entries other than the
current entry that are not referenced from any script,
reloading the pages afresh when the user or script navigates back to
such pages. This specification does not specify when user agents
should discard Document
objects and when they should
cache them.
Entries that have had their Document
objects
discarded must, for the purposes of the algorithms given below, act
as if they had not. When the user or script navigates back or
forwards to a page which has no in-memory DOM objects, any other
entries that shared the same Document
object with it
must share the new object as well.
When state object entries are added, a URL can be provided. This
URL is used to replace the state object entry if the
Document
is evicted.
History
interfaceinterface History { readonly attribute long length; void go([Optional] in long delta); void back(); void forward(); void pushState(in any data, in DOMString title, [Optional] in DOMString url); void clearState(); };
history
. length
Returns the number of entries in the session history.
history
. go
( [ delta ] )Goes back or forward the specified number of steps in the history.
A zero delta will reload the current page.
If the delta is out of range, does nothing.
history
. back
()Goes back one step in the history.
If there is no previous page, does nothing.
history
. forward
()Goes forward one step in the history.
If there is no next page, does nothing.
history
. pushstate
(data, title [, url ] )Pushes the given data onto the session history, with the given title, and, if provided, the given URL.
history
. clearState
()Removes all state objects for the current page from the session history.
The length
attribute of the History
interface must return the
number of entries in this session history.
The actual entries are not accessible from script.
The go(delta)
method causes the UA to move the
number of steps specified by delta in the
session history.
If the delta is zero, or if the argument is
omitted, then the user agent must act as if the location.reload()
method was
called instead.
Otherwise, if the index of the current entry plus delta is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of items in the session history, then the user agent must do nothing.
Otherwise, the user agent must cause the current browsing context to traverse the history to the specified entry. The specified entry is the one whose index equals the index of the current entry plus delta.
When the user navigates through a browsing context,
e.g. using a browser's back and forward buttons, the user agent must
translate this action into the equivalent invocations of the history.go(delta)
method on the various affected window
objects.
Some of the other members of the History
interface
are defined in terms of the go()
method, as follows:
Member | Definition |
---|---|
back() |
Must do the same as go(-1) |
forward() |
Must do the same as go(1) |
The pushState(data, title, url)
method adds a state object to the
history.
When this method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps:
Let clone data be a structured clone of the specified data. If this throws an exception, then rethrow that exception and abort these steps.
If a third argument is specified, run these substeps:
SECURITY_ERR
exception and
abort the pushState()
steps.SECURITY_ERR
exception and abort the pushState()
steps.For the purposes of the comparison in the above substeps, the <path> and <query> components can only be the same if the URLs use a hierarchical <scheme>.
Remove from the session history any entries for
the Document
from the entry after the current
entry up to the last entry in the session history that
references the same Document
object, if any. If the
current entry is the last entry in the session
history, or if there are no entries after the current
entry that reference the same Document
object,
then no entries are removed.
Add a state object entry to the session history, after the current entry, with cloned data as the state object, the given title as the title, and, if the third argument is present, the absolute URL that was found earlier in this algorithm as the URL of the entry.
If the third argument is present, set the document's current address to the absolute URL that was found earlier in this algorithm.
Update the current entry to be the this newly added entry.
The title is purely advisory. User agents might use the title in the user interface.
User agents may limit the number of state objects added to the
session history per page. If a page hits the UA-defined limit, user
agents must remove the entry immediately after the first entry for
that Document
object in the session history after
having added the new entry. (Thus the state history acts as a FIFO
buffer for eviction, but as a LIFO buffer for navigation.)
The clearState()
method removes all the state objects for the Document
object from the session history.
When this method is invoked, the user agent must remove from the
session history all the entries from the first state object entry
for that Document
object up to the last entry that
references that same Document
object, if any.
Then, if the current entry was removed in the
previous step, the current entry must be set to the
last entry for that Document
object in the session
history.
When an entry in the session history is activated (which happens during session traversal, as described above), the user agent must run the following steps:
If the entry is a state object entry, let state be a structured clone of that state object. Otherwise, let state be null.
Run the appropriate according to the conditions described:
Queue a task to fire a popstate
event in no
namespace on the Window
object of the
Document
, using the PopStateEvent
interface, with the state
attribute set to the
value of state. This event must bubble but
not be cancelable and has no default action. The task
source for this task is the DOM manipulation task
source.
Let the Document
's pending state
object be state. (If there was already
a pending state object, the previous one is
discarded.)
The event will then be fired just after the load
event.
The pending state object must be initially null.
interface PopStateEvent : Event { readonly attribute any state; void initPopStateEvent(in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in any stateArg); void initPopStateEventNS(in DOMString namespaceURIArg, in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in any stateArg); };
state
Returns the information that was provided to pushState()
.
The initPopStateEvent()
and initPopStateEventNS()
methods must initialize the event in a manner analogous to the
similarly-named methods in the DOM3 Events interfaces. [DOM3EVENTS]
The state
attribute represents the context information for the event, or null,
if the state represented is the initial state of the
Document
.
Location
interfaceEach Document
object in a browsing
context's session history is associated with a unique
instance of a Location
object.
location
[ = value ]location
[ = value ]Returns a Location
object with the current page's location.
Can be set, to navigate to another page.
The location
attribute
of the HTMLDocument
interface must return the
Location
object for that Document
object,
if it is in a browsing context, and null otherwise.
The location
attribute of the Window
interface must return the
Location
object for that Window
object's
Document
.
Location
objects provide a representation of their document's current
address, and allow the current entry of the
browsing context's session history to be changed, by
adding or replacing entries in the history
object.
interface Location {
readonly attribute DOMString href;
void assign(in DOMString url);
void replace(in DOMString url);
void reload();
// URL decomposition attributes
attribute DOMString protocol;
attribute DOMString host;
attribute DOMString hostname;
attribute DOMString port;
attribute DOMString pathname;
attribute DOMString search;
attribute DOMString hash;
// resolving relative URLs
DOMString resolveURL(in DOMString url);
};
href
[ = value ]Returns the current page's location.
Can be set, to navigate to another page.
assign
(url)Navigates to the given page.
replace
(url)Removes the current page from the session history and navigates to the given page.
reload
()Reloads the current page.
resolveURL
(url)Resolves the given relative URL to an absolute URL.
The href
attribute must return the current address of the associated
Document
object, as an absolute URL.
On setting, the user agent must act as if the assign()
method had been called
with the new value as its argument.
When the assign(url)
method is invoked, the UA must
resolve the argument, relative to
the first script's base
URL, and if that is successful, must navigate
the browsing context to the specified url.
When the replace(url)
method is invoked, the UA must
resolve the argument, relative to
the first script's base
URL, and if that is successful, navigate the
browsing context to the specified url with replacement enabled.
Navigation for the assign()
and replace()
methods must be done
with the browsing
context of the script that invoked the method as the
source browsing context.
If the resolving step of the
assign()
and replace()
methods is not
successful, then the user agent must instead throw a
SYNTAX_ERR
exception.
The Location
interface also has the complement of
URL decomposition attributes, protocol
, host
, port
, hostname
, pathname
, search
, and hash
. These must follow the rules given for URL decomposition
attributes, with the input
being the current
address of the associated Document
object, as an
absolute URL (same as the href
attribute), and the common setter action being the
same as setting the href
attribute to the new output value.
The resolveURL(url)
method must resolve its url argument, relative
to the first script's base URL, and if that succeeds, return the resulting
absolute URL. If it fails, it must throw a
SYNTAX_ERR
exception instead.
User agents must raise a SECURITY_ERR
exception whenever
any of the members of a Location
object are accessed by
scripts whose effective script origin is not the same as the Location
object's associated Document
's effective script
origin, with the following exceptions:
href
setter, if the
script is running in a browsing context that is
allowed to navigate the browsing context with which
the Location
object is associated
User agents must not allow scripts to override the href
attribute's setter.
This section is non-normative.
The History
interface is not meant to place
restrictions on how implementations represent the session history to
the user.
For example, session history could be implemented in a tree-like
manner, with each page having multiple "forward" pages. This
specification doesn't define how the linear list of pages in the
history
object are derived from the
actual session history as seen from the user's perspective.
Similarly, a page containing two iframe
s has a history
object distinct from the
iframe
s' history
objects, despite the fact that typical Web browsers present the user
with just one "Back" button, with a session history that interleaves
the navigation of the two inner frames and the outer page.
Security: It is suggested that to avoid letting
a page "hijack" the history navigation facilities of a UA by abusing
pushState()
, the UA
provide the user with a way to jump back to the previous page
(rather than just going back to the previous state). For example,
the back button could have a drop down showing just the pages in the
session history, and not showing any of the states. Similarly, an
aural browser could have two "back" commands, one that goes back to
the previous state, and one that jumps straight back to the previous
page.
In addition, a user agent could ignore calls to pushState()
that are invoked on
a timer, or from event handlers that do not represent a clear user
action, or that are invoked in rapid succession.
Certain actions cause the browsing context to navigate to a new resource. Navigation always involves source browsing context, which is the browsing context which was responsible for starting the navigation.
For example, following a hyperlink, form submission, and the window.open()
and location.assign()
methods can all
cause a browsing context to navigate.
A user agent may provide various ways for the user to explicitly cause a browsing context to navigate, in addition to those defined in this specification.
When a browsing context is navigated to a new resource, the user agent must run the following steps:
If the source browsing context is not the same as the browsing context being navigated, and the source browsing context is not one of the ancestor browsing contexts of the browsing context being navigated, and the source browsing context has its sandboxed navigation browsing context flag set, then abort these steps. The user agent may offer to open the new resource in a new top-level browsing context or in the top-level browsing context of the source browsing context, at the user's option, in which case the user agent must navigate that designated top-level browsing context to the new resource as if the user had requested it independently.
If the source browsing context is the same as the browsing context being navigated, and this browsing context has its seamless browsing context flag set, then find the nearest ancestor browsing context that does not have its seamless browsing context flag set, and continue these steps as if that browsing context was the one that was going to be navigated instead.
Cancel any preexisting attempt to navigate the browsing context.
If the new resource is to be handled by displaying some sort of inline content, e.g. an error message because the specified scheme is not one of the supported protocols, or an inline prompt to allow the user to select a registered handler for the given scheme, then display the inline content and abort these steps.
In the case of a registered handler being used, the algorithm will be reinvoked with a new URL to handle the request.
If the new resource is to be handled using a mechanism that does not affect the browsing context, e.g. ignoring the navigation request altogether because the specified scheme is not one of the supported protocols, then abort these steps and proceed with that mechanism instead.
If the new resource is to be fetched using HTTP GET or equivalent, then check if there are any relevant application caches that are identified by a URL with the same origin as the URL in question, and that have this URL as one of their entries, excluding entries marked as foreign. If so, then the user agent must then get the resource from the most appropriate application cache of those that match.
For example, imagine an HTML page with an associated application cache displaying an image and a form, where the image is also used by several other application caches. If the user right-clicks on the image and chooses "View Image", then the user agent could decide to show the image from any of those caches, but it is likely that the most useful cache for the user would be the one that was used for the aforementioned HTML page. On the other hand, if the user submits the form, and the form does a POST submission, then the user agent will not use an application cache at all; the submission will be made to the network.
Otherwise, fetch the new resource, if it has not
already been obtained. If the resource is being fetched using HTTP, and the method
is not GET, then the user
agent must include an Origin
header whose value is determined as follows:
null
".If fetching the resource is synchronous (i.e. for javascript:
URLs and about:blank
), then this must be
synchronous, but if fetching the resource depends on external
resources, as it usually does for URLs that use HTTP or other
networking protocols, then at this point the user agents must
yield to whatever script invoked the navigation steps, if they
were invoked by script.
If fetching the resource results in a redirect, return to the step labeled "fragment identifiers" with the new resource.
Wait for one or more bytes to be available or for the user agent to establish that the resource in question is empty. During this time, the user agent may allow the user to cancel this navigation attempt or start other navigation attempts.
If the resource was not fetched from an application cache, and was to be fetched using HTTP GET or equivalent, and its URL matches the fallback namespace of one or more relevant application caches, and the user didn't cancel the navigation attempt during the previous step, and the navigation attempt failed (e.g. the server returned a 4xx or 5xx status code or equivalent, or there was a DNS error), then:
Let candidate be the fallback resource specified for the fallback namespace in question. If multiple application caches match, the user agent must use the fallback of the most appropriate application cache of those that match.
If candidate is not marked as foreign, then the user agent must discard the failed load and instead continue along these steps using candidate as the resource. The document's address, if appropriate, will still be the originally requested URL, not the fallback URL, but the user agent may indicate to the user that the original page load failed, that the page used was a fallback resource, and what the URL of the fallback resource actually is.
If the document's out-of-band metadata (e.g. HTTP headers), not counting any type information (such as the Content-Type HTTP header), requires some sort of processing that will not affect the browsing context, then perform that processing and abort these steps.
Such processing might be triggered by, amongst other things, the following:
HTTP 401 responses that do not include a challenge recognized by the user agent must be processed as if they had no challenge, e.g. rendering the entity body as if the response had been 200 OK.
User agents may show the entity body of an HTTP 401 response even when the response do include a recognized challenge, with the option to login being included in a non-modal fashion, to enable the information provided by the server to be used by the user before authenticating. Similarly, user agents should allow the user to authenticate (in a non-modal fashion) against authentication challenges included in other responses such as HTTP 200 OK responses, effectively allowing resources to present HTTP login forms without requiring their use.
Let type be the sniffed type of the resource.
If the user agent has been configured to process resources of the given type using some mechanism other than rendering the content in a browsing context, then skip this step. Otherwise, if the type is one of the following types, jump to the appropriate entry in the following list, and process the resource as described there:
Setting the document's
address: If there is no override URL, then any
Document
created by these steps must have its address set to the
URL that was originally to be fetched, ignoring any other data that was
used to obtain the resource (e.g. the entity body in the case of a
POST submission is not part of the document's
address, nor is the URL of the fallback resource in the
case of the original load having failed and that URL having been
found to match a fallback
namespace). However, if there is an override
URL, then any Document
created by these steps
must have its address
set to that URL instead.
An override URL
is set when dereferencing a
javascript:
URL.
Otherwise, the document's type is such that the resource will not affect the browsing context, e.g. because the resource is to be handed to an external application. Process the resource appropriately.
Some of the sections below, to which the above algorithm defers in certain cases, require the user agent to update the session history with the new page. When a user agent is required to do this, it must queue a task to run the following steps:
Unload the
Document
object of the current entry,
with the recycle parameter set to
false.
Replace the entry being updated with a new entry
representing the new resource and its Document
object and related state. The user agent may propagate state from
the old entry to the new entry (e.g. scroll position).
Traverse the history to the new entry.
Remove all the entries after the current
entry in the browsing context's
Document
object's History
object.
This doesn't necessarily have to affect the user agent's user interface.
Append a new entry at the end of the History
object representing the new resource and its
Document
object and related state.
Traverse the history to the new entry.
If the navigation was initiated with replacement enabled, remove the entry immediately before the new current entry in the session history.
If the document's address has a fragment identifier, then run these substeps:
Wait for a user-agent defined amount of time, as desired by the user agent implementor. (This is intended to allow the user agent to optimize the user experience in the face of performance concerns.)
If the Document
object has no parser, or its
parser has stopped parsing, or
the user agent has reason to believe the user is no longer
interested in scrolling to the fragment identifier, then abort
these substeps.
Scroll to the fragment identifier given in the document's current address. If this fails to find an indicated part of the document, then return to the first step of these substeps.
The task source for this task is the networking task source.
When an HTML document is to be loaded in a browsing
context, the user agent must create a Document
object, mark it as being an HTML
document, create an HTML parser, associate it
with the document, and begin to use the bytes provided for the
document as the input stream for that parser.
The input stream converts bytes into characters for use in the tokenizer. This process relies, in part, on character encoding information found in the real Content-Type metadata of the resource; the "sniffed type" is not used for this purpose.
When no more bytes are available, an EOF character is implied,
which eventually causes a load
event
to be fired.
After creating the Document
object, but potentially
before the page has finished parsing, the user agent must
update the session history with the new page.
Application cache selection happens in the HTML parser.
When faced with displaying an XML file inline, user agents must
first create a Document
object, following the
requirements of the XML and Namespaces in XML recommendations, RFC
3023, DOM3 Core, and other relevant specifications. [XML] [XMLNS] [RFC3023] [DOM3CORE]
The actual HTTP headers and other metadata, not the headers as mutated or implied by the algorithms given in this specification, are the ones that must be used when determining the character encoding according to the rules given in the above specifications. Once the character encoding is established, the document's character encoding must be set to that character encoding.
If the root element, as parsed according to the XML
specifications cited above, is found to be an html
element with an attribute manifest
, then, as soon as the
element is inserted
into the document, the user agent must resolve the value of that attribute relative to that
element, and if that is successful, must run the application cache selection
algorithm with the resulting absolute URL as the
manifest URL, and passing in the newly-created
Document
. Otherwise, if the attribute is absent or
resolving it fails, then as soon as the root element is inserted into the
document, the user agent must run the application cache selection
algorithm with no manifest, and passing in the
Document
.
Because the processing of the manifest
attribute happens
only once the root element is parsed, any URLs referenced by
processing instructions before the root element (such as <?xml-stylesheet?>
and <?xbl?>
PIs) will be fetched from the network and
cannot be cached.
User agents may examine the namespace of the root
Element
node of this Document
object to
perform namespace-based dispatch to alternative processing tools,
e.g. determining that the content is actually a syndication feed and
passing it to a feed handler. If such processing is to take place,
abort the steps in this section, and jump to the next step (labeled
"non-document content") in the navigate steps
above.
Otherwise, then, with the newly created Document
,
the user agents must update the session history with the new
page. User agents may do this before the complete document
has been parsed (thus achieving incremental rendering).
Error messages from the parse process (e.g. XML namespace
well-formedness errors) may be reported inline by mutating the
Document
.
When a plain text document is to be loaded in a browsing
context, the user agent should create a Document
object, mark it as being an HTML
document, create an HTML parser, associate it
with the document, act as if the tokenizer had emitted a start tag
token with the tag name "pre", set the tokenization
stage's content model flag to PLAINTEXT, and
begin to pass the stream of characters in the plain text document to
that tokenizer.
The rules for how to convert the bytes of the plain text document into actual characters are defined in RFC 2046, RFC 2646, and subsequent versions thereof. [RFC2046] [RFC2646]
The document's character encoding must be set to the character encoding used to decode the document.
Upon creation of the Document
object, the user agent
must run the application cache
selection algorithm with no manifest, and passing in the
newly-created Document
.
When no more character are available, an EOF character is
implied, which eventually causes a load
event to be fired.
After creating the Document
object, but potentially
before the page has finished parsing, the user agent must
update the session history with the new page.
User agents may add content to the head
element of
the Document
, e.g. linking to stylesheet or an XBL
binding, providing script, giving the document a title
,
etc.
When an image resource is to be loaded in a browsing
context, the user agent should create a Document
object, mark it as being an HTML
document, append an html
element to the
Document
, append a head
element and a
body
element to the html
element, append
an img
to the body
element, and set the
src
attribute of the
img
element to the address of the image.
Then, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing.
Upon creation of the Document
object, the user agent
must run the application cache
selection algorithm with no manifest, and passing in the
newly-created Document
.
After creating the Document
object, but potentially
before the page has finished fully loading, the user agent must
update the session history with the new page.
User agents may add content to the head
element of
the Document
, or attributes to the img
element, e.g. to link to stylesheet or an XBL binding, to provide a
script, to give the document a title
, etc.
When a resource that requires an external resource to be rendered
is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user agent
should create a Document
object, mark it as being an
HTML document, append an
html
element to the Document
, append a
head
element and a body
element to the
html
element, append an embed
to the
body
element, and set the src
attribute of the
embed
element to the address of the resource.
Then, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing.
Upon creation of the Document
object, the user agent
must run the application cache
selection algorithm with no manifest, and passing in the
newly-created Document
.
After creating the Document
object, but potentially
before the page has finished fully loading, the user agent must
update the session history with the new page.
User agents may add content to the head
element of
the Document
, or attributes to the embed
element, e.g. to link to stylesheet or an XBL binding, or to give
the document a title
.
When the user agent is to display a user agent page inline in a
browsing context, the user agent should create a
Document
object, mark it as being an HTML document, and then either associate that
Document
with a custom rendering that is not rendered
using the normal Document
rendering rules, or mutate
that Document
until it represents the content the user
agent wants to render.
Once the page has been set up, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing.
Upon creation of the Document
object, the user agent
must run the application cache
selection algorithm with no manifest, passing in the
newly-created Document
.
After creating the Document
object, but potentially
before the page has been completely set up, the user agent must
update the session history with the new page.
When a user agent is supposed to navigate to a fragment identifier, then the user agent must queue a task to run the following steps:
Remove all the entries after the current entry
in the browsing context's Document
object's History
object.
This doesn't necessarily have to affect the user agent's user interface.
Append a new entry at the end of the History
object representing the new resource and its Document
object and related state, and set its URL to the address to which
the user agent was navigating. (This
will be the same as the document's address, but with a
new fragment identifier.)
Traverse the history to the new entry. This will scroll to the fragment identifier given in the document's current address.
When the user agent is required to scroll to the fragment identifier, it must change the scrolling position of the document, or perform some other action, such that the indicated part of the document is brought to the user's attention. If there is no indicated part, then the user agent must not scroll anywhere.
The indicated part of the document is the one that the fragment identifier, if any, identifies. The semantics of the fragment identifier in terms of mapping it to a specific DOM Node is defined by the MIME type specification of the document's MIME Type (for example, the processing of fragment identifiers for XML MIME types is the responsibility of RFC3023).
For HTML documents (and the text/html
MIME type),
the following processing model must be followed to determine what
the indicated part of the document is.
Parse the URL, and let fragid be the <fragment> component of the URL.
If fragid is the empty string, then the indicated part of the document is the top of the document.
Let decoded fragid be the result of expanding any sequences of percent-encoded octets in fragid that are valid UTF-8 sequences into Unicode characters as defined by UTF-8. If any percent-encoded octets in that string are not valid UTF-8 sequences, then skip this step and the next one.
If this step was not skipped and there is an element in the DOM that has an ID exactly equal to decoded fragid, then the first such element in tree order is the indicated part of the document; stop the algorithm here.
If there is an a
element in the DOM that has a
name
attribute whose value is
exactly equal to fragid (not decoded fragid), then the first such element in tree
order is the indicated part of the document; stop the
algorithm here.
Otherwise, there is no indicated part of the document.
For the purposes of the interaction of HTML with Selectors' :target
pseudo-class, the
target element is the indicated part of the
document, if that is an element; otherwise there is no
target element. [SELECTORS]
When a user agent is required to traverse the history to a specified entry, the user agent must act as follows:
If there is no longer a Document
object for the
entry in question, the user agent must navigate the
browsing context to the location for that entry to perform an
entry update of that entry, and abort these steps. The
"navigate" algorithm reinvokes this "traverse"
algorithm to complete the traversal, at which point there
is a Document
object and so this step gets
skipped. The navigation must be done using the same source
browsing context as was used the first time this entry was
created.
If appropriate, update the current entry in the
browsing context's Document
object's
History
object to reflect any state that the user
agent wishes to persist.
For example, some user agents might want to persist the scroll position, or the values of form controls.
If the specified entry has a different
Document
object than the current entry
then the user agent must run the following substeps:
Document
of the specified entry is not the
same as the origin
of the Document
of the current entry,
then the following sub-sub-steps must be run:
Document
objects with the same
origin as the active document and
that are contiguous with the current entry.Document
object the
active document of the browsing
context.Document
objects with the same origin
as the new active document, and that are
contiguous with the specified entry, must be cleared.Set the document's current address to the URL of the specified entry.
If the specified entry is a state object or the
first entry for a Document
, the user agent must activate that
entry.
If the specified entry has a URL that differs from
the current entry's only by its fragment identifier,
and the two share the same Document
object, then
first, if the Document
's current document
readiness is the string "complete", then fire a simple
event with the name hashchange
at the browsing
context's Window
object; and second, if the new
URL has a fragment identifier, scroll to the fragment
identifier.
User agents may also update other aspects of the document view when the location changes in this way, for instance the scroll position, values of form fields, etc.
The current entry is now the specified entry.
When a user agent is to unload a document, it must run
the following steps. These steps are passed an argument, recycle, which is either true or false, indicating
whether the Document
object is going to be
re-used. (This is set by the document.open()
method.)
Set salvageable to true.
Let event be a new
BeforeUnloadEvent
event object with the name beforeunload
, with no namespace,
which does not bubble but is cancelable.
Dispatch event at the
Document
's Window
object.
If any event listeners were triggered by the previous step, then set salvageable to false.
If the returnValue
attribute of the event object is not the empty
string, or if the event was canceled, then the user agent should
ask the user to confirm that they wish to unload the document.
The prompt shown by the user agent may include the string of
the returnValue
attribute, or some leading subset thereof. (A user agent may want
to truncate the string to 1024 characters for display, for
instance.)
The user agent must pause while waiting for the user's response.
If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded then these steps must be aborted.
Fire a simple event called unload
at the Document
's
Window
object.
If any event listeners were triggered by the previous step, then set salvageable to false.
If there are any outstanding transactions that have
callbacks that involve scripts
whose global object is
the Document
's Window
object, roll them
back (without invoking any of the callbacks) and set salvageable to false.
Empty the Document
's Window
's
list of active timeouts and its list of active
intervals.
If salvageable and recycle are both false, discard the Document
.
interface BeforeUnloadEvent : Event { attribute DOMString returnValue; };
returnValue
[ = value ]Returns the current return value of the event (the message to show the user).
Can be set, to update the message.
There are no BeforeUnloadEvent
-specific
initialization methods.
The returnValue
attribute represents the message to show the user. When the event is
created, the attribute must be set to the empty string. On getting,
it must return the last value it was set to. On setting, the
attribute must be set to the new value.
The a
, area
, and link
elements can, in certain situations described in the definitions of
those elements, represent hyperlinks.
The href
attribute on a hyperlink element must have a value that is a
valid URL. This URL is the destination
resource of the hyperlink.
The href
attribute on
a
and area
elements is not required; when
those elements do not have href
attributes they do not
represent hyperlinks.
The href
attribute on the
link
element is required, but whether a
link
element represents a hyperlink or not depends on
the value of the rel
attribute
of that element.
The target
attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name
or keyword. It gives the name of the browsing
context that will be used. User agents use
this name when following hyperlinks.
The ping
attribute, if
present, gives the URLs of the resources that are interested in
being notified if the user follows the hyperlink. The value must be
a space separated list of one or more valid URLs. The value is used by the user agent for hyperlink
auditing.
For a
and area
elements that represent
hyperlinks, the relationship between the document containing the
hyperlink and the destination resource indicated by the hyperlink is
given by the value of the element's rel
attribute, which
must be a set of space-separated tokens. The allowed values and their meanings are defined
below. The rel
attribute has
no default value. If the attribute is omitted or if none of the
values in the attribute are recognized by the user agent, then the
document has no particular relationship with the destination
resource other than there being a hyperlink between the two.
The media
attribute describes for which media the target document was
designed. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid media query. [MQ] The default,
if the media
attribute is
omitted, is all
.
The hreflang
attribute on hyperlink elements, if present, gives the language of
the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a
valid RFC 3066 language code. [RFC3066]
User agents must not consider this attribute
authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must
use only language information associated with the resource to
determine its language, not metadata included in the link to the
resource.
The type
attribute, if present, gives the MIME type of the linked
resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid MIME
type, optionally with parameters. [RFC2046] User agents
must not consider the type
attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user
agents must not use metadata included in the link to the resource to
determine its type.
When a user follows a hyperlink, the user agent must
resolve the URL
given by the href
attribute
of that hyperlink, relative to the hyperlink element, and if that is
successful, must navigate a browsing
context to the resulting absolute URL. In the
case of server-side image maps, the URL of the hyperlink must
further have its hyperlink suffix appended to it.
If resolving the URL fails, the user agent may report the error to the user in a user-agent-specific manner, may navigate to an error page to report the error, or may ignore the error and do nothing.
If the user indicated a specific browsing context when following the hyperlink, or if the user agent is configured to follow hyperlinks by navigating a particular browsing context, then that must be the browsing context that is navigated.
Otherwise, if the hyperlink element is an a
or
area
element that has a target
attribute, then the
browsing context that is navigated must be chosen by
applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a
browsing context name, using the value of the target
attribute as the
browsing context name. If these rules result in the creation of a
new browsing context, it must be navigated with
replacement enabled.
Otherwise, if the hyperlink element is a sidebar hyperlink and the user agent implements a feature that can be considered a secondary browsing context, such a secondary browsing context may be selected as the browsing context to be navigated.
Otherwise, if the hyperlink element is an a
or
area
element with no target
attribute, but one of
the child nodes of the head
element is a
base
element with a target
attribute, then the browsing
context that is navigated must be chosen by applying the rules
for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name,
using the value of the target
attribute of the first such base
element as the
browsing context name. If these rules result in the creation of a
new browsing context, it must be navigated with
replacement enabled.
Otherwise, the browsing context that must be navigated is the same browsing context as the one which the hyperlink element itself is in.
The navigation must be done with the browsing
context that contains the Document
object with
which the hyperlink's element in question is associated as the
source browsing context.
If an a
or area
hyperlink element has a
ping
attribute, and the
user follows the hyperlink, and the hyperlink's URL can
be resolved, relative to the
hyperlink element, without failure, then the user agent must take
the ping
attribute's value,
split that string on
spaces, resolve each
resulting token relative to the hyperlink element, and then should
send a request (as described below) to each of the resulting absolute URLs. (Tokens that fail to
resolve are ignored.) This may be done in parallel with the primary
request, and is independent of the result of that request.
User agents should allow the user to adjust this behavior, for
example in conjunction with a setting that disables the sending of
HTTP Referer
(sic) headers. Based
on the user's preferences, UAs may either ignore the
ping
attribute altogether,
or selectively ignore URLs in the list (e.g. ignoring any
third-party URLs).
For URLs that are HTTP URLs, the requests must be performed by
fetching the specified URLs using the
POST method, with an entity body with the MIME type text/ping
consisting of the four-character string
"PING
". All relevant cookie and HTTP
authentication headers must be included in the request. Which other
headers are required depends on the URLs involved.
Document
object containing the hyperlink being
audited and the ping URL have the same originPing-From
HTTP header with, as its
value, the address of
the document containing the hyperlink, and a Ping-To
HTTP header with, as its value,
the address of the absolute URL of the target of the
hyperlink. The request must not include a Referer
(sic) HTTP header. Referer
(sic)
HTTP header [sic] with, as its value, the current address of the document
containing the hyperlink, a Ping-From
HTTP header with the same
value, and a Ping-To
HTTP header
with, as its value, the address of the target of the
hyperlink.Ping-To
HTTP header with, as its value,
the address of the target of the hyperlink. The request must
neither include a Referer
(sic) HTTP header
nor include a Ping-From
HTTP
header.In addition, an Origin
header
must always be included, whose value is the ASCII serialization of the
origin of the Document
containing the
hyperlink.
To save bandwidth, implementors might also wish to
consider omitting optional headers such as Accept
from
these requests.
User agents must, unless otherwise specified by the user, honor the HTTP headers (including, in particular, redirects and HTTP cookie headers), but must ignore any entity bodies returned in the responses. User agents may close the connection prematurely once they start receiving an entity body. [RFC2109] [RFC2965]
For URLs that are not HTTP URLs, the requests must be performed by fetching the specified URL normally, and discarding the results.
When the ping
attribute is
present, user agents should clearly indicate to the user that
following the hyperlink will also cause secondary requests to be
sent in the background, possibly including listing the actual target
URLs.
For example, a visual user agent could include the hostnames of the target ping URLs along with the hyperlink's actual URL in a status bar or tooltip.
The ping
attribute is redundant
with pre-existing technologies like HTTP redirects and JavaScript
in allowing Web pages to track which off-site links are most
popular or allowing advertisers to track click-through rates.
However, the ping
attribute
provides these advantages to the user over those alternatives:
Thus, while it is possible to track users without this feature,
authors are encouraged to use the ping
attribute so that the user agent
can improve the user experience.
The following table summarizes the link types that are defined by this specification. This table is non-normative; the actual definitions for the link types are given in the next few sections.
In this section, the term referenced document refers to the resource identified by the element representing the link, and the term current document refers to the resource within which the element representing the link finds itself.
To determine which link types apply to a link
,
a
, or area
element, the element's rel
attribute must be split on spaces. The resulting tokens are the link
types that apply to that element.
Unless otherwise specified, a keyword must not be specified more
than once per rel
attribute.
The link types are ASCII case-insensitive values, and must be compared as such.
Thus, rel="next"
is the
same as rel="NEXT"
.
Link type | Effect on... | Brief description | |
---|---|---|---|
link |
a and area |
||
alternate |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Gives alternate representations of the current document. |
archives |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Provides a link to a collection of records, documents, or other materials of historical interest. |
author |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Gives a link to the current document's author. |
bookmark |
not allowed | Hyperlink | Gives the permalink for the nearest ancestor section. |
external |
not allowed | Hyperlink | Indicates that the referenced document is not part of the same site as the current document. |
feed |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Gives the address of a syndication feed for the current document. |
first |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the first document in the series is the referenced document. |
help |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Provides a link to context-sensitive help. |
icon |
External Resource | not allowed | Imports an icon to represent the current document. |
index |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Gives a link to the document that provides a table of contents or index listing the current document. |
last |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the last document in the series is the referenced document. |
license |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Indicates that the main content of the current document is covered by the copyright license described by the referenced document. |
next |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the next document in the series is the referenced document. |
nofollow |
not allowed | Hyperlink | Indicates that the current document's original author or publisher does not endorse the referenced document. |
noreferrer |
not allowed | Hyperlink | Requires that the user agent not send an HTTP Referer (sic) header if the user follows the hyperlink. |
pingback |
External Resource | not allowed | Gives the address of the pingback server that handles pingbacks to the current document. |
prefetch |
External Resource | not allowed | Specifies that the target resource should be preemptively cached. |
prev |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Indicates that the current document is a part of a series, and that the previous document in the series is the referenced document. |
search |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Gives a link to a resource that can be used to search through the current document and its related pages. |
stylesheet |
External Resource | not allowed | Imports a stylesheet. |
sidebar |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Specifies that the referenced document, if retrieved, is intended to be shown in the browser's sidebar (if it has one). |
tag |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Gives a tag (identified by the given address) that applies to the current document. |
up |
Hyperlink | Hyperlink | Provides a link to a document giving the context for the current document. |
Some of the types described below list synonyms for these values. These are to be handled as specified by user agents, but must not be used in documents.
alternate
"The alternate
keyword may be
used with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, if the rel
attribute does not also contain the
keyword stylesheet
, it creates a
hyperlink; but if it
does also contain the keyword stylesheet
, the alternate
keyword instead modifies the
meaning of the stylesheet
keyword in the way described for that keyword, and the rest of this
subsection doesn't apply.
The alternate
keyword
indicates that the referenced document is an alternate
representation of the current document.
The nature of the referenced document is given by the media
, hreflang
, and type
attributes.
If the alternate
keyword is
used with the media
attribute, it indicates that the referenced document is intended for
use with the media specified.
If the alternate
keyword is
used with the hreflang
attribute, and that attribute's value differs from the root
element's language, it indicates that the
referenced document is a translation.
If the alternate
keyword is
used with the type
attribute, it indicates that the referenced document is a
reformulation of the current document in the specified format.
The media
, hreflang
, and type
attributes can be combined
when specified with the alternate
keyword.
For example, the following link is a French translation that uses the PDF format:
<link rel=alternate type=application/pdf hreflang=fr href=manual-fr>
If the alternate
keyword is
used with the type
attribute set to the value application/rss+xml
or the value application/atom+xml
, then the
user agent must treat the link as it would if it had the feed
keyword specified as well.
The alternate
link
relationship is transitive — that is, if a document links to
two other documents with the link type "alternate
", then, in addition to
implying that those documents are alternative representations of the
first document, it is also implying that those two documents are
alternative representations of each other.
archives
"The archives
keyword may be
used with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The archives
keyword indicates
that the referenced document describes a collection of records,
documents, or other materials of historical interest.
A blog's index page could link to an index of the
blog's past posts with rel="archives"
.
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat the keyword "archive
" like the
archives
keyword.
author
"The author
keyword may be
used with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
For a
and area
elements, the author
keyword indicates that the
referenced document provides further information about the author of
the section that the element defining the hyperlink applies to.
For link
elements, the author
keyword indicates that the
referenced document provides further information about the author
for the page as a whole.
The "referenced document" can be, and often is, a
mailto:
URL giving the e-mail address of the
author. [MAILTO]
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat link
, a
, and
area
elements that have a rev
attribute with the value "made
" as having the author
keyword specified as a link
relationship.
bookmark
"The bookmark
keyword may be
used with a
and area
elements.
The bookmark
keyword gives a
permalink for the nearest ancestor article
element of
the linking element in question, or of the section the linking element is most
closely associated with, if there are no ancestor
article
elements.
The following snippet has three permalinks. A user agent could determine which permalink applies to which part of the spec by looking at where the permalinks are given.
... <body> <h1>Example of permalinks</h1> <div id="a"> <h2>First example</h2> <p><a href="a.html" rel="bookmark">This</a> permalink applies to only the content from the first H2 to the second H2. The DIV isn't exactly that section, but it roughly corresponds to it.</p> </div> <h2>Second example</h2> <article id="b"> <p><a href="b.html" rel="bookmark">This</a> permalink applies to the outer ARTICLE element (which could be, e.g., a blog post).</p> <article id="c"> <p><a href="c.html" rel="bookmark">This</a> permalink applies to the inner ARTICLE element (which could be, e.g., a blog comment).</p> </article> </article> </body> ...
external
"The external
keyword may be
used with a
and area
elements.
The external
keyword indicates
that the link is leading to a document that is not part of the site
that the current document forms a part of.
feed
"The feed
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The feed
keyword indicates that the
referenced document is a syndication feed. If the alternate
link type is also specified,
then the feed is specifically the feed for the current document;
otherwise, the feed is just a syndication feed, not necessarily
associated with a particular Web page.
The first link
, a
, or area
element in the document (in tree order) that creates a hyperlink
with the link type feed
must be
treated as the default syndication feed for the purposes of feed
autodiscovery.
The feed
keyword is
implied by the alternate
link
type in certain cases (q.v.).
The following two link
elements are equivalent:
both give the syndication feed for the current page:
<link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="data.xml">
<link rel="feed alternate" href="data.xml">
The following extract offers various different syndication feeds:
<p>You can access the planets database using Atom feeds:</p> <ul> <li><a href="recently-visited-planets.xml" rel="feed">Recently Visited Planets</a></li> <li><a href="known-bad-planets.xml" rel="feed">Known Bad Planets</a></li> <li><a href="unexplored-planets.xml" rel="feed">Unexplored Planets</a></li> </ul>
help
"The help
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
For a
and area
elements, the help
keyword indicates that the referenced
document provides further help information for the parent of the
element defining the hyperlink, and its children.
In the following example, the form control has associated context-sensitive help. The user agent could use this information, for example, displaying the referenced document if the user presses the "Help" or "F1" key.
<p><label> Topic: <input name=topic> <a href="help/topic.html" rel="help">(Help)</a></label></p>
For link
elements, the help
keyword indicates that the referenced
document provides help for the page as a whole.
icon
"The icon
keyword may be used with
link
elements, for which it creates an external resource link.
The specified resource is an icon representing the page or site, and should be used by the user agent when representing the page in the user interface.
Icons could be auditory icons, visual icons, or other kinds of
icons. If multiple icons are provided, the user
agent must select the most appropriate icon according to the type
, media
, and sizes
attributes. If there are
multiple equally appropriate icons, user agents must use the last
one declared in tree order. If the user agent tries to
use an icon but that icon is determined, upon closer examination, to
in fact be inappropriate (e.g. because it uses an unsupported
format), then the user agent must try the next-most-appropriate icon
as determined by the attributes.
There is no default type for resources given by the icon
keyword. However, for the purposes of
determining the type of the
resource, user agents must expect the resource to be an image.
The sizes
attribute gives the sizes of icons for visual media.
If specified, the attribute must have a value that is an
unordered set of unique space-separated tokens. The
values must all be either any
or a value that consists of
two valid non-negative
integers that do not have a leading U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0)
character and that are separated by a single U+0078 LATIN SMALL
LETTER X character.
The keywords represent icon sizes.
To parse and process the attribute's value, the user agent must first split the attribute's value on spaces, and must then parse each resulting keyword to determine what it represents.
The any
keyword
represents that the resource contains a scalable icon, e.g. as
provided by an SVG image.
Other keywords must be further parsed as follows to determine what they represent:
If the keyword doesn't contain exactly one U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character, then this keyword doesn't represent anything. Abort these steps for that keyword.
Let width string be the string before
the "x
".
Let height string be the string after the
"x
".
If either width string or height string start with a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character or contain any characters other than characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), then this keyword doesn't represent anything. Abort these steps for that keyword.
Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to width string to obtain width.
Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to height string to obtain height.
The keyword represents that the resource contains a bitmap icon with a width of width device pixels and a height of height device pixels.
The keywords specified on the sizes
attribute must not represent
icon sizes that are not actually available in the linked
resource.
If the attribute is not specified, then the user agent must assume that the given icon is appropriate, but less appropriate than an icon of a known and appropriate size.
The following snippet shows the top part of an application with several icons.
<!DOCTYPE HTML> <html> <head> <title>lsForums — Inbox</title> <link rel=icon href=favicon.png sizes="16x16"> <link rel=icon href=windows.ico sizes="32x32 48x48"> <link rel=icon href=mac.icns sizes="128x128 512x512 8192x8192 32768x32768"> <link rel=icon href=iphone.png sizes="59x60"> <link rel=icon href=gnome.svg sizes="any"> <link rel=stylesheet href=lsforums.css> <script src=lsforums.js></script> <meta name=application-name content="lsForums"> </head> <body> ...
license
"The license
keyword may be used
with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The license
keyword indicates
that the referenced document provides the copyright license terms
under which the main content of the current document is
provided.
This specification does not specify how to distinguish between the main content of a document and content that is not deemed to be part of that main content. The distinction should be made clear to the user.
Consider a photo sharing site. A page on that site might describe and show a photograph, and the page might be marked up as follows:
<!DOCTYPE HTML> <html> <head> <title>Exampl Pictures: Kissat</title> <link rel="stylesheet href="/style/default"> </head> <body> <h1>Kissat</h1> <nav> <a href="../">Return to photo index</a> </nav> <img src="/pix/39627052_fd8dcd98b5.jpg"> <p>One of them has six toes!</p> <p><small><a rel="license" href="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php">MIT Licensed</a></small></p> <footer> <a href="/">Home</a> | <a href="../">Photo index</a> <p><small>© copyright 2009 Exampl Pictures. All Rights Reserved.</small></p> </footer> </body> </html>
In this case the license
applies to just the photo (the main content of the document), not
the whole document. In particular not the design of the page
itself, which is covered by the copyright given at the bottom of
the document. This could be made clearer in the styling
(e.g. making the license link prominently positioned near the
photograph, while having the page copyright in light small text at
the foot of the page.
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat the keyword "copyright
" like
the license
keyword.
nofollow
"The nofollow
keyword may be
used with a
and area
elements.
The nofollow
keyword indicates
that the link is not endorsed by the original author or publisher of
the page, or that the link to the referenced document was included
primarily because of a commercial relationship between people
affiliated with the two pages.
noreferrer
"The noreferrer
keyword may be
used with a
and area
elements.
It indicates that the no referrer information is to be leaked when following the link.
If a user agent follows a link defined by an a
or
area
element that has the noreferrer
keyword, the user agent
must not include a Referer
(sic) HTTP header
(or equivalent
for other protocols) in the request.
This keyword also causes the opener
attribute to remain null if the
hyperlink creates a new browsing context.
pingback
"The pingback
keyword may be
used with link
elements, for which it creates an external resource link.
For the semantics of the pingback
keyword, see the Pingback 1.0
specification. [PINGBACK]
prefetch
"The prefetch
keyword may be
used with link
elements, for which it creates an external resource link.
The prefetch
keyword indicates
that preemptively fetching and caching the specified resource is
likely to be beneficial, as it is highly likely that the user will
require this resource.
There is no default type for resources given by the prefetch
keyword.
search
"The search
keyword may be used
with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The search
keyword indicates that
the referenced document provides an interface specifically for
searching the document and its related resources.
OpenSearch description documents can be used with
link
elements and the search
link type to enable user agents to
autodiscover search interfaces. [OPENSEARCH]
stylesheet
"The stylesheet
keyword may be
used with link
elements, for which it creates an external resource link that
contributes to the styling processing model.
The specified resource is a resource that describes how to present the document. Exactly how the resource is to be processed depends on the actual type of the resource.
If the alternate
keyword is
also specified on the link
element, then the link is an
alternative stylesheet; in this case, the title
attribute must be specified on the
link
element, with a non-empty value.
The default type for resources given by the stylesheet
keyword is text/css
.
Quirk: If the document has been set to
quirks mode and the Content-Type metadata of the external
resource is not a supported style sheet type, the user agent must
instead assume it to be text/css
.
sidebar
"The sidebar
keyword may be used
with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The sidebar
keyword indicates
that the referenced document, if retrieved, is intended to be shown
in a secondary browsing context (if possible), instead
of in the current browsing context.
A hyperlink element with the sidebar
keyword specified is a sidebar hyperlink.
tag
"The tag
keyword may be used
with link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The tag
keyword indicates that the
tag that the referenced document represents applies to the
current document.
Since it indicates that the tag applies to the current document, it would be inappropriate to use this keyword in the markup of a tag cloud, which lists the popular tag across a set of pages.
Some documents form part of a hierarchical structure of documents.
A hierarchical structure of documents is one where each document can have various subdocuments. The document of which a document is a subdocument is said to be the document's parent. A document with no parent forms the top of the hierarchy.
A document may be part of multiple hierarchies.
index
"The index
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The index
keyword indicates that
the document is part of a hierarchical structure, and that the link
is leading to the document that is the top of the hierarchy. It
conveys more information when used with the up
keyword (q.v.).
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat the keywords "top
", "contents
", and "toc
" like the
index
keyword.
up
"The up
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The up
keyword indicates that the
document is part of a hierarchical structure, and that the link is
leading to the document that is the parent of the current
document.
The up
keyword may be repeated within
a rel
attribute to indicate
the hierarchical distance from the current document to the
referenced document. Each occurrence of the keyword represents one
further level. If the index
keyword
is also present, then the number of up
keywords is the depth of the current page relative to the top of the
hierarchy. Only one link is created for the set of one or more up
keywords and, if present, the index
keyword.
If the page is part of multiple hierarchies, then they should be
described in different paragraphs. User agents
must scope any interpretation of the up
and index
keywords together
indicating the depth of the hierarchy to the paragraph
in which the link finds itself, if any, or to the document
otherwise.
When two links have both the up
and
index
keywords specified together in
the same scope and contradict each other by having a different
number of up
keywords, the link with the
greater number of up
keywords must be
taken as giving the depth of the document.
This can be used to mark up a navigation style sometimes known as bread crumbs. In the following example, the current page can be reached via two paths.
<nav> <p> <a href="/" rel="index up up up">Main</a> > <a href="/products/" rel="up up">Products</a> > <a href="/products/dishwashers/" rel="up">Dishwashers</a> > <a>Second hand</a> </p> <p> <a href="/" rel="index up up">Main</a> > <a href="/second-hand/" rel="up">Second hand</a> > <a>Dishwashers</a> </p> </nav>
The relList
DOM
attribute (e.g. on the a
element) does not currently
represent multiple up
keywords (the
interface hides duplicates).
Some documents form part of a sequence of documents.
A sequence of documents is one where each document can have a previous sibling and a next sibling. A document with no previous sibling is the start of its sequence, a document with no next sibling is the end of its sequence.
A document may be part of multiple sequences.
first
"The first
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The first
keyword indicates that
the document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to
the document that is the first logical document in the sequence.
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat the keywords "begin
" and
"start
" like the first
keyword.
last
"The last
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The last
keyword indicates that the
document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the
document that is the last logical document in the sequence.
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat the keyword "end
" like the
last
keyword.
next
"The next
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The next
keyword indicates that the
document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the
document that is the next logical document in the sequence.
prev
"The prev
keyword may be used with
link
, a
, and area
elements. For link
elements, it creates a hyperlink.
The prev
keyword indicates that the
document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the
document that is the previous logical document in the sequence.
Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents
must also treat the keyword "previous
" like
the prev
keyword.
Other than the types defined above, only types defined as
extensions in the WHATWG Wiki
RelExtensions page may be used with the rel
attribute on link
, a
,
and area
elements. [WHATWGWIKI]
Anyone is free to edit the WHATWG Wiki RelExtensions page at any time to add a type. Extension types must be specified with the following information:
The actual value being defined. The value should not be confusingly similar to any other defined value (e.g. differing only in case).
link
One of the following:
link
elements.link
element;
it creates a hyperlink
link.link
element;
it creates a external
resource link.a
and area
One of the following:
a
and area
elements.a
and
area
elements.A short description of what the keyword's meaning is.
A link to a more detailed description of the keyword's semantics and requirements. It could be another page on the Wiki, or a link to an external page.
A list of other keyword values that have exactly the same processing requirements. Authors must not use the values defined to be synonyms, they are only intended to allow user agents to support legacy content.
One of the following:
link
" and "Effect on... a
and
area
" information should be set to "not
allowed".If a keyword is added with the "proposal" status and found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a keyword is added with the "proposal" status and found to be harmful, then it should be changed to "rejected" status, and its "Effect on..." information should be changed accordingly.
Conformance checkers must use the information given on the WHATWG Wiki RelExtensions page to establish if a value not explicitly defined in this specification is allowed or not. When an author uses a new type not defined by either this specification or the Wiki page, conformance checkers should offer to add the value to the Wiki, with the details described above, with the "proposal" status.
This specification does not define how new values will get approved. It is expected that the Wiki will have a community that addresses this.
This section describes various features that allow authors to enable users to edit documents and parts of documents interactively.
This section is non-normative.
Would be nice to explain how these features work together.
hidden
attributeAll elements may have the hidden
content attribute set. The hidden
attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified on an
element, it indicates that the element is not yet, or is no longer,
relevant. User agents should not render elements
that have the hidden
attribute
specified.
In the following skeletal example, the attribute is used to hide the Web game's main screen until the user logs in:
<h1>The Example Game</h1> <section id="login"> <h2>Login</h2> <form> ... <!-- calls login() once the user's credentials have been checked --> </form> <script> function login() { // switch screens document.getElementById('login').hidden = true; document.getElementById('game').hidden = false; } </script> </section> <section id="game" hidden> ... </section>
The hidden
attribute must not be
used to hide content that could legitimately be shown in another
presentation. For example, it is incorrect to use hidden
to hide panels in a tabbed dialog,
because the tabbed interface is merely a kind of overflow
presentation — showing all the form controls in one big page
with a scrollbar would be equivalent, and no less correct.
Elements in a section hidden by the hidden
attribute are still active,
e.g. scripts and form controls in such sections still render execute
and submit respectively. Only their presentation to the user
changes.
The hidden
DOM
attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
same name.
click
()Acts as if the element was clicked.
Each element has a click in progress flag, initially set to false.
The click()
method must
run these steps:
If the element's click in progress flag is set to true, then abort these steps.
Set the click in progress flag on the element to true.
If the element has a defined activation behavior,
run synthetic click activation steps on the
element. Otherwise, fire a click
event at
the element.
Set the click in progress flag on the element to false.
scrollIntoView
( [ top ] )Scrolls the element into view. If the top argument is true, then the element will be scrolled to the top of the viewport, otherwise it'll be scrolled to the bottom. The default is the top.
The scrollIntoView([top])
method, when called, must cause
the element on which the method was called to have the attention of
the user called to it.
In a speech browser, this could happen by having the current playback position move to the start of the given element.
In visual user agents, if the argument is present and has the value false, the user agent should scroll the element into view such that both the bottom and the top of the element are in the viewport, with the bottom of the element aligned with the bottom of the viewport. If it isn't possible to show the entire element in that way, or if the argument is omitted or is true, then the user agent should instead align the top of the element with the top of the viewport. If the entire scrollable part of the content is visible all at once (e.g. if a page is shorter than the viewport), then the user agent should not scroll anything. Visual user agents should further scroll horizontally as necessary to bring the element to the attention of the user.
Non-visual user agents may ignore the argument, or may treat it in some media-specific manner most useful to the user.
When an element is focused, key events received by the document must be targeted at that element. There may be no element focused; when no element is focused, key events received by the document must be targeted at the body element.
User agents may track focus for each browsing
context or Document
individually, or may support
only one focused element per top-level browsing context
— user agents should follow platform conventions in this
regard.
Which elements within a top-level browsing context currently have focus must be independent of whether or not the top-level browsing context itself has the system focus.
When an element is focused, the element matches the
CSS :focus
pseudo-class.
The tabindex
content attribute specifies whether the element is focusable,
whether it can be reached using sequential focus navigation, and the
relative order of the element for the purposes of sequential focus
navigation. The name "tab index" comes from the common use of the
"tab" key to navigate through the focusable elements. The term
"tabbing" refers to moving forward through the focusable elements
that can be reached using sequential focus navigation.
The tabindex
attribute, if
specified, must have a value that is a valid
integer.
If the attribute is specified, it must be parsed using the rules for parsing integers. The attribute's values have the following meanings:
The user agent should follow platform conventions to determine if the element is to be focusable and, if so, whether the element can be reached using sequential focus navigation, and if so, what its relative order should be.
The user agent must allow the element to be focused, but should not allow the element to be reached using sequential focus navigation.
The user agent must allow the element to be focused, should allow the element to be reached using sequential focus navigation, and should follow platform conventions to determine the element's relative order.
The user agent must allow the element to be focused, should allow the element to be reached using sequential focus navigation, and should place the element in the sequential focus navigation order so that it is:
tabindex
attribute has been
omitted or whose value, when parsed, returns an error,tabindex
attribute has a value equal
to or less than zero,tabindex
attribute has a value
greater than zero but less than the value of the tabindex
attribute on the
element,tabindex
attribute has a value equal
to the value of the tabindex
attribute on the element but that is earlier in the document in
tree order than the element,tabindex
attribute has a value equal
to the value of the tabindex
attribute on the element but that is later in the document in
tree order than the element, andtabindex
attribute has a value
greater than the value of the tabindex
attribute on the
element.An element is specially focusable if the tabindex
attribute's definition above
defines the element to be focusable.
An element that is specially focusable but does not otherwise have an activation behavior defined has an activation behavior that does nothing.
This means that an element that is only focusable
because of its tabindex
attribute
will fire a click
event in response
to a non-mouse activation (e.g. hitting the "enter" key while the
element is focused).
An element is focusable if the user agent's default behavior allows it to be focusable or if the element is specially focusable, but only if the element is being rendered.
User agents should make the following elements focusable, unless platform conventions dictate otherwise:
a
elements that have an href
attributearea
elements that have an href
attributelink
elements that have an href
attributebb
elements whose type
attribute is in a state whose
relevance is truebutton
elements that are not disabledinput
elements whose type
attribute are not in the
Hidden state and that
are not disabledselect
elements that are not disabledtextarea
elements that are not disabledcommand
elements that do not have a disabled
attributeThe tabIndex
DOM
attribute must reflect the value of the tabindex
content attribute. If the
attribute is not present, or parsing its value returns an error,
then the DOM attribute must return 0 for elements that are focusable
and −1 for elements that are not focusable.
The focusing steps are as follows:
If focusing the element will remove the focus from another element, then run the unfocusing steps for that element.
Make the element the currently focused element in its top-level browsing context.
Some elements, most notably area
, can correspond
to more than one distinct focusable area. If a particular area was
indicated when the element was focused, then that is the area that
must get focus; otherwise, e.g. when using the focus()
method, the first such region in
tree order is the one that must be focused.
Fire a simple event called focus
at the element.
User agents must run the focusing steps for an element whenever the user moves the focus to a focusable element.
The unfocusing steps are as follows:
If the element is an input
element, and the
change
event applies to the
element, and the element does not have a defined activation
behavior, and the user has changed the element's value or its list of selected files
while the control was focused without committing that change, then
fire a simple event called change
at the element, then
broadcast formchange
events at the element's form owner.
Unfocus the element.
Fire a simple event that doesn't bubble called
blur
at the element.
When an element that is focused stops being a focusable element, or stops being focused without another element being explicitly focused in its stead, the user agent should run the focusing steps for the body element, if there is one; if there is not, then the user agent should run the unfocusing steps for the affected element only.
For example, this might happen because the
element is removed from its Document
, or has a hidden
attribute added. It would also
happen to an input
element when the element gets disabled.
activeElement
Returns the currently focused element.
hasFocus
()Returns true if the document has focus; otherwise, returns false.
focus
()Focuses the window. Use of this method is discouraged. Allow the user to control window focus instead.
blur
()Unfocuses the window. Use of this method is discouraged. Allow the user to control window focus instead.
The activeElement
attribute on DocumentHTML
objects must return the
element in the document that is focused. If no element in the
Document
is focused, this must return the body
element.
The hasFocus()
method
on DocumentHTML
objects must return true if the
document's browsing context is focused, and all its
ancestor browsing
contexts are also focused, and the top-level browsing
context has the system focus.
The focus()
method on the Window
object, when invoked, provides a
hint to the user agent that the script believes the user might be
interested in the contents of the browsing context of
the Window
object on which the method was invoked.
User agents are encouraged to have this focus()
method trigger some kind of
notification.
The blur()
method
on the Window
object, when invoked, provides a hint to
the user agent that the script believes the user probably is not
currently interested in the contents of the browsing
context of the Window
object on which the method
was invoked, but that the contents might become interesting again in
the future.
User agents are encouraged to ignore calls to this blur()
method entirely.
Historically the focus()
and blur()
methods actually affected the
system focus, but hostile sites widely abuse this behavior to the
user's detriment.
focus
()Focuses the element.
blur
()Unfocuses the element. Use of this method is discouraged. Focus another element instead.
The focus()
method,
when invoked, must run the following algorithm:
If the element is marked as locked for focus, then abort these steps.
If the element is not focusable, then abort these steps.
Mark the element as locked for focus.
If the element is not already focused, run the focusing steps for the element.
Unmark the element as locked for focus.
The blur()
method, when
invoked, should run the focusing steps for the
body element, if there is one; if there is not, then it
should run the unfocusing steps for the element on
which the method was called instead. User agents may selectively or
uniformly ignore calls to this method for usability reasons.
accesskey
attributeAll elements may have the accesskey
content attribute set. The
accesskey
attribute's value is
used by the user agent as a guide for creating a keyboard shortcut
that activates or focuses the element.
If specified, the value must be an ordered set of unique space-separated tokens, each of which must be exactly one Unicode code point in length.
An element's assigned access key is a key combination
derived from the element's accesskey
content attribute as
follows:
If the element has no accesskey
attribute, then the element
has no assigned access key.
Otherwise, the user agent must must split the attribute's value on spaces, and let keys be the resulting tokens.
For each value in keys in turn, in the order the tokens appeared in the attribute's value, run the following substeps:
If the value is not a string exactly one Unicode code point in length, then skip the remainder of these steps for this value.
If the value does not correspond to a key on the system's keyboard, then skip the remainder of these steps for this value.
If the user agent can find a combination of modifier keys that, with the key that corresponds to the value given in the attribute, can be used as a shortcut key, then the user agent may assign that combination of keys as the element's assigned access key and abort these steps.
If none of the values (if any) result in an access key being assigned, then the element has no assigned access key.
Once a user agent has selected and assigned an access key for an
element, the user agent should not change the element's
assigned access key unless the accesskey
content attribute is changed
or the element is moved to another Document
.
When the user presses the key combination corresponding to the assigned access key for an element, if the element defines a command, and the command's Hidden State facet is false (visible), and the command's Disabled State facet is also false (enabled), then the user agent must trigger the Action of the command.
User agents may expose elements that have an accesskey
attribute in other ways as
well, e.g. in a menu displayed in response to a specific key
combination.
The accessKey
DOM
attribute must reflect the accesskey
content attribute.
The accessKeyLabel
DOM
attribute must return a string that represents the element's
assigned access key, if any. If the element does not
have one, then the DOM attribute must return the empty string.
In the following example, a variety of links are given with access keys so that keyboard users familiar with the site can more quickly navigate to the relevant pages:
<nav> <p> <a title="Consortium Activities" accesskey="A" href="/Consortium/activities">Activities</a> | <a title="Technical Reports and Recommendations" accesskey="T" href="/TR/">Technical Reports</a> | <a title="Alphabetical Site Index" accesskey="S" href="/Consortium/siteindex">Site Index</a> | <a title="About This Site" accesskey="B" href="/Consortium/">About Consortium</a> | <a title="Contact Consortium" accesskey="C" href="/Consortium/contact">Contact</a> </p> </nav>
In the following example, the search field is given two possible access keys, "s" and "0" (in that order). A user agent on a device with a full keyboard might pick Ctrl+Alt+S as the shortcut key, while a user agent on a small device with just a numeric keypad might pick just the plain unadorned key 0:
<form action="/search"> <label>Search: <input type="search" name="q" accesskey="s 0"></label> <input type="submit"> </form>
In the following example, a button has possible access keys described. A script then tries to update the button's label to advertise the key combination the user agent selected.
<input type=submit accesskey="N @ 1" value="Compose"> ... <script> function labelButton(button) { if (button.accessKeyLabel) button.value += ' (' + button.accessKeyLabel + ')'; } var inputs = document.getElementsByTagName('input'); for (var i = 0; i < inputs.length; i += 1) { if (inputs[i].type == "submit") labelButton(inputs[i]); } </script>
On one user agent, the button's label might become "Compose (⌘N)". On another, it might become "Compose (Alt+⇧+1)". If the user agent doesn't assign a key, it will be just "Compose". The exact string depends on what the assigned access key is, and on how the user agent represents that key combination.
Every browsing context has a selection. The selection can be empty, and the selection can have more than one range (a disjointed selection). The user agent should allow the user to change the selection. User agents are not required to let the user select more than one range, and may collapse multiple ranges in the selection to a single range when the user interacts with the selection. (But, of course, the user agent may let the user create selections with multiple ranges.)
This one selection must be shared by all the content of the browsing context (though not by nested browsing contexts), including any editing hosts in the document. (Editing hosts that are not inside a document cannot have a selection.)
If the selection is empty (collapsed, so that it has only one segment and that segment's start and end points are the same) then the selection's position should equal the caret position. When the selection is not empty, this specification does not define the caret position; user agents should follow platform conventions in deciding whether the caret is at the start of the selection, the end of the selection, or somewhere else.
On some platforms (such as those using Wordstar editing conventions), the caret position is totally independent of the start and end of the selection, even when the selection is empty. On such platforms, user agents may ignore the requirement that the cursor position be linked to the position of the selection altogether.
Mostly for historical reasons, in addition to the browsing
context's selection, each
textarea
and input
element has an
independent selection. These are the text field selections.
User agents may selectively ignore attempts to use the API to adjust the selection made after the user has modified the selection. For example, if the user has just selected part of a word, the user agent could ignore attempts to use the API call to immediately unselect the selection altogether, but could allow attempts to change the selection to select the entire word.
User agents may also allow the user to create selections that are not exposed to the API.
The select
element also has a selection, indicating
which items have been picked by the user. This is not discussed in
this section.
This specification does not specify how selections
are presented to the user. The Selectors specification, in
conjunction with CSS, can be used to style text selections using the
::selection
pseudo-element. [SELECTORS] [CSS21]
getSelection
()getSelection
()Returns the Selection
object for the window, which
stringifies to the text of the current selection.
The getSelection()
method on
the Window
interface must return the
Selection
object representing the
selection of that Window
object's
browsing context.
For historical reasons, the getSelection()
method on the HTMLDocument
interface must return the
same Selection
object.
[Stringifies] interface Selection { readonly attribute Node anchorNode; readonly attribute long anchorOffset; readonly attribute Node focusNode; readonly attribute long focusOffset; readonly attribute boolean isCollapsed; void collapse(in Node parentNode, in long offset); void collapseToStart(); void collapseToEnd(); void selectAllChildren(in Node parentNode); void deleteFromDocument(); readonly attribute long rangeCount; Range getRangeAt(in long index); void addRange(in Range range); void removeRange(in Range range); void removeAllRanges(); };
The Selection
interface is represents a list of
Range
objects. The first item in the list has index 0,
and the last item has index count-1, where
count is the number of ranges in the list. [DOM2RANGE]
All of the members of the Selection
interface are
defined in terms of operations on the Range
objects
represented by this object. These operations can raise exceptions,
as defined for the Range
interface; this can therefore
result in the members of the Selection
interface
raising exceptions as well, in addition to any explicitly called out
below.
anchorNode
Returns the element that contains the start of the selection.
Returns null if there's no selection.
anchorOffset
Returns the offset of the start of the selection relative to the element that contains the start of the selection.
Returns 0 if there's no selection.
focusNode
Returns the element that contains the end of the selection.
Returns null if there's no selection.
focusOffset
Returns the offset of the end of the selection relative to the element that contains the end of the selection.
Returns 0 if there's no selection.
isCollapsed
()Returns true if there's no selection or if the selection is empty. Otherwise, returns false.
collapsed
(parentNode, offset)Replaces the selection with an empty one at the given position.
Throws a WRONG_DOCUMENT_ERR
exception if the given node is in a different document.
collapseToStart
()Replaces the selection with an empty one at the position of the start of the current selection.
Throws an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception if there is no selection.
collapseToEnd
()Replaces the selection with an empty one at the position of the end of the current selection.
Throws an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception if there is no selection.
selectAllChildren
(parentNode)Replaces the selection with one that contains all the contents of the given element.
Throws a WRONG_DOCUMENT_ERR
exception if the given node is in a different document.
deleteFromDocument
()Deletes the selection.
rangeCount
Returns the number of ranges in the selection.
getRangeAt
(index)Returns the given range.
Throws an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception if the value is out of range.
addRange
(range)Adds the given range to the selection.
removeRange
(range)Removes the given range from the selection, if the range was one of the ones in the selection.
removeAllRanges
()Removes all the ranges in the selection.
The anchorNode
attribute must return the value returned by the startContainer
attribute of the last
Range
object in the list, or null if the list is
empty.
The anchorOffset
attribute must return the value returned by the startOffset
attribute of the last Range
object in the list, or 0 if the list is empty.
The focusNode
attribute must return the value returned by the endContainer
attribute of the last
Range
object in the list, or null if the list is
empty.
The focusOffset
attribute must return the value returned by the endOffset
attribute of the last Range
object in the list, or 0 if the list is empty.
The isCollapsed
attribute must return true if there are zero ranges, or if there is
exactly one range and its collapsed
attribute
is itself true. Otherwise it must return false.
The collapse(parentNode, offset)
method must raise a WRONG_DOCUMENT_ERR
DOM exception if
parentNode's Document
is not the
HTMLDocument
object with which the
Selection
object is associated. Otherwise it is, and
the method must remove all the ranges in the Selection
list, then create a new Range
object, add it to the
list, and invoke its setStart()
and setEnd()
methods with the parentNode and offset values as
their arguments.
The collapseToStart()
method must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
DOM exception if
there are no ranges in the list. Otherwise, it must invoke the collapse()
method with the
startContainer
and startOffset
values of the first Range
object in the list as the arguments.
The collapseToEnd()
method must raise an INVALID_STATE_ERR
DOM exception if
there are no ranges in the list. Otherwise, it must invoke the collapse()
method with the
endContainer
and endOffset
values of the last Range
object in the list as the arguments.
The selectAllChildren(parentNode)
method must invoke the collapse()
method with the
parentNode value as the first argument and 0 as the
second argument, and must then invoke the selectNodeContents()
method on the first (and only)
range in the list with the parentNode value as the
argument.
The deleteFromDocument()
method must invoke the deleteContents()
method
on each range in the list, if any, from first to last.
The rangeCount
attribute must return the number of ranges in the list.
The getRangeAt(index)
method must return the indexth range in the list. If
index is less than zero or greater or equal to the value
returned by the rangeCount
attribute, then
the method must raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
DOM
exception.
The addRange(range)
method must add the given range Range object to the list
of selections, at the end (so the newly added range is the new last
range). Duplicates are not prevented; a range may be added more than
once in which case it appears in the list more than once, which (for
example) will cause stringification to return the
range's text twice.
The removeRange(range)
method must remove the first occurrence of range in the
list of ranges, if it appears at all.
The removeAllRanges()
method must remove all the ranges from the list of ranges, such that
the rangeCount
attribute returns 0 after the removeAllRanges()
method is invoked (and until a new range is added to the list,
either through this interface or via user interaction).
Objects implementing this interface must stringify to a concatenation
of the results of invoking the toString()
method of the Range
object on each of the ranges of the
selection, in the order they appear in the list (first to last).
In the following document fragment, the emphasized parts indicate the selection.
<p>The cute girl likes the <cite>Oxford English Dictionary</cite>.</p>
If a script invoked window.getSelection().toString()
, the return value
would be "the Oxford English
".
The input
and textarea
elements define
the following members in their DOM interfaces for handling their
text selection:
void select(); attribute unsigned long selectionStart; attribute unsigned long selectionEnd; void setSelectionRange(in unsigned long start, in unsigned long end);
These methods and attributes expose and control the selection of
input
and textarea
text fields.
select
()Selects everything in the text field.
selectionStart
[ = value ]Returns the offset to the start of the selection.
Can be set, to change the start of the selection.
selectionEnd
[ = value ]Returns the offset to the end of the selection.
Can be set, to change the end of the selection.
setSelectionRange
(start, end)Changes the selection to cover the given substring.
When these methods and attributes are used with
input
elements while they don't apply, they must raise
an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception. Otherwise, they must
act as described below.
The select()
method
must cause the contents of the text field to be fully selected.
The selectionStart
attribute must, on getting, return the offset (in logical order) to
the character that immediately follows the start of the
selection. If there is no selection, then it must return the offset
(in logical order) to the character that immediately follows the
text entry cursor.
On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange()
method had been called, with the new value as the first argument,
and the current value of the selectionEnd
attribute as the second argument, unless the current value of the
selectionEnd
is
less than the new value, in which case the second argument must also
be the new value.
The selectionEnd
attribute must, on getting, return the offset (in logical order) to
the character that immediately follows the end of the selection. If
there is no selection, then it must return the offset (in logical
order) to the character that immediately follows the text entry
cursor.
On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange()
method had been called, with the current value of the selectionStart
attribute as the first argument, and new value as the second
argument.
The setSelectionRange(start, end)
method
must set the selection of the text field to the sequence of
characters starting with the character at the startth position (in logical order) and ending with
the character at the (end-1)th
position. Arguments greater than the length of the value in the text
field must be treated as pointing at the end of the text field. If
end is less than or equal to start then the start of the selection and the end of
the selection must both be placed immediately before the character
with offset end. In UAs where there is no
concept of an empty selection, this must set the cursor to be just
before the character with offset end.
To obtain the currently selected text, the following JavaScript suffices:
var selectionText = control.value.substring(control.selectionStart, control.selectionEnd);
Characters with no visible rendering, such as U+200D ZERO WIDTH JOINER, still count as characters. Thus, for instance, the selection can include just an invisible character, and the text insertion cursor can be placed to one side or another of such a character.
contenteditable
attributeThe contenteditable
attribute is an enumerated attribute whose keywords are
the empty string, true
, and false
. The empty string and the true
keyword map to the true state. The false
keyword maps to the false state. In
addition, there is a third state, the inherit state, which is
the missing value default (and the invalid value
default).
The true state indicates that the element is editable. The inherit state indicates that the element is editable if its parent is. The false state indicates that the element is not editable.
Specifically, if an HTML
element has a contenteditable
attribute set to
the true state, or it has its contenteditable
attribute set to
the inherit state and if its nearest ancestor HTML element with the contenteditable
attribute set to
a state other than the inherit state has its attribute set to the
true state, or if it and its ancestors all have their contenteditable
attribute set to
the inherit state but the Document
has designMode
enabled, then the
UA must treat the element as editable (as described
below).
Otherwise, either the HTML
element has a contenteditable
attribute set to
the false state, or its contenteditable
attribute is set
to the inherit state and its nearest ancestor HTML element with the contenteditable
attribute set to
a state other than the inherit state has its attribute set to the
false state, or all its ancestors have their contenteditable
attribute set to
the inherit state and the Document
itself has designMode
disabled; either
way, the element is not editable.
contentEditable
[ = value ]Returns "true
", "false
", or "inherit
", based
on the state of the contenteditable
attribute.
Can be set, to change that state.
Throws a SYNTAX_ERR
exception if the new value
isn't one of those strings.
isContentEditable
Returns true if the element is editable; otherwise, returns false.
The contentEditable
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return the string "true
" if the content attribute is set to the true
state, false
" if the content attribute is set
to the false state, and "inherit
"
otherwise. On setting, if the new value is an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "inherit
" then the content attribute must be removed,
if the new value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for
the string "true
" then the content attribute
must be set to the string "true
", if the new
value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string
"false
" then the content attribute must be set
to the string "false
", and otherwise the
attribute setter must raise a SYNTAX_ERR
exception.
The isContentEditable
DOM attribute, on getting, must return true if the element is
editable, and false otherwise.
If an element is editable and its parent element is not, or if an element is editable and it has no parent element, then the element is an editing host. Editable elements can be nested. User agents must make editing hosts focusable (which typically means they enter the tab order). An editing host can contain non-editable sections, these are handled as described below. An editing host can contain non-editable sections that contain further editing hosts.
When an editing host has focus, it must have a caret position that specifies where the current editing position is. It may also have a selection.
How the caret and selection are represented depends entirely on the UA.
There are several actions that the user agent should allow the user to perform while the user is interacting with an editing host. How exactly each action is triggered is not defined for every action, but when it is not defined, suggested key bindings are provided to guide implementors.
User agents must allow users to move the caret to any
position within an editing host, even into nested editable
elements. This could be triggered as the default action of keydown
events with various key
identifiers and as the default action of mousedown
events.
User agents must allow users to change the
selection within an editing host, even into nested editable
elements. User agents may prevent selections from being made in
ways that cross from editable elements into non-editable elements
(e.g. by making each non-editable descendant atomically selectable,
but not allowing text selection within them). This could be
triggered as the default action of keydown
events with various key
identifiers and as the default action of mousedown
events.
This action must be triggered as the default action of a
textInput
event, and may be
triggered by other commands as well. It must cause the user agent
to insert the specified text (given by the event object's data
attribute in the case of the textInput
event) at the caret.
If the caret is positioned somewhere where phrasing
content is not allowed (e.g. inside an empty ol
element), then the user agent must not insert the text directly at
the caret position. In such cases the behavior is UA-dependent,
but user agents must not, in response to a request to insert text,
generate a DOM that is less conformant than the DOM prior to the
request.
User agents should allow users to insert new paragraphs into elements that contains only content other than paragraphs.
UAs should offer a way for the user to request that the
current paragraph be broken at the caret, e.g. as the default
action of a keydown
event whose
identifier is the "Enter" key and that has no modifiers set.
The exact behavior is UA-dependent, but user agents must not, in response to a request to break a paragraph, generate a DOM that is less conformant than the DOM prior to the request.
UAs should offer a way for the user to request an explicit
line break at the caret position without breaking the paragraph,
e.g. as the default action of a keydown
event whose identifier is the
"Enter" key and that has a shift modifier set. Line separators are
typically found within a poem verse or an address. To insert a line
break, the user agent must insert a br
element.
If the caret is positioned somewhere where phrasing
content is not allowed (e.g. in an empty ol
element), then the user agent must not insert the br
element directly at the caret position. In such cases the behavior
is UA-dependent, but user agents must not, in response to a request
to insert a line separator, generate a DOM that is less conformant
than the DOM prior to the request.
UAs should offer a way for the user to delete text and
elements, including non-editable descendants, e.g. as the default
action of keydown
events whose
identifiers are "U+0008" or "U+007F".
Five edge cases in particular need to be considered carefully when implementing this feature: backspacing at the start of an element, backspacing when the caret is immediately after an element, forward-deleting at the end of an element, forward-deleting when the caret is immediately before an element, and deleting a selection whose start and end points do not share a common parent node.
In any case, the exact behavior is UA-dependent, but user agents must not, in response to a request to delete text or an element, generate a DOM that is less conformant than the DOM prior to the request.
UAs should offer the user the ability to mark text and paragraphs with semantics that HTML can express.
UAs should similarly offer a way for the user to insert empty semantic elements to subsequently fill by entering text manually.
UAs should also offer a way to remove those semantics from marked up text, and to remove empty semantic element that have been inserted.
In response to a request from a user to mark text up in italics,
user agents should use the i
element to represent the
semantic. The em
element should be used only if the
user agent is sure that the user means to indicate stress
emphasis.
In response to a request from a user to mark text up in bold,
user agents should use the b
element to represent the
semantic. The strong
element should be used only if
the user agent is sure that the user means to indicate
importance.
The exact behavior is UA-dependent, but user agents must not, in response to a request to wrap semantics around some text or to insert or remove a semantic element, generate a DOM that is less conformant than the DOM prior to the request.
UAs should offer a way for the user to move images and other non-editable parts around the content within an editing host. This may be done using the drag and drop mechanism. User agents must not, in response to a request to move non-editable elements nested inside editing hosts, generate a DOM that is less conformant than the DOM prior to the request.
When an editable form control is edited, the
changes must be reflected in both its current value and
its default value. For input
elements this means
updating the defaultValue
DOM attribute as
well as the value
DOM
attribute; for select
elements it means updating the
option
elements' defaultSelected
DOM
attribute as well as the selected
DOM attribute; for
textarea
elements this means updating the defaultValue
DOM attribute
as well as the value
DOM
attribute. (Updating the default*
DOM
attributes causes content attributes to be updated as well.)
User agents may perform several commands per user request; for example if the user selects a block of text and hits Enter, the UA might interpret that as a request to delete the content of the selection followed by a request to break the paragraph at that position.
All of the actions defined above, whether triggered by the user
or programmatically (e.g. by execCommand()
commands),
must fire mutation events as appropriate.
Documents have a designMode
, which
can be either enabled or disabled.
designMode
[ = value ]Returns "on
" if the document is editable,
and "off
" if it isn't.
Can be set, to change the document's current state.
The designMode
DOM
attribute on the Document
object takes two values,
"on
" and "off
". When it
is set, the new value must be compared in an ASCII
case-insensitive manner to these two values. If it matches
the "on
" value, then designMode
must be enabled,
and if it matches the "off
" value, then designMode
must be
disabled. Other values must be ignored.
When designMode
is
enabled, the DOM attribute must return the value "on
", and when it is disabled, it must return the
value "off
".
The last state set must persist until the document is destroyed
or the state is changed. Initially, documents must have their designMode
disabled.
User agents can support the checking of spelling and grammar of
editable text, either in form controls (such as the value of
textarea
elements), or in elements in an editing
host (using contenteditable
).
For each element, user agents must establish a default behavior, either through defaults or through preferences expressed by the user. There are three possible default behaviors for each element:
The spellcheck
attribute is an enumerated attribute whose keywords are
the empty string, true
and false
. The empty string and the true
keyword map to the true state. The false
keyword maps to the false state. In
addition, there is a third state, the default state, which is
the missing value default (and the invalid value
default).
The true state indicates that the element is to have its
spelling and grammar checked. The default state indicates
that the element is to act according to a default behavior, possibly
based on the parent element's own spellcheck
state. The false
state indicates that the element is not to be checked.
spellcheck
[ = value ]Returns true if the element is to have its spelling and grammar checked; otherwise, returns false.
Can be set, to override the default and set the spellcheck
content attribute.
The spellcheck
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return true if the element's spellcheck
content attribute is in
the true state, or if the element's spellcheck
content attribute is in
the default state and the element's default behavior is true-by-default, or
if the element's spellcheck
content attribute is in the default state and the element's
default behavior is
inherit-by-default
and the element's parent element's spellcheck
DOM attribute would return
true; otherwise, if none of those conditions applies, then the
attribute must instead return false.
The spellcheck
DOM attribute is not affected by user preferences that override the
spellcheck
content attribute,
and therefore might not reflect the actual spellchecking state.
On setting, if the new value is true, then the element's spellcheck
content attribute must be
set to the literal string "true
", otherwise it
must be set to the literal string "false
".
User agents must only consider the following pieces of text as checkable for the purposes of this feature:
input
elements to which the readonly
attribute applies,
whose type
attributes are not
in the Password
state, and that are not immutable (i.e. that do not
have the readonly
attribute specified and that are not disabled).textarea
elements that do not have a
readonly
attribute and
that are not disabled.For text that is part of a text node, the element
with which the text is associated is the element that is the
immediate parent of the first character of the word, sentence, or
other piece of text. For text in attributes, it is the attribute's
element. For the values of input
and
textarea
elements, it is the element itself.
To determine if a word, sentence, or other piece of text in an applicable element (as defined above) is to have spelling- and/or grammar-checking enabled, the UA must use the following algorithm:
spellcheck
content
attribute, then: if that attribute is in the true state,
then checking is enabled; otherwise, if that attribute is in the
false state, then checking is disabled.spellcheck
content attribute that is
not in the default state, then: if the nearest such
ancestor's spellcheck
content
attribute is in the true state, then checking is enabled;
otherwise, checking is disabled.If the checking is enabled for a word/sentence/text, the user
agent should indicate spelling and/or grammar errors in that
text. User agents should take into account the other semantics given
in the document when suggesting spelling and grammar
corrections. User agents may use the language of the element to
determine what spelling and grammar rules to use, or may use the
user's preferred language settings. UAs should use
input
element attributes such as pattern
to ensure that the
resulting value is valid, where possible.
If checking is disabled, the user agent should not indicate spelling or grammar errors for that text.
The element with ID "a" in the following example would be the one used to determine if the word "Hello" is checked for spelling errors. In this example, it would not be.
<div contenteditable="true"> <span spellcheck="false" id="a">Hell</span><em>o!</em> </div>
The element with ID "b" in the following example would have
checking enabled (the leading space character in the attribute's
value on the input
element causes the attribute to be
ignored, so the ancestor's value is used instead, regardless of the
default).
<p spellcheck="true"> <label>Name: <input spellcheck=" false" id="b"></label> </p>
This section defines an event-based drag-and-drop mechanism.
This specification does not define exactly what a drag-and-drop operation actually is.
On a visual medium with a pointing device, a drag operation could
be the default action of a mousedown
event that is followed by a
series of mousemove
events, and
the drop could be triggered by the mouse being released.
On media without a pointing device, the user would probably have to explicitly indicate his intention to perform a drag-and-drop operation, stating what he wishes to drag and what he wishes to drop, respectively.
However it is implemented, drag-and-drop operations must have a starting point (e.g. where the mouse was clicked, or the start of the selection or element that was selected for the drag), may have any number of intermediate steps (elements that the mouse moves over during a drag, or elements that the user picks as possible drop points as he cycles through possibilities), and must either have an end point (the element above which the mouse button was released, or the element that was finally selected), or be canceled. The end point must be the last element selected as a possible drop point before the drop occurs (so if the operation is not canceled, there must be at least one element in the middle step).
This section is non-normative.
It's also currently non-existent.
DragEvent
and DataTransfer
interfacesThe drag-and-drop processing model involves several events. They
all use the DragEvent
interface.
interface DragEvent : MouseEvent { readonly attribute DataTransfer dataTransfer; void initDragEvent(in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in AbstractView viewArg, in long detailArg, in long screenXArg, in long screenYArg, in long clientXArg, in long clientYArg, in boolean ctrlKeyArg, in boolean altKeyArg, in boolean shiftKeyArg, in boolean metaKeyArg, in unsigned short buttonArg, in EventTarget relatedTargetArg, in DataTransfer dataTransferArg); void initDragEventNS(in DOMString namespaceURIArg, in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in AbstractView viewArg, in long detailArg, in long screenXArg, in long screenYArg, in long clientXArg, in long clientYArg, in unsigned short buttonArg, in EventTarget relatedTargetArg, in DOMString modifiersListArg, in DataTransfer dataTransferArg); };
dataTransfer
Returns the DataTransfer
object for the event.
The initDragEvent()
and initDragEventNS()
methods must initialize the event in a manner analogous to the
similarly-named methods in the DOM3 Events interfaces. [DOM3EVENTS]
The initDragEvent()
and initDragEventNS()
methods handle modifier keys differently, much like the equivalent
methods on the MouseEvent
interface.
The dataTransfer
attribute of the DragEvent
interface represents the
context information for the event.
interface DataTransfer { attribute DOMString dropEffect; attribute DOMString effectAllowed; readonly attribute DOMStringList types; void clearData([Optional] in DOMString format); void setData(in DOMString format, in DOMString data); DOMString getData(in DOMString format); void setDragImage(in Element image, in long x, in long y); void addElement(in Element element); };
DataTransfer
objects can hold pieces of data, each
associated with a unique format. Formats are generally given by MIME
types, with some values special-cased for legacy reasons. For the
purposes of this API, however, the format strings are opaque,
case-sensitive, strings, and the empty string is a
valid format string.
dropEffect
[ = value ]Returns the kind of operation that is currently selected. If
the kind of operation isn't one of those that is allowed by the
effectAllowed
attribute, then the operation will fail.
Can be set, to change the selected operation.
The possible values are none
, copy
, link
, and move
.
effectAllowed
[ = value ]Returns the kinds of operations that are to be allowed.
Can be set, to change the allowed operations.
The possible values are none
, copy
, copyLink
, copyMove
, link
, linkMove
, move
, all
, and uninitialized
,
types
Returns a DOMStringList
of the formats available.
clearData
( [ format ] )Removes the data of the specified formats. Removes all data if the argument is omitted.
setData
(format, data)Adds the specified data.
getData
(format)Returns the specified data. If there is no such data, returns the empty string.
setDragImage
(element, x, y)Uses the given element to update the drag feedback, replacing any previously specified feedback.
addElement
(element)Adds the given element to the list of elements used to render the drag feedback.
When a DataTransfer
object is created, it must be
initialized as follows:
DataTransfer
object must initially contain no
data, no elements, and have no associated image.DataTransfer
object's effectAllowed
attribute must be set to "uninitialized
".dropEffect
attribute must be set to "none
".The dropEffect
attribute controls the drag-and-drop feedback that the user is given
during a drag-and-drop operation.
The attribute must ignore any attempts to set it to a value other
than none
, copy
, link
, and move
. On getting,
the attribute must return the last of those four values that it was
set to.
The effectAllowed
attribute is used in the drag-and-drop processing model to
initialize the dropEffect
attribute
during the dragenter
and dragover
events.
The attribute must ignore any attempts to set it to a value other
than none
, copy
, copyLink
, copyMove
, link
, linkMove
, move
, all
, and uninitialized
. On getting, the attribute must return
the last of those values that it was set to.
The types
attribute must return a live DOMStringList
that
contains the list of formats that are stored in the
DataTransfer
object.
The clearData()
method, when called with no arguments, must clear the
DataTransfer
object of all data (for all formats).
When called with an argument, the clearData(format)
method must clear the
DataTransfer
object of any data associated with the
given format. If format is
the value "Text
", then it must be treated as
"text/plain
". If the format is "URL
", then it must
be treated as "text/uri-list
".
The setData(format, data)
method
must add data to the data stored in the
DataTransfer
object, labeled as being of the type format. This must replace any previous data that had
been set for that format. If format is the value
"Text
", then it must be treated as "text/plain
". If the format is
"URL
", then it must be treated as "text/uri-list
".
The getData(format)
method must return the data that
is associated with the type format, if any, and
must return the empty string otherwise. If format is the value "Text
",
then it must be treated as "text/plain
". If
the format is "URL
", then
the data associated with the "text/uri-list
"
format must be parsed as appropriate for text/uri-list
data, and the first URL from the list
must be returned. If there is no data with that format, or if there
is but it has no URLs, then the method must return the empty
string. [RFC2483]
The setDragImage(element, x, y)
method sets which element to use to generate the drag feedback. The
element argument can be any
Element
; if it is an img
element, then the
user agent should use the element's image (at its intrinsic size) to
generate the feedback, otherwise the user agent should base the
feedback on the given element (but the exact mechanism for doing so
is not specified).
The addElement(element)
method is an alternative way of
specifying how the user agent is to render the drag feedback. It adds an
element to the DataTransfer
object.
The difference between setDragImage()
and
addElement()
is
that the latter automatically generates the image based on the
current rendering of the elements added, whereas the former uses the
exact specified image.
The following events are involved in the drag-and-drop
model. Whenever the processing model described
below causes one of these events to be fired, the event fired must
use the DragEvent
interface defined above, must have
the bubbling and cancelable behaviors given in the table below, and
must have the context information set up as described after the
table, with the view
attribute
set to the view with which the user interacted to trigger the
drag-and-drop event, the detail
attribute set to zero, the
mouse and key attributes set according to the state of the input
devices as they would be for user interaction events, and the relatedTarget
attribute set to null.
Event Name | Target | Bubbles? | Cancelable? | dataTransfer |
effectAllowed |
dropEffect |
Default Action |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
dragstart |
Source node | ✓ Bubbles | ✓ Cancelable | Contains source node unless a selection is being dragged, in which case it is empty | uninitialized |
none |
Initiate the drag-and-drop operation |
drag |
Source node | ✓ Bubbles | ✓ Cancelable | Empty | Same as last event | none |
Continue the drag-and-drop operation |
dragenter |
Immediate user selection or the body element | ✓ Bubbles | ✓ Cancelable | Empty | Same as last event | Based on effectAllowed value |
Reject immediate user selection as potential target element |
dragleave |
Previous target element | ✓ Bubbles | — | Empty | Same as last event | none |
None |
dragover |
Current target element | ✓ Bubbles | ✓ Cancelable | Empty | Same as last event | Based on effectAllowed value |
Reset the current drag operation to "none" |
drop |
Current target element | ✓ Bubbles | ✓ Cancelable | getData() returns data set in dragstart event |
Same as last event | Current drag operation | Varies |
dragend |
Source node | ✓ Bubbles | — | Empty | Same as last event | Current drag operation | Varies |
The dataTransfer
object's contents are empty except for dragstart
events and drop
events, for which the contents are
set as described in the processing model, below.
The effectAllowed
attribute must be set to "uninitialized
" for
dragstart
events, and to
whatever value the field had after the last drag-and-drop event was
fired for all other events (only counting events fired by the user
agent for the purposes of the drag-and-drop model described
below).
The dropEffect
attribute must
be set to "none
" for dragstart
, drag
, and dragleave
events (except when stated
otherwise in the algorithms given in the sections below), to the
value corresponding to the current drag operation for
drop
and dragend
events, and to a value based on
the effectAllowed
attribute's value and to the drag-and-drop source, as given by the
following table, for the remaining events (dragenter
and dragover
):
effectAllowed |
dropEffect |
---|---|
none |
none |
copy , copyLink , copyMove , all |
copy |
link , linkMove |
link |
move |
move |
uninitialized when what is being dragged is a selection from a text field |
move |
uninitialized when what is being dragged is a selection |
copy |
uninitialized when what is being dragged is an a element with an href attribute |
link |
Any other case | copy |
When the user attempts to begin a drag operation, the user agent
must first determine what is being dragged. If the drag operation
was invoked on a selection, then it is the selection that is being
dragged. Otherwise, it is the first element, going up the ancestor
chain, starting at the node that the user tried to drag, that has
the DOM attribute draggable
set
to true. If there is no such element, then nothing is being dragged,
the drag-and-drop operation is never started, and the user agent
must not continue with this algorithm.
img
elements and a
elements with an href
attribute have their draggable
attribute set to true by default.
If the user agent determines that something can be dragged, a
dragstart
event must then be
fired at the source node.
The source node depends on the kind of drag and how it was initiated. If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the source node is the node that the user started the drag on (typically the text node that the user originally clicked). If the user did not specify a particular node, for example if the user just told the user agent to begin a drag of "the selection", then the source node is the deepest node that is a common ancestor of all parts of the selection. If it is not a selection that is being dragged, then the source node is the element that is being dragged.
Multiple events are fired on the source node during the course of the drag-and-drop operation.
The list of dragged nodes also depends on the kind of drag. If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the list of dragged nodes contains, in tree order, every node that is partially or completely included in the selection (including all their ancestors). Otherwise, the list of dragged nodes contains only the source node.
If it is a selection that is being dragged, the dataTransfer
member of the event
must be created with no nodes. Otherwise, it must be created
containing just the source node. Script can use the
addElement()
method
to add further elements to the list of what is being dragged.
The dataTransfer
member of the event also has data added to it, as follows:
If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the user agent
must add the text of the selection to the dataTransfer
member,
associated with the text/plain
format.
The user agent must take the list of dragged nodes
and extract the microdata from those
nodes into a JSON form, and then must add the resulting
string to the dataTransfer
member,
associated with the application/microdata+json
format.
The user agent must take the list of dragged nodes
and extract the vCard data from
those nodes, and then must add the resulting string to the
dataTransfer
member, associated with the text/directory;profile=vcard
format.
The user agent must take the list of dragged nodes
and extract the vEvent data
from those nodes, and then must add the resulting string to
the dataTransfer
member, associated with the text/calendar;component=vevent
format.
For each node node that is
sectioning content in the list of dragged
nodes, the user agent must check if there are any
footer
elements that apply to node and
that contain any elements that are top-level microdata items with the type bibtex
, and if so, then the user agent
must concatenate the strings obtained from extracting BibTeX data from all such nodes, and then
must add the resulting string to the dataTransfer
member,
associated with the application/microdata+bibtex
format.
text/html fragment
The user agent must run the following steps:
Let urls be an empty list of absolute URLs.
For each node in nodes:
If urls is still empty, abort these steps.
Let url string be the result of concatenating the strings in urls, in the order they were added, separated by a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pair (CRLF).
Add url string to the dataTransfer
member,
associated with the text/uri-list
format.
If the event is canceled, then the drag-and-drop operation must not occur; the user agent must not continue with this algorithm.
If it is not canceled, then the drag-and-drop operation must be initiated.
Since events with no event handlers registered are, almost by definition, never canceled, drag-and-drop is always available to the user if the author does not specifically prevent it.
The drag-and-drop feedback must be generated from the first of the following sources that is available:
setDragImage()
method
of the dataTransfer
object of the dragstart
event,
if the method was called. In visual media, if this is used, the
x and y arguments that were
passed to that method should be used as hints for where to put the
cursor relative to the resulting image. The values are expressed as
distances in CSS pixels from the left side and from the top side of
the image respectively. [CSS21]dataTransfer
object, both
before the event was fired, and during the handling of the event
using the addElement()
method, if any such elements were indeed added.The user agent must take a note of the data that was placed in
the dataTransfer
object. This data will be made available again when the drop
event is fired.
From this point until the end of the drag-and-drop operation, device input events (e.g. mouse and keyboard events) must be suppressed. In addition, the user agent must track all DOM changes made during the drag-and-drop operation, and add them to its undo history as one atomic operation once the drag-and-drop operation has ended.
During the drag operation, the element directly indicated by the user as the drop target is called the immediate user selection. (Only elements can be selected by the user; other nodes must not be made available as drop targets.) However, the immediate user selection is not necessarily the current target element, which is the element currently selected for the drop part of the drag-and-drop operation. The immediate user selection changes as the user selects different elements (either by pointing at them with a pointing device, or by selecting them in some other way). The current target element changes when the immediate user selection changes, based on the results of event handlers in the document, as described below.
Both the current target element and the immediate user selection can be null, which means no target element is selected. They can also both be elements in other (DOM-based) documents, or other (non-Web) programs altogether. (For example, a user could drag text to a word-processor.) The current target element is initially null.
In addition, there is also a current drag operation, which can take on the values "none", "copy", "link", and "move". Initially, it has the value "none". It is updated by the user agent as described in the steps below.
User agents must, every 350ms (±200ms), perform the following steps in sequence. (If the user agent is still performing the previous iteration of the sequence when the next iteration becomes due, the user agent must not execute the overdue iteration, effectively "skipping missed frames" of the drag-and-drop operation.)
First, the user agent must fire a drag
event at the source
node. If this event is canceled, the user agent must set
the current drag operation to none (no drag
operation).
Next, if the drag
event was not
canceled and the user has not ended the drag-and-drop operation,
the user agent must check the state of the drag-and-drop
operation, as follows:
First, if the user is indicating a different immediate user selection than during the last iteration (or if this is the first iteration), and if this immediate user selection is not the same as the current target element, then the current target element must be updated, as follows:
If the new immediate user selection is null, or is in a non-DOM document or application, then set the current target element to the same value.
Otherwise, the user agent must fire a dragenter
event at the
immediate user selection.
If the event is canceled, then the current target element must be set to the immediate user selection.
Otherwise, if the current target element is
not the body element, the user agent must fire a
dragenter
event at
the body element, and the current target
element must be set to the body element,
regardless of whether that event was canceled or not. (If
the body element is null, then the current
target element would be set to null too in this case,
it wouldn't be set to the Document
object.)
If the previous step caused the current target
element to change, and if the previous target element was
not null or a part of a non-DOM document, the user agent must fire
a dragleave
event at the
previous target element.
If the current target element is a DOM element,
the user agent must fire a dragover
event at this current
target element.
If the dragover
event is
not canceled, the current drag operation must be
reset to "none".
Otherwise, the current drag operation must be
set based on the values the effectAllowed
and
dropEffect
attributes of the dataTransfer
object
had after the event was handled, as per the following table:
effectAllowed |
dropEffect |
Drag operation |
---|---|---|
uninitialized , copy , copyLink , copyMove , or all |
copy |
"copy" |
uninitialized , link , copyLink , linkMove , or all |
link |
"link" |
uninitialized , move , copyMove , linkMove , or all |
move |
"move" |
Any other case | "none" |
Then, regardless of whether the dragover
event was canceled or
not, the drag feedback (e.g. the mouse cursor) must be updated
to match the current drag operation, as
follows:
Drag operation | Feedback |
---|---|
"copy" | Data will be copied if dropped here. |
"link" | Data will be linked if dropped here. |
"move" | Data will be moved if dropped here. |
"none" | No operation allowed, dropping here will cancel the drag-and-drop operation. |
Otherwise, if the current target element is not a DOM element, the user agent must use platform-specific mechanisms to determine what drag operation is being performed (none, copy, link, or move). This sets the current drag operation.
Otherwise, if the user ended the drag-and-drop operation (e.g.
by releasing the mouse button in a mouse-driven drag-and-drop
interface), or if the drag
event
was canceled, then this will be the last iteration. The user agent
must execute the following steps, then stop looping.
If the current drag operation is none (no drag
operation), or, if the user ended the drag-and-drop operation by
canceling it (e.g. by hitting the Escape key), or if
the current target element is null, then the drag
operation failed. If the current target element is
a DOM element, the user agent must fire a dragleave
event at it; otherwise,
if it is not null, it must use platform-specific conventions for
drag cancellation.
Otherwise, the drag operation was as success. If the
current target element is a DOM element, the user
agent must fire a drop
event at
it; otherwise, it must use platform-specific conventions for
indicating a drop.
When the target is a DOM element, the dropEffect
attribute
of the event's dataTransfer
object
must be given the value representing the current drag
operation (copy
, link
, or move
), and the
object must be set up so that the getData()
method will
return the data that was added during the dragstart
event.
If the event is canceled, the current drag
operation must be set to the value of the dropEffect
attribute
of the event's dataTransfer
object as
it stood after the event was handled.
Otherwise, the event is not canceled, and the user agent must perform the event's default action, which depends on the exact target as follows:
textarea
, or an input
element
whose type
attribute is in
the Text state)text/plain
format, if any, into the text field in
a manner consistent with platform-specific conventions
(e.g. inserting it at the current mouse cursor position, or
inserting it at the end of the field).Finally, the user agent must fire a dragend
event at the source
node, with the dropEffect
attribute
of the event's dataTransfer
object
being set to the value corresponding to the current drag
operation.
The current drag operation can
change during the processing of the drop
event, if one was fired.
The event is not cancelable. After the event has been handled, the user agent must act as follows:
textarea
, or an input
element
whose type
attribute is in
the Text state), and
a drop
event was fired in the
previous step, and the current drag operation is
"move", and the source of the drag-and-drop operation is a
selection in the DOMtextarea
, or an input
element
whose type
attribute is in
the Text state), and
a drop
event was fired in the
previous step, and the current drag operation is
"move", and the source of the drag-and-drop operation is a
selection in a text fieldThe model described above is independent of which
Document
object the nodes involved are from; the events
must be fired as described above and the rest of the processing
model must be followed as described above, irrespective of how many
documents are involved in the operation.
If the drag is initiated in another application, the source
node is not a DOM node, and the user agent must use
platform-specific conventions instead when the requirements above
involve the source node. User agents in this situation must act as
if the dragged data had been added to the DataTransfer
object when the drag started, even though no dragstart
event was actually fired;
user agents must similarly use platform-specific conventions when
deciding on what drag feedback to use.
If a drag is started in a document but ends in another application, then the user agent must instead replace the parts of the processing model relating to handling the target according to platform-specific conventions.
In any case, scripts running in the context of the document must not be able to distinguish the case of a drag-and-drop operation being started or ended in another application from the case of a drag-and-drop operation being started or ended in another document from another domain.
draggable
attributeAll elements may have the draggable
content attribute set. The
draggable
attribute is an
enumerated attribute. It has three states. The first
state is true and it has the keyword true
. The second state is false and it has
the keyword false
. The third state is
auto; it has no keywords but it is the missing value
default.
The true state means the element is draggable; the false state means that it is not. The auto state uses the default behavior of the user agent.
draggable
[ = value ]Returns true if the element is draggable; otherwise, returns false.
Can be set, to override the default and set the draggable
content attribute.
The draggable
DOM
attribute, whose value depends on the content attribute's in the way
described below, controls whether or not the element is
draggable. Generally, only text selections are draggable, but
elements whose draggable
DOM
attribute is true become draggable as well.
If an element's draggable
content attribute has the state true, the draggable
DOM attribute must return
true.
Otherwise, if the element's draggable
content attribute has the
state false, the draggable
DOM attribute must return
false.
Otherwise, the element's draggable
content attribute has the
state auto. If the element is an img
element,
or, if the element is an a
element with an href
content attribute, the draggable
DOM attribute must return
true.
Otherwise, the draggable
DOM
must return false.
If the draggable
DOM attribute
is set to the value false, the draggable
content attribute must be
set to the literal value false
. If the draggable
DOM attribute is set to the
value true, the draggable
content attribute must be set to the literal value true
.
Copy-and-paste is a form of drag-and-drop: the "copy" part is equivalent to dragging content to another application (the "clipboard"), and the "paste" part is equivalent to dragging content from another application.
Select-and-paste (a model used by mouse operations in the X Window System) is equivalent to a drag-and-drop operation where the source is the selection.
When the user invokes a copy operation, the user agent must act as if the user had invoked a drag on the current selection. If the drag-and-drop operation initiates, then the user agent must act as if the user had indicated (as the immediate user selection) a hypothetical application representing the clipboard. Then, the user agent must act as if the user had ended the drag-and-drop operation without canceling it. If the drag-and-drop operation didn't get canceled, the user agent should then follow the relevant platform-specific conventions for copy operations (e.g. updating the clipboard).
When the user invokes a cut operation, the user agent must act as if the user had invoked a copy operation (see the previous section), followed, if the copy was completed successfully, by a selection delete operation.
When the user invokes a clipboard paste operation, the user agent must act as if the user had invoked a drag on a hypothetical application representing the clipboard, setting the data associated with the drag as the content on the clipboard (in whatever formats are available).
Then, the user agent must act as if the user had indicated (as the immediate user selection) the element with the keyboard focus, and then ended the drag-and-drop operation without canceling it.
When the user invokes a selection paste operation, the user agent must act as if the user had invoked a drag on the current selection, then indicated (as the immediate user selection) the element with the keyboard focus, and then ended the drag-and-drop operation without canceling it.
User agents must not make the data added to the
DataTransfer
object during the dragstart
event available to scripts
until the drop
event, because
otherwise, if a user were to drag sensitive information from one
document to a second document, crossing a hostile third document in
the process, the hostile document could intercept the data.
For the same reason, user agents must consider a drop to be
successful only if the user specifically ended the drag operation
— if any scripts end the drag operation, it must be considered
unsuccessful (canceled) and the drop
event must not be fired.
User agents should take care to not start drag-and-drop operations in response to script actions. For example, in a mouse-and-window environment, if a script moves a window while the user has his mouse button depressed, the UA would not consider that to start a drag. This is important because otherwise UAs could cause data to be dragged from sensitive sources and dropped into hostile documents without the user's consent.
There has got to be a better way of doing this, surely.
...
The user agent must associate an undo transaction
history with each HTMLDocument
object.
The undo transaction history is a list of entries. The entries are of two type: DOM changes and undo objects.
Each DOM changes entry in the undo transaction history consists of batches of one or more of the following:
Element
node.Node
.HTMLDocument
object (parentNode
,
childNodes
).Undo object entries consist of objects representing state that scripts running in the document are managing. For example, a Web mail application could use an undo object to keep track of the fact that a user has moved an e-mail to a particular folder, so that the user can undo the action and have the e-mail return to its former location.
Broadly speaking, DOM changes entries are handled by the UA in response to user edits of form controls and editing hosts on the page, and undo object entries are handled by script in response to higher-level user actions (such as interactions with server-side state, or in the implementation of a drawing tool).
UndoManager
interfaceThis API sucks. Seriously. It's a terrible API. Really bad. I hate it. Here are the requirements:
To manage undo object entries in the undo
transaction history, the UndoManager
interface can be used:
interface UndoManager { readonly attribute unsigned long length; [IndexGetter] any item(in unsigned long index); readonly attribute unsigned long position; unsigned long add(in any data, in DOMString title); void remove(in unsigned long index); void clearUndo(); void clearRedo(); };
undoManager
Returns the UndoManager
object.
length
Returns the number of entries in the undo history.
item
(index)Returns the entry with index index in the undo history.
Returns null if index is out of range.
position
Returns the number of the current entry in the undo history. (Entries at and past this point are redo entries.)
add
(data, title)Adds the specified entry to the undo history.
remove
(index)Removes the specified entry to the undo history.
Throws an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception if the given index is out of range.
clearUndo
()Removes all entries before the current position in the undo history.
clearRedo
()Removes all entries at and after the current position in the undo history.
The undoManager
attribute of the Window
interface must return the
object implementing the UndoManager
interface for that
Window
object's associated
HTMLDocument
object.
UndoManager
objects represent their document's
undo transaction history. Only undo object
entries are visible with this API, but this does not mean that
DOM changes entries are absent from the undo
transaction history.
The length
attribute must return the number of undo object entries
in the undo transaction history. This is the length.
The object's indices of the supported indexed properties are the numbers in the range zero to length-1, unless the length is zero, in which case there are no supported indexed properties.
The item(n)
method must return the nth undo object entry in the undo
transaction history.
The undo transaction history has a current position. This is the position between two entries in the undo transaction history's list where the previous entry represents what needs to happen if the user invokes the "undo" command (the "undo" side, lower numbers), and the next entry represents what needs to happen if the user invokes the "redo" command (the "redo" side, higher numbers).
The position
attribute must return the index of the undo object
entry nearest to the undo position, on the "redo"
side. If there are no undo object entries on the "redo"
side, then the attribute must return the same as the length
attribute. If there are
no undo object entries on the "undo" side of the
undo position, the position
attribute returns
zero.
Since the undo transaction history
contains both undo object entries and DOM
changes entries, but the position
attribute only
returns indices relative to undo object entries, it is
possible for several "undo" or "redo" actions to be performed
without the value of the position
attribute
changing.
The add(data,
title)
method's behavior depends on the
current state. Normally, it must insert the data object
passed as an argument into the undo transaction history
immediately before the undo position, optionally
remembering the given title to use in the UI. If the
method is called during an undo
operation, however, the object must instead be added
immediately after the undo position.
If the method is called and there is neither an undo operation in progress nor a redo operation in progress then any entries
in the undo transaction history after the undo
position must be removed (as if clearRedo()
had been
called).
We could fire events when someone adds something to the undo history -- one event per undo object entry before the position (or after, during redo addition), allowing the script to decide if that entry should remain or not. Or something. Would make it potentially easier to expire server-held state when the server limitations come into play.
The remove(index)
method must remove the undo
object entry with the specified index. If
the index is less than zero or greater than or equal to length
then the method must
raise an INDEX_SIZE_ERR
exception. DOM
changes entries are unaffected by this method.
The clearUndo()
method must remove all entries in the undo transaction
history before the undo position, be they
DOM changes entries or undo object
entries.
The clearRedo()
method must remove all entries in the undo transaction
history after the undo position, be they
DOM changes entries or undo object
entries.
Another idea is to have a way for scripts to say "startBatchingDOMChangesForUndo()" and after that the changes to the DOM go in as if the user had done them.
When the user invokes an undo operation, or when the execCommand()
method is
called with the undo
command, the
user agent must perform an undo operation.
If the undo position is at the start of the undo transaction history, then the user agent must do nothing.
If the entry immediately before the undo position is a DOM changes entry, then the user agent must remove that DOM changes entry, reverse the DOM changes that were listed in that entry, and, if the changes were reversed with no problems, add a new DOM changes entry (consisting of the opposite of those DOM changes) to the undo transaction history on the other side of the undo position.
If the DOM changes cannot be undone (e.g. because the DOM state is no longer consistent with the changes represented in the entry), then the user agent must simply remove the DOM changes entry, without doing anything else.
If the entry immediately before the undo position is
an undo object entry, then the user agent must first
remove that undo object entry from the undo
transaction history, and then must fire an undo
event at the Window
object, using the undo object entry's associated undo
object as the event's data.
Any calls to add()
while
the event is being handled will be used to populate the redo
history, and will then be used if the user invokes the "redo"
command to undo his undo.
When the user invokes a redo operation, or when the execCommand()
method is
called with the redo
command, the
user agent must perform a redo operation.
This is mostly the opposite of an undo operation, but the full definition is included here for completeness.
If the undo position is at the end of the undo transaction history, then the user agent must do nothing.
If the entry immediately after the undo position is a DOM changes entry, then the user agent must remove that DOM changes entry, reverse the DOM changes that were listed in that entry, and, if the changes were reversed with no problems, add a new DOM changes entry (consisting of the opposite of those DOM changes) to the undo transaction history on the other side of the undo position.
If the DOM changes cannot be redone (e.g. because the DOM state is no longer consistent with the changes represented in the entry), then the user agent must simply remove the DOM changes entry, without doing anything else.
If the entry immediately after the undo position is
an undo object entry, then the user agent must first
remove that undo object entry from the undo
transaction history, and then must fire a redo
event at the Window
object, using the undo object entry's associated undo
object as the event's data.
UndoManagerEvent
interface and the undo
and redo
eventsinterface UndoManagerEvent : Event {
readonly attribute any data;
void initUndoManagerEvent(in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in any dataArg);
void initUndoManagerEventNS(in DOMString namespaceURIArg, in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in any dataArg);
};
data
Returns the data that was passed to the add()
method.
The initUndoManagerEvent()
and initUndoManagerEventNS()
methods must initialize the event in a manner analogous to the
similarly-named methods in the DOM3 Events interfaces. [DOM3EVENTS]
The data
attribute represents the undo object for the event.
The undo
and redo
events do not bubble,
cannot be canceled, and have no default action. When the user agent
fires one of these events it must use the
UndoManagerEvent
interface, with the data
field containing the
relevant undo object.
How user agents present the above conceptual model to the user is not defined. The undo interface could be a filtered view of the undo transaction history, it could manipulate the undo transaction history in ways not described above, and so forth. For example, it is possible to design a UA that appears to have separate undo transaction histories for each form control; similarly, it is possible to design systems where the user has access to more undo information than is present in the official (as described above) undo transaction history (such as providing a tree-based approach to document state). Such UI models should be based upon the single undo transaction history described in this section, however, such that to a script there is no detectable difference.
execCommand
(commandId [, showUI [, value ] ] )Runs the action specified by the first argument, as described in the list below. The second and third arguments sometimes affect the action. (If they don't they are ignored.)
queryCommandEnabled
(commandId)Returns whether the given command is enabled, as described in the list below.
queryCommandIndeterm
(commandId)Returns whether the given command is indeterminate, as described in the list below.
queryCommandState
(commandId)Returns the state of the command, as described in the list below.
queryCommandSupported
(commandId)Returns true if the command is supported; otherwise, returns false.
queryCommandValue
(commandId)Returns the value of the command, as described in the list below.
The execCommand(commandId, showUI, value)
method on the
HTMLDocument
interface allows scripts to perform
actions on the current selection
or at the current caret position. Generally, these commands would be
used to implement editor UI, for example having a "delete" button on
a toolbar.
There are three variants to this method, with one, two, and three arguments respectively. The showUI and value parameters, even if specified, are ignored unless otherwise stated.
When execCommand()
is invoked, the user agent must follow the following steps:
A document is ready for editing host commands if it has a selection that is entirely within an editing host, or if it has no selection but its caret is inside an editing host.
The queryCommandEnabled(commandId)
method, when invoked, must
return true if the condition listed below under "Enabled When" for
the given commandId is true, and false
otherwise.
The queryCommandIndeterm(commandId)
method, when invoked, must
return true if the condition listed below under "Indeterminate When"
for the given commandId is true, and false
otherwise.
The queryCommandState(commandId)
method, when invoked, must
return the value expressed below under "State" for the given commandId.
The queryCommandSupported(commandId)
method, when invoked, must
return true if the given commandId is in the
list below, and false otherwise.
The queryCommandValue(commandId)
method, when invoked, must
return the value expressed below under "Value" for the given commandId.
The possible values for commandId, and their corresponding meanings, are as follows. These values must be compared to the argument in an ASCII case-insensitive manner.
bold
b
element (or, again,
unwrapped, or have that semantic inserted or removed, as defined by
the UA).b
element. False otherwise.true
"
if the expression given for the "State" above is true, the string
"false
" otherwise.createLink
a
element (or, again,
unwrapped, or have that semantic inserted or removed, as defined by
the UA). If the user agent creates an a
element or
modifies an existing a
element, then if the showUI argument is present and has the value false,
then the value of the value argument must be
used as the URL of the link. Otherwise, the user agent
should prompt the user for the URL of the link.false
".delete
false
".formatBlock
formatBlock
candidate, does nothing.Action: The user agent must run the following steps:
If the value argument wasn't specified, abort these steps without doing anything.
If the value argument has a leading U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character ('<') and a trailing U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character ('>'), then remove the first and last characters from value.
If value is (now) an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the tag name of an element
defined by this specification that is defined to be a
formatBlock
candidate, then,
for every position in the selection, take the furthest
formatBlock
candidate
ancestor element of that position that contains only
phrasing content, and, if that element is
editable and has a parent element whose content
model allows that parent to contain any flow
content, replace it with an element in the HTML namespace
whose name is value, and move all the
children that were in it to the new element.
If there is no selection, then, where in the description above refers to the selection, the user agent must act as if the selection was an empty range (with just one position) at the caret position.
false
".forwardDelete
false
".insertImage
img
element (or, again,
unwrapped, or have that semantic inserted or removed, as defined by
the UA). If the user agent creates an img
element or
modifies an existing img
element, then if the showUI argument is present and has the value false,
then the value of the value argument must be
used as the URL of the image. Otherwise, the user
agent should prompt the user for the URL of the image.false
".insertHTML
Action: The user agent must run the following steps:
If the document is an XML document, then
throw an INVALID_ACCESS_ERR
exception and abort
these steps.
If the value argument wasn't specified, abort these steps without doing anything.
If there is a selection, act as if the user had requested that the selection be deleted.
Invoke the HTML fragment parsing algorithm
with an arbitrary orphan body
element owned by the
same Document
as the context element and with
the value argument as input.
Insert the nodes returned by the previous step into the document at the location of the caret, firing any mutation events as appropriate.
false
".insertLineBreak
false
".insertOrderedList
ol
element (or unwrapped, or, if
there is no selection, have that semantic inserted or removed
— the exact behavior is UA-defined).false
".insertUnorderedList
ul
element (or unwrapped, or, if
there is no selection, have that semantic inserted or removed
— the exact behavior is UA-defined).false
".insertParagraph
false
".insertText
false
".italic
i
element (or, again,
unwrapped, or have that semantic inserted or removed, as defined by
the UA).i
element. False otherwise.true
"
if the expression given for the "State" above is true, the string
"false
" otherwise.redo
false
".selectAll
false
".subscript
sub
element (or, again,
unwrapped, or have that semantic inserted or removed, as defined by
the UA).sub
element. False otherwise.true
"
if the expression given for the "State" above is true, the string
"false
" otherwise.superscript
sup
element (or unwrapped, or, if
there is no selection, have that semantic inserted or removed
— the exact behavior is UA-defined).sup
element. False otherwise.true
"
if the expression given for the "State" above is true, the string
"false
" otherwise.undo
false
".unlink
a
elements that have href
attributes and that are partially
or completely included in the current selection.a
element that has an href
attribute.false
".unselect
false
".vendorID-customCommandID
vendorID-customCommandID
so as to prevent clashes between extensions from different vendors
and future additions to this specification.false
".Messages in server-sent events, Web
sockets, cross-document messaging, and
channel messaging use the message
event.
The following interface is defined for this event:
interface MessageEvent : Event { readonly attribute any data; readonly attribute DOMString origin; readonly attribute DOMString lastEventId; readonly attribute WindowProxy source; readonly attribute MessagePortArray ports; void initMessageEvent(in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in any dataArg, in DOMString originArg, in DOMString lastEventIdArg, in WindowProxy sourceArg, in MessagePortArray portsArg); void initMessageEventNS(in DOMString namespaceURI, in DOMString typeArg, in boolean canBubbleArg, in boolean cancelableArg, in any dataArg, in DOMString originArg, in DOMString lastEventIdArg, in WindowProxy sourceArg, in MessagePortArray portsArg); };
data
Returns the data of the message.
origin
Returns the origin of the message, for server-sent events and cross-document messaging.
lastEventId
Returns the last event ID, for server-sent events.
source
Returns the WindowProxy
of the source window, for
cross-document messaging.
ports
Returns the MessagePortArray
sent with the
message, for cross-document messaging and
channel messaging.
The initMessageEvent()
and initMessageEventNS()
methods must initialize the event in a manner analogous to the
similarly-named methods in the DOM3 Events interfaces. [DOM3EVENTS]
The data
attribute represents the message being sent.
The origin
attribute
represents, in server-sent events and
cross-document messaging, the origin of
the document that sent the message (typically the scheme, hostname,
and port of the document, but not its path or fragment
identifier).
The lastEventId
attribute represents, in server-sent events, the
last event ID string of the event source.
The source
attribute
represents, in cross-document messaging, the
WindowProxy
of the browsing context of the
Window
object from which the message came.
The ports
attribute represents, in cross-document messaging and
channel messaging the MessagePortArray
being sent, if any.
Unless otherwise specified, when the user agent creates and
dispatches a message
event in the
algorithms described in the following sections, the lastEventId
attribute
must be the empty string, the origin
attribute must be the
empty string, the source
attribute must be
null, and the ports
attribute
must be null.
Web browsers, for security and privacy reasons, prevent documents in different domains from affecting each other; that is, cross-site scripting is disallowed.
While this is an important security feature, it prevents pages from different domains from communicating even when those pages are not hostile. This section introduces a messaging system that allows documents to communicate with each other regardless of their source domain, in a way designed to not enable cross-site scripting attacks.
The task source for the tasks in cross-document messaging is the posted message task source.
This section is non-normative.
For example, if document A contains an iframe
element that contains document B, and script in document A calls
postMessage()
on the
Window
object of document B, then a message event will
be fired on that object, marked as originating from the
Window
of document A. The script in document A might
look like:
var o = document.getElementsByTagName('iframe')[0]; o.contentWindow.postMessage('Hello world', 'http://b.example.org/');
To register an event handler for incoming events, the script
would use addEventListener()
(or similar
mechanisms). For example, the script in document B might look
like:
window.addEventListener('message', receiver, false); function receiver(e) { if (e.origin == 'http://example.com') { if (e.data == 'Hello world') { e.source.postMessage('Hello', e.origin); } else { alert(e.data); } } }
This script first checks the domain is the expected domain, and then looks at the message, which it either displays to the user, or responds to by sending a message back to the document which sent the message in the first place.
Use of this API requires extra care to protect users from hostile entities abusing a site for their own purposes.
Authors should check the origin
attribute to ensure
that messages are only accepted from domains that they expect to
receive messages from. Otherwise, bugs in the author's message
handling code could be exploited by hostile sites.
Furthermore, even after checking the origin
attribute, authors
should also check that the data in question is of the expected
format. Otherwise, if the source of the event has been attacked
using a cross-site scripting flaw, further unchecked processing of
information sent using the postMessage()
method could
result in the attack being propagated into the receiver.
Authors should not use the wildcard keyword ("*") in the targetOrigin argument in messages that contain any confidential information, as otherwise there is no way to guarantee that the message is only delivered to the recipient to which it was intended.
The integrity of this API is based on the inability for scripts
of one origin to post arbitrary events (using dispatchEvent()
or otherwise) to objects in other
origins (those that are not the same).
Implementors are urged to take extra care in the implementation of this feature. It allows authors to transmit information from one domain to another domain, which is normally disallowed for security reasons. It also requires that UAs be careful to allow access to certain properties but not others.
postMessage
(message, [ ports, ] targetOrigin)Posts a message, optionally with an array of ports, to the given window.
If the origin of the target window doesn't match the given
origin, the message is discarded, to avoid information leakage. To
send the message to the target regardless of origin, set the
target origin to "*
".
Throws an INVALID_STATE_ERR
if the ports array is not null and it contains
either null entries, duplicate ports, or ports that are not
entangled.
When a script invokes the postMessage(message, targetOrigin)
method (with only two
arguments) on a Window
object, the user agent must
follow these steps:
If the value of the targetOrigin argument
is not a single U+002A ASTERISK character ("*"), and resolving it relative to the
first script's base
URL either fails or results in a URL with a
<host-specific>
component that is neither empty nor a single U+002F SOLIDUS
character (/), then throw a SYNTAX_ERR
exception and
abort the overall set of steps.
Let message clone be the result of obtaining a structured clone of the message argument. If this throws an exception, then throw that exception and abort these steps.
Return from the postMessage()
method, but
asynchronously continue running these steps.
If the targetOrigin argument has a value
other than a single literal U+002A ASTERISK character ("*"), and
the Document
of the Window
object on
which the method was invoked does not have the same
origin as targetOrigin, then abort
these steps silently.
Create an event that uses the MessageEvent
interface, with the event name message
, which does not bubble, is
not cancelable, and has no default action. The data
attribute must be set to
the value of message clone, the origin
attribute must be
set to the Unicode serialization of the origin of
the script that invoked the method, and the source
attribute must be
set to the script's global object.
Queue a task to dispatch the event created in the
previous step at the Window
object on which the
method was invoked. The task source for this task is the posted message task
source.
When a script invokes the postMessage(message, ports, targetOrigin)
method (with three
arguments) on a Window
object, the user agent must
follow these steps:
If the value of the targetOrigin argument
is not a single U+002A ASTERISK character ("*"), and resolving it relative to the
first script's base
URL either fails or results in a URL with a
<host-specific>
component that is neither empty nor a single U+002F SOLIDUS
character (/), then throw a SYNTAX_ERR
exception and
abort the overall set of steps.
Let message clone be the result of obtaining a structured clone of the message argument. If this throws an exception, then throw that exception and abort these steps.
If the ports argument is null, then act as if the method had just been called with two arguments, message and targetOrigin.
If any of the entries in ports are
null, if any of the entries in ports
are not entangled MessagePort
objects, or if any
MessagePort
object is listed in ports more than once, then throw an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
Let new ports be an empty array.
For each port in ports in turn,
obtain a new port by cloning the
port with the Window
object on which the method was
invoked as the owner of the clone, and append the clone to the
new ports array.
If the original ports array was empty, then the new ports array will also be empty.
Return from the postMessage()
method, but
asynchronously continue running these steps.
If the targetOrigin argument has a value
other than a single literal U+002A ASTERISK character ("*"), and
the Document
of the Window
object on
which the method was invoked does not have the same
origin as targetOrigin, then abort
these steps silently.
Create an event that uses the MessageEvent
interface, with the event name message
, which does not bubble, is
not cancelable, and has no default action. The data
attribute must be set to
the value of message clone, the origin
attribute must be
set to the Unicode serialization of the origin of
the script that invoked the method, and the source
attribute must be
set to the script's global object.
Let the ports
attribute
of the event be the new ports array.
Queue a task to dispatch the event created in the
previous step at the Window
object on which the
method was invoked. The task source for this task is the posted message task
source.
These steps, with the exception of the second and third steps and the penultimate step, are identical to those in the previous section.
This section is non-normative.
An introduction to the channel and port APIs.
[Constructor] interface MessageChannel { readonly attribute MessagePort port1; readonly attribute MessagePort port2; };
MessageChannel
()Returns a new MessageChannel
object with two new MessagePort
objects.
port1
Returns the first MessagePort
object.
port2
Returns the second MessagePort
object.
When the MessageChannel()
constructor is called, it must run the following algorithm:
Create a new MessagePort
object
owned by the script's global object, and let port1 be that object.
Create a new MessagePort
object
owned by the script's global object, and let port2 be that object.
Entangle the port1 and port2 objects.
Instantiate a new MessageChannel
object, and
let channel be that object.
Let the port1
attribute of the channel object be port1.
Let the port2
attribute of the channel object be port2.
Return channel.
The port1
and
port2
attributes
must return the values they were assigned when the
MessageChannel
object was created.
Each channel has two message ports. Data sent through one port is received by the other port, and vice versa.
typedef sequence<MessagePort> MessagePortArray; interface MessagePort { void postMessage(in any message, [Optional] in MessagePortArray ports); void start(); void close(); // event handler attributes attribute Function onmessage; };
postMessage
(message [, ports] )Posts a message through the channel, optionally with the given ports.
Throws an INVALID_STATE_ERR
if the ports array is not null and it contains
either null entries, duplicate ports, ports that are not
entangled, or the source or target port.
start
()Begins dispatching messages received on the port.
close
()Disconnects the port, so that it is no longer active.
Objects implementing the MessagePort
interface must
also implement the EventTarget
interface.
Each MessagePort
object can be entangled with
another (a symmetric relationship). Each MessagePort
object also has a task source called the port
message queue, initial empty. A port message
queue can be open or closed, and is initially closed.
When the user agent is to create a new
MessagePort
object owned by a script's
global object object owner, it must
instantiate a new MessagePort
object, and let its owner
be owner.
When the user agent is to entangle two
MessagePort
objects, it must run the following
steps:
If one of the ports is already entangled, then disentangle it and the port that it was entangled with.
If those two previously entangled ports were the
two ports of a MessageChannel
object, then that
MessageChannel
object no longer represents an actual
channel: the two ports in that object are no longer entangled.
Associate the two ports to be entangled, so that they form
the two parts of a new channel. (There is no
MessageChannel
object that represents this
channel.)
When the user agent is to clone a port original port, with the clone being owned by owner, it must run the following steps, which return
either a new MessagePort
object or an exception for the
caller to raise. These steps must be run atomically.
If the original port is not entangled
without another port, then return an INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception and abort all these steps.
Let the remote port be the port with which the original port is entangled.
Create a new MessagePort
object
owned by owner, and let new
port be that object.
Move all the events in the port message queue of original port to the port message queue of new port, if any, leaving the new port's port message queue in its initial closed state.
Entangle the remote port and new port objects. The original port object will be disentangled by this process.
Return new port. It is the clone.
The postMessage()
method, when called on a port source port, must
cause the user agent to run the following steps:
Let message be the method's first argument.
Let data port be the method's second argument, if any.
Let message clone be the result of obtaining a structured clone of the message argument. If this throws an exception, then throw that exception and abort these steps.
If the source port is not entangled with another port, then return and abort these steps.
Let target port be the port with which source port is entangled.
Create an event that uses the MessageEvent
interface, with the name message
, which does not bubble, is not
cancelable, and has no default action.
Let the data
attribute of the event have the value of message
clone.
If the method was called with a second argument ports and that argument isn't null, then run the following substeps:
If any of the entries in ports are
null, if any of the entries in ports
are not entangled MessagePort
objects, or if any
MessagePort
object is listed in ports more than once, then throw an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
Let new ports be an empty array.
For each port in ports in turn, obtain a new port by cloning the port with the owner of the target port as the owner of the clone, and append the clone to the new ports array.
If the original ports array was empty, then the new ports array will also be empty.
Let the ports
attribute of the event be the new ports
array.
Return from the method, but continue with these steps.
Add the event to the port message queue of target port.
The start()
method must open its port's port message queue, if it
is not already open.
When a port's port message queue is open, the event loop must use it as one of its task sources.
If the Document
of the port's event
handlers' global object
is not fully active, then the messages are lost.
The close()
method, when called on a port local port that is
entangled with another port, must cause the user agents to
disentangle the two ports. If the method is called on a port that is
not entangled, then the method must do nothing.
The following are the event handler attributes (and their corresponding event handler event types)
that must be supported, as DOM attributes, by all objects
implementing the MessagePort
interface:
event handler attribute | Event handler event type |
---|---|
onmessage | message
|
The first time a MessagePort
object's onmessage
DOM attribute
is set, the port's port message queue must be opened,
as if the start()
method
had been called.
When a MessagePort
object is entangled, user agents
must either act as if the object has a strong reference to its
entangled MessagePort
object, or as if the
MessagePort
object's owner has a strong reference to
the MessagePort
object.
Thus, a message port can be received, given an event listener, and then forgotten, and so long as that event listener could receive a message, the channel will be maintained.
Of course, if this was to occur on both sides of the channel, then both ports could be garbage collected, since they would not be reachable from live code, despite having a strong reference to each other.
Furthermore, a MessagePort
object must not be
garbage collected while there exists a message in a task
queue that is to be dispatched on that
MessagePort
object, or while the
MessagePort
object's port message queue is
open and there exists a message
event in that queue.
This section only describes the rules for text/html
resources. Rules for XML resources are
discussed in the section below entitled "The XHTML
syntax".
This section only applies to documents, authoring tools, and markup generators. In particular, it does not apply to conformance checkers; conformance checkers must use the requirements given in the next section ("parsing HTML documents").
Documents must consist of the following parts, in the given order:
html
element.The various types of content mentioned above are described in the next few sections.
In addition, there are some restrictions on how character encoding declarations are to be serialized, as discussed in the section on that topic.
Space characters before the root html
element, and
space characters at the start of the html
element and
before the head
element, will be dropped when the
document is parsed; space characters after the root
html
element will be parsed as if they were at the end
of the body
element. Thus, space characters around the
root element do not round-trip.
It is suggested that newlines be inserted after the DOCTYPE,
after any comments that are before the root element, after the
html
element's start tag (if it is not omitted), and after any comments
that are inside the html
element but before the
head
element.
Many strings in the HTML syntax (e.g. the names of elements and their attributes) are case-insensitive, but only for characters in the ranges U+0041 .. U+005A (LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) and U+0061 .. U+007A (LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z). For convenience, in this section this is just referred to as "case-insensitive".
A DOCTYPE is a mostly useless, but required, header.
DOCTYPEs are required for legacy reasons. When omitted, browsers tend to use a different rendering mode that is incompatible with some specifications. Including the DOCTYPE in a document ensures that the browser makes a best-effort attempt at following the relevant specifications.
A DOCTYPE must consist of the following characters, in this order:
<
) character.!
) character.DOCTYPE
".HTML
".>
) character.In other words, <!DOCTYPE HTML>
,
case-insensitively.
For the purposes of HTML generators that cannot output HTML
markup with the short DOCTYPE "<!DOCTYPE
HTML>
", a DOCTYPE legacy string may be inserted
into the DOCTYPE (in the position defined above). This string must
consist of:
SYSTEM
".about:legacy-compat
".In other words, <!DOCTYPE HTML SYSTEM
"about:legacy-compat">
or <!DOCTYPE HTML SYSTEM
'about:legacy-compat'>
, case-insensitively except for the bit
in quotes.
The DOCTYPE legacy string should not be used unless the document is generated from a system that cannot output the shorter string.
There are five different kinds of elements: void elements, CDATA elements, RCDATA elements, foreign elements, and normal elements.
area
, base
, br
,
col
, command
, embed
,
hr
, img
, input
,
keygen
, link
, meta
,
param
, source
script
, style
textarea
, title
Tags are used to delimit the start and end of elements in the markup. CDATA, RCDATA, and normal elements have a start tag to indicate where they begin, and an end tag to indicate where they end. The start and end tags of certain normal elements can be omitted, as described later. Those that cannot be omitted must not be omitted. Void elements only have a start tag; end tags must not be specified for void elements. Foreign elements must either have a start tag and an end tag, or a start tag that is marked as self-closing, in which case they must not have an end tag.
The contents of the element must be placed between just after the start tag (which might be implied, in certain cases) and just before the end tag (which again, might be implied in certain cases). The exact allowed contents of each individual element depends on the content model of that element, as described earlier in this specification. Elements must not contain content that their content model disallows. In addition to the restrictions placed on the contents by those content models, however, the five types of elements have additional syntactic requirements.
Void elements can't have any contents (since there's no end tag, no content can be put between the start tag and the end tag).
CDATA elements can have text, though it has restrictions described below.
RCDATA elements can have text and character references, but the text must not contain an ambiguous ampersand. There are also further restrictions described below.
Foreign elements whose start tag is marked as self-closing can't
have any contents (since, again, as there's no end tag, no content
can be put between the start tag and the end tag). Foreign elements
whose start tag is not marked as self-closing can have
text, character references, CDATA sections, other elements, and comments, but the text must not
contain the character U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<
) or
an ambiguous
ampersand.
Normal elements can have text,
character references, other
elements, and comments, but the text must not
contain the character U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<
) or
an ambiguous
ampersand. Some normal elements also have yet more restrictions on what
content they are allowed to hold, beyond the restrictions imposed by
the content model and those described in this paragraph. Those
restrictions are described below.
Tags contain a tag name,
giving the element's name. HTML elements all have names that only
use characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE,
U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z, U+0041
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, and U+002D
HYPHEN-MINUS (-
). In the HTML syntax, tag names may be
written with any mix of lower- and uppercase letters that, when
converted to all-lowercase, matches the element's tag name; tag
names are case-insensitive.
Start tags must have the following format:
<
)./
) character. This character has no
effect on void elements, but on foreign elements it marks the start
tag as self-closing.>
) character.End tags must have the following format:
<
)./
).>
) character.Attributes for an element are expressed inside the element's start tag.
Attributes have a name and a value. Attribute names must consist of one or more characters other than the space characters, U+0000 NULL, U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ("), U+0027 APOSTROPHE ('), U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>), U+002F SOLIDUS (/), and U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) characters, the control characters, and any characters that are not defined by Unicode. In the HTML syntax, attribute names may be written with any mix of lower- and uppercase letters that are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the attribute's name.
Attribute values are a mixture of text and character references, except with the additional restriction that the text cannot contain an ambiguous ampersand.
Attributes can be specified in four different ways:
Just the attribute name.
In the following example, the disabled
attribute is given with
the empty attribute syntax:
<input disabled>
If an attribute using the empty attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute, then there must be a space character separating the two.
The attribute name,
followed by zero or more space
characters, followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN
character, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by the attribute value, which, in
addition to the requirements given above for attribute values,
must not contain any literal space
characters, any U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ("
)
characters, U+0027 APOSTROPHE ('
) characters,
U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=
) characters, or U+003E
GREATER-THAN SIGN (>
) characters, and must not be
the empty string.
In the following example, the value
attribute is given
with the unquoted attribute value syntax:
<input value=yes>
If an attribute using the unquoted attribute syntax is to be
followed by another attribute or by one of the optional U+002F
SOLIDUS (/
) characters allowed in step 6 of the start tag syntax above, then there
must be a space character separating the two.
The attribute name,
followed by zero or more space
characters, followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN
character, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+0027
APOSTROPHE ('
) character, followed by the attribute value, which, in
addition to the requirements given above for attribute values,
must not contain any literal U+0027 APOSTROPHE ('
)
characters, and finally followed by a second single U+0027
APOSTROPHE ('
) character.
In the following example, the type
attribute is given with the
single-quoted attribute value syntax:
<input type='checkbox'>
If an attribute using the single-quoted attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute, then there must be a space character separating the two.
The attribute name,
followed by zero or more space
characters, followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN
character, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+0022
QUOTATION MARK ("
) character, followed by the attribute value, which, in
addition to the requirements given above for attribute values,
must not contain any literal U+0022 QUOTATION MARK
("
) characters, and finally followed by a second
single U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ("
) character.
In the following example, the name
attribute is given with the
double-quoted attribute value syntax:
<input name="be evil">
If an attribute using the double-quoted attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute, then there must be a space character separating the two.
There must never be two or more attributes on the same start tag whose names are an ASCII case-insensitive match for each other.
Certain tags can be omitted.
Omitting an element's start tag does not mean the element
is not present; it is implied, but it is still there. An HTML
document always has a root html
element, even if the
string <html>
doesn't appear anywhere in
the markup.
An html
element's start tag may be omitted if the
first thing inside the html
element is not a comment.
An html
element's end
tag may be omitted if the html
element is not
immediately followed by a comment.
A head
element's start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the
head
element is an element.
A head
element's end
tag may be omitted if the head
element is not
immediately followed by a space character or a comment.
A body
element's start tag may be omitted if the
element is empty, or if the first thing inside the body
element is not a space character or a comment, except if the first thing
inside the body
element is a script
or
style
element.
A body
element's end
tag may be omitted if the body
element is not
immediately followed by a comment.
A li
element's end
tag may be omitted if the li
element is
immediately followed by another li
element or if there
is no more content in the parent element.
A dt
element's end
tag may be omitted if the dt
element is
immediately followed by another dt
element or a
dd
element.
A dd
element's end
tag may be omitted if the dd
element is
immediately followed by another dd
element or a
dt
element, or if there is no more content in the
parent element.
A p
element's end
tag may be omitted if the p
element is
immediately followed by an address
,
article
, aside
, blockquote
,
datagrid
, dialog
, dir
,
div
, dl
, fieldset
,
footer
, form
, h1
,
h2
, h3
, h4
, h5
,
h6
, header
, hgroup
,
hr
, menu
, nav
,
ol
, p
, pre
,
section
, table
, or ul
,
element, or if there is no more content in the parent element and
the parent element is not an a
element.
An rt
element's end
tag may be omitted if the rt
element is
immediately followed by an rt
or rp
element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
An rp
element's end
tag may be omitted if the rp
element is
immediately followed by an rt
or rp
element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
An optgroup
element's end tag may be omitted if the
optgroup
element is immediately followed by
another optgroup
element, or if there is no
more content in the parent element.
An option
element's end
tag may be omitted if the option
element is
immediately followed by another option
element, or if
it is immediately followed by an optgroup
element, or
if there is no more content in the parent element.
A colgroup
element's start tag may be omitted if the
first thing inside the colgroup
element is a
col
element, and if the element is not immediately
preceded by another colgroup
element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can't be
omitted if the element is empty.)
A colgroup
element's end tag may be omitted if the
colgroup
element is not immediately followed by a
space character or a comment.
A thead
element's end
tag may be omitted if the thead
element is
immediately followed by a tbody
or tfoot
element.
A tbody
element's start tag may be omitted if the
first thing inside the tbody
element is a
tr
element, and if the element is not immediately
preceded by a tbody
, thead
, or
tfoot
element whose end
tag has been omitted. (It can't be omitted if the element is
empty.)
A tbody
element's end
tag may be omitted if the tbody
element is
immediately followed by a tbody
or tfoot
element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
A tfoot
element's end
tag may be omitted if the tfoot
element is
immediately followed by a tbody
element, or if there is
no more content in the parent element.
A tr
element's end
tag may be omitted if the tr
element is
immediately followed by another tr
element, or if there
is no more content in the parent element.
A td
element's end
tag may be omitted if the td
element is
immediately followed by a td
or th
element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
A th
element's end
tag may be omitted if the th
element is
immediately followed by a td
or th
element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
However, a start tag must never be omitted if it has any attributes.
For historical reasons, certain elements have extra restrictions beyond even the restrictions given by their content model.
A table
element must not contain tr
elements, even though these elements are technically allowed inside
table
elements according to the content models
described in this specification. (If a tr
element is
put inside a table
in the markup, it will in fact imply
a tbody
start tag before it.)
A single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character may be placed
immediately after the start
tag of pre
and textarea
elements. This does not affect the processing of the element. The
otherwise optional U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character must be
included if the element's contents start with that character
(because otherwise the leading newline in the contents would be
treated like the optional newline, and ignored).
The text in CDATA and RCDATA elements must not contain any
occurrences of the string "</
" (U+003C
LESS-THAN SIGN, U+002F SOLIDUS) followed by characters that
case-insensitively match the tag name of the element followed by one
of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM
FEED (FF), U+0020 SPACE, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>), or U+002F
SOLIDUS (/), unless that string is part of an escaping text span.
An escaping text span is a span of text that starts with an escaping text span start that is not itself in an escaping text span, and ends at the next escaping text span end. There cannot be any character references inside an escaping text span — sequences of characters that would look like character references do not have special meaning.
An escaping text span
start is a part of text that
consists of the four character sequence "<!--
" (U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION
MARK, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS).
An escaping text span end is
a part of text that consists of the
three character sequence "-->
" (U+002D
HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN) whose
U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>).
An escaping text span start may share its U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters with its corresponding escaping text span end.
The text in CDATA and RCDATA elements must not have an escaping text span start that is not followed by an escaping text span end.
Text is allowed inside elements, attributes, and comments. Text must consist of Unicode characters. Text must not contain U+0000 characters. Text must not contain permanently undefined Unicode characters. Text must not contain control characters other than space characters. Extra constraints are placed on what is and what is not allowed in text based on where the text is to be put, as described in the other sections.
Newlines in HTML may be represented either as U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters, U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, or pairs of U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters in that order.
In certain cases described in other sections, text may be mixed with character references. These can be used to escape characters that couldn't otherwise legally be included in text.
Character references must start with a U+0026 AMPERSAND
(&
). Following this, there are three possible kinds
of character references:
;
) character.#
) character, followed by one or more digits in the
range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE, representing a
base-ten integer that itself is a Unicode code point that is
not U+0000, U+000D, in the range U+0080 .. U+009F, or in the range
0xD800 .. 0xDFFF (surrogates). The digits must then be followed by
a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;
).#
) character, which must be followed by either a
U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X or a U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X
character, which must then be followed by one or more digits in the
range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE, U+0061 LATIN SMALL
LETTER A .. U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F, and U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL
LETTER A .. U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F, representing a
base-sixteen integer that itself is a Unicode code point that is
not U+0000, U+000D, in the range U+0080 .. U+009F, or in the range
0xD800 .. 0xDFFF (surrogates). The digits must then be followed by
a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;
).An ambiguous
ampersand is a U+0026 AMPERSAND (&
) character
that is followed by some text other
than a space character, a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN
character ('<'), another U+0026 AMPERSAND (&
)
character, or, if the character is in an attribute value, one or more
characters in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO .. U+0039 DIGIT NINE,
U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A .. U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, and
U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A .. U+007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z, followed
by a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=).
CDATA sections must start with
the character sequence U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION
MARK, U+005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET, U+0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C,
U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D, U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A, U+0054
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T, U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A, U+005B LEFT
SQUARE BRACKET (<![CDATA[
). Following this
sequence, the CDATA section may have text, with the additional restriction
that the text must not contain the three character sequence U+005D
RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET, U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET, U+003E
GREATER-THAN SIGN (]]>
). Finally, the CDATA
section must be ended by the three character sequence U+005D RIGHT
SQUARE BRACKET, U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET, U+003E GREATER-THAN
SIGN (]]>
).
Comments must start with the
four character sequence U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION
MARK, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (<!--
). Following this sequence, the comment may
have text, with the additional
restriction that the text must not start with a single U+003E
GREATER-THAN SIGN ('>') character, nor start with a U+002D
HYPHEN-MINUS (-
) character followed by a
U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN ('>') character, nor contain two
consecutive U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-
)
characters, nor end with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-
) character. Finally, the comment must be ended by
the three character sequence U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D
HYPHEN-MINUS, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (-->
).
This section only applies to user agents, data mining tools, and conformance checkers.
The rules for parsing XML documents (and thus XHTML documents) into DOM trees are covered by the next section, entitled "The XHTML syntax".
For HTML documents, user agents must use the parsing rules described in this section to generate the DOM trees. Together, these rules define what is referred to as the HTML parser.
While the HTML form of HTML5 bears a close resemblance to SGML and XML, it is a separate language with its own parsing rules.
Some earlier versions of HTML (in particular from HTML2 to HTML4) were based on SGML and used SGML parsing rules. However, few (if any) web browsers ever implemented true SGML parsing for HTML documents; the only user agents to strictly handle HTML as an SGML application have historically been validators. The resulting confusion — with validators claiming documents to have one representation while widely deployed Web browsers interoperably implemented a different representation — has wasted decades of productivity. This version of HTML thus returns to a non-SGML basis.
Authors interested in using SGML tools in their authoring pipeline are encouraged to use XML tools and the XML serialization of HTML5.
This specification defines the parsing rules for HTML documents, whether they are syntactically correct or not. Certain points in the parsing algorithm are said to be parse errors. The error handling for parse errors is well-defined: user agents must either act as described below when encountering such problems, or must abort processing at the first error that they encounter for which they do not wish to apply the rules described below.
Conformance checkers must report at least one parse error condition to the user if one or more parse error conditions exist in the document and must not report parse error conditions if none exist in the document. Conformance checkers may report more than one parse error condition if more than one parse error conditions exist in the document. Conformance checkers are not required to recover from parse errors.
Parse errors are only errors with the syntax of HTML. In addition to checking for parse errors, conformance checkers will also verify that the document obeys all the other conformance requirements described in this specification.
The input to the HTML parsing process consists of a stream of
Unicode characters, which is passed through a
tokenization stage followed by a tree
construction stage. The output is a Document
object.
Implementations that do not
support scripting do not have to actually create a DOM
Document
object, but the DOM tree in such cases is
still used as the model for the rest of the specification.
In the common case, the data handled by the tokenization stage
comes from the network, but it can also come from script, e.g. using the document.write()
API.
There is only one set of states for the tokenizer stage and the tree construction stage, but the tree construction stage is reentrant, meaning that while the tree construction stage is handling one token, the tokenizer might be resumed, causing further tokens to be emitted and processed before the first token's processing is complete.
In the following example, the tree construction stage will be called upon to handle a "p" start tag token while handling the "script" start tag token:
... <script> document.write('<p>'); </script> ...
To handle these cases, parsers have a script nesting level, which must be initially set to zero, and a parser pause flag, which must be initially set to false.
The stream of Unicode characters that comprises the input to the tokenization stage will be initially seen by the user agent as a stream of bytes (typically coming over the network or from the local file system). The bytes encode the actual characters according to a particular character encoding, which the user agent must use to decode the bytes into characters.
For XML documents, the algorithm user agents must use to determine the character encoding is given by the XML specification. This section does not apply to XML documents. [XML]
In some cases, it might be impractical to unambiguously determine the encoding before parsing the document. Because of this, this specification provides for a two-pass mechanism with an optional pre-scan. Implementations are allowed, as described below, to apply a simplified parsing algorithm to whatever bytes they have available before beginning to parse the document. Then, the real parser is started, using a tentative encoding derived from this pre-parse and other out-of-band metadata. If, while the document is being loaded, the user agent discovers an encoding declaration that conflicts with this information, then the parser can get reinvoked to perform a parse of the document with the real encoding.
User agents must use the following algorithm (the encoding sniffing algorithm) to determine the character encoding to use when decoding a document in the first pass. This algorithm takes as input any out-of-band metadata available to the user agent (e.g. the Content-Type metadata of the document) and all the bytes available so far, and returns an encoding and a confidence. The confidence is either tentative, certain, or irrelevant. The encoding used, and whether the confidence in that encoding is tentative or certain, is used during the parsing to determine whether to change the encoding. If no encoding is necessary, e.g. because the parser is operating on a stream of Unicode characters and doesn't have to use an encoding at all, then the confidence is irrelevant.
If the transport layer specifies an encoding, and it is supported, return that encoding with the confidence certain, and abort these steps.
The user agent may wait for more bytes of the resource to be available, either in this step or at any later step in this algorithm. For instance, a user agent might wait 500ms or 512 bytes, whichever came first. In general preparsing the source to find the encoding improves performance, as it reduces the need to throw away the data structures used when parsing upon finding the encoding information. However, if the user agent delays too long to obtain data to determine the encoding, then the cost of the delay could outweigh any performance improvements from the preparse.
For each of the rows in the following table, starting with the first one and going down, if there are as many or more bytes available than the number of bytes in the first column, and the first bytes of the file match the bytes given in the first column, then return the encoding given in the cell in the second column of that row, with the confidence certain, and abort these steps:
Bytes in Hexadecimal | Encoding |
---|---|
FE FF | UTF-16BE |
FF FE | UTF-16LE |
EF BB BF | UTF-8 |
This step looks for Unicode Byte Order Marks (BOMs).
Otherwise, the user agent will have to search for explicit character encoding information in the file itself. This should proceed as follows:
Let position be a pointer to a byte in the input stream, initially pointing at the first byte. If at any point during these substeps the user agent either runs out of bytes or decides that scanning further bytes would not be efficient, then skip to the next step of the overall character encoding detection algorithm. User agents may decide that scanning any bytes is not efficient, in which case these substeps are entirely skipped.
Now, repeat the following "two" steps until the algorithm aborts (either because user agent aborts, as described above, or because a character encoding is found):
If position points to:
Advance the position pointer so that it points at the first 0x3E byte which is preceded by two 0x2D bytes (i.e. at the end of an ASCII '-->' sequence) and comes after the 0x3C byte that was found. (The two 0x2D bytes can be the same as the those in the '<!--' sequence.)
Advance the position pointer so that it points at the next 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x20, or 0x2F byte (the one in sequence of characters matched above).
Get an attribute and its value. If no attribute was sniffed, then skip this inner set of steps, and jump to the second step in the overall "two step" algorithm.
If the attribute's name is neither "charset
" nor "content
",
then return to step 2 in these inner steps.
If the attribute's name is "charset
", let charset be
the attribute's value, interpreted as a character
encoding.
Otherwise, the attribute's name is "content
": apply the algorithm for
extracting an encoding from a Content-Type, giving the
attribute's value as the string to parse. If an encoding is
returned, let charset be that
encoding. Otherwise, return to step 2 in these inner
steps.
If charset is a UTF-16 encoding, change the value of charset to UTF-8.
If charset is a supported character encoding, then return the given encoding, with confidence tentative, and abort all these steps.
Otherwise, return to step 2 in these inner steps.
Advance the position pointer so that it points at the next 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), 0x20 (ASCII space), or 0x3E (ASCII '>') byte.
Repeatedly get an attribute until no further attributes can be found, then jump to the second step in the overall "two step" algorithm.
Advance the position pointer so that it points at the first 0x3E byte (ASCII '>') that comes after the 0x3C byte that was found.
Do nothing with that byte.
When the above "two step" algorithm says to get an attribute, it means doing this:
If the byte at position is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), 0x20 (ASCII space), or 0x2F (ASCII '/') then advance position to the next byte and redo this substep.
If the byte at position is 0x3E (ASCII '>'), then abort the "get an attribute" algorithm. There isn't one.
Otherwise, the byte at position is the start of the attribute name. Let attribute name and attribute value be the empty string.
Attribute name: Process the byte at position as follows:
Advance position to the next byte and return to the previous step.
Spaces. If the byte at position is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), or 0x20 (ASCII space) then advance position to the next byte, then, repeat this step.
If the byte at position is not 0x3D (ASCII '='), abort the "get an attribute" algorithm. The attribute's name is the value of attribute name, its value is the empty string.
Advance position past the 0x3D (ASCII '=') byte.
Value. If the byte at position is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), or 0x20 (ASCII space) then advance position to the next byte, then, repeat this step.
Process the byte at position as follows:
Process the byte at position as follows:
Advance position to the next byte and return to the previous step.
For the sake of interoperability, user agents should not use a pre-scan algorithm that returns different results than the one described above. (But, if you do, please at least let us know, so that we can improve this algorithm and benefit everyone...)
If the user agent has information on the likely encoding for this page, e.g. based on the encoding of the page when it was last visited, then return that encoding, with the confidence tentative, and abort these steps.
The user agent may attempt to autodetect the character encoding from applying frequency analysis or other algorithms to the data stream. If autodetection succeeds in determining a character encoding, then return that encoding, with the confidence tentative, and abort these steps. [UNIVCHARDET]
Otherwise, return an implementation-defined or
user-specified default character encoding, with the confidence
tentative. In non-legacy environments, the more
comprehensive UTF-8
encoding is
recommended. Due to its use in legacy content, windows-1252
is recommended as a default in
predominantly Western demographics instead. Since these encodings
can in many cases be distinguished by inspection, a user agent may
heuristically decide which to use as a default.
The document's character encoding must immediately be set to the value returned from this algorithm, at the same time as the user agent uses the returned value to select the decoder to use for the input stream.
Given an encoding, the bytes in the input stream must be converted to Unicode characters for the tokenizer, as described by the rules for that encoding, except that the leading U+FEFF BYTE ORDER MARK character, if any, must not be stripped by the encoding layer (it is stripped by the rule below).
Bytes or sequences of bytes in the original byte stream that could not be converted to Unicode characters must be converted to U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER code points.
Bytes or sequences of bytes in the original byte stream that did not conform to the encoding specification (e.g. invalid UTF-8 byte sequences in a UTF-8 input stream) are errors that conformance checkers are expected to report.
Any byte or sequences of bytes in the original byte stream that is misinterpreted for compatibility is a parse error.
One leading U+FEFF BYTE ORDER MARK character must be ignored if any are present.
All U+0000 NULL characters in the input must be replaced by U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTERs. Any occurrences of such characters is a parse error.
Any occurrences of any characters in the ranges U+0001 to U+0008, U+000E to U+001F, U+007F to U+009F, U+D800 to U+DFFF, U+FDD0 to U+FDEF, and characters U+000B, U+FFFE, U+FFFF, U+1FFFE, U+1FFFF, U+2FFFE, U+2FFFF, U+3FFFE, U+3FFFF, U+4FFFE, U+4FFFF, U+5FFFE, U+5FFFF, U+6FFFE, U+6FFFF, U+7FFFE, U+7FFFF, U+8FFFE, U+8FFFF, U+9FFFE, U+9FFFF, U+AFFFE, U+AFFFF, U+BFFFE, U+BFFFF, U+CFFFE, U+CFFFF, U+DFFFE, U+DFFFF, U+EFFFE, U+EFFFF, U+FFFFE, U+FFFFF, U+10FFFE, and U+10FFFF are parse errors. (These are all control characters or permanently undefined Unicode characters.)
U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters and U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters are treated specially. Any CR characters that are followed by LF characters must be removed, and any CR characters not followed by LF characters must be converted to LF characters. Thus, newlines in HTML DOMs are represented by LF characters, and there are never any CR characters in the input to the tokenization stage.
The next input character is the first character in the input stream that has not yet been consumed. Initially, the next input character is the first character in the input. The current input character is the last character to have been consumed.
The insertion point is the position (just before a
character or just before the end of the input stream) where content
inserted using document.write()
is actually
inserted. The insertion point is relative to the position of the
character immediately after it, it is not an absolute offset into
the input stream. Initially, the insertion point is
uninitialized.
The "EOF" character in the tables below is a conceptual character
representing the end of the input stream. If the parser
is a script-created parser, then the end of the
input stream is reached when an explicit "EOF"
character (inserted by the document.close()
method) is
consumed. Otherwise, the "EOF" character is not a real character in
the stream, but rather the lack of any further characters.
When the parser requires the user agent to change the encoding, it must run the following steps. This might happen if the encoding sniffing algorithm described above failed to find an encoding, or if it found an encoding that was not the actual encoding of the file.
The insertion mode is a state variable that controls the primary operation of the tree construction stage.
Initially, the insertion mode is "initial". It can change to "before html", "before head", "in head", "in head noscript", "after head", "in body", "in CDATA/RCDATA", "in table", "in caption", "in column group", "in table body", "in row", "in cell", "in select", "in select in table", "in foreign content", "after body", "in frameset", "after frameset", "after after body", and "after after frameset" during the course of the parsing, as described in the tree construction stage. The insertion mode affects how tokens are processed and whether CDATA sections are supported.
Seven of these modes, namely "in head", "in body", "in CDATA/RCDATA", "in table", "in table body", "in row", "in cell", and "in select", are special, in that the other modes defer to them at various times. When the algorithm below says that the user agent is to do something "using the rules for the m insertion mode", where m is one of these modes, the user agent must use the rules described under the m insertion mode's section, but must leave the insertion mode unchanged unless the rules in m themselves switch the insertion mode to a new value.
When the insertion mode is switched to "in CDATA/RCDATA", the original insertion mode is also set. This is the insertion mode to which the tree construction stage will return when the corresponding end tag is parsed.
When the insertion mode is switched to "in foreign content", the secondary insertion mode is also set. This secondary mode is used within the rules for the "in foreign content" mode to handle HTML (i.e. not foreign) content.
When the steps below require the UA to reset the insertion mode appropriately, it means the UA must follow these steps:
select
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in select" and abort these
steps. (fragment case)td
or
th
element and last is false, then
switch the insertion mode to "in cell" and abort these steps.tr
element, then
switch the insertion mode to "in row" and abort these steps.tbody
,
thead
, or tfoot
element, then switch the
insertion mode to "in table body" and abort these steps.caption
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in caption" and abort
these steps.colgroup
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in column group" and
abort these steps. (fragment case)table
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in table" and abort these
steps.head
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in body" ("in body"! not "in head"!) and abort
these steps. (fragment case)body
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in body" and abort these
steps.frameset
element,
then switch the insertion mode to "in frameset" and abort
these steps. (fragment case)html
element,
then: if the head
element
pointer is null, switch the insertion mode to
"before head",
otherwise, switch the insertion mode to "after head". In either
case, abort these steps. (fragment case)Initially, the stack of open elements is empty. The stack grows downwards; the topmost node on the stack is the first one added to the stack, and the bottommost node of the stack is the most recently added node in the stack (notwithstanding when the stack is manipulated in a random access fashion as part of the handling for misnested tags).
The "before
html" insertion mode creates the
html
root element node, which is then added to the
stack.
In the fragment case, the stack of open
elements is initialized to contain an html
element that is created as part of that algorithm. (The fragment
case skips the "before html" insertion mode.)
The html
node, however it is created, is the topmost
node of the stack. It never gets popped off the stack.
The current node is the bottommost node in this stack.
The current table is the last table
element in the stack of open elements, if there is
one. If there is no table
element in the stack of
open elements (fragment case), then the
current table is the first element in the stack
of open elements (the html
element).
Elements in the stack fall into the following categories:
The following HTML elements have varying levels of special
parsing rules: address
, area
,
article
, aside
, base
,
basefont
, bgsound
,
blockquote
, body
, br
,
center
, col
, colgroup
,
command
, datagrid
, dd
,
details
, dialog
, dir
,
div
, dl
, dt
,
embed
, fieldset
, figure
,
footer
, form
, frame
,
frameset
, h1
, h2
,
h3
, h4
, h5
, h6
,
head
, header
, hgroup
,
hr
, iframe
, img
,
input
, isindex
, li
,
link
, listing
, menu
,
meta
, nav
, noembed
,
noframes
, noscript
, ol
,
p
, param
, plaintext
,
pre
, script
, section
,
select
, spacer
, style
,
tbody
, textarea
, tfoot
,
thead
, title
, tr
,
ul
, and wbr
.
The following HTML elements introduce new scopes for various parts of the
parsing: applet
, button
,
caption
, html
, marquee
,
object
, table
, td
,
th
, and SVG's foreignObject
.
The following HTML elements are those that end up in the
list of active formatting elements: a
,
b
, big
, code
,
em
, font
, i
,
nobr
, s
, small
,
strike
, strong
, tt
, and
u
.
All other elements found while parsing an HTML document.
The stack of open elements is said to have an element in scope when the following algorithm terminates in a match state:
Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack).
If node is the target node, terminate in a match state.
Otherwise, if node is one of the following elements, terminate in a failure state:
Otherwise, set node to the previous
entry in the stack of open elements and return to step
2. (This will never fail, since the loop will always terminate in
the previous step if the top of the stack — an
html
element — is reached.)
The stack of open elements is said to have an element in table scope when the following algorithm terminates in a match state:
Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack).
If node is the target node, terminate in a match state.
Otherwise, if node is one of the following elements, terminate in a failure state:
Otherwise, set node to the previous
entry in the stack of open elements and return to step
2. (This will never fail, since the loop will always terminate in
the previous step if the top of the stack — an
html
element — is reached.)
Nothing happens if at any time any of the elements in the
stack of open elements are moved to a new location in,
or removed from, the Document
tree. In particular, the
stack is not changed in this situation. This can cause, amongst
other strange effects, content to be appended to nodes that are no
longer in the DOM.
In some cases (namely, when closing misnested formatting elements), the stack is manipulated in a random-access fashion.
Initially, the list of active formatting elements is empty. It is used to handle mis-nested formatting element tags.
The list contains elements in the formatting
category, and scope markers. The scope markers are inserted when
entering applet
elements, buttons, object
elements, marquees, table cells, and table captions, and are used to
prevent formatting from "leaking" into applet
elements,
buttons, object
elements, marquees, and tables.
In addition, each element in the list of active formatting elements is associated with the token for which it was created, so that further elements can be created for that token if necessary.
When the steps below require the UA to reconstruct the active formatting elements, the UA must perform the following steps:
This has the effect of reopening all the formatting elements that were opened in the current body, cell, or caption (whichever is youngest) that haven't been explicitly closed.
The way this specification is written, the list of active formatting elements always consists of elements in chronological order with the least recently added element first and the most recently added element last (except for while steps 8 to 11 of the above algorithm are being executed, of course).
When the steps below require the UA to clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker, the UA must perform the following steps:
Initially, the head
element
pointer and the form
element
pointer are both null.
Once a head
element has been parsed (whether
implicitly or explicitly) the head
element pointer gets set to point to this node.
The form
element pointer
points to the last form
element that was opened and
whose end tag has not yet been seen. It is used to make form
controls associate with forms in the face of dramatically bad
markup, for historical reasons.
The scripting flag is set to "enabled" if scripting was enabled for the
Document
with which the parser is associated when the
parser was created, and "disabled" otherwise.
The frameset-ok flag is set to "ok" when the parser is created. It is set to "not ok" after certain tokens are seen.
Implementations must act as if they used the following state machine to tokenize HTML. The state machine must start in the data state. Most states consume a single character, which may have various side-effects, and either switches the state machine to a new state to reconsume the same character, or switches it to a new state (to consume the next character), or repeats the same state (to consume the next character). Some states have more complicated behavior and can consume several characters before switching to another state.
The exact behavior of certain states depends on a content model flag that is set after certain tokens are emitted. The flag has several states: PCDATA, RCDATA, CDATA, and PLAINTEXT. Initially, it must be in the PCDATA state. In the RCDATA and CDATA states, a further escape flag is used to control the behavior of the tokenizer. It is either true or false, and initially must be set to the false state. The insertion mode and the stack of open elements also affects tokenization.
The output of the tokenization step is a series of zero or more of the following tokens: DOCTYPE, start tag, end tag, comment, character, end-of-file. DOCTYPE tokens have a name, a public identifier, a system identifier, and a force-quirks flag. When a DOCTYPE token is created, its name, public identifier, and system identifier must be marked as missing (which is a distinct state from the empty string), and the force-quirks flag must be set to off (its other state is on). Start and end tag tokens have a tag name, a self-closing flag, and a list of attributes, each of which has a name and a value. When a start or end tag token is created, its self-closing flag must be unset (its other state is that it be set), and its attributes list must be empty. Comment and character tokens have data.
When a token is emitted, it must immediately be handled by the
tree construction stage. The tree construction stage
can affect the state of the content model flag, and can
insert additional characters into the stream. (For example, the
script
element can result in scripts executing and
using the dynamic markup insertion APIs to insert
characters into the stream being tokenized.)
When a start tag token is emitted with its self-closing flag set, if the flag is not acknowledged when it is processed by the tree construction stage, that is a parse error.
When an end tag token is emitted, the content model flag must be switched to the PCDATA state.
When an end tag token is emitted with attributes, that is a parse error.
When an end tag token is emitted with its self-closing flag set, that is a parse error.
Before each step of the tokenizer, the user agent must first check the parser pause flag. If it is true, then the tokenizer must abort the processing of any nested invocations of the tokenizer, yielding control back to the caller. If it is false, then the user agent may then check to see if either one of the scripts in the list of scripts that will execute as soon as possible or the first script in the list of scripts that will execute asynchronously, has completed loading. If one has, then it must be executed and removed from its list.
The tokenizer state machine consists of the states defined in the following subsections.
Consume the next input character:
If the content model flag is set to either the RCDATA state or the CDATA state, and the escape flag is false, and there are at least three characters before this one in the input stream, and the last four characters in the input stream, including this one, are U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, and U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS ("<!--"), then set the escape flag to true.
In any case, emit the input character as a character token. Stay in the data state.
If the content model flag is set to either the RCDATA state or the CDATA state, and the escape flag is true, and the last three characters in the input stream including this one are U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN ("-->"), set the escape flag to false.
In any case, emit the input character as a character token. Stay in the data state.
(This cannot happen if the content model flag is set to the CDATA state.)
Attempt to consume a character reference, with no additional allowed character.
If nothing is returned, emit a U+0026 AMPERSAND character token.
Otherwise, emit the character token that was returned.
Finally, switch to the data state.
The behavior of this state depends on the content model flag.
Consume the next input character. If it is a U+002F SOLIDUS (/) character, switch to the close tag open state. Otherwise, emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token and reconsume the current input character in the data state.
Consume the next input character:
If the content model flag is set to the RCDATA or CDATA states but no start tag token has ever been emitted by this instance of the tokenizer (fragment case), or, if the content model flag is set to the RCDATA or CDATA states and the next few characters do not match the tag name of the last start tag token emitted (compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner), or if they do but they are not immediately followed by one of the following characters:
...then emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token, a U+002F SOLIDUS character token, and switch to the data state to process the next input character.
Otherwise, if the content model flag is set to the PCDATA state, or if the next few characters do match that tag name, consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
When the user agent leaves the attribute name state (and before emitting the tag token, if appropriate), the complete attribute's name must be compared to the other attributes on the same token; if there is already an attribute on the token with the exact same name, then this is a parse error and the new attribute must be dropped, along with the value that gets associated with it (if any).
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Attempt to consume a character reference.
If nothing is returned, append a U+0026 AMPERSAND character to the current attribute's value.
Otherwise, append the returned character token to the current attribute's value.
Finally, switch back to the attribute value state that you were in when were switched into this state.
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
(This can only happen if the content model flag is set to the PCDATA state.)
Consume every character up to and including the first U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>) or the end of the file (EOF), whichever comes first. Emit a comment token whose data is the concatenation of all the characters starting from and including the character that caused the state machine to switch into the bogus comment state, up to and including the character immediately before the last consumed character (i.e. up to the character just before the U+003E or EOF character). (If the comment was started by the end of the file (EOF), the token is empty.)
Switch to the data state.
If the end of the file was reached, reconsume the EOF character.
(This can only happen if the content model flag is set to the PCDATA state.)
If the next two characters are both U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) characters, consume those two characters, create a comment token whose data is the empty string, and switch to the comment start state.
Otherwise, if the next seven characters are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "DOCTYPE", then consume those characters and switch to the DOCTYPE state.
Otherwise, if the insertion mode is "in foreign content" and the current node is not an element in the HTML namespace and the next seven characters are an ASCII case-sensitive match for the string "[CDATA[" (the five uppercase letters "CDATA" with a U+005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET character before and after), then consume those characters and switch to the CDATA section state (which is unrelated to the content model flag's CDATA state).
Otherwise, this is a parse error. Switch to the bogus comment state. The next character that is consumed, if any, is the first character that will be in the comment.
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
If the six characters starting from the current input character are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "PUBLIC", then consume those characters and switch to the before DOCTYPE public identifier state.
Otherwise, if the six characters starting from the current input character are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "SYSTEM", then consume those characters and switch to the before DOCTYPE system identifier state.
Otherwise, this is the parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token's force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state.
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
Consume the next input character:
(This can only happen if the content model flag is set to the PCDATA state, and is unrelated to the content model flag's CDATA state.)
Consume every character up to the next occurrence of the three
character sequence U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET U+005D RIGHT SQUARE
BRACKET U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (]]>
), or the
end of the file (EOF), whichever comes first. Emit a series of
character tokens consisting of all the characters consumed except
the matching three character sequence at the end (if one was found
before the end of the file).
Switch to the data state.
If the end of the file was reached, reconsume the EOF character.
This section defines how to consume a character reference. This definition is used when parsing character references in text and in attributes.
The behavior depends on the identity of the next character (the one immediately after the U+0026 AMPERSAND character):
Consume the U+0023 NUMBER SIGN.
The behavior further depends on the character after the U+0023 NUMBER SIGN:
Consume the X.
Follow the steps below, but using the range of characters U+0030 DIGIT ZERO through to U+0039 DIGIT NINE, U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A through to U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F, and U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A, through to U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F (in other words, 0-9, A-F, a-f).
When it comes to interpreting the number, interpret it as a hexadecimal number.
Follow the steps below, but using the range of characters U+0030 DIGIT ZERO through to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (i.e. just 0-9).
When it comes to interpreting the number, interpret it as a decimal number.
Consume as many characters as match the range of characters given above.
If no characters match the range, then don't consume any characters (and unconsume the U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character and, if appropriate, the X character). This is a parse error; nothing is returned.
Otherwise, if the next character is a U+003B SEMICOLON, consume that too. If it isn't, there is a parse error.
If one or more characters match the range, then take them all and interpret the string of characters as a number (either hexadecimal or decimal as appropriate).
If that number is one of the numbers in the first column of the following table, then this is a parse error. Find the row with that number in the first column, and return a character token for the Unicode character given in the second column of that row.
Number | Unicode character | |
---|---|---|
0x0D | U+000A | LINE FEED (LF) |
0x80 | U+20AC | EURO SIGN ('€') |
0x81 | U+FFFD | REPLACEMENT CHARACTER |
0x82 | U+201A | SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK ('‚') |
0x83 | U+0192 | LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK ('ƒ') |
0x84 | U+201E | DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK ('„') |
0x85 | U+2026 | HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS ('…') |
0x86 | U+2020 | DAGGER ('†') |
0x87 | U+2021 | DOUBLE DAGGER ('‡') |
0x88 | U+02C6 | MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT ('ˆ') |
0x89 | U+2030 | PER MILLE SIGN ('‰') |
0x8A | U+0160 | LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON ('Š') |
0x8B | U+2039 | SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK ('‹') |
0x8C | U+0152 | LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE ('Œ') |
0x8D | U+FFFD | REPLACEMENT CHARACTER |
0x8E | U+017D | LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON ('Ž') |
0x8F | U+FFFD | REPLACEMENT CHARACTER |
0x90 | U+FFFD | REPLACEMENT CHARACTER |
0x91 | U+2018 | LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK ('‘') |
0x92 | U+2019 | RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK ('’') |
0x93 | U+201C | LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK ('“') |
0x94 | U+201D | RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK ('”') |
0x95 | U+2022 | BULLET ('•') |
0x96 | U+2013 | EN DASH ('–') |
0x97 | U+2014 | EM DASH ('—') |
0x98 | U+02DC | SMALL TILDE ('˜') |
0x99 | U+2122 | TRADE MARK SIGN ('™') |
0x9A | U+0161 | LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON ('š') |
0x9B | U+203A | SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK ('›') |
0x9C | U+0153 | LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE ('œ') |
0x9D | U+FFFD | REPLACEMENT CHARACTER |
0x9E | U+017E | LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON ('ž') |
0x9F | U+0178 | LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS ('Ÿ') |
Otherwise, if the number is in the range 0x0000 to 0x0008, 0x000E to 0x001F, 0x007F to 0x009F, 0xD800 to 0xDFFF, 0xFDD0 to 0xFDEF, or is one of 0x000B, 0xFFFE, 0xFFFF, 0x1FFFE, 0x1FFFF, 0x2FFFE, 0x2FFFF, 0x3FFFE, 0x3FFFF, 0x4FFFE, 0x4FFFF, 0x5FFFE, 0x5FFFF, 0x6FFFE, 0x6FFFF, 0x7FFFE, 0x7FFFF, 0x8FFFE, 0x8FFFF, 0x9FFFE, 0x9FFFF, 0xAFFFE, 0xAFFFF, 0xBFFFE, 0xBFFFF, 0xCFFFE, 0xCFFFF, 0xDFFFE, 0xDFFFF, 0xEFFFE, 0xEFFFF, 0xFFFFE, 0xFFFFF, 0x10FFFE, or 0x10FFFF, or is higher than 0x10FFFF, then this is a parse error; return a character token for the U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character instead.
Otherwise, return a character token for the Unicode character whose code point is that number.
Consume the maximum number of characters possible, with the consumed characters matching one of the identifiers in the first column of the named character references table (in a case-sensitive manner).
If no match can be made, then no characters are consumed, and nothing is returned. If the current state is not the character reference in attribute value state, or the U+0026 AMPERSAND character is not followed by one or more characters in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to U+0039 DIGIT NINE, U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, and U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A to U+007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z, followed by a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=), then this is also a parse error.
If the last character matched is not a U+003B SEMICOLON (;
), there is a parse error.
If the character reference is being consumed as part of an
attribute, and the last character matched is not a U+003B
SEMICOLON (;
), and the next character is in
the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO to U+0039 DIGIT NINE, U+0041 LATIN
CAPITAL LETTER A to U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, or U+0061 LATIN
SMALL LETTER A to U+007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z, then, for
historical reasons, all the characters that were matched after the
U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) must be unconsumed, and nothing is
returned.
Otherwise, return a character token for the character corresponding to the character reference name (as given by the second column of the named character references table).
If the markup contains I'm ¬it; I tell
you
, the character reference is parsed as "not", as in,
I'm ¬it; I tell you
. But if the markup
was I'm ∉ I tell you
, the
character reference would be parsed as "notin;", resulting in
I'm ∉ I tell you
.
The input to the tree construction stage is a sequence of tokens
from the tokenization stage. The tree construction
stage is associated with a DOM Document
object when a
parser is created. The "output" of this stage consists of
dynamically modifying or extending that document's DOM tree.
This specification does not define when an interactive user agent
has to render the Document
so that it is available to
the user, or when it has to begin accepting user input.
As each token is emitted from the tokenizer, the user agent must process the token according to the rules given in the section corresponding to the current insertion mode.
When the steps below require the UA to insert a
character into a node, if that node has a child immediately
before where the character is to be inserted, and that child is a
Text
node, and that Text
node was the last
node that the parser inserted into the document, then the character
must be appended to that Text
node; otherwise, a new
Text
node whose data is just that character must be
inserted in the appropriate place.
Here are some sample inputs to the parser and the corresponding number of text nodes that they result in, assuming a user agent that executes scripts.
Input | Number of text nodes |
---|---|
A<script> var script = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; document.body.removeChild(script); </script>B | Two adjacent text nodes in the document, containing "A" and "B". |
A<script> var text = document.createTextNode('B'); document.body.appendChild(text); </script>C | Four text nodes; "A" before the script, the script's contents, "B" after the script, and then, immediately after that, "C". |
A<script> var text = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0].firstChild; text.data = 'B'; document.body.appendChild(text); </script>B | Two adjacent text nodes in the document, containing "A" and "BB". |
A<table>B<tr>C</tr>C</table> | Three adjacent text nodes before the table, containing "A", "B", and "CC" respectively. (This is caused by foster parenting.) |
A<table><tr> B</tr> B</table> | Two adjacent text nodes before the table, containing "A" and "B B" respectively, and one text node inside the table with a single space character. (This is caused by foster parenting and tainting.) |
DOM mutation events must not fire
for changes caused by the UA parsing the document. (Conceptually,
the parser is not mutating the DOM, it is constructing it.) This
includes the parsing of any content inserted using document.write()
and document.writeln()
calls. [DOM3EVENTS]
Not all of the tag names mentioned below are conformant tag names in this specification; many are included to handle legacy content. They still form part of the algorithm that implementations are required to implement to claim conformance.
The algorithm described below places no limit on the depth of the DOM tree generated, or on the length of tag names, attribute names, attribute values, text nodes, etc. While implementors are encouraged to avoid arbitrary limits, it is recognized that practical concerns will likely force user agents to impose nesting depths.
When the steps below require the UA to create an element for a token in a
particular namespace, the UA must create a node implementing the
interface appropriate for the element type corresponding to the tag
name of the token in the given namespace (as given in the
specification that defines that element, e.g. for an a
element in the HTML namespace, this specification
defines it to be the HTMLAnchorElement
interface), with
the tag name being the name of that element, with the node being in
the given namespace, and with the attributes on the node being those
given in the given token.
The interface appropriate for an element in the HTML
namespace that is not defined in this specification is
HTMLElement
. Element in other namespaces whose
interface is not defined by that namespace's specification must use
the interface Element
.
When a resettable element is created in this manner, its reset algorithm must be invoked once the attributes are set. (This initializes the element's value and checkedness based on the element's attributes.)
When the steps below require the UA to insert an HTML element for a token, the UA must first create an element for the token in the HTML namespace, and then append this node to the current node, and push it onto the stack of open elements so that it is the new current node.
The steps below may also require that the UA insert an HTML element in a particular place, in which case the UA must follow the same steps except that it must insert or append the new node in the location specified instead of appending it to the current node. (This happens in particular during the parsing of tables with invalid content.)
If an element created by the insert an HTML element
algorithm is a form-associated element, and the
form
element pointer is not null,
and the newly created element doesn't have a form
attribute, the user agent must
associate the newly
created element with the form
element pointed to by the
form
element pointer before
inserting it wherever it is to be inserted.
When the steps below require the UA to insert a foreign
element for a token, the UA must first create an element
for the token in the given namespace, and then append this
node to the current node, and push it onto the
stack of open elements so that it is the new
current node. If the newly created element has an xmlns
attribute in the XMLNS namespace
whose value is not exactly the same as the element's namespace, that
is a parse error. Similarly, if the newly created
element has an xmlns:xlink
attribute in the
XMLNS namespace whose value is not the XLink
Namespace, that is a parse error.
When the steps below require the user agent to adjust MathML
attributes for a token, then, if the token has an attribute
named definitionurl
, change its name to definitionURL
(note the case difference).
When the steps below require the user agent to adjust SVG attributes for a token, then, for each attribute on the token whose attribute name is one of the ones in the first column of the following table, change the attribute's name to the name given in the corresponding cell in the second column. (This fixes the case of SVG attributes that are not all lowercase.)
Attribute name on token | Attribute name on element |
---|---|
attributename | attributeName
|
attributetype | attributeType
|
basefrequency | baseFrequency
|
baseprofile | baseProfile
|
calcmode | calcMode
|
clippathunits | clipPathUnits
|
contentscripttype | contentScriptType
|
contentstyletype | contentStyleType
|
diffuseconstant | diffuseConstant
|
edgemode | edgeMode
|
externalresourcesrequired | externalResourcesRequired
|
filterres | filterRes
|
filterunits | filterUnits
|
glyphref | glyphRef
|
gradienttransform | gradientTransform
|
gradientunits | gradientUnits
|
kernelmatrix | kernelMatrix
|
kernelunitlength | kernelUnitLength
|
keypoints | keyPoints
|
keysplines | keySplines
|
keytimes | keyTimes
|
lengthadjust | lengthAdjust
|
limitingconeangle | limitingConeAngle
|
markerheight | markerHeight
|
markerunits | markerUnits
|
markerwidth | markerWidth
|
maskcontentunits | maskContentUnits
|
maskunits | maskUnits
|
numoctaves | numOctaves
|
pathlength | pathLength
|
patterncontentunits | patternContentUnits
|
patterntransform | patternTransform
|
patternunits | patternUnits
|
pointsatx | pointsAtX
|
pointsaty | pointsAtY
|
pointsatz | pointsAtZ
|
preservealpha | preserveAlpha
|
preserveaspectratio | preserveAspectRatio
|
primitiveunits | primitiveUnits
|
refx | refX
|
refy | refY
|
repeatcount | repeatCount
|
repeatdur | repeatDur
|
requiredextensions | requiredExtensions
|
requiredfeatures | requiredFeatures
|
specularconstant | specularConstant
|
specularexponent | specularExponent
|
spreadmethod | spreadMethod
|
startoffset | startOffset
|
stddeviation | stdDeviation
|
stitchtiles | stitchTiles
|
surfacescale | surfaceScale
|
systemlanguage | systemLanguage
|
tablevalues | tableValues
|
targetx | targetX
|
targety | targetY
|
textlength | textLength
|
viewbox | viewBox
|
viewtarget | viewTarget
|
xchannelselector | xChannelSelector
|
ychannelselector | yChannelSelector
|
zoomandpan | zoomAndPan
|
When the steps below require the user agent to adjust
foreign attributes for a token, then, if any of the attributes
on the token match the strings given in the first column of the
following table, let the attribute be a namespaced attribute, with
the prefix being the string given in the corresponding cell in the
second column, the local name being the string given in the
corresponding cell in the third column, and the namespace being the
namespace given in the corresponding cell in the fourth
column. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular
xml:lang
.)
Attribute name | Prefix | Local name | Namespace |
---|---|---|---|
xlink:actuate | xlink | actuate | XLink namespace |
xlink:arcrole | xlink | arcrole | XLink namespace |
xlink:href | xlink | href | XLink namespace |
xlink:role | xlink | role | XLink namespace |
xlink:show | xlink | show | XLink namespace |
xlink:title | xlink | title | XLink namespace |
xlink:type | xlink | type | XLink namespace |
xml:base | xml | base | XML namespace |
xml:lang | xml | lang | XML namespace |
xml:space | xml | space | XML namespace |
xmlns | (none) | xmlns | XMLNS namespace |
xmlns:xlink | xmlns | xlink | XMLNS namespace |
The generic CDATA element parsing algorithm and the generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm consist of the following steps. These algorithms are always invoked in response to a start tag token.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the algorithm that was invoked is the generic CDATA element parsing algorithm, switch the tokenizer's content model flag to the CDATA state; otherwise the algorithm invoked was the generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm, switch the tokenizer's content model flag to the RCDATA state.
Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode.
Then, switch the insertion mode to "in CDATA/RCDATA".
When the steps below require the UA to generate implied end
tags, then, while the current node is a
dd
element, a dt
element, an
li
element, an option
element, an
optgroup
element, a p
element, an
rp
element, or an rt
element, the UA must
pop the current node off the stack of open
elements.
If a step requires the UA to generate implied end tags but lists an element to exclude from the process, then the UA must perform the above steps as if that element was not in the above list.
Foster parenting happens when content is misnested in tables.
When a node node is to be foster parented, the node node must be inserted into the foster parent element, and the current table must be marked as tainted. (Once the current table has been tainted, whitespace characters are inserted into the foster parent element instead of the current node.)
The foster parent element is the parent element of the
last table
element in the stack of open
elements, if there is a table
element and it has
such a parent element. If there is no table
element in
the stack of open elements (fragment
case), then the foster parent element is the first
element in the stack of open elements (the
html
element). Otherwise, if there is a
table
element in the stack of open
elements, but the last table
element in the
stack of open elements has no parent, or its parent
node is not an element, then the foster parent element is
the element before the last table
element in the
stack of open elements.
If the foster parent element is the parent element of the
last table
element in the stack of open
elements, then node must be inserted
immediately before the last table
element in
the stack of open elements in the foster parent
element; otherwise, node must be
appended to the foster parent element.
When the insertion mode is "initial", tokens must be handled as follows:
Ignore the token.
Append a Comment
node to the Document
object with the data
attribute set to the
data given in the comment token.
If the DOCTYPE token's name
is not a
case-sensitive match for the string "html
", or if the token's public identifier is not
missing, or if the token's system identifier is neither missing
nor a case-sensitive match for the string
"about:legacy-compat
", then there is a parse
error (this is the DOCTYPE parse
error). Conformance checkers may, instead of reporting this
error, switch to a conformance checking mode for another language
(e.g. based on the DOCTYPE token a conformance checker could
recognize that the document is an HTML4-era document, and defer to
an HTML4 conformance checker.)
Append a DocumentType
node to the
Document
node, with the name
attribute set to the name given in the DOCTYPE token, or the empty
string if the name was missing; the publicId
attribute set to the public identifier given in the DOCTYPE token,
or the empty string if the public identifier was missing; the
systemId
attribute set to the system
identifier given in the DOCTYPE token, or the empty string if the
system identifier was missing; and the other attributes specific
to DocumentType
objects set to null and empty lists
as appropriate. Associate the DocumentType
node with
the Document
object so that it is returned as the
value of the doctype
attribute of the
Document
object.
Then, if the DOCTYPE token matches
one of the conditions in the following list, then set the
Document
to quirks mode:
HTML
". +//Silmaril//dtd html Pro v0r11 19970101//
" -//AdvaSoft Ltd//DTD HTML 3.0 asWedit + extensions//
" -//AS//DTD HTML 3.0 asWedit + extensions//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Level 1//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Level 2//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Strict Level 1//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Strict Level 2//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Strict//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 2.1E//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 3.2//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML 3//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Level 0//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Level 1//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Level 2//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Level 3//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 0//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 1//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 2//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 3//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML Strict//
" -//IETF//DTD HTML//
" -//Metrius//DTD Metrius Presentational//
" -//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 2.0 HTML Strict//
" -//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 2.0 HTML//
" -//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 2.0 Tables//
" -//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 3.0 HTML Strict//
" -//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 3.0 HTML//
" -//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 3.0 Tables//
" -//Netscape Comm. Corp.//DTD HTML//
" -//Netscape Comm. Corp.//DTD Strict HTML//
" -//O'Reilly and Associates//DTD HTML 2.0//
" -//O'Reilly and Associates//DTD HTML Extended 1.0//
" -//O'Reilly and Associates//DTD HTML Extended Relaxed 1.0//
" -//SoftQuad Software//DTD HoTMetaL PRO 6.0::19990601::extensions to HTML 4.0//
" -//SoftQuad//DTD HoTMetaL PRO 4.0::19971010::extensions to HTML 4.0//
" -//Spyglass//DTD HTML 2.0 Extended//
" -//SQ//DTD HTML 2.0 HoTMetaL + extensions//
" -//Sun Microsystems Corp.//DTD HotJava HTML//
" -//Sun Microsystems Corp.//DTD HotJava Strict HTML//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 3 1995-03-24//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Draft//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2S Draft//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML Experimental 19960712//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML Experimental 970421//
" -//W3C//DTD W3 HTML//
" -//W3O//DTD W3 HTML 3.0//
" -//W3O//DTD W3 HTML Strict 3.0//EN//
" -//WebTechs//DTD Mozilla HTML 2.0//
" -//WebTechs//DTD Mozilla HTML//
" -/W3C/DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional/EN
" HTML
" http://www.ibm.com/data/dtd/v11/ibmxhtml1-transitional.dtd
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//
" Otherwise, if the DOCTYPE token matches one of the conditions
in the following list, then set the Document
to
limited quirks mode:
-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//
" -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//
" -//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//
" The name, system identifier, and public identifier strings must be compared to the values given in the lists above in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. A system identifier whose value is the empty string is not considered missing for the purposes of the conditions above.
Then, switch the insertion mode to "before html".
Set the Document
to quirks mode.
Switch the insertion mode to "before html", then reprocess the current token.
When the insertion mode is "before html", tokens must be handled as follows:
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Append a Comment
node to the Document
object with the data
attribute set to the
data given in the comment token.
Ignore the token.
Create an element for the token in the HTML
namespace. Append it to the Document
object. Put this element in the stack of open
elements.
If the Document
is being
loaded as part of navigation of a
browsing context, then: if the newly created element
has a manifest
attribute,
then resolve the value of that
attribute to an absolute URL, relative to the newly
created element, and if that is successful, run the application cache selection
algorithm with the resulting absolute URL;
otherwise, if there is no such attribute or resolving it fails,
run the application cache
selection algorithm with no manifest. The algorithm must be
passed the Document
object.
Switch the insertion mode to "before head".
Create an html
element. Append it to the
Document
object. Put this element in the stack
of open elements.
If the Document
is being loaded as part of navigation of a browsing
context, then: run the application cache selection
algorithm with no manifest, passing it the
Document
object.
Switch the insertion mode to "before head", then reprocess the current token.
Should probably make end tags be ignored, so that "</head><!-- --><html>" puts the comment before the root node (or should we?)
The root element can end up being removed from the
Document
object, e.g. by scripts; nothing in particular
happens in such cases, content continues being appended to the nodes
as described in the next section.
When the insertion mode is "before head", tokens must be handled as follows:
Ignore the token.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Set the head
element pointer
to the newly created head
element.
Switch the insertion mode to "in head".
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "head" and no attributes had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "head" and no attributes had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
This will result in an empty head
element being generated, with the current token being
reprocessed in the "after head" insertion mode.
When the insertion mode is "in head", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
If the element has a charset
attribute, and its
value is a supported encoding, and the confidence is
currently tentative, then change the
encoding to the encoding given by the value of the
charset
attribute.
Otherwise, if the element has a content
attribute, and
applying the algorithm for extracting an encoding from a
Content-Type to its value returns a supported encoding
encoding, and the confidence is
currently tentative, then change the
encoding to the encoding encoding.
Follow the generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm.
Follow the generic CDATA element parsing algorithm.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Switch the insertion mode to "in head noscript".
Mark the element as being "parser-inserted".
This ensures that, if the script is external,
any document.write()
calls in the script will execute in-line, instead of blowing the
document away, as would happen in most other cases. It also
prevents the script from executing until the end tag is
seen.
If the parser was originally created for the HTML
fragment parsing algorithm, then mark the
script
element as "already
executed". (fragment case)
Append the new element to the current node and push it onto the stack of open elements.
Switch the tokenizer's content model flag to the CDATA state.
Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode.
Switch the insertion mode to "in CDATA/RCDATA".
Pop the current node (which will be the
head
element) off the stack of open
elements.
Switch the insertion mode to "after head".
Act as described in the "anything else" entry below.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Act as if an end tag token with the tag name "head" had been seen, and reprocess the current token.
In certain UAs, some elements don't trigger the "in body" mode straight away, but instead get put into the head. Do we want to copy that?
When the insertion mode is "in head noscript", tokens must be handled as follows:
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Pop the current node (which will be a
noscript
element) from the stack of open
elements; the new current node will be a
head
element.
Switch the insertion mode to "in head".
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
Act as described in the "anything else" entry below.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Parse error. Act as if an end tag with the tag name "noscript" had been seen and reprocess the current token.
When the insertion mode is "after head", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Switch the insertion mode to "in body".
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Switch the insertion mode to "in frameset".
Push the node pointed to by the head
element pointer onto the
stack of open elements.
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
Remove the node pointed to by the head
element pointer from the stack
of open elements.
The head
element
pointer cannot be null at this point.
Act as described in the "anything else" entry below.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "body" and no attributes had been seen, then set the frameset-ok flag back to "ok", and then reprocess the current token.
When the insertion mode is "in body", tokens must be handled as follows:
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert the token's character into the current node.
If the token is not one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), or U+0020 SPACE, then set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Parse error. For each attribute on the token, check to see if the attribute is already present on the top element of the stack of open elements. If it is not, add the attribute and its corresponding value to that element.
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
If the second element on the stack of open
elements is not a body
element, or, if the
stack of open elements has only one node on it,
then ignore the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise, for each attribute on the token, check to see if
the attribute is already present on the body
element (the second element) on the stack of open
elements. If it is not, add the attribute and its
corresponding value to that element.
If the second element on the stack of open
elements is not a body
element, or, if the
stack of open elements has only one node on it,
then ignore the token. (fragment case)
If the frameset-ok flag is set to "not ok", ignore the token.
Otherwise, run the following steps:
Remove the second element on the stack of open elements from its parent node, if it has one.
Pop all the nodes from the bottom of the stack of
open elements, from the current node up to
the root html
element.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Switch the insertion mode to "in frameset".
If there is a node in the stack of open elements
that is not either a dd
element, a dt
element, an li
element, a p
element, a
tbody
element, a td
element, a
tfoot
element, a th
element, a
thead
element, a tr
element, the
body
element, or the html
element, then
this is a parse error.
If the stack of open elements does not have a body
element
in scope, this is a parse error; ignore the
token.
Otherwise, if there is a node in the stack of open
elements that is not either a dd
element, a
dt
element, an li
element, an
optgroup
element, an option
element, a
p
element, an rp
element, an
rt
element, a tbody
element, a
td
element, a tfoot
element, a
th
element, a thead
element, a
tr
element, the body
element, or the
html
element, then this is a parse
error.
Switch the insertion mode to "after body".
Act as if an end tag with tag name "body" had been seen, then, if that token wasn't ignored, reprocess the current token.
The fake end tag token here can only be ignored in the fragment case.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
If the current node is an element whose tag name is one of "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", or "h6", then this is a parse error; pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the next token is a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character
token, then ignore that token and move on to the next
one. (Newlines at the start of pre
blocks are
ignored as an authoring convenience.)
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
If the form
element
pointer is not null, then this is a parse
error; ignore the token.
Otherwise:
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token, and set the
form
element pointer to
point to the element created.
Run the following algorithm:
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack).
If node is an li
element,
then act as if an end tag with the tag name "li" had
been seen, then jump to the last step.
If node is not in the
formatting category, and is not in the
phrasing category, and is not an
address
, div
, or p
element, then jump to the last step.
Otherwise, set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements and return to step 2.
This is the last step.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Finally, insert an HTML element for the token.
Run the following algorithm:
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack).
If node is a dd
or
dt
element, then act as if an end tag with the same
tag name as node had been seen, then jump to
the last step.
If node is not in the
formatting category, and is not in the
phrasing category, and is not an
address
, div
, or p
element, then jump to the last step.
Otherwise, set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements and return to step 2.
This is the last step.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Finally, insert an HTML element for the token.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Switch the content model flag to the PLAINTEXT state.
Once a start tag with the tag name "plaintext" has been seen, that will be the last token ever seen other than character tokens (and the end-of-file token), because there is no way to switch the content model flag out of the PLAINTEXT state.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token.
Otherwise, run these steps:
If the current node is not an element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error.
Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack.
Let node be the element that the
form
element pointer is set
to.
Set the form
element pointer
to null.
If node is null or the stack of open elements does not have node in scope, then this is a parse error; ignore the token.
Otherwise, run these steps:
If the current node is not node, then this is a parse error.
Remove node from the stack of open elements.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; act as if a start tag with the tag name "p" had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
Otherwise, run these steps:
Generate implied end tags, except for elements with the same tag name as the token.
If the current node is not an element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error.
Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token.
Otherwise, run these steps:
Generate implied end tags, except for elements with the same tag name as the token.
If the current node is not an element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error.
Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope whose tag name is one of "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", or "h6", then this is a parse error; ignore the token.
Otherwise, run these steps:
If the current node is not an element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error.
Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an element whose tag name is one of "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", or "h6" has been popped from the stack.
Take a deep breath, then act as described in the "any other end tag" entry below.
If the list of active formatting elements contains an element whose tag name is "a" between the end of the list and the last marker on the list (or the start of the list if there is no marker on the list), then this is a parse error; act as if an end tag with the tag name "a" had been seen, then remove that element from the list of active formatting elements and the stack of open elements if the end tag didn't already remove it (it might not have if the element is not in table scope).
In the non-conforming stream
<a href="a">a<table><a href="b">b</table>x
,
the first a
element would be closed upon seeing
the second one, and the "x" character would be inside a link
to "b", not to "a". This is despite the fact that the outer
a
element is not in table scope (meaning that a
regular </a>
end tag at the start of the table
wouldn't close the outer a
element).
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Add that element to the list of active formatting elements.
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Add that element to the list of active formatting elements.
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
If the stack of open elements has a nobr
element in scope,
then this is a parse error; act as if an end tag with
the tag name "nobr" had been seen, then once again
reconstruct the active formatting elements, if
any.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Add that element to the list of active formatting elements.
Follow these steps:
Let the formatting element be the last element in the list of active formatting elements that:
If there is no such node, or, if that node is also in the stack of open elements but the element is not in scope, then this is a parse error; ignore the token, and abort these steps.
Otherwise, if there is such a node, but that node is not in the stack of open elements, then this is a parse error; remove the element from the list, and abort these steps.
Otherwise, there is a formatting element and that element is in the stack and is in scope. If the element is not the current node, this is a parse error. In any case, proceed with the algorithm as written in the following steps.
Let the furthest block be the topmost node in the stack of open elements that is lower in the stack than the formatting element, and is not an element in the phrasing or formatting categories. There might not be one.
If there is no furthest block, then the UA must skip the subsequent steps and instead just pop all the nodes from the bottom of the stack of open elements, from the current node up to and including the formatting element, and remove the formatting element from the list of active formatting elements.
Let the common ancestor be the element immediately above the formatting element in the stack of open elements.
Let a bookmark note the position of the formatting element in the list of active formatting elements relative to the elements on either side of it in the list.
Let node and last node be the furthest block. Follow these steps:
If the common ancestor node is a
table
, tbody
, tfoot
,
thead
, or tr
element, then,
foster parent whatever last
node ended up being in the previous step, first removing
it from its previous parent node if any.
Otherwise, append whatever last node ended up being in the previous step to the common ancestor node, first removing it from its previous parent node if any.
Create an element for the token for which the formatting element was created.
Take all of the child nodes of the furthest block and append them to the element created in the last step.
Append that new element to the furthest block.
Remove the formatting element from the list of active formatting elements, and insert the new element into the list of active formatting elements at the position of the aforementioned bookmark.
Remove the formatting element from the stack of open elements, and insert the new element into the stack of open elements immediately below the position of the furthest block in that stack.
Jump back to step 1 in this series of steps.
Because of the way this algorithm causes elements to change parents, it has been dubbed the "adoption agency algorithm" (in contrast with other possibly algorithms for dealing with misnested content, which included the "incest algorithm", the "secret affair algorithm", and the "Heisenberg algorithm").
If the stack of open elements has a button
element in
scope, then this is a parse error;
act as if an end tag with the tag name "button" had been seen,
then reprocess the token.
Otherwise:
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token.
Otherwise, run these steps:
If the current node is not an element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error.
Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack.
If the Document
is not set to
quirks mode, and the stack of open
elements has a
p
element in scope, then act as if an end tag
with the tag name "p" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Switch the insertion mode to "in table".
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
If the stack of open elements has a p
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name
"p" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Parse error. Change the token's tag name to "img" and reprocess it. (Don't ask.)
If the form
element
pointer is not null, then ignore the token.
Otherwise:
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "form" had been seen.
If the token has an attribute called "action", set the
action
attribute on the
resulting form
element to the value of the
"action" attribute of the token.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "hr" had been seen.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "p" had been seen.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "label" had been seen.
Act as if a stream of character tokens had been seen (see below for what they should say).
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "input" had been
seen, with all the attributes from the "isindex" token except
"name", "action", and "prompt". Set the name
attribute of the resulting
input
element to the value "isindex
".
Act as if a stream of character tokens had been seen (see below for what they should say).
Act as if an end tag token with the tag name "label" had been seen.
Act as if an end tag token with the tag name "p" had been seen.
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "hr" had been seen.
Act as if an end tag token with the tag name "form" had been seen.
If the token has an attribute with the name "prompt", then the
first stream of characters must be the same string as given in
that attribute, and the second stream of characters must be
empty. Otherwise, the two streams of character tokens together
should, together with the input
element, express the
equivalent of "This is a searchable index. Insert your search
keywords here: (input field)" in the user's preferred
language.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the next token is a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character
token, then ignore that token and move on to the next
one. (Newlines at the start of textarea
elements are
ignored as an authoring convenience.)
Switch the tokenizer's content model flag to the RCDATA state.
Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Switch the insertion mode to "in CDATA/RCDATA".
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Follow the generic CDATA element parsing algorithm.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Follow the generic CDATA element parsing algorithm.
Follow the generic CDATA element parsing algorithm.
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
If the insertion mode is one of in table", "in caption", "in column group", "in table body", "in row", or "in cell", then switch the insertion mode to "in select in table". Otherwise, switch the insertion mode to "in select".
If the stack of open elements has an option
element in
scope, then act as if an end tag with the tag name "option"
had been seen.
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the stack of open elements has a ruby
element in scope,
then generate implied end tags. If the current
node is not then a ruby
element, this is a
parse error; pop all the nodes from the current
node up to the node immediately before the bottommost
ruby
element on the stack of open
elements.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Parse error. Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "br" had been seen. Ignore the end tag token.
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Adjust MathML attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of MathML attributes that are not all lowercase.)
Adjust foreign attributes for the token. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular XLink.)
Insert a foreign element for the token, in the MathML namespace.
If the token has its self-closing flag set, pop the current node off the stack of open elements and acknowledge the token's self-closing flag.
Otherwise, if the insertion mode is not already "in foreign content", let the secondary insertion mode be the current insertion mode, and then switch the insertion mode to "in foreign content".
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Adjust SVG attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of SVG attributes that are not all lowercase.)
Adjust foreign attributes for the token. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular XLink in SVG.)
Insert a foreign element for the token, in the SVG namespace.
If the token has its self-closing flag set, pop the current node off the stack of open elements and acknowledge the token's self-closing flag.
Otherwise, if the insertion mode is not already "in foreign content", let the secondary insertion mode be the current insertion mode, and then switch the insertion mode to "in foreign content".
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
This element will be a phrasing element.
Run the following steps:
Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack).
If node has the same tag name as the end tag token, then:
If the tag name of the end tag token does not match the tag name of the current node, this is a parse error.
Pop all the nodes from the current node up to node, including node, then stop these steps.
Otherwise, if node is in neither the formatting category nor the phrasing category, then this is a parse error; ignore the token, and abort these steps.
Set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements.
Return to step 2.
When the insertion mode is "in CDATA/RCDATA", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the token's character into the current node.
If the current node is a script
element, mark the script
element as "already
executed".
Pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode and reprocess the current token.
Let script be the current node
(which will be a script
element).
Pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode.
Let the old insertion point have the same value as the current insertion point. Let the insertion point be just before the next input character.
Increment the parser's script nesting level by one.
Run the script. This might cause some script to execute, which might cause new characters to be inserted into the tokenizer, and might cause the tokenizer to output more tokens, resulting in a reentrant invocation of the parser.
Decrement the parser's script nesting level by one. If the parser's script nesting level is zero, then set the parser pause flag to false.
Let the insertion point have the value of the old insertion point. (In other words, restore the insertion point to its previous value. This value might be the "undefined" value.)
At this stage, if there is a pending external script, then:
document.write()
:Set the parser pause flag to true, and abort the processing of any nested invocations of the tokenizer, yielding control back to the caller. (Tokenization will resume when the caller returns to the "outer" tree construction stage.)
Follow these steps:
Let the script be the pending external script. There is no longer a pending external script.
Pause until the script has completed loading.
Let the insertion point be just before the next input character.
Increment the parser's script nesting level by one (it should be zero before this step, so this sets it to one).
Decrement the parser's script nesting level by one. If the parser's script nesting level is zero (which it always should be at this point), then set the parser pause flag to false.
Let the insertion point be undefined again.
If there is once again a pending external script, then repeat these steps from step 1.
Pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode.
When the insertion mode is "in table", tokens must be handled as follows:
If the current table is tainted, then act as described in the "anything else" entry below.
Otherwise, insert the character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.)
Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements.
Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in caption".
Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.)
Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in column group".
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "colgroup" had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.)
Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in table body".
Act as if a start tag token with the tag name "tbody" had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
Parse error. Act as if an end tag token with the tag name "table" had been seen, then, if that token wasn't ignored, reprocess the current token.
The fake end tag token here can only be ignored in the fragment case.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error. Ignore the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise:
Pop elements from this stack until a table
element has been popped from the stack.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
If the token does not have an attribute with the name "type",
or if it does, but that attribute's value is not an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "hidden
", then: act as described in the "anything
else" entry below.
Otherwise:
Insert an HTML element for the token.
Pop that input
element off the stack of
open elements.
If the current node is not the root
html
element, then this is a parse
error.
It can only be the current node in the fragment case.
Parse error. Process the token using the
rules for the "in
body" insertion mode, except that if the
current node is a table
,
tbody
, tfoot
, thead
, or
tr
element, then, whenever a node would be inserted
into the current node, it must instead be foster parented.
When the steps above require the UA to clear the stack
back to a table context, it means that the UA must, while
the current node is not a table
element or an html
element, pop elements from the
stack of open elements.
The current node being an
html
element after this process is a fragment
case.
When the insertion mode is "in caption", tokens must be handled as follows:
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error. Ignore the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise:
Now, if the current node is not a
caption
element, then this is a parse
error.
Pop elements from this stack until a caption
element has been popped from the stack.
Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker.
Switch the insertion mode to "in table".
Parse error. Act as if an end tag with the tag name "caption" had been seen, then, if that token wasn't ignored, reprocess the current token.
The fake end tag token here can only be ignored in the fragment case.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
When the insertion mode is "in column group", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
If the current node is the root
html
element, then this is a parse
error; ignore the token. (fragment
case)
Otherwise, pop the current node (which will be
a colgroup
element) from the stack of open
elements. Switch the insertion mode to
"in table".
Parse error. Ignore the token.
If the current node is the root html
element, then stop parsing. (fragment
case)
Otherwise, act as described in the "anything else" entry below.
Act as if an end tag with the tag name "colgroup" had been seen, and then, if that token wasn't ignored, reprocess the current token.
The fake end tag token here can only be ignored in the fragment case.
When the insertion mode is "in table body", tokens must be handled as follows:
Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.)
Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in row".
Parse error. Act as if a start tag with the tag name "tr" had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error. Ignore the token.
Otherwise:
Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.)
Pop the current node from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table".
If the stack of open elements does not have a
tbody
, thead
, or tfoot
element in table scope, this is a parse
error. Ignore the token. (fragment
case)
Otherwise:
Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.)
Act as if an end tag with the same tag name as the current node ("tbody", "tfoot", or "thead") had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in table" insertion mode.
When the steps above require the UA to clear the stack
back to a table body context, it means that the UA must,
while the current node is not a tbody
,
tfoot
, thead
, or html
element, pop elements from the stack of open
elements.
The current node being an
html
element after this process is a fragment
case.
When the insertion mode is "in row", tokens must be handled as follows:
Clear the stack back to a table row context. (See below.)
Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in cell".
Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error. Ignore the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise:
Clear the stack back to a table row context. (See below.)
Pop the current node (which will be a
tr
element) from the stack of open
elements. Switch the insertion mode to
"in table
body".
Act as if an end tag with the tag name "tr" had been seen, then, if that token wasn't ignored, reprocess the current token.
The fake end tag token here can only be ignored in the fragment case.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error. Ignore the token.
Otherwise, act as if an end tag with the tag name "tr" had been seen, then reprocess the current token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in table" insertion mode.
When the steps above require the UA to clear the stack
back to a table row context, it means that the UA must,
while the current node is not a tr
element or an html
element, pop elements from the
stack of open elements.
The current node being an
html
element after this process is a fragment
case.
When the insertion mode is "in cell", tokens must be handled as follows:
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error and the token must be ignored.
Otherwise:
Now, if the current node is not an element with the same tag name as the token, then this is a parse error.
Pop elements from this stack until an element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack.
Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker.
Switch the insertion mode to "in row". (The
current node will be a tr
element at
this point.)
If the stack of open elements does
not have
a td
or th
element in table
scope, then this is a parse error; ignore
the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise, close the cell (see below) and reprocess the current token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as that of the token (which can only happen for "tbody", "tfoot" and "thead", or, in the fragment case), then this is a parse error and the token must be ignored.
Otherwise, close the cell (see below) and reprocess the current token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Where the steps above say to close the cell, they mean to run the following algorithm:
If the stack of open elements has a td
element in table scope, then act as if an end tag token
with the tag name "td" had been seen.
Otherwise, the stack of open elements will
have a
th
element in table scope; act as if an end
tag token with the tag name "th" had been seen.
The stack of open elements cannot
have both a td
and a th
element in table scope at
the same time, nor can it have neither when the insertion
mode is "in
cell".
When the insertion mode is "in select", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the token's character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
If the current node is an option
element, act as if an end tag with the tag name "option" had
been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the current node is an option
element, act as if an end tag with the tag name "option" had
been seen.
If the current node is an
optgroup
element, act as if an end tag with the
tag name "optgroup" had been seen.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
First, if the current node is an
option
element, and the node immediately before
it in the stack of open elements is an
optgroup
element, then act as if an end tag with
the tag name "option" had been seen.
If the current node is an
optgroup
element, then pop that node from the
stack of open elements. Otherwise, this is a
parse error; ignore the token.
If the current node is an option
element, then pop that node from the stack of open
elements. Otherwise, this is a parse
error; ignore the token.
If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error. Ignore the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise:
Pop elements from the stack of open elements
until a select
element has been popped from the
stack.
Parse error. Act as if the token had been an end tag with the tag name "select" instead.
Parse error. Act as if an end tag with the tag name "select" had been seen, and reprocess the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
If the current node is not the root
html
element, then this is a parse
error.
It can only be the current node in the fragment case.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
When the insertion mode is "in select in table", tokens must be handled as follows:
Parse error. Act as if an end tag with the tag name "select" had been seen, and reprocess the token.
If the stack of open elements has an element in table scope with the same tag name as that of the token, then act as if an end tag with the tag name "select" had been seen, and reprocess the token. Otherwise, ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in select" insertion mode.
When the insertion mode is "in foreign content", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the token's character into the current node.
If the token is not one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), or U+0020 SPACE, then set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok".
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
script
element in the SVG namespace.Pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Let the old insertion point have the same value as the current insertion point. Let the insertion point be just before the next input character.
Increment the parser's script nesting level by one. Set the parser pause flag to true.
Process
the script
element according to the SVG
rules. [SVG]
Even if this causes new characters to be inserted into the tokenizer, the parser will not be executed reentrantly, since the parser pause flag is true.
Decrement the parser's script nesting level by one. If the parser's script nesting level is zero, then set the parser pause flag to false.
Let the insertion point have the value of the old insertion point. (In other words, restore the insertion point to its previous value. This value might be the "undefined" value.)
mi
element in the MathML namespace.mo
element in the MathML namespace.mn
element in the MathML namespace.ms
element in the MathML namespace.mtext
element in the MathML namespace.annotation-xml
element in the MathML namespace.foreignObject
element in the SVG namespace.desc
element in the SVG namespace.title
element in the SVG namespace.Process the token using the rules for the secondary insertion mode.
If, after doing so, the insertion mode is still "in foreign content", but there is no element in scope that has a namespace other than the HTML namespace, switch the insertion mode to the secondary insertion mode.
Pop elements from the stack of open elements until the current node is in the HTML namespace.
Switch the insertion mode to the secondary insertion mode, and reprocess the token.
If the current node is an element in the MathML namespace, adjust MathML attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of MathML attributes that are not all lowercase.)
If the current node is an element in the SVG namespace, and the token's tag name is one of the ones in the first column of the following table, change the tag name to the name given in the corresponding cell in the second column. (This fixes the case of SVG elements that are not all lowercase.)
Tag name | Element name |
---|---|
altglyph | altGlyph
|
altglyphdef | altGlyphDef
|
altglyphitem | altGlyphItem
|
animatecolor | animateColor
|
animatemotion | animateMotion
|
animatetransform | animateTransform
|
clippath | clipPath
|
feblend | feBlend
|
fecolormatrix | feColorMatrix
|
fecomponenttransfer | feComponentTransfer
|
fecomposite | feComposite
|
feconvolvematrix | feConvolveMatrix
|
fediffuselighting | feDiffuseLighting
|
fedisplacementmap | feDisplacementMap
|
fedistantlight | feDistantLight
|
feflood | feFlood
|
fefunca | feFuncA
|
fefuncb | feFuncB
|
fefuncg | feFuncG
|
fefuncr | feFuncR
|
fegaussianblur | feGaussianBlur
|
feimage | feImage
|
femerge | feMerge
|
femergenode | feMergeNode
|
femorphology | feMorphology
|
feoffset | feOffset
|
fepointlight | fePointLight
|
fespecularlighting | feSpecularLighting
|
fespotlight | feSpotLight
|
fetile | feTile
|
feturbulence | feTurbulence
|
foreignobject | foreignObject
|
glyphref | glyphRef
|
lineargradient | linearGradient
|
radialgradient | radialGradient
|
textpath | textPath
|
If the current node is an element in the SVG namespace, adjust SVG attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of SVG attributes that are not all lowercase.)
Adjust foreign attributes for the token. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular XLink in SVG.)
Insert a foreign element for the token, in the same namespace as the current node.
If the token has its self-closing flag set, pop the current node off the stack of open elements and acknowledge the token's self-closing flag.
When the insertion mode is "after body", tokens must be handled as follows:
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Append a Comment
node to the first element in
the stack of open elements (the html
element), with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
If the parser was originally created as part of the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case)
Otherwise, switch the insertion mode to "after after body".
Parse error. Switch the insertion mode to "in body" and reprocess the token.
When the insertion mode is "in frameset", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Insert an HTML element for the token.
If the current node is the root
html
element, then this is a parse
error; ignore the token. (fragment
case)
Otherwise, pop the current node from the stack of open elements.
If the parser was not originally created as part
of the HTML fragment parsing algorithm
(fragment case), and the current
node is no longer a frameset
element, then
switch the insertion mode to "after
frameset".
Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements.
Acknowledge the token's self-closing flag, if it is set.
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
If the current node is not the root
html
element, then this is a parse
error.
It can only be the current node in the fragment case.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
When the insertion mode is "after frameset", tokens must be handled as follows:
Insert the character into the current node.
Append a Comment
node to the current
node with the data
attribute set to
the data given in the comment token.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Switch the insertion mode to "after after frameset".
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
This doesn't handle UAs that don't support frames, or that do support frames but want to show the NOFRAMES content. Supporting the former is easy; supporting the latter is harder.
When the insertion mode is "after after body", tokens must be handled as follows:
Append a Comment
node to the Document
object with the data
attribute set to the
data given in the comment token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Parse error. Switch the insertion mode to "in body" and reprocess the token.
When the insertion mode is "after after frameset", tokens must be handled as follows:
Append a Comment
node to the Document
object with the data
attribute set to the
data given in the comment token.
Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode.
Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode.
Parse error. Ignore the token.
Once the user agent stops parsing the document, the user agent must follow the steps in this section.
First, the current document readiness must be set to "interactive".
Then, the rules for when a script completes loading start applying (script execution is no longer managed by the parser).
If any of the scripts in the list of scripts that will
execute as soon as possible have completed
loading, or if the list of scripts that will execute
asynchronously is not empty and the first script in that list
has completed loading, then the user agent must act as
if those scripts just completed loading, following the rules given
for that in the script
element definition.
Then, if the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing is not empty, and the first item in this list has already completed loading, then the user agent must act as if that script just finished loading.
By this point, there will be no scripts that have loaded but have not yet been executed.
The user agent must then fire a simple event called
DOMContentLoaded
at the
Document
.
Once everything that delays the load event of the document has completed, the user agent must run the following steps:
Document
is in a browsing
context, then queue a task to fire a
simple event called load
at
the Document
's Window
object, but with
its target
set to the
Document
object (and the currentTarget
set to the
Window
object).Document
has a pending state
object, then queue a task to fire a popstate
event in no namespace on the
Document
's Window
object using the
PopStateEvent
interface, with the state
attribute set to the
current value of the pending state object. This event
must bubble but not be cancelable and has no default action.The task source for these tasks is the DOM manipulation task source.
delaying the load event for things like image loads allows for intranet port scans (even without javascript!). Should we really encode that into the spec?
When an application uses an HTML parser in
conjunction with an XML pipeline, it is possible that the
constructed DOM is not compatible with the XML tool chain in certain
subtle ways. For example, an XML toolchain might not be able to
represent attributes with the name xmlns
,
since they conflict with the Namespaces in XML syntax. There is also
some data that the HTML parser generates that isn't
included in the DOM itself. This section specifies some rules for
handling these issues.
If the XML API being used doesn't support DOCTYPEs, the tool may drop DOCTYPEs altogether.
If the XML API doesn't support attributes in no namespace that
are named "xmlns
", attributes whose names
start with "xmlns:
", or attributes in the
XMLNS namespace, then the tool may drop such
attributes.
The tool may annotate the output with any namespace declarations required for proper operation.
If the XML API being used restricts the allowable characters in the local names of elements and attributes, then the tool may map all element and attribute local names that the API wouldn't support to a set of names that are allowed, by replacing any character that isn't supported with the uppercase letter U and the six digits of the character's Unicode code point when expressed in hexadecimal, using digits 0-9 and capital letters A-F as the symbols, in increasing numeric order.
For example, the element name foo<bar
, which can be output by the HTML
parser, though it is neither a legal HTML element name nor a
well-formed XML element name, would be converted into fooU00003Cbar
, which is a well-formed XML
element name (though it's still not legal in HTML by any means).
As another example, consider the attribute
xlink:href
. Used on a MathML element, it becomes, after
being adjusted, an
attribute with a prefix "xlink
" and a local
name "href
". However, used on an HTML element,
it becomes an attribute with no prefix and the local name "xlink:href
", which is not a valid NCName, and thus
might not be accepted by an XML API. It could thus get converted,
becoming "xlinkU00003Ahref
".
The resulting names from this conversion conveniently can't clash with any attribute generated by the HTML parser, since those are all either lowercase or those listed in the adjust foreign attributes algorithm's table.
If the XML API restricts comments from having two consecutive U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (--), the tool may insert a single U+0020 SPACE character between any such offending characters.
If the XML API restricts comments from ending in a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-), the tool may insert a single U+0020 SPACE character at the end of such comments.
If the XML API restricts allowed characters in character data, the tool may replace any U+000C FORM FEED (FF) character with a U+0020 SPACE character, and any other literal non-XML character with a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER.
If the tool has no way to convey out-of-band information, then the tool may drop the following information:
form
element ancestor (use of the
form
element pointer in the parser)The mutations allowed by this section apply
after the HTML parser's rules have been
applied. For example, a <a::>
start tag
will be closed by a </a::>
end tag, and
never by a </aU00003AU00003A>
end tag, even
if the user agent is using the rules above to then generate an
actual element in the DOM with the name aU00003AU00003A
for that start tag.
The HTML namespace is: http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml
The MathML namespace is: http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML
The SVG namespace is: http://www.w3.org/2000/svg
The XLink namespace is: http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink
The XML namespace is: http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace
The XMLNS namespace is: http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/
Data mining tools and other user agents that perform operations
on text/html
content without running scripts,
evaluating CSS or XPath expressions, or otherwise exposing the
resulting DOM to arbitrary content, may "support namespaces" by just
asserting that their DOM node analogues are in certain namespaces,
without actually exposing the above strings.
The following steps form the HTML fragment serialization
algorithm. The algorithm takes as input a DOM
Element
or Document
, referred to as the node, and either returns a string or raises an
exception.
This algorithm serializes the children of the node being serialized, not the node itself.
Let s be a string, and initialize it to the empty string.
For each child node of the node, in tree order, run the following steps:
Let current node be the child node being processed.
Append the appropriate string from the following list to s:
Element
Append a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<
)
character, followed by the element's tag name. (For nodes
created by the HTML parser or Document.createElement()
, the tag name will be
lowercase.)
For each attribute that the element has, append a U+0020
SPACE character, the attribute's name (which, for attributes
set by the HTML parser or by Element.setAttributeNode()
or Element.setAttribute()
, will be lowercase), a
U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=
) character, a
U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ("
)
character, the attribute's value, escaped as described below in attribute
mode, and a second U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ("
) character.
While the exact order of attributes is UA-defined, and may depend on factors such as the order that the attributes were given in the original markup, the sort order must be stable, such that consecutive invocations of this algorithm serialize an element's attributes in the same order.
Append a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>
)
character.
If current node is an
area
, base
, basefont
,
bgsound
, br
, col
,
embed
, frame
, hr
,
img
, input
, keygen
,
link
, meta
, param
,
spacer
, or wbr
element, then
continue on to the next child node at this point.
If current node is a pre
,
textarea
, or listing
element, append
a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character.
Append the value of running the HTML fragment
serialization algorithm on the current
node element (thus recursing into this algorithm for
that element), followed by a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<
) character, a U+002F SOLIDUS (/
) character, the element's tag name again,
and finally a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>
) character.
Text
or CDATASection
nodeIf one of the ancestors of current node
is a style
, script
,
xmp
, iframe
, noembed
,
noframes
, noscript
, or
plaintext
element, then append the value of current node's data
DOM
attribute literally.
Otherwise, append the value of current
node's data
DOM attribute, escaped as described
below.
Comment
Append the literal string <!--
(U+003C
LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS,
U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS), followed by the value of current node's data
DOM
attribute, followed by the literal string -->
(U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+003E GREATER-THAN
SIGN).
ProcessingInstruction
Append the literal string <?
(U+003C
LESS-THAN SIGN, U+003F QUESTION MARK), followed by the value
of current node's target
DOM attribute, followed by a single
U+0020 SPACE character, followed by the value of current node's data
DOM
attribute, followed by a single U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN
character ('>').
DocumentType
Append the literal string <!DOCTYPE
(U+003C
LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK, U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL
LETTER D, U+004F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O, U+0043 LATIN CAPITAL
LETTER C, U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T, U+0059 LATIN CAPITAL
LETTER Y, U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P, U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL
LETTER E), followed by a space (U+0020 SPACE), followed by the
value of current node's name
DOM attribute, followed by the literal
string >
(U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN).
Other node types (e.g. Attr
) cannot
occur as children of elements. If, despite this, they somehow do
occur, this algorithm must raise an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception.
The result of the algorithm is the string s.
Escaping a string (for the
purposes of the algorithm above) consists of replacing any
occurrences of the "&
" character by the
string "&
", any occurrences of the
U+00A0 NO-BREAK SPACE character by the string "
", and, if the algorithm was invoked in
the attribute mode, any occurrences of the ""
" character by the string ""
", or if it was not, any occurrences of
the "<
" character by the string "<
", any occurrences of the ">
" character by the string ">
".
Entity reference nodes are assumed to be expanded by the user agent, and are therefore not covered in the algorithm above.
It is possible that the output of this algorithm, if
parsed with an HTML parser, will not return the
original tree structure. For instance, if a textarea
element to which a Comment
node has been
appended is serialized and the output is then reparsed, the comment
will end up being displayed in the text field. Similarly, if, as a
result of DOM manipulation, an element contains a comment that
contains the literal string "-->
", then
when the result of serializing the element is parsed, the comment
will be truncated at that point and the rest of the comment will be
interpreted as markup. More examples would be making a
script
element contain a text node with the text string
"</script>
", or having a p
element that
contains a ul
element (as the ul
element's
start tag would imply the end
tag for the p
).
The following steps form the HTML fragment parsing
algorithm. The algorithm optionally takes as input an
Element
node, referred to as the context element, which gives the context for the
parser, as well as input, a string to parse, and
returns a list of zero or more nodes.
Parts marked fragment case in algorithms in the parser section are parts that only occur if the parser was created for the purposes of this algorithm (and with a context element). The algorithms have been annotated with such markings for informational purposes only; such markings have no normative weight. If it is possible for a condition described as a fragment case to occur even when the parser wasn't created for the purposes of handling this algorithm, then that is an error in the specification.
Create a new Document
node, and mark it as being
an HTML document.
If there is a context element, and the
Document
of the context element
is in quirks mode, then let the Document
be in quirks mode. Otherwise, if there is a context element, and the Document
of
the context element is in limited quirks
mode, then let the Document
be in
limited quirks mode. Otherwise, leave the
Document
in no quirks mode.
Create a new HTML parser, and associate it with
the just created Document
node.
If there is a context element, run these substeps:
Set the HTML parser's tokenization stage's content model flag according to the context element, as follows:
title
or textarea
elementstyle
, script
,
xmp
, iframe
, noembed
, or
noframes
elementnoscript
elementplaintext
elementLet root be a new html
element
with no attributes.
Append the element root to the
Document
node created above.
Set up the parser's stack of open elements so that it contains just the single element root.
Reset the parser's insertion mode appropriately.
The parser will reference the context element as part of that algorithm.
Set the parser's form
element pointer
to the nearest node to the context element
that is a form
element (going straight up the
ancestor chain, and including the element itself, if it is a
form
element), or, if there is no such
form
element, to null.
Place into the input stream for the HTML parser just created the input. The encoding confidence is irrelevant.
Start the parser and let it run until it has consumed all the characters just inserted into the input stream.
If there is a context element, return the child nodes of root, in tree order.
Otherwise, return the children of the Document
object, in tree order.
This table lists the character reference names that are supported by HTML, and the code points to which they refer. It is referenced by the previous sections.
Name | Character |
---|---|
AElig; | U+000C6 |
AElig | U+000C6 |
AMP; | U+00026 |
AMP | U+00026 |
Aacute; | U+000C1 |
Aacute | U+000C1 |
Abreve; | U+00102 |
Acirc; | U+000C2 |
Acirc | U+000C2 |
Acy; | U+00410 |
Afr; | U+1D504 |
Agrave; | U+000C0 |
Agrave | U+000C0 |
Alpha; | U+00391 |
Amacr; | U+00100 |
And; | U+02A53 |
Aogon; | U+00104 |
Aopf; | U+1D538 |
ApplyFunction; | U+02061 |
Aring; | U+000C5 |
Aring | U+000C5 |
Ascr; | U+1D49C |
Assign; | U+02254 |
Atilde; | U+000C3 |
Atilde | U+000C3 |
Auml; | U+000C4 |
Auml | U+000C4 |
Backslash; | U+02216 |
Barv; | U+02AE7 |
Barwed; | U+02306 |
Bcy; | U+00411 |
Because; | U+02235 |
Bernoullis; | U+0212C |
Beta; | U+00392 |
Bfr; | U+1D505 |
Bopf; | U+1D539 |
Breve; | U+002D8 |
Bscr; | U+0212C |
Bumpeq; | U+0224E |
CHcy; | U+00427 |
COPY; | U+000A9 |
COPY | U+000A9 |
Cacute; | U+00106 |
Cap; | U+022D2 |
CapitalDifferentialD; | U+02145 |
Cayleys; | U+0212D |
Ccaron; | U+0010C |
Ccedil; | U+000C7 |
Ccedil | U+000C7 |
Ccirc; | U+00108 |
Cconint; | U+02230 |
Cdot; | U+0010A |
Cedilla; | U+000B8 |
CenterDot; | U+000B7 |
Cfr; | U+0212D |
Chi; | U+003A7 |
CircleDot; | U+02299 |
CircleMinus; | U+02296 |
CirclePlus; | U+02295 |
CircleTimes; | U+02297 |
ClockwiseContourIntegral; | U+02232 |
CloseCurlyDoubleQuote; | U+0201D |
CloseCurlyQuote; | U+02019 |
Colon; | U+02237 |
Colone; | U+02A74 |
Congruent; | U+02261 |
Conint; | U+0222F |
ContourIntegral; | U+0222E |
Copf; | U+02102 |
Coproduct; | U+02210 |
CounterClockwiseContourIntegral; | U+02233 |
Cross; | U+02A2F |
Cscr; | U+1D49E |
Cup; | U+022D3 |
CupCap; | U+0224D |
DD; | U+02145 |
DDotrahd; | U+02911 |
DJcy; | U+00402 |
DScy; | U+00405 |
DZcy; | U+0040F |
Dagger; | U+02021 |
Darr; | U+021A1 |
Dashv; | U+02AE4 |
Dcaron; | U+0010E |
Dcy; | U+00414 |
Del; | U+02207 |
Delta; | U+00394 |
Dfr; | U+1D507 |
DiacriticalAcute; | U+000B4 |
DiacriticalDot; | U+002D9 |
DiacriticalDoubleAcute; | U+002DD |
DiacriticalGrave; | U+00060 |
DiacriticalTilde; | U+002DC |
Diamond; | U+022C4 |
DifferentialD; | U+02146 |
Dopf; | U+1D53B |
Dot; | U+000A8 |
DotDot; | U+020DC |
DotEqual; | U+02250 |
DoubleContourIntegral; | U+0222F |
DoubleDot; | U+000A8 |
DoubleDownArrow; | U+021D3 |
DoubleLeftArrow; | U+021D0 |
DoubleLeftRightArrow; | U+021D4 |
DoubleLeftTee; | U+02AE4 |
DoubleLongLeftArrow; | U+027F8 |
DoubleLongLeftRightArrow; | U+027FA |
DoubleLongRightArrow; | U+027F9 |
DoubleRightArrow; | U+021D2 |
DoubleRightTee; | U+022A8 |
DoubleUpArrow; | U+021D1 |
DoubleUpDownArrow; | U+021D5 |
DoubleVerticalBar; | U+02225 |
DownArrow; | U+02193 |
DownArrowBar; | U+02913 |
DownArrowUpArrow; | U+021F5 |
DownBreve; | U+00311 |
DownLeftRightVector; | U+02950 |
DownLeftTeeVector; | U+0295E |
DownLeftVector; | U+021BD |
DownLeftVectorBar; | U+02956 |
DownRightTeeVector; | U+0295F |
DownRightVector; | U+021C1 |
DownRightVectorBar; | U+02957 |
DownTee; | U+022A4 |
DownTeeArrow; | U+021A7 |
Downarrow; | U+021D3 |
Dscr; | U+1D49F |
Dstrok; | U+00110 |
ENG; | U+0014A |
ETH; | U+000D0 |
ETH | U+000D0 |
Eacute; | U+000C9 |
Eacute | U+000C9 |
Ecaron; | U+0011A |
Ecirc; | U+000CA |
Ecirc | U+000CA |
Ecy; | U+0042D |
Edot; | U+00116 |
Efr; | U+1D508 |
Egrave; | U+000C8 |
Egrave | U+000C8 |
Element; | U+02208 |
Emacr; | U+00112 |
EmptySmallSquare; | U+025FB |
EmptyVerySmallSquare; | U+025AB |
Eogon; | U+00118 |
Eopf; | U+1D53C |
Epsilon; | U+00395 |
Equal; | U+02A75 |
EqualTilde; | U+02242 |
Equilibrium; | U+021CC |
Escr; | U+02130 |
Esim; | U+02A73 |
Eta; | U+00397 |
Euml; | U+000CB |
Euml | U+000CB |
Exists; | U+02203 |
ExponentialE; | U+02147 |
Fcy; | U+00424 |
Ffr; | U+1D509 |
FilledSmallSquare; | U+025FC |
FilledVerySmallSquare; | U+025AA |
Fopf; | U+1D53D |
ForAll; | U+02200 |
Fouriertrf; | U+02131 |
Fscr; | U+02131 |
GJcy; | U+00403 |
GT; | U+0003E |
GT | U+0003E |
Gamma; | U+00393 |
Gammad; | U+003DC |
Gbreve; | U+0011E |
Gcedil; | U+00122 |
Gcirc; | U+0011C |
Gcy; | U+00413 |
Gdot; | U+00120 |
Gfr; | U+1D50A |
Gg; | U+022D9 |
Gopf; | U+1D53E |
GreaterEqual; | U+02265 |
GreaterEqualLess; | U+022DB |
GreaterFullEqual; | U+02267 |
GreaterGreater; | U+02AA2 |
GreaterLess; | U+02277 |
GreaterSlantEqual; | U+02A7E |
GreaterTilde; | U+02273 |
Gscr; | U+1D4A2 |
Gt; | U+0226B |
HARDcy; | U+0042A |
Hacek; | U+002C7 |
Hat; | U+0005E |
Hcirc; | U+00124 |
Hfr; | U+0210C |
HilbertSpace; | U+0210B |
Hopf; | U+0210D |
HorizontalLine; | U+02500 |
Hscr; | U+0210B |
Hstrok; | U+00126 |
HumpDownHump; | U+0224E |
HumpEqual; | U+0224F |
IEcy; | U+00415 |
IJlig; | U+00132 |
IOcy; | U+00401 |
Iacute; | U+000CD |
Iacute | U+000CD |
Icirc; | U+000CE |
Icirc | U+000CE |
Icy; | U+00418 |
Idot; | U+00130 |
Ifr; | U+02111 |
Igrave; | U+000CC |
Igrave | U+000CC |
Im; | U+02111 |
Imacr; | U+0012A |
ImaginaryI; | U+02148 |
Implies; | U+021D2 |
Int; | U+0222C |
Integral; | U+0222B |
Intersection; | U+022C2 |
InvisibleComma; | U+02063 |
InvisibleTimes; | U+02062 |
Iogon; | U+0012E |
Iopf; | U+1D540 |
Iota; | U+00399 |
Iscr; | U+02110 |
Itilde; | U+00128 |
Iukcy; | U+00406 |
Iuml; | U+000CF |
Iuml | U+000CF |
Jcirc; | U+00134 |
Jcy; | U+00419 |
Jfr; | U+1D50D |
Jopf; | U+1D541 |
Jscr; | U+1D4A5 |
Jsercy; | U+00408 |
Jukcy; | U+00404 |
KHcy; | U+00425 |
KJcy; | U+0040C |
Kappa; | U+0039A |
Kcedil; | U+00136 |
Kcy; | U+0041A |
Kfr; | U+1D50E |
Kopf; | U+1D542 |
Kscr; | U+1D4A6 |
LJcy; | U+00409 |
LT; | U+0003C |
LT | U+0003C |
Lacute; | U+00139 |
Lambda; | U+0039B |
Lang; | U+027EA |
Laplacetrf; | U+02112 |
Larr; | U+0219E |
Lcaron; | U+0013D |
Lcedil; | U+0013B |
Lcy; | U+0041B |
LeftAngleBracket; | U+027E8 |
LeftArrow; | U+02190 |
LeftArrowBar; | U+021E4 |
LeftArrowRightArrow; | U+021C6 |
LeftCeiling; | U+02308 |
LeftDoubleBracket; | U+027E6 |
LeftDownTeeVector; | U+02961 |
LeftDownVector; | U+021C3 |
LeftDownVectorBar; | U+02959 |
LeftFloor; | U+0230A |
LeftRightArrow; | U+02194 |
LeftRightVector; | U+0294E |
LeftTee; | U+022A3 |
LeftTeeArrow; | U+021A4 |
LeftTeeVector; | U+0295A |
LeftTriangle; | U+022B2 |
LeftTriangleBar; | U+029CF |
LeftTriangleEqual; | U+022B4 |
LeftUpDownVector; | U+02951 |
LeftUpTeeVector; | U+02960 |
LeftUpVector; | U+021BF |
LeftUpVectorBar; | U+02958 |
LeftVector; | U+021BC |
LeftVectorBar; | U+02952 |
Leftarrow; | U+021D0 |
Leftrightarrow; | U+021D4 |
LessEqualGreater; | U+022DA |
LessFullEqual; | U+02266 |
LessGreater; | U+02276 |
LessLess; | U+02AA1 |
LessSlantEqual; | U+02A7D |
LessTilde; | U+02272 |
Lfr; | U+1D50F |
Ll; | U+022D8 |
Lleftarrow; | U+021DA |
Lmidot; | U+0013F |
LongLeftArrow; | U+027F5 |
LongLeftRightArrow; | U+027F7 |
LongRightArrow; | U+027F6 |
Longleftarrow; | U+027F8 |
Longleftrightarrow; | U+027FA |
Longrightarrow; | U+027F9 |
Lopf; | U+1D543 |
LowerLeftArrow; | U+02199 |
LowerRightArrow; | U+02198 |
Lscr; | U+02112 |
Lsh; | U+021B0 |
Lstrok; | U+00141 |
Lt; | U+0226A |
Map; | U+02905 |
Mcy; | U+0041C |
MediumSpace; | U+0205F |
Mellintrf; | U+02133 |
Mfr; | U+1D510 |
MinusPlus; | U+02213 |
Mopf; | U+1D544 |
Mscr; | U+02133 |
Mu; | U+0039C |
NJcy; | U+0040A |
Nacute; | U+00143 |
Ncaron; | U+00147 |
Ncedil; | U+00145 |
Ncy; | U+0041D |
NegativeMediumSpace; | U+0200B |
NegativeThickSpace; | U+0200B |
NegativeThinSpace; | U+0200B |
NegativeVeryThinSpace; | U+0200B |
NestedGreaterGreater; | U+0226B |
NestedLessLess; | U+0226A |
NewLine; | U+0000A |
Nfr; | U+1D511 |
NoBreak; | U+02060 |
NonBreakingSpace; | U+000A0 |
Nopf; | U+02115 |
Not; | U+02AEC |
NotCongruent; | U+02262 |
NotCupCap; | U+0226D |
NotDoubleVerticalBar; | U+02226 |
NotElement; | U+02209 |
NotEqual; | U+02260 |
NotExists; | U+02204 |
NotGreater; | U+0226F |
NotGreaterEqual; | U+02271 |
NotGreaterLess; | U+02279 |
NotGreaterTilde; | U+02275 |
NotLeftTriangle; | U+022EA |
NotLeftTriangleEqual; | U+022EC |
NotLess; | U+0226E |
NotLessEqual; | U+02270 |
NotLessGreater; | U+02278 |
NotLessTilde; | U+02274 |
NotPrecedes; | U+02280 |
NotPrecedesSlantEqual; | U+022E0 |
NotReverseElement; | U+0220C |
NotRightTriangle; | U+022EB |
NotRightTriangleEqual; | U+022ED |
NotSquareSubsetEqual; | U+022E2 |
NotSquareSupersetEqual; | U+022E3 |
NotSubsetEqual; | U+02288 |
NotSucceeds; | U+02281 |
NotSucceedsSlantEqual; | U+022E1 |
NotSupersetEqual; | U+02289 |
NotTilde; | U+02241 |
NotTildeEqual; | U+02244 |
NotTildeFullEqual; | U+02247 |
NotTildeTilde; | U+02249 |
NotVerticalBar; | U+02224 |
Nscr; | U+1D4A9 |
Ntilde; | U+000D1 |
Ntilde | U+000D1 |
Nu; | U+0039D |
OElig; | U+00152 |
Oacute; | U+000D3 |
Oacute | U+000D3 |
Ocirc; | U+000D4 |
Ocirc | U+000D4 |
Ocy; | U+0041E |
Odblac; | U+00150 |
Ofr; | U+1D512 |
Ograve; | U+000D2 |
Ograve | U+000D2 |
Omacr; | U+0014C |
Omega; | U+003A9 |
Omicron; | U+0039F |
Oopf; | U+1D546 |
OpenCurlyDoubleQuote; | U+0201C |
OpenCurlyQuote; | U+02018 |
Or; | U+02A54 |
Oscr; | U+1D4AA |
Oslash; | U+000D8 |
Oslash | U+000D8 |
Otilde; | U+000D5 |
Otilde | U+000D5 |
Otimes; | U+02A37 |
Ouml; | U+000D6 |
Ouml | U+000D6 |
OverBar; | U+000AF |
OverBrace; | U+023DE |
OverBracket; | U+023B4 |
OverParenthesis; | U+023DC |
PartialD; | U+02202 |
Pcy; | U+0041F |
Pfr; | U+1D513 |
Phi; | U+003A6 |
Pi; | U+003A0 |
PlusMinus; | U+000B1 |
Poincareplane; | U+0210C |
Popf; | U+02119 |
Pr; | U+02ABB |
Precedes; | U+0227A |
PrecedesEqual; | U+02AAF |
PrecedesSlantEqual; | U+0227C |
PrecedesTilde; | U+0227E |
Prime; | U+02033 |
Product; | U+0220F |
Proportion; | U+02237 |
Proportional; | U+0221D |
Pscr; | U+1D4AB |
Psi; | U+003A8 |
QUOT; | U+00022 |
QUOT | U+00022 |
Qfr; | U+1D514 |
Qopf; | U+0211A |
Qscr; | U+1D4AC |
RBarr; | U+02910 |
REG; | U+000AE |
REG | U+000AE |
Racute; | U+00154 |
Rang; | U+027EB |
Rarr; | U+021A0 |
Rarrtl; | U+02916 |
Rcaron; | U+00158 |
Rcedil; | U+00156 |
Rcy; | U+00420 |
Re; | U+0211C |
ReverseElement; | U+0220B |
ReverseEquilibrium; | U+021CB |
ReverseUpEquilibrium; | U+0296F |
Rfr; | U+0211C |
Rho; | U+003A1 |
RightAngleBracket; | U+027E9 |
RightArrow; | U+02192 |
RightArrowBar; | U+021E5 |
RightArrowLeftArrow; | U+021C4 |
RightCeiling; | U+02309 |
RightDoubleBracket; | U+027E7 |
RightDownTeeVector; | U+0295D |
RightDownVector; | U+021C2 |
RightDownVectorBar; | U+02955 |
RightFloor; | U+0230B |
RightTee; | U+022A2 |
RightTeeArrow; | U+021A6 |
RightTeeVector; | U+0295B |
RightTriangle; | U+022B3 |
RightTriangleBar; | U+029D0 |
RightTriangleEqual; | U+022B5 |
RightUpDownVector; | U+0294F |
RightUpTeeVector; | U+0295C |
RightUpVector; | U+021BE |
RightUpVectorBar; | U+02954 |
RightVector; | U+021C0 |
RightVectorBar; | U+02953 |
Rightarrow; | U+021D2 |
Ropf; | U+0211D |
RoundImplies; | U+02970 |
Rrightarrow; | U+021DB |
Rscr; | U+0211B |
Rsh; | U+021B1 |
RuleDelayed; | U+029F4 |
SHCHcy; | U+00429 |
SHcy; | U+00428 |
SOFTcy; | U+0042C |
Sacute; | U+0015A |
Sc; | U+02ABC |
Scaron; | U+00160 |
Scedil; | U+0015E |
Scirc; | U+0015C |
Scy; | U+00421 |
Sfr; | U+1D516 |
ShortDownArrow; | U+02193 |
ShortLeftArrow; | U+02190 |
ShortRightArrow; | U+02192 |
ShortUpArrow; | U+02191 |
Sigma; | U+003A3 |
SmallCircle; | U+02218 |
Sopf; | U+1D54A |
Sqrt; | U+0221A |
Square; | U+025A1 |
SquareIntersection; | U+02293 |
SquareSubset; | U+0228F |
SquareSubsetEqual; | U+02291 |
SquareSuperset; | U+02290 |
SquareSupersetEqual; | U+02292 |
SquareUnion; | U+02294 |
Sscr; | U+1D4AE |
Star; | U+022C6 |
Sub; | U+022D0 |
Subset; | U+022D0 |
SubsetEqual; | U+02286 |
Succeeds; | U+0227B |
SucceedsEqual; | U+02AB0 |
SucceedsSlantEqual; | U+0227D |
SucceedsTilde; | U+0227F |
SuchThat; | U+0220B |
Sum; | U+02211 |
Sup; | U+022D1 |
Superset; | U+02283 |
SupersetEqual; | U+02287 |
Supset; | U+022D1 |
THORN; | U+000DE |
THORN | U+000DE |
TRADE; | U+02122 |
TSHcy; | U+0040B |
TScy; | U+00426 |
Tab; | U+00009 |
Tau; | U+003A4 |
Tcaron; | U+00164 |
Tcedil; | U+00162 |
Tcy; | U+00422 |
Tfr; | U+1D517 |
Therefore; | U+02234 |
Theta; | U+00398 |
ThinSpace; | U+02009 |
Tilde; | U+0223C |
TildeEqual; | U+02243 |
TildeFullEqual; | U+02245 |
TildeTilde; | U+02248 |
Topf; | U+1D54B |
TripleDot; | U+020DB |
Tscr; | U+1D4AF |
Tstrok; | U+00166 |
Uacute; | U+000DA |
Uacute | U+000DA |
Uarr; | U+0219F |
Uarrocir; | U+02949 |
Ubrcy; | U+0040E |
Ubreve; | U+0016C |
Ucirc; | U+000DB |
Ucirc | U+000DB |
Ucy; | U+00423 |
Udblac; | U+00170 |
Ufr; | U+1D518 |
Ugrave; | U+000D9 |
Ugrave | U+000D9 |
Umacr; | U+0016A |
UnderBar; | U+00332 |
UnderBrace; | U+023DF |
UnderBracket; | U+023B5 |
UnderParenthesis; | U+023DD |
Union; | U+022C3 |
UnionPlus; | U+0228E |
Uogon; | U+00172 |
Uopf; | U+1D54C |
UpArrow; | U+02191 |
UpArrowBar; | U+02912 |
UpArrowDownArrow; | U+021C5 |
UpDownArrow; | U+02195 |
UpEquilibrium; | U+0296E |
UpTee; | U+022A5 |
UpTeeArrow; | U+021A5 |
Uparrow; | U+021D1 |
Updownarrow; | U+021D5 |
UpperLeftArrow; | U+02196 |
UpperRightArrow; | U+02197 |
Upsi; | U+003D2 |
Upsilon; | U+003A5 |
Uring; | U+0016E |
Uscr; | U+1D4B0 |
Utilde; | U+00168 |
Uuml; | U+000DC |
Uuml | U+000DC |
VDash; | U+022AB |
Vbar; | U+02AEB |
Vcy; | U+00412 |
Vdash; | U+022A9 |
Vdashl; | U+02AE6 |
Vee; | U+022C1 |
Verbar; | U+02016 |
Vert; | U+02016 |
VerticalBar; | U+02223 |
VerticalLine; | U+0007C |
VerticalSeparator; | U+02758 |
VerticalTilde; | U+02240 |
VeryThinSpace; | U+0200A |
Vfr; | U+1D519 |
Vopf; | U+1D54D |
Vscr; | U+1D4B1 |
Vvdash; | U+022AA |
Wcirc; | U+00174 |
Wedge; | U+022C0 |
Wfr; | U+1D51A |
Wopf; | U+1D54E |
Wscr; | U+1D4B2 |
Xfr; | U+1D51B |
Xi; | U+0039E |
Xopf; | U+1D54F |
Xscr; | U+1D4B3 |
YAcy; | U+0042F |
YIcy; | U+00407 |
YUcy; | U+0042E |
Yacute; | U+000DD |
Yacute | U+000DD |
Ycirc; | U+00176 |
Ycy; | U+0042B |
Yfr; | U+1D51C |
Yopf; | U+1D550 |
Yscr; | U+1D4B4 |
Yuml; | U+00178 |
ZHcy; | U+00416 |
Zacute; | U+00179 |
Zcaron; | U+0017D |
Zcy; | U+00417 |
Zdot; | U+0017B |
ZeroWidthSpace; | U+0200B |
Zeta; | U+00396 |
Zfr; | U+02128 |
Zopf; | U+02124 |
Zscr; | U+1D4B5 |
aacute; | U+000E1 |
aacute | U+000E1 |
abreve; | U+00103 |
ac; | U+0223E |
acd; | U+0223F |
acirc; | U+000E2 |
acirc | U+000E2 |
acute; | U+000B4 |
acute | U+000B4 |
acy; | U+00430 |
aelig; | U+000E6 |
aelig | U+000E6 |
af; | U+02061 |
afr; | U+1D51E |
agrave; | U+000E0 |
agrave | U+000E0 |
alefsym; | U+02135 |
aleph; | U+02135 |
alpha; | U+003B1 |
amacr; | U+00101 |
amalg; | U+02A3F |
amp; | U+00026 |
amp | U+00026 |
and; | U+02227 |
andand; | U+02A55 |
andd; | U+02A5C |
andslope; | U+02A58 |
andv; | U+02A5A |
ang; | U+02220 |
ange; | U+029A4 |
angle; | U+02220 |
angmsd; | U+02221 |
angmsdaa; | U+029A8 |
angmsdab; | U+029A9 |
angmsdac; | U+029AA |
angmsdad; | U+029AB |
angmsdae; | U+029AC |
angmsdaf; | U+029AD |
angmsdag; | U+029AE |
angmsdah; | U+029AF |
angrt; | U+0221F |
angrtvb; | U+022BE |
angrtvbd; | U+0299D |
angsph; | U+02222 |
angst; | U+0212B |
angzarr; | U+0237C |
aogon; | U+00105 |
aopf; | U+1D552 |
ap; | U+02248 |
apE; | U+02A70 |
apacir; | U+02A6F |
ape; | U+0224A |
apid; | U+0224B |
apos; | U+00027 |
approx; | U+02248 |
approxeq; | U+0224A |
aring; | U+000E5 |
aring | U+000E5 |
ascr; | U+1D4B6 |
ast; | U+0002A |
asymp; | U+02248 |
asympeq; | U+0224D |
atilde; | U+000E3 |
atilde | U+000E3 |
auml; | U+000E4 |
auml | U+000E4 |
awconint; | U+02233 |
awint; | U+02A11 |
bNot; | U+02AED |
backcong; | U+0224C |
backepsilon; | U+003F6 |
backprime; | U+02035 |
backsim; | U+0223D |
backsimeq; | U+022CD |
barvee; | U+022BD |
barwed; | U+02305 |
barwedge; | U+02305 |
bbrk; | U+023B5 |
bbrktbrk; | U+023B6 |
bcong; | U+0224C |
bcy; | U+00431 |
bdquo; | U+0201E |
becaus; | U+02235 |
because; | U+02235 |
bemptyv; | U+029B0 |
bepsi; | U+003F6 |
bernou; | U+0212C |
beta; | U+003B2 |
beth; | U+02136 |
between; | U+0226C |
bfr; | U+1D51F |
bigcap; | U+022C2 |
bigcirc; | U+025EF |
bigcup; | U+022C3 |
bigodot; | U+02A00 |
bigoplus; | U+02A01 |
bigotimes; | U+02A02 |
bigsqcup; | U+02A06 |
bigstar; | U+02605 |
bigtriangledown; | U+025BD |
bigtriangleup; | U+025B3 |
biguplus; | U+02A04 |
bigvee; | U+022C1 |
bigwedge; | U+022C0 |
bkarow; | U+0290D |
blacklozenge; | U+029EB |
blacksquare; | U+025AA |
blacktriangle; | U+025B4 |
blacktriangledown; | U+025BE |
blacktriangleleft; | U+025C2 |
blacktriangleright; | U+025B8 |
blank; | U+02423 |
blk12; | U+02592 |
blk14; | U+02591 |
blk34; | U+02593 |
block; | U+02588 |
bnot; | U+02310 |
bopf; | U+1D553 |
bot; | U+022A5 |
bottom; | U+022A5 |
bowtie; | U+022C8 |
boxDL; | U+02557 |
boxDR; | U+02554 |
boxDl; | U+02556 |
boxDr; | U+02553 |
boxH; | U+02550 |
boxHD; | U+02566 |
boxHU; | U+02569 |
boxHd; | U+02564 |
boxHu; | U+02567 |
boxUL; | U+0255D |
boxUR; | U+0255A |
boxUl; | U+0255C |
boxUr; | U+02559 |
boxV; | U+02551 |
boxVH; | U+0256C |
boxVL; | U+02563 |
boxVR; | U+02560 |
boxVh; | U+0256B |
boxVl; | U+02562 |
boxVr; | U+0255F |
boxbox; | U+029C9 |
boxdL; | U+02555 |
boxdR; | U+02552 |
boxdl; | U+02510 |
boxdr; | U+0250C |
boxh; | U+02500 |
boxhD; | U+02565 |
boxhU; | U+02568 |
boxhd; | U+0252C |
boxhu; | U+02534 |
boxminus; | U+0229F |
boxplus; | U+0229E |
boxtimes; | U+022A0 |
boxuL; | U+0255B |
boxuR; | U+02558 |
boxul; | U+02518 |
boxur; | U+02514 |
boxv; | U+02502 |
boxvH; | U+0256A |
boxvL; | U+02561 |
boxvR; | U+0255E |
boxvh; | U+0253C |
boxvl; | U+02524 |
boxvr; | U+0251C |
bprime; | U+02035 |
breve; | U+002D8 |
brvbar; | U+000A6 |
brvbar | U+000A6 |
bscr; | U+1D4B7 |
bsemi; | U+0204F |
bsim; | U+0223D |
bsime; | U+022CD |
bsol; | U+0005C |
bsolb; | U+029C5 |
bull; | U+02022 |
bullet; | U+02022 |
bump; | U+0224E |
bumpE; | U+02AAE |
bumpe; | U+0224F |
bumpeq; | U+0224F |
cacute; | U+00107 |
cap; | U+02229 |
capand; | U+02A44 |
capbrcup; | U+02A49 |
capcap; | U+02A4B |
capcup; | U+02A47 |
capdot; | U+02A40 |
caret; | U+02041 |
caron; | U+002C7 |
ccaps; | U+02A4D |
ccaron; | U+0010D |
ccedil; | U+000E7 |
ccedil | U+000E7 |
ccirc; | U+00109 |
ccups; | U+02A4C |
ccupssm; | U+02A50 |
cdot; | U+0010B |
cedil; | U+000B8 |
cedil | U+000B8 |
cemptyv; | U+029B2 |
cent; | U+000A2 |
cent | U+000A2 |
centerdot; | U+000B7 |
cfr; | U+1D520 |
chcy; | U+00447 |
check; | U+02713 |
checkmark; | U+02713 |
chi; | U+003C7 |
cir; | U+025CB |
cirE; | U+029C3 |
circ; | U+002C6 |
circeq; | U+02257 |
circlearrowleft; | U+021BA |
circlearrowright; | U+021BB |
circledR; | U+000AE |
circledS; | U+024C8 |
circledast; | U+0229B |
circledcirc; | U+0229A |
circleddash; | U+0229D |
cire; | U+02257 |
cirfnint; | U+02A10 |
cirmid; | U+02AEF |
cirscir; | U+029C2 |
clubs; | U+02663 |
clubsuit; | U+02663 |
colon; | U+0003A |
colone; | U+02254 |
coloneq; | U+02254 |
comma; | U+0002C |
commat; | U+00040 |
comp; | U+02201 |
compfn; | U+02218 |
complement; | U+02201 |
complexes; | U+02102 |
cong; | U+02245 |
congdot; | U+02A6D |
conint; | U+0222E |
copf; | U+1D554 |
coprod; | U+02210 |
copy; | U+000A9 |
copy | U+000A9 |
copysr; | U+02117 |
crarr; | U+021B5 |
cross; | U+02717 |
cscr; | U+1D4B8 |
csub; | U+02ACF |
csube; | U+02AD1 |
csup; | U+02AD0 |
csupe; | U+02AD2 |
ctdot; | U+022EF |
cudarrl; | U+02938 |
cudarrr; | U+02935 |
cuepr; | U+022DE |
cuesc; | U+022DF |
cularr; | U+021B6 |
cularrp; | U+0293D |
cup; | U+0222A |
cupbrcap; | U+02A48 |
cupcap; | U+02A46 |
cupcup; | U+02A4A |
cupdot; | U+0228D |
cupor; | U+02A45 |
curarr; | U+021B7 |
curarrm; | U+0293C |
curlyeqprec; | U+022DE |
curlyeqsucc; | U+022DF |
curlyvee; | U+022CE |
curlywedge; | U+022CF |
curren; | U+000A4 |
curren | U+000A4 |
curvearrowleft; | U+021B6 |
curvearrowright; | U+021B7 |
cuvee; | U+022CE |
cuwed; | U+022CF |
cwconint; | U+02232 |
cwint; | U+02231 |
cylcty; | U+0232D |
dArr; | U+021D3 |
dHar; | U+02965 |
dagger; | U+02020 |
daleth; | U+02138 |
darr; | U+02193 |
dash; | U+02010 |
dashv; | U+022A3 |
dbkarow; | U+0290F |
dblac; | U+002DD |
dcaron; | U+0010F |
dcy; | U+00434 |
dd; | U+02146 |
ddagger; | U+02021 |
ddarr; | U+021CA |
ddotseq; | U+02A77 |
deg; | U+000B0 |
deg | U+000B0 |
delta; | U+003B4 |
demptyv; | U+029B1 |
dfisht; | U+0297F |
dfr; | U+1D521 |
dharl; | U+021C3 |
dharr; | U+021C2 |
diam; | U+022C4 |
diamond; | U+022C4 |
diamondsuit; | U+02666 |
diams; | U+02666 |
die; | U+000A8 |
digamma; | U+003DD |
disin; | U+022F2 |
div; | U+000F7 |
divide; | U+000F7 |
divide | U+000F7 |
divideontimes; | U+022C7 |
divonx; | U+022C7 |
djcy; | U+00452 |
dlcorn; | U+0231E |
dlcrop; | U+0230D |
dollar; | U+00024 |
dopf; | U+1D555 |
dot; | U+002D9 |
doteq; | U+02250 |
doteqdot; | U+02251 |
dotminus; | U+02238 |
dotplus; | U+02214 |
dotsquare; | U+022A1 |
doublebarwedge; | U+02306 |
downarrow; | U+02193 |
downdownarrows; | U+021CA |
downharpoonleft; | U+021C3 |
downharpoonright; | U+021C2 |
drbkarow; | U+02910 |
drcorn; | U+0231F |
drcrop; | U+0230C |
dscr; | U+1D4B9 |
dscy; | U+00455 |
dsol; | U+029F6 |
dstrok; | U+00111 |
dtdot; | U+022F1 |
dtri; | U+025BF |
dtrif; | U+025BE |
duarr; | U+021F5 |
duhar; | U+0296F |
dwangle; | U+029A6 |
dzcy; | U+0045F |
dzigrarr; | U+027FF |
eDDot; | U+02A77 |
eDot; | U+02251 |
eacute; | U+000E9 |
eacute | U+000E9 |
easter; | U+02A6E |
ecaron; | U+0011B |
ecir; | U+02256 |
ecirc; | U+000EA |
ecirc | U+000EA |
ecolon; | U+02255 |
ecy; | U+0044D |
edot; | U+00117 |
ee; | U+02147 |
efDot; | U+02252 |
efr; | U+1D522 |
eg; | U+02A9A |
egrave; | U+000E8 |
egrave | U+000E8 |
egs; | U+02A96 |
egsdot; | U+02A98 |
el; | U+02A99 |
elinters; | U+023E7 |
ell; | U+02113 |
els; | U+02A95 |
elsdot; | U+02A97 |
emacr; | U+00113 |
empty; | U+02205 |
emptyset; | U+02205 |
emptyv; | U+02205 |
emsp13; | U+02004 |
emsp14; | U+02005 |
emsp; | U+02003 |
eng; | U+0014B |
ensp; | U+02002 |
eogon; | U+00119 |
eopf; | U+1D556 |
epar; | U+022D5 |
eparsl; | U+029E3 |
eplus; | U+02A71 |
epsi; | U+003F5 |
epsilon; | U+003B5 |
epsiv; | U+003B5 |
eqcirc; | U+02256 |
eqcolon; | U+02255 |
eqsim; | U+02242 |
eqslantgtr; | U+02A96 |
eqslantless; | U+02A95 |
equals; | U+0003D |
equest; | U+0225F |
equiv; | U+02261 |
equivDD; | U+02A78 |
eqvparsl; | U+029E5 |
erDot; | U+02253 |
erarr; | U+02971 |
escr; | U+0212F |
esdot; | U+02250 |
esim; | U+02242 |
eta; | U+003B7 |
eth; | U+000F0 |
eth | U+000F0 |
euml; | U+000EB |
euml | U+000EB |
euro; | U+020AC |
excl; | U+00021 |
exist; | U+02203 |
expectation; | U+02130 |
exponentiale; | U+02147 |
fallingdotseq; | U+02252 |
fcy; | U+00444 |
female; | U+02640 |
ffilig; | U+0FB03 |
fflig; | U+0FB00 |
ffllig; | U+0FB04 |
ffr; | U+1D523 |
filig; | U+0FB01 |
flat; | U+0266D |
fllig; | U+0FB02 |
fltns; | U+025B1 |
fnof; | U+00192 |
fopf; | U+1D557 |
forall; | U+02200 |
fork; | U+022D4 |
forkv; | U+02AD9 |
fpartint; | U+02A0D |
frac12; | U+000BD |
frac12 | U+000BD |
frac13; | U+02153 |
frac14; | U+000BC |
frac14 | U+000BC |
frac15; | U+02155 |
frac16; | U+02159 |
frac18; | U+0215B |
frac23; | U+02154 |
frac25; | U+02156 |
frac34; | U+000BE |
frac34 | U+000BE |
frac35; | U+02157 |
frac38; | U+0215C |
frac45; | U+02158 |
frac56; | U+0215A |
frac58; | U+0215D |
frac78; | U+0215E |
frasl; | U+02044 |
frown; | U+02322 |
fscr; | U+1D4BB |
gE; | U+02267 |
gEl; | U+02A8C |
gacute; | U+001F5 |
gamma; | U+003B3 |
gammad; | U+003DD |
gap; | U+02A86 |
gbreve; | U+0011F |
gcirc; | U+0011D |
gcy; | U+00433 |
gdot; | U+00121 |
ge; | U+02265 |
gel; | U+022DB |
geq; | U+02265 |
geqq; | U+02267 |
geqslant; | U+02A7E |
ges; | U+02A7E |
gescc; | U+02AA9 |
gesdot; | U+02A80 |
gesdoto; | U+02A82 |
gesdotol; | U+02A84 |
gesles; | U+02A94 |
gfr; | U+1D524 |
gg; | U+0226B |
ggg; | U+022D9 |
gimel; | U+02137 |
gjcy; | U+00453 |
gl; | U+02277 |
glE; | U+02A92 |
gla; | U+02AA5 |
glj; | U+02AA4 |
gnE; | U+02269 |
gnap; | U+02A8A |
gnapprox; | U+02A8A |
gne; | U+02A88 |
gneq; | U+02A88 |
gneqq; | U+02269 |
gnsim; | U+022E7 |
gopf; | U+1D558 |
grave; | U+00060 |
gscr; | U+0210A |
gsim; | U+02273 |
gsime; | U+02A8E |
gsiml; | U+02A90 |
gt; | U+0003E |
gt | U+0003E |
gtcc; | U+02AA7 |
gtcir; | U+02A7A |
gtdot; | U+022D7 |
gtlPar; | U+02995 |
gtquest; | U+02A7C |
gtrapprox; | U+02A86 |
gtrarr; | U+02978 |
gtrdot; | U+022D7 |
gtreqless; | U+022DB |
gtreqqless; | U+02A8C |
gtrless; | U+02277 |
gtrsim; | U+02273 |
hArr; | U+021D4 |
hairsp; | U+0200A |
half; | U+000BD |
hamilt; | U+0210B |
hardcy; | U+0044A |
harr; | U+02194 |
harrcir; | U+02948 |
harrw; | U+021AD |
hbar; | U+0210F |
hcirc; | U+00125 |
hearts; | U+02665 |
heartsuit; | U+02665 |
hellip; | U+02026 |
hercon; | U+022B9 |
hfr; | U+1D525 |
hksearow; | U+02925 |
hkswarow; | U+02926 |
hoarr; | U+021FF |
homtht; | U+0223B |
hookleftarrow; | U+021A9 |
hookrightarrow; | U+021AA |
hopf; | U+1D559 |
horbar; | U+02015 |
hscr; | U+1D4BD |
hslash; | U+0210F |
hstrok; | U+00127 |
hybull; | U+02043 |
hyphen; | U+02010 |
iacute; | U+000ED |
iacute | U+000ED |
ic; | U+02063 |
icirc; | U+000EE |
icirc | U+000EE |
icy; | U+00438 |
iecy; | U+00435 |
iexcl; | U+000A1 |
iexcl | U+000A1 |
iff; | U+021D4 |
ifr; | U+1D526 |
igrave; | U+000EC |
igrave | U+000EC |
ii; | U+02148 |
iiiint; | U+02A0C |
iiint; | U+0222D |
iinfin; | U+029DC |
iiota; | U+02129 |
ijlig; | U+00133 |
imacr; | U+0012B |
image; | U+02111 |
imagline; | U+02110 |
imagpart; | U+02111 |
imath; | U+00131 |
imof; | U+022B7 |
imped; | U+001B5 |
in; | U+02208 |
incare; | U+02105 |
infin; | U+0221E |
infintie; | U+029DD |
inodot; | U+00131 |
int; | U+0222B |
intcal; | U+022BA |
integers; | U+02124 |
intercal; | U+022BA |
intlarhk; | U+02A17 |
intprod; | U+02A3C |
iocy; | U+00451 |
iogon; | U+0012F |
iopf; | U+1D55A |
iota; | U+003B9 |
iprod; | U+02A3C |
iquest; | U+000BF |
iquest | U+000BF |
iscr; | U+1D4BE |
isin; | U+02208 |
isinE; | U+022F9 |
isindot; | U+022F5 |
isins; | U+022F4 |
isinsv; | U+022F3 |
isinv; | U+02208 |
it; | U+02062 |
itilde; | U+00129 |
iukcy; | U+00456 |
iuml; | U+000EF |
iuml | U+000EF |
jcirc; | U+00135 |
jcy; | U+00439 |
jfr; | U+1D527 |
jmath; | U+00237 |
jopf; | U+1D55B |
jscr; | U+1D4BF |
jsercy; | U+00458 |
jukcy; | U+00454 |
kappa; | U+003BA |
kappav; | U+003F0 |
kcedil; | U+00137 |
kcy; | U+0043A |
kfr; | U+1D528 |
kgreen; | U+00138 |
khcy; | U+00445 |
kjcy; | U+0045C |
kopf; | U+1D55C |
kscr; | U+1D4C0 |
lAarr; | U+021DA |
lArr; | U+021D0 |
lAtail; | U+0291B |
lBarr; | U+0290E |
lE; | U+02266 |
lEg; | U+02A8B |
lHar; | U+02962 |
lacute; | U+0013A |
laemptyv; | U+029B4 |
lagran; | U+02112 |
lambda; | U+003BB |
lang; | U+027E8 |
langd; | U+02991 |
langle; | U+027E8 |
lap; | U+02A85 |
laquo; | U+000AB |
laquo | U+000AB |
larr; | U+02190 |
larrb; | U+021E4 |
larrbfs; | U+0291F |
larrfs; | U+0291D |
larrhk; | U+021A9 |
larrlp; | U+021AB |
larrpl; | U+02939 |
larrsim; | U+02973 |
larrtl; | U+021A2 |
lat; | U+02AAB |
latail; | U+02919 |
late; | U+02AAD |
lbarr; | U+0290C |
lbbrk; | U+02772 |
lbrace; | U+0007B |
lbrack; | U+0005B |
lbrke; | U+0298B |
lbrksld; | U+0298F |
lbrkslu; | U+0298D |
lcaron; | U+0013E |
lcedil; | U+0013C |
lceil; | U+02308 |
lcub; | U+0007B |
lcy; | U+0043B |
ldca; | U+02936 |
ldquo; | U+0201C |
ldquor; | U+0201E |
ldrdhar; | U+02967 |
ldrushar; | U+0294B |
ldsh; | U+021B2 |
le; | U+02264 |
leftarrow; | U+02190 |
leftarrowtail; | U+021A2 |
leftharpoondown; | U+021BD |
leftharpoonup; | U+021BC |
leftleftarrows; | U+021C7 |
leftrightarrow; | U+02194 |
leftrightarrows; | U+021C6 |
leftrightharpoons; | U+021CB |
leftrightsquigarrow; | U+021AD |
leftthreetimes; | U+022CB |
leg; | U+022DA |
leq; | U+02264 |
leqq; | U+02266 |
leqslant; | U+02A7D |
les; | U+02A7D |
lescc; | U+02AA8 |
lesdot; | U+02A7F |
lesdoto; | U+02A81 |
lesdotor; | U+02A83 |
lesges; | U+02A93 |
lessapprox; | U+02A85 |
lessdot; | U+022D6 |
lesseqgtr; | U+022DA |
lesseqqgtr; | U+02A8B |
lessgtr; | U+02276 |
lesssim; | U+02272 |
lfisht; | U+0297C |
lfloor; | U+0230A |
lfr; | U+1D529 |
lg; | U+02276 |
lgE; | U+02A91 |
lhard; | U+021BD |
lharu; | U+021BC |
lharul; | U+0296A |
lhblk; | U+02584 |
ljcy; | U+00459 |
ll; | U+0226A |
llarr; | U+021C7 |
llcorner; | U+0231E |
llhard; | U+0296B |
lltri; | U+025FA |
lmidot; | U+00140 |
lmoust; | U+023B0 |
lmoustache; | U+023B0 |
lnE; | U+02268 |
lnap; | U+02A89 |
lnapprox; | U+02A89 |
lne; | U+02A87 |
lneq; | U+02A87 |
lneqq; | U+02268 |
lnsim; | U+022E6 |
loang; | U+027EC |
loarr; | U+021FD |
lobrk; | U+027E6 |
longleftarrow; | U+027F5 |
longleftrightarrow; | U+027F7 |
longmapsto; | U+027FC |
longrightarrow; | U+027F6 |
looparrowleft; | U+021AB |
looparrowright; | U+021AC |
lopar; | U+02985 |
lopf; | U+1D55D |
loplus; | U+02A2D |
lotimes; | U+02A34 |
lowast; | U+02217 |
lowbar; | U+0005F |
loz; | U+025CA |
lozenge; | U+025CA |
lozf; | U+029EB |
lpar; | U+00028 |
lparlt; | U+02993 |
lrarr; | U+021C6 |
lrcorner; | U+0231F |
lrhar; | U+021CB |
lrhard; | U+0296D |
lrm; | U+0200E |
lrtri; | U+022BF |
lsaquo; | U+02039 |
lscr; | U+1D4C1 |
lsh; | U+021B0 |
lsim; | U+02272 |
lsime; | U+02A8D |
lsimg; | U+02A8F |
lsqb; | U+0005B |
lsquo; | U+02018 |
lsquor; | U+0201A |
lstrok; | U+00142 |
lt; | U+0003C |
lt | U+0003C |
ltcc; | U+02AA6 |
ltcir; | U+02A79 |
ltdot; | U+022D6 |
lthree; | U+022CB |
ltimes; | U+022C9 |
ltlarr; | U+02976 |
ltquest; | U+02A7B |
ltrPar; | U+02996 |
ltri; | U+025C3 |
ltrie; | U+022B4 |
ltrif; | U+025C2 |
lurdshar; | U+0294A |
luruhar; | U+02966 |
mDDot; | U+0223A |
macr; | U+000AF |
macr | U+000AF |
male; | U+02642 |
malt; | U+02720 |
maltese; | U+02720 |
map; | U+021A6 |
mapsto; | U+021A6 |
mapstodown; | U+021A7 |
mapstoleft; | U+021A4 |
mapstoup; | U+021A5 |
marker; | U+025AE |
mcomma; | U+02A29 |
mcy; | U+0043C |
mdash; | U+02014 |
measuredangle; | U+02221 |
mfr; | U+1D52A |
mho; | U+02127 |
micro; | U+000B5 |
micro | U+000B5 |
mid; | U+02223 |
midast; | U+0002A |
midcir; | U+02AF0 |
middot; | U+000B7 |
middot | U+000B7 |
minus; | U+02212 |
minusb; | U+0229F |
minusd; | U+02238 |
minusdu; | U+02A2A |
mlcp; | U+02ADB |
mldr; | U+02026 |
mnplus; | U+02213 |
models; | U+022A7 |
mopf; | U+1D55E |
mp; | U+02213 |
mscr; | U+1D4C2 |
mstpos; | U+0223E |
mu; | U+003BC |
multimap; | U+022B8 |
mumap; | U+022B8 |
nLeftarrow; | U+021CD |
nLeftrightarrow; | U+021CE |
nRightarrow; | U+021CF |
nVDash; | U+022AF |
nVdash; | U+022AE |
nabla; | U+02207 |
nacute; | U+00144 |
nap; | U+02249 |
napos; | U+00149 |
napprox; | U+02249 |
natur; | U+0266E |
natural; | U+0266E |
naturals; | U+02115 |
nbsp; | U+000A0 |
nbsp | U+000A0 |
ncap; | U+02A43 |
ncaron; | U+00148 |
ncedil; | U+00146 |
ncong; | U+02247 |
ncup; | U+02A42 |
ncy; | U+0043D |
ndash; | U+02013 |
ne; | U+02260 |
neArr; | U+021D7 |
nearhk; | U+02924 |
nearr; | U+02197 |
nearrow; | U+02197 |
nequiv; | U+02262 |
nesear; | U+02928 |
nexist; | U+02204 |
nexists; | U+02204 |
nfr; | U+1D52B |
nge; | U+02271 |
ngeq; | U+02271 |
ngsim; | U+02275 |
ngt; | U+0226F |
ngtr; | U+0226F |
nhArr; | U+021CE |
nharr; | U+021AE |
nhpar; | U+02AF2 |
ni; | U+0220B |
nis; | U+022FC |
nisd; | U+022FA |
niv; | U+0220B |
njcy; | U+0045A |
nlArr; | U+021CD |
nlarr; | U+0219A |
nldr; | U+02025 |
nle; | U+02270 |
nleftarrow; | U+0219A |
nleftrightarrow; | U+021AE |
nleq; | U+02270 |
nless; | U+0226E |
nlsim; | U+02274 |
nlt; | U+0226E |
nltri; | U+022EA |
nltrie; | U+022EC |
nmid; | U+02224 |
nopf; | U+1D55F |
not; | U+000AC |
not | U+000AC |
notin; | U+02209 |
notinva; | U+02209 |
notinvb; | U+022F7 |
notinvc; | U+022F6 |
notni; | U+0220C |
notniva; | U+0220C |
notnivb; | U+022FE |
notnivc; | U+022FD |
npar; | U+02226 |
nparallel; | U+02226 |
npolint; | U+02A14 |
npr; | U+02280 |
nprcue; | U+022E0 |
nprec; | U+02280 |
nrArr; | U+021CF |
nrarr; | U+0219B |
nrightarrow; | U+0219B |
nrtri; | U+022EB |
nrtrie; | U+022ED |
nsc; | U+02281 |
nsccue; | U+022E1 |
nscr; | U+1D4C3 |
nshortmid; | U+02224 |
nshortparallel; | U+02226 |
nsim; | U+02241 |
nsime; | U+02244 |
nsimeq; | U+02244 |
nsmid; | U+02224 |
nspar; | U+02226 |
nsqsube; | U+022E2 |
nsqsupe; | U+022E3 |
nsub; | U+02284 |
nsube; | U+02288 |
nsubseteq; | U+02288 |
nsucc; | U+02281 |
nsup; | U+02285 |
nsupe; | U+02289 |
nsupseteq; | U+02289 |
ntgl; | U+02279 |
ntilde; | U+000F1 |
ntilde | U+000F1 |
ntlg; | U+02278 |
ntriangleleft; | U+022EA |
ntrianglelefteq; | U+022EC |
ntriangleright; | U+022EB |
ntrianglerighteq; | U+022ED |
nu; | U+003BD |
num; | U+00023 |
numero; | U+02116 |
numsp; | U+02007 |
nvDash; | U+022AD |
nvHarr; | U+02904 |
nvdash; | U+022AC |
nvinfin; | U+029DE |
nvlArr; | U+02902 |
nvrArr; | U+02903 |
nwArr; | U+021D6 |
nwarhk; | U+02923 |
nwarr; | U+02196 |
nwarrow; | U+02196 |
nwnear; | U+02927 |
oS; | U+024C8 |
oacute; | U+000F3 |
oacute | U+000F3 |
oast; | U+0229B |
ocir; | U+0229A |
ocirc; | U+000F4 |
ocirc | U+000F4 |
ocy; | U+0043E |
odash; | U+0229D |
odblac; | U+00151 |
odiv; | U+02A38 |
odot; | U+02299 |
odsold; | U+029BC |
oelig; | U+00153 |
ofcir; | U+029BF |
ofr; | U+1D52C |
ogon; | U+002DB |
ograve; | U+000F2 |
ograve | U+000F2 |
ogt; | U+029C1 |
ohbar; | U+029B5 |
ohm; | U+02126 |
oint; | U+0222E |
olarr; | U+021BA |
olcir; | U+029BE |
olcross; | U+029BB |
oline; | U+0203E |
olt; | U+029C0 |
omacr; | U+0014D |
omega; | U+003C9 |
omicron; | U+003BF |
omid; | U+029B6 |
ominus; | U+02296 |
oopf; | U+1D560 |
opar; | U+029B7 |
operp; | U+029B9 |
oplus; | U+02295 |
or; | U+02228 |
orarr; | U+021BB |
ord; | U+02A5D |
order; | U+02134 |
orderof; | U+02134 |
ordf; | U+000AA |
ordf | U+000AA |
ordm; | U+000BA |
ordm | U+000BA |
origof; | U+022B6 |
oror; | U+02A56 |
orslope; | U+02A57 |
orv; | U+02A5B |
oscr; | U+02134 |
oslash; | U+000F8 |
oslash | U+000F8 |
osol; | U+02298 |
otilde; | U+000F5 |
otilde | U+000F5 |
otimes; | U+02297 |
otimesas; | U+02A36 |
ouml; | U+000F6 |
ouml | U+000F6 |
ovbar; | U+0233D |
par; | U+02225 |
para; | U+000B6 |
para | U+000B6 |
parallel; | U+02225 |
parsim; | U+02AF3 |
parsl; | U+02AFD |
part; | U+02202 |
pcy; | U+0043F |
percnt; | U+00025 |
period; | U+0002E |
permil; | U+02030 |
perp; | U+022A5 |
pertenk; | U+02031 |
pfr; | U+1D52D |
phi; | U+003C6 |
phiv; | U+003C6 |
phmmat; | U+02133 |
phone; | U+0260E |
pi; | U+003C0 |
pitchfork; | U+022D4 |
piv; | U+003D6 |
planck; | U+0210F |
planckh; | U+0210E |
plankv; | U+0210F |
plus; | U+0002B |
plusacir; | U+02A23 |
plusb; | U+0229E |
pluscir; | U+02A22 |
plusdo; | U+02214 |
plusdu; | U+02A25 |
pluse; | U+02A72 |
plusmn; | U+000B1 |
plusmn | U+000B1 |
plussim; | U+02A26 |
plustwo; | U+02A27 |
pm; | U+000B1 |
pointint; | U+02A15 |
popf; | U+1D561 |
pound; | U+000A3 |
pound | U+000A3 |
pr; | U+0227A |
prE; | U+02AB3 |
prap; | U+02AB7 |
prcue; | U+0227C |
pre; | U+02AAF |
prec; | U+0227A |
precapprox; | U+02AB7 |
preccurlyeq; | U+0227C |
preceq; | U+02AAF |
precnapprox; | U+02AB9 |
precneqq; | U+02AB5 |
precnsim; | U+022E8 |
precsim; | U+0227E |
prime; | U+02032 |
primes; | U+02119 |
prnE; | U+02AB5 |
prnap; | U+02AB9 |
prnsim; | U+022E8 |
prod; | U+0220F |
profalar; | U+0232E |
profline; | U+02312 |
profsurf; | U+02313 |
prop; | U+0221D |
propto; | U+0221D |
prsim; | U+0227E |
prurel; | U+022B0 |
pscr; | U+1D4C5 |
psi; | U+003C8 |
puncsp; | U+02008 |
qfr; | U+1D52E |
qint; | U+02A0C |
qopf; | U+1D562 |
qprime; | U+02057 |
qscr; | U+1D4C6 |
quaternions; | U+0210D |
quatint; | U+02A16 |
quest; | U+0003F |
questeq; | U+0225F |
quot; | U+00022 |
quot | U+00022 |
rAarr; | U+021DB |
rArr; | U+021D2 |
rAtail; | U+0291C |
rBarr; | U+0290F |
rHar; | U+02964 |
race; | U+029DA |
racute; | U+00155 |
radic; | U+0221A |
raemptyv; | U+029B3 |
rang; | U+027E9 |
rangd; | U+02992 |
range; | U+029A5 |
rangle; | U+027E9 |
raquo; | U+000BB |
raquo | U+000BB |
rarr; | U+02192 |
rarrap; | U+02975 |
rarrb; | U+021E5 |
rarrbfs; | U+02920 |
rarrc; | U+02933 |
rarrfs; | U+0291E |
rarrhk; | U+021AA |
rarrlp; | U+021AC |
rarrpl; | U+02945 |
rarrsim; | U+02974 |
rarrtl; | U+021A3 |
rarrw; | U+0219D |
ratail; | U+0291A |
ratio; | U+02236 |
rationals; | U+0211A |
rbarr; | U+0290D |
rbbrk; | U+02773 |
rbrace; | U+0007D |
rbrack; | U+0005D |
rbrke; | U+0298C |
rbrksld; | U+0298E |
rbrkslu; | U+02990 |
rcaron; | U+00159 |
rcedil; | U+00157 |
rceil; | U+02309 |
rcub; | U+0007D |
rcy; | U+00440 |
rdca; | U+02937 |
rdldhar; | U+02969 |
rdquo; | U+0201D |
rdquor; | U+0201D |
rdsh; | U+021B3 |
real; | U+0211C |
realine; | U+0211B |
realpart; | U+0211C |
reals; | U+0211D |
rect; | U+025AD |
reg; | U+000AE |
reg | U+000AE |
rfisht; | U+0297D |
rfloor; | U+0230B |
rfr; | U+1D52F |
rhard; | U+021C1 |
rharu; | U+021C0 |
rharul; | U+0296C |
rho; | U+003C1 |
rhov; | U+003F1 |
rightarrow; | U+02192 |
rightarrowtail; | U+021A3 |
rightharpoondown; | U+021C1 |
rightharpoonup; | U+021C0 |
rightleftarrows; | U+021C4 |
rightleftharpoons; | U+021CC |
rightrightarrows; | U+021C9 |
rightsquigarrow; | U+0219D |
rightthreetimes; | U+022CC |
ring; | U+002DA |
risingdotseq; | U+02253 |
rlarr; | U+021C4 |
rlhar; | U+021CC |
rlm; | U+0200F |
rmoust; | U+023B1 |
rmoustache; | U+023B1 |
rnmid; | U+02AEE |
roang; | U+027ED |
roarr; | U+021FE |
robrk; | U+027E7 |
ropar; | U+02986 |
ropf; | U+1D563 |
roplus; | U+02A2E |
rotimes; | U+02A35 |
rpar; | U+00029 |
rpargt; | U+02994 |
rppolint; | U+02A12 |
rrarr; | U+021C9 |
rsaquo; | U+0203A |
rscr; | U+1D4C7 |
rsh; | U+021B1 |
rsqb; | U+0005D |
rsquo; | U+02019 |
rsquor; | U+02019 |
rthree; | U+022CC |
rtimes; | U+022CA |
rtri; | U+025B9 |
rtrie; | U+022B5 |
rtrif; | U+025B8 |
rtriltri; | U+029CE |
ruluhar; | U+02968 |
rx; | U+0211E |
sacute; | U+0015B |
sbquo; | U+0201A |
sc; | U+0227B |
scE; | U+02AB4 |
scap; | U+02AB8 |
scaron; | U+00161 |
sccue; | U+0227D |
sce; | U+02AB0 |
scedil; | U+0015F |
scirc; | U+0015D |
scnE; | U+02AB6 |
scnap; | U+02ABA |
scnsim; | U+022E9 |
scpolint; | U+02A13 |
scsim; | U+0227F |
scy; | U+00441 |
sdot; | U+022C5 |
sdotb; | U+022A1 |
sdote; | U+02A66 |
seArr; | U+021D8 |
searhk; | U+02925 |
searr; | U+02198 |
searrow; | U+02198 |
sect; | U+000A7 |
sect | U+000A7 |
semi; | U+0003B |
seswar; | U+02929 |
setminus; | U+02216 |
setmn; | U+02216 |
sext; | U+02736 |
sfr; | U+1D530 |
sfrown; | U+02322 |
sharp; | U+0266F |
shchcy; | U+00449 |
shcy; | U+00448 |
shortmid; | U+02223 |
shortparallel; | U+02225 |
shy; | U+000AD |
shy | U+000AD |
sigma; | U+003C3 |
sigmaf; | U+003C2 |
sigmav; | U+003C2 |
sim; | U+0223C |
simdot; | U+02A6A |
sime; | U+02243 |
simeq; | U+02243 |
simg; | U+02A9E |
simgE; | U+02AA0 |
siml; | U+02A9D |
simlE; | U+02A9F |
simne; | U+02246 |
simplus; | U+02A24 |
simrarr; | U+02972 |
slarr; | U+02190 |
smallsetminus; | U+02216 |
smashp; | U+02A33 |
smeparsl; | U+029E4 |
smid; | U+02223 |
smile; | U+02323 |
smt; | U+02AAA |
smte; | U+02AAC |
softcy; | U+0044C |
sol; | U+0002F |
solb; | U+029C4 |
solbar; | U+0233F |
sopf; | U+1D564 |
spades; | U+02660 |
spadesuit; | U+02660 |
spar; | U+02225 |
sqcap; | U+02293 |
sqcup; | U+02294 |
sqsub; | U+0228F |
sqsube; | U+02291 |
sqsubset; | U+0228F |
sqsubseteq; | U+02291 |
sqsup; | U+02290 |
sqsupe; | U+02292 |
sqsupset; | U+02290 |
sqsupseteq; | U+02292 |
squ; | U+025A1 |
square; | U+025A1 |
squarf; | U+025AA |
squf; | U+025AA |
srarr; | U+02192 |
sscr; | U+1D4C8 |
ssetmn; | U+02216 |
ssmile; | U+02323 |
sstarf; | U+022C6 |
star; | U+02606 |
starf; | U+02605 |
straightepsilon; | U+003F5 |
straightphi; | U+003D5 |
strns; | U+000AF |
sub; | U+02282 |
subE; | U+02AC5 |
subdot; | U+02ABD |
sube; | U+02286 |
subedot; | U+02AC3 |
submult; | U+02AC1 |
subnE; | U+02ACB |
subne; | U+0228A |
subplus; | U+02ABF |
subrarr; | U+02979 |
subset; | U+02282 |
subseteq; | U+02286 |
subseteqq; | U+02AC5 |
subsetneq; | U+0228A |
subsetneqq; | U+02ACB |
subsim; | U+02AC7 |
subsub; | U+02AD5 |
subsup; | U+02AD3 |
succ; | U+0227B |
succapprox; | U+02AB8 |
succcurlyeq; | U+0227D |
succeq; | U+02AB0 |
succnapprox; | U+02ABA |
succneqq; | U+02AB6 |
succnsim; | U+022E9 |
succsim; | U+0227F |
sum; | U+02211 |
sung; | U+0266A |
sup1; | U+000B9 |
sup1 | U+000B9 |
sup2; | U+000B2 |
sup2 | U+000B2 |
sup3; | U+000B3 |
sup3 | U+000B3 |
sup; | U+02283 |
supE; | U+02AC6 |
supdot; | U+02ABE |
supdsub; | U+02AD8 |
supe; | U+02287 |
supedot; | U+02AC4 |
suphsub; | U+02AD7 |
suplarr; | U+0297B |
supmult; | U+02AC2 |
supnE; | U+02ACC |
supne; | U+0228B |
supplus; | U+02AC0 |
supset; | U+02283 |
supseteq; | U+02287 |
supseteqq; | U+02AC6 |
supsetneq; | U+0228B |
supsetneqq; | U+02ACC |
supsim; | U+02AC8 |
supsub; | U+02AD4 |
supsup; | U+02AD6 |
swArr; | U+021D9 |
swarhk; | U+02926 |
swarr; | U+02199 |
swarrow; | U+02199 |
swnwar; | U+0292A |
szlig; | U+000DF |
szlig | U+000DF |
target; | U+02316 |
tau; | U+003C4 |
tbrk; | U+023B4 |
tcaron; | U+00165 |
tcedil; | U+00163 |
tcy; | U+00442 |
tdot; | U+020DB |
telrec; | U+02315 |
tfr; | U+1D531 |
there4; | U+02234 |
therefore; | U+02234 |
theta; | U+003B8 |
thetasym; | U+003D1 |
thetav; | U+003D1 |
thickapprox; | U+02248 |
thicksim; | U+0223C |
thinsp; | U+02009 |
thkap; | U+02248 |
thksim; | U+0223C |
thorn; | U+000FE |
thorn | U+000FE |
tilde; | U+002DC |
times; | U+000D7 |
times | U+000D7 |
timesb; | U+022A0 |
timesbar; | U+02A31 |
timesd; | U+02A30 |
tint; | U+0222D |
toea; | U+02928 |
top; | U+022A4 |
topbot; | U+02336 |
topcir; | U+02AF1 |
topf; | U+1D565 |
topfork; | U+02ADA |
tosa; | U+02929 |
tprime; | U+02034 |
trade; | U+02122 |
triangle; | U+025B5 |
triangledown; | U+025BF |
triangleleft; | U+025C3 |
trianglelefteq; | U+022B4 |
triangleq; | U+0225C |
triangleright; | U+025B9 |
trianglerighteq; | U+022B5 |
tridot; | U+025EC |
trie; | U+0225C |
triminus; | U+02A3A |
triplus; | U+02A39 |
trisb; | U+029CD |
tritime; | U+02A3B |
trpezium; | U+023E2 |
tscr; | U+1D4C9 |
tscy; | U+00446 |
tshcy; | U+0045B |
tstrok; | U+00167 |
twixt; | U+0226C |
twoheadleftarrow; | U+0219E |
twoheadrightarrow; | U+021A0 |
uArr; | U+021D1 |
uHar; | U+02963 |
uacute; | U+000FA |
uacute | U+000FA |
uarr; | U+02191 |
ubrcy; | U+0045E |
ubreve; | U+0016D |
ucirc; | U+000FB |
ucirc | U+000FB |
ucy; | U+00443 |
udarr; | U+021C5 |
udblac; | U+00171 |
udhar; | U+0296E |
ufisht; | U+0297E |
ufr; | U+1D532 |
ugrave; | U+000F9 |
ugrave | U+000F9 |
uharl; | U+021BF |
uharr; | U+021BE |
uhblk; | U+02580 |
ulcorn; | U+0231C |
ulcorner; | U+0231C |
ulcrop; | U+0230F |
ultri; | U+025F8 |
umacr; | U+0016B |
uml; | U+000A8 |
uml | U+000A8 |
uogon; | U+00173 |
uopf; | U+1D566 |
uparrow; | U+02191 |
updownarrow; | U+02195 |
upharpoonleft; | U+021BF |
upharpoonright; | U+021BE |
uplus; | U+0228E |
upsi; | U+003C5 |
upsih; | U+003D2 |
upsilon; | U+003C5 |
upuparrows; | U+021C8 |
urcorn; | U+0231D |
urcorner; | U+0231D |
urcrop; | U+0230E |
uring; | U+0016F |
urtri; | U+025F9 |
uscr; | U+1D4CA |
utdot; | U+022F0 |
utilde; | U+00169 |
utri; | U+025B5 |
utrif; | U+025B4 |
uuarr; | U+021C8 |
uuml; | U+000FC |
uuml | U+000FC |
uwangle; | U+029A7 |
vArr; | U+021D5 |
vBar; | U+02AE8 |
vBarv; | U+02AE9 |
vDash; | U+022A8 |
vangrt; | U+0299C |
varepsilon; | U+003B5 |
varkappa; | U+003F0 |
varnothing; | U+02205 |
varphi; | U+003C6 |
varpi; | U+003D6 |
varpropto; | U+0221D |
varr; | U+02195 |
varrho; | U+003F1 |
varsigma; | U+003C2 |
vartheta; | U+003D1 |
vartriangleleft; | U+022B2 |
vartriangleright; | U+022B3 |
vcy; | U+00432 |
vdash; | U+022A2 |
vee; | U+02228 |
veebar; | U+022BB |
veeeq; | U+0225A |
vellip; | U+022EE |
verbar; | U+0007C |
vert; | U+0007C |
vfr; | U+1D533 |
vltri; | U+022B2 |
vopf; | U+1D567 |
vprop; | U+0221D |
vrtri; | U+022B3 |
vscr; | U+1D4CB |
vzigzag; | U+0299A |
wcirc; | U+00175 |
wedbar; | U+02A5F |
wedge; | U+02227 |
wedgeq; | U+02259 |
weierp; | U+02118 |
wfr; | U+1D534 |
wopf; | U+1D568 |
wp; | U+02118 |
wr; | U+02240 |
wreath; | U+02240 |
wscr; | U+1D4CC |
xcap; | U+022C2 |
xcirc; | U+025EF |
xcup; | U+022C3 |
xdtri; | U+025BD |
xfr; | U+1D535 |
xhArr; | U+027FA |
xharr; | U+027F7 |
xi; | U+003BE |
xlArr; | U+027F8 |
xlarr; | U+027F5 |
xmap; | U+027FC |
xnis; | U+022FB |
xodot; | U+02A00 |
xopf; | U+1D569 |
xoplus; | U+02A01 |
xotime; | U+02A02 |
xrArr; | U+027F9 |
xrarr; | U+027F6 |
xscr; | U+1D4CD |
xsqcup; | U+02A06 |
xuplus; | U+02A04 |
xutri; | U+025B3 |
xvee; | U+022C1 |
xwedge; | U+022C0 |
yacute; | U+000FD |
yacute | U+000FD |
yacy; | U+0044F |
ycirc; | U+00177 |
ycy; | U+0044B |
yen; | U+000A5 |
yen | U+000A5 |
yfr; | U+1D536 |
yicy; | U+00457 |
yopf; | U+1D56A |
yscr; | U+1D4CE |
yucy; | U+0044E |
yuml; | U+000FF |
yuml | U+000FF |
zacute; | U+0017A |
zcaron; | U+0017E |
zcy; | U+00437 |
zdot; | U+0017C |
zeetrf; | U+02128 |
zeta; | U+003B6 |
zfr; | U+1D537 |
zhcy; | U+00436 |
zigrarr; | U+021DD |
zopf; | U+1D56B |
zscr; | U+1D4CF |
zwj; | U+0200D |
zwnj; | U+0200C |
This section only describes the rules for XML
resources. Rules for text/html
resources are
discussed in the section above entitled "The HTML
syntax".
The syntax for using HTML with XML, whether in XHTML documents or embedded in other XML documents, is defined in the XML and Namespaces in XML specifications. [XML] [XMLNS]
This specification does not define any syntax-level requirements beyond those defined for XML proper.
XML documents may contain a DOCTYPE
if desired, but
this is not required to conform to this specification. This
specification does not define a public or system identifier, nor
provide a format DTD.
According to the XML specification, XML processors
are not guaranteed to process the external DTD subset referenced in
the DOCTYPE. This means, for example, that using entity references
for characters in XHTML documents is unsafe if they are defined in
an external file (except for <
, >
, &
, "
and '
).
This section describes the relationship between XML and the DOM, with a particular emphasis on how this interacts with HTML.
An XML parser, for the purposes of this specification,
is a construct that follows the rules given in the XML specification
to map a string of bytes or characters into a Document
object.
An XML parser is either associated with a
Document
object when it is created, or creates one
implicitly.
This Document
must then be populated with DOM nodes
that represent the tree structure of the input passed to the parser,
as defined by the XML specification, the Namespaces in XML
specification, and the DOM Core specification. DOM mutation events
must not fire for the operations that the XML parser
performs on the Document
's tree, but the user agent
must act as if elements and attributes were individually appended
and set respectively so as to trigger rules in this specification
regarding what happens when an element in inserted into a document
or has its attributes set. [XML] [XMLNS] [DOMCORE]
[DOMEVENTS]
Certain algorithms in this specification spoon-feed the parser characters one string at a time. In such cases, the XML parser must act as it would have if faced with a single string consisting of the concatenation of all those characters.
When an XML parser creates a script
element, it must be marked as being "parser-inserted".
If the parser was originally created for the XML fragment
parsing algorithm, then the element must be marked as
"already executed" also. When the element's end tag is
parsed, the user agent must run the script
element. If this causes
there to be a pending external script, then the user
agent must pause until that script has completed
loading, and then execute it.
Since the document.write()
API is not
available for XML documents, much of the complexity in
the HTML parser is not needed in the XML
parser.
When an XML parser reaches the end of its input, it must stop parsing, following the same rules as the HTML parser.
The XML fragment serialization algorithm for a
Document
or Element
node either returns a
fragment of XML that represents that node or raises an
exception.
For Document
s, the algorithm must return a string in
the form of a document
entity, if none of the error cases below apply.
For Element
s, the algorithm must return a string in
the form of an internal general parsed
entity, if none of the error cases below apply.
In both cases, the string returned must be XML
namespace-well-formed and must be an isomorphic serialization of all
of that node's child nodes, in tree order. User agents
may adjust prefixes and namespace declarations in the serialization
(and indeed might be forced to do so in some cases to obtain
namespace-well-formed XML). User agents may use a combination of
regular text, character references, and CDATA sections to represent
text nodes in the DOM (and indeed
might be forced to use representations that don't match the DOM's,
e.g. if a CDATASection
node contains the string "]]>
").
For Element
s, if any of the elements in the
serialization are in no namespace, the default namespace in scope
for those elements must be explicitly declared as the empty
string. (This doesn't
apply in the Document
case.) [XML] [XMLNS]
If any of the following error cases are found in the DOM subtree
being serialized, then the algorithm raises an
INVALID_STATE_ERR
exception instead of returning a
string:
Document
node with no child element nodes.DocumentType
node that has an external subset
public identifier that contains characters that are not matched by
the XML PubidChar
production. [XML]DocumentType
node that has an external subset
system identifier that contains both a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ('"')
and a U+0027 APOSTROPHE ("'").Attr
node, Text
node,
CDATASection
node, Comment
node, or
ProcessingInstruction
node whose data contains
characters that are not matched by the XML Char
production. [XML]Comment
node whose data contains two adjacent
U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) characters or ends with such a
character.ProcessingInstruction
node whose target name is
an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "xml
".ProcessingInstruction
node whose target name
contains a U+003A COLON (":").ProcessingInstruction
node whose data contains
the string "?>
".These are the only ways to make a DOM
unserializable. The DOM enforces all the other XML constraints; for
example, trying to set an attribute with a name that contains an
equals sign (=) will raised an INVALID_CHARACTER_ERR
exception.
The XML fragment parsing algorithm for either returns
a Document
or raises a SYNTAX_ERR
exception. Given a string input and an optional
context element context, the algorithm is as
follows:
Create a new XML parser.
If there is a context element, feed the parser just created the string corresponding to the start tag of that element, declaring all the namespace prefixes that are in scope on that element in the DOM, as well as declaring the default namespace (if any) that is in scope on that element in the DOM.
A namespace prefix is in scope if the DOM Core lookupNamespaceURI()
method on the element would
return a non-null value for that prefix.
The default namespace is the namespace for which the DOM Core
isDefaultNamespace()
method on the element
would return true.
Feed the parser just created the string input.
If there is a context element, feed the parser just created the string corresponding to the end tag of that element.
If there is an XML well-formedness or XML namespace
well-formedness error, then raise a SYNTAX_ERR
exception and abort these steps.
If there is a context element, then return
the child nodes of the root element of the resulting
Document
, in tree order.
Otherwise, return the children of the Document
object, in tree order.
User agents are not required present HTML documents in any particular way. However, this section provides a set of suggestions for rendering HTML documents that, if followed, are likely to lead to a user experience that closely resembles the experience intended by the documents' authors. So as to avoid confusion regarding the normativity of this section, RFC2119 terms have not been used. Instead, the term "expected" is used to indicate behavior that will lead to this experience.
In general, user agents are expected to support CSS, and many of the suggestions in this section are expressed in CSS terms. User agents that use other presentation mechanisms can derive their expected behavior by translating from the CSS rules given in this section.
In the absence of style-layer rules to the contrary (e.g. author style sheets), user agents are expected to render an element so that it conveys to the user the meaning that the element represents, as described by this specification.
The suggestions in this section generally assume a visual output medium with a resolution of 96dpi or greater, but HTML is intended to apply to multiple media (it is a media-independent language). User agents are encouraged to adapt the suggestions in this section to their target media.
The CSS rules given in these subsections are, unless otherwise specified, expected to be used as part of the user-agent level style sheet defaults for all documents that contain HTML elements.
Some rules are intended for the author-level zero-specificity presentational hints part of the CSS cascade; these are explicitly called out as presentational hints.
Some of the rules regarding left and right margins are given here as appropriate for elements whose 'direction' property is 'ltr', and are expected to be flipped around on elements whose 'direction' property is 'rtl'. These are marked "LTR-specific".
When the text below says that an attribute attribute on an element element maps to the pixel length property (or properties) properties, it means that if element has an attribute attribute set, and parsing that attribute's value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn't generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed value as a pixel length for a presentational hint for properties.
When the text below says that an attribute attribute on an element element maps to the dimension property (or properties) properties, it means that if element has an attribute attribute set, and parsing that attribute's value using the rules for parsing dimension values doesn't generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed dimension as the value for a presentational hint for properties, with the value given as a pixel length if the dimension was an integer, and with the value given as a percentage if the dimension was a percentage.
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); [hidden], area, audio:not([controls]), base, basefont, command, datalist, head, input[type=hidden], link, menu[type=context], meta, noembed, noframes, param, script, source, style, title { display: none; } address, article, aside, blockquote, body, center, dd, dialog, dir, div, dl, dt, figure, footer, form, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, header, hgroup, hr, html, legend, listing, menu, nav, ol, p, plaintext, pre, rp, section, ul, xmp { display: block; } table { display: table; } caption { display: table-caption; } colgroup { display: table-column-group; } col { display: table-column; } thead { display: table-header-group; } tbody { display: table-row-group; } tfoot { display: table-footer-group; } tr { display: table-row; } td, th { display: table-cell; } li { display: list-item; } ruby { display: ruby; } rt { display: ruby-text; }
For the purposes of the CSS table model, the col
element is to be treated as if it was present as many times as its
span
attribute specifies.
For the purposes of the CSS table model, the
colgroup
element, if it contains no col
element, is to be treated as if it had as many such children as its
span
attribute specifies.
For the purposes of the CSS table model, the colspan
and rowspan
attributes on
td
and th
elements are expected to provide the
special knowledge regarding cells spanning rows and
columns.
For the purposes of the CSS ruby model, runs of descendants of
ruby
elements that are not rt
or
rp
elements are expected to be wrapped in anonymous
boxes whose 'display' property has the value 'ruby-base'.
User agents that do not support correct ruby rendering are
expected to render parentheses around the text of rt
elements in the absence of rp
elements.
The br
element is expected to render as if its
contents were a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character and its
'white-space' property was 'pre'. User agents are expected to
support the 'clear' property on inline elements (in order to render
br
elements with clear
attributes) in the manner
described in the non-normative note to this effect in CSS2.1.
The user agent is expected to hide noscript
elements
for whom scripting is enabled,
irrespective of CSS rules.
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); article, aside, blockquote, dir, dl, figure, listing, menu, nav, ol, p, plaintext, pre, section, ul, xmp { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; } dir dir, dir dl, dir menu, dir ol, dir ul, dl dir, dl dl, dl menu, dl ol, dl ul, menu dir, menu dl, menu menu, menu ol, menu ul, ol dir, ol dl, ol menu, ol ol, ol ul, ul dir, ul dl, ul menu, ul ol, ul ul { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; } h1 { margin-top: 0.67em; margin-bottom; 0.67em; } h2 { margin-top: 0.83em; margin-bottom; 0.83em; } h3 { margin-top: 1.00em; margin-bottom; 1.00em; } h4 { margin-top: 1.33em; margin-bottom; 1.33em; } h5 { margin-top: 1.67em; margin-bottom; 1.67em; } h6 { margin-top: 2.33em; margin-bottom; 2.33em; } dd { margin-left: 40px; } /* LTR-specific: use 'margin-right' for rtl elements */ dir, menu, ol, ul { padding-left: 40px; } /* LTR-specific: use 'padding-right' for rtl elements */ blockquote, figure { margin-left: 40px; margin-right: 40px; } table { border-spacing: 2px; border-collapse: separate; } td, th { padding: 1px; }
The article
, aside
, nav
,
and section
elements are expected to affect the margins
of h1
elements, based on the nesting depth. If x is a selector that matches elements that are either
article
, aside
, nav
, or
section
elements, then the following rules capture what
is expected:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); x h1 { margin-top: 0.83em; margin-bottom: 0.83em; } x x h1 { margin-top: 1.00em; margin-bottom: 1.00em; } x x x h1 { margin-top: 1.33em; margin-bottom: 1.33em; } x x x x h1 { margin-top: 1.67em; margin-bottom: 1.67em; } x x x x x h1 { margin-top: 2.33em; margin-bottom: 2.33em; }
For each property in the table below, given a body
element, the first attribute that exists maps to the pixel
length property on the body
element. If none of
the attributes for a property are found, or if the value of the
attribute that was found cannot be parsed successfully, then a
default value of 8px is expected to be used for that property
instead.
Property | Source |
---|---|
'margin-top' | body element's marginheight attribute
|
The body element's container frame element's marginheight attribute
| |
body element's topmargin attribute
| |
'margin-right' | body element's marginwidth attribute
|
The body element's container frame element's marginwidth attribute
| |
body element's rightmargin attribute
| |
'margin-bottom' | body element's marginheight attribute
|
The body element's container frame element's marginheight attribute
| |
body element's topmargin attribute
| |
'margin-left' | body element's marginwidth attribute
|
The body element's container frame element's marginwidth attribute
| |
body element's rightmargin attribute
|
If the body
element's Document
's
browsing context is a nested browsing
context, and the browsing context container of
that nested browsing context is a frame
or
iframe
element, then the container frame
element of the body
element is that
frame
or iframe
element. Otherwise, there
is no container frame element.
If the Document
has a root element, and
the Document
's browsing context is a
nested browsing context, and the browsing context
container of that nested browsing context is a
frame
or iframe
element, and that element
has a scrolling
attribute, then the user agent is expected to compare the value of
the attribute in an ASCII case-insensitive manner to
the values in the first column of the following table, and if one of
them matches, then the user agent is expected to treat that
attribute as a presentational
hint for the aforementioned root element's 'overflow'
property, setting it to the value given in the corresponding cell on
the same row in the second column:
Attribute value | 'overflow' value |
---|---|
on
| 'scroll' |
scroll
| 'scroll' |
yes
| 'scroll' |
off
| 'hidden' |
noscroll
| 'hidden' |
no
| 'hidden' |
auto
| 'auto' |
The table
element's cellspacing
attribute
maps to the pixel length property 'border-spacing' on the
element.
The table
element's cellpadding
attribute maps to the pixel length
properties 'padding-top', 'padding-right', 'padding-bottom',
and 'padding-left' of any td
and th
elements that have corresponding cells in the table corresponding to the
table
element.
The table
element's hspace
attribute maps to the dimension properties
'margin-left' and 'margin-right' on the table
element.
The table
element's vspace
attribute maps to the dimension properties
'margin-top' and 'margin-bottom' on the table
element.
The table
element's height
attribute maps to the
dimension property 'height' on the table
element.
The table
element's width
attribute maps to the
dimension property 'width' on the table
element.
The col
element's width
attribute maps to the
dimension property 'width' on the col
element.
The tr
element's height
attribute maps to the
dimension property 'height' on the tr
element.
The td
and th
elements' height
attributes map to the dimension property 'height'
on the element.
The td
and th
elements' width
attributes map to the dimension property 'width'
on the element.
In quirks mode, the following rules are also expected to apply:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); form { margin-bottom: 1em; }
When a Document
is in quirks mode,
margins on HTML elements at the top or bottom of
the body element, or the top of bottom of
td
or th
elements, are expected to be
collapsed to zero.
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); thead, tbody, tfoot, table > tr { vertical-align: middle; } tr, td, th { vertical-align: inherit; } sub { vertical-align: sub; } sup { vertical-align: super; } th { text-align: center; }
The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); table[align=left] { float: left; } table[align=right] { float: right; } table[align=center], table[align=abscenter], table[align=absmiddle], table[align=middle] { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } caption[align=bottom] { caption-side: bottom; } p[align=left], h1[align=left], h2[align=left], h3[align=left], h4[align=left], h5[align=left], h6[align=left] { text-align: left; } p[align=right], h1[align=right], h2[align=right], h3[align=right], h4[align=right], h5[align=right], h6[align=right] { text-align: right; } p[align=center], h1[align=center], h2[align=center], h3[align=center], h4[align=center], h5[align=center], h6[align=center] { text-align: center; } p[align=justify], h1[align=justify], h2[align=justify], h3[align=justify], h4[align=justify], h5[align=justify], h6[align=justify] { text-align: justify; } col[valign=top], thead[valign=top], tbody[valign=top], tfoot[valign=top], tr[valign=top], td[valign=top], th[valign=top] { vertical-align: top; } col[valign=middle], thead[valign=middle], tbody[valign=middle], tfoot[valign=middle], tr[valign=middle], td[valign=middle], th[valign=middle] { vertical-align: middle; } col[valign=bottom], thead[valign=bottom], tbody[valign=bottom], tfoot[valign=bottom], tr[valign=bottom], td[valign=bottom], th[valign=bottom] { vertical-align: bottom; } col[valign=baseline], thead[valign=baseline], tbody[valign=baseline], tfoot[valign=baseline], tr[valign=baseline], td[valign=baseline], th[valign=baseline] { vertical-align: baseline; }
The center
element, the caption
element
unless specified otherwise below, and the div
element
when its align
attribute's value
is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string
"center
", are expected to center text within
themselves, as if they had their 'text-align' property set to
'center' in a presentational
hint, and to align descendants to the center.
The div
, caption
, thead
,
tbody
, tfoot
, tr
,
td
, and th
elements, when they have an
align
attribute whose value is an
ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "left
", are expected to left-align text within
themselves, as if they had their 'text-align' property set to 'left'
in a presentational hint,
and to align descendants to the left.
The div
, caption
, thead
,
tbody
, tfoot
, tr
,
td
, and th
elements, when they have an
align
attribute whose value is an
ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "right
", are expected to right-align text within
themselves, as if they had their 'text-align' property set to
'right' in a presentational
hint, and to align descendants to the right.
The div
, caption
, thead
,
tbody
, tfoot
, tr
,
td
, and th
elements, when they have an
align
attribute whose value is an
ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "justify
", are expected to full-justify text within
themselves, as if they had their 'text-align' property set to
'justify' in a presentational
hint, and to align descendants to the left.
When a user agent is to align descendants of a node,
the user agent is expected to align only those descendants that have
both their 'margin-left' and 'margin-right' properties computing to
a value other than 'auto', that are over-constrained and that have
one of those two margins with a used value forced to a greater
value, and that do not themselves have an applicable align
attribute.
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); address, cite, dfn, em, i, var { font-style: italic; } b, strong, th { font-weight: bold; } code, kbd, listing, plaintext, pre, samp, tt, xmp { font-family: monospace; } h1 { font-size: 2.00em; font-weight: bold; } h2 { font-size: 1.50em; font-weight: bold; } h3 { font-size: 1.17em; font-weight: bold; } h4 { font-size: 1.00em; font-weight: bold; } h5 { font-size: 0.83em; font-weight: bold; } h6 { font-size: 0.67em; font-weight: bold; } big { font-size: larger; } small, sub, sup { font-size: smaller; } sub, sup { line-height: normal; } :link { color: blue; } :visited { color: purple; } mark { background: yellow; color: black; } table, td, th { border-color: gray; } thead, tbody, tfoot, tr { border-color: inherit; } table[rules=none], table[rules=groups], table[rules=rows], table[rules=cols], table[rules=all], table[frames=void], table[frames=above], table[frames=below], table[frames=hsides], table[frames=lhs], table[frames=rhs], table[frames=vsides], table[frames=box], table[frames=border], table[rules=none] > tr > td, table[rules=none] > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > tr > th, table[rules=all] > tr > td, table[rules=all] > tr > th, table[frames=void] > tr > td, table[frames=void] > tr > th, table[frames=above] > tr > td, table[frames=above] > tr > th, table[frames=below] td, table[frames=below] > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > tr > th, table[frames=box] > tr > td, table[frames=box] > tr > th, table[frames=border] > tr > td, table[frames=border] > tr > th, table[rules=none] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=none] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=all] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=all] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=void] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=void] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=above] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=above] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=below] td, table[frames=below] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=box] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=box] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=border] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=border] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=none] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=none] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=all] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=all] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=void] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=void] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=above] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=above] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=below] td, table[frames=below] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=box] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=box] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=border] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=border] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=none] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=none] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=all] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=all] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=void] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=void] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=above] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=above] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=below] td, table[frames=below] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=box] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=box] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=border] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=border] > tfoot > tr > th { border-color: black; }
The initial value for the 'color' property is expected to be black. The initial value for the 'background-color' property is expected to be 'transparent'. The canvas's background is expected to be white.
The article
, aside
, nav
,
and section
elements are expected to affect the font
size of h1
elements, based on the nesting depth. If
x is a selector that matches elements that are
either article
, aside
, nav
,
or section
elements, then the following rules capture
what is expected:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); x h1 { font-size: 1.50em; } x x h1 { font-size: 1.17em; } x x x h1 { font-size: 1.00em; } x x x x h1 { font-size: 0.83em; } x x x x x h1 { font-size: 0.67em; }
When a body
, table
, thead
,
tbody
, tfoot
, tr
,
td
, or th
element has a background
attribute set to a
non-empty value, the new value is expected to be resolved relative to the element, and
if this is successful, the user agent is expected to treat the
attribute as a presentational
hint setting the element's 'background-image' property to the
resulting absolute URL.
When a body
, table
, thead
,
tbody
, tfoot
, tr
,
td
, or th
element has a bgcolor
attribute set, the new value is
expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy
color value, and if that does not return an error, the user
agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
element's 'background-color' property to the resulting color.
When a body
element has a text
attribute, its value is expected
to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color
value, and if that does not return an error, the user
agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
element's 'color' property to the resulting color.
When a body
element has a link
attribute, its value is expected
to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color
value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent
is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the 'color' property of
any element in the Document
matching the ':link'
pseudo-class to the resulting color.
When a body
element has a vlink
attribute, its value is
expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy
color value, and if that does not return an error, the user
agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
'color' property of any element in the Document
matching the ':visited' pseudo-class to the resulting color.
When a body
element has a alink
attribute, its value is
expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy
color value, and if that does not return an error, the user
agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
'color' property of any element in the Document
matching the ':active' pseudo-class and either the ':link'
pseudo-class or the ':visited' pseudo-class to the resulting
color.
When a table
element has a bordercolor
attribute, its
value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a
legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the
user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
element's 'border-top-color', 'border-right-color',
'border-bottom-color', and 'border-right-color' properties to the
resulting color.
When a font
element has a color
attribute, its value is
expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy
color value, and if that does not return an error, the user
agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
element's 'color' property to the resulting color.
When a font
element has a face
attribute, the user agent is
expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element's
'font-family' property to the attribute's value.
When a font
element has a pointsize
attribute, the user
agent is expected to parse that attribute's value using the
rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if this
doesn't generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use
the parsed value as a point length for a presentational hint for the
'font-size' property on the element.
When a font
element has a size
attribute, the user agent is
expected to use the following steps to treat the attribute as a
presentational hint
setting the element's 'font-size' property:
Let input be the attribute's value.
Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.
If position is past the end of input, there is no presentational hint. Abort these steps.
If the character at position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+), then let mode be relative-plus, and advance position to the next character. Otherwise, if the character at position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-), then let mode be relative-minus, and advance position to the next character. Otherwise, let mode be absolute.
Collect a sequence of characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), and let the resulting sequence be digits.
If digits is the empty string, there is no presentational hint. Abort these steps.
Interpret digits as a base-ten integer. Let value be the resulting number.
If mode is relative-plus, then increment value by 3. If mode is relative-minus, then let value be the result of subtracting value from 3.
If value is greater than 7, let it be 7.
If value is less than 1, let it be 1.
Set 'font-size' to the keyword corresponding to the value of value according to the following table:
value | 'font-size' keyword | Notes |
---|---|---|
1 | xx-small | |
2 | small | |
3 | medium | |
4 | large | |
5 | x-large | |
6 | xx-large | |
7 | xxx-large | see below |
The 'xxx-large' value is a non-CSS value used here to indicate a font size one "step" larger than 'xx-large'.
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); :link, :visited, ins, u { text-decoration: underline; } abbr[title], acronym[title] { text-decoration: dotted underline; } del, s, strike { text-decoration: line-through; } blink { text-decoration: blink; } q:before { content: open-quote; } q:after { content: close-quote; } nobr { white-space: nowrap; } listing, plaintext, pre, xmp { white-space: pre; } ol { list-style-type: decimal; } dir, menu, ul { list-style-type: disc; } dir dl, dir menu, dir ul, menu dl, menu menu, menu ul, ol dl, ol menu, ol ul, ul dl, ul menu, ul ul { list-style-type: circle; } dir dir dl, dir dir menu, dir dir ul, dir menu dl, dir menu menu, dir menu ul, dir ol dl, dir ol menu, dir ol ul, dir ul dl, dir ul menu, dir ul ul, menu dir dl, menu dir menu, menu dir ul, menu menu dl, menu menu menu, menu menu ul, menu ol dl, menu ol menu, menu ol ul, menu ul dl, menu ul menu, menu ul ul, ol dir dl, ol dir menu, ol dir ul, ol menu dl, ol menu menu, ol menu ul, ol ol dl, ol ol menu, ol ol ul, ol ul dl, ol ul menu, ol ul ul, ul dir dl, ul dir menu, ul dir ul, ul menu dl, ul menu menu, ul menu ul, ul ol dl, ul ol menu, ul ol ul, ul ul dl, ul ul menu, ul ul ul { list-style-type: square; } table { border-style: outset; } td, th { border-style: inset; } [dir=ltr] { direction: ltr; unicode-bidi: embed; } [dir=rtl] { direction: rtl; unicode-bidi: embed; } bdo[dir=ltr], bdo[dir=rtl] { unicode-bidi: bidi-override; }
In addition, rules setting the 'quotes' property appropriately for the locales and languages understood by the user are expected to be present.
The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); td[nowrap], th[nowrap] { white-space: nowrap; } pre[wrap] { white-space: pre-wrap; } br[clear=left] { clear: left; } br[clear=right] { clear: right; } br[clear=all], br[clear=both] { clear: both; } ol[type=1], li[type=1] { list-style-type: decimal; } ol[type=a], li[type=a] { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } ol[type=A], li[type=A] { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } ol[type=i], li[type=i] { list-style-type: lower-roman; } ol[type=I], li[type=I] { list-style-type: upper-roman; } ul[type=disc], li[type=disc] { list-style-type: disc; } ul[type=circle], li[type=circle] { list-style-type: circle; } ul[type=square], li[type=square] { list-style-type: square; } table[rules=none], table[rules=groups], table[rules=rows], table[rules=cols], table[rules=all] { border-style: none; border-collapse: collapse; } table[frames=void] { border-style: hidden hidden hidden hidden; } table[frames=above] { border-style: solid hidden hidden hidden; } table[frames=below] { border-style: hidden hidden solid hidden; } table[frames=hsides] { border-style: solid hidden solid hidden; } table[frames=lhs] { border-style: hidden hidden hidden solid; } table[frames=rhs] { border-style: hidden solid hidden hidden; } table[frames=vsides] { border-style: hidden solid hidden solid; } table[frames=box], table[frames=border] { border-style: solid solid solid solid; } table[frames=void] > tr > td, table[frames=void] > tr > th, table[frames=above] > tr > td, table[frames=above] > tr > th, table[frames=below] > tr > td, table[frames=below] > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > tr > th, table[frames=box] > tr > td, table[frames=box] > tr > th, table[frames=border] > tr > td, table[frames=border] > tr > th, table[frames=void] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=void] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=above] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=above] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=below] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=below] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=box] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=box] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=border] > thead > tr > td, table[frames=border] > thead > tr > th, table[frames=void] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=void] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=above] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=above] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=below] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=below] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=box] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=box] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=border] > tbody > tr > td, table[frames=border] > tbody > tr > th, table[frames=void] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=void] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=above] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=above] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=below] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=below] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=hsides] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=hsides] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=lhs] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=lhs] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=rhs] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=rhs] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=vsides] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=vsides] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=box] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=box] > tfoot > tr > th, table[frames=border] > tfoot > tr > td, table[frames=border] > tfoot > tr > th { border-style: solid; } table[rules=none] > tr > td, table[rules=none] > tr > th, table[rules=none] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=none] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=none] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=none] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=none] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=none] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=groups] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=groups] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=rows] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=rows] > tfoot > tr > th { border-style: none; } table[rules=groups] > colgroup, table[rules=groups] > thead, table[rules=groups] > tbody, table[rules=groups] > tfoot { border-style: solid; } table[rules=rows] > tr, table[rules=rows] > thead > tr, table[rules=rows] > tbody > tr, table[rules=rows] > tfoot > tr { border-style: solid; } table[rules=cols] > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=cols] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=cols] > tfoot > tr > th { border-style: none solid none solid; } table[rules=all] > tr > td, table[rules=all] > tr > th, table[rules=all] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=all] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=all] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=all] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=all] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=all] > tfoot > tr > th { border-style: solid; }
When rendering li
elements, user agents are expected
to use the ordinal value of the li
element to render
the counter in the list item marker.
The table
element's border
attribute maps to the pixel length
properties 'border-top-width', 'border-right-width',
'border-bottom-width', 'border-left-width' on the element. If the
attribute is present but its value cannot be parsed successfully, a
default value of 1px is expected to be used for that property
instead.
The following rules are also expected to be in play, resetting certain properties to block inheritance by default.
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); table, input, select, option, optgroup, button, textarea, keygen { text-indent: initial; }
In quirks mode, the following rules are also expected to apply:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); table { font-weight: initial; font-style: initial; font-variant: initial; font-size: initial; line-height: initial; white-space: initial; text-align: initial; } input { box-sizing: border-box; }
hr
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); hr { color: gray; border-style: inset; border-width: 1px; }
The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); hr[align=left] { margin-left: 0; margin-right: auto; } hr[align=right] { margin-left: auto; margin-right: 0; } hr[align=center] { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } hr[color], hr[noshade] { border-style: solid; }
If an hr
element has either a color
attribute or a noshade
attribute, and furthermore
also has a size
attribute, and
parsing that attribute's value using the rules for parsing
non-negative integers doesn't generate an error, then the
user agent is expected to use the parsed value divided by two as a
pixel length for presentational hints for the properties
'border-top-width', 'border-right-width', 'border-bottom-width', and
'border-left-width' on the element.
Otherwise, if an hr
element has neither a color
attribute nor a noshade
attribute, but does have a
size
attribute, and parsing that
attribute's value using the rules for parsing non-negative
integers doesn't generate an error, then: if the parsed value
is one, then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a
presentational hint
setting the element's 'border-bottom-width' to 0; otherwise, if the
parsed value is greater than one, then the user agent is expected to
use the parsed value minus two as a pixel length for
presentational hints for the 'height' property on the
element.
The width
attribute on an
hr
element maps to the dimension property
'width' on the element.
When an hr
element has a color
attribute, its value is expected
to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color
value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent
is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element's 'color'
property to the resulting color.
fieldset
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); fieldset { margin-left: 2px; margin-right: 2px; border: groove 2px ThreeDFace; padding: 0.35em 0.625em 0.75em; }
The fieldset
element is expected to establish a new
block formatting context.
The first legend
element child of a
fieldset
element, if any, is expected to be rendered
over the top border edge of the fieldset
element. If
the legend
element in question has an align
attribute, and its value is
an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the strings
in the first column of the following table, then the
legend
is expected to be rendered horizontally aligned
over the border edge in the position given in the corresponding cell
on the same row in the second column. If the attribute is absent or
has a value that doesn't match any of the cases in the table, then
the position is expected to be on the right if the 'direction'
property on this element has a computed value of 'rtl', and on the
left otherwise.
Attribute value | Alignment position |
---|---|
left
| On the left |
right
| On the right |
center
| In the middle |
The applet
, canvas
, embed
,
iframe
, and video
elements are expected to
be treated as replaced elements.
An object
element that represents an
image, plugin, or nested browsing context is expected
to be treated as a replaced element. Other object
elements are expected to be treated as ordinary elements in the
rendering model.
The audio
element, when it has a controls
attribute, is expected
to be treated as a replaced element about one line high, as wide as
is necessary to expose the user agent's user interface features.
The video
element's controls
attribute is not
expected to affect the size of the rendering; controls are expected
to be overlaid with the page content without causing any layout
changes, and are expected to disappear when the user does not need
them.
When a video
element represents its poster frame,
the poster frame is expected to be rendered at the largest size that
maintains the poster frame's aspect ratio without being taller or
wider than the video
element itself, and is expected to
be centered in the video
element.
Resizing video
and canvas
elements does not interrupt video playback or clear the canvas.
The following CSS rules are expected to apply:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); iframe { border: 2px inset; }
When an img
element or an input
element
when its type
attribute is in
the Image Button state
represents an image, it is expected to be treated as a
replaced element.
When an img
element or an input
element
when its type
attribute is in
the Image Button state
does not represent an image, but the
element already has intrinsic dimensions (e.g. from the
dimension attributes or CSS rules), and either the user
agent has reason to believe that the image will become available
and be rendered in due course or the Document
is in
quirks mode, the element is expected to be treated as a
replaced element whose content is the text that the element
represents, if any, optionally alongside an icon indicating that the
image is being obtained. For input
elements, the text
is expected to appear button-like to indicate that the element is a
button.
When an img
element represents some
text and the user agent does not expect this to change, the element
is expected to be treated as an inline element whose content is the
text, optionally with an icon indicating that an image is
missing.
When an img
element represents nothing
and the user agent does not expect this to change, the element is
expected to not be rendered at all.
When an img
element might be a key part of the
content, but neither the image nor any kind of alternative text is
available, and the user agent does not expect this to change, the
element is expected to be treated as an inline element whose content
is an icon indicating that an image is missing.
When an input
element whose type
attribute is in the Image Button state does not
represent an image and the user
agent does not expect this to change, the element is expected to be
treated as a replaced element consisting of a button whose content
is the element's alternative text. The intrinsic dimensions of the
button are expected to be about one line in height and whatever
width is necessary to render the text on one line.
The icons mentioned above are expected to be relatively small so as not to disrupt most text but be easily clickable. In a visual environment, for instance, icons could be 16 pixels by 16 pixels square, or 1em by 1em if the images are scalable. In an audio environment, the icon could be a short bleep. The icons are intended to indicate to the user that they can be used to get to whatever options the UA provides for images, and, where appropriate, are expected to provide access to the context menu that would have come up if the user interacted with the actual image.
The following CSS rules are expected to apply when the
Document
is in quirks mode:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); img[align=left] { margin-right: 3px; } img[align=right] { margin-left: 3px; }
The following CSS rules are expected to apply as presentational hints:
@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); iframe[frameborder=0], iframe[frameborder=no] { border: none; } applet[align=left], embed[align=left], iframe[align=left], img[align=left], input[type=image][align=left], object[align=left] { float: left; } applet[align=right], embed[align=right], iframe[align=right], img[align=right], input[type=image][align=right], object[align=right] { float: right; } applet[align=top], embed[align=top], iframe[align=top], img[align=top], input[type=image][align=top], object[align=top] { vertical-align: top; } applet[align=bottom], embed[align=bottom], iframe[align=bottom], img[align=bottom], input[type=image][align=bottom], object[align=bottom], applet[align=baseline], embed[align=baseline], iframe[align=baseline], img[align=baseline], input[type=image][align=baseline], object[align=baseline] { vertical-align: baseline; } applet[align=texttop], embed[align=texttop], iframe[align=texttop], img[align=texttop], input[type=image][align=texttop], object[align=texttop] { vertical-align: text-top; } applet[align=absmiddle], embed[align=absmiddle], iframe[align=absmiddle], img[align=absmiddle], input[type=image][align=absmiddle], object[align=absmiddle], applet[align=abscenter], embed[align=abscenter], iframe[align=abscenter], img[align=abscenter], input[type=image][align=abscenter], object[align=abscenter] { vertical-align: middle; } applet[align=bottom], embed[align=bottom], iframe[align=bottom], img[align=bottom], input[type=image][align=bottom], object[align=bottom] { vertical-align: bottom; }
When an applet
, embed
,
iframe
, img
, or object
element, or an input
element whose type
attribute is in the Image Button state, has an
align
attribute whose value is
an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "center
" or the string "middle
", the user agent is expected to act as if the
element's 'vertical-align' property was set to a value that aligns
the vertical middle of the element with the parent element's
baseline.
The hspace
attribute of
applet
, embed
, iframe
,
img
, or object
elements, and
input
elements with a type
attribute in the Image Button state, maps to the dimension
properties 'margin-left' and 'margin-right' on the
element.
The vspace
attribute of
applet
, embed
, iframe
,
img
, or object
elements, and
input
elements with a type
attribute in the Image Button state, maps to the dimension
properties 'margin-top' and 'margin-bottom' on the
element.
When an img
element, object
element, or
input
element with a type
attribute in the Image Button state is contained
within a hyperlink and has a border
attribute whose value, when
parsed using the rules for parsing non-negative
integers, is found to be a number greater than zero, the user
agent is expected to use the parsed value for eight
presentational hints: four setting the parsed value as
a pixel length for the element's 'border-top-width',
'border-right-width', 'border-bottom-width', and 'border-left-width'
properties, and four setting the element's 'border-top-style',
'border-right-style', 'border-bottom-style', and 'border-left-style'
properties to the value 'solid'.
The width
and height
attributes on
applet
, embed
, iframe
,
img
, object
or video
elements, and input
elements with a type
attribute in the Image Button state, map to the dimension
properties 'width' and 'height' on the element
respectively.
Shapes on an image map are expected to act, for the
purpose of the CSS cascade, as elements independent of the original
area
element that happen to match the same style rules
but inherit from the img
or object
element.
For the purposes of the rendering, only the 'cursor' property is expected to have any effect on the shape.
Thus, for example, if an area
element has a style
attribute that
sets the 'cursor' property to 'help', then when the user designates
that shape, the cursor would change to a Help cursor.
Similarly, if an area
element had a
CSS rule that set its 'cursor' property to 'inherit' (or if no rule
setting the 'cursor' property matched the element at all), the
shape's cursor would be inherited from the img
or
object
element of the image map, not from
the parent of the area
element.
When a menu
element's type
attribute is in the tool bar state, the element is
expected to be treated as a replaced element with a height about two
lines high and a width derived from the contents of the element.
The element is expected to have, by default, the appearance of a tool bar on the user agent's platform. It is expected to contain the menu that is built from the element.
...example with screenshot...
A number of elements have their rendering defined in terms of the 'binding' property. [BECSS]
The CSS snippets below set the 'binding' property to a
user-agent-defined value, represented below by keywords like bb
. The rules then described for
these bindings are only expected to apply if the element's 'binding'
property has not been overridden (e.g. by the author) to have
another value.
Exactly how the bindings are implemented is not specified by this specification. User agents are encouraged to make their bindings set the 'appearance' CSS property appropriately to achieve platform-native appearances for widgets, and are expected to implement any relevant animations, etc, that are appropriate for the platform. [CSSUI]
The converting a character width to pixels algorithm, used by some of the bindings below, returns (size-1)×avg + max, where size is the character width to convert, avg is the average character width of the primary font for the element for which the algorithm is being run, in pixels, and max is the maximum character width of that same font, also in pixels. (The element's 'letter-spacing' property does not affect the result.)
bb
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); bb:empty { binding: bb; }
When the bb binding applies to a bb
element, the element is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box
rendered as a button, about one line high, containing text derived
from the element's type
attribute
in a user-agent-defined (and probably locale-specific) fashion.
button
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); button { binding: button; }
When the button binding applies to a
button
element, the element is expected to render as an
'inline-block' box rendered as a button whose contents are the
contents of the element.
datagrid
elementThis section will probably include details on how to render DATAGRID (including its pseudo-elements), drag-and-drop, etc, in a visual medium, in concert with CSS. Implementation experience is desired before this section is filled in.
details
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); details { binding: details; }
When the details binding applies to a
details
element, the element is expected to render as a
'block' box with its 'padding-left' property set to '40px'. The
element's shadow tree is expected to take a child element that
matches the selector :bound-element > legend:first-child
and
place it in a first 'block' box container, and then take the
remaining child nodes and place them in a later 'block' box
container.
The first container is expected to contain at least one line box,
and that line box is expected to contain a triangle widget,
horizontally positioned within the left padding of the
details
element. That widget is expected to allow the
user to request that the details be shown or hidden.
The later container is expected to have its 'overflow' property
set to 'hidden'. When the details
element has an open
attribute, the later container
is expected to have its 'height' set to 'auto'; when it does not,
the later container is expected to have its 'height' set to 0.
input
element as a text entry widget@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input { binding: input-textfield; } input[type=password] { binding: input-password; } /* later rules override this for other values of type="" */
When the input-textfield binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Text, Search, Telephone, URL, or E-mail state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box rendered as a text
field.
When the input-password binding applies, to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Password state, the element
is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box rendered as a text
field whose contents are obscured.
If an input
element whose type
attribute is in one of the above
states has a size
attribute,
and parsing that attribute's value using the rules for parsing
non-negative integers doesn't generate an error, then the
user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint for the
'width' property on the element, with the value obtained from
applying the converting a character width to pixels
algorithm to the value of the attribute.
If an input
element whose type
attribute is in one of the above
states does not have a size
attribute, then the user agent
is expected to act as if it had a user-agent-level style sheet rule
setting the 'width' property on the element to the value obtained
from applying the converting a character width to
pixels algorithm to the number 20.
input
element as domain-specific widgets@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input[type=datetime] { binding: input-datetime; } input[type=date] { binding: input-date; } input[type=month] { binding: input-month; } input[type=week] { binding: input-week; } input[type=time] { binding: input-time; } input[type=datetime-local] { binding: input-datetime-local; } input[type=number] { binding: input-number; }
When the input-datetime binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Date and Time state, the
element is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a
Date and Time control.
When the input-date binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Date state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a Date
control.
When the input-month binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Month state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a Month
control.
When the input-week binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Week state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a Week
control.
When the input-time binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Time state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a Time
control.
When the input-datetime-local binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Local Date and Time
state, the element is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box
depicting a Local Date and Time control.
When the input-number binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Number state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a Number
control.
These controls are all expected to be about one line high, and about as wide as necessary to show the widest possible value.
input
element as a range control@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input[type=range] { binding: input-range; }
When the input-range binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Range state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a slider
control.
When the control is wider than it is tall (or square), the control is expected to be a horizontal slider, with the lowest value on the right if the 'direction' property on this element has a computed value of 'rtl', and on the left otherwise. When the control is taller than it is wide, it is expected to be a vertical slider, with the lowest value on the bottom.
Predefined suggested values (provided by the list
attribute) are expected to be
shown as tick marks on the slider, which the slider can snap to.
input
element as a color well@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input[type=color] { binding: input-color; }
When the input-color binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Color state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box depicting a color well,
which, when activated, provides the user with a color picker (e.g. a
color wheel or color palette) from which the color can be
changed.
Predefined suggested values (provided by the list
attribute) are expected to be
shown in the color picker interface, not on the color well
itself.
input
element as a check box and radio button widgets@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input[type=checkbox] { binding: input-checkbox; } input[type=radio] { binding: input-radio; }
When the input-checkbox binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Checkbox state, the element
is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box containing a single
check box control, with no label.
When the input-radio binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Radio Button state, the element
is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box containing a single
radio button control, with no label.
input
element as a file upload control@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input[type=file] { binding: input-file; }
When the input-file binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the File Upload state, the element
is expected to render as an 'inline-block' box containing a span of
text giving the filename(s) of the selected files, if
any, followed by a button that, when activated, provides the user
with a file picker from which the selection can be changed.
input
element as a button@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input[type=submit], input[type=reset], input[type=button] { binding: input-button; }
When the input-button binding applies to an
input
element whose type
attribute is in the Submit Button, Reset Button, or Button state, the element is
expected to render as an 'inline-block' box rendered as a button,
about one line high, containing the contents of the element's value
attribute, if any, or text
derived from the element's type
attribute in a user-agent-defined (and probably locale-specific)
fashion, if not.
marquee
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); marquee { binding: marquee; }
When the marquee binding applies to a
marquee
element, while the element is turned on, the element is expected
to render in an animated fashion according to its attributes as
follows:
behavior
attribute is in the
scroll stateSlide the contents of the element in the direction described by
the direction
attribute as defined below, such that it begins off the start side
of the marquee
, and ends flush with the inner end
side.
For example, if the direction
attribute is left (the default),
then the contents would start such that their left edge are off
the side of the right edge of the marquee
's content
area, and the contents would then slide up to the point where the
left edge of the contents are flush with the left inner edge of
the marquee
's content area.
Once the animation has ended, the user agent is expected to increment the marquee current loop index. If the element is still turned on after this, then the user agent is expected to restart the animation.
behavior
attribute is in the
slide stateSlide the contents of the element in the direction described by
the direction
attribute as defined below, such that it begins off the start side
of the marquee
, and ends off the end side of the
marquee
.
For example, if the direction
attribute is left (the default),
then the contents would start such that their left edge are off
the side of the right edge of the marquee
's content
area, and the contents would then slide up to the point where the
right edge of the contents are flush with the left inner
edge of the marquee
's content area.
Once the animation has ended, the user agent is expected to increment the marquee current loop index. If the element is still turned on after this, then the user agent is expected to restart the animation.
behavior
attribute is in the
alternate
stateWhen the marquee current loop index is even (or
zero), slide the contents of the element in the direction
described by the direction
attribute as
defined below, such that it begins flush with the start side of
the marquee
, and ends flush with the end side of the
marquee
.
When the marquee current loop index is odd, slide
the contents of the element in the opposite direction than that
described by the direction
attribute as
defined below, such that it begins flush with the end side of the
marquee
, and ends flush with the start side of the
marquee
.
For example, if the direction
attribute is left (the default),
then the contents would with their right edge flush with the right
inner edge of the marquee
's content area, and the
contents would then slide up to the point where the left
edge of the contents are flush with the left inner edge of the
marquee
's content area.
Once the animation has ended, the user agent is expected to increment the marquee current loop index. If the element is still turned on after this, then the user agent is expected to continue the animation.
The direction
attribute has the meanings described in the following table:
direction attribute state
| Direction of animation | Start edge | End edge | Opposite direction |
---|---|---|---|---|
left | ← Right to left | Right | Left | → Left to Right |
right | → Left to Right | Left | Right | ← Right to left |
up | ↑ Up (Bottom to Top) | Bottom | Top | ↓ Down (Top to Bottom) |
down | ↓ Down (Top to Bottom) | Top | Bottom | ↑ Up (Bottom to Top) |
In any case, the animation should proceed such that there is a delay given by the marquee scroll interval between each frame, and such that the content moves at most the distance given by the marquee scroll distance with each frame.
When a marquee
element has a bgcolor
attribute set, the value is
expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy
color value, and if that does not return an error, the user
agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the
element's 'background-color' property to the resulting color.
The width
and height
attributes on a
marquee
element map to the dimension properties 'width' and
'height' on the element respectively.
The intrinsic height of a marquee
element with its
direction
attribute in
the up or down states is 200 CSS
pixels.
The vspace
attribute of
a marquee
element maps to the dimension properties 'margin-top' and
'margin-bottom' on the element. The hspace
attribute of a
marquee
element maps to the dimension properties 'margin-left' and
'margin-right' on the element.
The 'overflow' property on the marquee
element is
expected to be ignored; overflow is expected to always be
hidden.
meter
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); meter { binding: meter; }
When the meter binding applies to a
meter
element, the element is expected to render as an
'inline-block' box with a 'height' of '1em' and a 'width' of '5em',
a 'vertical-align' of '-0.2em', and with its contents depicting a
gauge.
When the element is wider than it is tall (or square), the depiction is expected to be of a horizontal gauge, with the minimum value on the right if the 'direction' property on this element has a computed value of 'rtl', and on the left otherwise. When the element is taller than it is wide, it is expected to depict a vertical gauge, with the minimum value on the bottom.
User agents are expected to use a presentation consistent with platform conventions for gauges, if any.
Requirements for what must be depicted in the gauge
are included in the definition of the meter
element.
progress
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); progress { binding: progress; }
When the progress binding applies to a
progress
element, the element is expected to render as
an 'inline-block' box with a 'height' of '1em' and a 'width' of
'10em', a 'vertical-align' of '-0.2em', and with its contents
depicting a horizontal progress bar, with the start on the right and
the end on the left if the 'direction' property on this element has
a computed value of 'rtl', and with the start on the left and the
end on the right otherwise.
User agents are expected to use a presentation consistent with platform conventions for progress bars. In particular, user agents are expected to use different presentations for determinate and indeterminate progress bars. User agents are also expected to vary the presentation based on the dimensions of the element.
For example, on some platforms for showing indeterminate progress there is an asynchronous progress indicator with square dimensions, which could be used when the element is square, and an indeterminate progress bar, which could be used when the element is wide.
Requirements for how to determine if the progress
bar is determinate or indeterminate, and what progress a determinate
progress bar is to show, are included in the definition of the
progress
element.
select
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); select { binding: select; }
When the select binding applies to a
select
element whose multiple
attribute is present,
the element is expected to render as a multi-select list box.
When the select binding applies to a
select
element whose multiple
attribute is absent,
and the element's size
attribute specifies a value greater than 1, the element is
expected to render as a single-select list box.
When the element renders as a list box, it is expected to render
as an 'inline-block' box whose 'height' is the height necessary to
contain as many rows for items as specified by the element's size
attribute, or four rows if the
attribute is absent, and whose 'width' is the width of the
select
's labels plus the width of a
scrollbar.
When the select binding applies to a
select
element whose multiple
attribute is absent,
and the element's size
attribute is either absent or specifies either no value (an error),
or a value less than or equal to 1, the element is expected to
render as a one-line drop down box whose width is the width of
the select
's labels.
In either case (list box or drop-down box), the element's items
are expected to be the element's list of options, with the
element's optgroup
element children providing headers
for groups of options where applicable.
The width of the select
's labels is the
wider of the width necessary to render the widest
optgroup
, and the width necessary to render the widest
option
element in the element's list of options (including
its indent, if any).
An optgroup
element is expected to be rendered by
displaying the element's label
attribute.
An option
element is expected to be rendered by
displaying the element's label
, indented under its
optgroup
element if it has one.
textarea
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); textarea { binding: textarea; }
When the textarea binding applies to a
textarea
element, the element is expected to render as
an 'inline-block' box rendered as a multiline text field.
If the element has a cols
attribute, and parsing that attribute's value using the rules
for parsing non-negative integers doesn't generate an error,
then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint for the
'width' property on the element, with the value obtained from
applying the converting a character width to pixels
algorithm to the value of the attribute and then adding the width of
a scroll bar.
If the element has a rows
attribute, and parsing that attribute's value using the rules
for parsing non-negative integers doesn't generate an error,
then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint for the
'height' property on the element, with the value being the specified
number of lines, plus the height of a scrollbar.
For historical reasons, if the element has a wrap
attribute whose value is an
ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "off
", then the user agent is
expected to not wrap the rendered value; otherwise, the value of the
control is expected to be wrapped to the width of the control.
keygen
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); keygen { binding: keygen; }
When the keygen binding applies to a
keygen
element, the element is expected to render as an
'inline-block' box containing a user interface to configure the key
pair to be generated.
time
element@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); time:empty { binding: time; }
When the time binding applies to a
time
element, the element is expected to render as if
it contained text conveying the date (if known), time (if known), and time zone (if known)
represented by the element, in the fashion most convenient for the
user.
When an html
element's second child element is a
frameset
element, the user agent is expected to render
the frameset
element as described below across the
surface of the view, instead of applying the usual CSS
rendering rules.
When rendering a frameset
on a surface, the user
agent is expected to use the following layout algorithm:
The cols and rows variables are lists of zero or more pairs consisting of a number and a unit, the unit being one of percentage, relative, and absolute.
Use the rules for parsing a list of dimensions to
parse the value of the element's cols
attribute, if there is
one. Let cols be the result, or an empty list
if there is no such attribute.
Use the rules for parsing a list of dimensions to
parse the value of the element's rows
attribute, if there is
one. Let rows be the result, or an empty list
if there is no such attribute.
For any of the entries in cols or rows that have the number zero and the unit relative, change the entry's number to one.
If cols has no entries, then add a single entry consisting of the value 1 and the unit relative to cols.
If rows has no entries, then add a single entry consisting of the value 1 and the unit relative to rows.
Invoke the algorithm defined below to convert a list of
dimensions to a list of pixel values using cols as the input list, and the width of the
surface that the frameset
is being rendered into, in
CSS pixels, as the input dimension. Let sized
cols be the resulting list.
Invoke the algorithm defined below to convert a list of
dimensions to a list of pixel values using rows as the input list, and the height of the
surface that the frameset
is being rendered into, in
CSS pixels, as the input dimension. Let sized
rows be the resulting list.
Split the surface into a grid of w×h rectangles, where w is the number of entries in sized cols and h is the number of entries in sized rows.
Size the columns so that each column in the grid is as many CSS pixels wide as the corresponding entry in the sized cols list.
Size the rows so that each row in the grid is as many CSS pixels high as the corresponding entry in the sized rows list.
Let children be the list of
frame
and frameset
elements that are
children of the frameset
element for which the
algorithm was invoked.
For each row of the grid of rectangles created in the previous step, from top to bottom, run these substeps:
For each rectangle in the row, from left to right, run these substeps:
If there are any elements left in children, take the first element in the list, and assign it to the rectangle.
If this is a frameset
element, then recurse
the entire frameset
layout algorithm for that
frameset
element, with the rectangle as the
surface.
Otherwise, it is a frame
element; create a
nested browsing context sized to fit the
rectangle.
If there are any elements left in children, remove the first element from children.
If the frameset
element has a border,
draw an outer set of borders around the rectangles, using the
element's frame border color.
For each rectangle, if there is an element assigned to that rectangle, and that element has a border, draw an inner set of borders around that rectangle, using the element's frame border color.
For each (visible) border that does not abut a rectangle that
is assigned a frame
element with a noresize
attribute (including
rectangles in further nested frameset
elements), the
user agent is expected to allow the user to move the border,
resizing the rectangles within, keeping the proportions of any
nested frameset
grids.
A frameset
or frame
element has
a border if the following algorithm returns true:
If the element has a frameborder
attribute
whose value is not the empty string and whose first character is
either a U+0031 DIGIT ONE (1), a U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y, or
a U+0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y, then return true.
Otherwise, if the element has a frameborder
attribute,
return false.
Otherwise, if the element has a parent element that is a
frameset
element, then return true if that
element has a border, and false if it does
not.
Otherwise, return true.
The frame border color of a frameset
or
frame
element is the color obtained from the
following algorithm:
If the element has a bordercolor
attribute, and
applying the rules for parsing a legacy color value
to that attribute's value does not result in an error, then
return the color so obtained.
Otherwise, if the element has a parent element that is a
frameset
element, then the frame border
color of that element.
Otherwise, return gray.
The algorithm to convert a list of dimensions to a list of pixel values consists of the following steps:
Let input list be the list of numbers and units passed to the algorithm.
Let output list be a list of numbers the same length as input list, all zero.
Entries in output list correspond to the entries in input list that have the same position.
Let input dimension be the size passed to the algorithm.
Let count percentage be the number of entries in input list whose unit is percentage.
Let total percentage be the sum of all the numbers in input list whose unit is percentage.
Let count relative be the number of entries in input list whose unit is relative.
Let total relative be the sum of all the numbers in input list whose unit is relative.
Let count absolute be the number of entries in input list whose unit is absolute.
Let total absolute be the sum of all the numbers in input list whose unit is absolute.
Let remaining space be the value of input dimension.
If total absolute is greater than remaining space, then for each entry in input list whose unit is absolute, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by remaining space and divided by total absolute. Then, set remaining space to zero.
Otherwise, for each entry in input list whose unit is absolute, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list. Then, decrement remaining space by total absolute.
If total percentage multiplied by the input dimension and divided by 100 is greater than remaining space, then for each entry in input list whose unit is percentage, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by remaining space and divided by total percentage. Then, set remaining space to zero.
Otherwise, for each entry in input list whose unit is percentage, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by the input dimension and divided by 100. Then, decrement remaining space by total percentage multiplied by the input dimension and divided by 100.
For each entry in input list whose unit is relative, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by remaining space and divided by total relative.
Return output list.
User agents working with integer values for frame widths (as opposed to user agents that can lay frames out with subpixel accuracy) are expected to distribute the remainder first the last entry whose unit is relative, then equally (not proportionally) to each entry whose unit is percentage, then equally (not proportionally) to each entry whose unit is absolute, and finally, failing all else, to the last entry.
User agents are expected to allow the user to control aspects of hyperlink activation and form submission, such as which browsing context is to be used for the subsequent navigation.
User agents are expected to allow users to discover the destination of hyperlinks and of forms before triggering their navigation.
User agents are expected to inform the user of whether a hyperlink includes hyperlink auditing, and to let them know at a minimum which domains will be contacted as part of such auditing.
User agents are expected to allow users to navigate
browsing contexts to the
resources indicated by the cite
attributes on q
,
blockquote
, section
, article
,
ins
, and del
elements.
User agents are expected to surface hyperlinks created by link
elements in their user interface.
While link
elements that create hyperlinks will match the ':link' or
':visited' pseudo-classes, will react to clicks if visible, and so
forth, this does not extend to any browser interface constructs that
expose those same links. Activating a link through the browser's
interface, rather than in the page itself, does not trigger click
events and the like.
mark
elementUser agents are expected to allow the user to cycle through all
the mark
elements in a Document
. User
agents are also expected to bring their existence to the user's
attention, even when they are off-screen, e.g. by highlighting
portions of the scroll bar that represent portions of the document
that contain mark
elements.
title
attributeGiven an element (e.g. the element designated by the mouse
cursor), if the element, or one of its ancestors, has a title
attribute, and the nearest such
attribute has a value that is not the empty string, it is expected
that the user agent will expose the contents of that attribute as a
tooltip.
U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters are expected to cause line breaks in the tooltip.
User agents are expected to allow the user to request the
opportunity to obtain a physical form (or a
representation of a physical form) of a Document
. For
example, selecting the option to print a page or convert it to PDF
format.
When the user actually obtains a physical form (or a representation of a
physical form) of a Document
, the user agent is
expected to create a new view with the print media, render the
result, and the discard the view.
Must define that in CSS, tag and attribute names in HTML documents, and class names in quirks mode documents, are case-insensitive, as well as saying which attribute values must be compared case-insensitively.
Authors and documents must not use the features listed in this section. They are documented to enable user agents to support legacy content in an interoperable fashion.
applet
elementThe applet
element is a Java-specific variant of the
embed
element. In HTML5 the applet
element
is obsoleted so that all extension frameworks (Java, .NET, Flash,
etc) are handled in a consistent manner.
When the sandboxed plugins
browsing context flag is set on the browsing
context for which the applet
element's document
is the active document, and when the element has an
ancestor object
element that is not showing
its fallback content, the element must be ignored (it
represents nothing).
Otherwise, define how the element works, if supported.
[XXX] interface HTMLDocument { readonly attribute HTMLCollection applets; };
The applets
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches only
applet
elements.
marquee
elementThe marquee
element is a presentational element that
animates content. CSS transitions and animations are a more
appropriate mechanism.
The task source for tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM manipulation task source.
interface HTMLMarqueeElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString behavior; attribute DOMString bgColor; attribute DOMString direction; attribute DOMString height; attribute unsigned long hspace; attribute long loop; attribute unsigned long scrollAmount; attribute unsigned long scrollDelay; attribute DOMString trueSpeed; attribute unsigned long vspace; attribute DOMString width; attribute Function onbounce; attribute Function onfinish; attribute Function onstart; void start() void stop() };
A marquee
element can be turned on or turned off. When it is created, it
is turned on.
When the start()
method is
called, the marquee
element must be turned on.
When the stop()
method is called, the marquee
element must be turned off.
When a marquee
element is created, the user agent
must queue a task to fire a simple event
called start
at the element.
The behavior
content
attribute on marquee
elements is an enumerated
attribute with the following keywords (all
non-conforming):
Keyword | State |
---|---|
scroll
| scroll |
slide
| slide |
alternate
| alternate |
The missing value default is the scroll state.
The direction
content
attribute on marquee
elements is an enumerated
attribute with the following keywords (all
non-conforming):
Keyword | State |
---|---|
left
| left |
right
| right |
up
| up |
down
| down |
The missing value default is the left state.
The truespeed
content
attribute on marquee
elements is an enumerated
attribute with the following keywords (all
non-conforming):
Keyword | State |
---|---|
true
| true |
false
| false |
The missing value default is the false state.
A marquee
element has a marquee scroll
interval, which is obtained as follows:
If the element has a scrolldelay
attribute, and
parsing its value using the rules for parsing non-negative
integers does not return an error, then let delay be the parsed value. Otherwise, let delay be 85.
If the element does not have a truespeed
attribute, or if it
does but that attribute is in the false state, and the
delay value is less than 60, then let delay be 60 instead.
The marquee scroll interval is delay, interpreted in milliseconds.
A marquee
element has a marquee scroll
distance, which, if the element has a scrollamount
attribute, and
parsing its value using the rules for parsing non-negative
integers does not return an error, is the parsed value
interpreted in CSS pixels, and otherwise is 6 CSS pixels.
A marquee
element has a marquee loop
count, which, if the element has a loop
attribute, and parsing its
value using the rules for parsing integers does not
return an error or a number less than 1, is the parsed value, and
otherwise is −1.
The loop
DOM
attribute, on getting, must return the element's marquee loop
count; and on setting, if the new value is different than the
element's marquee loop count and either greater than
zero or equal to −1, must set the element's loop
content attribute (adding it
if necessary) to the valid integer that represents the
new value. (Other values are ignored.)
A marquee
element also has a marquee current
loop index, which is zero when the element is created.
The rendering layer will occasionally increment the marquee current loop index, which must cause the following steps to be run:
If the marquee loop count is −1, then abort these steps.
Increment the marquee current loop index by one.
If the marquee current loop index is now equal to
or greater than the element's marquee loop count,
turn off the
marquee
element and queue a task to
fire a simple event called finish
at the marquee
element.
Otherwise, if the behavior
attribute is in the
alternate
state, then queue a task to fire a simple
event called bounce
at
the marquee
element.
Otherwise, queue a task to fire a simple
event called start
at the
marquee
element.
The following are the event handler attributes (and
their corresponding event
handler event types) that must be supported, as content and
DOM attributes, by marquee
elements:
event handler attribute | Event handler event type |
---|---|
onbounce | bounce
|
onfinish | finish
|
onstart | start
|
The behavior
, direction
, height
, hspace
, vspace
, and width
DOM attributes
must reflect the respective content attributes of the
same name.
The bgColor
DOM attribute must reflect the bgcolor
content attribute.
The scrollAmount
DOM attribute must reflect the scrollamount
content
attribute. The default value is 6.
The scrollDelay
DOM
attribute must reflect the scrolldelay
content
attribute. The default value is 85.
The trueSpeed
DOM
attribute must reflect the truespeed
content
attribute.
The following elements are obsolete and either have no meaning whatsoever or have no requirements beyond those described elsewhere in this specification:
center
The following attributes are obsolete and either have no meaning whatsoever or have no requirements beyond those described elsewhere in this specification:
name
on a
elementsalink
on body
elementsbackground
on body
elementsbgcolor
on body
elementslink
on body
elementstext
on body
elementsvlink
on body
elementsThese APIs expose obsolete content attributes.
The [XXX] below is for some annotation meaning "this is just another part of the named interface, and should be treated as if it had been part of the main interface definition".
[XXX] interface HTMLBodyElement { attribute DOMString text; attribute DOMString bgColor; attribute DOMString background; attribute DOMString link; attribute DOMString vLink; attribute DOMString aLink; };
The text
DOM
attribute of the body
element must reflect
the element's text
content
attribute.
The bgColor
DOM
attribute of the body
element must reflect
the element's bgcolor
content
attribute.
The background
DOM
attribute of the body
element must reflect
the element's background
content attribute. (The background
content is
not defined to contain a URL, despite rules
regarding its handling in the rendering section above.)
The link
DOM
attribute of the body
element must reflect
the element's link
content
attribute.
The aLink
DOM
attribute of the body
element must reflect
the element's alink
content
attribute.
The vLink
DOM
attribute of the body
element must reflect
the element's vlink
content
attribute.
[XXX] interface HTMLDocument { attribute DOMString fgColor; attribute DOMString bgColor; attribute DOMString linkColor; attribute DOMString vlinkColor; attribute DOMString alinkColor; readonly attribute HTMLCollection all; };
The fgColor
attribute on the Document
object must
reflect the text
attribute on the body element.
The bgColor
attribute on the Document
object must
reflect the bgcolor
attribute on the body element.
The linkColor
attribute on the Document
object must
reflect the link
attribute on the body element.
The vLinkColor
attribute on the Document
object must
reflect the vlink
attribute on the body element.
The aLinkColor
attribute on the Document
object must
reflect the alink
attribute on the body element.
For the above attributes, when there is no body element, the attributes must instead return the empty string on getting and do nothing on setting.
The all
attribute must return an HTMLCollection
rooted at the
Document
node, whose filter matches all elements.
The user agent must act as if the ToBoolean() operator in
JavaScript converted the object returned for all
to the false value.
This is a willful violation of the JavaScript specification current at the time of writing (ECMAScript edition 3). The JavaScript specification requires that the ToBoolean() operator convert all objects to the true value. This violation is motivated by a desire for compatibility with legacy content. [ECMA262]
To ease the transition from HTML4 Transitional documents to the language defined in this specification, conformance checkers are encouraged to categorize errors that represent usage of old obsolete features that generally have no effect (as defined below) into a separate part of their report, to allow authors to distinguish between likely mistakes and mere vestigial markup.
The following errors may be categorized as described above:
The DOCTYPE parse error, if the DOCTYPE token's
name
is an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "HTML
", and either:
-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN
" and the
token's system identifier is either missing or the
case-sensitive string "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd
", or-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN
" and the
token's system identifier is either missing or the
case-sensitive string "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd
", or-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN
"
and the token's system identifier is the
case-sensitive string "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd
",
or-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN
"
and the token's system identifier is the
case-sensitive string "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd
".The presence of a profile
attribute on the
head
element, if its value is an unordered set
of unique space-separated tokens where the words are all
valid URLs.
The presence of a meta
element with an http-equiv
attribute in the
Content
Language state.
The presence of a border
attribute on an
img
element if its value is the string "0
".
The presence of a longdesc
attribute on an
img
element, if its value is a valid
URL.
The presence of a language
attribute on a
script
element if its value is an ASCII
case-insensitive match for the string "JavaScript
".
The presence of a name
attribute on an a
element, if its value is not the
empty string.
The presence of a summary
attribute on a
table
element.
This section is non-normative.
There are certain features that are not handled by this specification because a client side markup language is not the right level for them, or because the features exist in other languages that can be integrated into this one. This section covers some of the more common requests.
If you wish to create localized versions of an HTML application, the best solution is to preprocess the files on the server, and then use HTTP content negotiation to serve the appropriate language.
Embedding 3D imagery into XHTML documents is the domain of X3D, or technologies based on X3D that are namespace-aware.
This section is expected to be moved to its own specification in due course. It needs a lot of work to actually make it into a semi-decent spec.
Any object implement the AbstractView
interface must
also implement the MediaModeAbstractView
interface.
[NoInterfaceObject, ImplementedOn=AbstractView] interface MediaModeAbstractView {
readonly attribute DOMString mediaMode;
};
The mediaMode
attribute on objects
implementing the MediaModeAbstractView
interface must
return the string that represents the canvas' current rendering mode
(screen
, print
, etc). This is a lowercase
string, as defined by
the CSS specification. [CSS21]
Some user agents may support multiple media, in which case there
will exist multiple objects implementing the
AbstractView
interface. Only the default view
implements the Window
interface. The other views can be
reached using the view
attribute of the
UIEvent
interface, during event propagation. There is no
way currently to enumerate all the views.
This section is non-normative.
List of elements
List of attributes
List of reflecting DOM attributes and their corresponding content attributes
List of interfaces
List of events
This section will be written in a future draft.
Thanks to Aankhen, Aaron Boodman, Aaron Leventhal, Adam Barth, Adam Roben, Addison Phillips, Adele Peterson, Adrian Sutton, Agustín Fernández, Ajai Tirumali, Alan Plum, Alastair Campbell, Alex Nicolaou, Alexander J. Vincent, Alexey Feldgendler, Алексей Проскуряков (Alexey Proskuryakov), Alexis Deveria, Allan Clements, Anders Carlsson, Andreas, Andrew Clover, Andrew Gove, Andrew Sidwell, Andrew Smith, Andy Heydon, Andy Palay, Anne van Kesteren, Anthony Boyd, Anthony Bryan, Anthony Hickson, Anthony Ricaud, Antti Koivisto, Arphen Lin, Asbjørn Ulsberg, Ashley Sheridan, Aurelien Levy, Ave Wrigley, Ben Boyle, Ben Godfrey, Ben Meadowcroft, Ben Millard, Benjamin Hawkes-Lewis, Bert Bos, Bijan Parsia, Bill Mason, Bill McCoy, Billy Wong, Björn Höhrmann, Blake Frantz, Boris Zbarsky, Brad Fults, Brad Neuberg, Brady Eidson, Brendan Eich, Brenton Simpson, Brett Wilson, Brian Campbell, Brian Korver, Brian Ryner, Brian Smith, Brian Wilson, Bruce Lawson, Bruce Miller, C. Williams, Cameron McCormack, Cao Yipeng, Carlos Perelló Marín, Chao Cai, 윤석찬 (Channy Yun), Charl van Niekerk, Charles Iliya Krempeaux, Charles McCathieNevile, Chris Morris, Chris Pearce, Christian Biesinger, Christian Johansen, Christian Schmidt, Christopher Aillon, Chriswa, Cole Robison, Colin Fine, Collin Jackson, Corprew Reed, Craig Cockburn, Csaba Gabor, Daniel Barclay, Daniel Bratell, Daniel Brooks, Daniel Brumbaugh Keeney, Daniel Davis, Daniel Glazman, Daniel Peng, Daniel Schattenkirchner, Daniel Spång, Daniel Steinberg, Danny Sullivan, Darin Adler, Darin Fisher, Dave Camp, Dave Hodder, Dave Singer, Dave Townsend, David Baron, David Bloom, David Carlisle, David E. Cleary, David Flanagan, David Håsäther, David Hyatt, David Matja, David Smith, David Woolley, DeWitt Clinton, Dean Edridge, Dean Edwards, Debi Orton, Derek Featherstone, Dimitri Glazkov, dolphinling, Doron Rosenberg, Doug Kramer, Drew Wilson, Edmund Lai, Edward O'Connor, Edward Welbourne, Edward Z. Yang, Eira Monstad, Elliotte Harold, Eric Carlson, Eric Law, Eric Rescorla, Erik Arvidsson, Evan Martin, Evan Prodromou, fantasai, Felix Sasaki, Francesco Schwarz, Franck 'Shift' Quélain, Garrett Smith, Geoffrey Garen, Geoffrey Sneddon, George Lund, Greg Botten, Greg Houston, Grey, Gytis Jakutonis, Håkon Wium Lie, Hallvord Reiar Michaelsen Steen, Hans S. Tømmerhalt, Henri Sivonen, Henrik Lied, Henry Mason, Hugh Winkler, Ian Bicking, Ian Davis, Ignacio Javier, Ivan Enderlin, Ivo Emanuel Gonçalves, J. King, Jacques Distler, James Craig, James Graham, James Justin Harrell, James M Snell, James Perrett, Jan-Klaas Kollhof, Jason Kersey, Jason Lustig, Jason White, Jasper Bryant-Greene, Jed Hartman, Jeff Cutsinger, Jeff Schiller, Jeff Walden, Jens Bannmann, Jens Fendler, Jens Lindström, Jens Meiert, Jeroen van der Meer, Jim Jewett, Jim Ley, Jim Meehan, Jjgod Jiang, Joe Clark, Joe Gregorio, Joel Spolsky, Johan Herland, John Boyer, John Bussjaeger, John Fallows, John Harding, John Keiser, John-Mark Bell, Johnny Stenback, Jon Ferraiolo, Jon Gibbins, Jon Perlow, Jonas Sicking, Jonathan Worent, Jonny Axelsson, Jorgen Horstink, Jorunn Danielsen Newth, Joseph Kesselman, Josh Aas, Josh Levenberg, Joshua Randall, Jukka K. Korpela, Jules Clément-Ripoche, Julian Reschke, Justin Sinclair, Kai Hendry, Kartikaya Gupta, Kristof Zelechovski, 黒澤剛志 (KUROSAWA Takeshi), Kyle Hofmann, Léonard Bouchet, Lachlan Hunt, Larry Masinter, Larry Page, Lars Gunther, Lars Solberg, Laura L. Carlson, Laura Wisewell, Laurens Holst, Lee Kowalkowski, Leif Halvard Silli, Lenny Domnitser, Leons Petrazickis, Logan, Loune, Maciej Stachowiak, Magnus Kristiansen, Maik Merten, Malcolm Rowe, Mark Birbeck, Mark Miller, Mark Nottingham, Mark Rowe, Mark Schenk, Mark Wilton-Jones, Martijn Wargers, Martin Atkins, Martin Dürst, Martin Honnen, Martin Kutschker, Masataka Yakura, Mathieu Henri, Matt Wright, Matthew Gregan, Matthew Mastracci, Matthew Raymond, Matthew Thomas, Mattias Waldau, Max Romantschuk, Menno van Slooten, Micah Dubinko, Michael 'Ratt' Iannarelli, Michael A. Nachbaur, Michael A. Puls II, Michael Carter, Michael Daskalov, Michael Enright, Michael Gratton, Michael Nordman, Michael Powers, Michael(tm) Smith, Michel Fortin, Michiel van der Blonk, Mihai Şucan, Mike Brown, Mike Dierken, Mike Dixon, Mike Schinkel, Mike Shaver, Mikko Rantalainen, Mohamed Zergaoui, Neil Deakin, Neil Rashbrook, Neil Soiffer, Nicholas Shanks, Nicolas Gallagher, Ojan Vafai, Olaf Hoffmann, Olav Junker Kjær, Oliver Hunt, Oliver Rigby, Olli Pettay, Patrick H. Lauke, Paul Norman, Peter Karlsson, Peter Kasting, Peter Stark, Peter-Paul Koch, Philip Jägenstedt, Philip Taylor, Philip TAYLOR, Rachid Finge, Rajas Moonka, Ralf Stoltze, Ralph Giles, Raphael Champeimont, Rene Saarsoo, Rene Stach, Rich Doughty, Richard Ishida, Rigo Wenning, Rikkert Koppes, Rimantas Liubertas, Robert Blaut, Robert O'Callahan, Robert Sayre, Roman Ivanov, Ryan King, S. Mike Dierken, Sam Kuper, Sam Ruby, Sam Weinig, Sander van Lambalgen, Scott Hess, Sean Fraser, Sean Hogen, Sean Knapp, Sebastian Schnitzenbaumer, Shanti Rao, Shaun Inman, Shiki Okasaka, Sierk Bornemann, Sigbjørn Vik, Silvia Pfeiffer, Simon Montagu, Simon Pieters, Stefan Haustein, Steffen Meschkat, Stephen Ma, Steve Faulkner, Steve Runyon, Steven Garrity, Stewart Brodie, Stuart Ballard, Stuart Parmenter, Subramanian Peruvemba, Sunava Dutta, Susan Borgrink, Susan Lesch, Tantek Çelik, Ted Mielczarek, Terrence Wood, Thomas Broyer, Thomas O'Connor, Tim Altman, Tim Johansson, Toby Inkster, Todd Moody, Tom Pike, Tommy Thorsen, Travis Leithead, Tyler Close, Vladimir Vukićević, voracity, Wakaba, Wayne Pollock, Wellington Fernando de Macedo, Will Levine, William Swanson, Wladimir Palant, Wolfram Kriesing, Yi-An Huang, Yngve Nysaeter Pettersen, Zhenbin Xu, and Øistein E. Andersen, for their useful comments, both large and small, that have led to changes to this specification over the years.
Thanks also to everyone who has ever posted about HTML5 to their blogs, public mailing lists, or forums, including the W3C public-html list and the various WHATWG lists.
Special thanks to Richard Williamson for creating the first
implementation of canvas
in Safari, from which the
canvas feature was designed.
Special thanks also to the Microsoft employees who first
implemented the event-based drag-and-drop mechanism, contenteditable
, and other
features first widely deployed by the Windows Internet Explorer
browser.
Special thanks and $10,000 to David Hyatt who came up with a broken implementation of the adoption agency algorithm that the editor had to reverse engineer and fix before using it in the parsing section.
Thanks to the many sources that provided inspiration for the examples used in the specification.
Thanks also to the Microsoft blogging community for some ideas, to the attendees of the W3C Workshop on Web Applications and Compound Documents for inspiration, to the #mrt crew, the #mrt.no crew, and the #whatwg crew, and to Pillar and Hedral for their ideas and support.